[
  {
    "path": ".gitignore",
    "content": "# Prerequisites\n*.d\n\n# Compiled Object files\n*.slo\n*.lo\n*.o\n*.obj\n\n# Precompiled Headers\n*.gch\n*.pch\n\n# Compiled Dynamic libraries\n*.so\n*.dylib\n*.dll\n\n# Fortran module files\n*.mod\n*.smod\n\n# Compiled Static libraries\n*.lai\n*.la\n*.a\n*.lib\n!freetype.lib\n\n# Executables\n*.dll\n!freetype.dll\n*.exe\n*.out\n*.app\n*.enc\n\n# MSVC binary files\n*.db\n*.ipch\n*.suo\n*.tlog\n*.idb\n*.pdb\n*.ilk\n*.bsc\n*.sbr\n*.log\n*.opendb\n*.iobj\n*.ipdb\n*.xml\n*.lastcodeanalysissucceeded\n*.sqlite-journal\n*.sqlite\n*.json"
  },
  {
    "path": "Antario/EventListener.h",
    "content": "#pragma once\n#include <vector>\n#include \"SDK\\IGameEvent.h\"\n\nclass EventListener : public IGameEventListener2\n{\npublic:\n    EventListener(std::vector<const char*> events)\n    {\n        for (auto& it : events)\n            g_pEventManager->AddListener(this, it, false);\n    }\n\n    ~EventListener()\n    {\n        g_pEventManager->RemoveListener(this);\n    }\n\n    void FireGameEvent(IGameEvent* event) override\n    {\n        // call functions here\n    }\n\n    int GetEventDebugID() override\n    {\n        return EVENT_DEBUG_ID_INIT;\n    }\n};"
  },
  {
    "path": "Antario/Features/ESP.cpp",
    "content": "#include \"ESP.h\"\n#include \"..\\Settings.h\"\n#include \"..\\Utils\\Utils.h\"\n#include \"..\\SDK\\IVEngineClient.h\"\n#include \"..\\SDK\\PlayerInfo.h\"\n\nESP g_ESP;\n\nvoid ESP::RenderBox(C_BaseEntity* pEnt)\n{\n    Vector vecScreenOrigin, vecOrigin = pEnt->GetRenderOrigin();\n    if (!Utils::WorldToScreen(vecOrigin, vecScreenOrigin))\n        return;\n\n    Vector vecScreenBottom, vecBottom = vecOrigin;\n    vecBottom.z += (pEnt->GetFlags() & FL_DUCKING) ? 54.f : 72.f;\n    if (!Utils::WorldToScreen(vecBottom, vecScreenBottom))\n        return;\n\n    const auto sx = int(std::roundf(vecScreenOrigin.x)),\n               sy = int(std::roundf(vecScreenOrigin.y)),\n               h  = int(std::roundf(vecScreenBottom.y - vecScreenOrigin.y)),\n               w  = int(std::roundf(h * 0.25f));\n\n    /* Draw rect around the entity */\n    g_Render.Rect(sx - w, sy, sx + w, sy + h, (pEnt->GetTeam() == localTeam) ? teamColor : enemyColor);\n\n    /* Draw rect outline */\n    g_Render.Rect(sx - w - 1, sy - 1, sx + w + 1, sy + h + 1, Color::Black());\n    g_Render.Rect(sx - w + 1, sy + 1, sx + w - 1, sy + h - 1, Color::Black());\n}\n\nvoid ESP::RenderName(C_BaseEntity* pEnt, int iterator)\n{\n    Vector vecScreenOrigin, \n           vecOrigin = pEnt->GetRenderOrigin();\n\n    if (!Utils::WorldToScreen(vecOrigin, vecScreenOrigin))\n        return;\n\n    Vector vecScreenBottom, vecBottom = vecOrigin;\n    vecBottom.z += (pEnt->GetFlags() & FL_DUCKING) ? 54.f : 72.f;\n    if (!Utils::WorldToScreen(vecBottom, vecScreenBottom))\n        return;\n\n\n    PlayerInfo_t pInfo;\n    g_pEngine->GetPlayerInfo(iterator, &pInfo);\n\n    const auto sx = int(std::roundf(vecScreenOrigin.x)),\n               sy = int(std::roundf(vecScreenOrigin.y)),\n               h  = int(std::roundf(vecScreenBottom.y - vecScreenOrigin.y));\n\n    g_Render.String(sx, sy + h - 16, FONT_CENTERED_X | FONT_DROPSHADOW,\n                    (localTeam == pEnt->GetTeam()) ? teamColor : enemyColor,\n                    g_Fonts.vecFonts[FONT_TAHOMA_10], pInfo.szName);\n}\n\nvoid ESP::RenderWeaponName(C_BaseEntity* pEnt)\n{\n    Vector vecScreenOrigin, vecOrigin = pEnt->GetRenderOrigin();\n    if (!Utils::WorldToScreen(vecOrigin, vecScreenOrigin))\n        return;\n\n    auto weapon = pEnt->GetActiveWeapon();\n    if (!weapon)\n        return;\n\n    auto strWeaponName = weapon->GetName();\n\n    /* Remove \"weapon_\" prefix */\n    strWeaponName.erase(0, 7); \n    /* All uppercase */\n    std::transform(strWeaponName.begin(), strWeaponName.end(), strWeaponName.begin(), ::toupper);\n\n    g_Render.String(int(vecScreenOrigin.x), int(vecScreenOrigin.y), FONT_CENTERED_X | FONT_DROPSHADOW,\n                    (localTeam == pEnt->GetTeam()) ? teamColor : enemyColor,\n                    g_Fonts.vecFonts[FONT_TAHOMA_10], strWeaponName.c_str());\n}\n\n\nvoid ESP::Render()\n{\n    if (!g::pLocalEntity || !g_pEngine->IsInGame())\n        return;\n\n    localTeam = g::pLocalEntity->GetTeam();\n\n    for (int it = 1; it <= g_pEngine->GetMaxClients(); ++it)\n    {\n        C_BaseEntity* pPlayerEntity = g_pEntityList->GetClientEntity(it);\n        \n        if (!pPlayerEntity\n            || pPlayerEntity == g::pLocalEntity\n            || pPlayerEntity->IsDormant()\n            || !pPlayerEntity->IsAlive())\n            continue;\n        \n        if (g_Settings.bShowBoxes)\n            this->RenderBox(pPlayerEntity);\n\n        if (g_Settings.bShowNames)\n            this->RenderName(pPlayerEntity, it);\n\n        if (g_Settings.bShowWeapons)\n            this->RenderWeaponName(pPlayerEntity);\n    }\n}\n"
  },
  {
    "path": "Antario/Features/ESP.h",
    "content": "#pragma once\n#include \"..\\Utils\\GlobalVars.h\"\n#include \"..\\Utils\\DrawManager.h\"\n\n\nclass ESP\n{\npublic:\n    void Render();\nprivate:\n    void RenderBox(C_BaseEntity* pEnt);\n    void RenderName(C_BaseEntity* pEnt, int iterator);\n    void RenderWeaponName(C_BaseEntity* pEnt);\n\n    int localTeam{};\n    Color teamColor{ 195, 240, 100, 255 };\n    Color enemyColor{ 250, 165, 110, 255 };\n};\nextern ESP g_ESP;"
  },
  {
    "path": "Antario/Features/EnginePrediction.cpp",
    "content": "#include \"EnginePrediction.h\"\n#include \"..\\SDK\\CInput.h\"\n#include \"..\\SDK\\CEntity.h\"\n#include \"..\\Utils\\GlobalVars.h\"\n#include \"..\\SDK\\CPrediction.h\"\n#include \"..\\SDK\\CGlobalVarsBase.h\"\n\nfloat flOldCurtime;\nfloat flOldFrametime;\n\n\nvoid engine_prediction::RunEnginePred()\n{\n    static int nTickBase;\n    static CUserCmd* pLastCmd;\n\n    // fix tickbase if game didnt render previous tick\n    if (pLastCmd)\n    {\n        if (pLastCmd->hasbeenpredicted)\n            nTickBase = g::pLocalEntity->GetTickBase();\n        else\n            ++nTickBase;\n    }\n\n    // get random_seed as its 0 in clientmode->createmove\n    const auto getRandomSeed = []()\n    {\n        using MD5_PseudoRandomFn = unsigned long(__cdecl*)(std::uintptr_t);\n        static auto offset = Utils::FindSignature(\"client_panorama.dll\", \"55 8B EC 83 E4 F8 83 EC 70 6A 58\");\n        static auto MD5_PseudoRandom = reinterpret_cast<MD5_PseudoRandomFn>(offset);\n        return MD5_PseudoRandom(g::pCmd->command_number) & 0x7FFFFFFF;\n    };\n\n\n    pLastCmd        = g::pCmd;\n    flOldCurtime    = g_pGlobalVars->curtime;\n    flOldFrametime  = g_pGlobalVars->frametime;\n\n    g::uRandomSeed              = getRandomSeed();\n    g_pGlobalVars->curtime      = nTickBase * g_pGlobalVars->intervalPerTick;\n    g_pGlobalVars->frametime    = g_pGlobalVars->intervalPerTick;\n\n    g_pMovement->StartTrackPredictionErrors(g::pLocalEntity);\n\n    CMoveData data;\n    memset(&data, 0, sizeof(CMoveData));\n\n    g_pMoveHelper->SetHost(g::pLocalEntity);\n    g_pPrediction->SetupMove(g::pLocalEntity, g::pCmd, g_pMoveHelper, &data);\n    g_pMovement->ProcessMovement(g::pLocalEntity, &data);\n    g_pPrediction->FinishMove(g::pLocalEntity, g::pCmd, &data);\n}\n\nvoid engine_prediction::EndEnginePred()\n{\n    g_pMovement->FinishTrackPredictionErrors(g::pLocalEntity);\n    g_pMoveHelper->SetHost(nullptr);\n\n    g_pGlobalVars->curtime      = flOldCurtime;\n    g_pGlobalVars->frametime    = flOldFrametime;\n}\n"
  },
  {
    "path": "Antario/Features/EnginePrediction.h",
    "content": "#pragma once\n\nnamespace engine_prediction\n{\n    void RunEnginePred();\n    void EndEnginePred();\n}"
  },
  {
    "path": "Antario/Features/Features.h",
    "content": "#pragma once\n/*\n*   Header with all \"features\" directory headers included\n*   Used to make hooks look clean with its \"include\" files\n*   I try to keep them in alphabetical order to look clean\n*/\n\n#include \"EnginePrediction.h\"\n#include \"ESP.h\"\n#include \"Misc.h\""
  },
  {
    "path": "Antario/Features/Misc.h",
    "content": "#pragma once\n#include \"..\\Utils\\GlobalVars.h\"\n#include \"..\\Settings.h\"\n\nclass Misc\n{\npublic:\n    void OnCreateMove()\n    {\n        this->pCmd   = g::pCmd;\n        this->pLocal = g::pLocalEntity;\n\n        if (g_Settings.bBhopEnabled)\n            this->DoBhop();\n        // sum future shit\n    };\nprivate:\n    CUserCmd*     pCmd;\n    C_BaseEntity* pLocal;\n\n    void DoBhop() const\n    {\n        if (this->pLocal->GetMoveType() == MoveType_t::MOVETYPE_LADDER)\n            return;\n\n        static bool bLastJumped = false;\n        static bool bShouldFake = false;\n\n        if (!bLastJumped && bShouldFake)\n        {\n            bShouldFake = false;\n            pCmd->buttons |= IN_JUMP;\n        }\n        else if (pCmd->buttons & IN_JUMP)\n        {\n            if (pLocal->GetFlags() & FL_ONGROUND)\n                bShouldFake = bLastJumped = true;\n            else \n            {\n                pCmd->buttons &= ~IN_JUMP;\n                bLastJumped = false;\n            }\n        }\n        else\n            bShouldFake = bLastJumped = false;\n    }\n};\n\nextern Misc g_Misc;\n"
  },
  {
    "path": "Antario/GUI/GUI.cpp",
    "content": "#include \"GUI.h\"\n#include \"..\\Settings.h\"\n\n#include <execution>\n#include <algorithm>\n\n\nusing namespace ui;\n\n// Defined to avoid including windowsx.h\n#define GET_X_LPARAM(lp)                        (int(short(LOWORD(lp))))\n#define GET_Y_LPARAM(lp)                        (int(short(HIWORD(lp))))\n\n/* No inline vars for shared pointers I guess */\nMenuStyle MenuMain::style;                      /* Struct containing all colors / paddings in our menu.    */\nControl*  MenuMain::pFocusedObject;             /* Pointer to the focused object                           */\nstd::shared_ptr<Font>    MenuMain::pFont;       /* Pointer to the font used in the menu.                   */\nstd::unique_ptr<MouseCursor> MenuMain::mouseCursor; /* Pointer to our mouse cursor                             */\n\n\nvoid MouseCursor::Render()\n{\n    const auto x = this->vecPointPos.x;\n    const auto y = this->vecPointPos.y;\n\n    ///TODO: render this fucker to texture first and stop wasting time rendering that\n    // Draw inner fill color\n    SPoint ptPos1 = { x + 1,  y + 1 };\n    SPoint ptPos2 = { x + 25, y + 12 };\n    SPoint ptPos3 = { x + 12, y + 25 };\n    g_Render.TriangleFilled(ptPos1, ptPos2, ptPos3, MenuMain::style.colCursor);\n\n    // Draw second smaller inner fill color\n    ptPos1 = { x + 6,  y + 6 };\n    ptPos2 = { x + 19, y + 12 };\n    ptPos3 = { x + 12, y + 19 };\n    g_Render.TriangleFilled(ptPos1, ptPos2, ptPos3, MenuMain::style.colCursor);\n\n    // Draw border\n    g_Render.Triangle({ x, y }, { x + 25, y + 12 }, { x + 12, y + 25 }, Color::Black(200));\n}\n\n\nvoid MouseCursor::RunThink(const UINT uMsg, const LPARAM lParam)\n{\n    switch (uMsg)\n    {\n    case WM_MOUSEMOVE:\n    case WM_NCMOUSEMOVE:\n        this->SetPosition(SPoint(GET_X_LPARAM(lParam), GET_Y_LPARAM(lParam)));\n        break;\n    case WM_LBUTTONDOWN:\n        this->bLMBPressed = true;\n        break;\n    case WM_LBUTTONUP:\n        this->bLMBHeld    = false;\n        this->bLMBPressed = false;\n        break;\n    case WM_RBUTTONDOWN:\n        this->bRMBPressed = true;\n        break;\n    case WM_RBUTTONUP:\n        this->bRMBHeld    = false;\n        this->bRMBPressed = false;\n        break;\n    }\n\n    if (this->bLMBPressed)\n    {\n        if (this->bLMBHeld)\n            this->bLMBPressed = false;\n        this->bLMBHeld = true;\n    }\n\n    if (this->bRMBPressed)\n    {\n        if (this->bRMBHeld)\n            this->bRMBPressed = false;\n        this->bRMBHeld = true;\n    }\n}\n\nbool MouseCursor::IsInBounds(const SPoint& vecDst1, const SPoint& vecDst2)\n{\n    return this->IsInBounds({ vecDst1, vecDst2 });\n}\n\n\nbool MouseCursor::IsInBounds(const SRect& rcRect)\n{\n    return rcRect.ContainsPoint(this->GetPos());\n}\n\n\nvoid UIObject::SetupBaseSize()\n{\n    this->rcBoundingBox.right  = rcBoundingBox.left + szSizeObject.x;\n    this->rcBoundingBox.bottom = rcBoundingBox.top  + szSizeObject.y;\n}\n\nvoid Control::RequestFocus()\n{\n    if (pFocusedObject == this)\n        return;\n\n    if (!this->CanHaveFocus())\n        return;\n\n    if (pFocusedObject)\n        pFocusedObject->OnFocusOut();\n\n    pFocusedObject = dynamic_cast<Control*>(this);\n    pFocusedObject->OnFocusIn();\n}\n\nvoid MenuMain::Render()\n{\n    /*  Render all children */\n    for (auto& it : this->vecChildren)\n        if (it.get() != pFocusedObject)\n            it->Render();\n\n    /* Render focused object as the last one */\n    if (pFocusedObject)\n        pFocusedObject->Render();\n}\n\nbool MenuMain::MsgProc(UINT uMsg, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam)\n{\n    mouseCursor->RunThink(uMsg, lParam);\n\n    /* Loop through all of the child objects and capture the input */\n    if (!this->vecChildren.empty() && g_Settings.bMenuOpened)\n    {\n        for (auto& it : this->vecChildren)\n            if (it->MsgProc(uMsg, wParam, lParam))\n                return true;\n    }\n    return false;\n}\n\nvoid Section::AddDummy()\n{\n    this->AddChild(std::make_shared<DummySpace>(SPoint(this->GetMaxChildWidth(), pFont->iHeight + style.iPaddingY)));\n}\n\nvoid Section::AddCheckBox(const std::string& strSelectableLabel, bool* bValue)\n{\n    this->AddChild(std::make_shared<Checkbox>(strSelectableLabel, bValue, GetThis()));\n}\n\nvoid Section::AddButton(const std::string& strSelectableLabel, void(&fnPointer)(), SPoint vecButtonSize)\n{\n    this->AddChild(std::make_shared<Button>(strSelectableLabel, fnPointer, GetThis(), vecButtonSize));\n}\n\nvoid Section::AddCombo(const std::string& strSelectableLabel, int* iVecIndex, std::vector<std::string> vecBoxOptions)\n{\n    this->AddChild(std::make_shared<ComboBox>(strSelectableLabel, vecBoxOptions, iVecIndex, GetThis()));\n}\n\nvoid Section::AddSlider(const std::string& strLabel, float* flValue, float flMinValue, float flMaxValue)\n{\n    this->AddChild(std::make_shared<Slider<float>>(strLabel, flValue, flMinValue, flMaxValue, GetThis()));\n}\n\nvoid Section::AddSlider(const std::string& strLabel, int* iValue, int iMinValue, int iMaxValue)\n{\n    this->AddChild(std::make_shared<Slider<int>>(strLabel, iValue, iMinValue, iMaxValue, GetThis()));\n}\n\n\nObjectPtr ControlManager::GetObjectAtPoint(SPoint ptPoint)\n{\n    ObjectPtr returnObject = nullptr;\n    std::for_each(std::execution::par, vecChildren.begin(), vecChildren.end(),\n                  [&ptPoint, &returnObject](ObjectPtr& object)\n      {\n          const auto control = std::dynamic_pointer_cast<Control>(object);\n          if (object->GetBBox().ContainsPoint(ptPoint) && (!control || control->GetUsable()))\n          {\n              object->SetHovered(true);\n              returnObject = object;\n          }\n          else object->SetHovered(false);\n      });\n    return returnObject;\n}\n\n\nvoid ControlManager::RenderChildObjects()\n{\n    for (auto& it : this->vecChildren)\n        if (it.get() != pFocusedObject)\n            it->Render();\n}\n\n\nvoid ControlManager::SetupPositions()\n{\n    this->SetupBaseSize();\n    this->SetupChildPositions();\n}\n\n\nvoid ControlManager::SetupChildPositions()\n{\n    std::for_each(std::execution::par, vecChildren.begin(), vecChildren.end(),\n        [](ObjectPtr& object)\n    {\n        object->SetupPositions();\n    });\n}\n\n\nWindow::Window(const std::string& strLabel, SPoint szSize, std::shared_ptr<Font> pMainFont, std::shared_ptr<Font> pFontHeader)\n{\n    this->pFont          = pMainFont;\n    this->pHeaderFont    = pFontHeader;\n    this->strLabel       = strLabel;\n    this->szSizeObject   = szSize;\n    this->bIsDragged     = false;\n\n    this->iHeaderHeight = pFont->iHeight + 6;\n    UIObject::SetPos(g_Render.GetScreenCenter() - (szSize * .5f));\n    this->type = TYPE_WINDOW;\n}\n\nvoid Window::Render()\n{\n    // Draw main background rectangle\n    g_Render.RectFilledGradient(this->rcBoundingBox, Color(50, 50, 50, 255), Color(20, 20, 20, 235), GradientType::GRADIENT_VERTICAL);\n\n    // Draw header rect.\n    g_Render.RectFilledGradient(this->rcBoundingBox.Pos(), { this->rcBoundingBox.right, this->rcBoundingBox.top + this->iHeaderHeight }, style.colHeader,\n        Color(35, 35, 35, 230), GradientType::GRADIENT_VERTICAL);\n\n    // Draw header string, defined as label.\n    g_Render.String(this->rcBoundingBox.Mid().x, this->rcBoundingBox.top + int(float(iHeaderHeight) * 0.5f), FONT_CENTERED_X | FONT_CENTERED_Y,\n                    style.colHeaderText, this->pHeaderFont, this->strLabel.c_str());\n\n    // Render all children\n    this->RenderChildObjects();\n}\n\n\nvoid Window::Initialize()\n{\n    this->tSelectedTab = std::dynamic_pointer_cast<Tab>(*vecChildren.begin());  /* Setup the first selected tab as the first obj. */\n    this->tSelectedTab->SetActive(true);\n    this->SetupPositions();\n    for (auto& it : vecChildren)\n        it->Initialize();\n}\n\n\nvoid Window::SetupPositions()\n{\n    /* Set base window rect */\n    this->SetupBaseSize();\n    this->rcHeader = \n    {\n        this->rcBoundingBox.left,\n        this->rcBoundingBox.top,\n        this->rcBoundingBox.right,\n        this->rcBoundingBox.top + this->iHeaderHeight\n    };\n\n    /* Make tabs take up all of aviable window width */\n    const int iSingleTabWidth = rcBoundingBox.Width() / vecChildren.size();\n\n    /* Setup tab positions */\n    int iUsedSpace = 0;\n    for (auto& it : vecChildren)\n    {\n        it->SetSize({ iSingleTabWidth, pFont->iHeight + 6 });\n        it->SetPos({ this->GetPos().x + iUsedSpace, this->GetPos().y + iHeaderHeight });\n        iUsedSpace += iSingleTabWidth;\n        it->SetupPositions();\n    }\n}\n\n\nbool Window::MsgProc(UINT uMsg, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam)\n{\n    if (this->ptOldMousePos == SPoint(0, 0))\n        this->ptOldMousePos = mouseCursor->GetPos();\n\n    switch (uMsg)\n    {\n        case WM_MOUSEMOVE:\n            /* Handle window dragging */\n            if (this->bIsDragged)\n            {\n                this->SetPos(this->GetPos() + mouseCursor->GetPos() - this->ptOldMousePos);\n                this->SetupPositions();\n                return true;\n            }\n        case WM_LBUTTONDOWN:\n        {\n            /* Check what tab mouse is hovering */\n            auto tHoveredTab = std::dynamic_pointer_cast<Tab>(this->GetObjectAtPoint(mouseCursor->GetPos()));\n            if (tHoveredTab)\n            {\n                /* Handle tab selection */\n                if (mouseCursor->bLMBPressed)\n                {\n                    tSelectedTab->SetActive(false);\n                    tHoveredTab->SetActive(true);\n                    tSelectedTab = tHoveredTab;\n                    /* Clear focus on tabchange */\n                    if (pFocusedObject)\n                    {\n                        pFocusedObject->OnFocusOut();\n                        pFocusedObject = nullptr;\n                    }\n                    return true;\n                }\n            }\n            /* Check if the window is dragged. If it is, move window by the cursor difference between ticks. */\n            if (this->rcHeader.ContainsPoint(mouseCursor->GetPos()) && uMsg == WM_LBUTTONDOWN)\n            {\n                this->bIsDragged = true;\n                return true;\n            }\n            break;\n        }\n        case WM_LBUTTONUP:\n            this->bIsDragged = false;\n            break;\n    }\n\n    this->ptOldMousePos = mouseCursor->GetPos();\n\n    /* Run MsgProc for selected tab if we did't capture input yet */\n    return this->tSelectedTab->MsgProc(uMsg, wParam, lParam);\n}\n\nstd::shared_ptr<Section> Tab::AddSection(const std::string& strLabel, float flPercSize)\n{\n    auto tmp = std::make_shared<Section>(strLabel, flPercSize, GetThis());\n    this->AddChild(tmp);\n    tmp->SetParent(GetThis());\n    return tmp;\n}\n\nScrollBar::ScrollBar(ObjectPtr pParentObject)\n{\n    this->pParent =         pParentObject;\n    this->iPageSize =       0;\n    this->szSizeObject.x =  8;\n    this->flScrollAmmount = 0;\n    this->bIsVisible =      true; /* For initials checks */\n    this->bIsThumbUsed =    false;\n\n    this->eHoveredButton = HoveredButton::NONE;\n}\n\n\nvoid ScrollBar::Initialize()\n{\n    this->szSizeObject.y = pParent->GetSize().y - 2;\n    this->SetupPositions();\n}\n\n\nvoid ScrollBar::Render()\n{\n    if (!this->bIsVisible)\n        return;\n\n    /* Up/down button */\n    g_Render.RectFilled(this->rcUpButton,   style.colCheckboxFill);\n    g_Render.RectFilled(this->rcDownButton, style.colCheckboxFill);\n\n    /* Drag thumb */\n    g_Render.RectFilled(this->rcDragThumb,  style.colCheckboxFill);\n\n    /* Has to be here as wndproc is not called when you hold lmb and not do anything else */\n    this->HandleArrowHeldMode();\n}\n\n\nbool ScrollBar::HandleMouseInput(UINT uMsg, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam)\n{\n    if (!this->bIsVisible)\n        return false;\n\n    switch (uMsg)\n    {\n    case WM_MOUSEMOVE:\n    {\n        if (mouseCursor->IsInBounds(rcDragThumb))\n            eHoveredButton = THUMB;\n        else if (mouseCursor->IsInBounds(rcUpButton))\n            eHoveredButton = UP;\n        else if (mouseCursor->IsInBounds(rcDownButton))\n            eHoveredButton = DOWN;\n        else if (mouseCursor->IsInBounds(rcBoundingBox))\n            eHoveredButton = SHAFT;\n        else\n            eHoveredButton = NONE;\n\n        bIsHovered = eHoveredButton != NONE;\n    }\n    case WM_LBUTTONDOWN:\n    {\n        if (!mouseCursor->bLMBHeld)\n            bIsThumbUsed = false;\n\n        /* Handle pressed button behaviour */\n        if (bIsHovered && uMsg == WM_LBUTTONDOWN)\n        {\n            switch (eHoveredButton)\n            {\n            case THUMB:\n            {\n                if (mouseCursor->bLMBPressed)\n                {\n                    this->RequestFocus();\n                    bIsThumbUsed = true;\n                }\n                break;\n            }\n            case UP:\n            {\n                if (mouseCursor->bLMBPressed)\n                {\n                    this->RequestFocus();\n\n                    this->flScrollAmmount -= 1;\n                    UpdateThumbRect();\n                    this->pParent->SetupPositions();\n                    return true;\n                }\n                break;\n            }\n            case DOWN:\n                if (mouseCursor->bLMBPressed)\n                {\n                    this->RequestFocus();\n\n                    this->flScrollAmmount += 1;\n                    UpdateThumbRect();\n                    this->pParent->SetupPositions();\n                    return true;\n                }\n                break;\n            case SHAFT:\n            {\n                if (mouseCursor->bLMBPressed)\n                {\n                    this->RequestFocus();\n                    this->flScrollAmmount += mouseCursor->GetPos().y > rcDragThumb.top ? iPageSize : -iPageSize;\n                    UpdateThumbRect();\n                    this->pParent->SetupPositions();\n                    return true;\n                }\n            }\n            }\n        }\n\n        /* If thumb is dragged */\n        if (bIsThumbUsed)\n        {\n            if (ptOldMousePos == SPoint(0, 0))\n                ptOldMousePos = mouseCursor->GetPos();\n\n            /* Scale the mouse movement accordingly */\n            auto diff = mouseCursor->GetPos().y - ptOldMousePos.y;\n            const auto scale = [](int in, int bmin, int bmax, int lmin, int lmax) {\n                return (float((lmax - lmin) * (in - bmin)) / float((bmax - bmin))) + lmin;\n            };\n\n            /* Change the scroll ammount by difference in pixels of the old and new mousepos scaled accordingly */\n            flScrollAmmount += scale(diff, 0, rcDownButton.top - rcUpButton.bottom - 4 - rcDragThumb.Height(), 0, pParent->GetScrollableHeight());\n            UpdateThumbRect();\n            this->pParent->SetupPositions();\n\n            return true;\n        }\n    }\n    break;\n    case WM_MOUSEWHEEL:\n    {\n        if (mouseCursor->IsInBounds(pParent->GetBBox()))\n        {\n            this->RequestFocus();\n            this->flScrollAmmount -= 10 * int(float(GET_WHEEL_DELTA_WPARAM(wParam)) / float(WHEEL_DELTA));\n            UpdateThumbRect();\n            this->pParent->SetupPositions();\n            return true;\n        }\n    }\n    }\n\n    ptOldMousePos = mouseCursor->GetPos();\n    return false;\n}\n\n\nvoid ScrollBar::SetupPositions()\n{\n    if (!this->bIsVisible)\n        return;\n\n    this->iPageSize = pParent->GetSize().y - style.iPaddingY * 2;\n    this->rcBoundingBox.left   = pParent->GetBBox().right - szSizeObject.x - 2;\n    this->rcBoundingBox.right  = rcBoundingBox.left + szSizeObject.x;\n    this->rcBoundingBox.top    = pParent->GetBBox().top + 1;\n    this->rcBoundingBox.bottom = rcBoundingBox.top + szSizeObject.y;\n\n    this->rcUpButton   = { rcBoundingBox.left, rcBoundingBox.top, rcBoundingBox.right, rcBoundingBox.top + szSizeObject.x };\n    this->rcDownButton = { rcBoundingBox.left, rcBoundingBox.bottom - szSizeObject.x, rcBoundingBox.right, rcBoundingBox.bottom };\n    this->rcDragThumb.left  = rcUpButton.left;\n    this->rcDragThumb.right = rcUpButton.right;\n\n    /* Thumb size, -4 cus of space between top and the bottom button */\n    this->sizeThumb = { szSizeObject.x, max(int(float((rcDownButton.top - rcUpButton.bottom) * iPageSize) / float(pParent->GetScrollableHeight() + iPageSize - 4)), style.iMinThumbSize) };\n    UpdateThumbRect();\n}\n\n\nvoid ScrollBar::UpdateThumbRect()\n{\n    const auto iScrollableHeight = pParent->GetScrollableHeight();\n\n    if (iScrollableHeight <= 0)\n    {\n        /* Nothing to scroll through */\n        rcDragThumb.top    = rcUpButton.bottom + 2;\n        rcDragThumb.bottom = rcDownButton.top - 2;\n        flScrollAmmount = 0;\n    }\n    else\n    {\n        /* Make sure we won't exceed out of bounds */\n        this->flScrollAmmount = std::clamp(flScrollAmmount, 0.f, float(iScrollableHeight));\n\n        /* 2 offset from buttons(so +2), and the position is scaled with the scrollable height (size of the aviable area for thumb / scrHeight) */\n        rcDragThumb.top    = rcUpButton.bottom + 2 + (flScrollAmmount * (rcBoundingBox.Height() - (szSizeObject.x + 2) * 2 - sizeThumb.y) / iScrollableHeight);\n        rcDragThumb.bottom = rcDragThumb.top   + sizeThumb.y;\n    }\n}\n\n\nvoid ScrollBar::HandleArrowHeldMode()\n{\n    if (mouseCursor->bLMBHeld)\n    {\n        switch (eHoveredButton)\n        {\n        case UP:\n        {\n            this->flScrollAmmount -= 1;\n            UpdateThumbRect();\n            this->pParent->SetupPositions();\n            break;\n        }\n        case DOWN:\n        {\n            this->flScrollAmmount += 1;\n            UpdateThumbRect();\n            this->pParent->SetupPositions();\n            break;\n        }\n        }\n    }\n}\n\n\nTab::Tab(const std::string& strTabName, int iNumColumns, ObjectPtr parentWindow)\n{\n    this->bIsHovered   = false;\n    this->bIsActive    = false;\n    this->iColumnCount = iNumColumns;\n    this->strLabel     = strTabName;\n    this->pParent      = parentWindow;\n    this->type         = TYPE_TAB;\n}\n\n\nvoid Tab::Initialize()\n{\n    /* Remove padding from aviable section space */\n    const auto iAvWidthForSection = pParent->GetBBox().Width() - style.iPaddingX * (iColumnCount - 1) - 2 * style.iPaddingX;\n    this->iMaxChildWidth = iAvWidthForSection / iColumnCount;\n\n    std::for_each(std::execution::par, vecChildren.begin(), vecChildren.end(), \n                [](ObjectPtr it) {it->Initialize(); });\n\n    SetupPositions();\n}\n\n\nvoid Tab::Render()\n{\n    /* Tab inside, for now menustyle color */\n    g_Render.RectFilled(rcBoundingBox, style.colMenuStyle);\n\n    /* Tab outline */\n    g_Render.Rect(rcBoundingBox, style.colSectionOutl);\n\n    /* Render tab name */\n    g_Render.String(rcBoundingBox.Mid(), FONT_CENTERED_X | FONT_CENTERED_Y | FONT_DROPSHADOW, style.colText(bIsActive ? 255 : 150), pFont, strLabel.c_str());\n\n    \n\n    if (this->bIsHovered)\n        g_Render.RectFilled(rcBoundingBox, style.colHover);\n\n    /* Render sections */\n    if (this->bIsActive)\n        this->RenderChildObjects();\n}\n\n\nbool Tab::MsgProc(UINT uMsg, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam)\n{\n    if (this->bIsActive)\n    {\n        for (auto& it : this->vecChildren)\n            if (it->MsgProc(uMsg, wParam, lParam))\n                return true;\n    }\n    return false;\n}\n\n\nvoid Tab::SetupChildPositions()\n{\n    int iUsedArea   = 0,\n        iPosX       = pParent->GetBBox().left + style.iPaddingX;\n    const int iPosY = this->GetBBox().bottom  + style.iPaddingY;\n\n    for (auto& it : this->vecChildren)\n    {\n        [this, &iUsedArea, &iPosX, &it](int posy)\n        {\n            posy += iUsedArea;\n\n            /* If section exceeds the bounds move it to the right */\n            if (posy + it->GetSize().y > pParent->GetBBox().bottom)\n            {\n                posy -= iUsedArea;\n                iUsedArea = 0;\n                iPosX += GetMaxChildWidth() + style.iPaddingX;\n            }\n\n            it->SetPos({ iPosX, posy });\n            iUsedArea += it->GetSize().y + style.iPaddingY;\n\n            it.get()->SetupPositions();\n        }(iPosY);\n    }\n}\n\n\nSection::Section(const std::string& strLabel, float flPercSize, ObjectPtr parentTab)\n{\n    this->pParent  = parentTab;\n    this->strLabel = strLabel;\n    this->iTotalPixelHeight = 0;\n    this->type = TYPE_SECTION;\n\n    flPercSize = std::clamp(flPercSize, 0.f, 1.f);\n    this->flSizeScale = flPercSize;\n}\n\nvoid Section::Render()\n{\n    g_Render.RectFilled(this->rcBoundingBox, style.colSectionFill);\n    g_Render.Rect(this->rcBoundingBox, style.colSectionOutl);\n\n    g_Render.SetCustomScissorRect(this->rcBoundingBox);\n    {\n        scrollBar->Render();\n        this->RenderChildObjects();\n    }\n    g_Render.RestoreOriginalScissorRect();\n}\n\n\nvoid Section::RenderChildObjects()\n{\n    for (auto& it : this->vecChildren)\n    {\n        auto control = std::dynamic_pointer_cast<Control>(it);\n        if (control.get() != pFocusedObject && control->GetVisible())\n            control->Render();\n    }\n}\n\n\nvoid Section::Initialize()\n{\n    ///TODO: Calc height using prev. calculated amount of sections in a column, we need to know how many paddings we need to redistribute between them\n    this->szSizeObject =\n    {\n        pParent->GetMaxChildWidth(),\n        int(float(pParent->GetParent()->GetBBox().Height() - pParent->GetBBox().Height() - std::dynamic_pointer_cast<Window>(pParent->GetParent())->GetHeaderHeight()) * flSizeScale) - 2 * style.iPaddingY\n    };\n\n    scrollBar->Initialize();\n    this->iMaxChildWidth = this->szSizeObject.x - 2 * style.iPaddingX - scrollBar->GetBBox().Width();\n    for (auto& it : vecChildren)\n        it->Initialize();\n\n    SetupPositions();\n\n    /* If there are not enough controls for scrollbar to be useful - disable it */\n    if (this->GetScrollableHeight() <= 0)\n        this->scrollBar->SetVisible(false);\n}\n\n\nbool Section::MsgProc(UINT uMsg, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam)\n{\n    /* Let the scrollbar handle input first */\n    if (this->scrollBar->HandleMouseInput(uMsg, wParam, lParam))\n        return true;\n\n\n    /* Then let the focused control handle full msgproc if defined (colorpickers / any other popup windows) */\n    if (pFocusedObject && GetThis() == pFocusedObject->GetParent())\n        if (pFocusedObject->MsgProc(uMsg, wParam, lParam))\n            return true;\n\n    /* And after that all the other controls */\n    switch (uMsg)\n    {\n\n    /* Keyboard input */\n    case WM_KEYDOWN:\n    case WM_SYSKEYDOWN:\n    case WM_KEYUP:\n    case WM_SYSKEYUP:\n    case WM_CHAR:\n    {\n        /* Let the focused control handle the input, no focus = no keyboard handling */\n        if (pFocusedObject)\n            if (pFocusedObject->HandleKeyboardInput(uMsg, wParam, lParam))\n                return true;\n        break;\n    }\n\n    /* Mouse input */\n    case WM_MOUSEMOVE:\n    case WM_LBUTTONDOWN:\n    case WM_LBUTTONUP:\n    case WM_MBUTTONDOWN:\n    case WM_MBUTTONUP:\n    case WM_RBUTTONDOWN:\n    case WM_RBUTTONUP:\n    case WM_XBUTTONDOWN:\n    case WM_XBUTTONUP:\n    case WM_LBUTTONDBLCLK:\n    case WM_MBUTTONDBLCLK:\n    case WM_RBUTTONDBLCLK:\n    case WM_XBUTTONDBLCLK:\n    case WM_MOUSEWHEEL:\n    {\n        /* Let the focused object handle mouse input before the rest */\n        if (pFocusedObject)\n            if (pFocusedObject->HandleMouseInput(uMsg, wParam, lParam))\n                return true;\n\n        bool bHandledInput = false;\n        auto pControl = this->GetObjectAtPoint(mouseCursor->GetPos());\n\n        /* If hovered control is not the focused one, we didnt capture input for it yet so do it */\n        if (pControl.get() != pFocusedObject)\n        {\n            const auto oldFocus = pFocusedObject;\n\n            if (pControl)\n                if (pControl->HandleMouseInput(uMsg, wParam, lParam))\n                    bHandledInput = true;\n\n            /* Our control changed focused object */\n            if (oldFocus != pFocusedObject)\n                return bHandledInput;\n\n            /* If the new object is not a focused one OR you press LMB out-of-bouds of focused obj, LOSE FOCUS */\n            if (uMsg == WM_LBUTTONDOWN && pFocusedObject)\n            {\n                if ((bHandledInput && pFocusedObject != pControl.get()) || (!bHandledInput && GetThis() == pFocusedObject->GetParent()))\n                {\n                    pFocusedObject->OnFocusOut();\n                    pFocusedObject = nullptr;\n                }\n            }\n        }\n        return bHandledInput;\n    }\n    }\n\n    return false;\n}\n\n\nvoid Section::SetupChildPositions()\n{\n    /* Create scrollbar object, this function is called first at init - thats why here */\n    if (!scrollBar)\n        this->scrollBar = std::make_unique<ScrollBar>(GetThis());\n\n    /* Setup positions of out scrollbar */\n    this->scrollBar->SetupPositions(); \n\n    /* Saved used area of section. Used for control alignment. */\n    int iUsedArea = 0 - this->scrollBar->GetScrollAmmount();\n    for (auto& it : vecChildren)\n    {\n        /* useful cast for later use */\n        auto control = std::dynamic_pointer_cast<Control>(it);\n\n        const int iPosX = this->rcBoundingBox.left + style.iPaddingX,\n                  iPosY = this->rcBoundingBox.top  + style.iPaddingY + iUsedArea;\n\n\n        /* Check if we will exceed bounds of the section and do not render the selectable */\n        if (iPosY > this->GetBBox().bottom || iPosY + control->GetSize().y < this->GetPos().y)\n        {\n            control->SetVisible(false);\n            control->SetUsable(false);\n        }\n        else\n        {\n            /* If any part of the control is out-of-bounds, render it but dont capture input */\n            control->SetVisible(true);\n\n            if (iPosY + it->GetSize().y > this->GetBBox().bottom || iPosY < this->GetPos().y)\n                control->SetUsable(false);\n            else\n                control->SetUsable(true);\n        }\n\n        it->SetPos({ iPosX, iPosY });\n        it->SetupPositions();\n\n        iUsedArea += it->GetSize().y + style.iPaddingY;\n    }\n    /* Save full section height - all controls etc. */\n    this->iTotalPixelHeight = iUsedArea + this->scrollBar->GetScrollAmmount() + style.iPaddingY;\n}\n\n\nCheckbox::Checkbox(const std::string& strLabel, bool *bValue, ObjectPtr pParent)\n{\n    this->pParent        = pParent;\n    this->strLabel       = strLabel;\n    this->bCheckboxValue = bValue;\n    this->szSizeObject   = { 100, int(float(pFont->iHeight) * 1.5) };\n    this->type           = TYPE_CHECKBOX;\n}\n\nvoid Checkbox::Render()\n{\n    /* Checkbox background */\n    g_Render.RectFilled(this->rcBox, style.colCheckboxFill);\n\n    /* Fill the inside of the button depending on activation */\n    if (*this->bCheckboxValue)\n        g_Render.RectFilled(this->rcBox, style.colMenuStyle);\n\n    /* If the button is hovered, make it lighter */\n    if (this->bIsHovered)\n        g_Render.RectFilled(rcBox, style.colHover);\n\n    /* Render the outline */\n    g_Render.Rect(this->rcBox, { 15, 15, 15, 220 });\n\n    /* Render button label as its name */\n    g_Render.String(this->rcBox.right + int(float(style.iPaddingX) * 0.5f), this->rcBoundingBox.Mid().y,\n                    FONT_DROPSHADOW | FONT_CENTERED_Y, style.colText, pFont, this->strLabel.c_str());\n\n}\n\n\nbool Checkbox::HandleMouseInput(UINT uMsg, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam)\n{\n    switch (uMsg)\n    {\n    case WM_LBUTTONDOWN:\n    case WM_LBUTTONDBLCLK:\n        if (mouseCursor->bLMBPressed)\n        {\n            /* Flip the checkbox value on LMButton press */\n            *this->bCheckboxValue = !*this->bCheckboxValue;\n            return true;\n        }\n    }\n    return false;\n}\n\n\nvoid Checkbox::SetupPositions()\n{\n    this->SetupBaseSize();\n\n    this->rcBox = [this]()\n    {\n        auto size = int(float(rcBoundingBox.Height()) * 0.50f);\n        auto diff = (this->rcBoundingBox.Height() - size) / 2;\n        return SRect(rcBoundingBox.left + diff, rcBoundingBox.top + diff, rcBoundingBox.left + diff + size, rcBoundingBox.bottom - diff);\n    }();\n}\n\n\n\nButton::Button(const std::string& strLabel, void(&fnPointer)(), ObjectPtr pParent, SPoint ptButtonSize)\n{\n    this->pParent      = pParent;\n    this->strLabel     = strLabel;\n    this->fnActionPlay = fnPointer;\n    this->bIsActivated = false;\n    this->type         = TYPE_BUTTON;\n\n    /* Will be overriden on the init if == 0, 0 */\n    this->szSizeObject = ptButtonSize;\n}\n\nvoid Button::Render()\n{\n    /* Fill the body of the button */\n    g_Render.RectFilled(this->rcBoundingBox, style.colMenuStyle);\n\n    /* Button outline */\n    g_Render.Rect(this->rcBoundingBox, style.colSectionOutl);\n\n    /* Text inside the button */\n    g_Render.String(this->rcBoundingBox.Mid(), FONT_DROPSHADOW | FONT_CENTERED_X | FONT_CENTERED_Y, style.colText, pFont, this->strLabel.c_str());\n    \n    if (this->bIsHovered)\n        g_Render.RectFilled(this->rcBoundingBox, style.colHover);\n}\n\n\nvoid Button::Initialize()\n{\n    /* Basically override if the size was not specified, its run only once anyway */\n    if (this->szSizeObject == SSize(0, 0))\n        szSizeObject = { this->pParent->GetMaxChildWidth(),  pFont->iHeight + style.iPaddingY };\n}\n\n\nbool Button::HandleMouseInput(UINT uMsg, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam)\n{\n    switch (uMsg)\n    {\n    case WM_LBUTTONDOWN:\n    case WM_LBUTTONDBLCLK:\n        if (mouseCursor->bLMBPressed)\n        {\n            this->fnActionPlay(); /* Run the function passed as an arg. */\n            return true;\n        }\n    }\n    return false;\n}\n\n\n\n\n\nComboBox::ComboBox(const std::string& strLabel, std::vector<std::string> vecBoxOptions, int* iCurrentValue, ObjectPtr pParent)\n{\n    this->type      = TYPE_COMBO;\n    this->pParent   = pParent;\n    this->strLabel  = strLabel;\n    this->idHovered = -1;\n    this->iCurrentValue  = iCurrentValue;\n    this->vecSelectables = vecBoxOptions;\n}\n\n\nvoid ComboBox::Initialize()\n{\n    this->szSizeObject.x = this->pParent->GetMaxChildWidth();\n    this->szSizeObject.y = int(pFont->iHeight + float(style.iPaddingY) * 0.5f) * 2;    \n}\n\n\nvoid ComboBox::Render()\n{\n    /* Render the label (name) above the combo */\n    g_Render.String(this->rcBoundingBox.Pos(), FONT_DROPSHADOW, style.colText, pFont, this->strLabel.c_str());\n\n\n    /* Render the selectable with the value in the middle and highlight if hovered */\n    if (this->bIsHovered)\n        g_Render.RectFilled(this->rcSelectable, style.colHover);\n    else\n        g_Render.RectFilled(this->rcSelectable, style.colComboBoxRect);\n\n    /* Render the selectable with the value in the middle */\n    g_Render.String(this->rcSelectable.Mid(), FONT_CENTERED_X | FONT_CENTERED_Y, style.colText, pFont,\n                    this->vecSelectables[*this->iCurrentValue].c_str());\n\n    /* Render the small triangle */\n    {\n        SPoint ptPosMid, ptPosLeft, ptPosRight;\n\n        /* I know, hardcode. You should change this anyway */\n        ptPosMid.x   = this->rcSelectable.right - 8;\n        ptPosRight.x = this->rcSelectable.right - 5;\n        ptPosLeft.x  = this->rcSelectable.right - 11;\n\n        /* Draw two different versions (top-down, down-top) depending on activation */\n        if (!this->bIsActive)\n        {\n            ptPosRight.y = ptPosLeft.y = this->rcSelectable.top + 6;\n            ptPosMid.y   = this->rcSelectable.bottom - 6;\n        }\n        else\n        {\n            ptPosRight.y = ptPosLeft.y = this->rcSelectable.bottom - 6;\n            ptPosMid.y   = this->rcSelectable.top + 6;\n        }\n\n        g_Render.TriangleFilled(ptPosLeft, ptPosRight, ptPosMid, style.colText);\n        g_Render.Triangle(ptPosLeft, ptPosRight, ptPosMid, style.colText);\n    }/*-------------------------*/\n\n    /* Rectangle of the combo selectables, for scissorrect */\n    const SRect vpCombo = \n    {\n        rcBoundingBox.left,\n        rcBoundingBox.bottom,\n        rcBoundingBox.right,\n        rcSelectable.bottom + rcSelectable.Height() * int(vecSelectables.size())\n    };\n\n    /* Render selectables only within the rect, useful for scroll usage (if implemented later on) */\n    g_Render.SetCustomScissorRect(vpCombo);\n        if (this->bIsActive)\n            RenderSelectables();\n    g_Render.RestoreOriginalScissorRect();\n\n}\n\n\nbool ComboBox::HandleMouseInput(UINT uMsg, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam)\n{\n    switch (uMsg)\n    {\n        case WM_MOUSEMOVE:\n        case WM_LBUTTONDOWN:\n        {\n            /* If the main selectabled is hovered, handle only its input */\n            if (this->bIsHovered)\n            {\n                this->idHovered = -1;\n                if (mouseCursor->bLMBPressed)\n                {\n                    this->bIsActive = !bIsActive;\n                    /* If active, request focus so its rendered on top of every other selectable */\n                    if (this->bIsActive)\n                        this->RequestFocus();\n                    return true;\n                }\n            }\n            else if (this->bIsActive &&\n                     mouseCursor->IsInBounds({ this->rcSelectable.left, this->rcSelectable.bottom, this->rcSelectable.right,\n                                               this->rcSelectable.bottom + this->rcSelectable.Height() * int(this->vecSelectables.size()) }))\n            {\n                for (std::size_t it = 0; it < this->vecSelectables.size(); ++it)\n                {\n                    /* Bounds of the looped element. */\n                    const auto rcElementBounds = [this, it]()\n                    {\n                        int posy = this->rcSelectable.bottom + this->rcSelectable.Height() * it;\n                        return SRect(this->rcSelectable.left, posy, this->rcSelectable.right, posy + this->rcSelectable.Height());\n                    };\n\n                    /* If we don't hover the element - ignore */\n                    if (!mouseCursor->IsInBounds(rcElementBounds()))\n                        continue;\n\n                    this->idHovered = it;\n                    if (mouseCursor->bLMBPressed)\n                    {\n                        *this->iCurrentValue = it;\n                        this->idHovered      = -1;\n                        this->bIsActive      = false;\n                        return true;\n                    }\n                }\n            }\n            else\n                this->idHovered = -1;\n        }\n    }\n\n    return false;\n}\n\n\nvoid ComboBox::SetupPositions()\n{\n    this->SetupBaseSize();\n\n    this->rcSelectable = [this]()\n    {\n        int posy = this->rcBoundingBox.top + pFont->iHeight + int(float(style.iPaddingY) * 0.5f);\n        return SRect(this->rcBoundingBox.left, posy, this->rcBoundingBox.right, posy + pFont->iHeight + int(float(style.iPaddingY) * 0.5f));\n    }();\n}\n\n\nSPoint ComboBox::GetSelectableSize()\n{\n    SPoint vecTmpSize;\n    vecTmpSize.y = pFont->iHeight + int(float(style.iPaddingY) * 0.5f);\n    vecTmpSize.x = this->GetSize().x;\n    return vecTmpSize;\n}\n\n\nvoid ComboBox::RenderSelectables()\n{\n     /* Background square for the list */\n    g_Render.RectFilled({ this->rcSelectable.left, this->rcSelectable.bottom }, \n                        { this->rcSelectable.right, this->rcSelectable.bottom + this->rcSelectable.Height() * int(this->vecSelectables.size()) }, \n                          style.colCheckboxFill);\n\n\n    /* Distinction line at top for seperation for dropdown */\n    g_Render.Line({ this->rcSelectable.left, this->rcSelectable.bottom },\n                  { this->rcSelectable.right, this->rcSelectable.bottom }, style.colSectionFill);\n\n    /* Highlight selectable if its selected (-1 = no hovered one) */\n    if (this->idHovered != -1)\n    {\n        const auto rcElementBounds = [this]() -> SRect\n        {\n            int posy = this->rcSelectable.bottom + this->rcSelectable.Height() * this->idHovered;\n            return {\n                this->rcSelectable.left + 1,\n                posy + 1,\n                this->rcSelectable.right - 1,\n                posy + this->rcSelectable.Height() - 1\n            };\n        };\n\n        g_Render.RectFilled(rcElementBounds(), style.colHover);\n    }\n\n    /* Render all of the selectable labels (names) in the middle */\n    auto index = 0;\n    const auto ptMid = this->rcSelectable.Mid();\n    for (const auto& it : vecSelectables)\n        g_Render.String({ ptMid.x, ptMid.y + this->rcSelectable.Height() * (index++ + 1) },\n                        FONT_CENTERED_X | FONT_CENTERED_Y, style.colText, pFont, it.c_str());\n}\n\n\ntemplate<typename T>\nSlider<T>::Slider(const std::string& strLabel, T* tValue, T tMinValue, T tMaxValue, ObjectPtr pParent)\n{\n    this->pParent  = pParent;\n    this->strLabel = strLabel;\n    this->nValue   = tValue;\n    this->nMin     = tMinValue;\n    this->nMax     = tMaxValue;\n    this->type     = TYPE_SLIDER;\n\n}\n\n\ntemplate <typename T>\nvoid Slider<T>::Initialize()\n{\n    this->szSizeObject.x = this->pParent->GetMaxChildWidth();\n    this->szSizeObject.y = int((pFont->iHeight + int(float(style.iPaddingY) * 0.5f)) * 1.75f);\n    const SSize szSelectableSize = { this->szSizeObject.x, pFont->iHeight + int(float(style.iPaddingY) * 0.5f) };\n\n    this->SetValue(*nValue);   // Since its limited, it should not be any higher - even when set in settings before.\n}\n\n\ntemplate<typename T>\nvoid Slider<T>::Render()\n{\n    std::stringstream ssToRender;\n    ssToRender << strLabel << \": \" << std::fixed << std::setprecision(2) << *this->nValue;\n\n    /* Render the label (name) above the combo */\n    g_Render.String(this->rcBoundingBox.Pos(), FONT_DROPSHADOW, style.colText, pFont, ssToRender.str().c_str());\n\n    /* Render the selectable with the value in the middle */\n    g_Render.RectFilled(this->rcSelectable, style.colComboBoxRect);\n\n    /* Render outline */\n    g_Render.Rect(this->rcSelectable, style.colSectionOutl);\n\n\n    /* Fill the part of slider before the represented value */\n    g_Render.RectFilled({ this->GetZeroPos(), this->rcSelectable.top + 1, this->iButtonPosX, this->rcSelectable.bottom - 1 },\n                        style.colMenuStyle);\n\n    /* Represented position of the value & its outline */\n    g_Render.RectFilled(this->iButtonPosX - 1, this->rcSelectable.top - 1, this->iButtonPosX + 1, this->rcSelectable.bottom + 1, Color::White());\n    g_Render.RectFilled(this->iButtonPosX + 1, this->rcSelectable.top - 1, this->iButtonPosX + 1, this->rcSelectable.bottom + 1, Color::Grey());\n}\n\n\ntemplate <typename T>\nvoid Slider<T>::SetupPositions()\n{\n    this->SetupBaseSize();\n\n    this->rcSelectable =\n    {\n        rcBoundingBox.left,\n        rcBoundingBox.top + pFont->iHeight + int(float(style.iPaddingY) * 0.5f),\n        rcBoundingBox.right,\n        rcBoundingBox.bottom\n    };\n\n    /* Update button position */\n    this->iButtonPosX = (this->rcSelectable.left +\n        static_cast<int>((*this->nValue - this->nMin) * float(this->rcBoundingBox.Width()) / (this->nMax - this->nMin)));\n}\n\n\ntemplate <typename T>\nbool Slider<T>::HandleMouseInput(UINT uMsg, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam)\n{\n    switch (uMsg)\n    {\n    case WM_MOUSEMOVE:\n    {\n        /* Make sure we correct our hover state */\n        this->bIsHovered = mouseCursor->IsInBounds(this->rcSelectable);\n\n        this->iDragX = mouseCursor->GetPos().x;\n    }\n    case WM_LBUTTONDOWN:\n    {\n        /* Make sure we correct our hover state */\n        this->bIsHovered = mouseCursor->IsInBounds(this->rcSelectable);\n\n        if (mouseCursor->bLMBPressed && bIsHovered)\n            bPressed = true;\n        else if (!mouseCursor->bLMBHeld && bPressed)\n            bPressed = false;\n\n\n        if (this->bPressed)\n        {\n            if (iDragX == 0)\n                this->iDragX = mouseCursor->GetPos().x;\n\n            this->iDragOffset = this->iDragX - this->iButtonPosX;\n            this->iDragX = mouseCursor->GetPos().x;\n\n            if (this->iDragOffset != 0)\n            {\n                this->RequestFocus();\n                this->SetValue(static_cast<T>((this->iDragOffset * this->GetValuePerPixel()) + *this->nValue));\n                return true;\n            }\n        }\n        break;\n\n    }\n    }\n\n    return false;\n}\n\n\ntemplate <typename T>\nbool Slider<T>::HandleKeyboardInput(UINT uMsg, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam)\n{\n\n    if ( uMsg == WM_KEYDOWN )\n    {\n        switch ( wParam )\n        {\n        case VK_HOME:\n            this->SetValue(nMin);\n            return true;\n        case VK_END:\n            this->SetValue(nMax);\n            return true;\n        case VK_LEFT:\n        case VK_DOWN:\n            this->SetValue(*this->nValue - static_cast<T>(this->GetValuePerPixel()));\n            return true;\n        case VK_RIGHT:\n        case VK_UP:\n            this->SetValue(*this->nValue + static_cast<T>(this->GetValuePerPixel()));\n            return true;\n        case VK_NEXT:\n            this->SetValue(*this->nValue - static_cast<T>(10.f * this->GetValuePerPixel()));\n            return true;\n        case VK_PRIOR:\n            this->SetValue(*this->nValue + static_cast<T>(10.f * this->GetValuePerPixel()));\n            return true;\n        }\n    }\n\n    return false;\n}\n\n\ntemplate<typename T>\nfloat Slider<T>::GetValuePerPixel() const\n{\n    return float(this->nMax - this->nMin) / this->szSizeObject.x;\n}\n\n\ntemplate<typename T>\nvoid Slider<T>::SetValue(T flValue)\n{\n    flValue = max(flValue, this->nMin);\n    flValue = min(flValue, this->nMax);\n\n    *this->nValue = flValue;\n    this->SetupPositions();\n}\n\n\ntemplate <typename T>\nint Slider<T>::GetZeroPos()\n{\n    if (this->nMin < 0)\n        return this->rcSelectable.left + static_cast<int>((0 - this->nMin) * float(this->rcBoundingBox.Width()) / float(this->nMax - this->nMin));\n\n    return this->rcSelectable.left + 1;\n\n}"
  },
  {
    "path": "Antario/GUI/GUI.h",
    "content": "#pragma once\n#include <vector>\n#include \"..\\Utils\\DrawManager.h\"\n\n#pragma warning(disable : 4244) // disable data loss warning\n\nnamespace ui\n{\n    /* Predefinition */\n    class MenuMain;\n    class UIObject;\n    class Control;\n    class ControlManager;\n    class Section;\n    class Tab;\n\n    using SSize     = SPoint;\n    using TabPtr    = std::shared_ptr<Tab>;\n    using ObjectPtr = std::shared_ptr<UIObject>;\n\n    /* MST - Menu Selectable Type, specifies the type of the selectable for easier usage */\n    enum MST\n    {\n        TYPE_INCORR = -1,\n        TYPE_WINDOW,\n        TYPE_TAB,\n        TYPE_SECTION,\n        TYPE_CHECKBOX,\n        TYPE_BUTTON,\n        TYPE_COMBO,\n        TYPE_SLIDER,\n    };\n\n    struct MenuStyle\n    {\n        int   iPaddingX       = 20;                     /*- Padding between sections                            -*/\n        int   iPaddingY       = 6;                      /*- Padding between selectables                         -*/\n        int   iMinThumbSize   = 10;\n        Color colCursor       = { 0, 150, 255, 100 };   /*- Color of the mouse cursor                           -*/\n        Color colHover        = { 100, 100, 100, 30 };  /*- Color applied on the obj when mouse hovers above it -*/\n        Color colSectionOutl  = { 15, 15, 15, 200 };    /*- Color of the section outline                        -*/\n        Color colSectionFill  = { 0, 0, 0, 30 };        /*- Color filling the section bounds                    -*/\n        Color colCheckboxFill = { 50, 50, 50, 255 };    /*- Color of the first gradient color of the checkbox   -*/\n        Color colMenuStyle    = { 35, 35, 35, 255 };    /*- Color of the menu style controls                    -*/\n        Color colText         = { 160, 160, 160, 255 }; /*- Color of the text inside the main window            -*/\n        Color colHeader       = { 50, 50, 50, 230 };    /*- Color of the header background                      -*/\n        Color colHeaderText   = { 200, 200, 215 };      /*- Color of the text inside the header strip           -*/\n        Color colComboBoxRect = { 50, 50, 50, 180 };    /*- Color of the combobox rectangle                     -*/\n    };\n\n\n    class MouseCursor\n    {\n    public:\n        MouseCursor() { this->vecPointPos = g_Render.GetScreenCenter(); };\n        virtual      ~MouseCursor() = default;\n        virtual void Render();\n        virtual void RunThink(UINT uMsg, LPARAM lParam);\n\n        SPoint     GetPos() const { return vecPointPos; }; /* Set&get actual mouse position */\n        virtual void SetPosition(SPoint ptPos) { this->vecPointPos = ptPos; };\n\n        /* Checks if the mouse is in specified bounds */\n        virtual bool IsInBounds(const SPoint& vecDst1, const SPoint& vecDst2);\n        virtual bool IsInBounds(const SRect& rcRect);\n\n        bool     bLMBPressed = false; /* Actual state of Left Mouse Button (pressed or not)   */\n        bool     bRMBPressed = false; /* Actual state of Right Mouse Button (pressed or not)  */\n        bool     bLMBHeld = false;\n        bool     bRMBHeld = false;\n        SPoint   vecPointPos;         /* Current mouse cursor position                        */\n    };\n\n\n    /* Main menu object - contains all of the data within it such as mouse cursor, windows etc */\n    class MenuMain\n    {\n    public:\n        MenuMain() = default;\n\n        virtual void Initialize();\n        virtual bool MsgProc(UINT uMsg, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam);\n        virtual void Render();                           /* Renders the object                                      */\n    \n        /* Non-inline, it breaks sharedpointers */\n        static MenuStyle style;                          /* Struct containing all colors / paddings in our menu.    */\n        static Control*  pFocusedObject;                 /* Pointer to the focused object                           */\n        static std::shared_ptr<Font>    pFont;       /* Pointer to the font used in the menu.                   */\n        static std::unique_ptr<MouseCursor> mouseCursor; /* Pointer to our mouse cursor                             */\n\n        std::vector<ObjectPtr> vecChildren;\n    };\n\n\n    /* Virtual main object class */\n    class UIObject : public MenuMain, public std::enable_shared_from_this<UIObject>\n    {\n    public:\n        UIObject() : type(MST(-1)), pParent(nullptr), bIsHovered(false), iMaxChildWidth(0) { }\n\n        /* Used to get shared_ptr from thisptr - makes using smart pointers easier */\n        ObjectPtr GetThis()                         { return shared_from_this(); }\n\n        /* Handle input */\n        bool MsgProc(UINT uMsg, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam) override              { return false; }\n        virtual bool HandleKeyboardInput(UINT uMsg, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam)   { return false; }\n        virtual bool HandleMouseInput   (UINT uMsg, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam)   { return false; }\n\n        virtual SPoint GetPos()  const              { return this->rcBoundingBox.Pos(); }\n        virtual void   SetPos(SPoint ptNewPosition) { this->rcBoundingBox.left = ptNewPosition.x; rcBoundingBox.top = ptNewPosition.y; }\n        virtual SSize  GetSize() const              { return this->szSizeObject; }\n        virtual void   SetSize(SSize sNewSize)      { this->szSizeObject = sNewSize; }\n        virtual SRect  GetBBox()                    { return this->rcBoundingBox; }\n\n        virtual void SetHovered(bool hov)\t\t{ this->bIsHovered = hov; }\n        virtual int GetScrollableHeight() const { return 0; }\n\n        /* Position setups */\n        void Initialize() override    { }\n        virtual void SetupBaseSize();                            /* Sets the object rect bounds using object size       */\n        virtual void SetupPositions() { this->SetupBaseSize(); } /* Internal position setup                             */\n        \n        /* Parent/child setting functions */\n\n        virtual void      AddChild(ObjectPtr child)     { this->vecChildren.push_back(child); }\n        virtual int       GetMaxChildWidth()            { return this->iMaxChildWidth; }\n        virtual void      SetParent(ObjectPtr parent)   { this->pParent = parent; };\n        virtual ObjectPtr GetParent()                   { return this->pParent; }\n\n        MST type;                 /* Type of an object.                                           */\n        std::string strLabel;     /* Label / Name of the window.                                  */\n\n    protected:\n        ObjectPtr pParent;        /* Parent object */\n        bool      bIsHovered;     /* Defines if the object is hovered with the mouse cursor.      */\n        int       iMaxChildWidth; /* Maximum child width. Set mainly for buttons and selectables. */\n        SSize     szSizeObject;   /* Size of the drawed object                                    */\n        SRect     rcBoundingBox;  /* Bounding box of the drawed ent.                              */\n    };\n\n\n    /* Virtual control class */\n    class Control : public UIObject\n    {\n    public:\n        Control() : bIsVisible(false), bIsActive(false), bIsUsable(false) { }\n\n        /* Focus handling */\n        virtual bool CanHaveFocus() const { return false; } /* Defines if the object can have focus                 */\n        virtual void OnFocusIn()  { }                       /* Action played when the focus aquired                 */\n        virtual void OnFocusOut() { }                       /* Action played when the focus is lost                 */\n        virtual void RequestFocus();                        /* Makes object request focus - prioritize its input and drawing */\n        \n\n        virtual void SetActive(bool bActive)    { this->bIsActive = bActive;    }\n        virtual bool GetActive() const          { return this->bIsActive;       }\n\n        virtual void SetUsable(bool bUsable)    { this->bIsUsable = bUsable;    }\n        virtual bool GetUsable() const          { return this->bIsUsable;       }\n\n        virtual void SetVisible(bool bVisible)  { this->bIsVisible = bVisible;  }\n        virtual bool GetVisible() const         { return this->bIsVisible;      }\n\n    protected:\n        bool bIsVisible;    /* Defines if the control is rendered atm           */\n        bool bIsActive;     /* Defines if the control is currently in use       */\n        bool bIsUsable;     /* Defines if the control can be used at the moment */\n    };\n\n\n    /* Small virtual helper class */\n    class ControlManager : public UIObject\n    {\n    public:\n        ControlManager() = default;\n\n        void SetupPositions() override;\n        virtual void SetupChildPositions();                 /* SetupPositions but for child objects.                                    */\n        virtual void RenderChildObjects();                  /* Renders all of the child objects, without the focused one.               */\n        virtual ObjectPtr GetObjectAtPoint(SPoint ptPoint); /* Gets the object that is on the specified point. Used for \"hover check\".  */\n    };\n\n\n    class Window : public ControlManager\n    {\n    public:\n        Window() : bIsDragged(false), iHeaderHeight(0), tSelectedTab(nullptr), pHeaderFont(nullptr) { }\n        Window(const std::string& strLabel, SPoint ptSize, std::shared_ptr<Font> pMainFont, std::shared_ptr<Font> pFontHeader);\n    \n        void Render()           override;\n        void Initialize()       override;\n        void SetupPositions()   override;\n        bool MsgProc(UINT uMsg, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam) override;\n\n        int  GetHeaderHeight() const { return this->iHeaderHeight; }\n\n    private:\n        bool   bIsDragged;     /* Says if the window is currently dragged. */\n        int    iHeaderHeight;  /* Header height in pixels                  */\n        TabPtr tSelectedTab;   /* Actual selected window tab               */\n        SRect  rcHeader;       /* Header bounding box                      */\n        SPoint ptOldMousePos;  /* Old mouse position used for dragging     */\n        std::shared_ptr<Font> pHeaderFont; /* Header only font         */\n    };\n\n\n    class Tab : public ControlManager\n    {\n    public:\n        Tab(const std::string& strTabName, int iNumColumns, ObjectPtr parentWindow);\n        void Initialize() override;\n        void Render()     override;\n        bool MsgProc(UINT uMsg, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam) override;\n\n        void SetupChildPositions()  override;\n        void SetActive(bool bNewActive) { this->bIsActive  = bNewActive; }\n\n        std::shared_ptr<Section> AddSection(const std::string& strLabel, float flPercSize);\n    private:\n        int  iColumnCount;\n        bool bIsActive;\n    };\n\n    class ScrollBar : public Control\n    {\n    public:\n        ScrollBar(ObjectPtr pParentObject);\n        void Initialize() override;\n        void Render()\t  override;\n        bool HandleMouseInput(UINT uMsg, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam) override;\n\n        void SetupPositions()\t  override;\n        bool CanHaveFocus() const override { return true; }\n\n        void UpdateThumbRect();\n        int  GetScrollAmmount() const { return this->flScrollAmmount; };\n    private:\n        void HandleArrowHeldMode();\n        float flScrollAmmount; /* The offset of the initial position            */\n        int  iPageSize;        /* How much pixels are rendered in page (height) */\n        bool bIsThumbUsed;     /* Defines if the tumb is grabbed                */\n\n        enum ButtonState\n        {\n            CLEAR,\n            CLICKED_UP,\n            CLICKED_DOWN,\n            HELD_UP,\n            HELD_DOWN\n        };\n        enum HoveredButton\n        {\n            NONE,\n            UP,\n            DOWN,\n            THUMB,\n            SHAFT\n        };\n        SPoint ptOldMousePos;\n        SSize  sizeThumb;\n\n        SRect rcUpButton;\n        SRect rcDownButton;\n        SRect rcDragThumb;\n\n        ButtonState eState;\n        HoveredButton eHoveredButton;\n    };\n\n    class Section : public ControlManager\n    {\n    public:\n        Section(const std::string& strLabel, float flPercSize, ObjectPtr parentTab);\n        void Render()               override;\n        void RenderChildObjects()   override;\n        void Initialize()           override;\n        bool MsgProc(UINT uMsg, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam) override;\n\n        void SetupChildPositions()      override;\n        int GetScrollableHeight() const override { return iTotalPixelHeight - this->rcBoundingBox.Height(); }\n\n        virtual void AddDummy();\n        virtual void AddCheckBox(const std::string& strSelectableLabel, bool * bValue);\n        virtual void AddButton(const std::string& strSelectableLabel, void(&fnPointer)(), SPoint ptButtonSize = SPoint(0, 0));\n        virtual void AddCombo(const std::string& strSelectableLabel, int* iVecIndex, std::vector<std::string> vecBoxOptions);\n        virtual void AddSlider(const std::string& strLabel, float* flValue, float flMinValue, float flMaxValue);\n        virtual void AddSlider(const std::string& strLabel, int* iValue, int iMinValue, int iMaxValue);\n    protected:\n\t\tint   iTotalPixelHeight;\n        float flSizeScale;  /* Scale of the window space taken by section */\n        SSize sizeSect;     /* Size of the section      */\n\t\tstd::unique_ptr<ScrollBar> scrollBar;   /* Scrollbar of the section */\n    };\n\n\n    \n    class Checkbox : public Control\n    {\n    public:\n        Checkbox(const std::string& strLabel, bool *bValue, ObjectPtr pParent);\n        void Render() override;\n        void SetupPositions() override;\n        bool HandleMouseInput(UINT uMsg, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam) override;\n    \n        bool*  bCheckboxValue;  /* The value we are changing with the checkbox                  */\n    private:\n        SRect rcBox;\n    };\n\n\n\n    class Button : public Control\n    {\n    public:\n        Button(const std::string& strLabel, void(&fnPointer)(), ObjectPtr pParent, SPoint ptButtonSize = SPoint(0, 0));\n        void Render() override;\n        void Initialize() override;\n        bool HandleMouseInput(UINT uMsg, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam) override;\n    private:\n        bool    bIsActivated;       /* Defines if we activated the button                            */\n        void(*fnActionPlay)();      /* Pointer to the function that will be run at the button press. */\n    };\n    \n    \n    \n    class ComboBox : public Control\n    {\n    public:\n        ComboBox(const std::string& strLabel, std::vector<std::string> vecBoxOptions, int* iCurrentValue, ObjectPtr pParent);\n        void Initialize()         override;\n        void Render()             override;\n        bool HandleMouseInput(UINT uMsg, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam) override;\n        void SetupPositions()     override;\n        bool CanHaveFocus() const override { return true; }\n        void OnFocusOut()         override { this->bIsActive = false; };\n    \n        virtual SPoint GetSelectableSize();\n        void RenderSelectables();\n\n        int*  iCurrentValue;                        /* Current selected option. Defined as a pttor index.          */\n    private:\n        int   idHovered;\n        SRect rcSelectable;                         /* Selectable bounding box */\n        std::vector<std::string> vecSelectables;    /* Vector of strings that will appear as diff settings.         */\n    };\n    \n    \n    template <typename T>\n    class Slider : public Control\n    {\n    public:\n        Slider(const std::string& strLabel, T* tValue, T tMinValue, T tMaxValue, ObjectPtr pParent);\n\n        void Initialize()           override;\n        void Render()               override;\n        void SetupPositions()       override;\n        bool HandleMouseInput(UINT uMsg, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam)    override;\n        bool HandleKeyboardInput(UINT uMsg, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam) override;\n\n        bool CanHaveFocus() const   override { return true; }   /* Override so we specify that slider can have focus */\n\n    private:\n        float GetValuePerPixel() const; /* Get value change if we move slider 1 pixel wide */\n        void  SetValue(T flValue);      /* Set slider value to desired one                 */\n        int   GetZeroPos();             /* Get the \"beginning\" of our slider fill value    */\n            \n        T*   nValue;        /* Slider current value                    */\n        T    nMin;          /* Minimal slider value                    */\n        T    nMax;          /* Maximal slider value                    */\n        int  iDragX{};      /* Mouse position at the start of the drag */\n        int  iDragOffset{}; /* Offset of the mouse position            */\n        int  iButtonPosX{}; /* Slider button representing value        */\n        bool bPressed{};             \n        SRect rcSelectable; /* Size of the internal selectable size of the combo */\n    };\n    \n    \n    class DummySpace : public Control\n    {\n    public:\n        DummySpace(SSize size) { this->szSizeObject = size; }\n        void Render() override { }\n    };\n}\n"
  },
  {
    "path": "Antario/Hooks.cpp",
    "content": "#include <thread>\n#include \"Hooks.h\"\n#include \"Utils\\Utils.h\"\n#include \"Features\\Features.h\"\n\nMisc     g_Misc;\nHooks    g_Hooks;\nSettings g_Settings;\n\n\nvoid Hooks::Init()\n{\n    // Get window handle\n    while (!(g_Hooks.hCSGOWindow = FindWindowA(\"Valve001\", nullptr)))\n    {\n        using namespace std::literals::chrono_literals;\n        std::this_thread::sleep_for(50ms);\n    }\n\n    interfaces::Init();                         // Get interfaces\n    g_pNetvars = std::make_unique<NetvarTree>();// Get netvars after getting interfaces as we use them\n\n    Utils::Log(\"Hooking in progress...\");\n\n    // D3D Device pointer\n    const uintptr_t d3dDevice = **reinterpret_cast<uintptr_t**>(Utils::FindSignature(\"shaderapidx9.dll\", \"A1 ? ? ? ? 50 8B 08 FF 51 0C\") + 1);\n\n    if (g_Hooks.hCSGOWindow)        // Hook WNDProc to capture mouse / keyboard input\n        g_Hooks.pOriginalWNDProc = reinterpret_cast<WNDPROC>(SetWindowLongPtr(g_Hooks.hCSGOWindow, GWLP_WNDPROC, reinterpret_cast<LONG_PTR>(Hooks::WndProc)));\n\n\n    // VMTHooks\n    g_Hooks.pD3DDevice9Hook = std::make_unique<VMTHook>(reinterpret_cast<void*>(d3dDevice));\n    g_Hooks.pClientModeHook = std::make_unique<VMTHook>(g_pClientMode);\n    g_Hooks.pSurfaceHook    = std::make_unique<VMTHook>(g_pSurface);\n\n    // Hook the table functions\n    g_Hooks.pD3DDevice9Hook->Hook(vtable_indexes::reset,      Hooks::Reset);\n    g_Hooks.pD3DDevice9Hook->Hook(vtable_indexes::present,    Hooks::Present);\n    g_Hooks.pClientModeHook->Hook(vtable_indexes::createMove, Hooks::CreateMove);\n    g_Hooks.pSurfaceHook   ->Hook(vtable_indexes::lockCursor, Hooks::LockCursor);\n\n\n    // Create event listener, no need for it now so it will remain commented.\n    //const std::vector<const char*> vecEventNames = { \"\" };\n    //g_Hooks.pEventListener = std::make_unique<EventListener>(vecEventNames);\n\n    Utils::Log(\"Hooking completed!\");\n}\n\n\nvoid Hooks::Restore()\n{\n\tUtils::Log(\"Unhooking in progress...\");\n    {   // Unhook every function we hooked and restore original one\n        g_Hooks.pD3DDevice9Hook->Unhook(vtable_indexes::reset);\n        g_Hooks.pD3DDevice9Hook->Unhook(vtable_indexes::present);\n        g_Hooks.pClientModeHook->Unhook(vtable_indexes::createMove);\n        g_Hooks.pSurfaceHook   ->Unhook(vtable_indexes::lockCursor);\n        SetWindowLongPtr(g_Hooks.hCSGOWindow, GWLP_WNDPROC, reinterpret_cast<LONG_PTR>(g_Hooks.pOriginalWNDProc));\n\n        g_pNetvars.reset();   /* Need to reset by-hand, global pointer so doesnt go out-of-scope */\n    }\n    Utils::Log(\"Unhooking succeded!\");\n\n    // Destroy fonts and all textures we created\n    g_Render.Release();\n}\n\n\nbool __fastcall Hooks::CreateMove(IClientMode* thisptr, void* edx, float sample_frametime, CUserCmd* pCmd)\n{\n    // Call original createmove before we start screwing with it\n    static auto oCreateMove = g_Hooks.pClientModeHook->GetOriginal<CreateMove_t>(24);\n    oCreateMove(thisptr, edx, sample_frametime, pCmd);\n\n    if (!pCmd || !pCmd->command_number)\n        return oCreateMove;\n\n    // Get globals\n    g::pCmd         = pCmd;\n    g::pLocalEntity = g_pEntityList->GetClientEntity(g_pEngine->GetLocalPlayer());\n    if (!g::pLocalEntity)\n        return oCreateMove;\n\n    g_Misc.OnCreateMove();\n    // run shit outside enginepred\n\n    engine_prediction::RunEnginePred();\n    // run shit in enginepred\n    engine_prediction::EndEnginePred();\n\n    return false;\n}\n\n\nvoid __fastcall Hooks::LockCursor(ISurface* thisptr, void* edx)\n{\n    static auto oLockCursor = g_Hooks.pSurfaceHook->GetOriginal<LockCursor_t>(vtable_indexes::lockCursor);\n\n    if (!g_Settings.bMenuOpened)\n        return oLockCursor(thisptr, edx);\n\n    g_pSurface->UnlockCursor();\n}\n\n\nHRESULT __stdcall Hooks::Reset(IDirect3DDevice9* pDevice, D3DPRESENT_PARAMETERS* pPresentationParameters)\n{\n    static auto oReset = g_Hooks.pD3DDevice9Hook->GetOriginal<Reset_t>(vtable_indexes::reset);\n\n    if (g_Hooks.bInitializedDrawManager)\n    {\n        Utils::Log(\"Reseting draw manager.\");\n        g_Render.OnLostDevice();\n        HRESULT hr = oReset(pDevice, pPresentationParameters);\n        g_Render.OnResetDevice(pDevice);\n        Utils::Log(\"DrawManager reset succeded.\");\n        return hr;\n    }\n\n    return oReset(pDevice, pPresentationParameters);\n}\n\n\nHRESULT __stdcall Hooks::Present(IDirect3DDevice9* pDevice, const RECT* pSourceRect, const RECT* pDestRect, \n                                 HWND hDestWindowOverride,  const RGNDATA* pDirtyRegion)\n{\n    IDirect3DStateBlock9* stateBlock     = nullptr;\n    IDirect3DVertexDeclaration9* vertDec = nullptr;\n\n    pDevice->GetVertexDeclaration(&vertDec);\n    pDevice->CreateStateBlock(D3DSBT_PIXELSTATE, &stateBlock);\n\n    [pDevice]()\n    {\n        if (!g_Hooks.bInitializedDrawManager)\n        {\n            Utils::Log(\"Initializing Draw manager\");\n            g_Render.InitDeviceObjects(pDevice);\n            g_Hooks.nMenu.Initialize();\n            g_Hooks.bInitializedDrawManager = true;\n            Utils::Log(\"Draw manager initialized\");\n        }\n        else\n        {\n            g_Render.SetupRenderStates(); // Sets up proper render states for our state block\n\n            static std::string szWatermark = \"Antario\";\n          \n            /* Put your draw calls here */\n            g_ESP.Render();            \n            /* ------------------------ */\n          \n\t    \t    // Render menu after ESP so menu overlaps ESP\n            g_Render.String(8, 8, FONT_DROPSHADOW, Color(250, 150, 200, 180), g_Fonts.vecFonts[FONT_TAHOMA_8], szWatermark.c_str());\n\n            if (g_Settings.bMenuOpened)\n            {\n                g_Hooks.nMenu.Render();             // Render our menu\n                g_Hooks.nMenu.mouseCursor->Render();// Render mouse cursor in the end so its not overlapped\n            }\n        }\n    }();\n\n    stateBlock->Apply();\n    stateBlock->Release();\n    pDevice   ->SetVertexDeclaration(vertDec);\n\n    static auto oPresent = g_Hooks.pD3DDevice9Hook->GetOriginal<Present_t>(17);\n    return oPresent(pDevice, pSourceRect, pDestRect, hDestWindowOverride, pDirtyRegion);\n}\n\n\nLRESULT Hooks::WndProc(HWND hWnd, UINT uMsg, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam)\n{\n    // for now as a lambda, to be transfered somewhere\n    // Thanks uc/WasserEsser for pointing out my mistake!\n    // Working when you HOLD th button, not when you press it.\n    const auto getButtonHeld = [uMsg, wParam](bool& bButton, int vKey)\n    {\n        if (wParam != vKey) return;\n\n        if (uMsg == WM_KEYDOWN)\n            bButton = true;\n        else if (uMsg == WM_KEYUP)\n            bButton = false;\n    };\n\n    const auto getButtonToggle = [uMsg, wParam](bool& bButton, int vKey)\n    {\n        if (wParam != vKey) return;\n\n        if (uMsg == WM_KEYUP)\n            bButton = !bButton;\n    };\n\n    getButtonToggle(g_Settings.bMenuOpened, VK_INSERT);\n\n    if (g_Hooks.bInitializedDrawManager)\n    {\n        // our wndproc capture fn\n        if (g_Settings.bMenuOpened)\n        {\n            g_Hooks.nMenu.MsgProc(uMsg, wParam, lParam);\n            return true;\n        }\n    }\n\n    // Call original wndproc to make game use input again\n    return CallWindowProcA(g_Hooks.pOriginalWNDProc, hWnd, uMsg, wParam, lParam);\n}\n"
  },
  {
    "path": "Antario/Hooks.h",
    "content": "#pragma once\n\n#include \"Utils\\DrawManager.h\"\n#include \"Utils\\Interfaces.h\"\n#include \"SDK\\IClientMode.h\"\n#include \"SDK\\ISurface.h\"\n#include \"EventListener.h\"\n#include \"SDK\\CInput.h\"\n#include \"GUI\\GUI.h\"\n\nnamespace vtable_indexes\n{\n\tconstexpr auto reset        = 16;\n\tconstexpr auto present      = 17;\n\tconstexpr auto createMove   = 24;\n\tconstexpr auto lockCursor   = 67;\n}\n\nclass VMTHook;\nclass Hooks\n{\npublic:\n    // Initialization setup, called on injection\n    static void Init();\n    static void Restore();\n\n    /*---------------------------------------------*/\n    /*-------------Hooked functions----------------*/\n    /*---------------------------------------------*/\n\n    static bool     __fastcall  CreateMove(IClientMode*, void*, float, CUserCmd*);\n    static void     __fastcall  LockCursor(ISurface*, void*);\n    static HRESULT  __stdcall   Reset     (IDirect3DDevice9* pDevice, D3DPRESENT_PARAMETERS* pPresentationParameters);\n    static HRESULT  __stdcall   Present   (IDirect3DDevice9* pDevice, const RECT *pSourceRect, const RECT *pDestRect, HWND hDestWindowOverride, const RGNDATA *pDirtyRegion);\n    static LRESULT  __stdcall   WndProc   (HWND hWnd, UINT uMsg, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam);\n\nprivate:\n    /*---------------------------------------------*/\n    /*-------------VMT Hook pointers---------------*/\n    /*---------------------------------------------*/\n\n    std::unique_ptr<VMTHook> pD3DDevice9Hook;\n    std::unique_ptr<VMTHook> pClientModeHook;\n    std::unique_ptr<VMTHook> pSurfaceHook;\n\n    /*---------------------------------------------*/\n    /*-------------Hook prototypes-----------------*/\n    /*---------------------------------------------*/\n\n    typedef bool (__fastcall* CreateMove_t) (IClientMode*, void*, float, CUserCmd*);\n    typedef void (__fastcall* LockCursor_t) (ISurface*, void*);\n    typedef long (__stdcall*  Reset_t)      (IDirect3DDevice9*, D3DPRESENT_PARAMETERS*);\n    typedef long (__stdcall*  Present_t)    (IDirect3DDevice9*, const RECT*, const RECT*, HWND, const RGNDATA*);\n\nprivate:\n    ui::MenuMain                   nMenu;\n    HWND                           hCSGOWindow             = nullptr; // CSGO window handle\n    bool                           bInitializedDrawManager = false;   // Check if we initialized our draw manager\n    WNDPROC                        pOriginalWNDProc        = nullptr; // Original CSGO window proc\n    std::unique_ptr<EventListener> pEventListener          = nullptr; // Listens to csgo events, needs to be created\n};\n\nextern Hooks g_Hooks;\n\n\nclass VMTHook\n{\npublic:\n    VMTHook(void* ppClass)\n    {\n        this->ppBaseClass = static_cast<std::uintptr_t**>(ppClass);\n\n        // loop through all valid class indexes. When it will hit invalid (not existing) it will end the loop\n        while (static_cast<std::uintptr_t*>(*this->ppBaseClass)[this->indexCount])\n            ++this->indexCount;\n\n        const std::size_t kSizeTable = this->indexCount * sizeof(std::uintptr_t);\n\n        this->pOriginalVMT = *this->ppBaseClass;\n        this->pNewVMT      = std::make_unique<std::uintptr_t[]>(this->indexCount);\n\n        // copy original vtable to our local copy of it\n        std::memcpy(this->pNewVMT.get(), this->pOriginalVMT, kSizeTable);\n\n        // replace original class with our local copy\n        *this->ppBaseClass = this->pNewVMT.get();\n    };\n    ~VMTHook() { *this->ppBaseClass = this->pOriginalVMT; };\n\n    template<class Type>\n    Type GetOriginal(const std::size_t index)\n    {\n        return reinterpret_cast<Type>(this->pOriginalVMT[index]);\n    };\n\n    HRESULT Hook(const std::size_t index, void* fnNew)\n    {\n        if (index > this->indexCount)   // check if given index is valid\n            return E_INVALIDARG;\n\n        this->pNewVMT[index] = reinterpret_cast<std::uintptr_t>(fnNew);\n        return S_OK;\n    };\n\n    HRESULT Unhook(const std::size_t index)\n    {\n        if (index > this->indexCount)\n            return E_INVALIDARG;\n\n        this->pNewVMT[index] = this->pOriginalVMT[index];\n        return S_OK;\n    };\n\nprivate:\n    std::unique_ptr<std::uintptr_t[]> pNewVMT      = nullptr;    // Actual used vtable\n    std::uintptr_t** ppBaseClass  = nullptr; // Saved pointer to original class\n    std::uintptr_t*  pOriginalVMT = nullptr; // Saved original pointer to the VMT\n    std::size_t      indexCount   = 0;       // Count of indexes inside out f-ction\n};\n"
  },
  {
    "path": "Antario/LIB/freetype/freetype/config/ftconfig.h",
    "content": "/****************************************************************************\n *\n * ftconfig.h\n *\n *   ANSI-specific configuration file (specification only).\n *\n * Copyright (C) 1996-2019 by\n * David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.\n *\n * This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,\n * modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project\n * license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute\n * this file you indicate that you have read the license and\n * understand and accept it fully.\n *\n */\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * This header file contains a number of macro definitions that are used by\n   * the rest of the engine.  Most of the macros here are automatically\n   * determined at compile time, and you should not need to change it to port\n   * FreeType, except to compile the library with a non-ANSI compiler.\n   *\n   * Note however that if some specific modifications are needed, we advise\n   * you to place a modified copy in your build directory.\n   *\n   * The build directory is usually `builds/<system>`, and contains\n   * system-specific files that are always included first when building the\n   * library.\n   *\n   * This ANSI version should stay in `include/config/`.\n   *\n   */\n\n#ifndef FTCONFIG_H_\n#define FTCONFIG_H_\n\n#include <ft2build.h>\n#include FT_CONFIG_OPTIONS_H\n#include FT_CONFIG_STANDARD_LIBRARY_H\n\n\nFT_BEGIN_HEADER\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   *              PLATFORM-SPECIFIC CONFIGURATION MACROS\n   *\n   * These macros can be toggled to suit a specific system.  The current ones\n   * are defaults used to compile FreeType in an ANSI C environment (16bit\n   * compilers are also supported).  Copy this file to your own\n   * `builds/<system>` directory, and edit it to port the engine.\n   *\n   */\n\n\n  /* There are systems (like the Texas Instruments 'C54x) where a `char`  */\n  /* has 16~bits.  ANSI~C says that `sizeof(char)` is always~1.  Since an */\n  /* `int` has 16~bits also for this system, `sizeof(int)` gives~1 which  */\n  /* is probably unexpected.                                              */\n  /*                                                                      */\n  /* `CHAR_BIT` (defined in `limits.h`) gives the number of bits in a     */\n  /* `char` type.                                                         */\n\n#ifndef FT_CHAR_BIT\n#define FT_CHAR_BIT  CHAR_BIT\n#endif\n\n\n  /* The size of an `int` type. */\n#if                                 FT_UINT_MAX == 0xFFFFUL\n#define FT_SIZEOF_INT  ( 16 / FT_CHAR_BIT )\n#elif                               FT_UINT_MAX == 0xFFFFFFFFUL\n#define FT_SIZEOF_INT  ( 32 / FT_CHAR_BIT )\n#elif FT_UINT_MAX > 0xFFFFFFFFUL && FT_UINT_MAX == 0xFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFUL\n#define FT_SIZEOF_INT  ( 64 / FT_CHAR_BIT )\n#else\n#error \"Unsupported size of `int' type!\"\n#endif\n\n  /* The size of a `long` type.  A five-byte `long` (as used e.g. on the */\n  /* DM642) is recognized but avoided.                                   */\n#if                                  FT_ULONG_MAX == 0xFFFFFFFFUL\n#define FT_SIZEOF_LONG  ( 32 / FT_CHAR_BIT )\n#elif FT_ULONG_MAX > 0xFFFFFFFFUL && FT_ULONG_MAX == 0xFFFFFFFFFFUL\n#define FT_SIZEOF_LONG  ( 32 / FT_CHAR_BIT )\n#elif FT_ULONG_MAX > 0xFFFFFFFFUL && FT_ULONG_MAX == 0xFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFUL\n#define FT_SIZEOF_LONG  ( 64 / FT_CHAR_BIT )\n#else\n#error \"Unsupported size of `long' type!\"\n#endif\n\n\n  /* `FT_UNUSED` indicates that a given parameter is not used --   */\n  /* this is only used to get rid of unpleasant compiler warnings. */\n#ifndef FT_UNUSED\n#define FT_UNUSED( arg )  ( (arg) = (arg) )\n#endif\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   *                    AUTOMATIC CONFIGURATION MACROS\n   *\n   * These macros are computed from the ones defined above.  Don't touch\n   * their definition, unless you know precisely what you are doing.  No\n   * porter should need to mess with them.\n   *\n   */\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * Mac support\n   *\n   *   This is the only necessary change, so it is defined here instead\n   *   providing a new configuration file.\n   */\n#if defined( __APPLE__ ) || ( defined( __MWERKS__ ) && defined( macintosh ) )\n  /* No Carbon frameworks for 64bit 10.4.x.                         */\n  /* `AvailabilityMacros.h` is available since Mac OS X 10.2,       */\n  /* so guess the system version by maximum errno before inclusion. */\n#include <errno.h>\n#ifdef ECANCELED /* defined since 10.2 */\n#include \"AvailabilityMacros.h\"\n#endif\n#if defined( __LP64__ ) && \\\n    ( MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MIN_REQUIRED <= MAC_OS_X_VERSION_10_4 )\n#undef FT_MACINTOSH\n#endif\n\n#elif defined( __SC__ ) || defined( __MRC__ )\n  /* Classic MacOS compilers */\n#include \"ConditionalMacros.h\"\n#if TARGET_OS_MAC\n#define FT_MACINTOSH 1\n#endif\n\n#endif\n\n\n  /* Fix compiler warning with sgi compiler. */\n#if defined( __sgi ) && !defined( __GNUC__ )\n#if defined( _COMPILER_VERSION ) && ( _COMPILER_VERSION >= 730 )\n#pragma set woff 3505\n#endif\n#endif\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @section:\n   *   basic_types\n   *\n   */\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @type:\n   *   FT_Int16\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   A typedef for a 16bit signed integer type.\n   */\n  typedef signed short  FT_Int16;\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @type:\n   *   FT_UInt16\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   A typedef for a 16bit unsigned integer type.\n   */\n  typedef unsigned short  FT_UInt16;\n\n  /* */\n\n\n  /* this #if 0 ... #endif clause is for documentation purposes */\n#if 0\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @type:\n   *   FT_Int32\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   A typedef for a 32bit signed integer type.  The size depends on the\n   *   configuration.\n   */\n  typedef signed XXX  FT_Int32;\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @type:\n   *   FT_UInt32\n   *\n   *   A typedef for a 32bit unsigned integer type.  The size depends on the\n   *   configuration.\n   */\n  typedef unsigned XXX  FT_UInt32;\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @type:\n   *   FT_Int64\n   *\n   *   A typedef for a 64bit signed integer type.  The size depends on the\n   *   configuration.  Only defined if there is real 64bit support;\n   *   otherwise, it gets emulated with a structure (if necessary).\n   */\n  typedef signed XXX  FT_Int64;\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @type:\n   *   FT_UInt64\n   *\n   *   A typedef for a 64bit unsigned integer type.  The size depends on the\n   *   configuration.  Only defined if there is real 64bit support;\n   *   otherwise, it gets emulated with a structure (if necessary).\n   */\n  typedef unsigned XXX  FT_UInt64;\n\n  /* */\n\n#endif\n\n#if FT_SIZEOF_INT == ( 32 / FT_CHAR_BIT )\n\n  typedef signed int      FT_Int32;\n  typedef unsigned int    FT_UInt32;\n\n#elif FT_SIZEOF_LONG == ( 32 / FT_CHAR_BIT )\n\n  typedef signed long     FT_Int32;\n  typedef unsigned long   FT_UInt32;\n\n#else\n#error \"no 32bit type found -- please check your configuration files\"\n#endif\n\n\n  /* look up an integer type that is at least 32~bits */\n#if FT_SIZEOF_INT >= ( 32 / FT_CHAR_BIT )\n\n  typedef int            FT_Fast;\n  typedef unsigned int   FT_UFast;\n\n#elif FT_SIZEOF_LONG >= ( 32 / FT_CHAR_BIT )\n\n  typedef long           FT_Fast;\n  typedef unsigned long  FT_UFast;\n\n#endif\n\n\n  /* determine whether we have a 64-bit `int` type for platforms without */\n  /* Autoconf                                                            */\n#if FT_SIZEOF_LONG == ( 64 / FT_CHAR_BIT )\n\n  /* `FT_LONG64` must be defined if a 64-bit type is available */\n#define FT_LONG64\n#define FT_INT64   long\n#define FT_UINT64  unsigned long\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * A 64-bit data type may create compilation problems if you compile in\n   * strict ANSI mode.  To avoid them, we disable other 64-bit data types if\n   * `__STDC__` is defined.  You can however ignore this rule by defining the\n   * `FT_CONFIG_OPTION_FORCE_INT64` configuration macro.\n   */\n#elif !defined( __STDC__ ) || defined( FT_CONFIG_OPTION_FORCE_INT64 )\n\n#if defined( __STDC_VERSION__ ) && __STDC_VERSION__ >= 199901L\n\n#define FT_LONG64\n#define FT_INT64   long long int\n#define FT_UINT64  unsigned long long int\n\n#elif defined( _MSC_VER ) && _MSC_VER >= 900 /* Visual C++ (and Intel C++) */\n\n  /* this compiler provides the `__int64` type */\n#define FT_LONG64\n#define FT_INT64   __int64\n#define FT_UINT64  unsigned __int64\n\n#elif defined( __BORLANDC__ )  /* Borland C++ */\n\n  /* XXXX: We should probably check the value of `__BORLANDC__` in order */\n  /*       to test the compiler version.                                 */\n\n  /* this compiler provides the `__int64` type */\n#define FT_LONG64\n#define FT_INT64   __int64\n#define FT_UINT64  unsigned __int64\n\n#elif defined( __WATCOMC__ )   /* Watcom C++ */\n\n  /* Watcom doesn't provide 64-bit data types */\n\n#elif defined( __MWERKS__ )    /* Metrowerks CodeWarrior */\n\n#define FT_LONG64\n#define FT_INT64   long long int\n#define FT_UINT64  unsigned long long int\n\n#elif defined( __GNUC__ )\n\n  /* GCC provides the `long long` type */\n#define FT_LONG64\n#define FT_INT64   long long int\n#define FT_UINT64  unsigned long long int\n\n#endif /* __STDC_VERSION__ >= 199901L */\n\n#endif /* FT_SIZEOF_LONG == (64 / FT_CHAR_BIT) */\n\n#ifdef FT_LONG64\n  typedef FT_INT64   FT_Int64;\n  typedef FT_UINT64  FT_UInt64;\n#endif\n\n\n#ifdef _WIN64\n  /* only 64bit Windows uses the LLP64 data model, i.e., */\n  /* 32bit integers, 64bit pointers                      */\n#define FT_UINT_TO_POINTER( x ) (void*)(unsigned __int64)(x)\n#else\n#define FT_UINT_TO_POINTER( x ) (void*)(unsigned long)(x)\n#endif\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * miscellaneous\n   *\n   */\n\n\n#define FT_BEGIN_STMNT  do {\n#define FT_END_STMNT    } while ( 0 )\n#define FT_DUMMY_STMNT  FT_BEGIN_STMNT FT_END_STMNT\n\n\n  /* `typeof` condition taken from gnulib's `intprops.h` header file */\n#if ( ( defined( __GNUC__ ) && __GNUC__ >= 2 )                       || \\\n      ( defined( __IBMC__ ) && __IBMC__ >= 1210 &&                      \\\n        defined( __IBM__TYPEOF__ ) )                                 || \\\n      ( defined( __SUNPRO_C ) && __SUNPRO_C >= 0x5110 && !__STDC__ ) )\n#define FT_TYPEOF( type )  ( __typeof__ ( type ) )\n#else\n#define FT_TYPEOF( type )  /* empty */\n#endif\n\n\n  /* Use `FT_LOCAL` and `FT_LOCAL_DEF` to declare and define,            */\n  /* respectively, a function that gets used only within the scope of a  */\n  /* module.  Normally, both the header and source code files for such a */\n  /* function are within a single module directory.                      */\n  /*                                                                     */\n  /* Intra-module arrays should be tagged with `FT_LOCAL_ARRAY` and      */\n  /* `FT_LOCAL_ARRAY_DEF`.                                               */\n  /*                                                                     */\n#ifdef FT_MAKE_OPTION_SINGLE_OBJECT\n\n#define FT_LOCAL( x )      static  x\n#define FT_LOCAL_DEF( x )  static  x\n\n#else\n\n#ifdef __cplusplus\n#define FT_LOCAL( x )      extern \"C\"  x\n#define FT_LOCAL_DEF( x )  extern \"C\"  x\n#else\n#define FT_LOCAL( x )      extern  x\n#define FT_LOCAL_DEF( x )  x\n#endif\n\n#endif /* FT_MAKE_OPTION_SINGLE_OBJECT */\n\n#define FT_LOCAL_ARRAY( x )      extern const  x\n#define FT_LOCAL_ARRAY_DEF( x )  const  x\n\n\n  /* Use `FT_BASE` and `FT_BASE_DEF` to declare and define, respectively, */\n  /* functions that are used in more than a single module.  In the        */\n  /* current setup this implies that the declaration is in a header file  */\n  /* in the `include/freetype/internal` directory, and the function body  */\n  /* is in a file in `src/base`.                                          */\n  /*                                                                      */\n#ifndef FT_BASE\n\n#ifdef __cplusplus\n#define FT_BASE( x )  extern \"C\"  x\n#else\n#define FT_BASE( x )  extern  x\n#endif\n\n#endif /* !FT_BASE */\n\n\n#ifndef FT_BASE_DEF\n\n#ifdef __cplusplus\n#define FT_BASE_DEF( x )  x\n#else\n#define FT_BASE_DEF( x )  x\n#endif\n\n#endif /* !FT_BASE_DEF */\n\n\n  /* When compiling FreeType as a DLL or DSO with hidden visibility    */\n  /* some systems/compilers need a special attribute in front OR after */\n  /* the return type of function declarations.                         */\n  /*                                                                   */\n  /* Two macros are used within the FreeType source code to define     */\n  /* exported library functions: `FT_EXPORT` and `FT_EXPORT_DEF`.      */\n  /*                                                                   */\n  /* - `FT_EXPORT( return_type )`                                      */\n  /*                                                                   */\n  /*   is used in a function declaration, as in                        */\n  /*                                                                   */\n  /*   ```                                                             */\n  /*     FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )                                         */\n  /*     FT_Init_FreeType( FT_Library*  alibrary );                    */\n  /*   ```                                                             */\n  /*                                                                   */\n  /* - `FT_EXPORT_DEF( return_type )`                                  */\n  /*                                                                   */\n  /*   is used in a function definition, as in                         */\n  /*                                                                   */\n  /*   ```                                                             */\n  /*     FT_EXPORT_DEF( FT_Error )                                     */\n  /*     FT_Init_FreeType( FT_Library*  alibrary )                     */\n  /*     {                                                             */\n  /*       ... some code ...                                           */\n  /*       return FT_Err_Ok;                                           */\n  /*     }                                                             */\n  /*   ```                                                             */\n  /*                                                                   */\n  /* You can provide your own implementation of `FT_EXPORT` and        */\n  /* `FT_EXPORT_DEF` here if you want.                                 */\n  /*                                                                   */\n  /* To export a variable, use `FT_EXPORT_VAR`.                        */\n  /*                                                                   */\n#ifndef FT_EXPORT\n\n#ifdef FT2_BUILD_LIBRARY\n\n#if defined( _WIN32 ) && defined( DLL_EXPORT )\n#define FT_EXPORT( x )  __declspec( dllexport )  x\n#elif defined( __GNUC__ ) && __GNUC__ >= 4\n#define FT_EXPORT( x )  __attribute__(( visibility( \"default\" ) ))  x\n#elif defined( __SUNPRO_C ) && __SUNPRO_C >= 0x550\n#define FT_EXPORT( x )  __global  x\n#elif defined( __cplusplus )\n#define FT_EXPORT( x )  extern \"C\"  x\n#else\n#define FT_EXPORT( x )  extern  x\n#endif\n\n#else\n\n#if defined( _WIN32 ) && defined( DLL_IMPORT )\n#define FT_EXPORT( x )  __declspec( dllimport )  x\n#elif defined( __cplusplus )\n#define FT_EXPORT( x )  extern \"C\"  x\n#else\n#define FT_EXPORT( x )  extern  x\n#endif\n\n#endif\n\n#endif /* !FT_EXPORT */\n\n\n#ifndef FT_EXPORT_DEF\n\n#ifdef __cplusplus\n#define FT_EXPORT_DEF( x )  extern \"C\"  x\n#else\n#define FT_EXPORT_DEF( x )  extern  x\n#endif\n\n#endif /* !FT_EXPORT_DEF */\n\n\n#ifndef FT_EXPORT_VAR\n\n#ifdef __cplusplus\n#define FT_EXPORT_VAR( x )  extern \"C\"  x\n#else\n#define FT_EXPORT_VAR( x )  extern  x\n#endif\n\n#endif /* !FT_EXPORT_VAR */\n\n\n  /* The following macros are needed to compile the library with a   */\n  /* C++ compiler and with 16bit compilers.                          */\n  /*                                                                 */\n\n  /* This is special.  Within C++, you must specify `extern \"C\"` for */\n  /* functions which are used via function pointers, and you also    */\n  /* must do that for structures which contain function pointers to  */\n  /* assure C linkage -- it's not possible to have (local) anonymous */\n  /* functions which are accessed by (global) function pointers.     */\n  /*                                                                 */\n  /*                                                                 */\n  /* FT_CALLBACK_DEF is used to _define_ a callback function,        */\n  /* located in the same source code file as the structure that uses */\n  /* it.                                                             */\n  /*                                                                 */\n  /* FT_BASE_CALLBACK and FT_BASE_CALLBACK_DEF are used to declare   */\n  /* and define a callback function, respectively, in a similar way  */\n  /* as FT_BASE and FT_BASE_DEF work.                                */\n  /*                                                                 */\n  /* FT_CALLBACK_TABLE is used to _declare_ a constant variable that */\n  /* contains pointers to callback functions.                        */\n  /*                                                                 */\n  /* FT_CALLBACK_TABLE_DEF is used to _define_ a constant variable   */\n  /* that contains pointers to callback functions.                   */\n  /*                                                                 */\n  /*                                                                 */\n  /* Some 16bit compilers have to redefine these macros to insert    */\n  /* the infamous `_cdecl` or `__fastcall` declarations.             */\n  /*                                                                 */\n#ifndef FT_CALLBACK_DEF\n#ifdef __cplusplus\n#define FT_CALLBACK_DEF( x )  extern \"C\"  x\n#else\n#define FT_CALLBACK_DEF( x )  static  x\n#endif\n#endif /* FT_CALLBACK_DEF */\n\n#ifndef FT_BASE_CALLBACK\n#ifdef __cplusplus\n#define FT_BASE_CALLBACK( x )      extern \"C\"  x\n#define FT_BASE_CALLBACK_DEF( x )  extern \"C\"  x\n#else\n#define FT_BASE_CALLBACK( x )      extern  x\n#define FT_BASE_CALLBACK_DEF( x )  x\n#endif\n#endif /* FT_BASE_CALLBACK */\n\n#ifndef FT_CALLBACK_TABLE\n#ifdef __cplusplus\n#define FT_CALLBACK_TABLE      extern \"C\"\n#define FT_CALLBACK_TABLE_DEF  extern \"C\"\n#else\n#define FT_CALLBACK_TABLE      extern\n#define FT_CALLBACK_TABLE_DEF  /* nothing */\n#endif\n#endif /* FT_CALLBACK_TABLE */\n\n\nFT_END_HEADER\n\n\n#endif /* FTCONFIG_H_ */\n\n\n/* END */\n"
  },
  {
    "path": "Antario/LIB/freetype/freetype/config/ftheader.h",
    "content": "/****************************************************************************\n *\n * ftheader.h\n *\n *   Build macros of the FreeType 2 library.\n *\n * Copyright (C) 1996-2019 by\n * David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.\n *\n * This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,\n * modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project\n * license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute\n * this file you indicate that you have read the license and\n * understand and accept it fully.\n *\n */\n\n#ifndef FTHEADER_H_\n#define FTHEADER_H_\n\n\n  /*@***********************************************************************/\n  /*                                                                       */\n  /* <Macro>                                                               */\n  /*    FT_BEGIN_HEADER                                                    */\n  /*                                                                       */\n  /* <Description>                                                         */\n  /*    This macro is used in association with @FT_END_HEADER in header    */\n  /*    files to ensure that the declarations within are properly          */\n  /*    encapsulated in an `extern \"C\" { .. }` block when included from a  */\n  /*    C++ compiler.                                                      */\n  /*                                                                       */\n#ifdef __cplusplus\n#define FT_BEGIN_HEADER  extern \"C\" {\n#else\n#define FT_BEGIN_HEADER  /* nothing */\n#endif\n\n\n  /*@***********************************************************************/\n  /*                                                                       */\n  /* <Macro>                                                               */\n  /*    FT_END_HEADER                                                      */\n  /*                                                                       */\n  /* <Description>                                                         */\n  /*    This macro is used in association with @FT_BEGIN_HEADER in header  */\n  /*    files to ensure that the declarations within are properly          */\n  /*    encapsulated in an `extern \"C\" { .. }` block when included from a  */\n  /*    C++ compiler.                                                      */\n  /*                                                                       */\n#ifdef __cplusplus\n#define FT_END_HEADER  }\n#else\n#define FT_END_HEADER  /* nothing */\n#endif\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * Aliases for the FreeType 2 public and configuration files.\n   *\n   */\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @section:\n   *   header_file_macros\n   *\n   * @title:\n   *   Header File Macros\n   *\n   * @abstract:\n   *   Macro definitions used to `#include` specific header files.\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   The following macros are defined to the name of specific FreeType~2\n   *   header files.  They can be used directly in `#include` statements as\n   *   in:\n   *\n   *   ```\n   *     #include FT_FREETYPE_H\n   *     #include FT_MULTIPLE_MASTERS_H\n   *     #include FT_GLYPH_H\n   *   ```\n   *\n   *   There are several reasons why we are now using macros to name public\n   *   header files.  The first one is that such macros are not limited to\n   *   the infamous 8.3~naming rule required by DOS (and\n   *   `FT_MULTIPLE_MASTERS_H` is a lot more meaningful than `ftmm.h`).\n   *\n   *   The second reason is that it allows for more flexibility in the way\n   *   FreeType~2 is installed on a given system.\n   *\n   */\n\n\n  /* configuration files */\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @macro:\n   *   FT_CONFIG_CONFIG_H\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   A macro used in `#include` statements to name the file containing\n   *   FreeType~2 configuration data.\n   *\n   */\n#ifndef FT_CONFIG_CONFIG_H\n#define FT_CONFIG_CONFIG_H  <freetype/config/ftconfig.h>\n#endif\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @macro:\n   *   FT_CONFIG_STANDARD_LIBRARY_H\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   A macro used in `#include` statements to name the file containing\n   *   FreeType~2 interface to the standard C library functions.\n   *\n   */\n#ifndef FT_CONFIG_STANDARD_LIBRARY_H\n#define FT_CONFIG_STANDARD_LIBRARY_H  <freetype/config/ftstdlib.h>\n#endif\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @macro:\n   *   FT_CONFIG_OPTIONS_H\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   A macro used in `#include` statements to name the file containing\n   *   FreeType~2 project-specific configuration options.\n   *\n   */\n#ifndef FT_CONFIG_OPTIONS_H\n#define FT_CONFIG_OPTIONS_H  <freetype/config/ftoption.h>\n#endif\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @macro:\n   *   FT_CONFIG_MODULES_H\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   A macro used in `#include` statements to name the file containing the\n   *   list of FreeType~2 modules that are statically linked to new library\n   *   instances in @FT_Init_FreeType.\n   *\n   */\n#ifndef FT_CONFIG_MODULES_H\n#define FT_CONFIG_MODULES_H  <freetype/config/ftmodule.h>\n#endif\n\n  /* */\n\n  /* public headers */\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @macro:\n   *   FT_FREETYPE_H\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   A macro used in `#include` statements to name the file containing the\n   *   base FreeType~2 API.\n   *\n   */\n#define FT_FREETYPE_H  <freetype/freetype.h>\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @macro:\n   *   FT_ERRORS_H\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   A macro used in `#include` statements to name the file containing the\n   *   list of FreeType~2 error codes (and messages).\n   *\n   *   It is included by @FT_FREETYPE_H.\n   *\n   */\n#define FT_ERRORS_H  <freetype/fterrors.h>\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @macro:\n   *   FT_MODULE_ERRORS_H\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   A macro used in `#include` statements to name the file containing the\n   *   list of FreeType~2 module error offsets (and messages).\n   *\n   */\n#define FT_MODULE_ERRORS_H  <freetype/ftmoderr.h>\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @macro:\n   *   FT_SYSTEM_H\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   A macro used in `#include` statements to name the file containing the\n   *   FreeType~2 interface to low-level operations (i.e., memory management\n   *   and stream i/o).\n   *\n   *   It is included by @FT_FREETYPE_H.\n   *\n   */\n#define FT_SYSTEM_H  <freetype/ftsystem.h>\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @macro:\n   *   FT_IMAGE_H\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   A macro used in `#include` statements to name the file containing type\n   *   definitions related to glyph images (i.e., bitmaps, outlines,\n   *   scan-converter parameters).\n   *\n   *   It is included by @FT_FREETYPE_H.\n   *\n   */\n#define FT_IMAGE_H  <freetype/ftimage.h>\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @macro:\n   *   FT_TYPES_H\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   A macro used in `#include` statements to name the file containing the\n   *   basic data types defined by FreeType~2.\n   *\n   *   It is included by @FT_FREETYPE_H.\n   *\n   */\n#define FT_TYPES_H  <freetype/fttypes.h>\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @macro:\n   *   FT_LIST_H\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   A macro used in `#include` statements to name the file containing the\n   *   list management API of FreeType~2.\n   *\n   *   (Most applications will never need to include this file.)\n   *\n   */\n#define FT_LIST_H  <freetype/ftlist.h>\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @macro:\n   *   FT_OUTLINE_H\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   A macro used in `#include` statements to name the file containing the\n   *   scalable outline management API of FreeType~2.\n   *\n   */\n#define FT_OUTLINE_H  <freetype/ftoutln.h>\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @macro:\n   *   FT_SIZES_H\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   A macro used in `#include` statements to name the file containing the\n   *   API which manages multiple @FT_Size objects per face.\n   *\n   */\n#define FT_SIZES_H  <freetype/ftsizes.h>\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @macro:\n   *   FT_MODULE_H\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   A macro used in `#include` statements to name the file containing the\n   *   module management API of FreeType~2.\n   *\n   */\n#define FT_MODULE_H  <freetype/ftmodapi.h>\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @macro:\n   *   FT_RENDER_H\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   A macro used in `#include` statements to name the file containing the\n   *   renderer module management API of FreeType~2.\n   *\n   */\n#define FT_RENDER_H  <freetype/ftrender.h>\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @macro:\n   *   FT_DRIVER_H\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   A macro used in `#include` statements to name the file containing\n   *   structures and macros related to the driver modules.\n   *\n   */\n#define FT_DRIVER_H  <freetype/ftdriver.h>\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @macro:\n   *   FT_AUTOHINTER_H\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   A macro used in `#include` statements to name the file containing\n   *   structures and macros related to the auto-hinting module.\n   *\n   *   Deprecated since version~2.9; use @FT_DRIVER_H instead.\n   *\n   */\n#define FT_AUTOHINTER_H  FT_DRIVER_H\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @macro:\n   *   FT_CFF_DRIVER_H\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   A macro used in `#include` statements to name the file containing\n   *   structures and macros related to the CFF driver module.\n   *\n   *   Deprecated since version~2.9; use @FT_DRIVER_H instead.\n   *\n   */\n#define FT_CFF_DRIVER_H  FT_DRIVER_H\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @macro:\n   *   FT_TRUETYPE_DRIVER_H\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   A macro used in `#include` statements to name the file containing\n   *   structures and macros related to the TrueType driver module.\n   *\n   *   Deprecated since version~2.9; use @FT_DRIVER_H instead.\n   *\n   */\n#define FT_TRUETYPE_DRIVER_H  FT_DRIVER_H\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @macro:\n   *   FT_PCF_DRIVER_H\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   A macro used in `#include` statements to name the file containing\n   *   structures and macros related to the PCF driver module.\n   *\n   *   Deprecated since version~2.9; use @FT_DRIVER_H instead.\n   *\n   */\n#define FT_PCF_DRIVER_H  FT_DRIVER_H\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @macro:\n   *   FT_TYPE1_TABLES_H\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   A macro used in `#include` statements to name the file containing the\n   *   types and API specific to the Type~1 format.\n   *\n   */\n#define FT_TYPE1_TABLES_H  <freetype/t1tables.h>\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @macro:\n   *   FT_TRUETYPE_IDS_H\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   A macro used in `#include` statements to name the file containing the\n   *   enumeration values which identify name strings, languages, encodings,\n   *   etc.  This file really contains a _large_ set of constant macro\n   *   definitions, taken from the TrueType and OpenType specifications.\n   *\n   */\n#define FT_TRUETYPE_IDS_H  <freetype/ttnameid.h>\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @macro:\n   *   FT_TRUETYPE_TABLES_H\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   A macro used in `#include` statements to name the file containing the\n   *   types and API specific to the TrueType (as well as OpenType) format.\n   *\n   */\n#define FT_TRUETYPE_TABLES_H  <freetype/tttables.h>\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @macro:\n   *   FT_TRUETYPE_TAGS_H\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   A macro used in `#include` statements to name the file containing the\n   *   definitions of TrueType four-byte 'tags' which identify blocks in\n   *   SFNT-based font formats (i.e., TrueType and OpenType).\n   *\n   */\n#define FT_TRUETYPE_TAGS_H  <freetype/tttags.h>\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @macro:\n   *   FT_BDF_H\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   A macro used in `#include` statements to name the file containing the\n   *   definitions of an API which accesses BDF-specific strings from a face.\n   *\n   */\n#define FT_BDF_H  <freetype/ftbdf.h>\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @macro:\n   *   FT_CID_H\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   A macro used in `#include` statements to name the file containing the\n   *   definitions of an API which access CID font information from a face.\n   *\n   */\n#define FT_CID_H  <freetype/ftcid.h>\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @macro:\n   *   FT_GZIP_H\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   A macro used in `#include` statements to name the file containing the\n   *   definitions of an API which supports gzip-compressed files.\n   *\n   */\n#define FT_GZIP_H  <freetype/ftgzip.h>\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @macro:\n   *   FT_LZW_H\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   A macro used in `#include` statements to name the file containing the\n   *   definitions of an API which supports LZW-compressed files.\n   *\n   */\n#define FT_LZW_H  <freetype/ftlzw.h>\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @macro:\n   *   FT_BZIP2_H\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   A macro used in `#include` statements to name the file containing the\n   *   definitions of an API which supports bzip2-compressed files.\n   *\n   */\n#define FT_BZIP2_H  <freetype/ftbzip2.h>\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @macro:\n   *   FT_WINFONTS_H\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   A macro used in `#include` statements to name the file containing the\n   *   definitions of an API which supports Windows FNT files.\n   *\n   */\n#define FT_WINFONTS_H   <freetype/ftwinfnt.h>\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @macro:\n   *   FT_GLYPH_H\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   A macro used in `#include` statements to name the file containing the\n   *   API of the optional glyph management component.\n   *\n   */\n#define FT_GLYPH_H  <freetype/ftglyph.h>\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @macro:\n   *   FT_BITMAP_H\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   A macro used in `#include` statements to name the file containing the\n   *   API of the optional bitmap conversion component.\n   *\n   */\n#define FT_BITMAP_H  <freetype/ftbitmap.h>\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @macro:\n   *   FT_BBOX_H\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   A macro used in `#include` statements to name the file containing the\n   *   API of the optional exact bounding box computation routines.\n   *\n   */\n#define FT_BBOX_H  <freetype/ftbbox.h>\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @macro:\n   *   FT_CACHE_H\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   A macro used in `#include` statements to name the file containing the\n   *   API of the optional FreeType~2 cache sub-system.\n   *\n   */\n#define FT_CACHE_H  <freetype/ftcache.h>\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @macro:\n   *   FT_MAC_H\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   A macro used in `#include` statements to name the file containing the\n   *   Macintosh-specific FreeType~2 API.  The latter is used to access fonts\n   *   embedded in resource forks.\n   *\n   *   This header file must be explicitly included by client applications\n   *   compiled on the Mac (note that the base API still works though).\n   *\n   */\n#define FT_MAC_H  <freetype/ftmac.h>\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @macro:\n   *   FT_MULTIPLE_MASTERS_H\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   A macro used in `#include` statements to name the file containing the\n   *   optional multiple-masters management API of FreeType~2.\n   *\n   */\n#define FT_MULTIPLE_MASTERS_H  <freetype/ftmm.h>\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @macro:\n   *   FT_SFNT_NAMES_H\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   A macro used in `#include` statements to name the file containing the\n   *   optional FreeType~2 API which accesses embedded 'name' strings in\n   *   SFNT-based font formats (i.e., TrueType and OpenType).\n   *\n   */\n#define FT_SFNT_NAMES_H  <freetype/ftsnames.h>\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @macro:\n   *   FT_OPENTYPE_VALIDATE_H\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   A macro used in `#include` statements to name the file containing the\n   *   optional FreeType~2 API which validates OpenType tables ('BASE',\n   *   'GDEF', 'GPOS', 'GSUB', 'JSTF').\n   *\n   */\n#define FT_OPENTYPE_VALIDATE_H  <freetype/ftotval.h>\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @macro:\n   *   FT_GX_VALIDATE_H\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   A macro used in `#include` statements to name the file containing the\n   *   optional FreeType~2 API which validates TrueTypeGX/AAT tables ('feat',\n   *   'mort', 'morx', 'bsln', 'just', 'kern', 'opbd', 'trak', 'prop').\n   *\n   */\n#define FT_GX_VALIDATE_H  <freetype/ftgxval.h>\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @macro:\n   *   FT_PFR_H\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   A macro used in `#include` statements to name the file containing the\n   *   FreeType~2 API which accesses PFR-specific data.\n   *\n   */\n#define FT_PFR_H  <freetype/ftpfr.h>\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @macro:\n   *   FT_STROKER_H\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   A macro used in `#include` statements to name the file containing the\n   *   FreeType~2 API which provides functions to stroke outline paths.\n   */\n#define FT_STROKER_H  <freetype/ftstroke.h>\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @macro:\n   *   FT_SYNTHESIS_H\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   A macro used in `#include` statements to name the file containing the\n   *   FreeType~2 API which performs artificial obliquing and emboldening.\n   */\n#define FT_SYNTHESIS_H  <freetype/ftsynth.h>\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @macro:\n   *   FT_FONT_FORMATS_H\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   A macro used in `#include` statements to name the file containing the\n   *   FreeType~2 API which provides functions specific to font formats.\n   */\n#define FT_FONT_FORMATS_H  <freetype/ftfntfmt.h>\n\n  /* deprecated */\n#define FT_XFREE86_H  FT_FONT_FORMATS_H\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @macro:\n   *   FT_TRIGONOMETRY_H\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   A macro used in `#include` statements to name the file containing the\n   *   FreeType~2 API which performs trigonometric computations (e.g.,\n   *   cosines and arc tangents).\n   */\n#define FT_TRIGONOMETRY_H  <freetype/fttrigon.h>\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @macro:\n   *   FT_LCD_FILTER_H\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   A macro used in `#include` statements to name the file containing the\n   *   FreeType~2 API which performs color filtering for subpixel rendering.\n   */\n#define FT_LCD_FILTER_H  <freetype/ftlcdfil.h>\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @macro:\n   *   FT_INCREMENTAL_H\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   A macro used in `#include` statements to name the file containing the\n   *   FreeType~2 API which performs incremental glyph loading.\n   */\n#define FT_INCREMENTAL_H  <freetype/ftincrem.h>\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @macro:\n   *   FT_GASP_H\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   A macro used in `#include` statements to name the file containing the\n   *   FreeType~2 API which returns entries from the TrueType GASP table.\n   */\n#define FT_GASP_H  <freetype/ftgasp.h>\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @macro:\n   *   FT_ADVANCES_H\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   A macro used in `#include` statements to name the file containing the\n   *   FreeType~2 API which returns individual and ranged glyph advances.\n   */\n#define FT_ADVANCES_H  <freetype/ftadvanc.h>\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @macro:\n   *   FT_COLOR_H\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   A macro used in `#include` statements to name the file containing the\n   *   FreeType~2 API which handles the OpenType 'CPAL' table.\n   */\n#define FT_COLOR_H  <freetype/ftcolor.h>\n\n\n  /* */\n\n  /* These header files don't need to be included by the user. */\n#define FT_ERROR_DEFINITIONS_H  <freetype/fterrdef.h>\n#define FT_PARAMETER_TAGS_H     <freetype/ftparams.h>\n\n  /* Deprecated macros. */\n#define FT_UNPATENTED_HINTING_H   <freetype/ftparams.h>\n#define FT_TRUETYPE_UNPATENTED_H  <freetype/ftparams.h>\n\n  /* `FT_CACHE_H` is the only header file needed for the cache subsystem. */\n#define FT_CACHE_IMAGE_H          FT_CACHE_H\n#define FT_CACHE_SMALL_BITMAPS_H  FT_CACHE_H\n#define FT_CACHE_CHARMAP_H        FT_CACHE_H\n\n  /* The internals of the cache sub-system are no longer exposed.  We */\n  /* default to `FT_CACHE_H` at the moment just in case, but we know  */\n  /* of no rogue client that uses them.                               */\n  /*                                                                  */\n#define FT_CACHE_MANAGER_H           FT_CACHE_H\n#define FT_CACHE_INTERNAL_MRU_H      FT_CACHE_H\n#define FT_CACHE_INTERNAL_MANAGER_H  FT_CACHE_H\n#define FT_CACHE_INTERNAL_CACHE_H    FT_CACHE_H\n#define FT_CACHE_INTERNAL_GLYPH_H    FT_CACHE_H\n#define FT_CACHE_INTERNAL_IMAGE_H    FT_CACHE_H\n#define FT_CACHE_INTERNAL_SBITS_H    FT_CACHE_H\n\n\n  /*\n   * Include internal headers definitions from `<internal/...>` only when\n   * building the library.\n   */\n#ifdef FT2_BUILD_LIBRARY\n#define  FT_INTERNAL_INTERNAL_H  <freetype/internal/internal.h>\n#include FT_INTERNAL_INTERNAL_H\n#endif /* FT2_BUILD_LIBRARY */\n\n\n#endif /* FTHEADER_H_ */\n\n\n/* END */\n"
  },
  {
    "path": "Antario/LIB/freetype/freetype/config/ftmodule.h",
    "content": "/*\n * This file registers the FreeType modules compiled into the library.\n *\n * If you use GNU make, this file IS NOT USED!  Instead, it is created in\n * the objects directory (normally `<topdir>/objs/`) based on information\n * from `<topdir>/modules.cfg`.\n *\n * Please read `docs/INSTALL.ANY` and `docs/CUSTOMIZE` how to compile\n * FreeType without GNU make.\n *\n */\n\nFT_USE_MODULE( FT_Module_Class, autofit_module_class )\nFT_USE_MODULE( FT_Driver_ClassRec, tt_driver_class )\nFT_USE_MODULE( FT_Driver_ClassRec, t1_driver_class )\nFT_USE_MODULE( FT_Driver_ClassRec, cff_driver_class )\nFT_USE_MODULE( FT_Driver_ClassRec, t1cid_driver_class )\nFT_USE_MODULE( FT_Driver_ClassRec, pfr_driver_class )\nFT_USE_MODULE( FT_Driver_ClassRec, t42_driver_class )\nFT_USE_MODULE( FT_Driver_ClassRec, winfnt_driver_class )\nFT_USE_MODULE( FT_Driver_ClassRec, pcf_driver_class )\nFT_USE_MODULE( FT_Module_Class, psaux_module_class )\nFT_USE_MODULE( FT_Module_Class, psnames_module_class )\nFT_USE_MODULE( FT_Module_Class, pshinter_module_class )\nFT_USE_MODULE( FT_Renderer_Class, ft_raster1_renderer_class )\nFT_USE_MODULE( FT_Module_Class, sfnt_module_class )\nFT_USE_MODULE( FT_Renderer_Class, ft_smooth_renderer_class )\nFT_USE_MODULE( FT_Renderer_Class, ft_smooth_lcd_renderer_class )\nFT_USE_MODULE( FT_Renderer_Class, ft_smooth_lcdv_renderer_class )\nFT_USE_MODULE( FT_Driver_ClassRec, bdf_driver_class )\n\n/* EOF */\n"
  },
  {
    "path": "Antario/LIB/freetype/freetype/config/ftoption.h",
    "content": "/****************************************************************************\n *\n * ftoption.h\n *\n *   User-selectable configuration macros (specification only).\n *\n * Copyright (C) 1996-2019 by\n * David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.\n *\n * This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,\n * modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project\n * license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute\n * this file you indicate that you have read the license and\n * understand and accept it fully.\n *\n */\n\n\n#ifndef FTOPTION_H_\n#define FTOPTION_H_\n\n\n#include <ft2build.h>\n\n\nFT_BEGIN_HEADER\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   *                USER-SELECTABLE CONFIGURATION MACROS\n   *\n   * This file contains the default configuration macro definitions for a\n   * standard build of the FreeType library.  There are three ways to use\n   * this file to build project-specific versions of the library:\n   *\n   * - You can modify this file by hand, but this is not recommended in\n   *   cases where you would like to build several versions of the library\n   *   from a single source directory.\n   *\n   * - You can put a copy of this file in your build directory, more\n   *   precisely in `$BUILD/freetype/config/ftoption.h`, where `$BUILD` is\n   *   the name of a directory that is included _before_ the FreeType include\n   *   path during compilation.\n   *\n   *   The default FreeType Makefiles and Jamfiles use the build directory\n   *   `builds/<system>` by default, but you can easily change that for your\n   *   own projects.\n   *\n   * - Copy the file <ft2build.h> to `$BUILD/ft2build.h` and modify it\n   *   slightly to pre-define the macro `FT_CONFIG_OPTIONS_H` used to locate\n   *   this file during the build.  For example,\n   *\n   *   ```\n   *     #define FT_CONFIG_OPTIONS_H  <myftoptions.h>\n   *     #include <freetype/config/ftheader.h>\n   *   ```\n   *\n   *   will use `$BUILD/myftoptions.h` instead of this file for macro\n   *   definitions.\n   *\n   *   Note also that you can similarly pre-define the macro\n   *   `FT_CONFIG_MODULES_H` used to locate the file listing of the modules\n   *   that are statically linked to the library at compile time.  By\n   *   default, this file is `<freetype/config/ftmodule.h>`.\n   *\n   * We highly recommend using the third method whenever possible.\n   *\n   */\n\n\n  /*************************************************************************/\n  /*************************************************************************/\n  /****                                                                 ****/\n  /**** G E N E R A L   F R E E T Y P E   2   C O N F I G U R A T I O N ****/\n  /****                                                                 ****/\n  /*************************************************************************/\n  /*************************************************************************/\n\n\n  /*#************************************************************************\n   *\n   * If you enable this configuration option, FreeType recognizes an\n   * environment variable called `FREETYPE_PROPERTIES`, which can be used to\n   * control the various font drivers and modules.  The controllable\n   * properties are listed in the section @properties.\n   *\n   * You have to undefine this configuration option on platforms that lack\n   * the concept of environment variables (and thus don't have the `getenv`\n   * function), for example Windows CE.\n   *\n   * `FREETYPE_PROPERTIES` has the following syntax form (broken here into\n   * multiple lines for better readability).\n   *\n   * ```\n   *   <optional whitespace>\n   *   <module-name1> ':'\n   *   <property-name1> '=' <property-value1>\n   *   <whitespace>\n   *   <module-name2> ':'\n   *   <property-name2> '=' <property-value2>\n   *   ...\n   * ```\n   *\n   * Example:\n   *\n   * ```\n   *   FREETYPE_PROPERTIES=truetype:interpreter-version=35 \\\n   *                       cff:no-stem-darkening=1 \\\n   *                       autofitter:warping=1\n   * ```\n   *\n   */\n#define FT_CONFIG_OPTION_ENVIRONMENT_PROPERTIES\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * Uncomment the line below if you want to activate LCD rendering\n   * technology similar to ClearType in this build of the library.  This\n   * technology triples the resolution in the direction color subpixels.  To\n   * mitigate color fringes inherent to this technology, you also need to\n   * explicitly set up LCD filtering.\n   *\n   * Note that this feature is covered by several Microsoft patents and\n   * should not be activated in any default build of the library.  When this\n   * macro is not defined, FreeType offers alternative LCD rendering\n   * technology that produces excellent output without LCD filtering.\n   */\n/* #define FT_CONFIG_OPTION_SUBPIXEL_RENDERING */\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * Many compilers provide a non-ANSI 64-bit data type that can be used by\n   * FreeType to speed up some computations.  However, this will create some\n   * problems when compiling the library in strict ANSI mode.\n   *\n   * For this reason, the use of 64-bit integers is normally disabled when\n   * the `__STDC__` macro is defined.  You can however disable this by\n   * defining the macro `FT_CONFIG_OPTION_FORCE_INT64` here.\n   *\n   * For most compilers, this will only create compilation warnings when\n   * building the library.\n   *\n   * ObNote: The compiler-specific 64-bit integers are detected in the\n   *         file `ftconfig.h` either statically or through the `configure`\n   *         script on supported platforms.\n   */\n#undef FT_CONFIG_OPTION_FORCE_INT64\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * If this macro is defined, do not try to use an assembler version of\n   * performance-critical functions (e.g., @FT_MulFix).  You should only do\n   * that to verify that the assembler function works properly, or to execute\n   * benchmark tests of the various implementations.\n   */\n/* #define FT_CONFIG_OPTION_NO_ASSEMBLER */\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * If this macro is defined, try to use an inlined assembler version of the\n   * @FT_MulFix function, which is a 'hotspot' when loading and hinting\n   * glyphs, and which should be executed as fast as possible.\n   *\n   * Note that if your compiler or CPU is not supported, this will default to\n   * the standard and portable implementation found in `ftcalc.c`.\n   */\n#define FT_CONFIG_OPTION_INLINE_MULFIX\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * LZW-compressed file support.\n   *\n   *   FreeType now handles font files that have been compressed with the\n   *   `compress` program.  This is mostly used to parse many of the PCF\n   *   files that come with various X11 distributions.  The implementation\n   *   uses NetBSD's `zopen` to partially uncompress the file on the fly (see\n   *   `src/lzw/ftgzip.c`).\n   *\n   *   Define this macro if you want to enable this 'feature'.\n   */\n#define FT_CONFIG_OPTION_USE_LZW\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * Gzip-compressed file support.\n   *\n   *   FreeType now handles font files that have been compressed with the\n   *   `gzip` program.  This is mostly used to parse many of the PCF files\n   *   that come with XFree86.  The implementation uses 'zlib' to partially\n   *   uncompress the file on the fly (see `src/gzip/ftgzip.c`).\n   *\n   *   Define this macro if you want to enable this 'feature'.  See also the\n   *   macro `FT_CONFIG_OPTION_SYSTEM_ZLIB` below.\n   */\n#define FT_CONFIG_OPTION_USE_ZLIB\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * ZLib library selection\n   *\n   *   This macro is only used when `FT_CONFIG_OPTION_USE_ZLIB` is defined.\n   *   It allows FreeType's 'ftgzip' component to link to the system's\n   *   installation of the ZLib library.  This is useful on systems like\n   *   Unix or VMS where it generally is already available.\n   *\n   *   If you let it undefined, the component will use its own copy of the\n   *   zlib sources instead.  These have been modified to be included\n   *   directly within the component and **not** export external function\n   *   names.  This allows you to link any program with FreeType _and_ ZLib\n   *   without linking conflicts.\n   *\n   *   Do not `#undef` this macro here since the build system might define\n   *   it for certain configurations only.\n   *\n   *   If you use a build system like cmake or the `configure` script,\n   *   options set by those programs have precedence, overwriting the value\n   *   here with the configured one.\n   */\n/* #define FT_CONFIG_OPTION_SYSTEM_ZLIB */\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * Bzip2-compressed file support.\n   *\n   *   FreeType now handles font files that have been compressed with the\n   *   `bzip2` program.  This is mostly used to parse many of the PCF files\n   *   that come with XFree86.  The implementation uses `libbz2` to partially\n   *   uncompress the file on the fly (see `src/bzip2/ftbzip2.c`).  Contrary\n   *   to gzip, bzip2 currently is not included and need to use the system\n   *   available bzip2 implementation.\n   *\n   *   Define this macro if you want to enable this 'feature'.\n   *\n   *   If you use a build system like cmake or the `configure` script,\n   *   options set by those programs have precedence, overwriting the value\n   *   here with the configured one.\n   */\n/* #define FT_CONFIG_OPTION_USE_BZIP2 */\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * Define to disable the use of file stream functions and types, `FILE`,\n   * `fopen`, etc.  Enables the use of smaller system libraries on embedded\n   * systems that have multiple system libraries, some with or without file\n   * stream support, in the cases where file stream support is not necessary\n   * such as memory loading of font files.\n   */\n/* #define FT_CONFIG_OPTION_DISABLE_STREAM_SUPPORT */\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * PNG bitmap support.\n   *\n   *   FreeType now handles loading color bitmap glyphs in the PNG format.\n   *   This requires help from the external libpng library.  Uncompressed\n   *   color bitmaps do not need any external libraries and will be supported\n   *   regardless of this configuration.\n   *\n   *   Define this macro if you want to enable this 'feature'.\n   *\n   *   If you use a build system like cmake or the `configure` script,\n   *   options set by those programs have precedence, overwriting the value\n   *   here with the configured one.\n   */\n/* #define FT_CONFIG_OPTION_USE_PNG */\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * HarfBuzz support.\n   *\n   *   FreeType uses the HarfBuzz library to improve auto-hinting of OpenType\n   *   fonts.  If available, many glyphs not directly addressable by a font's\n   *   character map will be hinted also.\n   *\n   *   Define this macro if you want to enable this 'feature'.\n   *\n   *   If you use a build system like cmake or the `configure` script,\n   *   options set by those programs have precedence, overwriting the value\n   *   here with the configured one.\n   */\n/* #define FT_CONFIG_OPTION_USE_HARFBUZZ */\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * Glyph Postscript Names handling\n   *\n   *   By default, FreeType 2 is compiled with the 'psnames' module.  This\n   *   module is in charge of converting a glyph name string into a Unicode\n   *   value, or return a Macintosh standard glyph name for the use with the\n   *   TrueType 'post' table.\n   *\n   *   Undefine this macro if you do not want 'psnames' compiled in your\n   *   build of FreeType.  This has the following effects:\n   *\n   *   - The TrueType driver will provide its own set of glyph names, if you\n   *     build it to support postscript names in the TrueType 'post' table,\n   *     but will not synthesize a missing Unicode charmap.\n   *\n   *   - The Type~1 driver will not be able to synthesize a Unicode charmap\n   *     out of the glyphs found in the fonts.\n   *\n   *   You would normally undefine this configuration macro when building a\n   *   version of FreeType that doesn't contain a Type~1 or CFF driver.\n   */\n#define FT_CONFIG_OPTION_POSTSCRIPT_NAMES\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * Postscript Names to Unicode Values support\n   *\n   *   By default, FreeType~2 is built with the 'psnames' module compiled in.\n   *   Among other things, the module is used to convert a glyph name into a\n   *   Unicode value.  This is especially useful in order to synthesize on\n   *   the fly a Unicode charmap from the CFF/Type~1 driver through a big\n   *   table named the 'Adobe Glyph List' (AGL).\n   *\n   *   Undefine this macro if you do not want the Adobe Glyph List compiled\n   *   in your 'psnames' module.  The Type~1 driver will not be able to\n   *   synthesize a Unicode charmap out of the glyphs found in the fonts.\n   */\n#define FT_CONFIG_OPTION_ADOBE_GLYPH_LIST\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * Support for Mac fonts\n   *\n   *   Define this macro if you want support for outline fonts in Mac format\n   *   (mac dfont, mac resource, macbinary containing a mac resource) on\n   *   non-Mac platforms.\n   *\n   *   Note that the 'FOND' resource isn't checked.\n   */\n#define FT_CONFIG_OPTION_MAC_FONTS\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * Guessing methods to access embedded resource forks\n   *\n   *   Enable extra Mac fonts support on non-Mac platforms (e.g., GNU/Linux).\n   *\n   *   Resource forks which include fonts data are stored sometimes in\n   *   locations which users or developers don't expected.  In some cases,\n   *   resource forks start with some offset from the head of a file.  In\n   *   other cases, the actual resource fork is stored in file different from\n   *   what the user specifies.  If this option is activated, FreeType tries\n   *   to guess whether such offsets or different file names must be used.\n   *\n   *   Note that normal, direct access of resource forks is controlled via\n   *   the `FT_CONFIG_OPTION_MAC_FONTS` option.\n   */\n#ifdef FT_CONFIG_OPTION_MAC_FONTS\n#define FT_CONFIG_OPTION_GUESSING_EMBEDDED_RFORK\n#endif\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * Allow the use of `FT_Incremental_Interface` to load typefaces that\n   * contain no glyph data, but supply it via a callback function.  This is\n   * required by clients supporting document formats which supply font data\n   * incrementally as the document is parsed, such as the Ghostscript\n   * interpreter for the PostScript language.\n   */\n#define FT_CONFIG_OPTION_INCREMENTAL\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * The size in bytes of the render pool used by the scan-line converter to\n   * do all of its work.\n   */\n#define FT_RENDER_POOL_SIZE  16384L\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * FT_MAX_MODULES\n   *\n   *   The maximum number of modules that can be registered in a single\n   *   FreeType library object.  32~is the default.\n   */\n#define FT_MAX_MODULES  32\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * Debug level\n   *\n   *   FreeType can be compiled in debug or trace mode.  In debug mode,\n   *   errors are reported through the 'ftdebug' component.  In trace mode,\n   *   additional messages are sent to the standard output during execution.\n   *\n   *   Define `FT_DEBUG_LEVEL_ERROR` to build the library in debug mode.\n   *   Define `FT_DEBUG_LEVEL_TRACE` to build it in trace mode.\n   *\n   *   Don't define any of these macros to compile in 'release' mode!\n   *\n   *   Do not `#undef` these macros here since the build system might define\n   *   them for certain configurations only.\n   */\n/* #define FT_DEBUG_LEVEL_ERROR */\n/* #define FT_DEBUG_LEVEL_TRACE */\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * Autofitter debugging\n   *\n   *   If `FT_DEBUG_AUTOFIT` is defined, FreeType provides some means to\n   *   control the autofitter behaviour for debugging purposes with global\n   *   boolean variables (consequently, you should **never** enable this\n   *   while compiling in 'release' mode):\n   *\n   *   ```\n   *     _af_debug_disable_horz_hints\n   *     _af_debug_disable_vert_hints\n   *     _af_debug_disable_blue_hints\n   *   ```\n   *\n   *   Additionally, the following functions provide dumps of various\n   *   internal autofit structures to stdout (using `printf`):\n   *\n   *   ```\n   *     af_glyph_hints_dump_points\n   *     af_glyph_hints_dump_segments\n   *     af_glyph_hints_dump_edges\n   *     af_glyph_hints_get_num_segments\n   *     af_glyph_hints_get_segment_offset\n   *   ```\n   *\n   *   As an argument, they use another global variable:\n   *\n   *   ```\n   *     _af_debug_hints\n   *   ```\n   *\n   *   Please have a look at the `ftgrid` demo program to see how those\n   *   variables and macros should be used.\n   *\n   *   Do not `#undef` these macros here since the build system might define\n   *   them for certain configurations only.\n   */\n/* #define FT_DEBUG_AUTOFIT */\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * Memory Debugging\n   *\n   *   FreeType now comes with an integrated memory debugger that is capable\n   *   of detecting simple errors like memory leaks or double deletes.  To\n   *   compile it within your build of the library, you should define\n   *   `FT_DEBUG_MEMORY` here.\n   *\n   *   Note that the memory debugger is only activated at runtime when when\n   *   the _environment_ variable `FT2_DEBUG_MEMORY` is defined also!\n   *\n   *   Do not `#undef` this macro here since the build system might define it\n   *   for certain configurations only.\n   */\n/* #define FT_DEBUG_MEMORY */\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * Module errors\n   *\n   *   If this macro is set (which is _not_ the default), the higher byte of\n   *   an error code gives the module in which the error has occurred, while\n   *   the lower byte is the real error code.\n   *\n   *   Setting this macro makes sense for debugging purposes only, since it\n   *   would break source compatibility of certain programs that use\n   *   FreeType~2.\n   *\n   *   More details can be found in the files `ftmoderr.h` and `fterrors.h`.\n   */\n#undef FT_CONFIG_OPTION_USE_MODULE_ERRORS\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * Error Strings\n   *\n   *   If this macro is set, `FT_Error_String` will return meaningful\n   *   descriptions.  This is not enabled by default to reduce the overall\n   *   size of FreeType.\n   *\n   *   More details can be found in the file `fterrors.h`.\n   */\n/* #define FT_CONFIG_OPTION_ERROR_STRINGS */\n\n\n  /*************************************************************************/\n  /*************************************************************************/\n  /****                                                                 ****/\n  /****        S F N T   D R I V E R    C O N F I G U R A T I O N       ****/\n  /****                                                                 ****/\n  /*************************************************************************/\n  /*************************************************************************/\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * Define `TT_CONFIG_OPTION_EMBEDDED_BITMAPS` if you want to support\n   * embedded bitmaps in all formats using the 'sfnt' module (namely\n   * TrueType~& OpenType).\n   */\n#define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_EMBEDDED_BITMAPS\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * Define `TT_CONFIG_OPTION_COLOR_LAYERS` if you want to support coloured\n   * outlines (from the 'COLR'/'CPAL' tables) in all formats using the 'sfnt'\n   * module (namely TrueType~& OpenType).\n   */\n#define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_COLOR_LAYERS\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * Define `TT_CONFIG_OPTION_POSTSCRIPT_NAMES` if you want to be able to\n   * load and enumerate the glyph Postscript names in a TrueType or OpenType\n   * file.\n   *\n   * Note that when you do not compile the 'psnames' module by undefining the\n   * above `FT_CONFIG_OPTION_POSTSCRIPT_NAMES`, the 'sfnt' module will\n   * contain additional code used to read the PS Names table from a font.\n   *\n   * (By default, the module uses 'psnames' to extract glyph names.)\n   */\n#define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_POSTSCRIPT_NAMES\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * Define `TT_CONFIG_OPTION_SFNT_NAMES` if your applications need to access\n   * the internal name table in a SFNT-based format like TrueType or\n   * OpenType.  The name table contains various strings used to describe the\n   * font, like family name, copyright, version, etc.  It does not contain\n   * any glyph name though.\n   *\n   * Accessing SFNT names is done through the functions declared in\n   * `ftsnames.h`.\n   */\n#define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_SFNT_NAMES\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * TrueType CMap support\n   *\n   *   Here you can fine-tune which TrueType CMap table format shall be\n   *   supported.\n   */\n#define TT_CONFIG_CMAP_FORMAT_0\n#define TT_CONFIG_CMAP_FORMAT_2\n#define TT_CONFIG_CMAP_FORMAT_4\n#define TT_CONFIG_CMAP_FORMAT_6\n#define TT_CONFIG_CMAP_FORMAT_8\n#define TT_CONFIG_CMAP_FORMAT_10\n#define TT_CONFIG_CMAP_FORMAT_12\n#define TT_CONFIG_CMAP_FORMAT_13\n#define TT_CONFIG_CMAP_FORMAT_14\n\n\n  /*************************************************************************/\n  /*************************************************************************/\n  /****                                                                 ****/\n  /****    T R U E T Y P E   D R I V E R    C O N F I G U R A T I O N   ****/\n  /****                                                                 ****/\n  /*************************************************************************/\n  /*************************************************************************/\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * Define `TT_CONFIG_OPTION_BYTECODE_INTERPRETER` if you want to compile a\n   * bytecode interpreter in the TrueType driver.\n   *\n   * By undefining this, you will only compile the code necessary to load\n   * TrueType glyphs without hinting.\n   *\n   * Do not `#undef` this macro here, since the build system might define it\n   * for certain configurations only.\n   */\n#define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_BYTECODE_INTERPRETER\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * Define `TT_CONFIG_OPTION_SUBPIXEL_HINTING` if you want to compile\n   * subpixel hinting support into the TrueType driver.  This modifies the\n   * TrueType hinting mechanism when anything but `FT_RENDER_MODE_MONO` is\n   * requested.\n   *\n   * In particular, it modifies the bytecode interpreter to interpret (or\n   * not) instructions in a certain way so that all TrueType fonts look like\n   * they do in a Windows ClearType (DirectWrite) environment.  See [1] for a\n   * technical overview on what this means.  See `ttinterp.h` for more\n   * details on the LEAN option.\n   *\n   * There are three possible values.\n   *\n   * Value 1:\n   *   This value is associated with the 'Infinality' moniker, contributed by\n   *   an individual nicknamed Infinality with the goal of making TrueType\n   *   fonts render better than on Windows.  A high amount of configurability\n   *   and flexibility, down to rules for single glyphs in fonts, but also\n   *   very slow.  Its experimental and slow nature and the original\n   *   developer losing interest meant that this option was never enabled in\n   *   default builds.\n   *\n   *   The corresponding interpreter version is v38.\n   *\n   * Value 2:\n   *   The new default mode for the TrueType driver.  The Infinality code\n   *   base was stripped to the bare minimum and all configurability removed\n   *   in the name of speed and simplicity.  The configurability was mainly\n   *   aimed at legacy fonts like 'Arial', 'Times New Roman', or 'Courier'.\n   *   Legacy fonts are fonts that modify vertical stems to achieve clean\n   *   black-and-white bitmaps.  The new mode focuses on applying a minimal\n   *   set of rules to all fonts indiscriminately so that modern and web\n   *   fonts render well while legacy fonts render okay.\n   *\n   *   The corresponding interpreter version is v40.\n   *\n   * Value 3:\n   *   Compile both, making both v38 and v40 available (the latter is the\n   *   default).\n   *\n   * By undefining these, you get rendering behavior like on Windows without\n   * ClearType, i.e., Windows XP without ClearType enabled and Win9x\n   * (interpreter version v35).  Or not, depending on how much hinting blood\n   * and testing tears the font designer put into a given font.  If you\n   * define one or both subpixel hinting options, you can switch between\n   * between v35 and the ones you define (using `FT_Property_Set`).\n   *\n   * This option requires `TT_CONFIG_OPTION_BYTECODE_INTERPRETER` to be\n   * defined.\n   *\n   * [1]\n   * https://www.microsoft.com/typography/cleartype/truetypecleartype.aspx\n   */\n/* #define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_SUBPIXEL_HINTING  1         */\n#define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_SUBPIXEL_HINTING  2\n/* #define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_SUBPIXEL_HINTING  ( 1 | 2 ) */\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * Define `TT_CONFIG_OPTION_COMPONENT_OFFSET_SCALED` to compile the\n   * TrueType glyph loader to use Apple's definition of how to handle\n   * component offsets in composite glyphs.\n   *\n   * Apple and MS disagree on the default behavior of component offsets in\n   * composites.  Apple says that they should be scaled by the scaling\n   * factors in the transformation matrix (roughly, it's more complex) while\n   * MS says they should not.  OpenType defines two bits in the composite\n   * flags array which can be used to disambiguate, but old fonts will not\n   * have them.\n   *\n   *   https://www.microsoft.com/typography/otspec/glyf.htm\n   *   https://developer.apple.com/fonts/TrueType-Reference-Manual/RM06/Chap6glyf.html\n   */\n#undef TT_CONFIG_OPTION_COMPONENT_OFFSET_SCALED\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * Define `TT_CONFIG_OPTION_GX_VAR_SUPPORT` if you want to include support\n   * for Apple's distortable font technology ('fvar', 'gvar', 'cvar', and\n   * 'avar' tables).  Tagged 'Font Variations', this is now part of OpenType\n   * also.  This has many similarities to Type~1 Multiple Masters support.\n   */\n#define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_GX_VAR_SUPPORT\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * Define `TT_CONFIG_OPTION_BDF` if you want to include support for an\n   * embedded 'BDF~' table within SFNT-based bitmap formats.\n   */\n#define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_BDF\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * Option `TT_CONFIG_OPTION_MAX_RUNNABLE_OPCODES` controls the maximum\n   * number of bytecode instructions executed for a single run of the\n   * bytecode interpreter, needed to prevent infinite loops.  You don't want\n   * to change this except for very special situations (e.g., making a\n   * library fuzzer spend less time to handle broken fonts).\n   *\n   * It is not expected that this value is ever modified by a configuring\n   * script; instead, it gets surrounded with `#ifndef ... #endif` so that\n   * the value can be set as a preprocessor option on the compiler's command\n   * line.\n   */\n#ifndef TT_CONFIG_OPTION_MAX_RUNNABLE_OPCODES\n#define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_MAX_RUNNABLE_OPCODES  1000000L\n#endif\n\n\n  /*************************************************************************/\n  /*************************************************************************/\n  /****                                                                 ****/\n  /****      T Y P E 1   D R I V E R    C O N F I G U R A T I O N       ****/\n  /****                                                                 ****/\n  /*************************************************************************/\n  /*************************************************************************/\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * `T1_MAX_DICT_DEPTH` is the maximum depth of nest dictionaries and arrays\n   * in the Type~1 stream (see `t1load.c`).  A minimum of~4 is required.\n   */\n#define T1_MAX_DICT_DEPTH  5\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * `T1_MAX_SUBRS_CALLS` details the maximum number of nested sub-routine\n   * calls during glyph loading.\n   */\n#define T1_MAX_SUBRS_CALLS  16\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * `T1_MAX_CHARSTRING_OPERANDS` is the charstring stack's capacity.  A\n   * minimum of~16 is required.\n   *\n   * The Chinese font 'MingTiEG-Medium' (covering the CNS 11643 character\n   * set) needs 256.\n   */\n#define T1_MAX_CHARSTRINGS_OPERANDS  256\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * Define this configuration macro if you want to prevent the compilation\n   * of the 't1afm' module, which is in charge of reading Type~1 AFM files\n   * into an existing face.  Note that if set, the Type~1 driver will be\n   * unable to produce kerning distances.\n   */\n#undef T1_CONFIG_OPTION_NO_AFM\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * Define this configuration macro if you want to prevent the compilation\n   * of the Multiple Masters font support in the Type~1 driver.\n   */\n#undef T1_CONFIG_OPTION_NO_MM_SUPPORT\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * `T1_CONFIG_OPTION_OLD_ENGINE` controls whether the pre-Adobe Type~1\n   * engine gets compiled into FreeType.  If defined, it is possible to\n   * switch between the two engines using the `hinting-engine` property of\n   * the 'type1' driver module.\n   */\n/* #define T1_CONFIG_OPTION_OLD_ENGINE */\n\n\n  /*************************************************************************/\n  /*************************************************************************/\n  /****                                                                 ****/\n  /****         C F F   D R I V E R    C O N F I G U R A T I O N        ****/\n  /****                                                                 ****/\n  /*************************************************************************/\n  /*************************************************************************/\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * Using `CFF_CONFIG_OPTION_DARKENING_PARAMETER_{X,Y}{1,2,3,4}` it is\n   * possible to set up the default values of the four control points that\n   * define the stem darkening behaviour of the (new) CFF engine.  For more\n   * details please read the documentation of the `darkening-parameters`\n   * property (file `ftdriver.h`), which allows the control at run-time.\n   *\n   * Do **not** undefine these macros!\n   */\n#define CFF_CONFIG_OPTION_DARKENING_PARAMETER_X1   500\n#define CFF_CONFIG_OPTION_DARKENING_PARAMETER_Y1   400\n\n#define CFF_CONFIG_OPTION_DARKENING_PARAMETER_X2  1000\n#define CFF_CONFIG_OPTION_DARKENING_PARAMETER_Y2   275\n\n#define CFF_CONFIG_OPTION_DARKENING_PARAMETER_X3  1667\n#define CFF_CONFIG_OPTION_DARKENING_PARAMETER_Y3   275\n\n#define CFF_CONFIG_OPTION_DARKENING_PARAMETER_X4  2333\n#define CFF_CONFIG_OPTION_DARKENING_PARAMETER_Y4     0\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * `CFF_CONFIG_OPTION_OLD_ENGINE` controls whether the pre-Adobe CFF engine\n   * gets compiled into FreeType.  If defined, it is possible to switch\n   * between the two engines using the `hinting-engine` property of the 'cff'\n   * driver module.\n   */\n/* #define CFF_CONFIG_OPTION_OLD_ENGINE */\n\n\n  /*************************************************************************/\n  /*************************************************************************/\n  /****                                                                 ****/\n  /****         P C F   D R I V E R    C O N F I G U R A T I O N        ****/\n  /****                                                                 ****/\n  /*************************************************************************/\n  /*************************************************************************/\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * There are many PCF fonts just called 'Fixed' which look completely\n   * different, and which have nothing to do with each other.  When selecting\n   * 'Fixed' in KDE or Gnome one gets results that appear rather random, the\n   * style changes often if one changes the size and one cannot select some\n   * fonts at all.  This option makes the 'pcf' module prepend the foundry\n   * name (plus a space) to the family name.\n   *\n   * We also check whether we have 'wide' characters; all put together, we\n   * get family names like 'Sony Fixed' or 'Misc Fixed Wide'.\n   *\n   * If this option is activated, it can be controlled with the\n   * `no-long-family-names` property of the 'pcf' driver module.\n   */\n/* #define PCF_CONFIG_OPTION_LONG_FAMILY_NAMES */\n\n\n  /*************************************************************************/\n  /*************************************************************************/\n  /****                                                                 ****/\n  /****    A U T O F I T   M O D U L E    C O N F I G U R A T I O N     ****/\n  /****                                                                 ****/\n  /*************************************************************************/\n  /*************************************************************************/\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * Compile 'autofit' module with CJK (Chinese, Japanese, Korean) script\n   * support.\n   */\n#define AF_CONFIG_OPTION_CJK\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * Compile 'autofit' module with fallback Indic script support, covering\n   * some scripts that the 'latin' submodule of the 'autofit' module doesn't\n   * (yet) handle.\n   */\n#define AF_CONFIG_OPTION_INDIC\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * Compile 'autofit' module with warp hinting.  The idea of the warping\n   * code is to slightly scale and shift a glyph within a single dimension so\n   * that as much of its segments are aligned (more or less) on the grid.  To\n   * find out the optimal scaling and shifting value, various parameter\n   * combinations are tried and scored.\n   *\n   * You can switch warping on and off with the `warping` property of the\n   * auto-hinter (see file `ftdriver.h` for more information; by default it\n   * is switched off).\n   *\n   * This experimental option is not active if the rendering mode is\n   * `FT_RENDER_MODE_LIGHT`.\n   */\n#define AF_CONFIG_OPTION_USE_WARPER\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * Use TrueType-like size metrics for 'light' auto-hinting.\n   *\n   * It is strongly recommended to avoid this option, which exists only to\n   * help some legacy applications retain its appearance and behaviour with\n   * respect to auto-hinted TrueType fonts.\n   *\n   * The very reason this option exists at all are GNU/Linux distributions\n   * like Fedora that did not un-patch the following change (which was\n   * present in FreeType between versions 2.4.6 and 2.7.1, inclusive).\n   *\n   * ```\n   *   2011-07-16  Steven Chu  <steven.f.chu@gmail.com>\n   *\n   *     [truetype] Fix metrics on size request for scalable fonts.\n   * ```\n   *\n   * This problematic commit is now reverted (more or less).\n   */\n/* #define AF_CONFIG_OPTION_TT_SIZE_METRICS */\n\n  /* */\n\n\n  /*\n   * This macro is obsolete.  Support has been removed in FreeType version\n   * 2.5.\n   */\n/* #define FT_CONFIG_OPTION_OLD_INTERNALS */\n\n\n  /*\n   * The next three macros are defined if native TrueType hinting is\n   * requested by the definitions above.  Don't change this.\n   */\n#ifdef TT_CONFIG_OPTION_BYTECODE_INTERPRETER\n#define  TT_USE_BYTECODE_INTERPRETER\n\n#ifdef TT_CONFIG_OPTION_SUBPIXEL_HINTING\n#if TT_CONFIG_OPTION_SUBPIXEL_HINTING & 1\n#define  TT_SUPPORT_SUBPIXEL_HINTING_INFINALITY\n#endif\n\n#if TT_CONFIG_OPTION_SUBPIXEL_HINTING & 2\n#define  TT_SUPPORT_SUBPIXEL_HINTING_MINIMAL\n#endif\n#endif\n#endif\n\n\n  /*\n   * Check CFF darkening parameters.  The checks are the same as in function\n   * `cff_property_set` in file `cffdrivr.c`.\n   */\n#if CFF_CONFIG_OPTION_DARKENING_PARAMETER_X1 < 0   || \\\n    CFF_CONFIG_OPTION_DARKENING_PARAMETER_X2 < 0   || \\\n    CFF_CONFIG_OPTION_DARKENING_PARAMETER_X3 < 0   || \\\n    CFF_CONFIG_OPTION_DARKENING_PARAMETER_X4 < 0   || \\\n                                                      \\\n    CFF_CONFIG_OPTION_DARKENING_PARAMETER_Y1 < 0   || \\\n    CFF_CONFIG_OPTION_DARKENING_PARAMETER_Y2 < 0   || \\\n    CFF_CONFIG_OPTION_DARKENING_PARAMETER_Y3 < 0   || \\\n    CFF_CONFIG_OPTION_DARKENING_PARAMETER_Y4 < 0   || \\\n                                                      \\\n    CFF_CONFIG_OPTION_DARKENING_PARAMETER_X1 >        \\\n      CFF_CONFIG_OPTION_DARKENING_PARAMETER_X2     || \\\n    CFF_CONFIG_OPTION_DARKENING_PARAMETER_X2 >        \\\n      CFF_CONFIG_OPTION_DARKENING_PARAMETER_X3     || \\\n    CFF_CONFIG_OPTION_DARKENING_PARAMETER_X3 >        \\\n      CFF_CONFIG_OPTION_DARKENING_PARAMETER_X4     || \\\n                                                      \\\n    CFF_CONFIG_OPTION_DARKENING_PARAMETER_Y1 > 500 || \\\n    CFF_CONFIG_OPTION_DARKENING_PARAMETER_Y2 > 500 || \\\n    CFF_CONFIG_OPTION_DARKENING_PARAMETER_Y3 > 500 || \\\n    CFF_CONFIG_OPTION_DARKENING_PARAMETER_Y4 > 500\n#error \"Invalid CFF darkening parameters!\"\n#endif\n\nFT_END_HEADER\n\n\n#endif /* FTOPTION_H_ */\n\n\n/* END */\n"
  },
  {
    "path": "Antario/LIB/freetype/freetype/config/ftstdlib.h",
    "content": "/****************************************************************************\n *\n * ftstdlib.h\n *\n *   ANSI-specific library and header configuration file (specification\n *   only).\n *\n * Copyright (C) 2002-2019 by\n * David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.\n *\n * This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,\n * modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project\n * license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute\n * this file you indicate that you have read the license and\n * understand and accept it fully.\n *\n */\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * This file is used to group all `#includes` to the ANSI~C library that\n   * FreeType normally requires.  It also defines macros to rename the\n   * standard functions within the FreeType source code.\n   *\n   * Load a file which defines `FTSTDLIB_H_` before this one to override it.\n   *\n   */\n\n\n#ifndef FTSTDLIB_H_\n#define FTSTDLIB_H_\n\n\n#include <stddef.h>\n\n#define ft_ptrdiff_t  ptrdiff_t\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   *                          integer limits\n   *\n   * `UINT_MAX` and `ULONG_MAX` are used to automatically compute the size of\n   * `int` and `long` in bytes at compile-time.  So far, this works for all\n   * platforms the library has been tested on.\n   *\n   * Note that on the extremely rare platforms that do not provide integer\n   * types that are _exactly_ 16 and 32~bits wide (e.g., some old Crays where\n   * `int` is 36~bits), we do not make any guarantee about the correct\n   * behaviour of FreeType~2 with all fonts.\n   *\n   * In these cases, `ftconfig.h` will refuse to compile anyway with a\n   * message like 'couldn't find 32-bit type' or something similar.\n   *\n   */\n\n\n#include <limits.h>\n\n#define FT_CHAR_BIT    CHAR_BIT\n#define FT_USHORT_MAX  USHRT_MAX\n#define FT_INT_MAX     INT_MAX\n#define FT_INT_MIN     INT_MIN\n#define FT_UINT_MAX    UINT_MAX\n#define FT_LONG_MIN    LONG_MIN\n#define FT_LONG_MAX    LONG_MAX\n#define FT_ULONG_MAX   ULONG_MAX\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   *                character and string processing\n   *\n   */\n\n\n#include <string.h>\n\n#define ft_memchr   memchr\n#define ft_memcmp   memcmp\n#define ft_memcpy   memcpy\n#define ft_memmove  memmove\n#define ft_memset   memset\n#define ft_strcat   strcat\n#define ft_strcmp   strcmp\n#define ft_strcpy   strcpy\n#define ft_strlen   strlen\n#define ft_strncmp  strncmp\n#define ft_strncpy  strncpy\n#define ft_strrchr  strrchr\n#define ft_strstr   strstr\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   *                          file handling\n   *\n   */\n\n\n#include <stdio.h>\n\n#define FT_FILE     FILE\n#define ft_fclose   fclose\n#define ft_fopen    fopen\n#define ft_fread    fread\n#define ft_fseek    fseek\n#define ft_ftell    ftell\n#define ft_sprintf  sprintf\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   *                            sorting\n   *\n   */\n\n\n#include <stdlib.h>\n\n#define ft_qsort  qsort\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   *                       memory allocation\n   *\n   */\n\n\n#define ft_scalloc   calloc\n#define ft_sfree     free\n#define ft_smalloc   malloc\n#define ft_srealloc  realloc\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   *                         miscellaneous\n   *\n   */\n\n\n#define ft_strtol  strtol\n#define ft_getenv  getenv\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   *                        execution control\n   *\n   */\n\n\n#include <setjmp.h>\n\n#define ft_jmp_buf     jmp_buf  /* note: this cannot be a typedef since  */\n                                /*       `jmp_buf` is defined as a macro */\n                                /*       on certain platforms            */\n\n#define ft_longjmp     longjmp\n#define ft_setjmp( b ) setjmp( *(ft_jmp_buf*) &(b) ) /* same thing here */\n\n\n  /* The following is only used for debugging purposes, i.e., if   */\n  /* `FT_DEBUG_LEVEL_ERROR` or `FT_DEBUG_LEVEL_TRACE` are defined. */\n\n#include <stdarg.h>\n\n\n#endif /* FTSTDLIB_H_ */\n\n\n/* END */\n"
  },
  {
    "path": "Antario/LIB/freetype/freetype/freetype.h",
    "content": "/****************************************************************************\n *\n * freetype.h\n *\n *   FreeType high-level API and common types (specification only).\n *\n * Copyright (C) 1996-2019 by\n * David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.\n *\n * This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,\n * modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project\n * license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute\n * this file you indicate that you have read the license and\n * understand and accept it fully.\n *\n */\n\n\n#ifndef FREETYPE_H_\n#define FREETYPE_H_\n\n\n#ifndef FT_FREETYPE_H\n#error \"`ft2build.h' hasn't been included yet!\"\n#error \"Please always use macros to include FreeType header files.\"\n#error \"Example:\"\n#error \"  #include <ft2build.h>\"\n#error \"  #include FT_FREETYPE_H\"\n#endif\n\n\n#include <ft2build.h>\n#include FT_CONFIG_CONFIG_H\n#include FT_TYPES_H\n#include FT_ERRORS_H\n\n\nFT_BEGIN_HEADER\n\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @section:\n   *   header_inclusion\n   *\n   * @title:\n   *   FreeType's header inclusion scheme\n   *\n   * @abstract:\n   *   How client applications should include FreeType header files.\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   To be as flexible as possible (and for historical reasons), FreeType\n   *   uses a very special inclusion scheme to load header files, for example\n   *\n   *   ```\n   *     #include <ft2build.h>\n   *\n   *     #include FT_FREETYPE_H\n   *     #include FT_OUTLINE_H\n   *   ```\n   *\n   *   A compiler and its preprocessor only needs an include path to find the\n   *   file `ft2build.h`; the exact locations and names of the other FreeType\n   *   header files are hidden by @header_file_macros, loaded by\n   *   `ft2build.h`.  The API documentation always gives the header macro\n   *   name needed for a particular function.\n   *\n   */\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @section:\n   *   user_allocation\n   *\n   * @title:\n   *   User allocation\n   *\n   * @abstract:\n   *   How client applications should allocate FreeType data structures.\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   FreeType assumes that structures allocated by the user and passed as\n   *   arguments are zeroed out except for the actual data.  In other words,\n   *   it is recommended to use `calloc` (or variants of it) instead of\n   *   `malloc` for allocation.\n   *\n   */\n\n\n\n  /*************************************************************************/\n  /*************************************************************************/\n  /*                                                                       */\n  /*                        B A S I C   T Y P E S                          */\n  /*                                                                       */\n  /*************************************************************************/\n  /*************************************************************************/\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @section:\n   *   base_interface\n   *\n   * @title:\n   *   Base Interface\n   *\n   * @abstract:\n   *   The FreeType~2 base font interface.\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   This section describes the most important public high-level API\n   *   functions of FreeType~2.\n   *\n   * @order:\n   *   FT_Library\n   *   FT_Face\n   *   FT_Size\n   *   FT_GlyphSlot\n   *   FT_CharMap\n   *   FT_Encoding\n   *   FT_ENC_TAG\n   *\n   *   FT_FaceRec\n   *\n   *   FT_FACE_FLAG_SCALABLE\n   *   FT_FACE_FLAG_FIXED_SIZES\n   *   FT_FACE_FLAG_FIXED_WIDTH\n   *   FT_FACE_FLAG_HORIZONTAL\n   *   FT_FACE_FLAG_VERTICAL\n   *   FT_FACE_FLAG_COLOR\n   *   FT_FACE_FLAG_SFNT\n   *   FT_FACE_FLAG_CID_KEYED\n   *   FT_FACE_FLAG_TRICKY\n   *   FT_FACE_FLAG_KERNING\n   *   FT_FACE_FLAG_MULTIPLE_MASTERS\n   *   FT_FACE_FLAG_VARIATION\n   *   FT_FACE_FLAG_GLYPH_NAMES\n   *   FT_FACE_FLAG_EXTERNAL_STREAM\n   *   FT_FACE_FLAG_HINTER\n   *\n   *   FT_HAS_HORIZONTAL\n   *   FT_HAS_VERTICAL\n   *   FT_HAS_KERNING\n   *   FT_HAS_FIXED_SIZES\n   *   FT_HAS_GLYPH_NAMES\n   *   FT_HAS_COLOR\n   *   FT_HAS_MULTIPLE_MASTERS\n   *\n   *   FT_IS_SFNT\n   *   FT_IS_SCALABLE\n   *   FT_IS_FIXED_WIDTH\n   *   FT_IS_CID_KEYED\n   *   FT_IS_TRICKY\n   *   FT_IS_NAMED_INSTANCE\n   *   FT_IS_VARIATION\n   *\n   *   FT_STYLE_FLAG_BOLD\n   *   FT_STYLE_FLAG_ITALIC\n   *\n   *   FT_SizeRec\n   *   FT_Size_Metrics\n   *\n   *   FT_GlyphSlotRec\n   *   FT_Glyph_Metrics\n   *   FT_SubGlyph\n   *\n   *   FT_Bitmap_Size\n   *\n   *   FT_Init_FreeType\n   *   FT_Done_FreeType\n   *\n   *   FT_New_Face\n   *   FT_Done_Face\n   *   FT_Reference_Face\n   *   FT_New_Memory_Face\n   *   FT_Face_Properties\n   *   FT_Open_Face\n   *   FT_Open_Args\n   *   FT_Parameter\n   *   FT_Attach_File\n   *   FT_Attach_Stream\n   *\n   *   FT_Set_Char_Size\n   *   FT_Set_Pixel_Sizes\n   *   FT_Request_Size\n   *   FT_Select_Size\n   *   FT_Size_Request_Type\n   *   FT_Size_RequestRec\n   *   FT_Size_Request\n   *   FT_Set_Transform\n   *   FT_Load_Glyph\n   *   FT_Get_Char_Index\n   *   FT_Get_First_Char\n   *   FT_Get_Next_Char\n   *   FT_Get_Name_Index\n   *   FT_Load_Char\n   *\n   *   FT_OPEN_MEMORY\n   *   FT_OPEN_STREAM\n   *   FT_OPEN_PATHNAME\n   *   FT_OPEN_DRIVER\n   *   FT_OPEN_PARAMS\n   *\n   *   FT_LOAD_DEFAULT\n   *   FT_LOAD_RENDER\n   *   FT_LOAD_MONOCHROME\n   *   FT_LOAD_LINEAR_DESIGN\n   *   FT_LOAD_NO_SCALE\n   *   FT_LOAD_NO_HINTING\n   *   FT_LOAD_NO_BITMAP\n   *   FT_LOAD_NO_AUTOHINT\n   *   FT_LOAD_COLOR\n   *\n   *   FT_LOAD_VERTICAL_LAYOUT\n   *   FT_LOAD_IGNORE_TRANSFORM\n   *   FT_LOAD_FORCE_AUTOHINT\n   *   FT_LOAD_NO_RECURSE\n   *   FT_LOAD_PEDANTIC\n   *\n   *   FT_LOAD_TARGET_NORMAL\n   *   FT_LOAD_TARGET_LIGHT\n   *   FT_LOAD_TARGET_MONO\n   *   FT_LOAD_TARGET_LCD\n   *   FT_LOAD_TARGET_LCD_V\n   *\n   *   FT_LOAD_TARGET_MODE\n   *\n   *   FT_Render_Glyph\n   *   FT_Render_Mode\n   *   FT_Get_Kerning\n   *   FT_Kerning_Mode\n   *   FT_Get_Track_Kerning\n   *   FT_Get_Glyph_Name\n   *   FT_Get_Postscript_Name\n   *\n   *   FT_CharMapRec\n   *   FT_Select_Charmap\n   *   FT_Set_Charmap\n   *   FT_Get_Charmap_Index\n   *\n   *   FT_Get_FSType_Flags\n   *   FT_Get_SubGlyph_Info\n   *\n   *   FT_Face_Internal\n   *   FT_Size_Internal\n   *   FT_Slot_Internal\n   *\n   *   FT_FACE_FLAG_XXX\n   *   FT_STYLE_FLAG_XXX\n   *   FT_OPEN_XXX\n   *   FT_LOAD_XXX\n   *   FT_LOAD_TARGET_XXX\n   *   FT_SUBGLYPH_FLAG_XXX\n   *   FT_FSTYPE_XXX\n   *\n   *   FT_HAS_FAST_GLYPHS\n   *\n   */\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @struct:\n   *   FT_Glyph_Metrics\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   A structure to model the metrics of a single glyph.  The values are\n   *   expressed in 26.6 fractional pixel format; if the flag\n   *   @FT_LOAD_NO_SCALE has been used while loading the glyph, values are\n   *   expressed in font units instead.\n   *\n   * @fields:\n   *   width ::\n   *     The glyph's width.\n   *\n   *   height ::\n   *     The glyph's height.\n   *\n   *   horiBearingX ::\n   *     Left side bearing for horizontal layout.\n   *\n   *   horiBearingY ::\n   *     Top side bearing for horizontal layout.\n   *\n   *   horiAdvance ::\n   *     Advance width for horizontal layout.\n   *\n   *   vertBearingX ::\n   *     Left side bearing for vertical layout.\n   *\n   *   vertBearingY ::\n   *     Top side bearing for vertical layout.  Larger positive values mean\n   *     further below the vertical glyph origin.\n   *\n   *   vertAdvance ::\n   *     Advance height for vertical layout.  Positive values mean the glyph\n   *     has a positive advance downward.\n   *\n   * @note:\n   *   If not disabled with @FT_LOAD_NO_HINTING, the values represent\n   *   dimensions of the hinted glyph (in case hinting is applicable).\n   *\n   *   Stroking a glyph with an outside border does not increase\n   *   `horiAdvance` or `vertAdvance`; you have to manually adjust these\n   *   values to account for the added width and height.\n   *\n   *   FreeType doesn't use the 'VORG' table data for CFF fonts because it\n   *   doesn't have an interface to quickly retrieve the glyph height.  The\n   *   y~coordinate of the vertical origin can be simply computed as\n   *   `vertBearingY + height` after loading a glyph.\n   */\n  typedef struct  FT_Glyph_Metrics_\n  {\n    FT_Pos  width;\n    FT_Pos  height;\n\n    FT_Pos  horiBearingX;\n    FT_Pos  horiBearingY;\n    FT_Pos  horiAdvance;\n\n    FT_Pos  vertBearingX;\n    FT_Pos  vertBearingY;\n    FT_Pos  vertAdvance;\n\n  } FT_Glyph_Metrics;\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @struct:\n   *   FT_Bitmap_Size\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   This structure models the metrics of a bitmap strike (i.e., a set of\n   *   glyphs for a given point size and resolution) in a bitmap font.  It is\n   *   used for the `available_sizes` field of @FT_Face.\n   *\n   * @fields:\n   *   height ::\n   *     The vertical distance, in pixels, between two consecutive baselines.\n   *     It is always positive.\n   *\n   *   width ::\n   *     The average width, in pixels, of all glyphs in the strike.\n   *\n   *   size ::\n   *     The nominal size of the strike in 26.6 fractional points.  This\n   *     field is not very useful.\n   *\n   *   x_ppem ::\n   *     The horizontal ppem (nominal width) in 26.6 fractional pixels.\n   *\n   *   y_ppem ::\n   *     The vertical ppem (nominal height) in 26.6 fractional pixels.\n   *\n   * @note:\n   *   Windows FNT:\n   *     The nominal size given in a FNT font is not reliable.  If the driver\n   *     finds it incorrect, it sets `size` to some calculated values, and\n   *     `x_ppem` and `y_ppem` to the pixel width and height given in the\n   *     font, respectively.\n   *\n   *   TrueType embedded bitmaps:\n   *     `size`, `width`, and `height` values are not contained in the bitmap\n   *     strike itself.  They are computed from the global font parameters.\n   */\n  typedef struct  FT_Bitmap_Size_\n  {\n    FT_Short  height;\n    FT_Short  width;\n\n    FT_Pos    size;\n\n    FT_Pos    x_ppem;\n    FT_Pos    y_ppem;\n\n  } FT_Bitmap_Size;\n\n\n  /*************************************************************************/\n  /*************************************************************************/\n  /*                                                                       */\n  /*                     O B J E C T   C L A S S E S                       */\n  /*                                                                       */\n  /*************************************************************************/\n  /*************************************************************************/\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @type:\n   *   FT_Library\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   A handle to a FreeType library instance.  Each 'library' is completely\n   *   independent from the others; it is the 'root' of a set of objects like\n   *   fonts, faces, sizes, etc.\n   *\n   *   It also embeds a memory manager (see @FT_Memory), as well as a\n   *   scan-line converter object (see @FT_Raster).\n   *\n   *   [Since 2.5.6] In multi-threaded applications it is easiest to use one\n   *   `FT_Library` object per thread.  In case this is too cumbersome, a\n   *   single `FT_Library` object across threads is possible also, as long as\n   *   a mutex lock is used around @FT_New_Face and @FT_Done_Face.\n   *\n   * @note:\n   *   Library objects are normally created by @FT_Init_FreeType, and\n   *   destroyed with @FT_Done_FreeType.  If you need reference-counting\n   *   (cf. @FT_Reference_Library), use @FT_New_Library and @FT_Done_Library.\n   */\n  typedef struct FT_LibraryRec_  *FT_Library;\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @section:\n   *   module_management\n   *\n   */\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @type:\n   *   FT_Module\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   A handle to a given FreeType module object.  A module can be a font\n   *   driver, a renderer, or anything else that provides services to the\n   *   former.\n   */\n  typedef struct FT_ModuleRec_*  FT_Module;\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @type:\n   *   FT_Driver\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   A handle to a given FreeType font driver object.  A font driver is a\n   *   module capable of creating faces from font files.\n   */\n  typedef struct FT_DriverRec_*  FT_Driver;\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @type:\n   *   FT_Renderer\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   A handle to a given FreeType renderer.  A renderer is a module in\n   *   charge of converting a glyph's outline image to a bitmap.  It supports\n   *   a single glyph image format, and one or more target surface depths.\n   */\n  typedef struct FT_RendererRec_*  FT_Renderer;\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @section:\n   *   base_interface\n   *\n   */\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @type:\n   *   FT_Face\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   A handle to a typographic face object.  A face object models a given\n   *   typeface, in a given style.\n   *\n   * @note:\n   *   A face object also owns a single @FT_GlyphSlot object, as well as one\n   *   or more @FT_Size objects.\n   *\n   *   Use @FT_New_Face or @FT_Open_Face to create a new face object from a\n   *   given filepath or a custom input stream.\n   *\n   *   Use @FT_Done_Face to destroy it (along with its slot and sizes).\n   *\n   *   An `FT_Face` object can only be safely used from one thread at a time.\n   *   Similarly, creation and destruction of `FT_Face` with the same\n   *   @FT_Library object can only be done from one thread at a time.  On the\n   *   other hand, functions like @FT_Load_Glyph and its siblings are\n   *   thread-safe and do not need the lock to be held as long as the same\n   *   `FT_Face` object is not used from multiple threads at the same time.\n   *\n   * @also:\n   *   See @FT_FaceRec for the publicly accessible fields of a given face\n   *   object.\n   */\n  typedef struct FT_FaceRec_*  FT_Face;\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @type:\n   *   FT_Size\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   A handle to an object that models a face scaled to a given character\n   *   size.\n   *\n   * @note:\n   *   An @FT_Face has one _active_ @FT_Size object that is used by functions\n   *   like @FT_Load_Glyph to determine the scaling transformation that in\n   *   turn is used to load and hint glyphs and metrics.\n   *\n   *   You can use @FT_Set_Char_Size, @FT_Set_Pixel_Sizes, @FT_Request_Size\n   *   or even @FT_Select_Size to change the content (i.e., the scaling\n   *   values) of the active @FT_Size.\n   *\n   *   You can use @FT_New_Size to create additional size objects for a given\n   *   @FT_Face, but they won't be used by other functions until you activate\n   *   it through @FT_Activate_Size.  Only one size can be activated at any\n   *   given time per face.\n   *\n   * @also:\n   *   See @FT_SizeRec for the publicly accessible fields of a given size\n   *   object.\n   */\n  typedef struct FT_SizeRec_*  FT_Size;\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @type:\n   *   FT_GlyphSlot\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   A handle to a given 'glyph slot'.  A slot is a container that can hold\n   *   any of the glyphs contained in its parent face.\n   *\n   *   In other words, each time you call @FT_Load_Glyph or @FT_Load_Char,\n   *   the slot's content is erased by the new glyph data, i.e., the glyph's\n   *   metrics, its image (bitmap or outline), and other control information.\n   *\n   * @also:\n   *   See @FT_GlyphSlotRec for the publicly accessible glyph fields.\n   */\n  typedef struct FT_GlyphSlotRec_*  FT_GlyphSlot;\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @type:\n   *   FT_CharMap\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   A handle to a character map (usually abbreviated to 'charmap').  A\n   *   charmap is used to translate character codes in a given encoding into\n   *   glyph indexes for its parent's face.  Some font formats may provide\n   *   several charmaps per font.\n   *\n   *   Each face object owns zero or more charmaps, but only one of them can\n   *   be 'active', providing the data used by @FT_Get_Char_Index or\n   *   @FT_Load_Char.\n   *\n   *   The list of available charmaps in a face is available through the\n   *   `face->num_charmaps` and `face->charmaps` fields of @FT_FaceRec.\n   *\n   *   The currently active charmap is available as `face->charmap`.  You\n   *   should call @FT_Set_Charmap to change it.\n   *\n   * @note:\n   *   When a new face is created (either through @FT_New_Face or\n   *   @FT_Open_Face), the library looks for a Unicode charmap within the\n   *   list and automatically activates it.  If there is no Unicode charmap,\n   *   FreeType doesn't set an 'active' charmap.\n   *\n   * @also:\n   *   See @FT_CharMapRec for the publicly accessible fields of a given\n   *   character map.\n   */\n  typedef struct FT_CharMapRec_*  FT_CharMap;\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @macro:\n   *   FT_ENC_TAG\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   This macro converts four-letter tags into an unsigned long.  It is\n   *   used to define 'encoding' identifiers (see @FT_Encoding).\n   *\n   * @note:\n   *   Since many 16-bit compilers don't like 32-bit enumerations, you should\n   *   redefine this macro in case of problems to something like this:\n   *\n   *   ```\n   *     #define FT_ENC_TAG( value, a, b, c, d )  value\n   *   ```\n   *\n   *   to get a simple enumeration without assigning special numbers.\n   */\n\n#ifndef FT_ENC_TAG\n#define FT_ENC_TAG( value, a, b, c, d )         \\\n          value = ( ( (FT_UInt32)(a) << 24 ) |  \\\n                    ( (FT_UInt32)(b) << 16 ) |  \\\n                    ( (FT_UInt32)(c) <<  8 ) |  \\\n                      (FT_UInt32)(d)         )\n\n#endif /* FT_ENC_TAG */\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @enum:\n   *   FT_Encoding\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   An enumeration to specify character sets supported by charmaps.  Used\n   *   in the @FT_Select_Charmap API function.\n   *\n   * @note:\n   *   Despite the name, this enumeration lists specific character\n   *   repertories (i.e., charsets), and not text encoding methods (e.g.,\n   *   UTF-8, UTF-16, etc.).\n   *\n   *   Other encodings might be defined in the future.\n   *\n   * @values:\n   *   FT_ENCODING_NONE ::\n   *     The encoding value~0 is reserved for all formats except BDF, PCF,\n   *     and Windows FNT; see below for more information.\n   *\n   *   FT_ENCODING_UNICODE ::\n   *     The Unicode character set.  This value covers all versions of the\n   *     Unicode repertoire, including ASCII and Latin-1.  Most fonts include\n   *     a Unicode charmap, but not all of them.\n   *\n   *     For example, if you want to access Unicode value U+1F028 (and the\n   *     font contains it), use value 0x1F028 as the input value for\n   *     @FT_Get_Char_Index.\n   *\n   *   FT_ENCODING_MS_SYMBOL ::\n   *     Microsoft Symbol encoding, used to encode mathematical symbols and\n   *     wingdings.  For more information, see\n   *     'https://www.microsoft.com/typography/otspec/recom.htm',\n   *     'http://www.kostis.net/charsets/symbol.htm', and\n   *     'http://www.kostis.net/charsets/wingding.htm'.\n   *\n   *     This encoding uses character codes from the PUA (Private Unicode\n   *     Area) in the range U+F020-U+F0FF.\n   *\n   *   FT_ENCODING_SJIS ::\n   *     Shift JIS encoding for Japanese.  More info at\n   *     'https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Shift_JIS'.  See note on multi-byte\n   *     encodings below.\n   *\n   *   FT_ENCODING_PRC ::\n   *     Corresponds to encoding systems mainly for Simplified Chinese as\n   *     used in People's Republic of China (PRC).  The encoding layout is\n   *     based on GB~2312 and its supersets GBK and GB~18030.\n   *\n   *   FT_ENCODING_BIG5 ::\n   *     Corresponds to an encoding system for Traditional Chinese as used in\n   *     Taiwan and Hong Kong.\n   *\n   *   FT_ENCODING_WANSUNG ::\n   *     Corresponds to the Korean encoding system known as Extended Wansung\n   *     (MS Windows code page 949).  For more information see\n   *     'https://www.unicode.org/Public/MAPPINGS/VENDORS/MICSFT/WindowsBestFit/bestfit949.txt'.\n   *\n   *   FT_ENCODING_JOHAB ::\n   *     The Korean standard character set (KS~C 5601-1992), which\n   *     corresponds to MS Windows code page 1361.  This character set\n   *     includes all possible Hangul character combinations.\n   *\n   *   FT_ENCODING_ADOBE_LATIN_1 ::\n   *     Corresponds to a Latin-1 encoding as defined in a Type~1 PostScript\n   *     font.  It is limited to 256 character codes.\n   *\n   *   FT_ENCODING_ADOBE_STANDARD ::\n   *     Adobe Standard encoding, as found in Type~1, CFF, and OpenType/CFF\n   *     fonts.  It is limited to 256 character codes.\n   *\n   *   FT_ENCODING_ADOBE_EXPERT ::\n   *     Adobe Expert encoding, as found in Type~1, CFF, and OpenType/CFF\n   *     fonts.  It is limited to 256 character codes.\n   *\n   *   FT_ENCODING_ADOBE_CUSTOM ::\n   *     Corresponds to a custom encoding, as found in Type~1, CFF, and\n   *     OpenType/CFF fonts.  It is limited to 256 character codes.\n   *\n   *   FT_ENCODING_APPLE_ROMAN ::\n   *     Apple roman encoding.  Many TrueType and OpenType fonts contain a\n   *     charmap for this 8-bit encoding, since older versions of Mac OS are\n   *     able to use it.\n   *\n   *   FT_ENCODING_OLD_LATIN_2 ::\n   *     This value is deprecated and was neither used nor reported by\n   *     FreeType.  Don't use or test for it.\n   *\n   *   FT_ENCODING_MS_SJIS ::\n   *     Same as FT_ENCODING_SJIS.  Deprecated.\n   *\n   *   FT_ENCODING_MS_GB2312 ::\n   *     Same as FT_ENCODING_PRC.  Deprecated.\n   *\n   *   FT_ENCODING_MS_BIG5 ::\n   *     Same as FT_ENCODING_BIG5.  Deprecated.\n   *\n   *   FT_ENCODING_MS_WANSUNG ::\n   *     Same as FT_ENCODING_WANSUNG.  Deprecated.\n   *\n   *   FT_ENCODING_MS_JOHAB ::\n   *     Same as FT_ENCODING_JOHAB.  Deprecated.\n   *\n   * @note:\n   *   By default, FreeType enables a Unicode charmap and tags it with\n   *   `FT_ENCODING_UNICODE` when it is either provided or can be generated\n   *   from PostScript glyph name dictionaries in the font file.  All other\n   *   encodings are considered legacy and tagged only if explicitly defined\n   *   in the font file.  Otherwise, `FT_ENCODING_NONE` is used.\n   *\n   *   `FT_ENCODING_NONE` is set by the BDF and PCF drivers if the charmap is\n   *   neither Unicode nor ISO-8859-1 (otherwise it is set to\n   *   `FT_ENCODING_UNICODE`).  Use @FT_Get_BDF_Charset_ID to find out which\n   *   encoding is really present.  If, for example, the `cs_registry` field\n   *   is 'KOI8' and the `cs_encoding` field is 'R', the font is encoded in\n   *   KOI8-R.\n   *\n   *   `FT_ENCODING_NONE` is always set (with a single exception) by the\n   *   winfonts driver.  Use @FT_Get_WinFNT_Header and examine the `charset`\n   *   field of the @FT_WinFNT_HeaderRec structure to find out which encoding\n   *   is really present.  For example, @FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1251 (204) means\n   *   Windows code page 1251 (for Russian).\n   *\n   *   `FT_ENCODING_NONE` is set if `platform_id` is @TT_PLATFORM_MACINTOSH\n   *   and `encoding_id` is not `TT_MAC_ID_ROMAN` (otherwise it is set to\n   *   `FT_ENCODING_APPLE_ROMAN`).\n   *\n   *   If `platform_id` is @TT_PLATFORM_MACINTOSH, use the function\n   *   @FT_Get_CMap_Language_ID to query the Mac language ID that may be\n   *   needed to be able to distinguish Apple encoding variants.  See\n   *\n   *     https://www.unicode.org/Public/MAPPINGS/VENDORS/APPLE/Readme.txt\n   *\n   *   to get an idea how to do that.  Basically, if the language ID is~0,\n   *   don't use it, otherwise subtract 1 from the language ID.  Then examine\n   *   `encoding_id`.  If, for example, `encoding_id` is `TT_MAC_ID_ROMAN`\n   *   and the language ID (minus~1) is `TT_MAC_LANGID_GREEK`, it is the\n   *   Greek encoding, not Roman.  `TT_MAC_ID_ARABIC` with\n   *   `TT_MAC_LANGID_FARSI` means the Farsi variant the Arabic encoding.\n   */\n  typedef enum  FT_Encoding_\n  {\n    FT_ENC_TAG( FT_ENCODING_NONE, 0, 0, 0, 0 ),\n\n    FT_ENC_TAG( FT_ENCODING_MS_SYMBOL, 's', 'y', 'm', 'b' ),\n    FT_ENC_TAG( FT_ENCODING_UNICODE,   'u', 'n', 'i', 'c' ),\n\n    FT_ENC_TAG( FT_ENCODING_SJIS,    's', 'j', 'i', 's' ),\n    FT_ENC_TAG( FT_ENCODING_PRC,     'g', 'b', ' ', ' ' ),\n    FT_ENC_TAG( FT_ENCODING_BIG5,    'b', 'i', 'g', '5' ),\n    FT_ENC_TAG( FT_ENCODING_WANSUNG, 'w', 'a', 'n', 's' ),\n    FT_ENC_TAG( FT_ENCODING_JOHAB,   'j', 'o', 'h', 'a' ),\n\n    /* for backward compatibility */\n    FT_ENCODING_GB2312     = FT_ENCODING_PRC,\n    FT_ENCODING_MS_SJIS    = FT_ENCODING_SJIS,\n    FT_ENCODING_MS_GB2312  = FT_ENCODING_PRC,\n    FT_ENCODING_MS_BIG5    = FT_ENCODING_BIG5,\n    FT_ENCODING_MS_WANSUNG = FT_ENCODING_WANSUNG,\n    FT_ENCODING_MS_JOHAB   = FT_ENCODING_JOHAB,\n\n    FT_ENC_TAG( FT_ENCODING_ADOBE_STANDARD, 'A', 'D', 'O', 'B' ),\n    FT_ENC_TAG( FT_ENCODING_ADOBE_EXPERT,   'A', 'D', 'B', 'E' ),\n    FT_ENC_TAG( FT_ENCODING_ADOBE_CUSTOM,   'A', 'D', 'B', 'C' ),\n    FT_ENC_TAG( FT_ENCODING_ADOBE_LATIN_1,  'l', 'a', 't', '1' ),\n\n    FT_ENC_TAG( FT_ENCODING_OLD_LATIN_2, 'l', 'a', 't', '2' ),\n\n    FT_ENC_TAG( FT_ENCODING_APPLE_ROMAN, 'a', 'r', 'm', 'n' )\n\n  } FT_Encoding;\n\n\n  /* these constants are deprecated; use the corresponding `FT_Encoding` */\n  /* values instead                                                      */\n#define ft_encoding_none            FT_ENCODING_NONE\n#define ft_encoding_unicode         FT_ENCODING_UNICODE\n#define ft_encoding_symbol          FT_ENCODING_MS_SYMBOL\n#define ft_encoding_latin_1         FT_ENCODING_ADOBE_LATIN_1\n#define ft_encoding_latin_2         FT_ENCODING_OLD_LATIN_2\n#define ft_encoding_sjis            FT_ENCODING_SJIS\n#define ft_encoding_gb2312          FT_ENCODING_PRC\n#define ft_encoding_big5            FT_ENCODING_BIG5\n#define ft_encoding_wansung         FT_ENCODING_WANSUNG\n#define ft_encoding_johab           FT_ENCODING_JOHAB\n\n#define ft_encoding_adobe_standard  FT_ENCODING_ADOBE_STANDARD\n#define ft_encoding_adobe_expert    FT_ENCODING_ADOBE_EXPERT\n#define ft_encoding_adobe_custom    FT_ENCODING_ADOBE_CUSTOM\n#define ft_encoding_apple_roman     FT_ENCODING_APPLE_ROMAN\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @struct:\n   *   FT_CharMapRec\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   The base charmap structure.\n   *\n   * @fields:\n   *   face ::\n   *     A handle to the parent face object.\n   *\n   *   encoding ::\n   *     An @FT_Encoding tag identifying the charmap.  Use this with\n   *     @FT_Select_Charmap.\n   *\n   *   platform_id ::\n   *     An ID number describing the platform for the following encoding ID.\n   *     This comes directly from the TrueType specification and gets\n   *     emulated for other formats.\n   *\n   *   encoding_id ::\n   *     A platform-specific encoding number.  This also comes from the\n   *     TrueType specification and gets emulated similarly.\n   */\n  typedef struct  FT_CharMapRec_\n  {\n    FT_Face      face;\n    FT_Encoding  encoding;\n    FT_UShort    platform_id;\n    FT_UShort    encoding_id;\n\n  } FT_CharMapRec;\n\n\n  /*************************************************************************/\n  /*************************************************************************/\n  /*                                                                       */\n  /*                 B A S E   O B J E C T   C L A S S E S                 */\n  /*                                                                       */\n  /*************************************************************************/\n  /*************************************************************************/\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @type:\n   *   FT_Face_Internal\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   An opaque handle to an `FT_Face_InternalRec` structure that models the\n   *   private data of a given @FT_Face object.\n   *\n   *   This structure might change between releases of FreeType~2 and is not\n   *   generally available to client applications.\n   */\n  typedef struct FT_Face_InternalRec_*  FT_Face_Internal;\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @struct:\n   *   FT_FaceRec\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   FreeType root face class structure.  A face object models a typeface\n   *   in a font file.\n   *\n   * @fields:\n   *   num_faces ::\n   *     The number of faces in the font file.  Some font formats can have\n   *     multiple faces in a single font file.\n   *\n   *   face_index ::\n   *     This field holds two different values.  Bits 0-15 are the index of\n   *     the face in the font file (starting with value~0).  They are set\n   *     to~0 if there is only one face in the font file.\n   *\n   *     [Since 2.6.1] Bits 16-30 are relevant to GX and OpenType variation\n   *     fonts only, holding the named instance index for the current face\n   *     index (starting with value~1; value~0 indicates font access without\n   *     a named instance).  For non-variation fonts, bits 16-30 are ignored.\n   *     If we have the third named instance of face~4, say, `face_index` is\n   *     set to 0x00030004.\n   *\n   *     Bit 31 is always zero (this is, `face_index` is always a positive\n   *     value).\n   *\n   *     [Since 2.9] Changing the design coordinates with\n   *     @FT_Set_Var_Design_Coordinates or @FT_Set_Var_Blend_Coordinates does\n   *     not influence the named instance index value (only\n   *     @FT_Set_Named_Instance does that).\n   *\n   *   face_flags ::\n   *     A set of bit flags that give important information about the face;\n   *     see @FT_FACE_FLAG_XXX for the details.\n   *\n   *   style_flags ::\n   *     The lower 16~bits contain a set of bit flags indicating the style of\n   *     the face; see @FT_STYLE_FLAG_XXX for the details.\n   *\n   *     [Since 2.6.1] Bits 16-30 hold the number of named instances\n   *     available for the current face if we have a GX or OpenType variation\n   *     (sub)font.  Bit 31 is always zero (this is, `style_flags` is always\n   *     a positive value).  Note that a variation font has always at least\n   *     one named instance, namely the default instance.\n   *\n   *   num_glyphs ::\n   *     The number of glyphs in the face.  If the face is scalable and has\n   *     sbits (see `num_fixed_sizes`), it is set to the number of outline\n   *     glyphs.\n   *\n   *     For CID-keyed fonts (not in an SFNT wrapper) this value gives the\n   *     highest CID used in the font.\n   *\n   *   family_name ::\n   *     The face's family name.  This is an ASCII string, usually in\n   *     English, that describes the typeface's family (like 'Times New\n   *     Roman', 'Bodoni', 'Garamond', etc).  This is a least common\n   *     denominator used to list fonts.  Some formats (TrueType & OpenType)\n   *     provide localized and Unicode versions of this string.  Applications\n   *     should use the format-specific interface to access them.  Can be\n   *     `NULL` (e.g., in fonts embedded in a PDF file).\n   *\n   *     In case the font doesn't provide a specific family name entry,\n   *     FreeType tries to synthesize one, deriving it from other name\n   *     entries.\n   *\n   *   style_name ::\n   *     The face's style name.  This is an ASCII string, usually in English,\n   *     that describes the typeface's style (like 'Italic', 'Bold',\n   *     'Condensed', etc).  Not all font formats provide a style name, so\n   *     this field is optional, and can be set to `NULL`.  As for\n   *     `family_name`, some formats provide localized and Unicode versions\n   *     of this string.  Applications should use the format-specific\n   *     interface to access them.\n   *\n   *   num_fixed_sizes ::\n   *     The number of bitmap strikes in the face.  Even if the face is\n   *     scalable, there might still be bitmap strikes, which are called\n   *     'sbits' in that case.\n   *\n   *   available_sizes ::\n   *     An array of @FT_Bitmap_Size for all bitmap strikes in the face.  It\n   *     is set to `NULL` if there is no bitmap strike.\n   *\n   *     Note that FreeType tries to sanitize the strike data since they are\n   *     sometimes sloppy or incorrect, but this can easily fail.\n   *\n   *   num_charmaps ::\n   *     The number of charmaps in the face.\n   *\n   *   charmaps ::\n   *     An array of the charmaps of the face.\n   *\n   *   generic ::\n   *     A field reserved for client uses.  See the @FT_Generic type\n   *     description.\n   *\n   *   bbox ::\n   *     The font bounding box.  Coordinates are expressed in font units (see\n   *     `units_per_EM`).  The box is large enough to contain any glyph from\n   *     the font.  Thus, `bbox.yMax` can be seen as the 'maximum ascender',\n   *     and `bbox.yMin` as the 'minimum descender'.  Only relevant for\n   *     scalable formats.\n   *\n   *     Note that the bounding box might be off by (at least) one pixel for\n   *     hinted fonts.  See @FT_Size_Metrics for further discussion.\n   *\n   *   units_per_EM ::\n   *     The number of font units per EM square for this face.  This is\n   *     typically 2048 for TrueType fonts, and 1000 for Type~1 fonts.  Only\n   *     relevant for scalable formats.\n   *\n   *   ascender ::\n   *     The typographic ascender of the face, expressed in font units.  For\n   *     font formats not having this information, it is set to `bbox.yMax`.\n   *     Only relevant for scalable formats.\n   *\n   *   descender ::\n   *     The typographic descender of the face, expressed in font units.  For\n   *     font formats not having this information, it is set to `bbox.yMin`.\n   *     Note that this field is negative for values below the baseline.\n   *     Only relevant for scalable formats.\n   *\n   *   height ::\n   *     This value is the vertical distance between two consecutive\n   *     baselines, expressed in font units.  It is always positive.  Only\n   *     relevant for scalable formats.\n   *\n   *     If you want the global glyph height, use `ascender - descender`.\n   *\n   *   max_advance_width ::\n   *     The maximum advance width, in font units, for all glyphs in this\n   *     face.  This can be used to make word wrapping computations faster.\n   *     Only relevant for scalable formats.\n   *\n   *   max_advance_height ::\n   *     The maximum advance height, in font units, for all glyphs in this\n   *     face.  This is only relevant for vertical layouts, and is set to\n   *     `height` for fonts that do not provide vertical metrics.  Only\n   *     relevant for scalable formats.\n   *\n   *   underline_position ::\n   *     The position, in font units, of the underline line for this face.\n   *     It is the center of the underlining stem.  Only relevant for\n   *     scalable formats.\n   *\n   *   underline_thickness ::\n   *     The thickness, in font units, of the underline for this face.  Only\n   *     relevant for scalable formats.\n   *\n   *   glyph ::\n   *     The face's associated glyph slot(s).\n   *\n   *   size ::\n   *     The current active size for this face.\n   *\n   *   charmap ::\n   *     The current active charmap for this face.\n   *\n   * @note:\n   *   Fields may be changed after a call to @FT_Attach_File or\n   *   @FT_Attach_Stream.\n   *\n   *   For an OpenType variation font, the values of the following fields can\n   *   change after a call to @FT_Set_Var_Design_Coordinates (and friends) if\n   *   the font contains an 'MVAR' table: `ascender`, `descender`, `height`,\n   *   `underline_position`, and `underline_thickness`.\n   *\n   *   Especially for TrueType fonts see also the documentation for\n   *   @FT_Size_Metrics.\n   */\n  typedef struct  FT_FaceRec_\n  {\n    FT_Long           num_faces;\n    FT_Long           face_index;\n\n    FT_Long           face_flags;\n    FT_Long           style_flags;\n\n    FT_Long           num_glyphs;\n\n    FT_String*        family_name;\n    FT_String*        style_name;\n\n    FT_Int            num_fixed_sizes;\n    FT_Bitmap_Size*   available_sizes;\n\n    FT_Int            num_charmaps;\n    FT_CharMap*       charmaps;\n\n    FT_Generic        generic;\n\n    /*# The following member variables (down to `underline_thickness`) */\n    /*# are only relevant to scalable outlines; cf. @FT_Bitmap_Size    */\n    /*# for bitmap fonts.                                              */\n    FT_BBox           bbox;\n\n    FT_UShort         units_per_EM;\n    FT_Short          ascender;\n    FT_Short          descender;\n    FT_Short          height;\n\n    FT_Short          max_advance_width;\n    FT_Short          max_advance_height;\n\n    FT_Short          underline_position;\n    FT_Short          underline_thickness;\n\n    FT_GlyphSlot      glyph;\n    FT_Size           size;\n    FT_CharMap        charmap;\n\n    /*@private begin */\n\n    FT_Driver         driver;\n    FT_Memory         memory;\n    FT_Stream         stream;\n\n    FT_ListRec        sizes_list;\n\n    FT_Generic        autohint;   /* face-specific auto-hinter data */\n    void*             extensions; /* unused                         */\n\n    FT_Face_Internal  internal;\n\n    /*@private end */\n\n  } FT_FaceRec;\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @enum:\n   *   FT_FACE_FLAG_XXX\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   A list of bit flags used in the `face_flags` field of the @FT_FaceRec\n   *   structure.  They inform client applications of properties of the\n   *   corresponding face.\n   *\n   * @values:\n   *   FT_FACE_FLAG_SCALABLE ::\n   *     The face contains outline glyphs.  Note that a face can contain\n   *     bitmap strikes also, i.e., a face can have both this flag and\n   *     @FT_FACE_FLAG_FIXED_SIZES set.\n   *\n   *   FT_FACE_FLAG_FIXED_SIZES ::\n   *     The face contains bitmap strikes.  See also the `num_fixed_sizes`\n   *     and `available_sizes` fields of @FT_FaceRec.\n   *\n   *   FT_FACE_FLAG_FIXED_WIDTH ::\n   *     The face contains fixed-width characters (like Courier, Lucida,\n   *     MonoType, etc.).\n   *\n   *   FT_FACE_FLAG_SFNT ::\n   *     The face uses the SFNT storage scheme.  For now, this means TrueType\n   *     and OpenType.\n   *\n   *   FT_FACE_FLAG_HORIZONTAL ::\n   *     The face contains horizontal glyph metrics.  This should be set for\n   *     all common formats.\n   *\n   *   FT_FACE_FLAG_VERTICAL ::\n   *     The face contains vertical glyph metrics.  This is only available in\n   *     some formats, not all of them.\n   *\n   *   FT_FACE_FLAG_KERNING ::\n   *     The face contains kerning information.  If set, the kerning distance\n   *     can be retrieved using the function @FT_Get_Kerning.  Otherwise the\n   *     function always return the vector (0,0).  Note that FreeType doesn't\n   *     handle kerning data from the SFNT 'GPOS' table (as present in many\n   *     OpenType fonts).\n   *\n   *   FT_FACE_FLAG_FAST_GLYPHS ::\n   *     THIS FLAG IS DEPRECATED.  DO NOT USE OR TEST IT.\n   *\n   *   FT_FACE_FLAG_MULTIPLE_MASTERS ::\n   *     The face contains multiple masters and is capable of interpolating\n   *     between them.  Supported formats are Adobe MM, TrueType GX, and\n   *     OpenType variation fonts.\n   *\n   *     See section @multiple_masters for API details.\n   *\n   *   FT_FACE_FLAG_GLYPH_NAMES ::\n   *     The face contains glyph names, which can be retrieved using\n   *     @FT_Get_Glyph_Name.  Note that some TrueType fonts contain broken\n   *     glyph name tables.  Use the function @FT_Has_PS_Glyph_Names when\n   *     needed.\n   *\n   *   FT_FACE_FLAG_EXTERNAL_STREAM ::\n   *     Used internally by FreeType to indicate that a face's stream was\n   *     provided by the client application and should not be destroyed when\n   *     @FT_Done_Face is called.  Don't read or test this flag.\n   *\n   *   FT_FACE_FLAG_HINTER ::\n   *     The font driver has a hinting machine of its own.  For example, with\n   *     TrueType fonts, it makes sense to use data from the SFNT 'gasp'\n   *     table only if the native TrueType hinting engine (with the bytecode\n   *     interpreter) is available and active.\n   *\n   *   FT_FACE_FLAG_CID_KEYED ::\n   *     The face is CID-keyed.  In that case, the face is not accessed by\n   *     glyph indices but by CID values.  For subsetted CID-keyed fonts this\n   *     has the consequence that not all index values are a valid argument\n   *     to @FT_Load_Glyph.  Only the CID values for which corresponding\n   *     glyphs in the subsetted font exist make `FT_Load_Glyph` return\n   *     successfully; in all other cases you get an\n   *     `FT_Err_Invalid_Argument` error.\n   *\n   *     Note that CID-keyed fonts that are in an SFNT wrapper (this is, all\n   *     OpenType/CFF fonts) don't have this flag set since the glyphs are\n   *     accessed in the normal way (using contiguous indices); the\n   *     'CID-ness' isn't visible to the application.\n   *\n   *   FT_FACE_FLAG_TRICKY ::\n   *     The face is 'tricky', this is, it always needs the font format's\n   *     native hinting engine to get a reasonable result.  A typical example\n   *     is the old Chinese font `mingli.ttf` (but not `mingliu.ttc`) that\n   *     uses TrueType bytecode instructions to move and scale all of its\n   *     subglyphs.\n   *\n   *     It is not possible to auto-hint such fonts using\n   *     @FT_LOAD_FORCE_AUTOHINT; it will also ignore @FT_LOAD_NO_HINTING.\n   *     You have to set both @FT_LOAD_NO_HINTING and @FT_LOAD_NO_AUTOHINT to\n   *     really disable hinting; however, you probably never want this except\n   *     for demonstration purposes.\n   *\n   *     Currently, there are about a dozen TrueType fonts in the list of\n   *     tricky fonts; they are hard-coded in file `ttobjs.c`.\n   *\n   *   FT_FACE_FLAG_COLOR ::\n   *     [Since 2.5.1] The face has color glyph tables.  See @FT_LOAD_COLOR\n   *     for more information.\n   *\n   *   FT_FACE_FLAG_VARIATION ::\n   *     [Since 2.9] Set if the current face (or named instance) has been\n   *     altered with @FT_Set_MM_Design_Coordinates,\n   *     @FT_Set_Var_Design_Coordinates, or @FT_Set_Var_Blend_Coordinates.\n   *     This flag is unset by a call to @FT_Set_Named_Instance.\n   */\n#define FT_FACE_FLAG_SCALABLE          ( 1L <<  0 )\n#define FT_FACE_FLAG_FIXED_SIZES       ( 1L <<  1 )\n#define FT_FACE_FLAG_FIXED_WIDTH       ( 1L <<  2 )\n#define FT_FACE_FLAG_SFNT              ( 1L <<  3 )\n#define FT_FACE_FLAG_HORIZONTAL        ( 1L <<  4 )\n#define FT_FACE_FLAG_VERTICAL          ( 1L <<  5 )\n#define FT_FACE_FLAG_KERNING           ( 1L <<  6 )\n#define FT_FACE_FLAG_FAST_GLYPHS       ( 1L <<  7 )\n#define FT_FACE_FLAG_MULTIPLE_MASTERS  ( 1L <<  8 )\n#define FT_FACE_FLAG_GLYPH_NAMES       ( 1L <<  9 )\n#define FT_FACE_FLAG_EXTERNAL_STREAM   ( 1L << 10 )\n#define FT_FACE_FLAG_HINTER            ( 1L << 11 )\n#define FT_FACE_FLAG_CID_KEYED         ( 1L << 12 )\n#define FT_FACE_FLAG_TRICKY            ( 1L << 13 )\n#define FT_FACE_FLAG_COLOR             ( 1L << 14 )\n#define FT_FACE_FLAG_VARIATION         ( 1L << 15 )\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @macro:\n   *   FT_HAS_HORIZONTAL\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   A macro that returns true whenever a face object contains horizontal\n   *   metrics (this is true for all font formats though).\n   *\n   * @also:\n   *   @FT_HAS_VERTICAL can be used to check for vertical metrics.\n   *\n   */\n#define FT_HAS_HORIZONTAL( face ) \\\n          ( (face)->face_flags & FT_FACE_FLAG_HORIZONTAL )\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @macro:\n   *   FT_HAS_VERTICAL\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   A macro that returns true whenever a face object contains real\n   *   vertical metrics (and not only synthesized ones).\n   *\n   */\n#define FT_HAS_VERTICAL( face ) \\\n          ( (face)->face_flags & FT_FACE_FLAG_VERTICAL )\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @macro:\n   *   FT_HAS_KERNING\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   A macro that returns true whenever a face object contains kerning data\n   *   that can be accessed with @FT_Get_Kerning.\n   *\n   */\n#define FT_HAS_KERNING( face ) \\\n          ( (face)->face_flags & FT_FACE_FLAG_KERNING )\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @macro:\n   *   FT_IS_SCALABLE\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   A macro that returns true whenever a face object contains a scalable\n   *   font face (true for TrueType, Type~1, Type~42, CID, OpenType/CFF, and\n   *   PFR font formats).\n   *\n   */\n#define FT_IS_SCALABLE( face ) \\\n          ( (face)->face_flags & FT_FACE_FLAG_SCALABLE )\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @macro:\n   *   FT_IS_SFNT\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   A macro that returns true whenever a face object contains a font whose\n   *   format is based on the SFNT storage scheme.  This usually means:\n   *   TrueType fonts, OpenType fonts, as well as SFNT-based embedded bitmap\n   *   fonts.\n   *\n   *   If this macro is true, all functions defined in @FT_SFNT_NAMES_H and\n   *   @FT_TRUETYPE_TABLES_H are available.\n   *\n   */\n#define FT_IS_SFNT( face ) \\\n          ( (face)->face_flags & FT_FACE_FLAG_SFNT )\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @macro:\n   *   FT_IS_FIXED_WIDTH\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   A macro that returns true whenever a face object contains a font face\n   *   that contains fixed-width (or 'monospace', 'fixed-pitch', etc.)\n   *   glyphs.\n   *\n   */\n#define FT_IS_FIXED_WIDTH( face ) \\\n          ( (face)->face_flags & FT_FACE_FLAG_FIXED_WIDTH )\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @macro:\n   *   FT_HAS_FIXED_SIZES\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   A macro that returns true whenever a face object contains some\n   *   embedded bitmaps.  See the `available_sizes` field of the @FT_FaceRec\n   *   structure.\n   *\n   */\n#define FT_HAS_FIXED_SIZES( face ) \\\n          ( (face)->face_flags & FT_FACE_FLAG_FIXED_SIZES )\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @macro:\n   *   FT_HAS_FAST_GLYPHS\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   Deprecated.\n   *\n   */\n#define FT_HAS_FAST_GLYPHS( face )  0\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @macro:\n   *   FT_HAS_GLYPH_NAMES\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   A macro that returns true whenever a face object contains some glyph\n   *   names that can be accessed through @FT_Get_Glyph_Name.\n   *\n   */\n#define FT_HAS_GLYPH_NAMES( face ) \\\n          ( (face)->face_flags & FT_FACE_FLAG_GLYPH_NAMES )\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @macro:\n   *   FT_HAS_MULTIPLE_MASTERS\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   A macro that returns true whenever a face object contains some\n   *   multiple masters.  The functions provided by @FT_MULTIPLE_MASTERS_H\n   *   are then available to choose the exact design you want.\n   *\n   */\n#define FT_HAS_MULTIPLE_MASTERS( face ) \\\n          ( (face)->face_flags & FT_FACE_FLAG_MULTIPLE_MASTERS )\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @macro:\n   *   FT_IS_NAMED_INSTANCE\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   A macro that returns true whenever a face object is a named instance\n   *   of a GX or OpenType variation font.\n   *\n   *   [Since 2.9] Changing the design coordinates with\n   *   @FT_Set_Var_Design_Coordinates or @FT_Set_Var_Blend_Coordinates does\n   *   not influence the return value of this macro (only\n   *   @FT_Set_Named_Instance does that).\n   *\n   * @since:\n   *   2.7\n   *\n   */\n#define FT_IS_NAMED_INSTANCE( face ) \\\n          ( (face)->face_index & 0x7FFF0000L )\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @macro:\n   *   FT_IS_VARIATION\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   A macro that returns true whenever a face object has been altered by\n   *   @FT_Set_MM_Design_Coordinates, @FT_Set_Var_Design_Coordinates, or\n   *   @FT_Set_Var_Blend_Coordinates.\n   *\n   * @since:\n   *   2.9\n   *\n   */\n#define FT_IS_VARIATION( face ) \\\n          ( (face)->face_flags & FT_FACE_FLAG_VARIATION )\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @macro:\n   *   FT_IS_CID_KEYED\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   A macro that returns true whenever a face object contains a CID-keyed\n   *   font.  See the discussion of @FT_FACE_FLAG_CID_KEYED for more details.\n   *\n   *   If this macro is true, all functions defined in @FT_CID_H are\n   *   available.\n   *\n   */\n#define FT_IS_CID_KEYED( face ) \\\n          ( (face)->face_flags & FT_FACE_FLAG_CID_KEYED )\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @macro:\n   *   FT_IS_TRICKY\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   A macro that returns true whenever a face represents a 'tricky' font.\n   *   See the discussion of @FT_FACE_FLAG_TRICKY for more details.\n   *\n   */\n#define FT_IS_TRICKY( face ) \\\n          ( (face)->face_flags & FT_FACE_FLAG_TRICKY )\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @macro:\n   *   FT_HAS_COLOR\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   A macro that returns true whenever a face object contains tables for\n   *   color glyphs.\n   *\n   * @since:\n   *   2.5.1\n   *\n   */\n#define FT_HAS_COLOR( face ) \\\n          ( (face)->face_flags & FT_FACE_FLAG_COLOR )\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @enum:\n   *   FT_STYLE_FLAG_XXX\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   A list of bit flags to indicate the style of a given face.  These are\n   *   used in the `style_flags` field of @FT_FaceRec.\n   *\n   * @values:\n   *   FT_STYLE_FLAG_ITALIC ::\n   *     The face style is italic or oblique.\n   *\n   *   FT_STYLE_FLAG_BOLD ::\n   *     The face is bold.\n   *\n   * @note:\n   *   The style information as provided by FreeType is very basic.  More\n   *   details are beyond the scope and should be done on a higher level (for\n   *   example, by analyzing various fields of the 'OS/2' table in SFNT based\n   *   fonts).\n   */\n#define FT_STYLE_FLAG_ITALIC  ( 1 << 0 )\n#define FT_STYLE_FLAG_BOLD    ( 1 << 1 )\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @type:\n   *   FT_Size_Internal\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   An opaque handle to an `FT_Size_InternalRec` structure, used to model\n   *   private data of a given @FT_Size object.\n   */\n  typedef struct FT_Size_InternalRec_*  FT_Size_Internal;\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @struct:\n   *   FT_Size_Metrics\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   The size metrics structure gives the metrics of a size object.\n   *\n   * @fields:\n   *   x_ppem ::\n   *     The width of the scaled EM square in pixels, hence the term 'ppem'\n   *     (pixels per EM).  It is also referred to as 'nominal width'.\n   *\n   *   y_ppem ::\n   *     The height of the scaled EM square in pixels, hence the term 'ppem'\n   *     (pixels per EM).  It is also referred to as 'nominal height'.\n   *\n   *   x_scale ::\n   *     A 16.16 fractional scaling value to convert horizontal metrics from\n   *     font units to 26.6 fractional pixels.  Only relevant for scalable\n   *     font formats.\n   *\n   *   y_scale ::\n   *     A 16.16 fractional scaling value to convert vertical metrics from\n   *     font units to 26.6 fractional pixels.  Only relevant for scalable\n   *     font formats.\n   *\n   *   ascender ::\n   *     The ascender in 26.6 fractional pixels, rounded up to an integer\n   *     value.  See @FT_FaceRec for the details.\n   *\n   *   descender ::\n   *     The descender in 26.6 fractional pixels, rounded down to an integer\n   *     value.  See @FT_FaceRec for the details.\n   *\n   *   height ::\n   *     The height in 26.6 fractional pixels, rounded to an integer value.\n   *     See @FT_FaceRec for the details.\n   *\n   *   max_advance ::\n   *     The maximum advance width in 26.6 fractional pixels, rounded to an\n   *     integer value.  See @FT_FaceRec for the details.\n   *\n   * @note:\n   *   The scaling values, if relevant, are determined first during a size\n   *   changing operation.  The remaining fields are then set by the driver.\n   *   For scalable formats, they are usually set to scaled values of the\n   *   corresponding fields in @FT_FaceRec.  Some values like ascender or\n   *   descender are rounded for historical reasons; more precise values (for\n   *   outline fonts) can be derived by scaling the corresponding @FT_FaceRec\n   *   values manually, with code similar to the following.\n   *\n   *   ```\n   *     scaled_ascender = FT_MulFix( face->ascender,\n   *                                  size_metrics->y_scale );\n   *   ```\n   *\n   *   Note that due to glyph hinting and the selected rendering mode these\n   *   values are usually not exact; consequently, they must be treated as\n   *   unreliable with an error margin of at least one pixel!\n   *\n   *   Indeed, the only way to get the exact metrics is to render _all_\n   *   glyphs.  As this would be a definite performance hit, it is up to\n   *   client applications to perform such computations.\n   *\n   *   The `FT_Size_Metrics` structure is valid for bitmap fonts also.\n   *\n   *\n   *   **TrueType fonts with native bytecode hinting**\n   *\n   *   All applications that handle TrueType fonts with native hinting must\n   *   be aware that TTFs expect different rounding of vertical font\n   *   dimensions.  The application has to cater for this, especially if it\n   *   wants to rely on a TTF's vertical data (for example, to properly align\n   *   box characters vertically).\n   *\n   *   Only the application knows _in advance_ that it is going to use native\n   *   hinting for TTFs!  FreeType, on the other hand, selects the hinting\n   *   mode not at the time of creating an @FT_Size object but much later,\n   *   namely while calling @FT_Load_Glyph.\n   *\n   *   Here is some pseudo code that illustrates a possible solution.\n   *\n   *   ```\n   *     font_format = FT_Get_Font_Format( face );\n   *\n   *     if ( !strcmp( font_format, \"TrueType\" ) &&\n   *          do_native_bytecode_hinting         )\n   *     {\n   *       ascender  = ROUND( FT_MulFix( face->ascender,\n   *                                     size_metrics->y_scale ) );\n   *       descender = ROUND( FT_MulFix( face->descender,\n   *                                     size_metrics->y_scale ) );\n   *     }\n   *     else\n   *     {\n   *       ascender  = size_metrics->ascender;\n   *       descender = size_metrics->descender;\n   *     }\n   *\n   *     height      = size_metrics->height;\n   *     max_advance = size_metrics->max_advance;\n   *   ```\n   */\n  typedef struct  FT_Size_Metrics_\n  {\n    FT_UShort  x_ppem;      /* horizontal pixels per EM               */\n    FT_UShort  y_ppem;      /* vertical pixels per EM                 */\n\n    FT_Fixed   x_scale;     /* scaling values used to convert font    */\n    FT_Fixed   y_scale;     /* units to 26.6 fractional pixels        */\n\n    FT_Pos     ascender;    /* ascender in 26.6 frac. pixels          */\n    FT_Pos     descender;   /* descender in 26.6 frac. pixels         */\n    FT_Pos     height;      /* text height in 26.6 frac. pixels       */\n    FT_Pos     max_advance; /* max horizontal advance, in 26.6 pixels */\n\n  } FT_Size_Metrics;\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @struct:\n   *   FT_SizeRec\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   FreeType root size class structure.  A size object models a face\n   *   object at a given size.\n   *\n   * @fields:\n   *   face ::\n   *     Handle to the parent face object.\n   *\n   *   generic ::\n   *     A typeless pointer, unused by the FreeType library or any of its\n   *     drivers.  It can be used by client applications to link their own\n   *     data to each size object.\n   *\n   *   metrics ::\n   *     Metrics for this size object.  This field is read-only.\n   */\n  typedef struct  FT_SizeRec_\n  {\n    FT_Face           face;      /* parent face object              */\n    FT_Generic        generic;   /* generic pointer for client uses */\n    FT_Size_Metrics   metrics;   /* size metrics                    */\n    FT_Size_Internal  internal;\n\n  } FT_SizeRec;\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @struct:\n   *   FT_SubGlyph\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   The subglyph structure is an internal object used to describe\n   *   subglyphs (for example, in the case of composites).\n   *\n   * @note:\n   *   The subglyph implementation is not part of the high-level API, hence\n   *   the forward structure declaration.\n   *\n   *   You can however retrieve subglyph information with\n   *   @FT_Get_SubGlyph_Info.\n   */\n  typedef struct FT_SubGlyphRec_*  FT_SubGlyph;\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @type:\n   *   FT_Slot_Internal\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   An opaque handle to an `FT_Slot_InternalRec` structure, used to model\n   *   private data of a given @FT_GlyphSlot object.\n   */\n  typedef struct FT_Slot_InternalRec_*  FT_Slot_Internal;\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @struct:\n   *   FT_GlyphSlotRec\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   FreeType root glyph slot class structure.  A glyph slot is a container\n   *   where individual glyphs can be loaded, be they in outline or bitmap\n   *   format.\n   *\n   * @fields:\n   *   library ::\n   *     A handle to the FreeType library instance this slot belongs to.\n   *\n   *   face ::\n   *     A handle to the parent face object.\n   *\n   *   next ::\n   *     In some cases (like some font tools), several glyph slots per face\n   *     object can be a good thing.  As this is rare, the glyph slots are\n   *     listed through a direct, single-linked list using its `next` field.\n   *\n   *   glyph_index ::\n   *     [Since 2.10] The glyph index passed as an argument to @FT_Load_Glyph\n   *     while initializing the glyph slot.\n   *\n   *   generic ::\n   *     A typeless pointer unused by the FreeType library or any of its\n   *     drivers.  It can be used by client applications to link their own\n   *     data to each glyph slot object.\n   *\n   *   metrics ::\n   *     The metrics of the last loaded glyph in the slot.  The returned\n   *     values depend on the last load flags (see the @FT_Load_Glyph API\n   *     function) and can be expressed either in 26.6 fractional pixels or\n   *     font units.\n   *\n   *     Note that even when the glyph image is transformed, the metrics are\n   *     not.\n   *\n   *   linearHoriAdvance ::\n   *     The advance width of the unhinted glyph.  Its value is expressed in\n   *     16.16 fractional pixels, unless @FT_LOAD_LINEAR_DESIGN is set when\n   *     loading the glyph.  This field can be important to perform correct\n   *     WYSIWYG layout.  Only relevant for outline glyphs.\n   *\n   *   linearVertAdvance ::\n   *     The advance height of the unhinted glyph.  Its value is expressed in\n   *     16.16 fractional pixels, unless @FT_LOAD_LINEAR_DESIGN is set when\n   *     loading the glyph.  This field can be important to perform correct\n   *     WYSIWYG layout.  Only relevant for outline glyphs.\n   *\n   *   advance ::\n   *     This shorthand is, depending on @FT_LOAD_IGNORE_TRANSFORM, the\n   *     transformed (hinted) advance width for the glyph, in 26.6 fractional\n   *     pixel format.  As specified with @FT_LOAD_VERTICAL_LAYOUT, it uses\n   *     either the `horiAdvance` or the `vertAdvance` value of `metrics`\n   *     field.\n   *\n   *   format ::\n   *     This field indicates the format of the image contained in the glyph\n   *     slot.  Typically @FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_BITMAP, @FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_OUTLINE,\n   *     or @FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_COMPOSITE, but other values are possible.\n   *\n   *   bitmap ::\n   *     This field is used as a bitmap descriptor.  Note that the address\n   *     and content of the bitmap buffer can change between calls of\n   *     @FT_Load_Glyph and a few other functions.\n   *\n   *   bitmap_left ::\n   *     The bitmap's left bearing expressed in integer pixels.\n   *\n   *   bitmap_top ::\n   *     The bitmap's top bearing expressed in integer pixels.  This is the\n   *     distance from the baseline to the top-most glyph scanline, upwards\n   *     y~coordinates being **positive**.\n   *\n   *   outline ::\n   *     The outline descriptor for the current glyph image if its format is\n   *     @FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_OUTLINE.  Once a glyph is loaded, `outline` can be\n   *     transformed, distorted, emboldened, etc.  However, it must not be\n   *     freed.\n   *\n   *   num_subglyphs ::\n   *     The number of subglyphs in a composite glyph.  This field is only\n   *     valid for the composite glyph format that should normally only be\n   *     loaded with the @FT_LOAD_NO_RECURSE flag.\n   *\n   *   subglyphs ::\n   *     An array of subglyph descriptors for composite glyphs.  There are\n   *     `num_subglyphs` elements in there.  Currently internal to FreeType.\n   *\n   *   control_data ::\n   *     Certain font drivers can also return the control data for a given\n   *     glyph image (e.g.  TrueType bytecode, Type~1 charstrings, etc.).\n   *     This field is a pointer to such data; it is currently internal to\n   *     FreeType.\n   *\n   *   control_len ::\n   *     This is the length in bytes of the control data.  Currently internal\n   *     to FreeType.\n   *\n   *   other ::\n   *     Reserved.\n   *\n   *   lsb_delta ::\n   *     The difference between hinted and unhinted left side bearing while\n   *     auto-hinting is active.  Zero otherwise.\n   *\n   *   rsb_delta ::\n   *     The difference between hinted and unhinted right side bearing while\n   *     auto-hinting is active.  Zero otherwise.\n   *\n   * @note:\n   *   If @FT_Load_Glyph is called with default flags (see @FT_LOAD_DEFAULT)\n   *   the glyph image is loaded in the glyph slot in its native format\n   *   (e.g., an outline glyph for TrueType and Type~1 formats).  [Since 2.9]\n   *   The prospective bitmap metrics are calculated according to\n   *   @FT_LOAD_TARGET_XXX and other flags even for the outline glyph, even\n   *   if @FT_LOAD_RENDER is not set.\n   *\n   *   This image can later be converted into a bitmap by calling\n   *   @FT_Render_Glyph.  This function searches the current renderer for the\n   *   native image's format, then invokes it.\n   *\n   *   The renderer is in charge of transforming the native image through the\n   *   slot's face transformation fields, then converting it into a bitmap\n   *   that is returned in `slot->bitmap`.\n   *\n   *   Note that `slot->bitmap_left` and `slot->bitmap_top` are also used to\n   *   specify the position of the bitmap relative to the current pen\n   *   position (e.g., coordinates (0,0) on the baseline).  Of course,\n   *   `slot->format` is also changed to @FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_BITMAP.\n   *\n   *   Here is a small pseudo code fragment that shows how to use `lsb_delta`\n   *   and `rsb_delta` to do fractional positioning of glyphs:\n   *\n   *   ```\n   *     FT_GlyphSlot  slot     = face->glyph;\n   *     FT_Pos        origin_x = 0;\n   *\n   *\n   *     for all glyphs do\n   *       <load glyph with `FT_Load_Glyph'>\n   *\n   *       FT_Outline_Translate( slot->outline, origin_x & 63, 0 );\n   *\n   *       <save glyph image, or render glyph, or ...>\n   *\n   *       <compute kern between current and next glyph\n   *        and add it to `origin_x'>\n   *\n   *       origin_x += slot->advance.x;\n   *       origin_x += slot->lsb_delta - slot->rsb_delta;\n   *     endfor\n   *   ```\n   *\n   *   Here is another small pseudo code fragment that shows how to use\n   *   `lsb_delta` and `rsb_delta` to improve integer positioning of glyphs:\n   *\n   *   ```\n   *     FT_GlyphSlot  slot           = face->glyph;\n   *     FT_Pos        origin_x       = 0;\n   *     FT_Pos        prev_rsb_delta = 0;\n   *\n   *\n   *     for all glyphs do\n   *       <compute kern between current and previous glyph\n   *        and add it to `origin_x'>\n   *\n   *       <load glyph with `FT_Load_Glyph'>\n   *\n   *       if ( prev_rsb_delta - slot->lsb_delta >  32 )\n   *         origin_x -= 64;\n   *       else if ( prev_rsb_delta - slot->lsb_delta < -31 )\n   *         origin_x += 64;\n   *\n   *       prev_rsb_delta = slot->rsb_delta;\n   *\n   *       <save glyph image, or render glyph, or ...>\n   *\n   *       origin_x += slot->advance.x;\n   *     endfor\n   *   ```\n   *\n   *   If you use strong auto-hinting, you **must** apply these delta values!\n   *   Otherwise you will experience far too large inter-glyph spacing at\n   *   small rendering sizes in most cases.  Note that it doesn't harm to use\n   *   the above code for other hinting modes also, since the delta values\n   *   are zero then.\n   */\n  typedef struct  FT_GlyphSlotRec_\n  {\n    FT_Library        library;\n    FT_Face           face;\n    FT_GlyphSlot      next;\n    FT_UInt           glyph_index; /* new in 2.10; was reserved previously */\n    FT_Generic        generic;\n\n    FT_Glyph_Metrics  metrics;\n    FT_Fixed          linearHoriAdvance;\n    FT_Fixed          linearVertAdvance;\n    FT_Vector         advance;\n\n    FT_Glyph_Format   format;\n\n    FT_Bitmap         bitmap;\n    FT_Int            bitmap_left;\n    FT_Int            bitmap_top;\n\n    FT_Outline        outline;\n\n    FT_UInt           num_subglyphs;\n    FT_SubGlyph       subglyphs;\n\n    void*             control_data;\n    long              control_len;\n\n    FT_Pos            lsb_delta;\n    FT_Pos            rsb_delta;\n\n    void*             other;\n\n    FT_Slot_Internal  internal;\n\n  } FT_GlyphSlotRec;\n\n\n  /*************************************************************************/\n  /*************************************************************************/\n  /*                                                                       */\n  /*                         F U N C T I O N S                             */\n  /*                                                                       */\n  /*************************************************************************/\n  /*************************************************************************/\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @function:\n   *   FT_Init_FreeType\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   Initialize a new FreeType library object.  The set of modules that are\n   *   registered by this function is determined at build time.\n   *\n   * @output:\n   *   alibrary ::\n   *     A handle to a new library object.\n   *\n   * @return:\n   *   FreeType error code.  0~means success.\n   *\n   * @note:\n   *   In case you want to provide your own memory allocating routines, use\n   *   @FT_New_Library instead, followed by a call to @FT_Add_Default_Modules\n   *   (or a series of calls to @FT_Add_Module) and\n   *   @FT_Set_Default_Properties.\n   *\n   *   See the documentation of @FT_Library and @FT_Face for multi-threading\n   *   issues.\n   *\n   *   If you need reference-counting (cf. @FT_Reference_Library), use\n   *   @FT_New_Library and @FT_Done_Library.\n   *\n   *   If compilation option `FT_CONFIG_OPTION_ENVIRONMENT_PROPERTIES` is\n   *   set, this function reads the `FREETYPE_PROPERTIES` environment\n   *   variable to control driver properties.  See section @properties for\n   *   more.\n   */\n  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )\n  FT_Init_FreeType( FT_Library  *alibrary );\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @function:\n   *   FT_Done_FreeType\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   Destroy a given FreeType library object and all of its children,\n   *   including resources, drivers, faces, sizes, etc.\n   *\n   * @input:\n   *   library ::\n   *     A handle to the target library object.\n   *\n   * @return:\n   *   FreeType error code.  0~means success.\n   */\n  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )\n  FT_Done_FreeType( FT_Library  library );\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @enum:\n   *   FT_OPEN_XXX\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   A list of bit field constants used within the `flags` field of the\n   *   @FT_Open_Args structure.\n   *\n   * @values:\n   *   FT_OPEN_MEMORY ::\n   *     This is a memory-based stream.\n   *\n   *   FT_OPEN_STREAM ::\n   *     Copy the stream from the `stream` field.\n   *\n   *   FT_OPEN_PATHNAME ::\n   *     Create a new input stream from a C~path name.\n   *\n   *   FT_OPEN_DRIVER ::\n   *     Use the `driver` field.\n   *\n   *   FT_OPEN_PARAMS ::\n   *     Use the `num_params` and `params` fields.\n   *\n   * @note:\n   *   The `FT_OPEN_MEMORY`, `FT_OPEN_STREAM`, and `FT_OPEN_PATHNAME` flags\n   *   are mutually exclusive.\n   */\n#define FT_OPEN_MEMORY    0x1\n#define FT_OPEN_STREAM    0x2\n#define FT_OPEN_PATHNAME  0x4\n#define FT_OPEN_DRIVER    0x8\n#define FT_OPEN_PARAMS    0x10\n\n\n  /* these constants are deprecated; use the corresponding `FT_OPEN_XXX` */\n  /* values instead                                                      */\n#define ft_open_memory    FT_OPEN_MEMORY\n#define ft_open_stream    FT_OPEN_STREAM\n#define ft_open_pathname  FT_OPEN_PATHNAME\n#define ft_open_driver    FT_OPEN_DRIVER\n#define ft_open_params    FT_OPEN_PARAMS\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @struct:\n   *   FT_Parameter\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   A simple structure to pass more or less generic parameters to\n   *   @FT_Open_Face and @FT_Face_Properties.\n   *\n   * @fields:\n   *   tag ::\n   *     A four-byte identification tag.\n   *\n   *   data ::\n   *     A pointer to the parameter data.\n   *\n   * @note:\n   *   The ID and function of parameters are driver-specific.  See section\n   *   @parameter_tags for more information.\n   */\n  typedef struct  FT_Parameter_\n  {\n    FT_ULong    tag;\n    FT_Pointer  data;\n\n  } FT_Parameter;\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @struct:\n   *   FT_Open_Args\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   A structure to indicate how to open a new font file or stream.  A\n   *   pointer to such a structure can be used as a parameter for the\n   *   functions @FT_Open_Face and @FT_Attach_Stream.\n   *\n   * @fields:\n   *   flags ::\n   *     A set of bit flags indicating how to use the structure.\n   *\n   *   memory_base ::\n   *     The first byte of the file in memory.\n   *\n   *   memory_size ::\n   *     The size in bytes of the file in memory.\n   *\n   *   pathname ::\n   *     A pointer to an 8-bit file pathname.\n   *\n   *   stream ::\n   *     A handle to a source stream object.\n   *\n   *   driver ::\n   *     This field is exclusively used by @FT_Open_Face; it simply specifies\n   *     the font driver to use for opening the face.  If set to `NULL`,\n   *     FreeType tries to load the face with each one of the drivers in its\n   *     list.\n   *\n   *   num_params ::\n   *     The number of extra parameters.\n   *\n   *   params ::\n   *     Extra parameters passed to the font driver when opening a new face.\n   *\n   * @note:\n   *   The stream type is determined by the contents of `flags` that are\n   *   tested in the following order by @FT_Open_Face:\n   *\n   *   If the @FT_OPEN_MEMORY bit is set, assume that this is a memory file\n   *   of `memory_size` bytes, located at `memory_address`.  The data are not\n   *   copied, and the client is responsible for releasing and destroying\n   *   them _after_ the corresponding call to @FT_Done_Face.\n   *\n   *   Otherwise, if the @FT_OPEN_STREAM bit is set, assume that a custom\n   *   input stream `stream` is used.\n   *\n   *   Otherwise, if the @FT_OPEN_PATHNAME bit is set, assume that this is a\n   *   normal file and use `pathname` to open it.\n   *\n   *   If the @FT_OPEN_DRIVER bit is set, @FT_Open_Face only tries to open\n   *   the file with the driver whose handler is in `driver`.\n   *\n   *   If the @FT_OPEN_PARAMS bit is set, the parameters given by\n   *   `num_params` and `params` is used.  They are ignored otherwise.\n   *\n   *   Ideally, both the `pathname` and `params` fields should be tagged as\n   *   'const'; this is missing for API backward compatibility.  In other\n   *   words, applications should treat them as read-only.\n   */\n  typedef struct  FT_Open_Args_\n  {\n    FT_UInt         flags;\n    const FT_Byte*  memory_base;\n    FT_Long         memory_size;\n    FT_String*      pathname;\n    FT_Stream       stream;\n    FT_Module       driver;\n    FT_Int          num_params;\n    FT_Parameter*   params;\n\n  } FT_Open_Args;\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @function:\n   *   FT_New_Face\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   Call @FT_Open_Face to open a font by its pathname.\n   *\n   * @inout:\n   *   library ::\n   *     A handle to the library resource.\n   *\n   * @input:\n   *   pathname ::\n   *     A path to the font file.\n   *\n   *   face_index ::\n   *     See @FT_Open_Face for a detailed description of this parameter.\n   *\n   * @output:\n   *   aface ::\n   *     A handle to a new face object.  If `face_index` is greater than or\n   *     equal to zero, it must be non-`NULL`.\n   *\n   * @return:\n   *   FreeType error code.  0~means success.\n   *\n   * @note:\n   *   Use @FT_Done_Face to destroy the created @FT_Face object (along with\n   *   its slot and sizes).\n   */\n  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )\n  FT_New_Face( FT_Library   library,\n               const char*  filepathname,\n               FT_Long      face_index,\n               FT_Face     *aface );\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @function:\n   *   FT_New_Memory_Face\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   Call @FT_Open_Face to open a font that has been loaded into memory.\n   *\n   * @inout:\n   *   library ::\n   *     A handle to the library resource.\n   *\n   * @input:\n   *   file_base ::\n   *     A pointer to the beginning of the font data.\n   *\n   *   file_size ::\n   *     The size of the memory chunk used by the font data.\n   *\n   *   face_index ::\n   *     See @FT_Open_Face for a detailed description of this parameter.\n   *\n   * @output:\n   *   aface ::\n   *     A handle to a new face object.  If `face_index` is greater than or\n   *     equal to zero, it must be non-`NULL`.\n   *\n   * @return:\n   *   FreeType error code.  0~means success.\n   *\n   * @note:\n   *   You must not deallocate the memory before calling @FT_Done_Face.\n   */\n  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )\n  FT_New_Memory_Face( FT_Library      library,\n                      const FT_Byte*  file_base,\n                      FT_Long         file_size,\n                      FT_Long         face_index,\n                      FT_Face        *aface );\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @function:\n   *   FT_Open_Face\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   Create a face object from a given resource described by @FT_Open_Args.\n   *\n   * @inout:\n   *   library ::\n   *     A handle to the library resource.\n   *\n   * @input:\n   *   args ::\n   *     A pointer to an `FT_Open_Args` structure that must be filled by the\n   *     caller.\n   *\n   *   face_index ::\n   *     This field holds two different values.  Bits 0-15 are the index of\n   *     the face in the font file (starting with value~0).  Set it to~0 if\n   *     there is only one face in the font file.\n   *\n   *     [Since 2.6.1] Bits 16-30 are relevant to GX and OpenType variation\n   *     fonts only, specifying the named instance index for the current face\n   *     index (starting with value~1; value~0 makes FreeType ignore named\n   *     instances).  For non-variation fonts, bits 16-30 are ignored.\n   *     Assuming that you want to access the third named instance in face~4,\n   *     `face_index` should be set to 0x00030004.  If you want to access\n   *     face~4 without variation handling, simply set `face_index` to\n   *     value~4.\n   *\n   *     `FT_Open_Face` and its siblings can be used to quickly check whether\n   *     the font format of a given font resource is supported by FreeType.\n   *     In general, if the `face_index` argument is negative, the function's\n   *     return value is~0 if the font format is recognized, or non-zero\n   *     otherwise.  The function allocates a more or less empty face handle\n   *     in `*aface` (if `aface` isn't `NULL`); the only two useful fields in\n   *     this special case are `face->num_faces` and `face->style_flags`.\n   *     For any negative value of `face_index`, `face->num_faces` gives the\n   *     number of faces within the font file.  For the negative value\n   *     '-(N+1)' (with 'N' a non-negative 16-bit value), bits 16-30 in\n   *     `face->style_flags` give the number of named instances in face 'N'\n   *     if we have a variation font (or zero otherwise).  After examination,\n   *     the returned @FT_Face structure should be deallocated with a call to\n   *     @FT_Done_Face.\n   *\n   * @output:\n   *   aface ::\n   *     A handle to a new face object.  If `face_index` is greater than or\n   *     equal to zero, it must be non-`NULL`.\n   *\n   * @return:\n   *   FreeType error code.  0~means success.\n   *\n   * @note:\n   *   Unlike FreeType 1.x, this function automatically creates a glyph slot\n   *   for the face object that can be accessed directly through\n   *   `face->glyph`.\n   *\n   *   Each new face object created with this function also owns a default\n   *   @FT_Size object, accessible as `face->size`.\n   *\n   *   One @FT_Library instance can have multiple face objects, this is,\n   *   @FT_Open_Face and its siblings can be called multiple times using the\n   *   same `library` argument.\n   *\n   *   See the discussion of reference counters in the description of\n   *   @FT_Reference_Face.\n   *\n   * @example:\n   *   To loop over all faces, use code similar to the following snippet\n   *   (omitting the error handling).\n   *\n   *   ```\n   *     ...\n   *     FT_Face  face;\n   *     FT_Long  i, num_faces;\n   *\n   *\n   *     error = FT_Open_Face( library, args, -1, &face );\n   *     if ( error ) { ... }\n   *\n   *     num_faces = face->num_faces;\n   *     FT_Done_Face( face );\n   *\n   *     for ( i = 0; i < num_faces; i++ )\n   *     {\n   *       ...\n   *       error = FT_Open_Face( library, args, i, &face );\n   *       ...\n   *       FT_Done_Face( face );\n   *       ...\n   *     }\n   *   ```\n   *\n   *   To loop over all valid values for `face_index`, use something similar\n   *   to the following snippet, again without error handling.  The code\n   *   accesses all faces immediately (thus only a single call of\n   *   `FT_Open_Face` within the do-loop), with and without named instances.\n   *\n   *   ```\n   *     ...\n   *     FT_Face  face;\n   *\n   *     FT_Long  num_faces     = 0;\n   *     FT_Long  num_instances = 0;\n   *\n   *     FT_Long  face_idx     = 0;\n   *     FT_Long  instance_idx = 0;\n   *\n   *\n   *     do\n   *     {\n   *       FT_Long  id = ( instance_idx << 16 ) + face_idx;\n   *\n   *\n   *       error = FT_Open_Face( library, args, id, &face );\n   *       if ( error ) { ... }\n   *\n   *       num_faces     = face->num_faces;\n   *       num_instances = face->style_flags >> 16;\n   *\n   *       ...\n   *\n   *       FT_Done_Face( face );\n   *\n   *       if ( instance_idx < num_instances )\n   *         instance_idx++;\n   *       else\n   *       {\n   *         face_idx++;\n   *         instance_idx = 0;\n   *       }\n   *\n   *     } while ( face_idx < num_faces )\n   *   ```\n   */\n  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )\n  FT_Open_Face( FT_Library           library,\n                const FT_Open_Args*  args,\n                FT_Long              face_index,\n                FT_Face             *aface );\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @function:\n   *   FT_Attach_File\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   Call @FT_Attach_Stream to attach a file.\n   *\n   * @inout:\n   *   face ::\n   *     The target face object.\n   *\n   * @input:\n   *   filepathname ::\n   *     The pathname.\n   *\n   * @return:\n   *   FreeType error code.  0~means success.\n   */\n  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )\n  FT_Attach_File( FT_Face      face,\n                  const char*  filepathname );\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @function:\n   *   FT_Attach_Stream\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   'Attach' data to a face object.  Normally, this is used to read\n   *   additional information for the face object.  For example, you can\n   *   attach an AFM file that comes with a Type~1 font to get the kerning\n   *   values and other metrics.\n   *\n   * @inout:\n   *   face ::\n   *     The target face object.\n   *\n   * @input:\n   *   parameters ::\n   *     A pointer to @FT_Open_Args that must be filled by the caller.\n   *\n   * @return:\n   *   FreeType error code.  0~means success.\n   *\n   * @note:\n   *   The meaning of the 'attach' (i.e., what really happens when the new\n   *   file is read) is not fixed by FreeType itself.  It really depends on\n   *   the font format (and thus the font driver).\n   *\n   *   Client applications are expected to know what they are doing when\n   *   invoking this function.  Most drivers simply do not implement file or\n   *   stream attachments.\n   */\n  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )\n  FT_Attach_Stream( FT_Face        face,\n                    FT_Open_Args*  parameters );\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @function:\n   *   FT_Reference_Face\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   A counter gets initialized to~1 at the time an @FT_Face structure is\n   *   created.  This function increments the counter.  @FT_Done_Face then\n   *   only destroys a face if the counter is~1, otherwise it simply\n   *   decrements the counter.\n   *\n   *   This function helps in managing life-cycles of structures that\n   *   reference @FT_Face objects.\n   *\n   * @input:\n   *   face ::\n   *     A handle to a target face object.\n   *\n   * @return:\n   *   FreeType error code.  0~means success.\n   *\n   * @since:\n   *   2.4.2\n   */\n  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )\n  FT_Reference_Face( FT_Face  face );\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @function:\n   *   FT_Done_Face\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   Discard a given face object, as well as all of its child slots and\n   *   sizes.\n   *\n   * @input:\n   *   face ::\n   *     A handle to a target face object.\n   *\n   * @return:\n   *   FreeType error code.  0~means success.\n   *\n   * @note:\n   *   See the discussion of reference counters in the description of\n   *   @FT_Reference_Face.\n   */\n  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )\n  FT_Done_Face( FT_Face  face );\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @function:\n   *   FT_Select_Size\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   Select a bitmap strike.  To be more precise, this function sets the\n   *   scaling factors of the active @FT_Size object in a face so that\n   *   bitmaps from this particular strike are taken by @FT_Load_Glyph and\n   *   friends.\n   *\n   * @inout:\n   *   face ::\n   *     A handle to a target face object.\n   *\n   * @input:\n   *   strike_index ::\n   *     The index of the bitmap strike in the `available_sizes` field of\n   *     @FT_FaceRec structure.\n   *\n   * @return:\n   *   FreeType error code.  0~means success.\n   *\n   * @note:\n   *   For bitmaps embedded in outline fonts it is common that only a subset\n   *   of the available glyphs at a given ppem value is available.  FreeType\n   *   silently uses outlines if there is no bitmap for a given glyph index.\n   *\n   *   For GX and OpenType variation fonts, a bitmap strike makes sense only\n   *   if the default instance is active (this is, no glyph variation takes\n   *   place); otherwise, FreeType simply ignores bitmap strikes.  The same\n   *   is true for all named instances that are different from the default\n   *   instance.\n   *\n   *   Don't use this function if you are using the FreeType cache API.\n   */\n  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )\n  FT_Select_Size( FT_Face  face,\n                  FT_Int   strike_index );\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @enum:\n   *   FT_Size_Request_Type\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   An enumeration type that lists the supported size request types, i.e.,\n   *   what input size (in font units) maps to the requested output size (in\n   *   pixels, as computed from the arguments of @FT_Size_Request).\n   *\n   * @values:\n   *   FT_SIZE_REQUEST_TYPE_NOMINAL ::\n   *     The nominal size.  The `units_per_EM` field of @FT_FaceRec is used\n   *     to determine both scaling values.\n   *\n   *     This is the standard scaling found in most applications.  In\n   *     particular, use this size request type for TrueType fonts if they\n   *     provide optical scaling or something similar.  Note, however, that\n   *     `units_per_EM` is a rather abstract value which bears no relation to\n   *     the actual size of the glyphs in a font.\n   *\n   *   FT_SIZE_REQUEST_TYPE_REAL_DIM ::\n   *     The real dimension.  The sum of the `ascender` and (minus of) the\n   *     `descender` fields of @FT_FaceRec is used to determine both scaling\n   *     values.\n   *\n   *   FT_SIZE_REQUEST_TYPE_BBOX ::\n   *     The font bounding box.  The width and height of the `bbox` field of\n   *     @FT_FaceRec are used to determine the horizontal and vertical\n   *     scaling value, respectively.\n   *\n   *   FT_SIZE_REQUEST_TYPE_CELL ::\n   *     The `max_advance_width` field of @FT_FaceRec is used to determine\n   *     the horizontal scaling value; the vertical scaling value is\n   *     determined the same way as @FT_SIZE_REQUEST_TYPE_REAL_DIM does.\n   *     Finally, both scaling values are set to the smaller one.  This type\n   *     is useful if you want to specify the font size for, say, a window of\n   *     a given dimension and 80x24 cells.\n   *\n   *   FT_SIZE_REQUEST_TYPE_SCALES ::\n   *     Specify the scaling values directly.\n   *\n   * @note:\n   *   The above descriptions only apply to scalable formats.  For bitmap\n   *   formats, the behaviour is up to the driver.\n   *\n   *   See the note section of @FT_Size_Metrics if you wonder how size\n   *   requesting relates to scaling values.\n   */\n  typedef enum  FT_Size_Request_Type_\n  {\n    FT_SIZE_REQUEST_TYPE_NOMINAL,\n    FT_SIZE_REQUEST_TYPE_REAL_DIM,\n    FT_SIZE_REQUEST_TYPE_BBOX,\n    FT_SIZE_REQUEST_TYPE_CELL,\n    FT_SIZE_REQUEST_TYPE_SCALES,\n\n    FT_SIZE_REQUEST_TYPE_MAX\n\n  } FT_Size_Request_Type;\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @struct:\n   *   FT_Size_RequestRec\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   A structure to model a size request.\n   *\n   * @fields:\n   *   type ::\n   *     See @FT_Size_Request_Type.\n   *\n   *   width ::\n   *     The desired width, given as a 26.6 fractional point value (with 72pt\n   *     = 1in).\n   *\n   *   height ::\n   *     The desired height, given as a 26.6 fractional point value (with\n   *     72pt = 1in).\n   *\n   *   horiResolution ::\n   *     The horizontal resolution (dpi, i.e., pixels per inch).  If set to\n   *     zero, `width` is treated as a 26.6 fractional **pixel** value, which\n   *     gets internally rounded to an integer.\n   *\n   *   vertResolution ::\n   *     The vertical resolution (dpi, i.e., pixels per inch).  If set to\n   *     zero, `height` is treated as a 26.6 fractional **pixel** value,\n   *     which gets internally rounded to an integer.\n   *\n   * @note:\n   *   If `width` is zero, the horizontal scaling value is set equal to the\n   *   vertical scaling value, and vice versa.\n   *\n   *   If `type` is `FT_SIZE_REQUEST_TYPE_SCALES`, `width` and `height` are\n   *   interpreted directly as 16.16 fractional scaling values, without any\n   *   further modification, and both `horiResolution` and `vertResolution`\n   *   are ignored.\n   */\n  typedef struct  FT_Size_RequestRec_\n  {\n    FT_Size_Request_Type  type;\n    FT_Long               width;\n    FT_Long               height;\n    FT_UInt               horiResolution;\n    FT_UInt               vertResolution;\n\n  } FT_Size_RequestRec;\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @struct:\n   *   FT_Size_Request\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   A handle to a size request structure.\n   */\n  typedef struct FT_Size_RequestRec_  *FT_Size_Request;\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @function:\n   *   FT_Request_Size\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   Resize the scale of the active @FT_Size object in a face.\n   *\n   * @inout:\n   *   face ::\n   *     A handle to a target face object.\n   *\n   * @input:\n   *   req ::\n   *     A pointer to a @FT_Size_RequestRec.\n   *\n   * @return:\n   *   FreeType error code.  0~means success.\n   *\n   * @note:\n   *   Although drivers may select the bitmap strike matching the request,\n   *   you should not rely on this if you intend to select a particular\n   *   bitmap strike.  Use @FT_Select_Size instead in that case.\n   *\n   *   The relation between the requested size and the resulting glyph size\n   *   is dependent entirely on how the size is defined in the source face.\n   *   The font designer chooses the final size of each glyph relative to\n   *   this size.  For more information refer to\n   *   'https://www.freetype.org/freetype2/docs/glyphs/glyphs-2.html'.\n   *\n   *   Contrary to @FT_Set_Char_Size, this function doesn't have special code\n   *   to normalize zero-valued widths, heights, or resolutions (which lead\n   *   to errors in most cases).\n   *\n   *   Don't use this function if you are using the FreeType cache API.\n   */\n  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )\n  FT_Request_Size( FT_Face          face,\n                   FT_Size_Request  req );\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @function:\n   *   FT_Set_Char_Size\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   Call @FT_Request_Size to request the nominal size (in points).\n   *\n   * @inout:\n   *   face ::\n   *     A handle to a target face object.\n   *\n   * @input:\n   *   char_width ::\n   *     The nominal width, in 26.6 fractional points.\n   *\n   *   char_height ::\n   *     The nominal height, in 26.6 fractional points.\n   *\n   *   horz_resolution ::\n   *     The horizontal resolution in dpi.\n   *\n   *   vert_resolution ::\n   *     The vertical resolution in dpi.\n   *\n   * @return:\n   *   FreeType error code.  0~means success.\n   *\n   * @note:\n   *   While this function allows fractional points as input values, the\n   *   resulting ppem value for the given resolution is always rounded to the\n   *   nearest integer.\n   *\n   *   If either the character width or height is zero, it is set equal to\n   *   the other value.\n   *\n   *   If either the horizontal or vertical resolution is zero, it is set\n   *   equal to the other value.\n   *\n   *   A character width or height smaller than 1pt is set to 1pt; if both\n   *   resolution values are zero, they are set to 72dpi.\n   *\n   *   Don't use this function if you are using the FreeType cache API.\n   */\n  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )\n  FT_Set_Char_Size( FT_Face     face,\n                    FT_F26Dot6  char_width,\n                    FT_F26Dot6  char_height,\n                    FT_UInt     horz_resolution,\n                    FT_UInt     vert_resolution );\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @function:\n   *   FT_Set_Pixel_Sizes\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   Call @FT_Request_Size to request the nominal size (in pixels).\n   *\n   * @inout:\n   *   face ::\n   *     A handle to the target face object.\n   *\n   * @input:\n   *   pixel_width ::\n   *     The nominal width, in pixels.\n   *\n   *   pixel_height ::\n   *     The nominal height, in pixels.\n   *\n   * @return:\n   *   FreeType error code.  0~means success.\n   *\n   * @note:\n   *   You should not rely on the resulting glyphs matching or being\n   *   constrained to this pixel size.  Refer to @FT_Request_Size to\n   *   understand how requested sizes relate to actual sizes.\n   *\n   *   Don't use this function if you are using the FreeType cache API.\n   */\n  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )\n  FT_Set_Pixel_Sizes( FT_Face  face,\n                      FT_UInt  pixel_width,\n                      FT_UInt  pixel_height );\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @function:\n   *   FT_Load_Glyph\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   Load a glyph into the glyph slot of a face object.\n   *\n   * @inout:\n   *   face ::\n   *     A handle to the target face object where the glyph is loaded.\n   *\n   * @input:\n   *   glyph_index ::\n   *     The index of the glyph in the font file.  For CID-keyed fonts\n   *     (either in PS or in CFF format) this argument specifies the CID\n   *     value.\n   *\n   *   load_flags ::\n   *     A flag indicating what to load for this glyph.  The @FT_LOAD_XXX\n   *     constants can be used to control the glyph loading process (e.g.,\n   *     whether the outline should be scaled, whether to load bitmaps or\n   *     not, whether to hint the outline, etc).\n   *\n   * @return:\n   *   FreeType error code.  0~means success.\n   *\n   * @note:\n   *   The loaded glyph may be transformed.  See @FT_Set_Transform for the\n   *   details.\n   *\n   *   For subsetted CID-keyed fonts, `FT_Err_Invalid_Argument` is returned\n   *   for invalid CID values (this is, for CID values that don't have a\n   *   corresponding glyph in the font).  See the discussion of the\n   *   @FT_FACE_FLAG_CID_KEYED flag for more details.\n   *\n   *   If you receive `FT_Err_Glyph_Too_Big`, try getting the glyph outline\n   *   at EM size, then scale it manually and fill it as a graphics\n   *   operation.\n   */\n  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )\n  FT_Load_Glyph( FT_Face   face,\n                 FT_UInt   glyph_index,\n                 FT_Int32  load_flags );\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @function:\n   *   FT_Load_Char\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   Load a glyph into the glyph slot of a face object, accessed by its\n   *   character code.\n   *\n   * @inout:\n   *   face ::\n   *     A handle to a target face object where the glyph is loaded.\n   *\n   * @input:\n   *   char_code ::\n   *     The glyph's character code, according to the current charmap used in\n   *     the face.\n   *\n   *   load_flags ::\n   *     A flag indicating what to load for this glyph.  The @FT_LOAD_XXX\n   *     constants can be used to control the glyph loading process (e.g.,\n   *     whether the outline should be scaled, whether to load bitmaps or\n   *     not, whether to hint the outline, etc).\n   *\n   * @return:\n   *   FreeType error code.  0~means success.\n   *\n   * @note:\n   *   This function simply calls @FT_Get_Char_Index and @FT_Load_Glyph.\n   *\n   *   Many fonts contain glyphs that can't be loaded by this function since\n   *   its glyph indices are not listed in any of the font's charmaps.\n   *\n   *   If no active cmap is set up (i.e., `face->charmap` is zero), the call\n   *   to @FT_Get_Char_Index is omitted, and the function behaves identically\n   *   to @FT_Load_Glyph.\n   */\n  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )\n  FT_Load_Char( FT_Face   face,\n                FT_ULong  char_code,\n                FT_Int32  load_flags );\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @enum:\n   *   FT_LOAD_XXX\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   A list of bit field constants for @FT_Load_Glyph to indicate what kind\n   *   of operations to perform during glyph loading.\n   *\n   * @values:\n   *   FT_LOAD_DEFAULT ::\n   *     Corresponding to~0, this value is used as the default glyph load\n   *     operation.  In this case, the following happens:\n   *\n   *     1. FreeType looks for a bitmap for the glyph corresponding to the\n   *     face's current size.  If one is found, the function returns.  The\n   *     bitmap data can be accessed from the glyph slot (see note below).\n   *\n   *     2. If no embedded bitmap is searched for or found, FreeType looks\n   *     for a scalable outline.  If one is found, it is loaded from the font\n   *     file, scaled to device pixels, then 'hinted' to the pixel grid in\n   *     order to optimize it.  The outline data can be accessed from the\n   *     glyph slot (see note below).\n   *\n   *     Note that by default the glyph loader doesn't render outlines into\n   *     bitmaps.  The following flags are used to modify this default\n   *     behaviour to more specific and useful cases.\n   *\n   *   FT_LOAD_NO_SCALE ::\n   *     Don't scale the loaded outline glyph but keep it in font units.\n   *\n   *     This flag implies @FT_LOAD_NO_HINTING and @FT_LOAD_NO_BITMAP, and\n   *     unsets @FT_LOAD_RENDER.\n   *\n   *     If the font is 'tricky' (see @FT_FACE_FLAG_TRICKY for more), using\n   *     `FT_LOAD_NO_SCALE` usually yields meaningless outlines because the\n   *     subglyphs must be scaled and positioned with hinting instructions. \n   *     This can be solved by loading the font without `FT_LOAD_NO_SCALE`\n   *     and setting the character size to `font->units_per_EM`.\n   *\n   *   FT_LOAD_NO_HINTING ::\n   *     Disable hinting.  This generally generates 'blurrier' bitmap glyphs\n   *     when the glyph are rendered in any of the anti-aliased modes.  See\n   *     also the note below.\n   *\n   *     This flag is implied by @FT_LOAD_NO_SCALE.\n   *\n   *   FT_LOAD_RENDER ::\n   *     Call @FT_Render_Glyph after the glyph is loaded.  By default, the\n   *     glyph is rendered in @FT_RENDER_MODE_NORMAL mode.  This can be\n   *     overridden by @FT_LOAD_TARGET_XXX or @FT_LOAD_MONOCHROME.\n   *\n   *     This flag is unset by @FT_LOAD_NO_SCALE.\n   *\n   *   FT_LOAD_NO_BITMAP ::\n   *     Ignore bitmap strikes when loading.  Bitmap-only fonts ignore this\n   *     flag.\n   *\n   *     @FT_LOAD_NO_SCALE always sets this flag.\n   *\n   *   FT_LOAD_VERTICAL_LAYOUT ::\n   *     Load the glyph for vertical text layout.  In particular, the\n   *     `advance` value in the @FT_GlyphSlotRec structure is set to the\n   *     `vertAdvance` value of the `metrics` field.\n   *\n   *     In case @FT_HAS_VERTICAL doesn't return true, you shouldn't use this\n   *     flag currently.  Reason is that in this case vertical metrics get\n   *     synthesized, and those values are not always consistent across\n   *     various font formats.\n   *\n   *   FT_LOAD_FORCE_AUTOHINT ::\n   *     Prefer the auto-hinter over the font's native hinter.  See also the\n   *     note below.\n   *\n   *   FT_LOAD_PEDANTIC ::\n   *     Make the font driver perform pedantic verifications during glyph\n   *     loading and hinting.  This is mostly used to detect broken glyphs in\n   *     fonts.  By default, FreeType tries to handle broken fonts also.\n   *\n   *     In particular, errors from the TrueType bytecode engine are not\n   *     passed to the application if this flag is not set; this might result\n   *     in partially hinted or distorted glyphs in case a glyph's bytecode\n   *     is buggy.\n   *\n   *   FT_LOAD_NO_RECURSE ::\n   *     Don't load composite glyphs recursively.  Instead, the font driver\n   *     fills the `num_subglyph` and `subglyphs` values of the glyph slot;\n   *     it also sets `glyph->format` to @FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_COMPOSITE.  The\n   *     description of subglyphs can then be accessed with\n   *     @FT_Get_SubGlyph_Info.\n   *\n   *     Don't use this flag for retrieving metrics information since some\n   *     font drivers only return rudimentary data.\n   *\n   *     This flag implies @FT_LOAD_NO_SCALE and @FT_LOAD_IGNORE_TRANSFORM.\n   *\n   *   FT_LOAD_IGNORE_TRANSFORM ::\n   *     Ignore the transform matrix set by @FT_Set_Transform.\n   *\n   *   FT_LOAD_MONOCHROME ::\n   *     This flag is used with @FT_LOAD_RENDER to indicate that you want to\n   *     render an outline glyph to a 1-bit monochrome bitmap glyph, with\n   *     8~pixels packed into each byte of the bitmap data.\n   *\n   *     Note that this has no effect on the hinting algorithm used.  You\n   *     should rather use @FT_LOAD_TARGET_MONO so that the\n   *     monochrome-optimized hinting algorithm is used.\n   *\n   *   FT_LOAD_LINEAR_DESIGN ::\n   *     Keep `linearHoriAdvance` and `linearVertAdvance` fields of\n   *     @FT_GlyphSlotRec in font units.  See @FT_GlyphSlotRec for details.\n   *\n   *   FT_LOAD_NO_AUTOHINT ::\n   *     Disable the auto-hinter.  See also the note below.\n   *\n   *   FT_LOAD_COLOR ::\n   *     Load colored glyphs.  There are slight differences depending on the\n   *     font format.\n   *\n   *     [Since 2.5] Load embedded color bitmap images.  The resulting color\n   *     bitmaps, if available, will have the @FT_PIXEL_MODE_BGRA format,\n   *     with pre-multiplied color channels.  If the flag is not set and\n   *     color bitmaps are found, they are converted to 256-level gray\n   *     bitmaps, using the @FT_PIXEL_MODE_GRAY format.\n   *\n   *     [Since 2.10, experimental] If the glyph index contains an entry in\n   *     the face's 'COLR' table with a 'CPAL' palette table (as defined in\n   *     the OpenType specification), make @FT_Render_Glyph provide a default\n   *     blending of the color glyph layers associated with the glyph index,\n   *     using the same bitmap format as embedded color bitmap images.  This\n   *     is mainly for convenience; for full control of color layers use\n   *     @FT_Get_Color_Glyph_Layer and FreeType's color functions like\n   *     @FT_Palette_Select instead of setting @FT_LOAD_COLOR for rendering\n   *     so that the client application can handle blending by itself.\n   *\n   *   FT_LOAD_COMPUTE_METRICS ::\n   *     [Since 2.6.1] Compute glyph metrics from the glyph data, without the\n   *     use of bundled metrics tables (for example, the 'hdmx' table in\n   *     TrueType fonts).  This flag is mainly used by font validating or\n   *     font editing applications, which need to ignore, verify, or edit\n   *     those tables.\n   *\n   *     Currently, this flag is only implemented for TrueType fonts.\n   *\n   *   FT_LOAD_BITMAP_METRICS_ONLY ::\n   *     [Since 2.7.1] Request loading of the metrics and bitmap image\n   *     information of a (possibly embedded) bitmap glyph without allocating\n   *     or copying the bitmap image data itself.  No effect if the target\n   *     glyph is not a bitmap image.\n   *\n   *     This flag unsets @FT_LOAD_RENDER.\n   *\n   *   FT_LOAD_CROP_BITMAP ::\n   *     Ignored.  Deprecated.\n   *\n   *   FT_LOAD_IGNORE_GLOBAL_ADVANCE_WIDTH ::\n   *     Ignored.  Deprecated.\n   *\n   * @note:\n   *   By default, hinting is enabled and the font's native hinter (see\n   *   @FT_FACE_FLAG_HINTER) is preferred over the auto-hinter.  You can\n   *   disable hinting by setting @FT_LOAD_NO_HINTING or change the\n   *   precedence by setting @FT_LOAD_FORCE_AUTOHINT.  You can also set\n   *   @FT_LOAD_NO_AUTOHINT in case you don't want the auto-hinter to be used\n   *   at all.\n   *\n   *   See the description of @FT_FACE_FLAG_TRICKY for a special exception\n   *   (affecting only a handful of Asian fonts).\n   *\n   *   Besides deciding which hinter to use, you can also decide which\n   *   hinting algorithm to use.  See @FT_LOAD_TARGET_XXX for details.\n   *\n   *   Note that the auto-hinter needs a valid Unicode cmap (either a native\n   *   one or synthesized by FreeType) for producing correct results.  If a\n   *   font provides an incorrect mapping (for example, assigning the\n   *   character code U+005A, LATIN CAPITAL LETTER~Z, to a glyph depicting a\n   *   mathematical integral sign), the auto-hinter might produce useless\n   *   results.\n   *\n   */\n#define FT_LOAD_DEFAULT                      0x0\n#define FT_LOAD_NO_SCALE                     ( 1L << 0 )\n#define FT_LOAD_NO_HINTING                   ( 1L << 1 )\n#define FT_LOAD_RENDER                       ( 1L << 2 )\n#define FT_LOAD_NO_BITMAP                    ( 1L << 3 )\n#define FT_LOAD_VERTICAL_LAYOUT              ( 1L << 4 )\n#define FT_LOAD_FORCE_AUTOHINT               ( 1L << 5 )\n#define FT_LOAD_CROP_BITMAP                  ( 1L << 6 )\n#define FT_LOAD_PEDANTIC                     ( 1L << 7 )\n#define FT_LOAD_IGNORE_GLOBAL_ADVANCE_WIDTH  ( 1L << 9 )\n#define FT_LOAD_NO_RECURSE                   ( 1L << 10 )\n#define FT_LOAD_IGNORE_TRANSFORM             ( 1L << 11 )\n#define FT_LOAD_MONOCHROME                   ( 1L << 12 )\n#define FT_LOAD_LINEAR_DESIGN                ( 1L << 13 )\n#define FT_LOAD_NO_AUTOHINT                  ( 1L << 15 )\n  /* Bits 16-19 are used by `FT_LOAD_TARGET_` */\n#define FT_LOAD_COLOR                        ( 1L << 20 )\n#define FT_LOAD_COMPUTE_METRICS              ( 1L << 21 )\n#define FT_LOAD_BITMAP_METRICS_ONLY          ( 1L << 22 )\n\n  /* */\n\n  /* used internally only by certain font drivers */\n#define FT_LOAD_ADVANCE_ONLY                 ( 1L << 8 )\n#define FT_LOAD_SBITS_ONLY                   ( 1L << 14 )\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @enum:\n   *   FT_LOAD_TARGET_XXX\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   A list of values to select a specific hinting algorithm for the\n   *   hinter.  You should OR one of these values to your `load_flags` when\n   *   calling @FT_Load_Glyph.\n   *\n   *   Note that a font's native hinters may ignore the hinting algorithm you\n   *   have specified (e.g., the TrueType bytecode interpreter).  You can set\n   *   @FT_LOAD_FORCE_AUTOHINT to ensure that the auto-hinter is used.\n   *\n   * @values:\n   *   FT_LOAD_TARGET_NORMAL ::\n   *     The default hinting algorithm, optimized for standard gray-level\n   *     rendering.  For monochrome output, use @FT_LOAD_TARGET_MONO instead.\n   *\n   *   FT_LOAD_TARGET_LIGHT ::\n   *     A lighter hinting algorithm for gray-level modes.  Many generated\n   *     glyphs are fuzzier but better resemble their original shape.  This\n   *     is achieved by snapping glyphs to the pixel grid only vertically\n   *     (Y-axis), as is done by FreeType's new CFF engine or Microsoft's\n   *     ClearType font renderer.  This preserves inter-glyph spacing in\n   *     horizontal text.  The snapping is done either by the native font\n   *     driver, if the driver itself and the font support it, or by the\n   *     auto-hinter.\n   *\n   *     Advance widths are rounded to integer values; however, using the\n   *     `lsb_delta` and `rsb_delta` fields of @FT_GlyphSlotRec, it is\n   *     possible to get fractional advance widths for subpixel positioning\n   *     (which is recommended to use).\n   *\n   *     If configuration option `AF_CONFIG_OPTION_TT_SIZE_METRICS` is\n   *     active, TrueType-like metrics are used to make this mode behave\n   *     similarly as in unpatched FreeType versions between 2.4.6 and 2.7.1\n   *     (inclusive).\n   *\n   *   FT_LOAD_TARGET_MONO ::\n   *     Strong hinting algorithm that should only be used for monochrome\n   *     output.  The result is probably unpleasant if the glyph is rendered\n   *     in non-monochrome modes.\n   *\n   *     Note that for outline fonts only the TrueType font driver has proper\n   *     monochrome hinting support, provided the TTFs contain hints for B/W\n   *     rendering (which most fonts no longer provide).  If these conditions\n   *     are not met it is very likely that you get ugly results at smaller\n   *     sizes.\n   *\n   *   FT_LOAD_TARGET_LCD ::\n   *     A variant of @FT_LOAD_TARGET_LIGHT optimized for horizontally\n   *     decimated LCD displays.\n   *\n   *   FT_LOAD_TARGET_LCD_V ::\n   *     A variant of @FT_LOAD_TARGET_NORMAL optimized for vertically\n   *     decimated LCD displays.\n   *\n   * @note:\n   *   You should use only _one_ of the `FT_LOAD_TARGET_XXX` values in your\n   *   `load_flags`.  They can't be ORed.\n   *\n   *   If @FT_LOAD_RENDER is also set, the glyph is rendered in the\n   *   corresponding mode (i.e., the mode that matches the used algorithm\n   *   best).  An exception is `FT_LOAD_TARGET_MONO` since it implies\n   *   @FT_LOAD_MONOCHROME.\n   *\n   *   You can use a hinting algorithm that doesn't correspond to the same\n   *   rendering mode.  As an example, it is possible to use the 'light'\n   *   hinting algorithm and have the results rendered in horizontal LCD\n   *   pixel mode, with code like\n   *\n   *   ```\n   *     FT_Load_Glyph( face, glyph_index,\n   *                    load_flags | FT_LOAD_TARGET_LIGHT );\n   *\n   *     FT_Render_Glyph( face->glyph, FT_RENDER_MODE_LCD );\n   *   ```\n   *\n   *   In general, you should stick with one rendering mode.  For example,\n   *   switching between @FT_LOAD_TARGET_NORMAL and @FT_LOAD_TARGET_MONO\n   *   enforces a lot of recomputation for TrueType fonts, which is slow.\n   *   Another reason is caching: Selecting a different mode usually causes\n   *   changes in both the outlines and the rasterized bitmaps; it is thus\n   *   necessary to empty the cache after a mode switch to avoid false hits.\n   *\n   */\n#define FT_LOAD_TARGET_( x )   ( (FT_Int32)( (x) & 15 ) << 16 )\n\n#define FT_LOAD_TARGET_NORMAL  FT_LOAD_TARGET_( FT_RENDER_MODE_NORMAL )\n#define FT_LOAD_TARGET_LIGHT   FT_LOAD_TARGET_( FT_RENDER_MODE_LIGHT  )\n#define FT_LOAD_TARGET_MONO    FT_LOAD_TARGET_( FT_RENDER_MODE_MONO   )\n#define FT_LOAD_TARGET_LCD     FT_LOAD_TARGET_( FT_RENDER_MODE_LCD    )\n#define FT_LOAD_TARGET_LCD_V   FT_LOAD_TARGET_( FT_RENDER_MODE_LCD_V  )\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @macro:\n   *   FT_LOAD_TARGET_MODE\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   Return the @FT_Render_Mode corresponding to a given\n   *   @FT_LOAD_TARGET_XXX value.\n   *\n   */\n#define FT_LOAD_TARGET_MODE( x )  ( (FT_Render_Mode)( ( (x) >> 16 ) & 15 ) )\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @function:\n   *   FT_Set_Transform\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   Set the transformation that is applied to glyph images when they are\n   *   loaded into a glyph slot through @FT_Load_Glyph.\n   *\n   * @inout:\n   *   face ::\n   *     A handle to the source face object.\n   *\n   * @input:\n   *   matrix ::\n   *     A pointer to the transformation's 2x2 matrix.  Use `NULL` for the\n   *     identity matrix.\n   *   delta ::\n   *     A pointer to the translation vector.  Use `NULL` for the null vector.\n   *\n   * @note:\n   *   The transformation is only applied to scalable image formats after the\n   *   glyph has been loaded.  It means that hinting is unaltered by the\n   *   transformation and is performed on the character size given in the\n   *   last call to @FT_Set_Char_Size or @FT_Set_Pixel_Sizes.\n   *\n   *   Note that this also transforms the `face.glyph.advance` field, but\n   *   **not** the values in `face.glyph.metrics`.\n   */\n  FT_EXPORT( void )\n  FT_Set_Transform( FT_Face     face,\n                    FT_Matrix*  matrix,\n                    FT_Vector*  delta );\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @enum:\n   *   FT_Render_Mode\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   Render modes supported by FreeType~2.  Each mode corresponds to a\n   *   specific type of scanline conversion performed on the outline.\n   *\n   *   For bitmap fonts and embedded bitmaps the `bitmap->pixel_mode` field\n   *   in the @FT_GlyphSlotRec structure gives the format of the returned\n   *   bitmap.\n   *\n   *   All modes except @FT_RENDER_MODE_MONO use 256 levels of opacity,\n   *   indicating pixel coverage.  Use linear alpha blending and gamma\n   *   correction to correctly render non-monochrome glyph bitmaps onto a\n   *   surface; see @FT_Render_Glyph.\n   *\n   * @values:\n   *   FT_RENDER_MODE_NORMAL ::\n   *     Default render mode; it corresponds to 8-bit anti-aliased bitmaps.\n   *\n   *   FT_RENDER_MODE_LIGHT ::\n   *     This is equivalent to @FT_RENDER_MODE_NORMAL.  It is only defined as\n   *     a separate value because render modes are also used indirectly to\n   *     define hinting algorithm selectors.  See @FT_LOAD_TARGET_XXX for\n   *     details.\n   *\n   *   FT_RENDER_MODE_MONO ::\n   *     This mode corresponds to 1-bit bitmaps (with 2~levels of opacity).\n   *\n   *   FT_RENDER_MODE_LCD ::\n   *     This mode corresponds to horizontal RGB and BGR subpixel displays\n   *     like LCD screens.  It produces 8-bit bitmaps that are 3~times the\n   *     width of the original glyph outline in pixels, and which use the\n   *     @FT_PIXEL_MODE_LCD mode.\n   *\n   *   FT_RENDER_MODE_LCD_V ::\n   *     This mode corresponds to vertical RGB and BGR subpixel displays\n   *     (like PDA screens, rotated LCD displays, etc.).  It produces 8-bit\n   *     bitmaps that are 3~times the height of the original glyph outline in\n   *     pixels and use the @FT_PIXEL_MODE_LCD_V mode.\n   *\n   * @note:\n   *   Should you define `FT_CONFIG_OPTION_SUBPIXEL_RENDERING` in your\n   *   `ftoption.h`, which enables patented ClearType-style rendering, the\n   *   LCD-optimized glyph bitmaps should be filtered to reduce color fringes\n   *   inherent to this technology.  You can either set up LCD filtering with\n   *   @FT_Library_SetLcdFilter or @FT_Face_Properties, or do the filtering\n   *   yourself.  The default FreeType LCD rendering technology does not\n   *   require filtering.\n   *\n   *   The selected render mode only affects vector glyphs of a font.\n   *   Embedded bitmaps often have a different pixel mode like\n   *   @FT_PIXEL_MODE_MONO.  You can use @FT_Bitmap_Convert to transform them\n   *   into 8-bit pixmaps.\n   */\n  typedef enum  FT_Render_Mode_\n  {\n    FT_RENDER_MODE_NORMAL = 0,\n    FT_RENDER_MODE_LIGHT,\n    FT_RENDER_MODE_MONO,\n    FT_RENDER_MODE_LCD,\n    FT_RENDER_MODE_LCD_V,\n\n    FT_RENDER_MODE_MAX\n\n  } FT_Render_Mode;\n\n\n  /* these constants are deprecated; use the corresponding */\n  /* `FT_Render_Mode` values instead                       */\n#define ft_render_mode_normal  FT_RENDER_MODE_NORMAL\n#define ft_render_mode_mono    FT_RENDER_MODE_MONO\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @function:\n   *   FT_Render_Glyph\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   Convert a given glyph image to a bitmap.  It does so by inspecting the\n   *   glyph image format, finding the relevant renderer, and invoking it.\n   *\n   * @inout:\n   *   slot ::\n   *     A handle to the glyph slot containing the image to convert.\n   *\n   * @input:\n   *   render_mode ::\n   *     The render mode used to render the glyph image into a bitmap.  See\n   *     @FT_Render_Mode for a list of possible values.\n   *\n   *     If @FT_RENDER_MODE_NORMAL is used, a previous call of @FT_Load_Glyph\n   *     with flag @FT_LOAD_COLOR makes FT_Render_Glyph provide a default\n   *     blending of colored glyph layers associated with the current glyph\n   *     slot (provided the font contains such layers) instead of rendering\n   *     the glyph slot's outline.  This is an experimental feature; see\n   *     @FT_LOAD_COLOR for more information.\n   *\n   * @return:\n   *   FreeType error code.  0~means success.\n   *\n   * @note:\n   *   To get meaningful results, font scaling values must be set with\n   *   functions like @FT_Set_Char_Size before calling `FT_Render_Glyph`.\n   *\n   *   When FreeType outputs a bitmap of a glyph, it really outputs an alpha\n   *   coverage map.  If a pixel is completely covered by a filled-in\n   *   outline, the bitmap contains 0xFF at that pixel, meaning that\n   *   0xFF/0xFF fraction of that pixel is covered, meaning the pixel is 100%\n   *   black (or 0% bright).  If a pixel is only 50% covered (value 0x80),\n   *   the pixel is made 50% black (50% bright or a middle shade of grey).\n   *   0% covered means 0% black (100% bright or white).\n   *\n   *   On high-DPI screens like on smartphones and tablets, the pixels are so\n   *   small that their chance of being completely covered and therefore\n   *   completely black are fairly good.  On the low-DPI screens, however,\n   *   the situation is different.  The pixels are too large for most of the\n   *   details of a glyph and shades of gray are the norm rather than the\n   *   exception.\n   *\n   *   This is relevant because all our screens have a second problem: they\n   *   are not linear.  1~+~1 is not~2.  Twice the value does not result in\n   *   twice the brightness.  When a pixel is only 50% covered, the coverage\n   *   map says 50% black, and this translates to a pixel value of 128 when\n   *   you use 8~bits per channel (0-255).  However, this does not translate\n   *   to 50% brightness for that pixel on our sRGB and gamma~2.2 screens.\n   *   Due to their non-linearity, they dwell longer in the darks and only a\n   *   pixel value of about 186 results in 50% brightness -- 128 ends up too\n   *   dark on both bright and dark backgrounds.  The net result is that dark\n   *   text looks burnt-out, pixely and blotchy on bright background, bright\n   *   text too frail on dark backgrounds, and colored text on colored\n   *   background (for example, red on green) seems to have dark halos or\n   *   'dirt' around it.  The situation is especially ugly for diagonal stems\n   *   like in 'w' glyph shapes where the quality of FreeType's anti-aliasing\n   *   depends on the correct display of grays.  On high-DPI screens where\n   *   smaller, fully black pixels reign supreme, this doesn't matter, but on\n   *   our low-DPI screens with all the gray shades, it does.  0% and 100%\n   *   brightness are the same things in linear and non-linear space, just\n   *   all the shades in-between aren't.\n   *\n   *   The blending function for placing text over a background is\n   *\n   *   ```\n   *     dst = alpha * src + (1 - alpha) * dst    ,\n   *   ```\n   *\n   *   which is known as the OVER operator.\n   *\n   *   To correctly composite an antialiased pixel of a glyph onto a surface,\n   *\n   *   1. take the foreground and background colors (e.g., in sRGB space)\n   *      and apply gamma to get them in a linear space,\n   *\n   *   2. use OVER to blend the two linear colors using the glyph pixel\n   *      as the alpha value (remember, the glyph bitmap is an alpha coverage\n   *      bitmap), and\n   *\n   *   3. apply inverse gamma to the blended pixel and write it back to\n   *      the image.\n   *\n   *   Internal testing at Adobe found that a target inverse gamma of~1.8 for\n   *   step~3 gives good results across a wide range of displays with an sRGB\n   *   gamma curve or a similar one.\n   *\n   *   This process can cost performance.  There is an approximation that\n   *   does not need to know about the background color; see\n   *   https://bel.fi/alankila/lcd/ and\n   *   https://bel.fi/alankila/lcd/alpcor.html for details.\n   *\n   *   **ATTENTION**: Linear blending is even more important when dealing\n   *   with subpixel-rendered glyphs to prevent color-fringing!  A\n   *   subpixel-rendered glyph must first be filtered with a filter that\n   *   gives equal weight to the three color primaries and does not exceed a\n   *   sum of 0x100, see section @lcd_rendering.  Then the only difference to\n   *   gray linear blending is that subpixel-rendered linear blending is done\n   *   3~times per pixel: red foreground subpixel to red background subpixel\n   *   and so on for green and blue.\n   */\n  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )\n  FT_Render_Glyph( FT_GlyphSlot    slot,\n                   FT_Render_Mode  render_mode );\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @enum:\n   *   FT_Kerning_Mode\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   An enumeration to specify the format of kerning values returned by\n   *   @FT_Get_Kerning.\n   *\n   * @values:\n   *   FT_KERNING_DEFAULT ::\n   *     Return grid-fitted kerning distances in 26.6 fractional pixels.\n   *\n   *   FT_KERNING_UNFITTED ::\n   *     Return un-grid-fitted kerning distances in 26.6 fractional pixels.\n   *\n   *   FT_KERNING_UNSCALED ::\n   *     Return the kerning vector in original font units.\n   *\n   * @note:\n   *   `FT_KERNING_DEFAULT` returns full pixel values; it also makes FreeType\n   *   heuristically scale down kerning distances at small ppem values so\n   *   that they don't become too big.\n   *\n   *   Both `FT_KERNING_DEFAULT` and `FT_KERNING_UNFITTED` use the current\n   *   horizontal scaling factor (as set e.g. with @FT_Set_Char_Size) to\n   *   convert font units to pixels.\n   */\n  typedef enum  FT_Kerning_Mode_\n  {\n    FT_KERNING_DEFAULT = 0,\n    FT_KERNING_UNFITTED,\n    FT_KERNING_UNSCALED\n\n  } FT_Kerning_Mode;\n\n\n  /* these constants are deprecated; use the corresponding */\n  /* `FT_Kerning_Mode` values instead                      */\n#define ft_kerning_default   FT_KERNING_DEFAULT\n#define ft_kerning_unfitted  FT_KERNING_UNFITTED\n#define ft_kerning_unscaled  FT_KERNING_UNSCALED\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @function:\n   *   FT_Get_Kerning\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   Return the kerning vector between two glyphs of the same face.\n   *\n   * @input:\n   *   face ::\n   *     A handle to a source face object.\n   *\n   *   left_glyph ::\n   *     The index of the left glyph in the kern pair.\n   *\n   *   right_glyph ::\n   *     The index of the right glyph in the kern pair.\n   *\n   *   kern_mode ::\n   *     See @FT_Kerning_Mode for more information.  Determines the scale and\n   *     dimension of the returned kerning vector.\n   *\n   * @output:\n   *   akerning ::\n   *     The kerning vector.  This is either in font units, fractional pixels\n   *     (26.6 format), or pixels for scalable formats, and in pixels for\n   *     fixed-sizes formats.\n   *\n   * @return:\n   *   FreeType error code.  0~means success.\n   *\n   * @note:\n   *   Only horizontal layouts (left-to-right & right-to-left) are supported\n   *   by this method.  Other layouts, or more sophisticated kernings, are\n   *   out of the scope of this API function -- they can be implemented\n   *   through format-specific interfaces.\n   *\n   *   Kerning for OpenType fonts implemented in a 'GPOS' table is not\n   *   supported; use @FT_HAS_KERNING to find out whether a font has data\n   *   that can be extracted with `FT_Get_Kerning`.\n   */\n  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )\n  FT_Get_Kerning( FT_Face     face,\n                  FT_UInt     left_glyph,\n                  FT_UInt     right_glyph,\n                  FT_UInt     kern_mode,\n                  FT_Vector  *akerning );\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @function:\n   *   FT_Get_Track_Kerning\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   Return the track kerning for a given face object at a given size.\n   *\n   * @input:\n   *   face ::\n   *     A handle to a source face object.\n   *\n   *   point_size ::\n   *     The point size in 16.16 fractional points.\n   *\n   *   degree ::\n   *     The degree of tightness.  Increasingly negative values represent\n   *     tighter track kerning, while increasingly positive values represent\n   *     looser track kerning.  Value zero means no track kerning.\n   *\n   * @output:\n   *   akerning ::\n   *     The kerning in 16.16 fractional points, to be uniformly applied\n   *     between all glyphs.\n   *\n   * @return:\n   *   FreeType error code.  0~means success.\n   *\n   * @note:\n   *   Currently, only the Type~1 font driver supports track kerning, using\n   *   data from AFM files (if attached with @FT_Attach_File or\n   *   @FT_Attach_Stream).\n   *\n   *   Only very few AFM files come with track kerning data; please refer to\n   *   Adobe's AFM specification for more details.\n   */\n  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )\n  FT_Get_Track_Kerning( FT_Face    face,\n                        FT_Fixed   point_size,\n                        FT_Int     degree,\n                        FT_Fixed*  akerning );\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @function:\n   *   FT_Get_Glyph_Name\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   Retrieve the ASCII name of a given glyph in a face.  This only works\n   *   for those faces where @FT_HAS_GLYPH_NAMES(face) returns~1.\n   *\n   * @input:\n   *   face ::\n   *     A handle to a source face object.\n   *\n   *   glyph_index ::\n   *     The glyph index.\n   *\n   *   buffer_max ::\n   *     The maximum number of bytes available in the buffer.\n   *\n   * @output:\n   *   buffer ::\n   *     A pointer to a target buffer where the name is copied to.\n   *\n   * @return:\n   *   FreeType error code.  0~means success.\n   *\n   * @note:\n   *   An error is returned if the face doesn't provide glyph names or if the\n   *   glyph index is invalid.  In all cases of failure, the first byte of\n   *   `buffer` is set to~0 to indicate an empty name.\n   *\n   *   The glyph name is truncated to fit within the buffer if it is too\n   *   long.  The returned string is always zero-terminated.\n   *\n   *   Be aware that FreeType reorders glyph indices internally so that glyph\n   *   index~0 always corresponds to the 'missing glyph' (called '.notdef').\n   *\n   *   This function always returns an error if the config macro\n   *   `FT_CONFIG_OPTION_NO_GLYPH_NAMES` is not defined in `ftoption.h`.\n   */\n  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )\n  FT_Get_Glyph_Name( FT_Face     face,\n                     FT_UInt     glyph_index,\n                     FT_Pointer  buffer,\n                     FT_UInt     buffer_max );\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @function:\n   *   FT_Get_Postscript_Name\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   Retrieve the ASCII PostScript name of a given face, if available.\n   *   This only works with PostScript, TrueType, and OpenType fonts.\n   *\n   * @input:\n   *   face ::\n   *     A handle to the source face object.\n   *\n   * @return:\n   *   A pointer to the face's PostScript name.  `NULL` if unavailable.\n   *\n   * @note:\n   *   The returned pointer is owned by the face and is destroyed with it.\n   *\n   *   For variation fonts, this string changes if you select a different\n   *   instance, and you have to call `FT_Get_PostScript_Name` again to\n   *   retrieve it.  FreeType follows Adobe TechNote #5902, 'Generating\n   *   PostScript Names for Fonts Using OpenType Font Variations'.\n   *\n   *     https://download.macromedia.com/pub/developer/opentype/tech-notes/5902.AdobePSNameGeneration.html\n   *\n   *   [Since 2.9] Special PostScript names for named instances are only\n   *   returned if the named instance is set with @FT_Set_Named_Instance (and\n   *   the font has corresponding entries in its 'fvar' table).  If\n   *   @FT_IS_VARIATION returns true, the algorithmically derived PostScript\n   *   name is provided, not looking up special entries for named instances.\n   */\n  FT_EXPORT( const char* )\n  FT_Get_Postscript_Name( FT_Face  face );\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @function:\n   *   FT_Select_Charmap\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   Select a given charmap by its encoding tag (as listed in\n   *   `freetype.h`).\n   *\n   * @inout:\n   *   face ::\n   *     A handle to the source face object.\n   *\n   * @input:\n   *   encoding ::\n   *     A handle to the selected encoding.\n   *\n   * @return:\n   *   FreeType error code.  0~means success.\n   *\n   * @note:\n   *   This function returns an error if no charmap in the face corresponds\n   *   to the encoding queried here.\n   *\n   *   Because many fonts contain more than a single cmap for Unicode\n   *   encoding, this function has some special code to select the one that\n   *   covers Unicode best ('best' in the sense that a UCS-4 cmap is\n   *   preferred to a UCS-2 cmap).  It is thus preferable to @FT_Set_Charmap\n   *   in this case.\n   */\n  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )\n  FT_Select_Charmap( FT_Face      face,\n                     FT_Encoding  encoding );\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @function:\n   *   FT_Set_Charmap\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   Select a given charmap for character code to glyph index mapping.\n   *\n   * @inout:\n   *   face ::\n   *     A handle to the source face object.\n   *\n   * @input:\n   *   charmap ::\n   *     A handle to the selected charmap.\n   *\n   * @return:\n   *   FreeType error code.  0~means success.\n   *\n   * @note:\n   *   This function returns an error if the charmap is not part of the face\n   *   (i.e., if it is not listed in the `face->charmaps` table).\n   *\n   *   It also fails if an OpenType type~14 charmap is selected (which\n   *   doesn't map character codes to glyph indices at all).\n   */\n  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )\n  FT_Set_Charmap( FT_Face     face,\n                  FT_CharMap  charmap );\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @function:\n   *   FT_Get_Charmap_Index\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   Retrieve index of a given charmap.\n   *\n   * @input:\n   *   charmap ::\n   *     A handle to a charmap.\n   *\n   * @return:\n   *   The index into the array of character maps within the face to which\n   *   `charmap` belongs.  If an error occurs, -1 is returned.\n   *\n   */\n  FT_EXPORT( FT_Int )\n  FT_Get_Charmap_Index( FT_CharMap  charmap );\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @function:\n   *   FT_Get_Char_Index\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   Return the glyph index of a given character code.  This function uses\n   *   the currently selected charmap to do the mapping.\n   *\n   * @input:\n   *   face ::\n   *     A handle to the source face object.\n   *\n   *   charcode ::\n   *     The character code.\n   *\n   * @return:\n   *   The glyph index.  0~means 'undefined character code'.\n   *\n   * @note:\n   *   If you use FreeType to manipulate the contents of font files directly,\n   *   be aware that the glyph index returned by this function doesn't always\n   *   correspond to the internal indices used within the file.  This is done\n   *   to ensure that value~0 always corresponds to the 'missing glyph'.  If\n   *   the first glyph is not named '.notdef', then for Type~1 and Type~42\n   *   fonts, '.notdef' will be moved into the glyph ID~0 position, and\n   *   whatever was there will be moved to the position '.notdef' had.  For\n   *   Type~1 fonts, if there is no '.notdef' glyph at all, then one will be\n   *   created at index~0 and whatever was there will be moved to the last\n   *   index -- Type~42 fonts are considered invalid under this condition.\n   */\n  FT_EXPORT( FT_UInt )\n  FT_Get_Char_Index( FT_Face   face,\n                     FT_ULong  charcode );\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @function:\n   *   FT_Get_First_Char\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   Return the first character code in the current charmap of a given\n   *   face, together with its corresponding glyph index.\n   *\n   * @input:\n   *   face ::\n   *     A handle to the source face object.\n   *\n   * @output:\n   *   agindex ::\n   *     Glyph index of first character code.  0~if charmap is empty.\n   *\n   * @return:\n   *   The charmap's first character code.\n   *\n   * @note:\n   *   You should use this function together with @FT_Get_Next_Char to parse\n   *   all character codes available in a given charmap.  The code should\n   *   look like this:\n   *\n   *   ```\n   *     FT_ULong  charcode;\n   *     FT_UInt   gindex;\n   *\n   *\n   *     charcode = FT_Get_First_Char( face, &gindex );\n   *     while ( gindex != 0 )\n   *     {\n   *       ... do something with (charcode,gindex) pair ...\n   *\n   *       charcode = FT_Get_Next_Char( face, charcode, &gindex );\n   *     }\n   *   ```\n   *\n   *   Be aware that character codes can have values up to 0xFFFFFFFF; this\n   *   might happen for non-Unicode or malformed cmaps.  However, even with\n   *   regular Unicode encoding, so-called 'last resort fonts' (using SFNT\n   *   cmap format 13, see function @FT_Get_CMap_Format) normally have\n   *   entries for all Unicode characters up to 0x1FFFFF, which can cause *a\n   *   lot* of iterations.\n   *\n   *   Note that `*agindex` is set to~0 if the charmap is empty.  The result\n   *   itself can be~0 in two cases: if the charmap is empty or if the\n   *   value~0 is the first valid character code.\n   */\n  FT_EXPORT( FT_ULong )\n  FT_Get_First_Char( FT_Face   face,\n                     FT_UInt  *agindex );\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @function:\n   *   FT_Get_Next_Char\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   Return the next character code in the current charmap of a given face\n   *   following the value `char_code`, as well as the corresponding glyph\n   *   index.\n   *\n   * @input:\n   *   face ::\n   *     A handle to the source face object.\n   *\n   *   char_code ::\n   *     The starting character code.\n   *\n   * @output:\n   *   agindex ::\n   *     Glyph index of next character code.  0~if charmap is empty.\n   *\n   * @return:\n   *   The charmap's next character code.\n   *\n   * @note:\n   *   You should use this function with @FT_Get_First_Char to walk over all\n   *   character codes available in a given charmap.  See the note for that\n   *   function for a simple code example.\n   *\n   *   Note that `*agindex` is set to~0 when there are no more codes in the\n   *   charmap.\n   */\n  FT_EXPORT( FT_ULong )\n  FT_Get_Next_Char( FT_Face    face,\n                    FT_ULong   char_code,\n                    FT_UInt   *agindex );\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @function:\n   *   FT_Face_Properties\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   Set or override certain (library or module-wide) properties on a\n   *   face-by-face basis.  Useful for finer-grained control and avoiding\n   *   locks on shared structures (threads can modify their own faces as they\n   *   see fit).\n   *\n   *   Contrary to @FT_Property_Set, this function uses @FT_Parameter so that\n   *   you can pass multiple properties to the target face in one call.  Note\n   *   that only a subset of the available properties can be controlled.\n   *\n   *   * @FT_PARAM_TAG_STEM_DARKENING (stem darkening, corresponding to the\n   *     property `no-stem-darkening` provided by the 'autofit', 'cff',\n   *     'type1', and 't1cid' modules; see @no-stem-darkening).\n   *\n   *   * @FT_PARAM_TAG_LCD_FILTER_WEIGHTS (LCD filter weights, corresponding\n   *     to function @FT_Library_SetLcdFilterWeights).\n   *\n   *   * @FT_PARAM_TAG_RANDOM_SEED (seed value for the CFF, Type~1, and CID\n   *     'random' operator, corresponding to the `random-seed` property\n   *     provided by the 'cff', 'type1', and 't1cid' modules; see\n   *     @random-seed).\n   *\n   *   Pass `NULL` as `data` in @FT_Parameter for a given tag to reset the\n   *   option and use the library or module default again.\n   *\n   * @input:\n   *   face ::\n   *     A handle to the source face object.\n   *\n   *   num_properties ::\n   *     The number of properties that follow.\n   *\n   *   properties ::\n   *     A handle to an @FT_Parameter array with `num_properties` elements.\n   *\n   * @return:\n   *   FreeType error code.  0~means success.\n   *\n   * @example:\n   *   Here is an example that sets three properties.  You must define\n   *   `FT_CONFIG_OPTION_SUBPIXEL_RENDERING` to make the LCD filter examples\n   *   work.\n   *\n   *   ```\n   *     FT_Parameter         property1;\n   *     FT_Bool              darken_stems = 1;\n   *\n   *     FT_Parameter         property2;\n   *     FT_LcdFiveTapFilter  custom_weight =\n   *                            { 0x11, 0x44, 0x56, 0x44, 0x11 };\n   *\n   *     FT_Parameter         property3;\n   *     FT_Int32             random_seed = 314159265;\n   *\n   *     FT_Parameter         properties[3] = { property1,\n   *                                            property2,\n   *                                            property3 };\n   *\n   *\n   *     property1.tag  = FT_PARAM_TAG_STEM_DARKENING;\n   *     property1.data = &darken_stems;\n   *\n   *     property2.tag  = FT_PARAM_TAG_LCD_FILTER_WEIGHTS;\n   *     property2.data = custom_weight;\n   *\n   *     property3.tag  = FT_PARAM_TAG_RANDOM_SEED;\n   *     property3.data = &random_seed;\n   *\n   *     FT_Face_Properties( face, 3, properties );\n   *   ```\n   *\n   *   The next example resets a single property to its default value.\n   *\n   *   ```\n   *     FT_Parameter  property;\n   *\n   *\n   *     property.tag  = FT_PARAM_TAG_LCD_FILTER_WEIGHTS;\n   *     property.data = NULL;\n   *\n   *     FT_Face_Properties( face, 1, &property );\n   *   ```\n   *\n   * @since:\n   *   2.8\n   *\n   */\n  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )\n  FT_Face_Properties( FT_Face        face,\n                      FT_UInt        num_properties,\n                      FT_Parameter*  properties );\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @function:\n   *   FT_Get_Name_Index\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   Return the glyph index of a given glyph name.\n   *\n   * @input:\n   *   face ::\n   *     A handle to the source face object.\n   *\n   *   glyph_name ::\n   *     The glyph name.\n   *\n   * @return:\n   *   The glyph index.  0~means 'undefined character code'.\n   */\n  FT_EXPORT( FT_UInt )\n  FT_Get_Name_Index( FT_Face     face,\n                     FT_String*  glyph_name );\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @enum:\n   *   FT_SUBGLYPH_FLAG_XXX\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   A list of constants describing subglyphs.  Please refer to the 'glyf'\n   *   table description in the OpenType specification for the meaning of the\n   *   various flags (which get synthesized for non-OpenType subglyphs).\n   *\n   *     https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/typography/opentype/spec/glyf#composite-glyph-description\n   *\n   * @values:\n   *   FT_SUBGLYPH_FLAG_ARGS_ARE_WORDS ::\n   *   FT_SUBGLYPH_FLAG_ARGS_ARE_XY_VALUES ::\n   *   FT_SUBGLYPH_FLAG_ROUND_XY_TO_GRID ::\n   *   FT_SUBGLYPH_FLAG_SCALE ::\n   *   FT_SUBGLYPH_FLAG_XY_SCALE ::\n   *   FT_SUBGLYPH_FLAG_2X2 ::\n   *   FT_SUBGLYPH_FLAG_USE_MY_METRICS ::\n   *\n   */\n#define FT_SUBGLYPH_FLAG_ARGS_ARE_WORDS          1\n#define FT_SUBGLYPH_FLAG_ARGS_ARE_XY_VALUES      2\n#define FT_SUBGLYPH_FLAG_ROUND_XY_TO_GRID        4\n#define FT_SUBGLYPH_FLAG_SCALE                   8\n#define FT_SUBGLYPH_FLAG_XY_SCALE             0x40\n#define FT_SUBGLYPH_FLAG_2X2                  0x80\n#define FT_SUBGLYPH_FLAG_USE_MY_METRICS      0x200\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @function:\n   *   FT_Get_SubGlyph_Info\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   Retrieve a description of a given subglyph.  Only use it if\n   *   `glyph->format` is @FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_COMPOSITE; an error is returned\n   *   otherwise.\n   *\n   * @input:\n   *   glyph ::\n   *     The source glyph slot.\n   *\n   *   sub_index ::\n   *     The index of the subglyph.  Must be less than\n   *     `glyph->num_subglyphs`.\n   *\n   * @output:\n   *   p_index ::\n   *     The glyph index of the subglyph.\n   *\n   *   p_flags ::\n   *     The subglyph flags, see @FT_SUBGLYPH_FLAG_XXX.\n   *\n   *   p_arg1 ::\n   *     The subglyph's first argument (if any).\n   *\n   *   p_arg2 ::\n   *     The subglyph's second argument (if any).\n   *\n   *   p_transform ::\n   *     The subglyph transformation (if any).\n   *\n   * @return:\n   *   FreeType error code.  0~means success.\n   *\n   * @note:\n   *   The values of `*p_arg1`, `*p_arg2`, and `*p_transform` must be\n   *   interpreted depending on the flags returned in `*p_flags`.  See the\n   *   OpenType specification for details.\n   *\n   *     https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/typography/opentype/spec/glyf#composite-glyph-description\n   *\n   */\n  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )\n  FT_Get_SubGlyph_Info( FT_GlyphSlot  glyph,\n                        FT_UInt       sub_index,\n                        FT_Int       *p_index,\n                        FT_UInt      *p_flags,\n                        FT_Int       *p_arg1,\n                        FT_Int       *p_arg2,\n                        FT_Matrix    *p_transform );\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @section:\n   *   layer_management\n   *\n   * @title:\n   *   Glyph Layer Management\n   *\n   * @abstract:\n   *   Retrieving and manipulating OpenType's 'COLR' table data.\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   The functions described here allow access of colored glyph layer data\n   *   in OpenType's 'COLR' tables.\n   */\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @struct:\n   *   FT_LayerIterator\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   This iterator object is needed for @FT_Get_Color_Glyph_Layer.\n   *\n   * @fields:\n   *   num_layers ::\n   *     The number of glyph layers for the requested glyph index.  Will be\n   *     set by @FT_Get_Color_Glyph_Layer.\n   *\n   *   layer ::\n   *     The current layer.  Will be set by @FT_Get_Color_Glyph_Layer.\n   *\n   *   p ::\n   *     An opaque pointer into 'COLR' table data.  The caller must set this\n   *     to `NULL` before the first call of @FT_Get_Color_Glyph_Layer.\n   */\n  typedef struct  FT_LayerIterator_\n  {\n    FT_UInt   num_layers;\n    FT_UInt   layer;\n    FT_Byte*  p;\n\n  } FT_LayerIterator;\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @function:\n   *   FT_Get_Color_Glyph_Layer\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   This is an interface to the 'COLR' table in OpenType fonts to\n   *   iteratively retrieve the colored glyph layers associated with the\n   *   current glyph slot.\n   *\n   *     https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/typography/opentype/spec/colr\n   *\n   *   The glyph layer data for a given glyph index, if present, provides an\n   *   alternative, multi-colour glyph representation: Instead of rendering\n   *   the outline or bitmap with the given glyph index, glyphs with the\n   *   indices and colors returned by this function are rendered layer by\n   *   layer.\n   *\n   *   The returned elements are ordered in the z~direction from bottom to\n   *   top; the 'n'th element should be rendered with the associated palette\n   *   color and blended on top of the already rendered layers (elements 0,\n   *   1, ..., n-1).\n   *\n   * @input:\n   *   face ::\n   *     A handle to the parent face object.\n   *\n   *   base_glyph ::\n   *     The glyph index the colored glyph layers are associated with.\n   *\n   * @inout:\n   *   iterator ::\n   *     An @FT_LayerIterator object.  For the first call you should set\n   *     `iterator->p` to `NULL`.  For all following calls, simply use the\n   *     same object again.\n   *\n   * @output:\n   *   aglyph_index ::\n   *     The glyph index of the current layer.\n   *\n   *   acolor_index ::\n   *     The color index into the font face's color palette of the current\n   *     layer.  The value 0xFFFF is special; it doesn't reference a palette\n   *     entry but indicates that the text foreground color should be used\n   *     instead (to be set up by the application outside of FreeType).\n   *\n   *     The color palette can be retrieved with @FT_Palette_Select.\n   *\n   * @return:\n   *   Value~1 if everything is OK.  If there are no more layers (or if there\n   *   are no layers at all), value~0 gets returned.  In case of an error,\n   *   value~0 is returned also.\n   *\n   * @note:\n   *   This function is necessary if you want to handle glyph layers by\n   *   yourself.  In particular, functions that operate with @FT_GlyphRec\n   *   objects (like @FT_Get_Glyph or @FT_Glyph_To_Bitmap) don't have access\n   *   to this information.\n   *\n   *   Note that @FT_Render_Glyph is able to handle colored glyph layers\n   *   automatically if the @FT_LOAD_COLOR flag is passed to a previous call\n   *   to @FT_Load_Glyph.  [This is an experimental feature.]\n   *\n   * @example:\n   *   ```\n   *     FT_Color*         palette;\n   *     FT_LayerIterator  iterator;\n   *\n   *     FT_Bool  have_layers;\n   *     FT_UInt  layer_glyph_index;\n   *     FT_UInt  layer_color_index;\n   *\n   *\n   *     error = FT_Palette_Select( face, palette_index, &palette );\n   *     if ( error )\n   *       palette = NULL;\n   *\n   *     iterator.p  = NULL;\n   *     have_layers = FT_Get_Color_Glyph_Layer( face,\n   *                                             glyph_index,\n   *                                             &layer_glyph_index,\n   *                                             &layer_color_index,\n   *                                             &iterator );\n   *\n   *     if ( palette && have_layers )\n   *     {\n   *       do\n   *       {\n   *         FT_Color  layer_color;\n   *\n   *\n   *         if ( layer_color_index == 0xFFFF )\n   *           layer_color = text_foreground_color;\n   *         else\n   *           layer_color = palette[layer_color_index];\n   *\n   *         // Load and render glyph `layer_glyph_index', then\n   *         // blend resulting pixmap (using color `layer_color')\n   *         // with previously created pixmaps.\n   *\n   *       } while ( FT_Get_Color_Glyph_Layer( face,\n   *                                           glyph_index,\n   *                                           &layer_glyph_index,\n   *                                           &layer_color_index,\n   *                                           &iterator ) );\n   *     }\n   *   ```\n   */\n  FT_EXPORT( FT_Bool )\n  FT_Get_Color_Glyph_Layer( FT_Face            face,\n                            FT_UInt            base_glyph,\n                            FT_UInt           *aglyph_index,\n                            FT_UInt           *acolor_index,\n                            FT_LayerIterator*  iterator );\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @section:\n   *   base_interface\n   *\n   */\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @enum:\n   *   FT_FSTYPE_XXX\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   A list of bit flags used in the `fsType` field of the OS/2 table in a\n   *   TrueType or OpenType font and the `FSType` entry in a PostScript font.\n   *   These bit flags are returned by @FT_Get_FSType_Flags; they inform\n   *   client applications of embedding and subsetting restrictions\n   *   associated with a font.\n   *\n   *   See\n   *   https://www.adobe.com/content/dam/Adobe/en/devnet/acrobat/pdfs/FontPolicies.pdf\n   *   for more details.\n   *\n   * @values:\n   *   FT_FSTYPE_INSTALLABLE_EMBEDDING ::\n   *     Fonts with no fsType bit set may be embedded and permanently\n   *     installed on the remote system by an application.\n   *\n   *   FT_FSTYPE_RESTRICTED_LICENSE_EMBEDDING ::\n   *     Fonts that have only this bit set must not be modified, embedded or\n   *     exchanged in any manner without first obtaining permission of the\n   *     font software copyright owner.\n   *\n   *   FT_FSTYPE_PREVIEW_AND_PRINT_EMBEDDING ::\n   *     The font may be embedded and temporarily loaded on the remote\n   *     system.  Documents containing Preview & Print fonts must be opened\n   *     'read-only'; no edits can be applied to the document.\n   *\n   *   FT_FSTYPE_EDITABLE_EMBEDDING ::\n   *     The font may be embedded but must only be installed temporarily on\n   *     other systems.  In contrast to Preview & Print fonts, documents\n   *     containing editable fonts may be opened for reading, editing is\n   *     permitted, and changes may be saved.\n   *\n   *   FT_FSTYPE_NO_SUBSETTING ::\n   *     The font may not be subsetted prior to embedding.\n   *\n   *   FT_FSTYPE_BITMAP_EMBEDDING_ONLY ::\n   *     Only bitmaps contained in the font may be embedded; no outline data\n   *     may be embedded.  If there are no bitmaps available in the font,\n   *     then the font is unembeddable.\n   *\n   * @note:\n   *   The flags are ORed together, thus more than a single value can be\n   *   returned.\n   *\n   *   While the `fsType` flags can indicate that a font may be embedded, a\n   *   license with the font vendor may be separately required to use the\n   *   font in this way.\n   */\n#define FT_FSTYPE_INSTALLABLE_EMBEDDING         0x0000\n#define FT_FSTYPE_RESTRICTED_LICENSE_EMBEDDING  0x0002\n#define FT_FSTYPE_PREVIEW_AND_PRINT_EMBEDDING   0x0004\n#define FT_FSTYPE_EDITABLE_EMBEDDING            0x0008\n#define FT_FSTYPE_NO_SUBSETTING                 0x0100\n#define FT_FSTYPE_BITMAP_EMBEDDING_ONLY         0x0200\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @function:\n   *   FT_Get_FSType_Flags\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   Return the `fsType` flags for a font.\n   *\n   * @input:\n   *   face ::\n   *     A handle to the source face object.\n   *\n   * @return:\n   *   The `fsType` flags, see @FT_FSTYPE_XXX.\n   *\n   * @note:\n   *   Use this function rather than directly reading the `fs_type` field in\n   *   the @PS_FontInfoRec structure, which is only guaranteed to return the\n   *   correct results for Type~1 fonts.\n   *\n   * @since:\n   *   2.3.8\n   */\n  FT_EXPORT( FT_UShort )\n  FT_Get_FSType_Flags( FT_Face  face );\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @section:\n   *   glyph_variants\n   *\n   * @title:\n   *   Unicode Variation Sequences\n   *\n   * @abstract:\n   *   The FreeType~2 interface to Unicode Variation Sequences (UVS), using\n   *   the SFNT cmap format~14.\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   Many characters, especially for CJK scripts, have variant forms.  They\n   *   are a sort of grey area somewhere between being totally irrelevant and\n   *   semantically distinct; for this reason, the Unicode consortium decided\n   *   to introduce Variation Sequences (VS), consisting of a Unicode base\n   *   character and a variation selector instead of further extending the\n   *   already huge number of characters.\n   *\n   *   Unicode maintains two different sets, namely 'Standardized Variation\n   *   Sequences' and registered 'Ideographic Variation Sequences' (IVS),\n   *   collected in the 'Ideographic Variation Database' (IVD).\n   *\n   *     https://unicode.org/Public/UCD/latest/ucd/StandardizedVariants.txt\n   *     https://unicode.org/reports/tr37/ https://unicode.org/ivd/\n   *\n   *   To date (January 2017), the character with the most ideographic\n   *   variations is U+9089, having 32 such IVS.\n   *\n   *   Three Mongolian Variation Selectors have the values U+180B-U+180D; 256\n   *   generic Variation Selectors are encoded in the ranges U+FE00-U+FE0F\n   *   and U+E0100-U+E01EF.  IVS currently use Variation Selectors from the\n   *   range U+E0100-U+E01EF only.\n   *\n   *   A VS consists of the base character value followed by a single\n   *   Variation Selector.  For example, to get the first variation of\n   *   U+9089, you have to write the character sequence `U+9089 U+E0100`.\n   *\n   *   Adobe and MS decided to support both standardized and ideographic VS\n   *   with a new cmap subtable (format~14).  It is an odd subtable because\n   *   it is not a mapping of input code points to glyphs, but contains lists\n   *   of all variations supported by the font.\n   *\n   *   A variation may be either 'default' or 'non-default' for a given font.\n   *   A default variation is the one you will get for that code point if you\n   *   look it up in the standard Unicode cmap.  A non-default variation is a\n   *   different glyph.\n   *\n   */\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @function:\n   *   FT_Face_GetCharVariantIndex\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   Return the glyph index of a given character code as modified by the\n   *   variation selector.\n   *\n   * @input:\n   *   face ::\n   *     A handle to the source face object.\n   *\n   *   charcode ::\n   *     The character code point in Unicode.\n   *\n   *   variantSelector ::\n   *     The Unicode code point of the variation selector.\n   *\n   * @return:\n   *   The glyph index.  0~means either 'undefined character code', or\n   *   'undefined selector code', or 'no variation selector cmap subtable',\n   *   or 'current CharMap is not Unicode'.\n   *\n   * @note:\n   *   If you use FreeType to manipulate the contents of font files directly,\n   *   be aware that the glyph index returned by this function doesn't always\n   *   correspond to the internal indices used within the file.  This is done\n   *   to ensure that value~0 always corresponds to the 'missing glyph'.\n   *\n   *   This function is only meaningful if\n   *     a) the font has a variation selector cmap sub table, and\n   *     b) the current charmap has a Unicode encoding.\n   *\n   * @since:\n   *   2.3.6\n   */\n  FT_EXPORT( FT_UInt )\n  FT_Face_GetCharVariantIndex( FT_Face   face,\n                               FT_ULong  charcode,\n                               FT_ULong  variantSelector );\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @function:\n   *   FT_Face_GetCharVariantIsDefault\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   Check whether this variation of this Unicode character is the one to\n   *   be found in the charmap.\n   *\n   * @input:\n   *   face ::\n   *     A handle to the source face object.\n   *\n   *   charcode ::\n   *     The character codepoint in Unicode.\n   *\n   *   variantSelector ::\n   *     The Unicode codepoint of the variation selector.\n   *\n   * @return:\n   *   1~if found in the standard (Unicode) cmap, 0~if found in the variation\n   *   selector cmap, or -1 if it is not a variation.\n   *\n   * @note:\n   *   This function is only meaningful if the font has a variation selector\n   *   cmap subtable.\n   *\n   * @since:\n   *   2.3.6\n   */\n  FT_EXPORT( FT_Int )\n  FT_Face_GetCharVariantIsDefault( FT_Face   face,\n                                   FT_ULong  charcode,\n                                   FT_ULong  variantSelector );\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @function:\n   *   FT_Face_GetVariantSelectors\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   Return a zero-terminated list of Unicode variation selectors found in\n   *   the font.\n   *\n   * @input:\n   *   face ::\n   *     A handle to the source face object.\n   *\n   * @return:\n   *   A pointer to an array of selector code points, or `NULL` if there is\n   *   no valid variation selector cmap subtable.\n   *\n   * @note:\n   *   The last item in the array is~0; the array is owned by the @FT_Face\n   *   object but can be overwritten or released on the next call to a\n   *   FreeType function.\n   *\n   * @since:\n   *   2.3.6\n   */\n  FT_EXPORT( FT_UInt32* )\n  FT_Face_GetVariantSelectors( FT_Face  face );\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @function:\n   *   FT_Face_GetVariantsOfChar\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   Return a zero-terminated list of Unicode variation selectors found for\n   *   the specified character code.\n   *\n   * @input:\n   *   face ::\n   *     A handle to the source face object.\n   *\n   *   charcode ::\n   *     The character codepoint in Unicode.\n   *\n   * @return:\n   *   A pointer to an array of variation selector code points that are\n   *   active for the given character, or `NULL` if the corresponding list is\n   *   empty.\n   *\n   * @note:\n   *   The last item in the array is~0; the array is owned by the @FT_Face\n   *   object but can be overwritten or released on the next call to a\n   *   FreeType function.\n   *\n   * @since:\n   *   2.3.6\n   */\n  FT_EXPORT( FT_UInt32* )\n  FT_Face_GetVariantsOfChar( FT_Face   face,\n                             FT_ULong  charcode );\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @function:\n   *   FT_Face_GetCharsOfVariant\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   Return a zero-terminated list of Unicode character codes found for the\n   *   specified variation selector.\n   *\n   * @input:\n   *   face ::\n   *     A handle to the source face object.\n   *\n   *   variantSelector ::\n   *     The variation selector code point in Unicode.\n   *\n   * @return:\n   *   A list of all the code points that are specified by this selector\n   *   (both default and non-default codes are returned) or `NULL` if there\n   *   is no valid cmap or the variation selector is invalid.\n   *\n   * @note:\n   *   The last item in the array is~0; the array is owned by the @FT_Face\n   *   object but can be overwritten or released on the next call to a\n   *   FreeType function.\n   *\n   * @since:\n   *   2.3.6\n   */\n  FT_EXPORT( FT_UInt32* )\n  FT_Face_GetCharsOfVariant( FT_Face   face,\n                             FT_ULong  variantSelector );\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @section:\n   *   computations\n   *\n   * @title:\n   *   Computations\n   *\n   * @abstract:\n   *   Crunching fixed numbers and vectors.\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   This section contains various functions used to perform computations\n   *   on 16.16 fixed-float numbers or 2d vectors.\n   *\n   *   **Attention**: Most arithmetic functions take `FT_Long` as arguments.\n   *   For historical reasons, FreeType was designed under the assumption\n   *   that `FT_Long` is a 32-bit integer; results can thus be undefined if\n   *   the arguments don't fit into 32 bits.\n   *\n   * @order:\n   *   FT_MulDiv\n   *   FT_MulFix\n   *   FT_DivFix\n   *   FT_RoundFix\n   *   FT_CeilFix\n   *   FT_FloorFix\n   *   FT_Vector_Transform\n   *   FT_Matrix_Multiply\n   *   FT_Matrix_Invert\n   *\n   */\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @function:\n   *   FT_MulDiv\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   Compute `(a*b)/c` with maximum accuracy, using a 64-bit intermediate\n   *   integer whenever necessary.\n   *\n   *   This function isn't necessarily as fast as some processor-specific\n   *   operations, but is at least completely portable.\n   *\n   * @input:\n   *   a ::\n   *     The first multiplier.\n   *\n   *   b ::\n   *     The second multiplier.\n   *\n   *   c ::\n   *     The divisor.\n   *\n   * @return:\n   *   The result of `(a*b)/c`.  This function never traps when trying to\n   *   divide by zero; it simply returns 'MaxInt' or 'MinInt' depending on\n   *   the signs of `a` and `b`.\n   */\n  FT_EXPORT( FT_Long )\n  FT_MulDiv( FT_Long  a,\n             FT_Long  b,\n             FT_Long  c );\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @function:\n   *   FT_MulFix\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   Compute `(a*b)/0x10000` with maximum accuracy.  Its main use is to\n   *   multiply a given value by a 16.16 fixed-point factor.\n   *\n   * @input:\n   *   a ::\n   *     The first multiplier.\n   *\n   *   b ::\n   *     The second multiplier.  Use a 16.16 factor here whenever possible\n   *     (see note below).\n   *\n   * @return:\n   *   The result of `(a*b)/0x10000`.\n   *\n   * @note:\n   *   This function has been optimized for the case where the absolute value\n   *   of `a` is less than 2048, and `b` is a 16.16 scaling factor.  As this\n   *   happens mainly when scaling from notional units to fractional pixels\n   *   in FreeType, it resulted in noticeable speed improvements between\n   *   versions 2.x and 1.x.\n   *\n   *   As a conclusion, always try to place a 16.16 factor as the _second_\n   *   argument of this function; this can make a great difference.\n   */\n  FT_EXPORT( FT_Long )\n  FT_MulFix( FT_Long  a,\n             FT_Long  b );\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @function:\n   *   FT_DivFix\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   Compute `(a*0x10000)/b` with maximum accuracy.  Its main use is to\n   *   divide a given value by a 16.16 fixed-point factor.\n   *\n   * @input:\n   *   a ::\n   *     The numerator.\n   *\n   *   b ::\n   *     The denominator.  Use a 16.16 factor here.\n   *\n   * @return:\n   *   The result of `(a*0x10000)/b`.\n   */\n  FT_EXPORT( FT_Long )\n  FT_DivFix( FT_Long  a,\n             FT_Long  b );\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @function:\n   *   FT_RoundFix\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   Round a 16.16 fixed number.\n   *\n   * @input:\n   *   a ::\n   *     The number to be rounded.\n   *\n   * @return:\n   *   `a` rounded to the nearest 16.16 fixed integer, halfway cases away\n   *   from zero.\n   *\n   * @note:\n   *   The function uses wrap-around arithmetic.\n   */\n  FT_EXPORT( FT_Fixed )\n  FT_RoundFix( FT_Fixed  a );\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @function:\n   *   FT_CeilFix\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   Compute the smallest following integer of a 16.16 fixed number.\n   *\n   * @input:\n   *   a ::\n   *     The number for which the ceiling function is to be computed.\n   *\n   * @return:\n   *   `a` rounded towards plus infinity.\n   *\n   * @note:\n   *   The function uses wrap-around arithmetic.\n   */\n  FT_EXPORT( FT_Fixed )\n  FT_CeilFix( FT_Fixed  a );\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @function:\n   *   FT_FloorFix\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   Compute the largest previous integer of a 16.16 fixed number.\n   *\n   * @input:\n   *   a ::\n   *     The number for which the floor function is to be computed.\n   *\n   * @return:\n   *   `a` rounded towards minus infinity.\n   */\n  FT_EXPORT( FT_Fixed )\n  FT_FloorFix( FT_Fixed  a );\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @function:\n   *   FT_Vector_Transform\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   Transform a single vector through a 2x2 matrix.\n   *\n   * @inout:\n   *   vector ::\n   *     The target vector to transform.\n   *\n   * @input:\n   *   matrix ::\n   *     A pointer to the source 2x2 matrix.\n   *\n   * @note:\n   *   The result is undefined if either `vector` or `matrix` is invalid.\n   */\n  FT_EXPORT( void )\n  FT_Vector_Transform( FT_Vector*        vector,\n                       const FT_Matrix*  matrix );\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @section:\n   *   version\n   *\n   * @title:\n   *   FreeType Version\n   *\n   * @abstract:\n   *   Functions and macros related to FreeType versions.\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   Note that those functions and macros are of limited use because even a\n   *   new release of FreeType with only documentation changes increases the\n   *   version number.\n   *\n   * @order:\n   *   FT_Library_Version\n   *\n   *   FREETYPE_MAJOR\n   *   FREETYPE_MINOR\n   *   FREETYPE_PATCH\n   *\n   *   FT_Face_CheckTrueTypePatents\n   *   FT_Face_SetUnpatentedHinting\n   *\n   */\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @enum:\n   *   FREETYPE_XXX\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   These three macros identify the FreeType source code version.  Use\n   *   @FT_Library_Version to access them at runtime.\n   *\n   * @values:\n   *   FREETYPE_MAJOR ::\n   *     The major version number.\n   *   FREETYPE_MINOR ::\n   *     The minor version number.\n   *   FREETYPE_PATCH ::\n   *     The patch level.\n   *\n   * @note:\n   *   The version number of FreeType if built as a dynamic link library with\n   *   the 'libtool' package is _not_ controlled by these three macros.\n   *\n   */\n#define FREETYPE_MAJOR  2\n#define FREETYPE_MINOR  10\n#define FREETYPE_PATCH  0\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @function:\n   *   FT_Library_Version\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   Return the version of the FreeType library being used.  This is useful\n   *   when dynamically linking to the library, since one cannot use the\n   *   macros @FREETYPE_MAJOR, @FREETYPE_MINOR, and @FREETYPE_PATCH.\n   *\n   * @input:\n   *   library ::\n   *     A source library handle.\n   *\n   * @output:\n   *   amajor ::\n   *     The major version number.\n   *\n   *   aminor ::\n   *     The minor version number.\n   *\n   *   apatch ::\n   *     The patch version number.\n   *\n   * @note:\n   *   The reason why this function takes a `library` argument is because\n   *   certain programs implement library initialization in a custom way that\n   *   doesn't use @FT_Init_FreeType.\n   *\n   *   In such cases, the library version might not be available before the\n   *   library object has been created.\n   */\n  FT_EXPORT( void )\n  FT_Library_Version( FT_Library   library,\n                      FT_Int      *amajor,\n                      FT_Int      *aminor,\n                      FT_Int      *apatch );\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @function:\n   *   FT_Face_CheckTrueTypePatents\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   Deprecated, does nothing.\n   *\n   * @input:\n   *   face ::\n   *     A face handle.\n   *\n   * @return:\n   *   Always returns false.\n   *\n   * @note:\n   *   Since May 2010, TrueType hinting is no longer patented.\n   *\n   * @since:\n   *   2.3.5\n   */\n  FT_EXPORT( FT_Bool )\n  FT_Face_CheckTrueTypePatents( FT_Face  face );\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @function:\n   *   FT_Face_SetUnpatentedHinting\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   Deprecated, does nothing.\n   *\n   * @input:\n   *   face ::\n   *     A face handle.\n   *\n   *   value ::\n   *     New boolean setting.\n   *\n   * @return:\n   *   Always returns false.\n   *\n   * @note:\n   *   Since May 2010, TrueType hinting is no longer patented.\n   *\n   * @since:\n   *   2.3.5\n   */\n  FT_EXPORT( FT_Bool )\n  FT_Face_SetUnpatentedHinting( FT_Face  face,\n                                FT_Bool  value );\n\n  /* */\n\n\nFT_END_HEADER\n\n#endif /* FREETYPE_H_ */\n\n\n/* END */\n"
  },
  {
    "path": "Antario/LIB/freetype/freetype/ftadvanc.h",
    "content": "/****************************************************************************\n *\n * ftadvanc.h\n *\n *   Quick computation of advance widths (specification only).\n *\n * Copyright (C) 2008-2019 by\n * David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.\n *\n * This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,\n * modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project\n * license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute\n * this file you indicate that you have read the license and\n * understand and accept it fully.\n *\n */\n\n\n#ifndef FTADVANC_H_\n#define FTADVANC_H_\n\n\n#include <ft2build.h>\n#include FT_FREETYPE_H\n\n#ifdef FREETYPE_H\n#error \"freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!\"\n#error \"Please fix the directory search order for header files\"\n#error \"so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first.\"\n#endif\n\n\nFT_BEGIN_HEADER\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @section:\n   *   quick_advance\n   *\n   * @title:\n   *   Quick retrieval of advance values\n   *\n   * @abstract:\n   *   Retrieve horizontal and vertical advance values without processing\n   *   glyph outlines, if possible.\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   This section contains functions to quickly extract advance values\n   *   without handling glyph outlines, if possible.\n   *\n   * @order:\n   *   FT_Get_Advance\n   *   FT_Get_Advances\n   *\n   */\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @enum:\n   *   FT_ADVANCE_FLAG_FAST_ONLY\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   A bit-flag to be OR-ed with the `flags` parameter of the\n   *   @FT_Get_Advance and @FT_Get_Advances functions.\n   *\n   *   If set, it indicates that you want these functions to fail if the\n   *   corresponding hinting mode or font driver doesn't allow for very quick\n   *   advance computation.\n   *\n   *   Typically, glyphs that are either unscaled, unhinted, bitmapped, or\n   *   light-hinted can have their advance width computed very quickly.\n   *\n   *   Normal and bytecode hinted modes that require loading, scaling, and\n   *   hinting of the glyph outline, are extremely slow by comparison.\n   */\n#define FT_ADVANCE_FLAG_FAST_ONLY  0x20000000L\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @function:\n   *   FT_Get_Advance\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   Retrieve the advance value of a given glyph outline in an @FT_Face.\n   *\n   * @input:\n   *   face ::\n   *     The source @FT_Face handle.\n   *\n   *   gindex ::\n   *     The glyph index.\n   *\n   *   load_flags ::\n   *     A set of bit flags similar to those used when calling\n   *     @FT_Load_Glyph, used to determine what kind of advances you need.\n   * @output:\n   *   padvance ::\n   *     The advance value.  If scaling is performed (based on the value of\n   *     `load_flags`), the advance value is in 16.16 format.  Otherwise, it\n   *     is in font units.\n   *\n   *     If @FT_LOAD_VERTICAL_LAYOUT is set, this is the vertical advance\n   *     corresponding to a vertical layout.  Otherwise, it is the horizontal\n   *     advance in a horizontal layout.\n   *\n   * @return:\n   *   FreeType error code.  0 means success.\n   *\n   * @note:\n   *   This function may fail if you use @FT_ADVANCE_FLAG_FAST_ONLY and if\n   *   the corresponding font backend doesn't have a quick way to retrieve\n   *   the advances.\n   *\n   *   A scaled advance is returned in 16.16 format but isn't transformed by\n   *   the affine transformation specified by @FT_Set_Transform.\n   */\n  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )\n  FT_Get_Advance( FT_Face    face,\n                  FT_UInt    gindex,\n                  FT_Int32   load_flags,\n                  FT_Fixed  *padvance );\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @function:\n   *   FT_Get_Advances\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   Retrieve the advance values of several glyph outlines in an @FT_Face.\n   *\n   * @input:\n   *   face ::\n   *     The source @FT_Face handle.\n   *\n   *   start ::\n   *     The first glyph index.\n   *\n   *   count ::\n   *     The number of advance values you want to retrieve.\n   *\n   *   load_flags ::\n   *     A set of bit flags similar to those used when calling\n   *     @FT_Load_Glyph.\n   *\n   * @output:\n   *   padvance ::\n   *     The advance values.  This array, to be provided by the caller, must\n   *     contain at least `count` elements.\n   *\n   *     If scaling is performed (based on the value of `load_flags`), the\n   *     advance values are in 16.16 format.  Otherwise, they are in font\n   *     units.\n   *\n   *     If @FT_LOAD_VERTICAL_LAYOUT is set, these are the vertical advances\n   *     corresponding to a vertical layout.  Otherwise, they are the\n   *     horizontal advances in a horizontal layout.\n   *\n   * @return:\n   *   FreeType error code.  0 means success.\n   *\n   * @note:\n   *   This function may fail if you use @FT_ADVANCE_FLAG_FAST_ONLY and if\n   *   the corresponding font backend doesn't have a quick way to retrieve\n   *   the advances.\n   *\n   *   Scaled advances are returned in 16.16 format but aren't transformed by\n   *   the affine transformation specified by @FT_Set_Transform.\n   */\n  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )\n  FT_Get_Advances( FT_Face    face,\n                   FT_UInt    start,\n                   FT_UInt    count,\n                   FT_Int32   load_flags,\n                   FT_Fixed  *padvances );\n\n  /* */\n\n\nFT_END_HEADER\n\n#endif /* FTADVANC_H_ */\n\n\n/* END */\n"
  },
  {
    "path": "Antario/LIB/freetype/freetype/ftbbox.h",
    "content": "/****************************************************************************\n *\n * ftbbox.h\n *\n *   FreeType exact bbox computation (specification).\n *\n * Copyright (C) 1996-2019 by\n * David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.\n *\n * This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,\n * modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project\n * license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute\n * this file you indicate that you have read the license and\n * understand and accept it fully.\n *\n */\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * This component has a _single_ role: to compute exact outline bounding\n   * boxes.\n   *\n   * It is separated from the rest of the engine for various technical\n   * reasons.  It may well be integrated in 'ftoutln' later.\n   *\n   */\n\n\n#ifndef FTBBOX_H_\n#define FTBBOX_H_\n\n\n#include <ft2build.h>\n#include FT_FREETYPE_H\n\n#ifdef FREETYPE_H\n#error \"freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!\"\n#error \"Please fix the directory search order for header files\"\n#error \"so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first.\"\n#endif\n\n\nFT_BEGIN_HEADER\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @section:\n   *   outline_processing\n   *\n   */\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @function:\n   *   FT_Outline_Get_BBox\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   Compute the exact bounding box of an outline.  This is slower than\n   *   computing the control box.  However, it uses an advanced algorithm\n   *   that returns _very_ quickly when the two boxes coincide.  Otherwise,\n   *   the outline Bezier arcs are traversed to extract their extrema.\n   *\n   * @input:\n   *   outline ::\n   *     A pointer to the source outline.\n   *\n   * @output:\n   *   abbox ::\n   *     The outline's exact bounding box.\n   *\n   * @return:\n   *   FreeType error code.  0~means success.\n   *\n   * @note:\n   *   If the font is tricky and the glyph has been loaded with\n   *   @FT_LOAD_NO_SCALE, the resulting BBox is meaningless.  To get\n   *   reasonable values for the BBox it is necessary to load the glyph at a\n   *   large ppem value (so that the hinting instructions can properly shift\n   *   and scale the subglyphs), then extracting the BBox, which can be\n   *   eventually converted back to font units.\n   */\n  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )\n  FT_Outline_Get_BBox( FT_Outline*  outline,\n                       FT_BBox     *abbox );\n\n  /* */\n\n\nFT_END_HEADER\n\n#endif /* FTBBOX_H_ */\n\n\n/* END */\n\n\n/* Local Variables: */\n/* coding: utf-8    */\n/* End:             */\n"
  },
  {
    "path": "Antario/LIB/freetype/freetype/ftbdf.h",
    "content": "/****************************************************************************\n *\n * ftbdf.h\n *\n *   FreeType API for accessing BDF-specific strings (specification).\n *\n * Copyright (C) 2002-2019 by\n * David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.\n *\n * This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,\n * modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project\n * license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute\n * this file you indicate that you have read the license and\n * understand and accept it fully.\n *\n */\n\n\n#ifndef FTBDF_H_\n#define FTBDF_H_\n\n#include <ft2build.h>\n#include FT_FREETYPE_H\n\n#ifdef FREETYPE_H\n#error \"freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!\"\n#error \"Please fix the directory search order for header files\"\n#error \"so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first.\"\n#endif\n\n\nFT_BEGIN_HEADER\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @section:\n   *   bdf_fonts\n   *\n   * @title:\n   *   BDF and PCF Files\n   *\n   * @abstract:\n   *   BDF and PCF specific API.\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   This section contains the declaration of functions specific to BDF and\n   *   PCF fonts.\n   *\n   */\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @enum:\n   *    BDF_PropertyType\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *    A list of BDF property types.\n   *\n   * @values:\n   *    BDF_PROPERTY_TYPE_NONE ::\n   *      Value~0 is used to indicate a missing property.\n   *\n   *    BDF_PROPERTY_TYPE_ATOM ::\n   *      Property is a string atom.\n   *\n   *    BDF_PROPERTY_TYPE_INTEGER ::\n   *      Property is a 32-bit signed integer.\n   *\n   *    BDF_PROPERTY_TYPE_CARDINAL ::\n   *      Property is a 32-bit unsigned integer.\n   */\n  typedef enum  BDF_PropertyType_\n  {\n    BDF_PROPERTY_TYPE_NONE     = 0,\n    BDF_PROPERTY_TYPE_ATOM     = 1,\n    BDF_PROPERTY_TYPE_INTEGER  = 2,\n    BDF_PROPERTY_TYPE_CARDINAL = 3\n\n  } BDF_PropertyType;\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @type:\n   *    BDF_Property\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *    A handle to a @BDF_PropertyRec structure to model a given BDF/PCF\n   *    property.\n   */\n  typedef struct BDF_PropertyRec_*  BDF_Property;\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @struct:\n   *    BDF_PropertyRec\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *    This structure models a given BDF/PCF property.\n   *\n   * @fields:\n   *    type ::\n   *      The property type.\n   *\n   *    u.atom ::\n   *      The atom string, if type is @BDF_PROPERTY_TYPE_ATOM.  May be\n   *      `NULL`, indicating an empty string.\n   *\n   *    u.integer ::\n   *      A signed integer, if type is @BDF_PROPERTY_TYPE_INTEGER.\n   *\n   *    u.cardinal ::\n   *      An unsigned integer, if type is @BDF_PROPERTY_TYPE_CARDINAL.\n   */\n  typedef struct  BDF_PropertyRec_\n  {\n    BDF_PropertyType  type;\n    union {\n      const char*     atom;\n      FT_Int32        integer;\n      FT_UInt32       cardinal;\n\n    } u;\n\n  } BDF_PropertyRec;\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @function:\n   *    FT_Get_BDF_Charset_ID\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *    Retrieve a BDF font character set identity, according to the BDF\n   *    specification.\n   *\n   * @input:\n   *    face ::\n   *      A handle to the input face.\n   *\n   * @output:\n   *    acharset_encoding ::\n   *      Charset encoding, as a C~string, owned by the face.\n   *\n   *    acharset_registry ::\n   *      Charset registry, as a C~string, owned by the face.\n   *\n   * @return:\n   *   FreeType error code.  0~means success.\n   *\n   * @note:\n   *   This function only works with BDF faces, returning an error otherwise.\n   */\n  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )\n  FT_Get_BDF_Charset_ID( FT_Face       face,\n                         const char*  *acharset_encoding,\n                         const char*  *acharset_registry );\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @function:\n   *    FT_Get_BDF_Property\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *    Retrieve a BDF property from a BDF or PCF font file.\n   *\n   * @input:\n   *    face ::\n   *      A handle to the input face.\n   *\n   *    name ::\n   *      The property name.\n   *\n   * @output:\n   *    aproperty ::\n   *      The property.\n   *\n   * @return:\n   *   FreeType error code.  0~means success.\n   *\n   * @note:\n   *   This function works with BDF _and_ PCF fonts.  It returns an error\n   *   otherwise.  It also returns an error if the property is not in the\n   *   font.\n   *\n   *   A 'property' is a either key-value pair within the STARTPROPERTIES\n   *   ... ENDPROPERTIES block of a BDF font or a key-value pair from the\n   *   `info->props` array within a `FontRec` structure of a PCF font.\n   *\n   *   Integer properties are always stored as 'signed' within PCF fonts;\n   *   consequently, @BDF_PROPERTY_TYPE_CARDINAL is a possible return value\n   *   for BDF fonts only.\n   *\n   *   In case of error, `aproperty->type` is always set to\n   *   @BDF_PROPERTY_TYPE_NONE.\n   */\n  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )\n  FT_Get_BDF_Property( FT_Face           face,\n                       const char*       prop_name,\n                       BDF_PropertyRec  *aproperty );\n\n  /* */\n\nFT_END_HEADER\n\n#endif /* FTBDF_H_ */\n\n\n/* END */\n"
  },
  {
    "path": "Antario/LIB/freetype/freetype/ftbitmap.h",
    "content": "/****************************************************************************\n *\n * ftbitmap.h\n *\n *   FreeType utility functions for bitmaps (specification).\n *\n * Copyright (C) 2004-2019 by\n * David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.\n *\n * This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,\n * modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project\n * license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute\n * this file you indicate that you have read the license and\n * understand and accept it fully.\n *\n */\n\n\n#ifndef FTBITMAP_H_\n#define FTBITMAP_H_\n\n\n#include <ft2build.h>\n#include FT_FREETYPE_H\n#include FT_COLOR_H\n\n#ifdef FREETYPE_H\n#error \"freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!\"\n#error \"Please fix the directory search order for header files\"\n#error \"so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first.\"\n#endif\n\n\nFT_BEGIN_HEADER\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @section:\n   *   bitmap_handling\n   *\n   * @title:\n   *   Bitmap Handling\n   *\n   * @abstract:\n   *   Handling FT_Bitmap objects.\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   This section contains functions for handling @FT_Bitmap objects,\n   *   automatically adjusting the target's bitmap buffer size as needed.\n   *\n   *   Note that none of the functions changes the bitmap's 'flow' (as\n   *   indicated by the sign of the `pitch` field in @FT_Bitmap).\n   *\n   *   To set the flow, assign an appropriate positive or negative value to\n   *   the `pitch` field of the target @FT_Bitmap object after calling\n   *   @FT_Bitmap_Init but before calling any of the other functions\n   *   described here.\n   */\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @function:\n   *   FT_Bitmap_Init\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   Initialize a pointer to an @FT_Bitmap structure.\n   *\n   * @inout:\n   *   abitmap ::\n   *     A pointer to the bitmap structure.\n   *\n   * @note:\n   *   A deprecated name for the same function is `FT_Bitmap_New`.\n   */\n  FT_EXPORT( void )\n  FT_Bitmap_Init( FT_Bitmap  *abitmap );\n\n\n  /* deprecated */\n  FT_EXPORT( void )\n  FT_Bitmap_New( FT_Bitmap  *abitmap );\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @function:\n   *   FT_Bitmap_Copy\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   Copy a bitmap into another one.\n   *\n   * @input:\n   *   library ::\n   *     A handle to a library object.\n   *\n   *   source ::\n   *     A handle to the source bitmap.\n   *\n   * @output:\n   *   target ::\n   *     A handle to the target bitmap.\n   *\n   * @return:\n   *   FreeType error code.  0~means success.\n   *\n   * @note:\n   *   `source->buffer` and `target->buffer` must neither be equal nor\n   *   overlap.\n   */\n  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )\n  FT_Bitmap_Copy( FT_Library        library,\n                  const FT_Bitmap  *source,\n                  FT_Bitmap        *target );\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @function:\n   *   FT_Bitmap_Embolden\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   Embolden a bitmap.  The new bitmap will be about `xStrength` pixels\n   *   wider and `yStrength` pixels higher.  The left and bottom borders are\n   *   kept unchanged.\n   *\n   * @input:\n   *   library ::\n   *     A handle to a library object.\n   *\n   *   xStrength ::\n   *     How strong the glyph is emboldened horizontally.  Expressed in 26.6\n   *     pixel format.\n   *\n   *   yStrength ::\n   *     How strong the glyph is emboldened vertically.  Expressed in 26.6\n   *     pixel format.\n   *\n   * @inout:\n   *   bitmap ::\n   *     A handle to the target bitmap.\n   *\n   * @return:\n   *   FreeType error code.  0~means success.\n   *\n   * @note:\n   *   The current implementation restricts `xStrength` to be less than or\n   *   equal to~8 if bitmap is of pixel_mode @FT_PIXEL_MODE_MONO.\n   *\n   *   If you want to embolden the bitmap owned by a @FT_GlyphSlotRec, you\n   *   should call @FT_GlyphSlot_Own_Bitmap on the slot first.\n   *\n   *   Bitmaps in @FT_PIXEL_MODE_GRAY2 and @FT_PIXEL_MODE_GRAY@ format are\n   *   converted to @FT_PIXEL_MODE_GRAY format (i.e., 8bpp).\n   */\n  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )\n  FT_Bitmap_Embolden( FT_Library  library,\n                      FT_Bitmap*  bitmap,\n                      FT_Pos      xStrength,\n                      FT_Pos      yStrength );\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @function:\n   *   FT_Bitmap_Convert\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   Convert a bitmap object with depth 1bpp, 2bpp, 4bpp, 8bpp or 32bpp to\n   *   a bitmap object with depth 8bpp, making the number of used bytes per\n   *   line (a.k.a. the 'pitch') a multiple of `alignment`.\n   *\n   * @input:\n   *   library ::\n   *     A handle to a library object.\n   *\n   *   source ::\n   *     The source bitmap.\n   *\n   *   alignment ::\n   *     The pitch of the bitmap is a multiple of this argument.  Common\n   *     values are 1, 2, or 4.\n   *\n   * @output:\n   *   target ::\n   *     The target bitmap.\n   *\n   * @return:\n   *   FreeType error code.  0~means success.\n   *\n   * @note:\n   *   It is possible to call @FT_Bitmap_Convert multiple times without\n   *   calling @FT_Bitmap_Done (the memory is simply reallocated).\n   *\n   *   Use @FT_Bitmap_Done to finally remove the bitmap object.\n   *\n   *   The `library` argument is taken to have access to FreeType's memory\n   *   handling functions.\n   *\n   *   `source->buffer` and `target->buffer` must neither be equal nor\n   *   overlap.\n   */\n  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )\n  FT_Bitmap_Convert( FT_Library        library,\n                     const FT_Bitmap  *source,\n                     FT_Bitmap        *target,\n                     FT_Int            alignment );\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @function:\n   *   FT_Bitmap_Blend\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   Blend a bitmap onto another bitmap, using a given color.\n   *\n   * @input:\n   *   library ::\n   *     A handle to a library object.\n   *\n   *   source ::\n   *     The source bitmap, which can have any @FT_Pixel_Mode format.\n   *\n   *   source_offset ::\n   *     The offset vector to the upper left corner of the source bitmap in\n   *     26.6 pixel format.  It should represent an integer offset; the\n   *     function will set the lowest six bits to zero to enforce that.\n   *\n   *   color ::\n   *     The color used to draw `source` onto `target`.\n   *\n   * @inout:\n   *   target ::\n   *     A handle to an `FT_Bitmap` object.  It should be either initialized\n   *     as empty with a call to @FT_Bitmap_Init, or it should be of type\n   *     @FT_PIXEL_MODE_BGRA.\n   *\n   *   atarget_offset ::\n   *     The offset vector to the upper left corner of the target bitmap in\n   *     26.6 pixel format.  It should represent an integer offset; the\n   *     function will set the lowest six bits to zero to enforce that.\n   *\n   * @return:\n   *   FreeType error code.  0~means success.\n   *\n   * @note:\n   *   This function doesn't perform clipping.\n   *\n   *   The bitmap in `target` gets allocated or reallocated as needed; the\n   *   vector `atarget_offset` is updated accordingly.\n   *\n   *   In case of allocation or reallocation, the bitmap's pitch is set to\n   *   `4 * width`.  Both `source` and `target` must have the same bitmap\n   *   flow (as indicated by the sign of the `pitch` field).\n   *\n   *   `source->buffer` and `target->buffer` must neither be equal nor\n   *   overlap.\n   *\n   * @since:\n   *   2.10\n   */\n  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )\n  FT_Bitmap_Blend( FT_Library         library,\n                   const FT_Bitmap*   source,\n                   const FT_Vector    source_offset,\n                   FT_Bitmap*         target,\n                   FT_Vector         *atarget_offset,\n                   FT_Color           color );\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @function:\n   *   FT_GlyphSlot_Own_Bitmap\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   Make sure that a glyph slot owns `slot->bitmap`.\n   *\n   * @input:\n   *   slot ::\n   *     The glyph slot.\n   *\n   * @return:\n   *   FreeType error code.  0~means success.\n   *\n   * @note:\n   *   This function is to be used in combination with @FT_Bitmap_Embolden.\n   */\n  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )\n  FT_GlyphSlot_Own_Bitmap( FT_GlyphSlot  slot );\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @function:\n   *   FT_Bitmap_Done\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   Destroy a bitmap object initialized with @FT_Bitmap_Init.\n   *\n   * @input:\n   *   library ::\n   *     A handle to a library object.\n   *\n   *   bitmap ::\n   *     The bitmap object to be freed.\n   *\n   * @return:\n   *   FreeType error code.  0~means success.\n   *\n   * @note:\n   *   The `library` argument is taken to have access to FreeType's memory\n   *   handling functions.\n   */\n  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )\n  FT_Bitmap_Done( FT_Library  library,\n                  FT_Bitmap  *bitmap );\n\n\n  /* */\n\n\nFT_END_HEADER\n\n#endif /* FTBITMAP_H_ */\n\n\n/* END */\n"
  },
  {
    "path": "Antario/LIB/freetype/freetype/ftbzip2.h",
    "content": "/****************************************************************************\n *\n * ftbzip2.h\n *\n *   Bzip2-compressed stream support.\n *\n * Copyright (C) 2010-2019 by\n * Joel Klinghed.\n *\n * This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,\n * modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project\n * license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute\n * this file you indicate that you have read the license and\n * understand and accept it fully.\n *\n */\n\n\n#ifndef FTBZIP2_H_\n#define FTBZIP2_H_\n\n#include <ft2build.h>\n#include FT_FREETYPE_H\n\n#ifdef FREETYPE_H\n#error \"freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!\"\n#error \"Please fix the directory search order for header files\"\n#error \"so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first.\"\n#endif\n\n\nFT_BEGIN_HEADER\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @section:\n   *   bzip2\n   *\n   * @title:\n   *   BZIP2 Streams\n   *\n   * @abstract:\n   *   Using bzip2-compressed font files.\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   This section contains the declaration of Bzip2-specific functions.\n   *\n   */\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @function:\n   *   FT_Stream_OpenBzip2\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   Open a new stream to parse bzip2-compressed font files.  This is\n   *   mainly used to support the compressed `*.pcf.bz2` fonts that come with\n   *   XFree86.\n   *\n   * @input:\n   *   stream ::\n   *     The target embedding stream.\n   *\n   *   source ::\n   *     The source stream.\n   *\n   * @return:\n   *   FreeType error code.  0~means success.\n   *\n   * @note:\n   *   The source stream must be opened _before_ calling this function.\n   *\n   *   Calling the internal function `FT_Stream_Close` on the new stream will\n   *   **not** call `FT_Stream_Close` on the source stream.  None of the\n   *   stream objects will be released to the heap.\n   *\n   *   The stream implementation is very basic and resets the decompression\n   *   process each time seeking backwards is needed within the stream.\n   *\n   *   In certain builds of the library, bzip2 compression recognition is\n   *   automatically handled when calling @FT_New_Face or @FT_Open_Face.\n   *   This means that if no font driver is capable of handling the raw\n   *   compressed file, the library will try to open a bzip2 compressed\n   *   stream from it and re-open the face with it.\n   *\n   *   This function may return `FT_Err_Unimplemented_Feature` if your build\n   *   of FreeType was not compiled with bzip2 support.\n   */\n  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )\n  FT_Stream_OpenBzip2( FT_Stream  stream,\n                       FT_Stream  source );\n\n  /* */\n\n\nFT_END_HEADER\n\n#endif /* FTBZIP2_H_ */\n\n\n/* END */\n"
  },
  {
    "path": "Antario/LIB/freetype/freetype/ftcache.h",
    "content": "/****************************************************************************\n *\n * ftcache.h\n *\n *   FreeType Cache subsystem (specification).\n *\n * Copyright (C) 1996-2019 by\n * David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.\n *\n * This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,\n * modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project\n * license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute\n * this file you indicate that you have read the license and\n * understand and accept it fully.\n *\n */\n\n\n#ifndef FTCACHE_H_\n#define FTCACHE_H_\n\n\n#include <ft2build.h>\n#include FT_GLYPH_H\n\n\nFT_BEGIN_HEADER\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @section:\n   *   cache_subsystem\n   *\n   * @title:\n   *   Cache Sub-System\n   *\n   * @abstract:\n   *   How to cache face, size, and glyph data with FreeType~2.\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   This section describes the FreeType~2 cache sub-system, which is used\n   *   to limit the number of concurrently opened @FT_Face and @FT_Size\n   *   objects, as well as caching information like character maps and glyph\n   *   images while limiting their maximum memory usage.\n   *\n   *   Note that all types and functions begin with the `FTC_` prefix.\n   *\n   *   The cache is highly portable and thus doesn't know anything about the\n   *   fonts installed on your system, or how to access them.  This implies\n   *   the following scheme:\n   *\n   *   First, available or installed font faces are uniquely identified by\n   *   @FTC_FaceID values, provided to the cache by the client.  Note that\n   *   the cache only stores and compares these values, and doesn't try to\n   *   interpret them in any way.\n   *\n   *   Second, the cache calls, only when needed, a client-provided function\n   *   to convert an @FTC_FaceID into a new @FT_Face object.  The latter is\n   *   then completely managed by the cache, including its termination\n   *   through @FT_Done_Face.  To monitor termination of face objects, the\n   *   finalizer callback in the `generic` field of the @FT_Face object can\n   *   be used, which might also be used to store the @FTC_FaceID of the\n   *   face.\n   *\n   *   Clients are free to map face IDs to anything else.  The most simple\n   *   usage is to associate them to a (pathname,face_index) pair that is\n   *   used to call @FT_New_Face.  However, more complex schemes are also\n   *   possible.\n   *\n   *   Note that for the cache to work correctly, the face ID values must be\n   *   **persistent**, which means that the contents they point to should not\n   *   change at runtime, or that their value should not become invalid.\n   *\n   *   If this is unavoidable (e.g., when a font is uninstalled at runtime),\n   *   you should call @FTC_Manager_RemoveFaceID as soon as possible, to let\n   *   the cache get rid of any references to the old @FTC_FaceID it may keep\n   *   internally.  Failure to do so will lead to incorrect behaviour or even\n   *   crashes.\n   *\n   *   To use the cache, start with calling @FTC_Manager_New to create a new\n   *   @FTC_Manager object, which models a single cache instance.  You can\n   *   then look up @FT_Face and @FT_Size objects with\n   *   @FTC_Manager_LookupFace and @FTC_Manager_LookupSize, respectively.\n   *\n   *   If you want to use the charmap caching, call @FTC_CMapCache_New, then\n   *   later use @FTC_CMapCache_Lookup to perform the equivalent of\n   *   @FT_Get_Char_Index, only much faster.\n   *\n   *   If you want to use the @FT_Glyph caching, call @FTC_ImageCache, then\n   *   later use @FTC_ImageCache_Lookup to retrieve the corresponding\n   *   @FT_Glyph objects from the cache.\n   *\n   *   If you need lots of small bitmaps, it is much more memory efficient to\n   *   call @FTC_SBitCache_New followed by @FTC_SBitCache_Lookup.  This\n   *   returns @FTC_SBitRec structures, which are used to store small bitmaps\n   *   directly.  (A small bitmap is one whose metrics and dimensions all fit\n   *   into 8-bit integers).\n   *\n   *   We hope to also provide a kerning cache in the near future.\n   *\n   *\n   * @order:\n   *   FTC_Manager\n   *   FTC_FaceID\n   *   FTC_Face_Requester\n   *\n   *   FTC_Manager_New\n   *   FTC_Manager_Reset\n   *   FTC_Manager_Done\n   *   FTC_Manager_LookupFace\n   *   FTC_Manager_LookupSize\n   *   FTC_Manager_RemoveFaceID\n   *\n   *   FTC_Node\n   *   FTC_Node_Unref\n   *\n   *   FTC_ImageCache\n   *   FTC_ImageCache_New\n   *   FTC_ImageCache_Lookup\n   *\n   *   FTC_SBit\n   *   FTC_SBitCache\n   *   FTC_SBitCache_New\n   *   FTC_SBitCache_Lookup\n   *\n   *   FTC_CMapCache\n   *   FTC_CMapCache_New\n   *   FTC_CMapCache_Lookup\n   *\n   *************************************************************************/\n\n\n  /*************************************************************************/\n  /*************************************************************************/\n  /*************************************************************************/\n  /*****                                                               *****/\n  /*****                    BASIC TYPE DEFINITIONS                     *****/\n  /*****                                                               *****/\n  /*************************************************************************/\n  /*************************************************************************/\n  /*************************************************************************/\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @type:\n   *   FTC_FaceID\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   An opaque pointer type that is used to identity face objects.  The\n   *   contents of such objects is application-dependent.\n   *\n   *   These pointers are typically used to point to a user-defined structure\n   *   containing a font file path, and face index.\n   *\n   * @note:\n   *   Never use `NULL` as a valid @FTC_FaceID.\n   *\n   *   Face IDs are passed by the client to the cache manager that calls,\n   *   when needed, the @FTC_Face_Requester to translate them into new\n   *   @FT_Face objects.\n   *\n   *   If the content of a given face ID changes at runtime, or if the value\n   *   becomes invalid (e.g., when uninstalling a font), you should\n   *   immediately call @FTC_Manager_RemoveFaceID before any other cache\n   *   function.\n   *\n   *   Failure to do so will result in incorrect behaviour or even memory\n   *   leaks and crashes.\n   */\n  typedef FT_Pointer  FTC_FaceID;\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @functype:\n   *   FTC_Face_Requester\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   A callback function provided by client applications.  It is used by\n   *   the cache manager to translate a given @FTC_FaceID into a new valid\n   *   @FT_Face object, on demand.\n   *\n   * @input:\n   *   face_id ::\n   *     The face ID to resolve.\n   *\n   *   library ::\n   *     A handle to a FreeType library object.\n   *\n   *   req_data ::\n   *     Application-provided request data (see note below).\n   *\n   * @output:\n   *   aface ::\n   *     A new @FT_Face handle.\n   *\n   * @return:\n   *   FreeType error code.  0~means success.\n   *\n   * @note:\n   *   The third parameter `req_data` is the same as the one passed by the\n   *   client when @FTC_Manager_New is called.\n   *\n   *   The face requester should not perform funny things on the returned\n   *   face object, like creating a new @FT_Size for it, or setting a\n   *   transformation through @FT_Set_Transform!\n   */\n  typedef FT_Error\n  (*FTC_Face_Requester)( FTC_FaceID  face_id,\n                         FT_Library  library,\n                         FT_Pointer  req_data,\n                         FT_Face*    aface );\n\n  /* */\n\n\n  /*************************************************************************/\n  /*************************************************************************/\n  /*************************************************************************/\n  /*****                                                               *****/\n  /*****                      CACHE MANAGER OBJECT                     *****/\n  /*****                                                               *****/\n  /*************************************************************************/\n  /*************************************************************************/\n  /*************************************************************************/\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @type:\n   *   FTC_Manager\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   This object corresponds to one instance of the cache-subsystem.  It is\n   *   used to cache one or more @FT_Face objects, along with corresponding\n   *   @FT_Size objects.\n   *\n   *   The manager intentionally limits the total number of opened @FT_Face\n   *   and @FT_Size objects to control memory usage.  See the `max_faces` and\n   *   `max_sizes` parameters of @FTC_Manager_New.\n   *\n   *   The manager is also used to cache 'nodes' of various types while\n   *   limiting their total memory usage.\n   *\n   *   All limitations are enforced by keeping lists of managed objects in\n   *   most-recently-used order, and flushing old nodes to make room for new\n   *   ones.\n   */\n  typedef struct FTC_ManagerRec_*  FTC_Manager;\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @type:\n   *   FTC_Node\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   An opaque handle to a cache node object.  Each cache node is\n   *   reference-counted.  A node with a count of~0 might be flushed out of a\n   *   full cache whenever a lookup request is performed.\n   *\n   *   If you look up nodes, you have the ability to 'acquire' them, i.e., to\n   *   increment their reference count.  This will prevent the node from\n   *   being flushed out of the cache until you explicitly 'release' it (see\n   *   @FTC_Node_Unref).\n   *\n   *   See also @FTC_SBitCache_Lookup and @FTC_ImageCache_Lookup.\n   */\n  typedef struct FTC_NodeRec_*  FTC_Node;\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @function:\n   *   FTC_Manager_New\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   Create a new cache manager.\n   *\n   * @input:\n   *   library ::\n   *     The parent FreeType library handle to use.\n   *\n   *   max_faces ::\n   *     Maximum number of opened @FT_Face objects managed by this cache\n   *     instance.  Use~0 for defaults.\n   *\n   *   max_sizes ::\n   *     Maximum number of opened @FT_Size objects managed by this cache\n   *     instance.  Use~0 for defaults.\n   *\n   *   max_bytes ::\n   *     Maximum number of bytes to use for cached data nodes.  Use~0 for\n   *     defaults.  Note that this value does not account for managed\n   *     @FT_Face and @FT_Size objects.\n   *\n   *   requester ::\n   *     An application-provided callback used to translate face IDs into\n   *     real @FT_Face objects.\n   *\n   *   req_data ::\n   *     A generic pointer that is passed to the requester each time it is\n   *     called (see @FTC_Face_Requester).\n   *\n   * @output:\n   *   amanager ::\n   *     A handle to a new manager object.  0~in case of failure.\n   *\n   * @return:\n   *   FreeType error code.  0~means success.\n   */\n  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )\n  FTC_Manager_New( FT_Library          library,\n                   FT_UInt             max_faces,\n                   FT_UInt             max_sizes,\n                   FT_ULong            max_bytes,\n                   FTC_Face_Requester  requester,\n                   FT_Pointer          req_data,\n                   FTC_Manager        *amanager );\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @function:\n   *   FTC_Manager_Reset\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   Empty a given cache manager.  This simply gets rid of all the\n   *   currently cached @FT_Face and @FT_Size objects within the manager.\n   *\n   * @inout:\n   *   manager ::\n   *     A handle to the manager.\n   */\n  FT_EXPORT( void )\n  FTC_Manager_Reset( FTC_Manager  manager );\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @function:\n   *   FTC_Manager_Done\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   Destroy a given manager after emptying it.\n   *\n   * @input:\n   *   manager ::\n   *     A handle to the target cache manager object.\n   */\n  FT_EXPORT( void )\n  FTC_Manager_Done( FTC_Manager  manager );\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @function:\n   *   FTC_Manager_LookupFace\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   Retrieve the @FT_Face object that corresponds to a given face ID\n   *   through a cache manager.\n   *\n   * @input:\n   *   manager ::\n   *     A handle to the cache manager.\n   *\n   *   face_id ::\n   *     The ID of the face object.\n   *\n   * @output:\n   *   aface ::\n   *     A handle to the face object.\n   *\n   * @return:\n   *   FreeType error code.  0~means success.\n   *\n   * @note:\n   *   The returned @FT_Face object is always owned by the manager.  You\n   *   should never try to discard it yourself.\n   *\n   *   The @FT_Face object doesn't necessarily have a current size object\n   *   (i.e., face->size can be~0).  If you need a specific 'font size', use\n   *   @FTC_Manager_LookupSize instead.\n   *\n   *   Never change the face's transformation matrix (i.e., never call the\n   *   @FT_Set_Transform function) on a returned face!  If you need to\n   *   transform glyphs, do it yourself after glyph loading.\n   *\n   *   When you perform a lookup, out-of-memory errors are detected _within_\n   *   the lookup and force incremental flushes of the cache until enough\n   *   memory is released for the lookup to succeed.\n   *\n   *   If a lookup fails with `FT_Err_Out_Of_Memory` the cache has already\n   *   been completely flushed, and still no memory was available for the\n   *   operation.\n   */\n  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )\n  FTC_Manager_LookupFace( FTC_Manager  manager,\n                          FTC_FaceID   face_id,\n                          FT_Face     *aface );\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @struct:\n   *   FTC_ScalerRec\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   A structure used to describe a given character size in either pixels\n   *   or points to the cache manager.  See @FTC_Manager_LookupSize.\n   *\n   * @fields:\n   *   face_id ::\n   *     The source face ID.\n   *\n   *   width ::\n   *     The character width.\n   *\n   *   height ::\n   *     The character height.\n   *\n   *   pixel ::\n   *     A Boolean.  If 1, the `width` and `height` fields are interpreted as\n   *     integer pixel character sizes.  Otherwise, they are expressed as\n   *     1/64th of points.\n   *\n   *   x_res ::\n   *     Only used when `pixel` is value~0 to indicate the horizontal\n   *     resolution in dpi.\n   *\n   *   y_res ::\n   *     Only used when `pixel` is value~0 to indicate the vertical\n   *     resolution in dpi.\n   *\n   * @note:\n   *   This type is mainly used to retrieve @FT_Size objects through the\n   *   cache manager.\n   */\n  typedef struct  FTC_ScalerRec_\n  {\n    FTC_FaceID  face_id;\n    FT_UInt     width;\n    FT_UInt     height;\n    FT_Int      pixel;\n    FT_UInt     x_res;\n    FT_UInt     y_res;\n\n  } FTC_ScalerRec;\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @struct:\n   *   FTC_Scaler\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   A handle to an @FTC_ScalerRec structure.\n   */\n  typedef struct FTC_ScalerRec_*  FTC_Scaler;\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @function:\n   *   FTC_Manager_LookupSize\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   Retrieve the @FT_Size object that corresponds to a given\n   *   @FTC_ScalerRec pointer through a cache manager.\n   *\n   * @input:\n   *   manager ::\n   *     A handle to the cache manager.\n   *\n   *   scaler ::\n   *     A scaler handle.\n   *\n   * @output:\n   *   asize ::\n   *     A handle to the size object.\n   *\n   * @return:\n   *   FreeType error code.  0~means success.\n   *\n   * @note:\n   *   The returned @FT_Size object is always owned by the manager.  You\n   *   should never try to discard it by yourself.\n   *\n   *   You can access the parent @FT_Face object simply as `size->face` if\n   *   you need it.  Note that this object is also owned by the manager.\n   *\n   * @note:\n   *   When you perform a lookup, out-of-memory errors are detected _within_\n   *   the lookup and force incremental flushes of the cache until enough\n   *   memory is released for the lookup to succeed.\n   *\n   *   If a lookup fails with `FT_Err_Out_Of_Memory` the cache has already\n   *   been completely flushed, and still no memory is available for the\n   *   operation.\n   */\n  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )\n  FTC_Manager_LookupSize( FTC_Manager  manager,\n                          FTC_Scaler   scaler,\n                          FT_Size     *asize );\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @function:\n   *   FTC_Node_Unref\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   Decrement a cache node's internal reference count.  When the count\n   *   reaches 0, it is not destroyed but becomes eligible for subsequent\n   *   cache flushes.\n   *\n   * @input:\n   *   node ::\n   *     The cache node handle.\n   *\n   *   manager ::\n   *     The cache manager handle.\n   */\n  FT_EXPORT( void )\n  FTC_Node_Unref( FTC_Node     node,\n                  FTC_Manager  manager );\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @function:\n   *   FTC_Manager_RemoveFaceID\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   A special function used to indicate to the cache manager that a given\n   *   @FTC_FaceID is no longer valid, either because its content changed, or\n   *   because it was deallocated or uninstalled.\n   *\n   * @input:\n   *   manager ::\n   *     The cache manager handle.\n   *\n   *   face_id ::\n   *     The @FTC_FaceID to be removed.\n   *\n   * @note:\n   *   This function flushes all nodes from the cache corresponding to this\n   *   `face_id`, with the exception of nodes with a non-null reference\n   *   count.\n   *\n   *   Such nodes are however modified internally so as to never appear in\n   *   later lookups with the same `face_id` value, and to be immediately\n   *   destroyed when released by all their users.\n   *\n   */\n  FT_EXPORT( void )\n  FTC_Manager_RemoveFaceID( FTC_Manager  manager,\n                            FTC_FaceID   face_id );\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @type:\n   *   FTC_CMapCache\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   An opaque handle used to model a charmap cache.  This cache is to hold\n   *   character codes -> glyph indices mappings.\n   *\n   */\n  typedef struct FTC_CMapCacheRec_*  FTC_CMapCache;\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @function:\n   *   FTC_CMapCache_New\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   Create a new charmap cache.\n   *\n   * @input:\n   *   manager ::\n   *     A handle to the cache manager.\n   *\n   * @output:\n   *   acache ::\n   *     A new cache handle.  `NULL` in case of error.\n   *\n   * @return:\n   *   FreeType error code.  0~means success.\n   *\n   * @note:\n   *   Like all other caches, this one will be destroyed with the cache\n   *   manager.\n   *\n   */\n  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )\n  FTC_CMapCache_New( FTC_Manager     manager,\n                     FTC_CMapCache  *acache );\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @function:\n   *   FTC_CMapCache_Lookup\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   Translate a character code into a glyph index, using the charmap\n   *   cache.\n   *\n   * @input:\n   *   cache ::\n   *     A charmap cache handle.\n   *\n   *   face_id ::\n   *     The source face ID.\n   *\n   *   cmap_index ::\n   *     The index of the charmap in the source face.  Any negative value\n   *     means to use the cache @FT_Face's default charmap.\n   *\n   *   char_code ::\n   *     The character code (in the corresponding charmap).\n   *\n   * @return:\n   *    Glyph index.  0~means 'no glyph'.\n   *\n   */\n  FT_EXPORT( FT_UInt )\n  FTC_CMapCache_Lookup( FTC_CMapCache  cache,\n                        FTC_FaceID     face_id,\n                        FT_Int         cmap_index,\n                        FT_UInt32      char_code );\n\n\n  /*************************************************************************/\n  /*************************************************************************/\n  /*************************************************************************/\n  /*****                                                               *****/\n  /*****                       IMAGE CACHE OBJECT                      *****/\n  /*****                                                               *****/\n  /*************************************************************************/\n  /*************************************************************************/\n  /*************************************************************************/\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @struct:\n   *   FTC_ImageTypeRec\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   A structure used to model the type of images in a glyph cache.\n   *\n   * @fields:\n   *   face_id ::\n   *     The face ID.\n   *\n   *   width ::\n   *     The width in pixels.\n   *\n   *   height ::\n   *     The height in pixels.\n   *\n   *   flags ::\n   *     The load flags, as in @FT_Load_Glyph.\n   *\n   */\n  typedef struct  FTC_ImageTypeRec_\n  {\n    FTC_FaceID  face_id;\n    FT_UInt     width;\n    FT_UInt     height;\n    FT_Int32    flags;\n\n  } FTC_ImageTypeRec;\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @type:\n   *   FTC_ImageType\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   A handle to an @FTC_ImageTypeRec structure.\n   *\n   */\n  typedef struct FTC_ImageTypeRec_*  FTC_ImageType;\n\n\n  /* */\n\n\n#define FTC_IMAGE_TYPE_COMPARE( d1, d2 )      \\\n          ( (d1)->face_id == (d2)->face_id && \\\n            (d1)->width   == (d2)->width   && \\\n            (d1)->flags   == (d2)->flags   )\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @type:\n   *   FTC_ImageCache\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   A handle to a glyph image cache object.  They are designed to hold\n   *   many distinct glyph images while not exceeding a certain memory\n   *   threshold.\n   */\n  typedef struct FTC_ImageCacheRec_*  FTC_ImageCache;\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @function:\n   *   FTC_ImageCache_New\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   Create a new glyph image cache.\n   *\n   * @input:\n   *   manager ::\n   *     The parent manager for the image cache.\n   *\n   * @output:\n   *   acache ::\n   *     A handle to the new glyph image cache object.\n   *\n   * @return:\n   *   FreeType error code.  0~means success.\n   */\n  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )\n  FTC_ImageCache_New( FTC_Manager      manager,\n                      FTC_ImageCache  *acache );\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @function:\n   *   FTC_ImageCache_Lookup\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   Retrieve a given glyph image from a glyph image cache.\n   *\n   * @input:\n   *   cache ::\n   *     A handle to the source glyph image cache.\n   *\n   *   type ::\n   *     A pointer to a glyph image type descriptor.\n   *\n   *   gindex ::\n   *     The glyph index to retrieve.\n   *\n   * @output:\n   *   aglyph ::\n   *     The corresponding @FT_Glyph object.  0~in case of failure.\n   *\n   *   anode ::\n   *     Used to return the address of the corresponding cache node after\n   *     incrementing its reference count (see note below).\n   *\n   * @return:\n   *   FreeType error code.  0~means success.\n   *\n   * @note:\n   *   The returned glyph is owned and managed by the glyph image cache.\n   *   Never try to transform or discard it manually!  You can however create\n   *   a copy with @FT_Glyph_Copy and modify the new one.\n   *\n   *   If `anode` is _not_ `NULL`, it receives the address of the cache node\n   *   containing the glyph image, after increasing its reference count.\n   *   This ensures that the node (as well as the @FT_Glyph) will always be\n   *   kept in the cache until you call @FTC_Node_Unref to 'release' it.\n   *\n   *   If `anode` is `NULL`, the cache node is left unchanged, which means\n   *   that the @FT_Glyph could be flushed out of the cache on the next call\n   *   to one of the caching sub-system APIs.  Don't assume that it is\n   *   persistent!\n   */\n  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )\n  FTC_ImageCache_Lookup( FTC_ImageCache  cache,\n                         FTC_ImageType   type,\n                         FT_UInt         gindex,\n                         FT_Glyph       *aglyph,\n                         FTC_Node       *anode );\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @function:\n   *   FTC_ImageCache_LookupScaler\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   A variant of @FTC_ImageCache_Lookup that uses an @FTC_ScalerRec to\n   *   specify the face ID and its size.\n   *\n   * @input:\n   *   cache ::\n   *     A handle to the source glyph image cache.\n   *\n   *   scaler ::\n   *     A pointer to a scaler descriptor.\n   *\n   *   load_flags ::\n   *     The corresponding load flags.\n   *\n   *   gindex ::\n   *     The glyph index to retrieve.\n   *\n   * @output:\n   *   aglyph ::\n   *     The corresponding @FT_Glyph object.  0~in case of failure.\n   *\n   *   anode ::\n   *     Used to return the address of the corresponding cache node after\n   *     incrementing its reference count (see note below).\n   *\n   * @return:\n   *   FreeType error code.  0~means success.\n   *\n   * @note:\n   *   The returned glyph is owned and managed by the glyph image cache.\n   *   Never try to transform or discard it manually!  You can however create\n   *   a copy with @FT_Glyph_Copy and modify the new one.\n   *\n   *   If `anode` is _not_ `NULL`, it receives the address of the cache node\n   *   containing the glyph image, after increasing its reference count.\n   *   This ensures that the node (as well as the @FT_Glyph) will always be\n   *   kept in the cache until you call @FTC_Node_Unref to 'release' it.\n   *\n   *   If `anode` is `NULL`, the cache node is left unchanged, which means\n   *   that the @FT_Glyph could be flushed out of the cache on the next call\n   *   to one of the caching sub-system APIs.  Don't assume that it is\n   *   persistent!\n   *\n   *   Calls to @FT_Set_Char_Size and friends have no effect on cached\n   *   glyphs; you should always use the FreeType cache API instead.\n   */\n  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )\n  FTC_ImageCache_LookupScaler( FTC_ImageCache  cache,\n                               FTC_Scaler      scaler,\n                               FT_ULong        load_flags,\n                               FT_UInt         gindex,\n                               FT_Glyph       *aglyph,\n                               FTC_Node       *anode );\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @type:\n   *   FTC_SBit\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   A handle to a small bitmap descriptor.  See the @FTC_SBitRec structure\n   *   for details.\n   */\n  typedef struct FTC_SBitRec_*  FTC_SBit;\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @struct:\n   *   FTC_SBitRec\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   A very compact structure used to describe a small glyph bitmap.\n   *\n   * @fields:\n   *   width ::\n   *     The bitmap width in pixels.\n   *\n   *   height ::\n   *     The bitmap height in pixels.\n   *\n   *   left ::\n   *     The horizontal distance from the pen position to the left bitmap\n   *     border (a.k.a. 'left side bearing', or 'lsb').\n   *\n   *   top ::\n   *     The vertical distance from the pen position (on the baseline) to the\n   *     upper bitmap border (a.k.a. 'top side bearing').  The distance is\n   *     positive for upwards y~coordinates.\n   *\n   *   format ::\n   *     The format of the glyph bitmap (monochrome or gray).\n   *\n   *   max_grays ::\n   *     Maximum gray level value (in the range 1 to~255).\n   *\n   *   pitch ::\n   *     The number of bytes per bitmap line.  May be positive or negative.\n   *\n   *   xadvance ::\n   *     The horizontal advance width in pixels.\n   *\n   *   yadvance ::\n   *     The vertical advance height in pixels.\n   *\n   *   buffer ::\n   *     A pointer to the bitmap pixels.\n   */\n  typedef struct  FTC_SBitRec_\n  {\n    FT_Byte   width;\n    FT_Byte   height;\n    FT_Char   left;\n    FT_Char   top;\n\n    FT_Byte   format;\n    FT_Byte   max_grays;\n    FT_Short  pitch;\n    FT_Char   xadvance;\n    FT_Char   yadvance;\n\n    FT_Byte*  buffer;\n\n  } FTC_SBitRec;\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @type:\n   *   FTC_SBitCache\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   A handle to a small bitmap cache.  These are special cache objects\n   *   used to store small glyph bitmaps (and anti-aliased pixmaps) in a much\n   *   more efficient way than the traditional glyph image cache implemented\n   *   by @FTC_ImageCache.\n   */\n  typedef struct FTC_SBitCacheRec_*  FTC_SBitCache;\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @function:\n   *   FTC_SBitCache_New\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   Create a new cache to store small glyph bitmaps.\n   *\n   * @input:\n   *   manager ::\n   *     A handle to the source cache manager.\n   *\n   * @output:\n   *   acache ::\n   *     A handle to the new sbit cache.  `NULL` in case of error.\n   *\n   * @return:\n   *   FreeType error code.  0~means success.\n   */\n  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )\n  FTC_SBitCache_New( FTC_Manager     manager,\n                     FTC_SBitCache  *acache );\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @function:\n   *   FTC_SBitCache_Lookup\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   Look up a given small glyph bitmap in a given sbit cache and 'lock' it\n   *   to prevent its flushing from the cache until needed.\n   *\n   * @input:\n   *   cache ::\n   *     A handle to the source sbit cache.\n   *\n   *   type ::\n   *     A pointer to the glyph image type descriptor.\n   *\n   *   gindex ::\n   *     The glyph index.\n   *\n   * @output:\n   *   sbit ::\n   *     A handle to a small bitmap descriptor.\n   *\n   *   anode ::\n   *     Used to return the address of the corresponding cache node after\n   *     incrementing its reference count (see note below).\n   *\n   * @return:\n   *   FreeType error code.  0~means success.\n   *\n   * @note:\n   *   The small bitmap descriptor and its bit buffer are owned by the cache\n   *   and should never be freed by the application.  They might as well\n   *   disappear from memory on the next cache lookup, so don't treat them as\n   *   persistent data.\n   *\n   *   The descriptor's `buffer` field is set to~0 to indicate a missing\n   *   glyph bitmap.\n   *\n   *   If `anode` is _not_ `NULL`, it receives the address of the cache node\n   *   containing the bitmap, after increasing its reference count.  This\n   *   ensures that the node (as well as the image) will always be kept in\n   *   the cache until you call @FTC_Node_Unref to 'release' it.\n   *\n   *   If `anode` is `NULL`, the cache node is left unchanged, which means\n   *   that the bitmap could be flushed out of the cache on the next call to\n   *   one of the caching sub-system APIs.  Don't assume that it is\n   *   persistent!\n   */\n  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )\n  FTC_SBitCache_Lookup( FTC_SBitCache    cache,\n                        FTC_ImageType    type,\n                        FT_UInt          gindex,\n                        FTC_SBit        *sbit,\n                        FTC_Node        *anode );\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @function:\n   *   FTC_SBitCache_LookupScaler\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   A variant of @FTC_SBitCache_Lookup that uses an @FTC_ScalerRec to\n   *   specify the face ID and its size.\n   *\n   * @input:\n   *   cache ::\n   *     A handle to the source sbit cache.\n   *\n   *   scaler ::\n   *     A pointer to the scaler descriptor.\n   *\n   *   load_flags ::\n   *     The corresponding load flags.\n   *\n   *   gindex ::\n   *     The glyph index.\n   *\n   * @output:\n   *   sbit ::\n   *     A handle to a small bitmap descriptor.\n   *\n   *   anode ::\n   *     Used to return the address of the corresponding cache node after\n   *     incrementing its reference count (see note below).\n   *\n   * @return:\n   *   FreeType error code.  0~means success.\n   *\n   * @note:\n   *   The small bitmap descriptor and its bit buffer are owned by the cache\n   *   and should never be freed by the application.  They might as well\n   *   disappear from memory on the next cache lookup, so don't treat them as\n   *   persistent data.\n   *\n   *   The descriptor's `buffer` field is set to~0 to indicate a missing\n   *   glyph bitmap.\n   *\n   *   If `anode` is _not_ `NULL`, it receives the address of the cache node\n   *   containing the bitmap, after increasing its reference count.  This\n   *   ensures that the node (as well as the image) will always be kept in\n   *   the cache until you call @FTC_Node_Unref to 'release' it.\n   *\n   *   If `anode` is `NULL`, the cache node is left unchanged, which means\n   *   that the bitmap could be flushed out of the cache on the next call to\n   *   one of the caching sub-system APIs.  Don't assume that it is\n   *   persistent!\n   */\n  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )\n  FTC_SBitCache_LookupScaler( FTC_SBitCache  cache,\n                              FTC_Scaler     scaler,\n                              FT_ULong       load_flags,\n                              FT_UInt        gindex,\n                              FTC_SBit      *sbit,\n                              FTC_Node      *anode );\n\n  /* */\n\n\nFT_END_HEADER\n\n#endif /* FTCACHE_H_ */\n\n\n/* END */\n"
  },
  {
    "path": "Antario/LIB/freetype/freetype/ftchapters.h",
    "content": "/****************************************************************************\n *\n * This file defines the structure of the FreeType reference.\n * It is used by the python script that generates the HTML files.\n *\n */\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @chapter:\n   *   general_remarks\n   *\n   * @title:\n   *   General Remarks\n   *\n   * @sections:\n   *   header_inclusion\n   *   user_allocation\n   *\n   */\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @chapter:\n   *   core_api\n   *\n   * @title:\n   *   Core API\n   *\n   * @sections:\n   *   version\n   *   basic_types\n   *   base_interface\n   *   glyph_variants\n   *   color_management\n   *   layer_management\n   *   glyph_management\n   *   mac_specific\n   *   sizes_management\n   *   header_file_macros\n   *\n   */\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @chapter:\n   *   format_specific\n   *\n   * @title:\n   *   Format-Specific API\n   *\n   * @sections:\n   *   multiple_masters\n   *   truetype_tables\n   *   type1_tables\n   *   sfnt_names\n   *   bdf_fonts\n   *   cid_fonts\n   *   pfr_fonts\n   *   winfnt_fonts\n   *   font_formats\n   *   gasp_table\n   *\n   */\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @chapter:\n   *   module_specific\n   *\n   * @title:\n   *   Controlling FreeType Modules\n   *\n   * @sections:\n   *   auto_hinter\n   *   cff_driver\n   *   t1_cid_driver\n   *   tt_driver\n   *   pcf_driver\n   *   properties\n   *   parameter_tags\n   *   lcd_rendering\n   *\n   */\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @chapter:\n   *   cache_subsystem\n   *\n   * @title:\n   *   Cache Sub-System\n   *\n   * @sections:\n   *   cache_subsystem\n   *\n   */\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @chapter:\n   *   support_api\n   *\n   * @title:\n   *   Support API\n   *\n   * @sections:\n   *   computations\n   *   list_processing\n   *   outline_processing\n   *   quick_advance\n   *   bitmap_handling\n   *   raster\n   *   glyph_stroker\n   *   system_interface\n   *   module_management\n   *   gzip\n   *   lzw\n   *   bzip2\n   *\n   */\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @chapter:\n   *   error_codes\n   *\n   * @title:\n   *   Error Codes\n   *\n   * @sections:\n   *   error_enumerations\n   *   error_code_values\n   *\n   */\n\n\n/* END */\n"
  },
  {
    "path": "Antario/LIB/freetype/freetype/ftcid.h",
    "content": "/****************************************************************************\n *\n * ftcid.h\n *\n *   FreeType API for accessing CID font information (specification).\n *\n * Copyright (C) 2007-2019 by\n * Dereg Clegg and Michael Toftdal.\n *\n * This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,\n * modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project\n * license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute\n * this file you indicate that you have read the license and\n * understand and accept it fully.\n *\n */\n\n\n#ifndef FTCID_H_\n#define FTCID_H_\n\n#include <ft2build.h>\n#include FT_FREETYPE_H\n\n#ifdef FREETYPE_H\n#error \"freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!\"\n#error \"Please fix the directory search order for header files\"\n#error \"so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first.\"\n#endif\n\n\nFT_BEGIN_HEADER\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @section:\n   *   cid_fonts\n   *\n   * @title:\n   *   CID Fonts\n   *\n   * @abstract:\n   *   CID-keyed font-specific API.\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   This section contains the declaration of CID-keyed font-specific\n   *   functions.\n   *\n   */\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @function:\n   *    FT_Get_CID_Registry_Ordering_Supplement\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *    Retrieve the Registry/Ordering/Supplement triple (also known as the\n   *    \"R/O/S\") from a CID-keyed font.\n   *\n   * @input:\n   *    face ::\n   *      A handle to the input face.\n   *\n   * @output:\n   *    registry ::\n   *      The registry, as a C~string, owned by the face.\n   *\n   *    ordering ::\n   *      The ordering, as a C~string, owned by the face.\n   *\n   *    supplement ::\n   *      The supplement.\n   *\n   * @return:\n   *    FreeType error code.  0~means success.\n   *\n   * @note:\n   *    This function only works with CID faces, returning an error\n   *    otherwise.\n   *\n   * @since:\n   *    2.3.6\n   */\n  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )\n  FT_Get_CID_Registry_Ordering_Supplement( FT_Face       face,\n                                           const char*  *registry,\n                                           const char*  *ordering,\n                                           FT_Int       *supplement );\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @function:\n   *    FT_Get_CID_Is_Internally_CID_Keyed\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *    Retrieve the type of the input face, CID keyed or not.  In contrast\n   *    to the @FT_IS_CID_KEYED macro this function returns successfully also\n   *    for CID-keyed fonts in an SFNT wrapper.\n   *\n   * @input:\n   *    face ::\n   *      A handle to the input face.\n   *\n   * @output:\n   *    is_cid ::\n   *      The type of the face as an @FT_Bool.\n   *\n   * @return:\n   *    FreeType error code.  0~means success.\n   *\n   * @note:\n   *    This function only works with CID faces and OpenType fonts, returning\n   *    an error otherwise.\n   *\n   * @since:\n   *    2.3.9\n   */\n  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )\n  FT_Get_CID_Is_Internally_CID_Keyed( FT_Face   face,\n                                      FT_Bool  *is_cid );\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @function:\n   *    FT_Get_CID_From_Glyph_Index\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *    Retrieve the CID of the input glyph index.\n   *\n   * @input:\n   *    face ::\n   *      A handle to the input face.\n   *\n   *    glyph_index ::\n   *      The input glyph index.\n   *\n   * @output:\n   *    cid ::\n   *      The CID as an @FT_UInt.\n   *\n   * @return:\n   *    FreeType error code.  0~means success.\n   *\n   * @note:\n   *    This function only works with CID faces and OpenType fonts, returning\n   *    an error otherwise.\n   *\n   * @since:\n   *    2.3.9\n   */\n  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )\n  FT_Get_CID_From_Glyph_Index( FT_Face   face,\n                               FT_UInt   glyph_index,\n                               FT_UInt  *cid );\n\n  /* */\n\n\nFT_END_HEADER\n\n#endif /* FTCID_H_ */\n\n\n/* END */\n"
  },
  {
    "path": "Antario/LIB/freetype/freetype/ftcolor.h",
    "content": "/****************************************************************************\n *\n * ftcolor.h\n *\n *   FreeType's glyph color management (specification).\n *\n * Copyright (C) 2018-2019 by\n * David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.\n *\n * This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,\n * modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project\n * license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute\n * this file you indicate that you have read the license and\n * understand and accept it fully.\n *\n */\n\n\n#ifndef FTCOLOR_H_\n#define FTCOLOR_H_\n\n#include <ft2build.h>\n#include FT_FREETYPE_H\n\n#ifdef FREETYPE_H\n#error \"freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!\"\n#error \"Please fix the directory search order for header files\"\n#error \"so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first.\"\n#endif\n\n\nFT_BEGIN_HEADER\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @section:\n   *   color_management\n   *\n   * @title:\n   *   Glyph Color Management\n   *\n   * @abstract:\n   *   Retrieving and manipulating OpenType's 'CPAL' table data.\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   The functions described here allow access and manipulation of color\n   *   palette entries in OpenType's 'CPAL' tables.\n   */\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @struct:\n   *   FT_Color\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   This structure models a BGRA color value of a 'CPAL' palette entry.\n   *\n   *   The used color space is sRGB; the colors are not pre-multiplied, and\n   *   alpha values must be explicitly set.\n   *\n   * @fields:\n   *   blue ::\n   *     Blue value.\n   *\n   *   green ::\n   *     Green value.\n   *\n   *   red ::\n   *     Red value.\n   *\n   *   alpha ::\n   *     Alpha value, giving the red, green, and blue color's opacity.\n   *\n   * @since:\n   *   2.10\n   */\n  typedef struct  FT_Color_\n  {\n    FT_Byte  blue;\n    FT_Byte  green;\n    FT_Byte  red;\n    FT_Byte  alpha;\n\n  } FT_Color;\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @enum:\n   *   FT_PALETTE_XXX\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   A list of bit field constants used in the `palette_flags` array of the\n   *   @FT_Palette_Data structure to indicate for which background a palette\n   *   with a given index is usable.\n   *\n   * @values:\n   *   FT_PALETTE_FOR_LIGHT_BACKGROUND ::\n   *     The palette is appropriate to use when displaying the font on a\n   *     light background such as white.\n   *\n   *   FT_PALETTE_FOR_DARK_BACKGROUND ::\n   *     The palette is appropriate to use when displaying the font on a dark\n   *     background such as black.\n   *\n   * @since:\n   *   2.10\n   */\n#define FT_PALETTE_FOR_LIGHT_BACKGROUND  0x01\n#define FT_PALETTE_FOR_DARK_BACKGROUND   0x02\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @struct:\n   *   FT_Palette_Data\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   This structure holds the data of the 'CPAL' table.\n   *\n   * @fields:\n   *   num_palettes ::\n   *     The number of palettes.\n   *\n   *   palette_name_ids ::\n   *     A read-only array of palette name IDs with `num_palettes` elements,\n   *     corresponding to entries like 'dark' or 'light' in the font's 'name'\n   *     table.\n   *\n   *     An empty name ID in the 'CPAL' table gets represented as value\n   *     0xFFFF.\n   *\n   *     `NULL` if the font's 'CPAL' table doesn't contain appropriate data.\n   *\n   *   palette_flags ::\n   *     A read-only array of palette flags with `num_palettes` elements.\n   *     Possible values are an ORed combination of\n   *     @FT_PALETTE_FOR_LIGHT_BACKGROUND and\n   *     @FT_PALETTE_FOR_DARK_BACKGROUND.\n   *\n   *     `NULL` if the font's 'CPAL' table doesn't contain appropriate data.\n   *\n   *   num_palette_entries ::\n   *     The number of entries in a single palette.  All palettes have the\n   *     same size.\n   *\n   *   palette_entry_name_ids ::\n   *     A read-only array of palette entry name IDs with\n   *     `num_palette_entries`.  In each palette, entries with the same index\n   *     have the same function.  For example, index~0 might correspond to\n   *     string 'outline' in the font's 'name' table to indicate that this\n   *     palette entry is used for outlines, index~1 might correspond to\n   *     'fill' to indicate the filling color palette entry, etc.\n   *\n   *     An empty entry name ID in the 'CPAL' table gets represented as value\n   *     0xFFFF.\n   *\n   *     `NULL` if the font's 'CPAL' table doesn't contain appropriate data.\n   *\n   * @note:\n   *   Use function @FT_Get_Sfnt_Name to map name IDs and entry name IDs to\n   *   name strings.\n   *\n   * @since:\n   *   2.10\n   */\n  typedef struct  FT_Palette_Data_ {\n    FT_UShort         num_palettes;\n    const FT_UShort*  palette_name_ids;\n    const FT_UShort*  palette_flags;\n\n    FT_UShort         num_palette_entries;\n    const FT_UShort*  palette_entry_name_ids;\n\n  } FT_Palette_Data;\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @function:\n   *   FT_Palette_Data_Get\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   Retrieve the face's color palette data.\n   *\n   * @input:\n   *   face ::\n   *     The source face handle.\n   *\n   * @output:\n   *   apalette ::\n   *     A pointer to an @FT_Palette_Data structure.\n   *\n   * @return:\n   *   FreeType error code.  0~means success.\n   *\n   * @note:\n   *   All arrays in the returned @FT_Palette_Data structure are read-only.\n   *\n   *   This function always returns an error if the config macro\n   *   `TT_CONFIG_OPTION_COLOR_LAYERS` is not defined in `ftoption.h`.\n   *\n   * @since:\n   *   2.10\n   */\n  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )\n  FT_Palette_Data_Get( FT_Face           face,\n                       FT_Palette_Data  *apalette );\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @function:\n   *   FT_Palette_Select\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   This function has two purposes.\n   *\n   *   (1) It activates a palette for rendering color glyphs, and\n   *\n   *   (2) it retrieves all (unmodified) color entries of this palette.  This\n   *       function returns a read-write array, which means that a calling\n   *       application can modify the palette entries on demand.\n   *\n   * A corollary of (2) is that calling the function, then modifying some\n   * values, then calling the function again with the same arguments resets\n   * all color entries to the original 'CPAL' values; all user modifications\n   * are lost.\n   *\n   * @input:\n   *   face ::\n   *     The source face handle.\n   *\n   *   palette_index ::\n   *     The palette index.\n   *\n   * @output:\n   *   apalette ::\n   *     An array of color entries for a palette with index `palette_index`,\n   *     having `num_palette_entries` elements (as found in the\n   *     `FT_Palette_Data` structure).  If `apalette` is set to `NULL`, no\n   *     array gets returned (and no color entries can be modified).\n   *\n   *     In case the font doesn't support color palettes, `NULL` is returned.\n   *\n   * @return:\n   *   FreeType error code.  0~means success.\n   *\n   * @note:\n   *   The array pointed to by `apalette_entries` is owned and managed by\n   *   FreeType.\n   *\n   *   This function always returns an error if the config macro\n   *   `TT_CONFIG_OPTION_COLOR_LAYERS` is not defined in `ftoption.h`.\n   *\n   * @since:\n   *   2.10\n   */\n  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )\n  FT_Palette_Select( FT_Face     face,\n                     FT_UShort   palette_index,\n                     FT_Color*  *apalette );\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @function:\n   *   FT_Palette_Set_Foreground_Color\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   'COLR' uses palette index 0xFFFF to indicate a 'text foreground\n   *   color'.  This function sets this value.\n   *\n   * @input:\n   *   face ::\n   *     The source face handle.\n   *\n   *   foreground_color ::\n   *     An `FT_Color` structure to define the text foreground color.\n   *\n   * @return:\n   *   FreeType error code.  0~means success.\n   *\n   * @note:\n   *   If this function isn't called, the text foreground color is set to\n   *   white opaque (BGRA value 0xFFFFFFFF) if\n   *   @FT_PALETTE_FOR_DARK_BACKGROUND is present for the current palette,\n   *   and black opaque (BGRA value 0x000000FF) otherwise, including the case\n   *   that no palette types are available in the 'CPAL' table.\n   *\n   *   This function always returns an error if the config macro\n   *   `TT_CONFIG_OPTION_COLOR_LAYERS` is not defined in `ftoption.h`.\n   *\n   * @since:\n   *   2.10\n   */\n  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )\n  FT_Palette_Set_Foreground_Color( FT_Face   face,\n                                   FT_Color  foreground_color );\n\n  /* */\n\n\nFT_END_HEADER\n\n#endif /* FTCOLOR_H_ */\n\n\n/* END */\n"
  },
  {
    "path": "Antario/LIB/freetype/freetype/ftdriver.h",
    "content": "/****************************************************************************\n *\n * ftdriver.h\n *\n *   FreeType API for controlling driver modules (specification only).\n *\n * Copyright (C) 2017-2019 by\n * David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.\n *\n * This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,\n * modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project\n * license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute\n * this file you indicate that you have read the license and\n * understand and accept it fully.\n *\n */\n\n\n#ifndef FTDRIVER_H_\n#define FTDRIVER_H_\n\n#include <ft2build.h>\n#include FT_FREETYPE_H\n#include FT_PARAMETER_TAGS_H\n\n#ifdef FREETYPE_H\n#error \"freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!\"\n#error \"Please fix the directory search order for header files\"\n#error \"so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first.\"\n#endif\n\n\nFT_BEGIN_HEADER\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @section:\n   *   auto_hinter\n   *\n   * @title:\n   *   The auto-hinter\n   *\n   * @abstract:\n   *   Controlling the auto-hinting module.\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   While FreeType's auto-hinter doesn't expose API functions by itself,\n   *   it is possible to control its behaviour with @FT_Property_Set and\n   *   @FT_Property_Get.  The following lists the available properties\n   *   together with the necessary macros and structures.\n   *\n   *   Note that the auto-hinter's module name is 'autofitter' for historical\n   *   reasons.\n   *\n   *   Available properties are @increase-x-height, @no-stem-darkening\n   *   (experimental), @darkening-parameters (experimental), @warping\n   *   (experimental), @glyph-to-script-map (experimental), @fallback-script\n   *   (experimental), and @default-script (experimental), as documented in\n   *   the @properties section.\n   *\n   */\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @section:\n   *   cff_driver\n   *\n   * @title:\n   *   The CFF driver\n   *\n   * @abstract:\n   *   Controlling the CFF driver module.\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   While FreeType's CFF driver doesn't expose API functions by itself, it\n   *   is possible to control its behaviour with @FT_Property_Set and\n   *   @FT_Property_Get.\n   *\n   *   The CFF driver's module name is 'cff'.\n   *\n   *   Available properties are @hinting-engine, @no-stem-darkening,\n   *   @darkening-parameters, and @random-seed, as documented in the\n   *   @properties section.\n   *\n   *\n   *   **Hinting and antialiasing principles of the new engine**\n   *\n   *   The rasterizer is positioning horizontal features (e.g., ascender\n   *   height & x-height, or crossbars) on the pixel grid and minimizing the\n   *   amount of antialiasing applied to them, while placing vertical\n   *   features (vertical stems) on the pixel grid without hinting, thus\n   *   representing the stem position and weight accurately.  Sometimes the\n   *   vertical stems may be only partially black.  In this context,\n   *   'antialiasing' means that stems are not positioned exactly on pixel\n   *   borders, causing a fuzzy appearance.\n   *\n   *   There are two principles behind this approach.\n   *\n   *   1) No hinting in the horizontal direction: Unlike 'superhinted'\n   *   TrueType, which changes glyph widths to accommodate regular\n   *   inter-glyph spacing, Adobe's approach is 'faithful to the design' in\n   *   representing both the glyph width and the inter-glyph spacing designed\n   *   for the font.  This makes the screen display as close as it can be to\n   *   the result one would get with infinite resolution, while preserving\n   *   what is considered the key characteristics of each glyph.  Note that\n   *   the distances between unhinted and grid-fitted positions at small\n   *   sizes are comparable to kerning values and thus would be noticeable\n   *   (and distracting) while reading if hinting were applied.\n   *\n   *   One of the reasons to not hint horizontally is antialiasing for LCD\n   *   screens: The pixel geometry of modern displays supplies three vertical\n   *   subpixels as the eye moves horizontally across each visible pixel.  On\n   *   devices where we can be certain this characteristic is present a\n   *   rasterizer can take advantage of the subpixels to add increments of\n   *   weight.  In Western writing systems this turns out to be the more\n   *   critical direction anyway; the weights and spacing of vertical stems\n   *   (see above) are central to Armenian, Cyrillic, Greek, and Latin type\n   *   designs.  Even when the rasterizer uses greyscale antialiasing instead\n   *   of color (a necessary compromise when one doesn't know the screen\n   *   characteristics), the unhinted vertical features preserve the design's\n   *   weight and spacing much better than aliased type would.\n   *\n   *   2) Alignment in the vertical direction: Weights and spacing along the\n   *   y~axis are less critical; what is much more important is the visual\n   *   alignment of related features (like cap-height and x-height).  The\n   *   sense of alignment for these is enhanced by the sharpness of grid-fit\n   *   edges, while the cruder vertical resolution (full pixels instead of\n   *   1/3 pixels) is less of a problem.\n   *\n   *   On the technical side, horizontal alignment zones for ascender,\n   *   x-height, and other important height values (traditionally called\n   *   'blue zones') as defined in the font are positioned independently,\n   *   each being rounded to the nearest pixel edge, taking care of overshoot\n   *   suppression at small sizes, stem darkening, and scaling.\n   *\n   *   Hstems (this is, hint values defined in the font to help align\n   *   horizontal features) that fall within a blue zone are said to be\n   *   'captured' and are aligned to that zone.  Uncaptured stems are moved\n   *   in one of four ways, top edge up or down, bottom edge up or down.\n   *   Unless there are conflicting hstems, the smallest movement is taken to\n   *   minimize distortion.\n   *\n   */\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @section:\n   *   pcf_driver\n   *\n   * @title:\n   *   The PCF driver\n   *\n   * @abstract:\n   *   Controlling the PCF driver module.\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   While FreeType's PCF driver doesn't expose API functions by itself, it\n   *   is possible to control its behaviour with @FT_Property_Set and\n   *   @FT_Property_Get.  Right now, there is a single property\n   *   @no-long-family-names available if FreeType is compiled with\n   *   PCF_CONFIG_OPTION_LONG_FAMILY_NAMES.\n   *\n   *   The PCF driver's module name is 'pcf'.\n   *\n   */\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @section:\n   *   t1_cid_driver\n   *\n   * @title:\n   *   The Type 1 and CID drivers\n   *\n   * @abstract:\n   *   Controlling the Type~1 and CID driver modules.\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   It is possible to control the behaviour of FreeType's Type~1 and\n   *   Type~1 CID drivers with @FT_Property_Set and @FT_Property_Get.\n   *\n   *   Behind the scenes, both drivers use the Adobe CFF engine for hinting;\n   *   however, the used properties must be specified separately.\n   *\n   *   The Type~1 driver's module name is 'type1'; the CID driver's module\n   *   name is 't1cid'.\n   *\n   *   Available properties are @hinting-engine, @no-stem-darkening,\n   *   @darkening-parameters, and @random-seed, as documented in the\n   *   @properties section.\n   *\n   *   Please see the @cff_driver section for more details on the new hinting\n   *   engine.\n   *\n   */\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @section:\n   *   tt_driver\n   *\n   * @title:\n   *   The TrueType driver\n   *\n   * @abstract:\n   *   Controlling the TrueType driver module.\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   While FreeType's TrueType driver doesn't expose API functions by\n   *   itself, it is possible to control its behaviour with @FT_Property_Set\n   *   and @FT_Property_Get.  The following lists the available properties\n   *   together with the necessary macros and structures.\n   *\n   *   The TrueType driver's module name is 'truetype'.\n   *\n   *   A single property @interpreter-version is available, as documented in\n   *   the @properties section.\n   *\n   *   We start with a list of definitions, kindly provided by Greg\n   *   Hitchcock.\n   *\n   *   _Bi-Level Rendering_\n   *\n   *   Monochromatic rendering, exclusively used in the early days of\n   *   TrueType by both Apple and Microsoft.  Microsoft's GDI interface\n   *   supported hinting of the right-side bearing point, such that the\n   *   advance width could be non-linear.  Most often this was done to\n   *   achieve some level of glyph symmetry.  To enable reasonable\n   *   performance (e.g., not having to run hinting on all glyphs just to get\n   *   the widths) there was a bit in the head table indicating if the side\n   *   bearing was hinted, and additional tables, 'hdmx' and 'LTSH', to cache\n   *   hinting widths across multiple sizes and device aspect ratios.\n   *\n   *   _Font Smoothing_\n   *\n   *   Microsoft's GDI implementation of anti-aliasing.  Not traditional\n   *   anti-aliasing as the outlines were hinted before the sampling.  The\n   *   widths matched the bi-level rendering.\n   *\n   *   _ClearType Rendering_\n   *\n   *   Technique that uses physical subpixels to improve rendering on LCD\n   *   (and other) displays.  Because of the higher resolution, many methods\n   *   of improving symmetry in glyphs through hinting the right-side bearing\n   *   were no longer necessary.  This lead to what GDI calls 'natural\n   *   widths' ClearType, see\n   *   http://rastertragedy.com/RTRCh4.htm#Sec21.  Since hinting\n   *   has extra resolution, most non-linearity went away, but it is still\n   *   possible for hints to change the advance widths in this mode.\n   *\n   *   _ClearType Compatible Widths_\n   *\n   *   One of the earliest challenges with ClearType was allowing the\n   *   implementation in GDI to be selected without requiring all UI and\n   *   documents to reflow.  To address this, a compatible method of\n   *   rendering ClearType was added where the font hints are executed once\n   *   to determine the width in bi-level rendering, and then re-run in\n   *   ClearType, with the difference in widths being absorbed in the font\n   *   hints for ClearType (mostly in the white space of hints); see\n   *   http://rastertragedy.com/RTRCh4.htm#Sec20.  Somewhat by\n   *   definition, compatible width ClearType allows for non-linear widths,\n   *   but only when the bi-level version has non-linear widths.\n   *\n   *   _ClearType Subpixel Positioning_\n   *\n   *   One of the nice benefits of ClearType is the ability to more crisply\n   *   display fractional widths; unfortunately, the GDI model of integer\n   *   bitmaps did not support this.  However, the WPF and Direct Write\n   *   frameworks do support fractional widths.  DWrite calls this 'natural\n   *   mode', not to be confused with GDI's 'natural widths'.  Subpixel\n   *   positioning, in the current implementation of Direct Write,\n   *   unfortunately does not support hinted advance widths, see\n   *   http://rastertragedy.com/RTRCh4.htm#Sec22.  Note that the\n   *   TrueType interpreter fully allows the advance width to be adjusted in\n   *   this mode, just the DWrite client will ignore those changes.\n   *\n   *   _ClearType Backward Compatibility_\n   *\n   *   This is a set of exceptions made in the TrueType interpreter to\n   *   minimize hinting techniques that were problematic with the extra\n   *   resolution of ClearType; see\n   *   http://rastertragedy.com/RTRCh4.htm#Sec1 and\n   *   https://www.microsoft.com/typography/cleartype/truetypecleartype.aspx.\n   *   This technique is not to be confused with ClearType compatible widths.\n   *   ClearType backward compatibility has no direct impact on changing\n   *   advance widths, but there might be an indirect impact on disabling\n   *   some deltas.  This could be worked around in backward compatibility\n   *   mode.\n   *\n   *   _Native ClearType Mode_\n   *\n   *   (Not to be confused with 'natural widths'.)  This mode removes all the\n   *   exceptions in the TrueType interpreter when running with ClearType.\n   *   Any issues on widths would still apply, though.\n   *\n   */\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @section:\n   *   properties\n   *\n   * @title:\n   *   Driver properties\n   *\n   * @abstract:\n   *   Controlling driver modules.\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   Driver modules can be controlled by setting and unsetting properties,\n   *   using the functions @FT_Property_Set and @FT_Property_Get.  This\n   *   section documents the available properties, together with auxiliary\n   *   macros and structures.\n   *\n   */\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @enum:\n   *   FT_HINTING_XXX\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   A list of constants used for the @hinting-engine property to select\n   *   the hinting engine for CFF, Type~1, and CID fonts.\n   *\n   * @values:\n   *   FT_HINTING_FREETYPE ::\n   *     Use the old FreeType hinting engine.\n   *\n   *   FT_HINTING_ADOBE ::\n   *     Use the hinting engine contributed by Adobe.\n   *\n   * @since:\n   *   2.9\n   *\n   */\n#define FT_HINTING_FREETYPE  0\n#define FT_HINTING_ADOBE     1\n\n  /* these constants (introduced in 2.4.12) are deprecated */\n#define FT_CFF_HINTING_FREETYPE  FT_HINTING_FREETYPE\n#define FT_CFF_HINTING_ADOBE     FT_HINTING_ADOBE\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @property:\n   *   hinting-engine\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   Thanks to Adobe, which contributed a new hinting (and parsing) engine,\n   *   an application can select between 'freetype' and 'adobe' if compiled\n   *   with `CFF_CONFIG_OPTION_OLD_ENGINE`.  If this configuration macro\n   *   isn't defined, 'hinting-engine' does nothing.\n   *\n   *   The same holds for the Type~1 and CID modules if compiled with\n   *   `T1_CONFIG_OPTION_OLD_ENGINE`.\n   *\n   *   For the 'cff' module, the default engine is 'freetype' if\n   *   `CFF_CONFIG_OPTION_OLD_ENGINE` is defined, and 'adobe' otherwise.\n   *\n   *   For both the 'type1' and 't1cid' modules, the default engine is\n   *   'freetype' if `T1_CONFIG_OPTION_OLD_ENGINE` is defined, and 'adobe'\n   *   otherwise.\n   *\n   * @note:\n   *   This property can be used with @FT_Property_Get also.\n   *\n   *   This property can be set via the `FREETYPE_PROPERTIES` environment\n   *   variable (using values 'adobe' or 'freetype').\n   *\n   * @example:\n   *   The following example code demonstrates how to select Adobe's hinting\n   *   engine for the 'cff' module (omitting the error handling).\n   *\n   *   ```\n   *     FT_Library  library;\n   *     FT_UInt     hinting_engine = FT_HINTING_ADOBE;\n   *\n   *\n   *     FT_Init_FreeType( &library );\n   *\n   *     FT_Property_Set( library, \"cff\",\n   *                               \"hinting-engine\", &hinting_engine );\n   *   ```\n   *\n   * @since:\n   *   2.4.12 (for 'cff' module)\n   *\n   *   2.9 (for 'type1' and 't1cid' modules)\n   *\n   */\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @property:\n   *   no-stem-darkening\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   All glyphs that pass through the auto-hinter will be emboldened unless\n   *   this property is set to TRUE.  The same is true for the CFF, Type~1,\n   *   and CID font modules if the 'Adobe' engine is selected (which is the\n   *   default).\n   *\n   *   Stem darkening emboldens glyphs at smaller sizes to make them more\n   *   readable on common low-DPI screens when using linear alpha blending\n   *   and gamma correction, see @FT_Render_Glyph.  When not using linear\n   *   alpha blending and gamma correction, glyphs will appear heavy and\n   *   fuzzy!\n   *\n   *   Gamma correction essentially lightens fonts since shades of grey are\n   *   shifted to higher pixel values (=~higher brightness) to match the\n   *   original intention to the reality of our screens.  The side-effect is\n   *   that glyphs 'thin out'.  Mac OS~X and Adobe's proprietary font\n   *   rendering library implement a counter-measure: stem darkening at\n   *   smaller sizes where shades of gray dominate.  By emboldening a glyph\n   *   slightly in relation to its pixel size, individual pixels get higher\n   *   coverage of filled-in outlines and are therefore 'blacker'.  This\n   *   counteracts the 'thinning out' of glyphs, making text remain readable\n   *   at smaller sizes.\n   *\n   *   By default, the Adobe engines for CFF, Type~1, and CID fonts darken\n   *   stems at smaller sizes, regardless of hinting, to enhance contrast.\n   *   Setting this property, stem darkening gets switched off.\n   *\n   *   For the auto-hinter, stem-darkening is experimental currently and thus\n   *   switched off by default (this is, `no-stem-darkening` is set to TRUE\n   *   by default).  Total consistency with the CFF driver is not achieved\n   *   right now because the emboldening method differs and glyphs must be\n   *   scaled down on the Y-axis to keep outline points inside their\n   *   precomputed blue zones.  The smaller the size (especially 9ppem and\n   *   down), the higher the loss of emboldening versus the CFF driver.\n   *\n   *   Note that stem darkening is never applied if @FT_LOAD_NO_SCALE is set.\n   *\n   * @note:\n   *   This property can be used with @FT_Property_Get also.\n   *\n   *   This property can be set via the `FREETYPE_PROPERTIES` environment\n   *   variable (using values 1 and 0 for 'on' and 'off', respectively).  It\n   *   can also be set per face using @FT_Face_Properties with\n   *   @FT_PARAM_TAG_STEM_DARKENING.\n   *\n   * @example:\n   *   ```\n   *     FT_Library  library;\n   *     FT_Bool     no_stem_darkening = TRUE;\n   *\n   *\n   *     FT_Init_FreeType( &library );\n   *\n   *     FT_Property_Set( library, \"cff\",\n   *                               \"no-stem-darkening\", &no_stem_darkening );\n   *   ```\n   *\n   * @since:\n   *   2.4.12 (for 'cff' module)\n   *\n   *   2.6.2 (for 'autofitter' module)\n   *\n   *   2.9 (for 'type1' and 't1cid' modules)\n   *\n   */\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @property:\n   *   darkening-parameters\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   By default, the Adobe hinting engine, as used by the CFF, Type~1, and\n   *   CID font drivers, darkens stems as follows (if the `no-stem-darkening`\n   *   property isn't set):\n   *\n   *   ```\n   *     stem width <= 0.5px:   darkening amount = 0.4px\n   *     stem width  = 1px:     darkening amount = 0.275px\n   *     stem width  = 1.667px: darkening amount = 0.275px\n   *     stem width >= 2.333px: darkening amount = 0px\n   *   ```\n   *\n   *   and piecewise linear in-between.  At configuration time, these four\n   *   control points can be set with the macro\n   *   `CFF_CONFIG_OPTION_DARKENING_PARAMETERS`; the CFF, Type~1, and CID\n   *   drivers share these values.  At runtime, the control points can be\n   *   changed using the `darkening-parameters` property (see the example\n   *   below that demonstrates this for the Type~1 driver).\n   *\n   *   The x~values give the stem width, and the y~values the darkening\n   *   amount.  The unit is 1000th of pixels.  All coordinate values must be\n   *   positive; the x~values must be monotonically increasing; the y~values\n   *   must be monotonically decreasing and smaller than or equal to 500\n   *   (corresponding to half a pixel); the slope of each linear piece must\n   *   be shallower than -1 (e.g., -.4).\n   *\n   *   The auto-hinter provides this property, too, as an experimental\n   *   feature.  See @no-stem-darkening for more.\n   *\n   * @note:\n   *   This property can be used with @FT_Property_Get also.\n   *\n   *   This property can be set via the `FREETYPE_PROPERTIES` environment\n   *   variable, using eight comma-separated integers without spaces.  Here\n   *   the above example, using `\\` to break the line for readability.\n   *\n   *   ```\n   *     FREETYPE_PROPERTIES=\\\n   *     type1:darkening-parameters=500,300,1000,200,1500,100,2000,0\n   *   ```\n   *\n   * @example:\n   *   ```\n   *     FT_Library  library;\n   *     FT_Int      darken_params[8] = {  500, 300,   // x1, y1\n   *                                      1000, 200,   // x2, y2\n   *                                      1500, 100,   // x3, y3\n   *                                      2000,   0 }; // x4, y4\n   *\n   *\n   *     FT_Init_FreeType( &library );\n   *\n   *     FT_Property_Set( library, \"type1\",\n   *                               \"darkening-parameters\", darken_params );\n   *   ```\n   *\n   * @since:\n   *   2.5.1 (for 'cff' module)\n   *\n   *   2.6.2 (for 'autofitter' module)\n   *\n   *   2.9 (for 'type1' and 't1cid' modules)\n   *\n   */\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @property:\n   *   random-seed\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   By default, the seed value for the CFF 'random' operator and the\n   *   similar '0 28 callothersubr pop' command for the Type~1 and CID\n   *   drivers is set to a random value.  However, mainly for debugging\n   *   purposes, it is often necessary to use a known value as a seed so that\n   *   the pseudo-random number sequences generated by 'random' are\n   *   repeatable.\n   *\n   *   The `random-seed` property does that.  Its argument is a signed 32bit\n   *   integer; if the value is zero or negative, the seed given by the\n   *   `intitialRandomSeed` private DICT operator in a CFF file gets used (or\n   *   a default value if there is no such operator).  If the value is\n   *   positive, use it instead of `initialRandomSeed`, which is consequently\n   *   ignored.\n   *\n   * @note:\n   *   This property can be set via the `FREETYPE_PROPERTIES` environment\n   *   variable.  It can also be set per face using @FT_Face_Properties with\n   *   @FT_PARAM_TAG_RANDOM_SEED.\n   *\n   * @since:\n   *   2.8 (for 'cff' module)\n   *\n   *   2.9 (for 'type1' and 't1cid' modules)\n   *\n   */\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @property:\n   *   no-long-family-names\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   If `PCF_CONFIG_OPTION_LONG_FAMILY_NAMES` is active while compiling\n   *   FreeType, the PCF driver constructs long family names.\n   *\n   *   There are many PCF fonts just called 'Fixed' which look completely\n   *   different, and which have nothing to do with each other.  When\n   *   selecting 'Fixed' in KDE or Gnome one gets results that appear rather\n   *   random, the style changes often if one changes the size and one cannot\n   *   select some fonts at all.  The improve this situation, the PCF module\n   *   prepends the foundry name (plus a space) to the family name.  It also\n   *   checks whether there are 'wide' characters; all put together, family\n   *   names like 'Sony Fixed' or 'Misc Fixed Wide' are constructed.\n   *\n   *   If `no-long-family-names` is set, this feature gets switched off.\n   *\n   * @note:\n   *   This property can be used with @FT_Property_Get also.\n   *\n   *   This property can be set via the `FREETYPE_PROPERTIES` environment\n   *   variable (using values 1 and 0 for 'on' and 'off', respectively).\n   *\n   * @example:\n   *   ```\n   *     FT_Library  library;\n   *     FT_Bool     no_long_family_names = TRUE;\n   *\n   *\n   *     FT_Init_FreeType( &library );\n   *\n   *     FT_Property_Set( library, \"pcf\",\n   *                               \"no-long-family-names\",\n   *                               &no_long_family_names );\n   *   ```\n   *\n   * @since:\n   *   2.8\n   */\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @enum:\n   *   TT_INTERPRETER_VERSION_XXX\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   A list of constants used for the @interpreter-version property to\n   *   select the hinting engine for Truetype fonts.\n   *\n   *   The numeric value in the constant names represents the version number\n   *   as returned by the 'GETINFO' bytecode instruction.\n   *\n   * @values:\n   *   TT_INTERPRETER_VERSION_35 ::\n   *     Version~35 corresponds to MS rasterizer v.1.7 as used e.g. in\n   *     Windows~98; only grayscale and B/W rasterizing is supported.\n   *\n   *   TT_INTERPRETER_VERSION_38 ::\n   *     Version~38 corresponds to MS rasterizer v.1.9; it is roughly\n   *     equivalent to the hinting provided by DirectWrite ClearType (as can\n   *     be found, for example, in the Internet Explorer~9 running on\n   *     Windows~7).  It is used in FreeType to select the 'Infinality'\n   *     subpixel hinting code.  The code may be removed in a future version.\n   *\n   *   TT_INTERPRETER_VERSION_40 ::\n   *     Version~40 corresponds to MS rasterizer v.2.1; it is roughly\n   *     equivalent to the hinting provided by DirectWrite ClearType (as can\n   *     be found, for example, in Microsoft's Edge Browser on Windows~10).\n   *     It is used in FreeType to select the 'minimal' subpixel hinting\n   *     code, a stripped-down and higher performance version of the\n   *     'Infinality' code.\n   *\n   * @note:\n   *   This property controls the behaviour of the bytecode interpreter and\n   *   thus how outlines get hinted.  It does **not** control how glyph get\n   *   rasterized!  In particular, it does not control subpixel color\n   *   filtering.\n   *\n   *   If FreeType has not been compiled with the configuration option\n   *   `TT_CONFIG_OPTION_SUBPIXEL_HINTING`, selecting version~38 or~40 causes\n   *   an `FT_Err_Unimplemented_Feature` error.\n   *\n   *   Depending on the graphics framework, Microsoft uses different bytecode\n   *   and rendering engines.  As a consequence, the version numbers returned\n   *   by a call to the 'GETINFO' bytecode instruction are more convoluted\n   *   than desired.\n   *\n   *   Here are two tables that try to shed some light on the possible values\n   *   for the MS rasterizer engine, together with the additional features\n   *   introduced by it.\n   *\n   *   ```\n   *     GETINFO framework               version feature\n   *     -------------------------------------------------------------------\n   *         3   GDI (Win 3.1),            v1.0  16-bit, first version\n   *             TrueImage\n   *        33   GDI (Win NT 3.1),         v1.5  32-bit\n   *             HP Laserjet\n   *        34   GDI (Win 95)              v1.6  font smoothing,\n   *                                             new SCANTYPE opcode\n   *        35   GDI (Win 98/2000)         v1.7  (UN)SCALED_COMPONENT_OFFSET\n   *                                               bits in composite glyphs\n   *        36   MGDI (Win CE 2)           v1.6+ classic ClearType\n   *        37   GDI (XP and later),       v1.8  ClearType\n   *             GDI+ old (before Vista)\n   *        38   GDI+ old (Vista, Win 7),  v1.9  subpixel ClearType,\n   *             WPF                             Y-direction ClearType,\n   *                                             additional error checking\n   *        39   DWrite (before Win 8)     v2.0  subpixel ClearType flags\n   *                                               in GETINFO opcode,\n   *                                             bug fixes\n   *        40   GDI+ (after Win 7),       v2.1  Y-direction ClearType flag\n   *             DWrite (Win 8)                    in GETINFO opcode,\n   *                                             Gray ClearType\n   *   ```\n   *\n   *   The 'version' field gives a rough orientation only, since some\n   *   applications provided certain features much earlier (as an example,\n   *   Microsoft Reader used subpixel and Y-direction ClearType already in\n   *   Windows 2000).  Similarly, updates to a given framework might include\n   *   improved hinting support.\n   *\n   *   ```\n   *      version   sampling          rendering        comment\n   *               x        y       x           y\n   *     --------------------------------------------------------------\n   *       v1.0   normal  normal  B/W           B/W    bi-level\n   *       v1.6   high    high    gray          gray   grayscale\n   *       v1.8   high    normal  color-filter  B/W    (GDI) ClearType\n   *       v1.9   high    high    color-filter  gray   Color ClearType\n   *       v2.1   high    normal  gray          B/W    Gray ClearType\n   *       v2.1   high    high    gray          gray   Gray ClearType\n   *   ```\n   *\n   *   Color and Gray ClearType are the two available variants of\n   *   'Y-direction ClearType', meaning grayscale rasterization along the\n   *   Y-direction; the name used in the TrueType specification for this\n   *   feature is 'symmetric smoothing'.  'Classic ClearType' is the original\n   *   algorithm used before introducing a modified version in Win~XP.\n   *   Another name for v1.6's grayscale rendering is 'font smoothing', and\n   *   'Color ClearType' is sometimes also called 'DWrite ClearType'.  To\n   *   differentiate between today's Color ClearType and the earlier\n   *   ClearType variant with B/W rendering along the vertical axis, the\n   *   latter is sometimes called 'GDI ClearType'.\n   *\n   *   'Normal' and 'high' sampling describe the (virtual) resolution to\n   *   access the rasterized outline after the hinting process.  'Normal'\n   *   means 1 sample per grid line (i.e., B/W).  In the current Microsoft\n   *   implementation, 'high' means an extra virtual resolution of 16x16 (or\n   *   16x1) grid lines per pixel for bytecode instructions like 'MIRP'.\n   *   After hinting, these 16 grid lines are mapped to 6x5 (or 6x1) grid\n   *   lines for color filtering if Color ClearType is activated.\n   *\n   *   Note that 'Gray ClearType' is essentially the same as v1.6's grayscale\n   *   rendering.  However, the GETINFO instruction handles it differently:\n   *   v1.6 returns bit~12 (hinting for grayscale), while v2.1 returns\n   *   bits~13 (hinting for ClearType), 18 (symmetrical smoothing), and~19\n   *   (Gray ClearType).  Also, this mode respects bits 2 and~3 for the\n   *   version~1 gasp table exclusively (like Color ClearType), while v1.6\n   *   only respects the values of version~0 (bits 0 and~1).\n   *\n   *   Keep in mind that the features of the above interpreter versions might\n   *   not map exactly to FreeType features or behavior because it is a\n   *   fundamentally different library with different internals.\n   *\n   */\n#define TT_INTERPRETER_VERSION_35  35\n#define TT_INTERPRETER_VERSION_38  38\n#define TT_INTERPRETER_VERSION_40  40\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @property:\n   *   interpreter-version\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   Currently, three versions are available, two representing the bytecode\n   *   interpreter with subpixel hinting support (old 'Infinality' code and\n   *   new stripped-down and higher performance 'minimal' code) and one\n   *   without, respectively.  The default is subpixel support if\n   *   `TT_CONFIG_OPTION_SUBPIXEL_HINTING` is defined, and no subpixel\n   *   support otherwise (since it isn't available then).\n   *\n   *   If subpixel hinting is on, many TrueType bytecode instructions behave\n   *   differently compared to B/W or grayscale rendering (except if 'native\n   *   ClearType' is selected by the font).  Microsoft's main idea is to\n   *   render at a much increased horizontal resolution, then sampling down\n   *   the created output to subpixel precision.  However, many older fonts\n   *   are not suited to this and must be specially taken care of by applying\n   *   (hardcoded) tweaks in Microsoft's interpreter.\n   *\n   *   Details on subpixel hinting and some of the necessary tweaks can be\n   *   found in Greg Hitchcock's whitepaper at\n   *   'https://www.microsoft.com/typography/cleartype/truetypecleartype.aspx'.\n   *   Note that FreeType currently doesn't really 'subpixel hint' (6x1, 6x2,\n   *   or 6x5 supersampling) like discussed in the paper.  Depending on the\n   *   chosen interpreter, it simply ignores instructions on vertical stems\n   *   to arrive at very similar results.\n   *\n   * @note:\n   *   This property can be used with @FT_Property_Get also.\n   *\n   *   This property can be set via the `FREETYPE_PROPERTIES` environment\n   *   variable (using values '35', '38', or '40').\n   *\n   * @example:\n   *   The following example code demonstrates how to deactivate subpixel\n   *   hinting (omitting the error handling).\n   *\n   *   ```\n   *     FT_Library  library;\n   *     FT_Face     face;\n   *     FT_UInt     interpreter_version = TT_INTERPRETER_VERSION_35;\n   *\n   *\n   *     FT_Init_FreeType( &library );\n   *\n   *     FT_Property_Set( library, \"truetype\",\n   *                               \"interpreter-version\",\n   *                               &interpreter_version );\n   *   ```\n   *\n   * @since:\n   *   2.5\n   */\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @property:\n   *   glyph-to-script-map\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   **Experimental only**\n   *\n   *   The auto-hinter provides various script modules to hint glyphs.\n   *   Examples of supported scripts are Latin or CJK.  Before a glyph is\n   *   auto-hinted, the Unicode character map of the font gets examined, and\n   *   the script is then determined based on Unicode character ranges, see\n   *   below.\n   *\n   *   OpenType fonts, however, often provide much more glyphs than character\n   *   codes (small caps, superscripts, ligatures, swashes, etc.), to be\n   *   controlled by so-called 'features'.  Handling OpenType features can be\n   *   quite complicated and thus needs a separate library on top of\n   *   FreeType.\n   *\n   *   The mapping between glyph indices and scripts (in the auto-hinter\n   *   sense, see the @FT_AUTOHINTER_SCRIPT_XXX values) is stored as an array\n   *   with `num_glyphs` elements, as found in the font's @FT_Face structure.\n   *   The `glyph-to-script-map` property returns a pointer to this array,\n   *   which can be modified as needed.  Note that the modification should\n   *   happen before the first glyph gets processed by the auto-hinter so\n   *   that the global analysis of the font shapes actually uses the modified\n   *   mapping.\n   *\n   * @example:\n   *   The following example code demonstrates how to access it (omitting the\n   *   error handling).\n   *\n   *   ```\n   *     FT_Library                library;\n   *     FT_Face                   face;\n   *     FT_Prop_GlyphToScriptMap  prop;\n   *\n   *\n   *     FT_Init_FreeType( &library );\n   *     FT_New_Face( library, \"foo.ttf\", 0, &face );\n   *\n   *     prop.face = face;\n   *\n   *     FT_Property_Get( library, \"autofitter\",\n   *                               \"glyph-to-script-map\", &prop );\n   *\n   *     // adjust `prop.map' as needed right here\n   *\n   *     FT_Load_Glyph( face, ..., FT_LOAD_FORCE_AUTOHINT );\n   *   ```\n   *\n   * @since:\n   *   2.4.11\n   *\n   */\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @enum:\n   *   FT_AUTOHINTER_SCRIPT_XXX\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   **Experimental only**\n   *\n   *   A list of constants used for the @glyph-to-script-map property to\n   *   specify the script submodule the auto-hinter should use for hinting a\n   *   particular glyph.\n   *\n   * @values:\n   *   FT_AUTOHINTER_SCRIPT_NONE ::\n   *     Don't auto-hint this glyph.\n   *\n   *   FT_AUTOHINTER_SCRIPT_LATIN ::\n   *     Apply the latin auto-hinter.  For the auto-hinter, 'latin' is a very\n   *     broad term, including Cyrillic and Greek also since characters from\n   *     those scripts share the same design constraints.\n   *\n   *     By default, characters from the following Unicode ranges are\n   *     assigned to this submodule.\n   *\n   *     ```\n   *       U+0020 - U+007F  // Basic Latin (no control characters)\n   *       U+00A0 - U+00FF  // Latin-1 Supplement (no control characters)\n   *       U+0100 - U+017F  // Latin Extended-A\n   *       U+0180 - U+024F  // Latin Extended-B\n   *       U+0250 - U+02AF  // IPA Extensions\n   *       U+02B0 - U+02FF  // Spacing Modifier Letters\n   *       U+0300 - U+036F  // Combining Diacritical Marks\n   *       U+0370 - U+03FF  // Greek and Coptic\n   *       U+0400 - U+04FF  // Cyrillic\n   *       U+0500 - U+052F  // Cyrillic Supplement\n   *       U+1D00 - U+1D7F  // Phonetic Extensions\n   *       U+1D80 - U+1DBF  // Phonetic Extensions Supplement\n   *       U+1DC0 - U+1DFF  // Combining Diacritical Marks Supplement\n   *       U+1E00 - U+1EFF  // Latin Extended Additional\n   *       U+1F00 - U+1FFF  // Greek Extended\n   *       U+2000 - U+206F  // General Punctuation\n   *       U+2070 - U+209F  // Superscripts and Subscripts\n   *       U+20A0 - U+20CF  // Currency Symbols\n   *       U+2150 - U+218F  // Number Forms\n   *       U+2460 - U+24FF  // Enclosed Alphanumerics\n   *       U+2C60 - U+2C7F  // Latin Extended-C\n   *       U+2DE0 - U+2DFF  // Cyrillic Extended-A\n   *       U+2E00 - U+2E7F  // Supplemental Punctuation\n   *       U+A640 - U+A69F  // Cyrillic Extended-B\n   *       U+A720 - U+A7FF  // Latin Extended-D\n   *       U+FB00 - U+FB06  // Alphab. Present. Forms (Latin Ligatures)\n   *      U+1D400 - U+1D7FF // Mathematical Alphanumeric Symbols\n   *      U+1F100 - U+1F1FF // Enclosed Alphanumeric Supplement\n   *     ```\n   *\n   *   FT_AUTOHINTER_SCRIPT_CJK ::\n   *     Apply the CJK auto-hinter, covering Chinese, Japanese, Korean, old\n   *     Vietnamese, and some other scripts.\n   *\n   *     By default, characters from the following Unicode ranges are\n   *     assigned to this submodule.\n   *\n   *     ```\n   *       U+1100 - U+11FF  // Hangul Jamo\n   *       U+2E80 - U+2EFF  // CJK Radicals Supplement\n   *       U+2F00 - U+2FDF  // Kangxi Radicals\n   *       U+2FF0 - U+2FFF  // Ideographic Description Characters\n   *       U+3000 - U+303F  // CJK Symbols and Punctuation\n   *       U+3040 - U+309F  // Hiragana\n   *       U+30A0 - U+30FF  // Katakana\n   *       U+3100 - U+312F  // Bopomofo\n   *       U+3130 - U+318F  // Hangul Compatibility Jamo\n   *       U+3190 - U+319F  // Kanbun\n   *       U+31A0 - U+31BF  // Bopomofo Extended\n   *       U+31C0 - U+31EF  // CJK Strokes\n   *       U+31F0 - U+31FF  // Katakana Phonetic Extensions\n   *       U+3200 - U+32FF  // Enclosed CJK Letters and Months\n   *       U+3300 - U+33FF  // CJK Compatibility\n   *       U+3400 - U+4DBF  // CJK Unified Ideographs Extension A\n   *       U+4DC0 - U+4DFF  // Yijing Hexagram Symbols\n   *       U+4E00 - U+9FFF  // CJK Unified Ideographs\n   *       U+A960 - U+A97F  // Hangul Jamo Extended-A\n   *       U+AC00 - U+D7AF  // Hangul Syllables\n   *       U+D7B0 - U+D7FF  // Hangul Jamo Extended-B\n   *       U+F900 - U+FAFF  // CJK Compatibility Ideographs\n   *       U+FE10 - U+FE1F  // Vertical forms\n   *       U+FE30 - U+FE4F  // CJK Compatibility Forms\n   *       U+FF00 - U+FFEF  // Halfwidth and Fullwidth Forms\n   *      U+1B000 - U+1B0FF // Kana Supplement\n   *      U+1D300 - U+1D35F // Tai Xuan Hing Symbols\n   *      U+1F200 - U+1F2FF // Enclosed Ideographic Supplement\n   *      U+20000 - U+2A6DF // CJK Unified Ideographs Extension B\n   *      U+2A700 - U+2B73F // CJK Unified Ideographs Extension C\n   *      U+2B740 - U+2B81F // CJK Unified Ideographs Extension D\n   *      U+2F800 - U+2FA1F // CJK Compatibility Ideographs Supplement\n   *     ```\n   *\n   *   FT_AUTOHINTER_SCRIPT_INDIC ::\n   *     Apply the indic auto-hinter, covering all major scripts from the\n   *     Indian sub-continent and some other related scripts like Thai, Lao,\n   *     or Tibetan.\n   *\n   *     By default, characters from the following Unicode ranges are\n   *     assigned to this submodule.\n   *\n   *     ```\n   *       U+0900 - U+0DFF  // Indic Range\n   *       U+0F00 - U+0FFF  // Tibetan\n   *       U+1900 - U+194F  // Limbu\n   *       U+1B80 - U+1BBF  // Sundanese\n   *       U+A800 - U+A82F  // Syloti Nagri\n   *       U+ABC0 - U+ABFF  // Meetei Mayek\n   *      U+11800 - U+118DF // Sharada\n   *     ```\n   *\n   *     Note that currently Indic support is rudimentary only, missing blue\n   *     zone support.\n   *\n   * @since:\n   *   2.4.11\n   *\n   */\n#define FT_AUTOHINTER_SCRIPT_NONE   0\n#define FT_AUTOHINTER_SCRIPT_LATIN  1\n#define FT_AUTOHINTER_SCRIPT_CJK    2\n#define FT_AUTOHINTER_SCRIPT_INDIC  3\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @struct:\n   *   FT_Prop_GlyphToScriptMap\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   **Experimental only**\n   *\n   *   The data exchange structure for the @glyph-to-script-map property.\n   *\n   * @since:\n   *   2.4.11\n   *\n   */\n  typedef struct  FT_Prop_GlyphToScriptMap_\n  {\n    FT_Face     face;\n    FT_UShort*  map;\n\n  } FT_Prop_GlyphToScriptMap;\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @property:\n   *   fallback-script\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   **Experimental only**\n   *\n   *   If no auto-hinter script module can be assigned to a glyph, a fallback\n   *   script gets assigned to it (see also the @glyph-to-script-map\n   *   property).  By default, this is @FT_AUTOHINTER_SCRIPT_CJK.  Using the\n   *   `fallback-script` property, this fallback value can be changed.\n   *\n   * @note:\n   *   This property can be used with @FT_Property_Get also.\n   *\n   *   It's important to use the right timing for changing this value: The\n   *   creation of the glyph-to-script map that eventually uses the fallback\n   *   script value gets triggered either by setting or reading a\n   *   face-specific property like @glyph-to-script-map, or by auto-hinting\n   *   any glyph from that face.  In particular, if you have already created\n   *   an @FT_Face structure but not loaded any glyph (using the\n   *   auto-hinter), a change of the fallback script will affect this face.\n   *\n   * @example:\n   *   ```\n   *     FT_Library  library;\n   *     FT_UInt     fallback_script = FT_AUTOHINTER_SCRIPT_NONE;\n   *\n   *\n   *     FT_Init_FreeType( &library );\n   *\n   *     FT_Property_Set( library, \"autofitter\",\n   *                               \"fallback-script\", &fallback_script );\n   *   ```\n   *\n   * @since:\n   *   2.4.11\n   *\n   */\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @property:\n   *   default-script\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   **Experimental only**\n   *\n   *   If FreeType gets compiled with `FT_CONFIG_OPTION_USE_HARFBUZZ` to make\n   *   the HarfBuzz library access OpenType features for getting better glyph\n   *   coverages, this property sets the (auto-fitter) script to be used for\n   *   the default (OpenType) script data of a font's GSUB table.  Features\n   *   for the default script are intended for all scripts not explicitly\n   *   handled in GSUB; an example is a 'dlig' feature, containing the\n   *   combination of the characters 'T', 'E', and 'L' to form a 'TEL'\n   *   ligature.\n   *\n   *   By default, this is @FT_AUTOHINTER_SCRIPT_LATIN.  Using the\n   *   `default-script` property, this default value can be changed.\n   *\n   * @note:\n   *   This property can be used with @FT_Property_Get also.\n   *\n   *   It's important to use the right timing for changing this value: The\n   *   creation of the glyph-to-script map that eventually uses the default\n   *   script value gets triggered either by setting or reading a\n   *   face-specific property like @glyph-to-script-map, or by auto-hinting\n   *   any glyph from that face.  In particular, if you have already created\n   *   an @FT_Face structure but not loaded any glyph (using the\n   *   auto-hinter), a change of the default script will affect this face.\n   *\n   * @example:\n   *   ```\n   *     FT_Library  library;\n   *     FT_UInt     default_script = FT_AUTOHINTER_SCRIPT_NONE;\n   *\n   *\n   *     FT_Init_FreeType( &library );\n   *\n   *     FT_Property_Set( library, \"autofitter\",\n   *                               \"default-script\", &default_script );\n   *   ```\n   *\n   * @since:\n   *   2.5.3\n   *\n   */\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @property:\n   *   increase-x-height\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   For ppem values in the range 6~<= ppem <= `increase-x-height`, round\n   *   up the font's x~height much more often than normally.  If the value is\n   *   set to~0, which is the default, this feature is switched off.  Use\n   *   this property to improve the legibility of small font sizes if\n   *   necessary.\n   *\n   * @note:\n   *   This property can be used with @FT_Property_Get also.\n   *\n   *   Set this value right after calling @FT_Set_Char_Size, but before\n   *   loading any glyph (using the auto-hinter).\n   *\n   * @example:\n   *   ```\n   *     FT_Library               library;\n   *     FT_Face                  face;\n   *     FT_Prop_IncreaseXHeight  prop;\n   *\n   *\n   *     FT_Init_FreeType( &library );\n   *     FT_New_Face( library, \"foo.ttf\", 0, &face );\n   *     FT_Set_Char_Size( face, 10 * 64, 0, 72, 0 );\n   *\n   *     prop.face  = face;\n   *     prop.limit = 14;\n   *\n   *     FT_Property_Set( library, \"autofitter\",\n   *                               \"increase-x-height\", &prop );\n   *   ```\n   *\n   * @since:\n   *   2.4.11\n   *\n   */\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @struct:\n   *   FT_Prop_IncreaseXHeight\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   The data exchange structure for the @increase-x-height property.\n   *\n   */\n  typedef struct  FT_Prop_IncreaseXHeight_\n  {\n    FT_Face  face;\n    FT_UInt  limit;\n\n  } FT_Prop_IncreaseXHeight;\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @property:\n   *   warping\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   **Experimental only**\n   *\n   *   If FreeType gets compiled with option `AF_CONFIG_OPTION_USE_WARPER` to\n   *   activate the warp hinting code in the auto-hinter, this property\n   *   switches warping on and off.\n   *\n   *   Warping only works in 'normal' auto-hinting mode replacing it.  The\n   *   idea of the code is to slightly scale and shift a glyph along the\n   *   non-hinted dimension (which is usually the horizontal axis) so that as\n   *   much of its segments are aligned (more or less) to the grid.  To find\n   *   out a glyph's optimal scaling and shifting value, various parameter\n   *   combinations are tried and scored.\n   *\n   *   By default, warping is off.\n   *\n   * @note:\n   *   This property can be used with @FT_Property_Get also.\n   *\n   *   This property can be set via the `FREETYPE_PROPERTIES` environment\n   *   variable (using values 1 and 0 for 'on' and 'off', respectively).\n   *\n   *   The warping code can also change advance widths.  Have a look at the\n   *   `lsb_delta` and `rsb_delta` fields in the @FT_GlyphSlotRec structure\n   *   for details on improving inter-glyph distances while rendering.\n   *\n   *   Since warping is a global property of the auto-hinter it is best to\n   *   change its value before rendering any face.  Otherwise, you should\n   *   reload all faces that get auto-hinted in 'normal' hinting mode.\n   *\n   * @example:\n   *   This example shows how to switch on warping (omitting the error\n   *   handling).\n   *\n   *   ```\n   *     FT_Library  library;\n   *     FT_Bool     warping = 1;\n   *\n   *\n   *     FT_Init_FreeType( &library );\n   *\n   *     FT_Property_Set( library, \"autofitter\", \"warping\", &warping );\n   *   ```\n   *\n   * @since:\n   *   2.6\n   *\n   */\n\n\n /* */\n\n\nFT_END_HEADER\n\n\n#endif /* FTDRIVER_H_ */\n\n\n/* END */\n"
  },
  {
    "path": "Antario/LIB/freetype/freetype/fterrdef.h",
    "content": "/****************************************************************************\n *\n * fterrdef.h\n *\n *   FreeType error codes (specification).\n *\n * Copyright (C) 2002-2019 by\n * David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.\n *\n * This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,\n * modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project\n * license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute\n * this file you indicate that you have read the license and\n * understand and accept it fully.\n *\n */\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @section:\n   *  error_code_values\n   *\n   * @title:\n   *  Error Code Values\n   *\n   * @abstract:\n   *  All possible error codes returned by FreeType functions.\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *  The list below is taken verbatim from the file `fterrdef.h` (loaded\n   *  automatically by including `FT_FREETYPE_H`).  The first argument of the\n   *  `FT_ERROR_DEF_` macro is the error label; by default, the prefix\n   *  `FT_Err_` gets added so that you get error names like\n   *  `FT_Err_Cannot_Open_Resource`.  The second argument is the error code,\n   *  and the last argument an error string, which is not used by FreeType.\n   *\n   *  Within your application you should **only** use error names and\n   *  **never** its numeric values!  The latter might (and actually do)\n   *  change in forthcoming FreeType versions.\n   *\n   *  Macro `FT_NOERRORDEF_` defines `FT_Err_Ok`, which is always zero.  See\n   *  the 'Error Enumerations' subsection how to automatically generate a\n   *  list of error strings.\n   *\n   */\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @enum:\n   *   FT_Err_XXX\n   *\n   */\n\n  /* generic errors */\n\n  FT_NOERRORDEF_( Ok,                                        0x00,\n                  \"no error\" )\n\n  FT_ERRORDEF_( Cannot_Open_Resource,                        0x01,\n                \"cannot open resource\" )\n  FT_ERRORDEF_( Unknown_File_Format,                         0x02,\n                \"unknown file format\" )\n  FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_File_Format,                         0x03,\n                \"broken file\" )\n  FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Version,                             0x04,\n                \"invalid FreeType version\" )\n  FT_ERRORDEF_( Lower_Module_Version,                        0x05,\n                \"module version is too low\" )\n  FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Argument,                            0x06,\n                \"invalid argument\" )\n  FT_ERRORDEF_( Unimplemented_Feature,                       0x07,\n                \"unimplemented feature\" )\n  FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Table,                               0x08,\n                \"broken table\" )\n  FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Offset,                              0x09,\n                \"broken offset within table\" )\n  FT_ERRORDEF_( Array_Too_Large,                             0x0A,\n                \"array allocation size too large\" )\n  FT_ERRORDEF_( Missing_Module,                              0x0B,\n                \"missing module\" )\n  FT_ERRORDEF_( Missing_Property,                            0x0C,\n                \"missing property\" )\n\n  /* glyph/character errors */\n\n  FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Glyph_Index,                         0x10,\n                \"invalid glyph index\" )\n  FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Character_Code,                      0x11,\n                \"invalid character code\" )\n  FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Glyph_Format,                        0x12,\n                \"unsupported glyph image format\" )\n  FT_ERRORDEF_( Cannot_Render_Glyph,                         0x13,\n                \"cannot render this glyph format\" )\n  FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Outline,                             0x14,\n                \"invalid outline\" )\n  FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Composite,                           0x15,\n                \"invalid composite glyph\" )\n  FT_ERRORDEF_( Too_Many_Hints,                              0x16,\n                \"too many hints\" )\n  FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Pixel_Size,                          0x17,\n                \"invalid pixel size\" )\n\n  /* handle errors */\n\n  FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Handle,                              0x20,\n                \"invalid object handle\" )\n  FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Library_Handle,                      0x21,\n                \"invalid library handle\" )\n  FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Driver_Handle,                       0x22,\n                \"invalid module handle\" )\n  FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Face_Handle,                         0x23,\n                \"invalid face handle\" )\n  FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Size_Handle,                         0x24,\n                \"invalid size handle\" )\n  FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Slot_Handle,                         0x25,\n                \"invalid glyph slot handle\" )\n  FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_CharMap_Handle,                      0x26,\n                \"invalid charmap handle\" )\n  FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Cache_Handle,                        0x27,\n                \"invalid cache manager handle\" )\n  FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Stream_Handle,                       0x28,\n                \"invalid stream handle\" )\n\n  /* driver errors */\n\n  FT_ERRORDEF_( Too_Many_Drivers,                            0x30,\n                \"too many modules\" )\n  FT_ERRORDEF_( Too_Many_Extensions,                         0x31,\n                \"too many extensions\" )\n\n  /* memory errors */\n\n  FT_ERRORDEF_( Out_Of_Memory,                               0x40,\n                \"out of memory\" )\n  FT_ERRORDEF_( Unlisted_Object,                             0x41,\n                \"unlisted object\" )\n\n  /* stream errors */\n\n  FT_ERRORDEF_( Cannot_Open_Stream,                          0x51,\n                \"cannot open stream\" )\n  FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Stream_Seek,                         0x52,\n                \"invalid stream seek\" )\n  FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Stream_Skip,                         0x53,\n                \"invalid stream skip\" )\n  FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Stream_Read,                         0x54,\n                \"invalid stream read\" )\n  FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Stream_Operation,                    0x55,\n                \"invalid stream operation\" )\n  FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Frame_Operation,                     0x56,\n                \"invalid frame operation\" )\n  FT_ERRORDEF_( Nested_Frame_Access,                         0x57,\n                \"nested frame access\" )\n  FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Frame_Read,                          0x58,\n                \"invalid frame read\" )\n\n  /* raster errors */\n\n  FT_ERRORDEF_( Raster_Uninitialized,                        0x60,\n                \"raster uninitialized\" )\n  FT_ERRORDEF_( Raster_Corrupted,                            0x61,\n                \"raster corrupted\" )\n  FT_ERRORDEF_( Raster_Overflow,                             0x62,\n                \"raster overflow\" )\n  FT_ERRORDEF_( Raster_Negative_Height,                      0x63,\n                \"negative height while rastering\" )\n\n  /* cache errors */\n\n  FT_ERRORDEF_( Too_Many_Caches,                             0x70,\n                \"too many registered caches\" )\n\n  /* TrueType and SFNT errors */\n\n  FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Opcode,                              0x80,\n                \"invalid opcode\" )\n  FT_ERRORDEF_( Too_Few_Arguments,                           0x81,\n                \"too few arguments\" )\n  FT_ERRORDEF_( Stack_Overflow,                              0x82,\n                \"stack overflow\" )\n  FT_ERRORDEF_( Code_Overflow,                               0x83,\n                \"code overflow\" )\n  FT_ERRORDEF_( Bad_Argument,                                0x84,\n                \"bad argument\" )\n  FT_ERRORDEF_( Divide_By_Zero,                              0x85,\n                \"division by zero\" )\n  FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Reference,                           0x86,\n                \"invalid reference\" )\n  FT_ERRORDEF_( Debug_OpCode,                                0x87,\n                \"found debug opcode\" )\n  FT_ERRORDEF_( ENDF_In_Exec_Stream,                         0x88,\n                \"found ENDF opcode in execution stream\" )\n  FT_ERRORDEF_( Nested_DEFS,                                 0x89,\n                \"nested DEFS\" )\n  FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_CodeRange,                           0x8A,\n                \"invalid code range\" )\n  FT_ERRORDEF_( Execution_Too_Long,                          0x8B,\n                \"execution context too long\" )\n  FT_ERRORDEF_( Too_Many_Function_Defs,                      0x8C,\n                \"too many function definitions\" )\n  FT_ERRORDEF_( Too_Many_Instruction_Defs,                   0x8D,\n                \"too many instruction definitions\" )\n  FT_ERRORDEF_( Table_Missing,                               0x8E,\n                \"SFNT font table missing\" )\n  FT_ERRORDEF_( Horiz_Header_Missing,                        0x8F,\n                \"horizontal header (hhea) table missing\" )\n  FT_ERRORDEF_( Locations_Missing,                           0x90,\n                \"locations (loca) table missing\" )\n  FT_ERRORDEF_( Name_Table_Missing,                          0x91,\n                \"name table missing\" )\n  FT_ERRORDEF_( CMap_Table_Missing,                          0x92,\n                \"character map (cmap) table missing\" )\n  FT_ERRORDEF_( Hmtx_Table_Missing,                          0x93,\n                \"horizontal metrics (hmtx) table missing\" )\n  FT_ERRORDEF_( Post_Table_Missing,                          0x94,\n                \"PostScript (post) table missing\" )\n  FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Horiz_Metrics,                       0x95,\n                \"invalid horizontal metrics\" )\n  FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_CharMap_Format,                      0x96,\n                \"invalid character map (cmap) format\" )\n  FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_PPem,                                0x97,\n                \"invalid ppem value\" )\n  FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Vert_Metrics,                        0x98,\n                \"invalid vertical metrics\" )\n  FT_ERRORDEF_( Could_Not_Find_Context,                      0x99,\n                \"could not find context\" )\n  FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Post_Table_Format,                   0x9A,\n                \"invalid PostScript (post) table format\" )\n  FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Post_Table,                          0x9B,\n                \"invalid PostScript (post) table\" )\n  FT_ERRORDEF_( DEF_In_Glyf_Bytecode,                        0x9C,\n                \"found FDEF or IDEF opcode in glyf bytecode\" )\n  FT_ERRORDEF_( Missing_Bitmap,                              0x9D,\n                \"missing bitmap in strike\" )\n\n  /* CFF, CID, and Type 1 errors */\n\n  FT_ERRORDEF_( Syntax_Error,                                0xA0,\n                \"opcode syntax error\" )\n  FT_ERRORDEF_( Stack_Underflow,                             0xA1,\n                \"argument stack underflow\" )\n  FT_ERRORDEF_( Ignore,                                      0xA2,\n                \"ignore\" )\n  FT_ERRORDEF_( No_Unicode_Glyph_Name,                       0xA3,\n                \"no Unicode glyph name found\" )\n  FT_ERRORDEF_( Glyph_Too_Big,                               0xA4,\n                \"glyph too big for hinting\" )\n\n  /* BDF errors */\n\n  FT_ERRORDEF_( Missing_Startfont_Field,                     0xB0,\n                \"`STARTFONT' field missing\" )\n  FT_ERRORDEF_( Missing_Font_Field,                          0xB1,\n                \"`FONT' field missing\" )\n  FT_ERRORDEF_( Missing_Size_Field,                          0xB2,\n                \"`SIZE' field missing\" )\n  FT_ERRORDEF_( Missing_Fontboundingbox_Field,               0xB3,\n                \"`FONTBOUNDINGBOX' field missing\" )\n  FT_ERRORDEF_( Missing_Chars_Field,                         0xB4,\n                \"`CHARS' field missing\" )\n  FT_ERRORDEF_( Missing_Startchar_Field,                     0xB5,\n                \"`STARTCHAR' field missing\" )\n  FT_ERRORDEF_( Missing_Encoding_Field,                      0xB6,\n                \"`ENCODING' field missing\" )\n  FT_ERRORDEF_( Missing_Bbx_Field,                           0xB7,\n                \"`BBX' field missing\" )\n  FT_ERRORDEF_( Bbx_Too_Big,                                 0xB8,\n                \"`BBX' too big\" )\n  FT_ERRORDEF_( Corrupted_Font_Header,                       0xB9,\n                \"Font header corrupted or missing fields\" )\n  FT_ERRORDEF_( Corrupted_Font_Glyphs,                       0xBA,\n                \"Font glyphs corrupted or missing fields\" )\n\n  /* */\n\n\n/* END */\n"
  },
  {
    "path": "Antario/LIB/freetype/freetype/fterrors.h",
    "content": "/****************************************************************************\n *\n * fterrors.h\n *\n *   FreeType error code handling (specification).\n *\n * Copyright (C) 1996-2019 by\n * David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.\n *\n * This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,\n * modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project\n * license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute\n * this file you indicate that you have read the license and\n * understand and accept it fully.\n *\n */\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @section:\n   *   error_enumerations\n   *\n   * @title:\n   *   Error Enumerations\n   *\n   * @abstract:\n   *   How to handle errors and error strings.\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   The header file `fterrors.h` (which is automatically included by\n   *   `freetype.h` defines the handling of FreeType's enumeration\n   *   constants.  It can also be used to generate error message strings\n   *   with a small macro trick explained below.\n   *\n   *   **Error Formats**\n   *\n   *   The configuration macro `FT_CONFIG_OPTION_USE_MODULE_ERRORS` can be\n   *   defined in `ftoption.h` in order to make the higher byte indicate the\n   *   module where the error has happened (this is not compatible with\n   *   standard builds of FreeType~2, however).  See the file `ftmoderr.h`\n   *   for more details.\n   *\n   *   **Error Message Strings**\n   *\n   *   Error definitions are set up with special macros that allow client\n   *   applications to build a table of error message strings.  The strings\n   *   are not included in a normal build of FreeType~2 to save space (most\n   *   client applications do not use them).\n   *\n   *   To do so, you have to define the following macros before including\n   *   this file.\n   *\n   *   ```\n   *     FT_ERROR_START_LIST\n   *   ```\n   *\n   *   This macro is called before anything else to define the start of the\n   *   error list.  It is followed by several `FT_ERROR_DEF` calls.\n   *\n   *   ```\n   *     FT_ERROR_DEF( e, v, s )\n   *   ```\n   *\n   *   This macro is called to define one single error.  'e' is the error\n   *   code identifier (e.g., `Invalid_Argument`), 'v' is the error's\n   *   numerical value, and 's' is the corresponding error string.\n   *\n   *   ```\n   *     FT_ERROR_END_LIST\n   *   ```\n   *\n   *   This macro ends the list.\n   *\n   *   Additionally, you have to undefine `FTERRORS_H_` before #including\n   *   this file.\n   *\n   *   Here is a simple example.\n   *\n   *   ```\n   *     #undef FTERRORS_H_\n   *     #define FT_ERRORDEF( e, v, s )  { e, s },\n   *     #define FT_ERROR_START_LIST     {\n   *     #define FT_ERROR_END_LIST       { 0, NULL } };\n   *\n   *     const struct\n   *     {\n   *       int          err_code;\n   *       const char*  err_msg;\n   *     } ft_errors[] =\n   *\n   *     #include FT_ERRORS_H\n   *   ```\n   *\n   *   An alternative to using an array is a switch statement.\n   *\n   *   ```\n   *     #undef FTERRORS_H_\n   *     #define FT_ERROR_START_LIST     switch ( error_code ) {\n   *     #define FT_ERRORDEF( e, v, s )    case v: return s;\n   *     #define FT_ERROR_END_LIST       }\n   *   ```\n   *\n   *   If you use `FT_CONFIG_OPTION_USE_MODULE_ERRORS`, `error_code` should\n   *   be replaced with `FT_ERROR_BASE(error_code)` in the last example.\n   */\n\n  /* */\n\n  /* In previous FreeType versions we used `__FTERRORS_H__`.  However, */\n  /* using two successive underscores in a non-system symbol name      */\n  /* violates the C (and C++) standard, so it was changed to the       */\n  /* current form.  In spite of this, we have to make                  */\n  /*                                                                   */\n  /* ```                                                               */\n  /*   #undefine __FTERRORS_H__                                        */\n  /* ```                                                               */\n  /*                                                                   */\n  /* work for backward compatibility.                                  */\n  /*                                                                   */\n#if !( defined( FTERRORS_H_ ) && defined ( __FTERRORS_H__ ) )\n#define FTERRORS_H_\n#define __FTERRORS_H__\n\n\n  /* include module base error codes */\n#include FT_MODULE_ERRORS_H\n\n\n  /*******************************************************************/\n  /*******************************************************************/\n  /*****                                                         *****/\n  /*****                       SETUP MACROS                      *****/\n  /*****                                                         *****/\n  /*******************************************************************/\n  /*******************************************************************/\n\n\n#undef  FT_NEED_EXTERN_C\n\n\n  /* FT_ERR_PREFIX is used as a prefix for error identifiers. */\n  /* By default, we use `FT_Err_`.                            */\n  /*                                                          */\n#ifndef FT_ERR_PREFIX\n#define FT_ERR_PREFIX  FT_Err_\n#endif\n\n\n  /* FT_ERR_BASE is used as the base for module-specific errors. */\n  /*                                                             */\n#ifdef FT_CONFIG_OPTION_USE_MODULE_ERRORS\n\n#ifndef FT_ERR_BASE\n#define FT_ERR_BASE  FT_Mod_Err_Base\n#endif\n\n#else\n\n#undef FT_ERR_BASE\n#define FT_ERR_BASE  0\n\n#endif /* FT_CONFIG_OPTION_USE_MODULE_ERRORS */\n\n\n  /* If FT_ERRORDEF is not defined, we need to define a simple */\n  /* enumeration type.                                         */\n  /*                                                           */\n#ifndef FT_ERRORDEF\n\n#define FT_INCLUDE_ERR_PROTOS\n\n#define FT_ERRORDEF( e, v, s )  e = v,\n#define FT_ERROR_START_LIST     enum {\n#define FT_ERROR_END_LIST       FT_ERR_CAT( FT_ERR_PREFIX, Max ) };\n\n#ifdef __cplusplus\n#define FT_NEED_EXTERN_C\n  extern \"C\" {\n#endif\n\n#endif /* !FT_ERRORDEF */\n\n\n  /* this macro is used to define an error */\n#define FT_ERRORDEF_( e, v, s )                                             \\\n          FT_ERRORDEF( FT_ERR_CAT( FT_ERR_PREFIX, e ), v + FT_ERR_BASE, s )\n\n  /* this is only used for <module>_Err_Ok, which must be 0! */\n#define FT_NOERRORDEF_( e, v, s )                             \\\n          FT_ERRORDEF( FT_ERR_CAT( FT_ERR_PREFIX, e ), v, s )\n\n\n#ifdef FT_ERROR_START_LIST\n  FT_ERROR_START_LIST\n#endif\n\n\n  /* now include the error codes */\n#include FT_ERROR_DEFINITIONS_H\n\n\n#ifdef FT_ERROR_END_LIST\n  FT_ERROR_END_LIST\n#endif\n\n\n  /*******************************************************************/\n  /*******************************************************************/\n  /*****                                                         *****/\n  /*****                      SIMPLE CLEANUP                     *****/\n  /*****                                                         *****/\n  /*******************************************************************/\n  /*******************************************************************/\n\n#ifdef FT_NEED_EXTERN_C\n  }\n#endif\n\n#undef FT_ERROR_START_LIST\n#undef FT_ERROR_END_LIST\n\n#undef FT_ERRORDEF\n#undef FT_ERRORDEF_\n#undef FT_NOERRORDEF_\n\n#undef FT_NEED_EXTERN_C\n#undef FT_ERR_BASE\n\n  /* FT_ERR_PREFIX is needed internally */\n#ifndef FT2_BUILD_LIBRARY\n#undef FT_ERR_PREFIX\n#endif\n\n  /* FT_INCLUDE_ERR_PROTOS:  Control if function prototypes should be       */\n  /*                         included with `#include FT_ERRORS_H'.  This is */\n  /*                         only true where `FT_ERRORDEF` is undefined.    */\n  /* FT_ERR_PROTOS_DEFINED:  Actual multiple-inclusion protection of        */\n  /*                         `fterrors.h`.                                  */\n#ifdef FT_INCLUDE_ERR_PROTOS\n#undef FT_INCLUDE_ERR_PROTOS\n\n#ifndef FT_ERR_PROTOS_DEFINED\n#define FT_ERR_PROTOS_DEFINED\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @function:\n   *   FT_Error_String\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   Retrieve the description of a valid FreeType error code.\n   *\n   * @input:\n   *   error_code ::\n   *     A valid FreeType error code.\n   *\n   * @return:\n   *   A C~string or `NULL`, if any error occurred.\n   *\n   * @note:\n   *   FreeType has to be compiled with `FT_CONFIG_OPTION_ERROR_STRINGS` or\n   *   `FT_DEBUG_LEVEL_ERROR` to get meaningful descriptions.\n   *   'error_string' will be `NULL` otherwise.\n   *\n   *   Module identification will be ignored:\n   *\n   *   ```c\n   *     strcmp( FT_Error_String(  FT_Err_Unknown_File_Format ),\n   *             FT_Error_String( BDF_Err_Unknown_File_Format ) ) == 0;\n   *   ```\n   */\n  FT_EXPORT( const char* )\n  FT_Error_String( FT_Error  error_code );\n\n\n#endif /* FT_ERR_PROTOS_DEFINED */\n\n#endif /* FT_INCLUDE_ERR_PROTOS */\n\n#endif /* !(FTERRORS_H_ && __FTERRORS_H__) */\n\n\n/* END */\n"
  },
  {
    "path": "Antario/LIB/freetype/freetype/ftfntfmt.h",
    "content": "/****************************************************************************\n *\n * ftfntfmt.h\n *\n *   Support functions for font formats.\n *\n * Copyright (C) 2002-2019 by\n * David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.\n *\n * This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,\n * modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project\n * license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute\n * this file you indicate that you have read the license and\n * understand and accept it fully.\n *\n */\n\n\n#ifndef FTFNTFMT_H_\n#define FTFNTFMT_H_\n\n#include <ft2build.h>\n#include FT_FREETYPE_H\n\n#ifdef FREETYPE_H\n#error \"freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!\"\n#error \"Please fix the directory search order for header files\"\n#error \"so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first.\"\n#endif\n\n\nFT_BEGIN_HEADER\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @section:\n   *  font_formats\n   *\n   * @title:\n   *  Font Formats\n   *\n   * @abstract:\n   *  Getting the font format.\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *  The single function in this section can be used to get the font format.\n   *  Note that this information is not needed normally; however, there are\n   *  special cases (like in PDF devices) where it is important to\n   *  differentiate, in spite of FreeType's uniform API.\n   *\n   */\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @function:\n   *  FT_Get_Font_Format\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *  Return a string describing the format of a given face.  Possible values\n   *  are 'TrueType', 'Type~1', 'BDF', 'PCF', 'Type~42', 'CID~Type~1', 'CFF',\n   *  'PFR', and 'Windows~FNT'.\n   *\n   *  The return value is suitable to be used as an X11 FONT_PROPERTY.\n   *\n   * @input:\n   *  face ::\n   *    Input face handle.\n   *\n   * @return:\n   *  Font format string.  `NULL` in case of error.\n   *\n   * @note:\n   *  A deprecated name for the same function is `FT_Get_X11_Font_Format`.\n   */\n  FT_EXPORT( const char* )\n  FT_Get_Font_Format( FT_Face  face );\n\n\n  /* deprecated */\n  FT_EXPORT( const char* )\n  FT_Get_X11_Font_Format( FT_Face  face );\n\n\n  /* */\n\n\nFT_END_HEADER\n\n#endif /* FTFNTFMT_H_ */\n\n\n/* END */\n"
  },
  {
    "path": "Antario/LIB/freetype/freetype/ftgasp.h",
    "content": "/****************************************************************************\n *\n * ftgasp.h\n *\n *   Access of TrueType's 'gasp' table (specification).\n *\n * Copyright (C) 2007-2019 by\n * David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.\n *\n * This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,\n * modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project\n * license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute\n * this file you indicate that you have read the license and\n * understand and accept it fully.\n *\n */\n\n\n#ifndef FTGASP_H_\n#define FTGASP_H_\n\n#include <ft2build.h>\n#include FT_FREETYPE_H\n\n#ifdef FREETYPE_H\n#error \"freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!\"\n#error \"Please fix the directory search order for header files\"\n#error \"so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first.\"\n#endif\n\n\nFT_BEGIN_HEADER\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @section:\n   *   gasp_table\n   *\n   * @title:\n   *   Gasp Table\n   *\n   * @abstract:\n   *   Retrieving TrueType 'gasp' table entries.\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   The function @FT_Get_Gasp can be used to query a TrueType or OpenType\n   *   font for specific entries in its 'gasp' table, if any.  This is mainly\n   *   useful when implementing native TrueType hinting with the bytecode\n   *   interpreter to duplicate the Windows text rendering results.\n   */\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @enum:\n   *   FT_GASP_XXX\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   A list of values and/or bit-flags returned by the @FT_Get_Gasp\n   *   function.\n   *\n   * @values:\n   *   FT_GASP_NO_TABLE ::\n   *     This special value means that there is no GASP table in this face.\n   *     It is up to the client to decide what to do.\n   *\n   *   FT_GASP_DO_GRIDFIT ::\n   *     Grid-fitting and hinting should be performed at the specified ppem.\n   *     This **really** means TrueType bytecode interpretation.  If this bit\n   *     is not set, no hinting gets applied.\n   *\n   *   FT_GASP_DO_GRAY ::\n   *     Anti-aliased rendering should be performed at the specified ppem.\n   *     If not set, do monochrome rendering.\n   *\n   *   FT_GASP_SYMMETRIC_SMOOTHING ::\n   *     If set, smoothing along multiple axes must be used with ClearType.\n   *\n   *   FT_GASP_SYMMETRIC_GRIDFIT ::\n   *     Grid-fitting must be used with ClearType's symmetric smoothing.\n   *\n   * @note:\n   *   The bit-flags `FT_GASP_DO_GRIDFIT` and `FT_GASP_DO_GRAY` are to be\n   *   used for standard font rasterization only.  Independently of that,\n   *   `FT_GASP_SYMMETRIC_SMOOTHING` and `FT_GASP_SYMMETRIC_GRIDFIT` are to\n   *   be used if ClearType is enabled (and `FT_GASP_DO_GRIDFIT` and\n   *   `FT_GASP_DO_GRAY` are consequently ignored).\n   *\n   *   'ClearType' is Microsoft's implementation of LCD rendering, partly\n   *   protected by patents.\n   *\n   * @since:\n   *   2.3.0\n   */\n#define FT_GASP_NO_TABLE               -1\n#define FT_GASP_DO_GRIDFIT           0x01\n#define FT_GASP_DO_GRAY              0x02\n#define FT_GASP_SYMMETRIC_GRIDFIT    0x04\n#define FT_GASP_SYMMETRIC_SMOOTHING  0x08\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @function:\n   *   FT_Get_Gasp\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   For a TrueType or OpenType font file, return the rasterizer behaviour\n   *   flags from the font's 'gasp' table corresponding to a given character\n   *   pixel size.\n   *\n   * @input:\n   *   face ::\n   *     The source face handle.\n   *\n   *   ppem ::\n   *     The vertical character pixel size.\n   *\n   * @return:\n   *   Bit flags (see @FT_GASP_XXX), or @FT_GASP_NO_TABLE if there is no\n   *   'gasp' table in the face.\n   *\n   * @note:\n   *   If you want to use the MM functionality of OpenType variation fonts\n   *   (i.e., using @FT_Set_Var_Design_Coordinates and friends), call this\n   *   function **after** setting an instance since the return values can\n   *   change.\n   *\n   * @since:\n   *   2.3.0\n   */\n  FT_EXPORT( FT_Int )\n  FT_Get_Gasp( FT_Face  face,\n               FT_UInt  ppem );\n\n  /* */\n\n\nFT_END_HEADER\n\n#endif /* FTGASP_H_ */\n\n\n/* END */\n"
  },
  {
    "path": "Antario/LIB/freetype/freetype/ftglyph.h",
    "content": "/****************************************************************************\n *\n * ftglyph.h\n *\n *   FreeType convenience functions to handle glyphs (specification).\n *\n * Copyright (C) 1996-2019 by\n * David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.\n *\n * This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,\n * modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project\n * license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute\n * this file you indicate that you have read the license and\n * understand and accept it fully.\n *\n */\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * This file contains the definition of several convenience functions that\n   * can be used by client applications to easily retrieve glyph bitmaps and\n   * outlines from a given face.\n   *\n   * These functions should be optional if you are writing a font server or\n   * text layout engine on top of FreeType.  However, they are pretty handy\n   * for many other simple uses of the library.\n   *\n   */\n\n\n#ifndef FTGLYPH_H_\n#define FTGLYPH_H_\n\n\n#include <ft2build.h>\n#include FT_FREETYPE_H\n\n#ifdef FREETYPE_H\n#error \"freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!\"\n#error \"Please fix the directory search order for header files\"\n#error \"so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first.\"\n#endif\n\n\nFT_BEGIN_HEADER\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @section:\n   *   glyph_management\n   *\n   * @title:\n   *   Glyph Management\n   *\n   * @abstract:\n   *   Generic interface to manage individual glyph data.\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   This section contains definitions used to manage glyph data through\n   *   generic @FT_Glyph objects.  Each of them can contain a bitmap,\n   *   a vector outline, or even images in other formats.  These objects are\n   *   detached from @FT_Face, contrary to @FT_GlyphSlot.\n   *\n   */\n\n\n  /* forward declaration to a private type */\n  typedef struct FT_Glyph_Class_  FT_Glyph_Class;\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @type:\n   *   FT_Glyph\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   Handle to an object used to model generic glyph images.  It is a\n   *   pointer to the @FT_GlyphRec structure and can contain a glyph bitmap\n   *   or pointer.\n   *\n   * @note:\n   *   Glyph objects are not owned by the library.  You must thus release\n   *   them manually (through @FT_Done_Glyph) _before_ calling\n   *   @FT_Done_FreeType.\n   */\n  typedef struct FT_GlyphRec_*  FT_Glyph;\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @struct:\n   *   FT_GlyphRec\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   The root glyph structure contains a given glyph image plus its advance\n   *   width in 16.16 fixed-point format.\n   *\n   * @fields:\n   *   library ::\n   *     A handle to the FreeType library object.\n   *\n   *   clazz ::\n   *     A pointer to the glyph's class.  Private.\n   *\n   *   format ::\n   *     The format of the glyph's image.\n   *\n   *   advance ::\n   *     A 16.16 vector that gives the glyph's advance width.\n   */\n  typedef struct  FT_GlyphRec_\n  {\n    FT_Library             library;\n    const FT_Glyph_Class*  clazz;\n    FT_Glyph_Format        format;\n    FT_Vector              advance;\n\n  } FT_GlyphRec;\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @type:\n   *   FT_BitmapGlyph\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   A handle to an object used to model a bitmap glyph image.  This is a\n   *   sub-class of @FT_Glyph, and a pointer to @FT_BitmapGlyphRec.\n   */\n  typedef struct FT_BitmapGlyphRec_*  FT_BitmapGlyph;\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @struct:\n   *   FT_BitmapGlyphRec\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   A structure used for bitmap glyph images.  This really is a\n   *   'sub-class' of @FT_GlyphRec.\n   *\n   * @fields:\n   *   root ::\n   *     The root @FT_Glyph fields.\n   *\n   *   left ::\n   *     The left-side bearing, i.e., the horizontal distance from the\n   *     current pen position to the left border of the glyph bitmap.\n   *\n   *   top ::\n   *     The top-side bearing, i.e., the vertical distance from the current\n   *     pen position to the top border of the glyph bitmap.  This distance\n   *     is positive for upwards~y!\n   *\n   *   bitmap ::\n   *     A descriptor for the bitmap.\n   *\n   * @note:\n   *   You can typecast an @FT_Glyph to @FT_BitmapGlyph if you have\n   *   `glyph->format == FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_BITMAP`.  This lets you access the\n   *   bitmap's contents easily.\n   *\n   *   The corresponding pixel buffer is always owned by @FT_BitmapGlyph and\n   *   is thus created and destroyed with it.\n   */\n  typedef struct  FT_BitmapGlyphRec_\n  {\n    FT_GlyphRec  root;\n    FT_Int       left;\n    FT_Int       top;\n    FT_Bitmap    bitmap;\n\n  } FT_BitmapGlyphRec;\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @type:\n   *   FT_OutlineGlyph\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   A handle to an object used to model an outline glyph image.  This is a\n   *   sub-class of @FT_Glyph, and a pointer to @FT_OutlineGlyphRec.\n   */\n  typedef struct FT_OutlineGlyphRec_*  FT_OutlineGlyph;\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @struct:\n   *   FT_OutlineGlyphRec\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   A structure used for outline (vectorial) glyph images.  This really is\n   *   a 'sub-class' of @FT_GlyphRec.\n   *\n   * @fields:\n   *   root ::\n   *     The root @FT_Glyph fields.\n   *\n   *   outline ::\n   *     A descriptor for the outline.\n   *\n   * @note:\n   *   You can typecast an @FT_Glyph to @FT_OutlineGlyph if you have\n   *   `glyph->format == FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_OUTLINE`.  This lets you access the\n   *   outline's content easily.\n   *\n   *   As the outline is extracted from a glyph slot, its coordinates are\n   *   expressed normally in 26.6 pixels, unless the flag @FT_LOAD_NO_SCALE\n   *   was used in @FT_Load_Glyph() or @FT_Load_Char().\n   *\n   *   The outline's tables are always owned by the object and are destroyed\n   *   with it.\n   */\n  typedef struct  FT_OutlineGlyphRec_\n  {\n    FT_GlyphRec  root;\n    FT_Outline   outline;\n\n  } FT_OutlineGlyphRec;\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @function:\n   *   FT_New_Glyph\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   A function used to create a new empty glyph image.  Note that the\n   *   created @FT_Glyph object must be released with @FT_Done_Glyph.\n   *\n   * @input:\n   *   library ::\n   *     A handle to the FreeType library object.\n   *\n   *   format ::\n   *     The format of the glyph's image.\n   *\n   * @output:\n   *   aglyph ::\n   *     A handle to the glyph object.\n   *\n   * @return:\n   *   FreeType error code.  0~means success.\n   *\n   * @since:\n   *   2.10\n   */\n  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )\n  FT_New_Glyph( FT_Library       library,\n                FT_Glyph_Format  format,\n                FT_Glyph         *aglyph );\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @function:\n   *   FT_Get_Glyph\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   A function used to extract a glyph image from a slot.  Note that the\n   *   created @FT_Glyph object must be released with @FT_Done_Glyph.\n   *\n   * @input:\n   *   slot ::\n   *     A handle to the source glyph slot.\n   *\n   * @output:\n   *   aglyph ::\n   *     A handle to the glyph object.\n   *\n   * @return:\n   *   FreeType error code.  0~means success.\n   *\n   * @note:\n   *   Because `*aglyph->advance.x` and `*aglyph->advance.y` are 16.16\n   *   fixed-point numbers, `slot->advance.x` and `slot->advance.y` (which\n   *   are in 26.6 fixed-point format) must be in the range ]-32768;32768[.\n   */\n  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )\n  FT_Get_Glyph( FT_GlyphSlot  slot,\n                FT_Glyph     *aglyph );\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @function:\n   *   FT_Glyph_Copy\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   A function used to copy a glyph image.  Note that the created\n   *   @FT_Glyph object must be released with @FT_Done_Glyph.\n   *\n   * @input:\n   *   source ::\n   *     A handle to the source glyph object.\n   *\n   * @output:\n   *   target ::\n   *     A handle to the target glyph object.  0~in case of error.\n   *\n   * @return:\n   *   FreeType error code.  0~means success.\n   */\n  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )\n  FT_Glyph_Copy( FT_Glyph   source,\n                 FT_Glyph  *target );\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @function:\n   *   FT_Glyph_Transform\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   Transform a glyph image if its format is scalable.\n   *\n   * @inout:\n   *   glyph ::\n   *     A handle to the target glyph object.\n   *\n   * @input:\n   *   matrix ::\n   *     A pointer to a 2x2 matrix to apply.\n   *\n   *   delta ::\n   *     A pointer to a 2d vector to apply.  Coordinates are expressed in\n   *     1/64th of a pixel.\n   *\n   * @return:\n   *   FreeType error code (if not 0, the glyph format is not scalable).\n   *\n   * @note:\n   *   The 2x2 transformation matrix is also applied to the glyph's advance\n   *   vector.\n   */\n  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )\n  FT_Glyph_Transform( FT_Glyph    glyph,\n                      FT_Matrix*  matrix,\n                      FT_Vector*  delta );\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @enum:\n   *   FT_Glyph_BBox_Mode\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   The mode how the values of @FT_Glyph_Get_CBox are returned.\n   *\n   * @values:\n   *   FT_GLYPH_BBOX_UNSCALED ::\n   *     Return unscaled font units.\n   *\n   *   FT_GLYPH_BBOX_SUBPIXELS ::\n   *     Return unfitted 26.6 coordinates.\n   *\n   *   FT_GLYPH_BBOX_GRIDFIT ::\n   *     Return grid-fitted 26.6 coordinates.\n   *\n   *   FT_GLYPH_BBOX_TRUNCATE ::\n   *     Return coordinates in integer pixels.\n   *\n   *   FT_GLYPH_BBOX_PIXELS ::\n   *     Return grid-fitted pixel coordinates.\n   */\n  typedef enum  FT_Glyph_BBox_Mode_\n  {\n    FT_GLYPH_BBOX_UNSCALED  = 0,\n    FT_GLYPH_BBOX_SUBPIXELS = 0,\n    FT_GLYPH_BBOX_GRIDFIT   = 1,\n    FT_GLYPH_BBOX_TRUNCATE  = 2,\n    FT_GLYPH_BBOX_PIXELS    = 3\n\n  } FT_Glyph_BBox_Mode;\n\n\n  /* these constants are deprecated; use the corresponding */\n  /* `FT_Glyph_BBox_Mode` values instead                   */\n#define ft_glyph_bbox_unscaled   FT_GLYPH_BBOX_UNSCALED\n#define ft_glyph_bbox_subpixels  FT_GLYPH_BBOX_SUBPIXELS\n#define ft_glyph_bbox_gridfit    FT_GLYPH_BBOX_GRIDFIT\n#define ft_glyph_bbox_truncate   FT_GLYPH_BBOX_TRUNCATE\n#define ft_glyph_bbox_pixels     FT_GLYPH_BBOX_PIXELS\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @function:\n   *   FT_Glyph_Get_CBox\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   Return a glyph's 'control box'.  The control box encloses all the\n   *   outline's points, including Bezier control points.  Though it\n   *   coincides with the exact bounding box for most glyphs, it can be\n   *   slightly larger in some situations (like when rotating an outline that\n   *   contains Bezier outside arcs).\n   *\n   *   Computing the control box is very fast, while getting the bounding box\n   *   can take much more time as it needs to walk over all segments and arcs\n   *   in the outline.  To get the latter, you can use the 'ftbbox'\n   *   component, which is dedicated to this single task.\n   *\n   * @input:\n   *   glyph ::\n   *     A handle to the source glyph object.\n   *\n   *   mode ::\n   *     The mode that indicates how to interpret the returned bounding box\n   *     values.\n   *\n   * @output:\n   *   acbox ::\n   *     The glyph coordinate bounding box.  Coordinates are expressed in\n   *     1/64th of pixels if it is grid-fitted.\n   *\n   * @note:\n   *   Coordinates are relative to the glyph origin, using the y~upwards\n   *   convention.\n   *\n   *   If the glyph has been loaded with @FT_LOAD_NO_SCALE, `bbox_mode` must\n   *   be set to @FT_GLYPH_BBOX_UNSCALED to get unscaled font units in 26.6\n   *   pixel format.  The value @FT_GLYPH_BBOX_SUBPIXELS is another name for\n   *   this constant.\n   *\n   *   If the font is tricky and the glyph has been loaded with\n   *   @FT_LOAD_NO_SCALE, the resulting CBox is meaningless.  To get\n   *   reasonable values for the CBox it is necessary to load the glyph at a\n   *   large ppem value (so that the hinting instructions can properly shift\n   *   and scale the subglyphs), then extracting the CBox, which can be\n   *   eventually converted back to font units.\n   *\n   *   Note that the maximum coordinates are exclusive, which means that one\n   *   can compute the width and height of the glyph image (be it in integer\n   *   or 26.6 pixels) as:\n   *\n   *   ```\n   *     width  = bbox.xMax - bbox.xMin;\n   *     height = bbox.yMax - bbox.yMin;\n   *   ```\n   *\n   *   Note also that for 26.6 coordinates, if `bbox_mode` is set to\n   *   @FT_GLYPH_BBOX_GRIDFIT, the coordinates will also be grid-fitted,\n   *   which corresponds to:\n   *\n   *   ```\n   *     bbox.xMin = FLOOR(bbox.xMin);\n   *     bbox.yMin = FLOOR(bbox.yMin);\n   *     bbox.xMax = CEILING(bbox.xMax);\n   *     bbox.yMax = CEILING(bbox.yMax);\n   *   ```\n   *\n   *   To get the bbox in pixel coordinates, set `bbox_mode` to\n   *   @FT_GLYPH_BBOX_TRUNCATE.\n   *\n   *   To get the bbox in grid-fitted pixel coordinates, set `bbox_mode` to\n   *   @FT_GLYPH_BBOX_PIXELS.\n   */\n  FT_EXPORT( void )\n  FT_Glyph_Get_CBox( FT_Glyph  glyph,\n                     FT_UInt   bbox_mode,\n                     FT_BBox  *acbox );\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @function:\n   *   FT_Glyph_To_Bitmap\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   Convert a given glyph object to a bitmap glyph object.\n   *\n   * @inout:\n   *   the_glyph ::\n   *     A pointer to a handle to the target glyph.\n   *\n   * @input:\n   *   render_mode ::\n   *     An enumeration that describes how the data is rendered.\n   *\n   *   origin ::\n   *     A pointer to a vector used to translate the glyph image before\n   *     rendering.  Can be~0 (if no translation).  The origin is expressed\n   *     in 26.6 pixels.\n   *\n   *   destroy ::\n   *     A boolean that indicates that the original glyph image should be\n   *     destroyed by this function.  It is never destroyed in case of error.\n   *\n   * @return:\n   *   FreeType error code.  0~means success.\n   *\n   * @note:\n   *   This function does nothing if the glyph format isn't scalable.\n   *\n   *   The glyph image is translated with the `origin` vector before\n   *   rendering.\n   *\n   *   The first parameter is a pointer to an @FT_Glyph handle, that will be\n   *   _replaced_ by this function (with newly allocated data).  Typically,\n   *   you would use (omitting error handling):\n   *\n   *   ```\n   *     FT_Glyph        glyph;\n   *     FT_BitmapGlyph  glyph_bitmap;\n   *\n   *\n   *     // load glyph\n   *     error = FT_Load_Char( face, glyph_index, FT_LOAD_DEFAULT );\n   *\n   *     // extract glyph image\n   *     error = FT_Get_Glyph( face->glyph, &glyph );\n   *\n   *     // convert to a bitmap (default render mode + destroying old)\n   *     if ( glyph->format != FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_BITMAP )\n   *     {\n   *       error = FT_Glyph_To_Bitmap( &glyph, FT_RENDER_MODE_NORMAL,\n   *                                     0, 1 );\n   *       if ( error ) // `glyph' unchanged\n   *         ...\n   *     }\n   *\n   *     // access bitmap content by typecasting\n   *     glyph_bitmap = (FT_BitmapGlyph)glyph;\n   *\n   *     // do funny stuff with it, like blitting/drawing\n   *     ...\n   *\n   *     // discard glyph image (bitmap or not)\n   *     FT_Done_Glyph( glyph );\n   *   ```\n   *\n   *   Here is another example, again without error handling:\n   *\n   *   ```\n   *     FT_Glyph  glyphs[MAX_GLYPHS]\n   *\n   *\n   *     ...\n   *\n   *     for ( idx = 0; i < MAX_GLYPHS; i++ )\n   *       error = FT_Load_Glyph( face, idx, FT_LOAD_DEFAULT ) ||\n   *               FT_Get_Glyph ( face->glyph, &glyphs[idx] );\n   *\n   *     ...\n   *\n   *     for ( idx = 0; i < MAX_GLYPHS; i++ )\n   *     {\n   *       FT_Glyph  bitmap = glyphs[idx];\n   *\n   *\n   *       ...\n   *\n   *       // after this call, `bitmap' no longer points into\n   *       // the `glyphs' array (and the old value isn't destroyed)\n   *       FT_Glyph_To_Bitmap( &bitmap, FT_RENDER_MODE_MONO, 0, 0 );\n   *\n   *       ...\n   *\n   *       FT_Done_Glyph( bitmap );\n   *     }\n   *\n   *     ...\n   *\n   *     for ( idx = 0; i < MAX_GLYPHS; i++ )\n   *       FT_Done_Glyph( glyphs[idx] );\n   *   ```\n   */\n  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )\n  FT_Glyph_To_Bitmap( FT_Glyph*       the_glyph,\n                      FT_Render_Mode  render_mode,\n                      FT_Vector*      origin,\n                      FT_Bool         destroy );\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @function:\n   *   FT_Done_Glyph\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   Destroy a given glyph.\n   *\n   * @input:\n   *   glyph ::\n   *     A handle to the target glyph object.\n   */\n  FT_EXPORT( void )\n  FT_Done_Glyph( FT_Glyph  glyph );\n\n  /* */\n\n\n  /* other helpful functions */\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @section:\n   *   computations\n   *\n   */\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @function:\n   *   FT_Matrix_Multiply\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   Perform the matrix operation `b = a*b`.\n   *\n   * @input:\n   *   a ::\n   *     A pointer to matrix `a`.\n   *\n   * @inout:\n   *   b ::\n   *     A pointer to matrix `b`.\n   *\n   * @note:\n   *   The result is undefined if either `a` or `b` is zero.\n   *\n   *   Since the function uses wrap-around arithmetic, results become\n   *   meaningless if the arguments are very large.\n   */\n  FT_EXPORT( void )\n  FT_Matrix_Multiply( const FT_Matrix*  a,\n                      FT_Matrix*        b );\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @function:\n   *   FT_Matrix_Invert\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   Invert a 2x2 matrix.  Return an error if it can't be inverted.\n   *\n   * @inout:\n   *   matrix ::\n   *     A pointer to the target matrix.  Remains untouched in case of error.\n   *\n   * @return:\n   *   FreeType error code.  0~means success.\n   */\n  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )\n  FT_Matrix_Invert( FT_Matrix*  matrix );\n\n  /* */\n\n\nFT_END_HEADER\n\n#endif /* FTGLYPH_H_ */\n\n\n/* END */\n\n\n/* Local Variables: */\n/* coding: utf-8    */\n/* End:             */\n"
  },
  {
    "path": "Antario/LIB/freetype/freetype/ftgxval.h",
    "content": "/****************************************************************************\n *\n * ftgxval.h\n *\n *   FreeType API for validating TrueTypeGX/AAT tables (specification).\n *\n * Copyright (C) 2004-2019 by\n * Masatake YAMATO, Redhat K.K,\n * David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.\n *\n * This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,\n * modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project\n * license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute\n * this file you indicate that you have read the license and\n * understand and accept it fully.\n *\n */\n\n/****************************************************************************\n *\n * gxvalid is derived from both gxlayout module and otvalid module.\n * Development of gxlayout is supported by the Information-technology\n * Promotion Agency(IPA), Japan.\n *\n */\n\n\n#ifndef FTGXVAL_H_\n#define FTGXVAL_H_\n\n#include <ft2build.h>\n#include FT_FREETYPE_H\n\n#ifdef FREETYPE_H\n#error \"freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!\"\n#error \"Please fix the directory search order for header files\"\n#error \"so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first.\"\n#endif\n\n\nFT_BEGIN_HEADER\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @section:\n   *   gx_validation\n   *\n   * @title:\n   *   TrueTypeGX/AAT Validation\n   *\n   * @abstract:\n   *   An API to validate TrueTypeGX/AAT tables.\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   This section contains the declaration of functions to validate some\n   *   TrueTypeGX tables (feat, mort, morx, bsln, just, kern, opbd, trak,\n   *   prop, lcar).\n   *\n   * @order:\n   *   FT_TrueTypeGX_Validate\n   *   FT_TrueTypeGX_Free\n   *\n   *   FT_ClassicKern_Validate\n   *   FT_ClassicKern_Free\n   *\n   *   FT_VALIDATE_GX_LENGTH\n   *   FT_VALIDATE_GXXXX\n   *   FT_VALIDATE_CKERNXXX\n   *\n   */\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   *\n   * Warning: Use `FT_VALIDATE_XXX` to validate a table.\n   *          Following definitions are for gxvalid developers.\n   *\n   *\n   */\n\n#define FT_VALIDATE_feat_INDEX     0\n#define FT_VALIDATE_mort_INDEX     1\n#define FT_VALIDATE_morx_INDEX     2\n#define FT_VALIDATE_bsln_INDEX     3\n#define FT_VALIDATE_just_INDEX     4\n#define FT_VALIDATE_kern_INDEX     5\n#define FT_VALIDATE_opbd_INDEX     6\n#define FT_VALIDATE_trak_INDEX     7\n#define FT_VALIDATE_prop_INDEX     8\n#define FT_VALIDATE_lcar_INDEX     9\n#define FT_VALIDATE_GX_LAST_INDEX  FT_VALIDATE_lcar_INDEX\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @macro:\n   *   FT_VALIDATE_GX_LENGTH\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   The number of tables checked in this module.  Use it as a parameter\n   *   for the `table-length` argument of function @FT_TrueTypeGX_Validate.\n   */\n#define FT_VALIDATE_GX_LENGTH  ( FT_VALIDATE_GX_LAST_INDEX + 1 )\n\n  /* */\n\n  /* Up to 0x1000 is used by otvalid.\n     Ox2xxx is reserved for feature OT extension. */\n#define FT_VALIDATE_GX_START  0x4000\n#define FT_VALIDATE_GX_BITFIELD( tag ) \\\n          ( FT_VALIDATE_GX_START << FT_VALIDATE_##tag##_INDEX )\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @enum:\n   *    FT_VALIDATE_GXXXX\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *    A list of bit-field constants used with @FT_TrueTypeGX_Validate to\n   *    indicate which TrueTypeGX/AAT Type tables should be validated.\n   *\n   * @values:\n   *    FT_VALIDATE_feat ::\n   *      Validate 'feat' table.\n   *\n   *    FT_VALIDATE_mort ::\n   *      Validate 'mort' table.\n   *\n   *    FT_VALIDATE_morx ::\n   *      Validate 'morx' table.\n   *\n   *    FT_VALIDATE_bsln ::\n   *      Validate 'bsln' table.\n   *\n   *    FT_VALIDATE_just ::\n   *      Validate 'just' table.\n   *\n   *    FT_VALIDATE_kern ::\n   *      Validate 'kern' table.\n   *\n   *    FT_VALIDATE_opbd ::\n   *      Validate 'opbd' table.\n   *\n   *    FT_VALIDATE_trak ::\n   *      Validate 'trak' table.\n   *\n   *    FT_VALIDATE_prop ::\n   *      Validate 'prop' table.\n   *\n   *    FT_VALIDATE_lcar ::\n   *      Validate 'lcar' table.\n   *\n   *    FT_VALIDATE_GX ::\n   *      Validate all TrueTypeGX tables (feat, mort, morx, bsln, just, kern,\n   *      opbd, trak, prop and lcar).\n   *\n   */\n\n#define FT_VALIDATE_feat  FT_VALIDATE_GX_BITFIELD( feat )\n#define FT_VALIDATE_mort  FT_VALIDATE_GX_BITFIELD( mort )\n#define FT_VALIDATE_morx  FT_VALIDATE_GX_BITFIELD( morx )\n#define FT_VALIDATE_bsln  FT_VALIDATE_GX_BITFIELD( bsln )\n#define FT_VALIDATE_just  FT_VALIDATE_GX_BITFIELD( just )\n#define FT_VALIDATE_kern  FT_VALIDATE_GX_BITFIELD( kern )\n#define FT_VALIDATE_opbd  FT_VALIDATE_GX_BITFIELD( opbd )\n#define FT_VALIDATE_trak  FT_VALIDATE_GX_BITFIELD( trak )\n#define FT_VALIDATE_prop  FT_VALIDATE_GX_BITFIELD( prop )\n#define FT_VALIDATE_lcar  FT_VALIDATE_GX_BITFIELD( lcar )\n\n#define FT_VALIDATE_GX  ( FT_VALIDATE_feat | \\\n                          FT_VALIDATE_mort | \\\n                          FT_VALIDATE_morx | \\\n                          FT_VALIDATE_bsln | \\\n                          FT_VALIDATE_just | \\\n                          FT_VALIDATE_kern | \\\n                          FT_VALIDATE_opbd | \\\n                          FT_VALIDATE_trak | \\\n                          FT_VALIDATE_prop | \\\n                          FT_VALIDATE_lcar )\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @function:\n   *    FT_TrueTypeGX_Validate\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *    Validate various TrueTypeGX tables to assure that all offsets and\n   *    indices are valid.  The idea is that a higher-level library that\n   *    actually does the text layout can access those tables without error\n   *    checking (which can be quite time consuming).\n   *\n   * @input:\n   *    face ::\n   *      A handle to the input face.\n   *\n   *    validation_flags ::\n   *      A bit field that specifies the tables to be validated.  See\n   *      @FT_VALIDATE_GXXXX for possible values.\n   *\n   *    table_length ::\n   *      The size of the `tables` array.  Normally, @FT_VALIDATE_GX_LENGTH\n   *      should be passed.\n   *\n   * @output:\n   *    tables ::\n   *      The array where all validated sfnt tables are stored.  The array\n   *      itself must be allocated by a client.\n   *\n   * @return:\n   *   FreeType error code.  0~means success.\n   *\n   * @note:\n   *   This function only works with TrueTypeGX fonts, returning an error\n   *   otherwise.\n   *\n   *   After use, the application should deallocate the buffers pointed to by\n   *   each `tables` element, by calling @FT_TrueTypeGX_Free.  A `NULL` value\n   *   indicates that the table either doesn't exist in the font, the\n   *   application hasn't asked for validation, or the validator doesn't have\n   *   the ability to validate the sfnt table.\n   */\n  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )\n  FT_TrueTypeGX_Validate( FT_Face   face,\n                          FT_UInt   validation_flags,\n                          FT_Bytes  tables[FT_VALIDATE_GX_LENGTH],\n                          FT_UInt   table_length );\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @function:\n   *    FT_TrueTypeGX_Free\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *    Free the buffer allocated by TrueTypeGX validator.\n   *\n   * @input:\n   *    face ::\n   *      A handle to the input face.\n   *\n   *    table ::\n   *      The pointer to the buffer allocated by @FT_TrueTypeGX_Validate.\n   *\n   * @note:\n   *   This function must be used to free the buffer allocated by\n   *   @FT_TrueTypeGX_Validate only.\n   */\n  FT_EXPORT( void )\n  FT_TrueTypeGX_Free( FT_Face   face,\n                      FT_Bytes  table );\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @enum:\n   *    FT_VALIDATE_CKERNXXX\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *    A list of bit-field constants used with @FT_ClassicKern_Validate to\n   *    indicate the classic kern dialect or dialects.  If the selected type\n   *    doesn't fit, @FT_ClassicKern_Validate regards the table as invalid.\n   *\n   * @values:\n   *    FT_VALIDATE_MS ::\n   *      Handle the 'kern' table as a classic Microsoft kern table.\n   *\n   *    FT_VALIDATE_APPLE ::\n   *      Handle the 'kern' table as a classic Apple kern table.\n   *\n   *    FT_VALIDATE_CKERN ::\n   *      Handle the 'kern' as either classic Apple or Microsoft kern table.\n   */\n#define FT_VALIDATE_MS     ( FT_VALIDATE_GX_START << 0 )\n#define FT_VALIDATE_APPLE  ( FT_VALIDATE_GX_START << 1 )\n\n#define FT_VALIDATE_CKERN  ( FT_VALIDATE_MS | FT_VALIDATE_APPLE )\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @function:\n   *    FT_ClassicKern_Validate\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *    Validate classic (16-bit format) kern table to assure that the\n   *    offsets and indices are valid.  The idea is that a higher-level\n   *    library that actually does the text layout can access those tables\n   *    without error checking (which can be quite time consuming).\n   *\n   *    The 'kern' table validator in @FT_TrueTypeGX_Validate deals with both\n   *    the new 32-bit format and the classic 16-bit format, while\n   *    FT_ClassicKern_Validate only supports the classic 16-bit format.\n   *\n   * @input:\n   *    face ::\n   *      A handle to the input face.\n   *\n   *    validation_flags ::\n   *      A bit field that specifies the dialect to be validated.  See\n   *      @FT_VALIDATE_CKERNXXX for possible values.\n   *\n   * @output:\n   *    ckern_table ::\n   *      A pointer to the kern table.\n   *\n   * @return:\n   *   FreeType error code.  0~means success.\n   *\n   * @note:\n   *   After use, the application should deallocate the buffers pointed to by\n   *   `ckern_table`, by calling @FT_ClassicKern_Free.  A `NULL` value\n   *   indicates that the table doesn't exist in the font.\n   */\n  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )\n  FT_ClassicKern_Validate( FT_Face    face,\n                           FT_UInt    validation_flags,\n                           FT_Bytes  *ckern_table );\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @function:\n   *    FT_ClassicKern_Free\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *    Free the buffer allocated by classic Kern validator.\n   *\n   * @input:\n   *    face ::\n   *      A handle to the input face.\n   *\n   *    table ::\n   *      The pointer to the buffer that is allocated by\n   *      @FT_ClassicKern_Validate.\n   *\n   * @note:\n   *   This function must be used to free the buffer allocated by\n   *   @FT_ClassicKern_Validate only.\n   */\n  FT_EXPORT( void )\n  FT_ClassicKern_Free( FT_Face   face,\n                       FT_Bytes  table );\n\n  /* */\n\n\nFT_END_HEADER\n\n#endif /* FTGXVAL_H_ */\n\n\n/* END */\n"
  },
  {
    "path": "Antario/LIB/freetype/freetype/ftgzip.h",
    "content": "/****************************************************************************\n *\n * ftgzip.h\n *\n *   Gzip-compressed stream support.\n *\n * Copyright (C) 2002-2019 by\n * David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.\n *\n * This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,\n * modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project\n * license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute\n * this file you indicate that you have read the license and\n * understand and accept it fully.\n *\n */\n\n\n#ifndef FTGZIP_H_\n#define FTGZIP_H_\n\n#include <ft2build.h>\n#include FT_FREETYPE_H\n\n#ifdef FREETYPE_H\n#error \"freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!\"\n#error \"Please fix the directory search order for header files\"\n#error \"so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first.\"\n#endif\n\n\nFT_BEGIN_HEADER\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @section:\n   *   gzip\n   *\n   * @title:\n   *   GZIP Streams\n   *\n   * @abstract:\n   *   Using gzip-compressed font files.\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   This section contains the declaration of Gzip-specific functions.\n   *\n   */\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @function:\n   *   FT_Stream_OpenGzip\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   Open a new stream to parse gzip-compressed font files.  This is mainly\n   *   used to support the compressed `*.pcf.gz` fonts that come with\n   *   XFree86.\n   *\n   * @input:\n   *   stream ::\n   *     The target embedding stream.\n   *\n   *   source ::\n   *     The source stream.\n   *\n   * @return:\n   *   FreeType error code.  0~means success.\n   *\n   * @note:\n   *   The source stream must be opened _before_ calling this function.\n   *\n   *   Calling the internal function `FT_Stream_Close` on the new stream will\n   *   **not** call `FT_Stream_Close` on the source stream.  None of the\n   *   stream objects will be released to the heap.\n   *\n   *   The stream implementation is very basic and resets the decompression\n   *   process each time seeking backwards is needed within the stream.\n   *\n   *   In certain builds of the library, gzip compression recognition is\n   *   automatically handled when calling @FT_New_Face or @FT_Open_Face.\n   *   This means that if no font driver is capable of handling the raw\n   *   compressed file, the library will try to open a gzipped stream from it\n   *   and re-open the face with it.\n   *\n   *   This function may return `FT_Err_Unimplemented_Feature` if your build\n   *   of FreeType was not compiled with zlib support.\n   */\n  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )\n  FT_Stream_OpenGzip( FT_Stream  stream,\n                      FT_Stream  source );\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @function:\n   *   FT_Gzip_Uncompress\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   Decompress a zipped input buffer into an output buffer.  This function\n   *   is modeled after zlib's `uncompress` function.\n   *\n   * @input:\n   *   memory ::\n   *     A FreeType memory handle.\n   *\n   *   input ::\n   *     The input buffer.\n   *\n   *   input_len ::\n   *     The length of the input buffer.\n   *\n   * @output:\n   *   output ::\n   *     The output buffer.\n   *\n   * @inout:\n   *   output_len ::\n   *     Before calling the function, this is the total size of the output\n   *     buffer, which must be large enough to hold the entire uncompressed\n   *     data (so the size of the uncompressed data must be known in\n   *     advance).  After calling the function, `output_len` is the size of\n   *     the used data in `output`.\n   *\n   * @return:\n   *   FreeType error code.  0~means success.\n   *\n   * @note:\n   *   This function may return `FT_Err_Unimplemented_Feature` if your build\n   *   of FreeType was not compiled with zlib support.\n   *\n   * @since:\n   *   2.5.1\n   */\n  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )\n  FT_Gzip_Uncompress( FT_Memory       memory,\n                      FT_Byte*        output,\n                      FT_ULong*       output_len,\n                      const FT_Byte*  input,\n                      FT_ULong        input_len );\n\n  /* */\n\n\nFT_END_HEADER\n\n#endif /* FTGZIP_H_ */\n\n\n/* END */\n"
  },
  {
    "path": "Antario/LIB/freetype/freetype/ftimage.h",
    "content": "/****************************************************************************\n *\n * ftimage.h\n *\n *   FreeType glyph image formats and default raster interface\n *   (specification).\n *\n * Copyright (C) 1996-2019 by\n * David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.\n *\n * This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,\n * modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project\n * license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute\n * this file you indicate that you have read the license and\n * understand and accept it fully.\n *\n */\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * Note: A 'raster' is simply a scan-line converter, used to render\n   *       FT_Outlines into FT_Bitmaps.\n   *\n   */\n\n\n#ifndef FTIMAGE_H_\n#define FTIMAGE_H_\n\n\n  /* STANDALONE_ is from ftgrays.c */\n#ifndef STANDALONE_\n#include <ft2build.h>\n#endif\n\n\nFT_BEGIN_HEADER\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @section:\n   *   basic_types\n   *\n   */\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @type:\n   *   FT_Pos\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   The type FT_Pos is used to store vectorial coordinates.  Depending on\n   *   the context, these can represent distances in integer font units, or\n   *   16.16, or 26.6 fixed-point pixel coordinates.\n   */\n  typedef signed long  FT_Pos;\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @struct:\n   *   FT_Vector\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   A simple structure used to store a 2D vector; coordinates are of the\n   *   FT_Pos type.\n   *\n   * @fields:\n   *   x ::\n   *     The horizontal coordinate.\n   *   y ::\n   *     The vertical coordinate.\n   */\n  typedef struct  FT_Vector_\n  {\n    FT_Pos  x;\n    FT_Pos  y;\n\n  } FT_Vector;\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @struct:\n   *   FT_BBox\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   A structure used to hold an outline's bounding box, i.e., the\n   *   coordinates of its extrema in the horizontal and vertical directions.\n   *\n   * @fields:\n   *   xMin ::\n   *     The horizontal minimum (left-most).\n   *\n   *   yMin ::\n   *     The vertical minimum (bottom-most).\n   *\n   *   xMax ::\n   *     The horizontal maximum (right-most).\n   *\n   *   yMax ::\n   *     The vertical maximum (top-most).\n   *\n   * @note:\n   *   The bounding box is specified with the coordinates of the lower left\n   *   and the upper right corner.  In PostScript, those values are often\n   *   called (llx,lly) and (urx,ury), respectively.\n   *\n   *   If `yMin` is negative, this value gives the glyph's descender.\n   *   Otherwise, the glyph doesn't descend below the baseline.  Similarly,\n   *   if `ymax` is positive, this value gives the glyph's ascender.\n   *\n   *   `xMin` gives the horizontal distance from the glyph's origin to the\n   *   left edge of the glyph's bounding box.  If `xMin` is negative, the\n   *   glyph extends to the left of the origin.\n   */\n  typedef struct  FT_BBox_\n  {\n    FT_Pos  xMin, yMin;\n    FT_Pos  xMax, yMax;\n\n  } FT_BBox;\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @enum:\n   *   FT_Pixel_Mode\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   An enumeration type used to describe the format of pixels in a given\n   *   bitmap.  Note that additional formats may be added in the future.\n   *\n   * @values:\n   *   FT_PIXEL_MODE_NONE ::\n   *     Value~0 is reserved.\n   *\n   *   FT_PIXEL_MODE_MONO ::\n   *     A monochrome bitmap, using 1~bit per pixel.  Note that pixels are\n   *     stored in most-significant order (MSB), which means that the\n   *     left-most pixel in a byte has value 128.\n   *\n   *   FT_PIXEL_MODE_GRAY ::\n   *     An 8-bit bitmap, generally used to represent anti-aliased glyph\n   *     images.  Each pixel is stored in one byte.  Note that the number of\n   *     'gray' levels is stored in the `num_grays` field of the @FT_Bitmap\n   *     structure (it generally is 256).\n   *\n   *   FT_PIXEL_MODE_GRAY2 ::\n   *     A 2-bit per pixel bitmap, used to represent embedded anti-aliased\n   *     bitmaps in font files according to the OpenType specification.  We\n   *     haven't found a single font using this format, however.\n   *\n   *   FT_PIXEL_MODE_GRAY4 ::\n   *     A 4-bit per pixel bitmap, representing embedded anti-aliased bitmaps\n   *     in font files according to the OpenType specification.  We haven't\n   *     found a single font using this format, however.\n   *\n   *   FT_PIXEL_MODE_LCD ::\n   *     An 8-bit bitmap, representing RGB or BGR decimated glyph images used\n   *     for display on LCD displays; the bitmap is three times wider than\n   *     the original glyph image.  See also @FT_RENDER_MODE_LCD.\n   *\n   *   FT_PIXEL_MODE_LCD_V ::\n   *     An 8-bit bitmap, representing RGB or BGR decimated glyph images used\n   *     for display on rotated LCD displays; the bitmap is three times\n   *     taller than the original glyph image.  See also\n   *     @FT_RENDER_MODE_LCD_V.\n   *\n   *   FT_PIXEL_MODE_BGRA ::\n   *     [Since 2.5] An image with four 8-bit channels per pixel,\n   *     representing a color image (such as emoticons) with alpha channel.\n   *     For each pixel, the format is BGRA, which means, the blue channel\n   *     comes first in memory.  The color channels are pre-multiplied and in\n   *     the sRGB colorspace.  For example, full red at half-translucent\n   *     opacity will be represented as '00,00,80,80', not '00,00,FF,80'.\n   *     See also @FT_LOAD_COLOR.\n   */\n  typedef enum  FT_Pixel_Mode_\n  {\n    FT_PIXEL_MODE_NONE = 0,\n    FT_PIXEL_MODE_MONO,\n    FT_PIXEL_MODE_GRAY,\n    FT_PIXEL_MODE_GRAY2,\n    FT_PIXEL_MODE_GRAY4,\n    FT_PIXEL_MODE_LCD,\n    FT_PIXEL_MODE_LCD_V,\n    FT_PIXEL_MODE_BGRA,\n\n    FT_PIXEL_MODE_MAX      /* do not remove */\n\n  } FT_Pixel_Mode;\n\n\n  /* these constants are deprecated; use the corresponding `FT_Pixel_Mode` */\n  /* values instead.                                                       */\n#define ft_pixel_mode_none   FT_PIXEL_MODE_NONE\n#define ft_pixel_mode_mono   FT_PIXEL_MODE_MONO\n#define ft_pixel_mode_grays  FT_PIXEL_MODE_GRAY\n#define ft_pixel_mode_pal2   FT_PIXEL_MODE_GRAY2\n#define ft_pixel_mode_pal4   FT_PIXEL_MODE_GRAY4\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @struct:\n   *   FT_Bitmap\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   A structure used to describe a bitmap or pixmap to the raster.  Note\n   *   that we now manage pixmaps of various depths through the `pixel_mode`\n   *   field.\n   *\n   * @fields:\n   *   rows ::\n   *     The number of bitmap rows.\n   *\n   *   width ::\n   *     The number of pixels in bitmap row.\n   *\n   *   pitch ::\n   *     The pitch's absolute value is the number of bytes taken by one\n   *     bitmap row, including padding.  However, the pitch is positive when\n   *     the bitmap has a 'down' flow, and negative when it has an 'up' flow.\n   *     In all cases, the pitch is an offset to add to a bitmap pointer in\n   *     order to go down one row.\n   *\n   *     Note that 'padding' means the alignment of a bitmap to a byte\n   *     border, and FreeType functions normally align to the smallest\n   *     possible integer value.\n   *\n   *     For the B/W rasterizer, `pitch` is always an even number.\n   *\n   *     To change the pitch of a bitmap (say, to make it a multiple of 4),\n   *     use @FT_Bitmap_Convert.  Alternatively, you might use callback\n   *     functions to directly render to the application's surface; see the\n   *     file `example2.cpp` in the tutorial for a demonstration.\n   *\n   *   buffer ::\n   *     A typeless pointer to the bitmap buffer.  This value should be\n   *     aligned on 32-bit boundaries in most cases.\n   *\n   *   num_grays ::\n   *     This field is only used with @FT_PIXEL_MODE_GRAY; it gives the\n   *     number of gray levels used in the bitmap.\n   *\n   *   pixel_mode ::\n   *     The pixel mode, i.e., how pixel bits are stored.  See @FT_Pixel_Mode\n   *     for possible values.\n   *\n   *   palette_mode ::\n   *     This field is intended for paletted pixel modes; it indicates how\n   *     the palette is stored.  Not used currently.\n   *\n   *   palette ::\n   *     A typeless pointer to the bitmap palette; this field is intended for\n   *     paletted pixel modes.  Not used currently.\n   */\n  typedef struct  FT_Bitmap_\n  {\n    unsigned int    rows;\n    unsigned int    width;\n    int             pitch;\n    unsigned char*  buffer;\n    unsigned short  num_grays;\n    unsigned char   pixel_mode;\n    unsigned char   palette_mode;\n    void*           palette;\n\n  } FT_Bitmap;\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @section:\n   *   outline_processing\n   *\n   */\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @struct:\n   *   FT_Outline\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   This structure is used to describe an outline to the scan-line\n   *   converter.\n   *\n   * @fields:\n   *   n_contours ::\n   *     The number of contours in the outline.\n   *\n   *   n_points ::\n   *     The number of points in the outline.\n   *\n   *   points ::\n   *     A pointer to an array of `n_points` @FT_Vector elements, giving the\n   *     outline's point coordinates.\n   *\n   *   tags ::\n   *     A pointer to an array of `n_points` chars, giving each outline\n   *     point's type.\n   *\n   *     If bit~0 is unset, the point is 'off' the curve, i.e., a Bezier\n   *     control point, while it is 'on' if set.\n   *\n   *     Bit~1 is meaningful for 'off' points only.  If set, it indicates a\n   *     third-order Bezier arc control point; and a second-order control\n   *     point if unset.\n   *\n   *     If bit~2 is set, bits 5-7 contain the drop-out mode (as defined in\n   *     the OpenType specification; the value is the same as the argument to\n   *     the 'SCANMODE' instruction).\n   *\n   *     Bits 3 and~4 are reserved for internal purposes.\n   *\n   *   contours ::\n   *     An array of `n_contours` shorts, giving the end point of each\n   *     contour within the outline.  For example, the first contour is\n   *     defined by the points '0' to `contours[0]`, the second one is\n   *     defined by the points `contours[0]+1` to `contours[1]`, etc.\n   *\n   *   flags ::\n   *     A set of bit flags used to characterize the outline and give hints\n   *     to the scan-converter and hinter on how to convert/grid-fit it.  See\n   *     @FT_OUTLINE_XXX.\n   *\n   * @note:\n   *   The B/W rasterizer only checks bit~2 in the `tags` array for the first\n   *   point of each contour.  The drop-out mode as given with\n   *   @FT_OUTLINE_IGNORE_DROPOUTS, @FT_OUTLINE_SMART_DROPOUTS, and\n   *   @FT_OUTLINE_INCLUDE_STUBS in `flags` is then overridden.\n   */\n  typedef struct  FT_Outline_\n  {\n    short       n_contours;      /* number of contours in glyph        */\n    short       n_points;        /* number of points in the glyph      */\n\n    FT_Vector*  points;          /* the outline's points               */\n    char*       tags;            /* the points flags                   */\n    short*      contours;        /* the contour end points             */\n\n    int         flags;           /* outline masks                      */\n\n  } FT_Outline;\n\n  /* */\n\n  /* Following limits must be consistent with */\n  /* FT_Outline.{n_contours,n_points}         */\n#define FT_OUTLINE_CONTOURS_MAX  SHRT_MAX\n#define FT_OUTLINE_POINTS_MAX    SHRT_MAX\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @enum:\n   *   FT_OUTLINE_XXX\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   A list of bit-field constants used for the flags in an outline's\n   *   `flags` field.\n   *\n   * @values:\n   *   FT_OUTLINE_NONE ::\n   *     Value~0 is reserved.\n   *\n   *   FT_OUTLINE_OWNER ::\n   *     If set, this flag indicates that the outline's field arrays (i.e.,\n   *     `points`, `flags`, and `contours`) are 'owned' by the outline\n   *     object, and should thus be freed when it is destroyed.\n   *\n   *   FT_OUTLINE_EVEN_ODD_FILL ::\n   *     By default, outlines are filled using the non-zero winding rule.  If\n   *     set to 1, the outline will be filled using the even-odd fill rule\n   *     (only works with the smooth rasterizer).\n   *\n   *   FT_OUTLINE_REVERSE_FILL ::\n   *     By default, outside contours of an outline are oriented in\n   *     clock-wise direction, as defined in the TrueType specification.\n   *     This flag is set if the outline uses the opposite direction\n   *     (typically for Type~1 fonts).  This flag is ignored by the scan\n   *     converter.\n   *\n   *   FT_OUTLINE_IGNORE_DROPOUTS ::\n   *     By default, the scan converter will try to detect drop-outs in an\n   *     outline and correct the glyph bitmap to ensure consistent shape\n   *     continuity.  If set, this flag hints the scan-line converter to\n   *     ignore such cases.  See below for more information.\n   *\n   *   FT_OUTLINE_SMART_DROPOUTS ::\n   *     Select smart dropout control.  If unset, use simple dropout control.\n   *     Ignored if @FT_OUTLINE_IGNORE_DROPOUTS is set.  See below for more\n   *     information.\n   *\n   *   FT_OUTLINE_INCLUDE_STUBS ::\n   *     If set, turn pixels on for 'stubs', otherwise exclude them.  Ignored\n   *     if @FT_OUTLINE_IGNORE_DROPOUTS is set.  See below for more\n   *     information.\n   *\n   *   FT_OUTLINE_HIGH_PRECISION ::\n   *     This flag indicates that the scan-line converter should try to\n   *     convert this outline to bitmaps with the highest possible quality.\n   *     It is typically set for small character sizes.  Note that this is\n   *     only a hint that might be completely ignored by a given\n   *     scan-converter.\n   *\n   *   FT_OUTLINE_SINGLE_PASS ::\n   *     This flag is set to force a given scan-converter to only use a\n   *     single pass over the outline to render a bitmap glyph image.\n   *     Normally, it is set for very large character sizes.  It is only a\n   *     hint that might be completely ignored by a given scan-converter.\n   *\n   * @note:\n   *   The flags @FT_OUTLINE_IGNORE_DROPOUTS, @FT_OUTLINE_SMART_DROPOUTS, and\n   *   @FT_OUTLINE_INCLUDE_STUBS are ignored by the smooth rasterizer.\n   *\n   *   There exists a second mechanism to pass the drop-out mode to the B/W\n   *   rasterizer; see the `tags` field in @FT_Outline.\n   *\n   *   Please refer to the description of the 'SCANTYPE' instruction in the\n   *   OpenType specification (in file `ttinst1.doc`) how simple drop-outs,\n   *   smart drop-outs, and stubs are defined.\n   */\n#define FT_OUTLINE_NONE             0x0\n#define FT_OUTLINE_OWNER            0x1\n#define FT_OUTLINE_EVEN_ODD_FILL    0x2\n#define FT_OUTLINE_REVERSE_FILL     0x4\n#define FT_OUTLINE_IGNORE_DROPOUTS  0x8\n#define FT_OUTLINE_SMART_DROPOUTS   0x10\n#define FT_OUTLINE_INCLUDE_STUBS    0x20\n\n#define FT_OUTLINE_HIGH_PRECISION   0x100\n#define FT_OUTLINE_SINGLE_PASS      0x200\n\n\n  /* these constants are deprecated; use the corresponding */\n  /* `FT_OUTLINE_XXX` values instead                       */\n#define ft_outline_none             FT_OUTLINE_NONE\n#define ft_outline_owner            FT_OUTLINE_OWNER\n#define ft_outline_even_odd_fill    FT_OUTLINE_EVEN_ODD_FILL\n#define ft_outline_reverse_fill     FT_OUTLINE_REVERSE_FILL\n#define ft_outline_ignore_dropouts  FT_OUTLINE_IGNORE_DROPOUTS\n#define ft_outline_high_precision   FT_OUTLINE_HIGH_PRECISION\n#define ft_outline_single_pass      FT_OUTLINE_SINGLE_PASS\n\n  /* */\n\n#define FT_CURVE_TAG( flag )  ( flag & 0x03 )\n\n  /* see the `tags` field in `FT_Outline` for a description of the values */\n#define FT_CURVE_TAG_ON            0x01\n#define FT_CURVE_TAG_CONIC         0x00\n#define FT_CURVE_TAG_CUBIC         0x02\n\n#define FT_CURVE_TAG_HAS_SCANMODE  0x04\n\n#define FT_CURVE_TAG_TOUCH_X       0x08  /* reserved for TrueType hinter */\n#define FT_CURVE_TAG_TOUCH_Y       0x10  /* reserved for TrueType hinter */\n\n#define FT_CURVE_TAG_TOUCH_BOTH    ( FT_CURVE_TAG_TOUCH_X | \\\n                                     FT_CURVE_TAG_TOUCH_Y )\n  /* values 0x20, 0x40, and 0x80 are reserved */\n\n\n  /* these constants are deprecated; use the corresponding */\n  /* `FT_CURVE_TAG_XXX` values instead                     */\n#define FT_Curve_Tag_On       FT_CURVE_TAG_ON\n#define FT_Curve_Tag_Conic    FT_CURVE_TAG_CONIC\n#define FT_Curve_Tag_Cubic    FT_CURVE_TAG_CUBIC\n#define FT_Curve_Tag_Touch_X  FT_CURVE_TAG_TOUCH_X\n#define FT_Curve_Tag_Touch_Y  FT_CURVE_TAG_TOUCH_Y\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @functype:\n   *   FT_Outline_MoveToFunc\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   A function pointer type used to describe the signature of a 'move to'\n   *   function during outline walking/decomposition.\n   *\n   *   A 'move to' is emitted to start a new contour in an outline.\n   *\n   * @input:\n   *   to ::\n   *     A pointer to the target point of the 'move to'.\n   *\n   *   user ::\n   *     A typeless pointer, which is passed from the caller of the\n   *     decomposition function.\n   *\n   * @return:\n   *   Error code.  0~means success.\n   */\n  typedef int\n  (*FT_Outline_MoveToFunc)( const FT_Vector*  to,\n                            void*             user );\n\n#define FT_Outline_MoveTo_Func  FT_Outline_MoveToFunc\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @functype:\n   *   FT_Outline_LineToFunc\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   A function pointer type used to describe the signature of a 'line to'\n   *   function during outline walking/decomposition.\n   *\n   *   A 'line to' is emitted to indicate a segment in the outline.\n   *\n   * @input:\n   *   to ::\n   *     A pointer to the target point of the 'line to'.\n   *\n   *   user ::\n   *     A typeless pointer, which is passed from the caller of the\n   *     decomposition function.\n   *\n   * @return:\n   *   Error code.  0~means success.\n   */\n  typedef int\n  (*FT_Outline_LineToFunc)( const FT_Vector*  to,\n                            void*             user );\n\n#define FT_Outline_LineTo_Func  FT_Outline_LineToFunc\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @functype:\n   *   FT_Outline_ConicToFunc\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   A function pointer type used to describe the signature of a 'conic to'\n   *   function during outline walking or decomposition.\n   *\n   *   A 'conic to' is emitted to indicate a second-order Bezier arc in the\n   *   outline.\n   *\n   * @input:\n   *   control ::\n   *     An intermediate control point between the last position and the new\n   *     target in `to`.\n   *\n   *   to ::\n   *     A pointer to the target end point of the conic arc.\n   *\n   *   user ::\n   *     A typeless pointer, which is passed from the caller of the\n   *     decomposition function.\n   *\n   * @return:\n   *   Error code.  0~means success.\n   */\n  typedef int\n  (*FT_Outline_ConicToFunc)( const FT_Vector*  control,\n                             const FT_Vector*  to,\n                             void*             user );\n\n#define FT_Outline_ConicTo_Func  FT_Outline_ConicToFunc\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @functype:\n   *   FT_Outline_CubicToFunc\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   A function pointer type used to describe the signature of a 'cubic to'\n   *   function during outline walking or decomposition.\n   *\n   *   A 'cubic to' is emitted to indicate a third-order Bezier arc.\n   *\n   * @input:\n   *   control1 ::\n   *     A pointer to the first Bezier control point.\n   *\n   *   control2 ::\n   *     A pointer to the second Bezier control point.\n   *\n   *   to ::\n   *     A pointer to the target end point.\n   *\n   *   user ::\n   *     A typeless pointer, which is passed from the caller of the\n   *     decomposition function.\n   *\n   * @return:\n   *   Error code.  0~means success.\n   */\n  typedef int\n  (*FT_Outline_CubicToFunc)( const FT_Vector*  control1,\n                             const FT_Vector*  control2,\n                             const FT_Vector*  to,\n                             void*             user );\n\n#define FT_Outline_CubicTo_Func  FT_Outline_CubicToFunc\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @struct:\n   *   FT_Outline_Funcs\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   A structure to hold various function pointers used during outline\n   *   decomposition in order to emit segments, conic, and cubic Beziers.\n   *\n   * @fields:\n   *   move_to ::\n   *     The 'move to' emitter.\n   *\n   *   line_to ::\n   *     The segment emitter.\n   *\n   *   conic_to ::\n   *     The second-order Bezier arc emitter.\n   *\n   *   cubic_to ::\n   *     The third-order Bezier arc emitter.\n   *\n   *   shift ::\n   *     The shift that is applied to coordinates before they are sent to the\n   *     emitter.\n   *\n   *   delta ::\n   *     The delta that is applied to coordinates before they are sent to the\n   *     emitter, but after the shift.\n   *\n   * @note:\n   *   The point coordinates sent to the emitters are the transformed version\n   *   of the original coordinates (this is important for high accuracy\n   *   during scan-conversion).  The transformation is simple:\n   *\n   *   ```\n   *     x' = (x << shift) - delta\n   *     y' = (y << shift) - delta\n   *   ```\n   *\n   *   Set the values of `shift` and `delta` to~0 to get the original point\n   *   coordinates.\n   */\n  typedef struct  FT_Outline_Funcs_\n  {\n    FT_Outline_MoveToFunc   move_to;\n    FT_Outline_LineToFunc   line_to;\n    FT_Outline_ConicToFunc  conic_to;\n    FT_Outline_CubicToFunc  cubic_to;\n\n    int                     shift;\n    FT_Pos                  delta;\n\n  } FT_Outline_Funcs;\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @section:\n   *   basic_types\n   *\n   */\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @macro:\n   *   FT_IMAGE_TAG\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   This macro converts four-letter tags to an unsigned long type.\n   *\n   * @note:\n   *   Since many 16-bit compilers don't like 32-bit enumerations, you should\n   *   redefine this macro in case of problems to something like this:\n   *\n   *   ```\n   *     #define FT_IMAGE_TAG( value, _x1, _x2, _x3, _x4 )  value\n   *   ```\n   *\n   *   to get a simple enumeration without assigning special numbers.\n   */\n#ifndef FT_IMAGE_TAG\n#define FT_IMAGE_TAG( value, _x1, _x2, _x3, _x4 )  \\\n          value = ( ( (unsigned long)_x1 << 24 ) | \\\n                    ( (unsigned long)_x2 << 16 ) | \\\n                    ( (unsigned long)_x3 << 8  ) | \\\n                      (unsigned long)_x4         )\n#endif /* FT_IMAGE_TAG */\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @enum:\n   *   FT_Glyph_Format\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   An enumeration type used to describe the format of a given glyph\n   *   image.  Note that this version of FreeType only supports two image\n   *   formats, even though future font drivers will be able to register\n   *   their own format.\n   *\n   * @values:\n   *   FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_NONE ::\n   *     The value~0 is reserved.\n   *\n   *   FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_COMPOSITE ::\n   *     The glyph image is a composite of several other images.  This format\n   *     is _only_ used with @FT_LOAD_NO_RECURSE, and is used to report\n   *     compound glyphs (like accented characters).\n   *\n   *   FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_BITMAP ::\n   *     The glyph image is a bitmap, and can be described as an @FT_Bitmap.\n   *     You generally need to access the `bitmap` field of the\n   *     @FT_GlyphSlotRec structure to read it.\n   *\n   *   FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_OUTLINE ::\n   *     The glyph image is a vectorial outline made of line segments and\n   *     Bezier arcs; it can be described as an @FT_Outline; you generally\n   *     want to access the `outline` field of the @FT_GlyphSlotRec structure\n   *     to read it.\n   *\n   *   FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_PLOTTER ::\n   *     The glyph image is a vectorial path with no inside and outside\n   *     contours.  Some Type~1 fonts, like those in the Hershey family,\n   *     contain glyphs in this format.  These are described as @FT_Outline,\n   *     but FreeType isn't currently capable of rendering them correctly.\n   */\n  typedef enum  FT_Glyph_Format_\n  {\n    FT_IMAGE_TAG( FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_NONE, 0, 0, 0, 0 ),\n\n    FT_IMAGE_TAG( FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_COMPOSITE, 'c', 'o', 'm', 'p' ),\n    FT_IMAGE_TAG( FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_BITMAP,    'b', 'i', 't', 's' ),\n    FT_IMAGE_TAG( FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_OUTLINE,   'o', 'u', 't', 'l' ),\n    FT_IMAGE_TAG( FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_PLOTTER,   'p', 'l', 'o', 't' )\n\n  } FT_Glyph_Format;\n\n\n  /* these constants are deprecated; use the corresponding */\n  /* `FT_Glyph_Format` values instead.                     */\n#define ft_glyph_format_none       FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_NONE\n#define ft_glyph_format_composite  FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_COMPOSITE\n#define ft_glyph_format_bitmap     FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_BITMAP\n#define ft_glyph_format_outline    FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_OUTLINE\n#define ft_glyph_format_plotter    FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_PLOTTER\n\n\n  /*************************************************************************/\n  /*************************************************************************/\n  /*************************************************************************/\n  /*****                                                               *****/\n  /*****            R A S T E R   D E F I N I T I O N S                *****/\n  /*****                                                               *****/\n  /*************************************************************************/\n  /*************************************************************************/\n  /*************************************************************************/\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * A raster is a scan converter, in charge of rendering an outline into a\n   * bitmap.  This section contains the public API for rasters.\n   *\n   * Note that in FreeType 2, all rasters are now encapsulated within\n   * specific modules called 'renderers'.  See `ftrender.h` for more details\n   * on renderers.\n   *\n   */\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @section:\n   *   raster\n   *\n   * @title:\n   *   Scanline Converter\n   *\n   * @abstract:\n   *   How vectorial outlines are converted into bitmaps and pixmaps.\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   This section contains technical definitions.\n   *\n   * @order:\n   *   FT_Raster\n   *   FT_Span\n   *   FT_SpanFunc\n   *\n   *   FT_Raster_Params\n   *   FT_RASTER_FLAG_XXX\n   *\n   *   FT_Raster_NewFunc\n   *   FT_Raster_DoneFunc\n   *   FT_Raster_ResetFunc\n   *   FT_Raster_SetModeFunc\n   *   FT_Raster_RenderFunc\n   *   FT_Raster_Funcs\n   *\n   */\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @type:\n   *   FT_Raster\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   An opaque handle (pointer) to a raster object.  Each object can be\n   *   used independently to convert an outline into a bitmap or pixmap.\n   */\n  typedef struct FT_RasterRec_*  FT_Raster;\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @struct:\n   *   FT_Span\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   A structure used to model a single span of gray pixels when rendering\n   *   an anti-aliased bitmap.\n   *\n   * @fields:\n   *   x ::\n   *     The span's horizontal start position.\n   *\n   *   len ::\n   *     The span's length in pixels.\n   *\n   *   coverage ::\n   *     The span color/coverage, ranging from 0 (background) to 255\n   *     (foreground).\n   *\n   * @note:\n   *   This structure is used by the span drawing callback type named\n   *   @FT_SpanFunc that takes the y~coordinate of the span as a parameter.\n   *\n   *   The coverage value is always between 0 and 255.  If you want less gray\n   *   values, the callback function has to reduce them.\n   */\n  typedef struct  FT_Span_\n  {\n    short           x;\n    unsigned short  len;\n    unsigned char   coverage;\n\n  } FT_Span;\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @functype:\n   *   FT_SpanFunc\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   A function used as a call-back by the anti-aliased renderer in order\n   *   to let client applications draw themselves the gray pixel spans on\n   *   each scan line.\n   *\n   * @input:\n   *   y ::\n   *     The scanline's y~coordinate.\n   *\n   *   count ::\n   *     The number of spans to draw on this scanline.\n   *\n   *   spans ::\n   *     A table of `count` spans to draw on the scanline.\n   *\n   *   user ::\n   *     User-supplied data that is passed to the callback.\n   *\n   * @note:\n   *   This callback allows client applications to directly render the gray\n   *   spans of the anti-aliased bitmap to any kind of surfaces.\n   *\n   *   This can be used to write anti-aliased outlines directly to a given\n   *   background bitmap, and even perform translucency.\n   */\n  typedef void\n  (*FT_SpanFunc)( int             y,\n                  int             count,\n                  const FT_Span*  spans,\n                  void*           user );\n\n#define FT_Raster_Span_Func  FT_SpanFunc\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @functype:\n   *   FT_Raster_BitTest_Func\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   Deprecated, unimplemented.\n   */\n  typedef int\n  (*FT_Raster_BitTest_Func)( int    y,\n                             int    x,\n                             void*  user );\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @functype:\n   *   FT_Raster_BitSet_Func\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   Deprecated, unimplemented.\n   */\n  typedef void\n  (*FT_Raster_BitSet_Func)( int    y,\n                            int    x,\n                            void*  user );\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @enum:\n   *   FT_RASTER_FLAG_XXX\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   A list of bit flag constants as used in the `flags` field of a\n   *   @FT_Raster_Params structure.\n   *\n   * @values:\n   *   FT_RASTER_FLAG_DEFAULT ::\n   *     This value is 0.\n   *\n   *   FT_RASTER_FLAG_AA ::\n   *     This flag is set to indicate that an anti-aliased glyph image should\n   *     be generated.  Otherwise, it will be monochrome (1-bit).\n   *\n   *   FT_RASTER_FLAG_DIRECT ::\n   *     This flag is set to indicate direct rendering.  In this mode, client\n   *     applications must provide their own span callback.  This lets them\n   *     directly draw or compose over an existing bitmap.  If this bit is\n   *     not set, the target pixmap's buffer _must_ be zeroed before\n   *     rendering.\n   *\n   *     Direct rendering is only possible with anti-aliased glyphs.\n   *\n   *   FT_RASTER_FLAG_CLIP ::\n   *     This flag is only used in direct rendering mode.  If set, the output\n   *     will be clipped to a box specified in the `clip_box` field of the\n   *     @FT_Raster_Params structure.\n   *\n   *     Note that by default, the glyph bitmap is clipped to the target\n   *     pixmap, except in direct rendering mode where all spans are\n   *     generated if no clipping box is set.\n   */\n#define FT_RASTER_FLAG_DEFAULT  0x0\n#define FT_RASTER_FLAG_AA       0x1\n#define FT_RASTER_FLAG_DIRECT   0x2\n#define FT_RASTER_FLAG_CLIP     0x4\n\n  /* these constants are deprecated; use the corresponding */\n  /* `FT_RASTER_FLAG_XXX` values instead                   */\n#define ft_raster_flag_default  FT_RASTER_FLAG_DEFAULT\n#define ft_raster_flag_aa       FT_RASTER_FLAG_AA\n#define ft_raster_flag_direct   FT_RASTER_FLAG_DIRECT\n#define ft_raster_flag_clip     FT_RASTER_FLAG_CLIP\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @struct:\n   *   FT_Raster_Params\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   A structure to hold the arguments used by a raster's render function.\n   *\n   * @fields:\n   *   target ::\n   *     The target bitmap.\n   *\n   *   source ::\n   *     A pointer to the source glyph image (e.g., an @FT_Outline).\n   *\n   *   flags ::\n   *     The rendering flags.\n   *\n   *   gray_spans ::\n   *     The gray span drawing callback.\n   *\n   *   black_spans ::\n   *     Unused.\n   *\n   *   bit_test ::\n   *     Unused.\n   *\n   *   bit_set ::\n   *     Unused.\n   *\n   *   user ::\n   *     User-supplied data that is passed to each drawing callback.\n   *\n   *   clip_box ::\n   *     An optional clipping box.  It is only used in direct rendering mode.\n   *     Note that coordinates here should be expressed in _integer_ pixels\n   *     (and not in 26.6 fixed-point units).\n   *\n   * @note:\n   *   An anti-aliased glyph bitmap is drawn if the @FT_RASTER_FLAG_AA bit\n   *   flag is set in the `flags` field, otherwise a monochrome bitmap is\n   *   generated.\n   *\n   *   If the @FT_RASTER_FLAG_DIRECT bit flag is set in `flags`, the raster\n   *   will call the `gray_spans` callback to draw gray pixel spans.  This\n   *   allows direct composition over a pre-existing bitmap through\n   *   user-provided callbacks to perform the span drawing and composition.\n   *   Not supported by the monochrome rasterizer.\n   */\n  typedef struct  FT_Raster_Params_\n  {\n    const FT_Bitmap*        target;\n    const void*             source;\n    int                     flags;\n    FT_SpanFunc             gray_spans;\n    FT_SpanFunc             black_spans;  /* unused */\n    FT_Raster_BitTest_Func  bit_test;     /* unused */\n    FT_Raster_BitSet_Func   bit_set;      /* unused */\n    void*                   user;\n    FT_BBox                 clip_box;\n\n  } FT_Raster_Params;\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @functype:\n   *   FT_Raster_NewFunc\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   A function used to create a new raster object.\n   *\n   * @input:\n   *   memory ::\n   *     A handle to the memory allocator.\n   *\n   * @output:\n   *   raster ::\n   *     A handle to the new raster object.\n   *\n   * @return:\n   *   Error code.  0~means success.\n   *\n   * @note:\n   *   The `memory` parameter is a typeless pointer in order to avoid\n   *   un-wanted dependencies on the rest of the FreeType code.  In practice,\n   *   it is an @FT_Memory object, i.e., a handle to the standard FreeType\n   *   memory allocator.  However, this field can be completely ignored by a\n   *   given raster implementation.\n   */\n  typedef int\n  (*FT_Raster_NewFunc)( void*       memory,\n                        FT_Raster*  raster );\n\n#define FT_Raster_New_Func  FT_Raster_NewFunc\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @functype:\n   *   FT_Raster_DoneFunc\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   A function used to destroy a given raster object.\n   *\n   * @input:\n   *   raster ::\n   *     A handle to the raster object.\n   */\n  typedef void\n  (*FT_Raster_DoneFunc)( FT_Raster  raster );\n\n#define FT_Raster_Done_Func  FT_Raster_DoneFunc\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @functype:\n   *   FT_Raster_ResetFunc\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   FreeType used to provide an area of memory called the 'render pool'\n   *   available to all registered rasterizers.  This was not thread safe,\n   *   however, and now FreeType never allocates this pool.\n   *\n   *   This function is called after a new raster object is created.\n   *\n   * @input:\n   *   raster ::\n   *     A handle to the new raster object.\n   *\n   *   pool_base ::\n   *     Previously, the address in memory of the render pool.  Set this to\n   *     `NULL`.\n   *\n   *   pool_size ::\n   *     Previously, the size in bytes of the render pool.  Set this to 0.\n   *\n   * @note:\n   *   Rasterizers should rely on dynamic or stack allocation if they want to\n   *   (a handle to the memory allocator is passed to the rasterizer\n   *   constructor).\n   */\n  typedef void\n  (*FT_Raster_ResetFunc)( FT_Raster       raster,\n                          unsigned char*  pool_base,\n                          unsigned long   pool_size );\n\n#define FT_Raster_Reset_Func  FT_Raster_ResetFunc\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @functype:\n   *   FT_Raster_SetModeFunc\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   This function is a generic facility to change modes or attributes in a\n   *   given raster.  This can be used for debugging purposes, or simply to\n   *   allow implementation-specific 'features' in a given raster module.\n   *\n   * @input:\n   *   raster ::\n   *     A handle to the new raster object.\n   *\n   *   mode ::\n   *     A 4-byte tag used to name the mode or property.\n   *\n   *   args ::\n   *     A pointer to the new mode/property to use.\n   */\n  typedef int\n  (*FT_Raster_SetModeFunc)( FT_Raster      raster,\n                            unsigned long  mode,\n                            void*          args );\n\n#define FT_Raster_Set_Mode_Func  FT_Raster_SetModeFunc\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @functype:\n   *   FT_Raster_RenderFunc\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   Invoke a given raster to scan-convert a given glyph image into a\n   *   target bitmap.\n   *\n   * @input:\n   *   raster ::\n   *     A handle to the raster object.\n   *\n   *   params ::\n   *     A pointer to an @FT_Raster_Params structure used to store the\n   *     rendering parameters.\n   *\n   * @return:\n   *   Error code.  0~means success.\n   *\n   * @note:\n   *   The exact format of the source image depends on the raster's glyph\n   *   format defined in its @FT_Raster_Funcs structure.  It can be an\n   *   @FT_Outline or anything else in order to support a large array of\n   *   glyph formats.\n   *\n   *   Note also that the render function can fail and return a\n   *   `FT_Err_Unimplemented_Feature` error code if the raster used does not\n   *   support direct composition.\n   */\n  typedef int\n  (*FT_Raster_RenderFunc)( FT_Raster                raster,\n                           const FT_Raster_Params*  params );\n\n#define FT_Raster_Render_Func  FT_Raster_RenderFunc\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @struct:\n   *   FT_Raster_Funcs\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *  A structure used to describe a given raster class to the library.\n   *\n   * @fields:\n   *   glyph_format ::\n   *     The supported glyph format for this raster.\n   *\n   *   raster_new ::\n   *     The raster constructor.\n   *\n   *   raster_reset ::\n   *     Used to reset the render pool within the raster.\n   *\n   *   raster_render ::\n   *     A function to render a glyph into a given bitmap.\n   *\n   *   raster_done ::\n   *     The raster destructor.\n   */\n  typedef struct  FT_Raster_Funcs_\n  {\n    FT_Glyph_Format        glyph_format;\n\n    FT_Raster_NewFunc      raster_new;\n    FT_Raster_ResetFunc    raster_reset;\n    FT_Raster_SetModeFunc  raster_set_mode;\n    FT_Raster_RenderFunc   raster_render;\n    FT_Raster_DoneFunc     raster_done;\n\n  } FT_Raster_Funcs;\n\n  /* */\n\n\nFT_END_HEADER\n\n#endif /* FTIMAGE_H_ */\n\n\n/* END */\n\n\n/* Local Variables: */\n/* coding: utf-8    */\n/* End:             */\n"
  },
  {
    "path": "Antario/LIB/freetype/freetype/ftincrem.h",
    "content": "/****************************************************************************\n *\n * ftincrem.h\n *\n *   FreeType incremental loading (specification).\n *\n * Copyright (C) 2002-2019 by\n * David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.\n *\n * This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,\n * modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project\n * license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute\n * this file you indicate that you have read the license and\n * understand and accept it fully.\n *\n */\n\n\n#ifndef FTINCREM_H_\n#define FTINCREM_H_\n\n#include <ft2build.h>\n#include FT_FREETYPE_H\n#include FT_PARAMETER_TAGS_H\n\n#ifdef FREETYPE_H\n#error \"freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!\"\n#error \"Please fix the directory search order for header files\"\n#error \"so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first.\"\n#endif\n\n\nFT_BEGIN_HEADER\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @section:\n   *    incremental\n   *\n   * @title:\n   *    Incremental Loading\n   *\n   * @abstract:\n   *    Custom Glyph Loading.\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   This section contains various functions used to perform so-called\n   *   'incremental' glyph loading.  This is a mode where all glyphs loaded\n   *   from a given @FT_Face are provided by the client application.\n   *\n   *   Apart from that, all other tables are loaded normally from the font\n   *   file.  This mode is useful when FreeType is used within another\n   *   engine, e.g., a PostScript Imaging Processor.\n   *\n   *   To enable this mode, you must use @FT_Open_Face, passing an\n   *   @FT_Parameter with the @FT_PARAM_TAG_INCREMENTAL tag and an\n   *   @FT_Incremental_Interface value.  See the comments for\n   *   @FT_Incremental_InterfaceRec for an example.\n   *\n   */\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @type:\n   *   FT_Incremental\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   An opaque type describing a user-provided object used to implement\n   *   'incremental' glyph loading within FreeType.  This is used to support\n   *   embedded fonts in certain environments (e.g., PostScript\n   *   interpreters), where the glyph data isn't in the font file, or must be\n   *   overridden by different values.\n   *\n   * @note:\n   *   It is up to client applications to create and implement\n   *   @FT_Incremental objects, as long as they provide implementations for\n   *   the methods @FT_Incremental_GetGlyphDataFunc,\n   *   @FT_Incremental_FreeGlyphDataFunc and\n   *   @FT_Incremental_GetGlyphMetricsFunc.\n   *\n   *   See the description of @FT_Incremental_InterfaceRec to understand how\n   *   to use incremental objects with FreeType.\n   *\n   */\n  typedef struct FT_IncrementalRec_*  FT_Incremental;\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @struct:\n   *   FT_Incremental_MetricsRec\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   A small structure used to contain the basic glyph metrics returned by\n   *   the @FT_Incremental_GetGlyphMetricsFunc method.\n   *\n   * @fields:\n   *   bearing_x ::\n   *     Left bearing, in font units.\n   *\n   *   bearing_y ::\n   *     Top bearing, in font units.\n   *\n   *   advance ::\n   *     Horizontal component of glyph advance, in font units.\n   *\n   *   advance_v ::\n   *     Vertical component of glyph advance, in font units.\n   *\n   * @note:\n   *   These correspond to horizontal or vertical metrics depending on the\n   *   value of the `vertical` argument to the function\n   *   @FT_Incremental_GetGlyphMetricsFunc.\n   *\n   */\n  typedef struct  FT_Incremental_MetricsRec_\n  {\n    FT_Long  bearing_x;\n    FT_Long  bearing_y;\n    FT_Long  advance;\n    FT_Long  advance_v;     /* since 2.3.12 */\n\n  } FT_Incremental_MetricsRec;\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @struct:\n   *   FT_Incremental_Metrics\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   A handle to an @FT_Incremental_MetricsRec structure.\n   *\n   */\n   typedef struct FT_Incremental_MetricsRec_*  FT_Incremental_Metrics;\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @type:\n   *   FT_Incremental_GetGlyphDataFunc\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   A function called by FreeType to access a given glyph's data bytes\n   *   during @FT_Load_Glyph or @FT_Load_Char if incremental loading is\n   *   enabled.\n   *\n   *   Note that the format of the glyph's data bytes depends on the font\n   *   file format.  For TrueType, it must correspond to the raw bytes within\n   *   the 'glyf' table.  For PostScript formats, it must correspond to the\n   *   **unencrypted** charstring bytes, without any `lenIV` header.  It is\n   *   undefined for any other format.\n   *\n   * @input:\n   *   incremental ::\n   *     Handle to an opaque @FT_Incremental handle provided by the client\n   *     application.\n   *\n   *   glyph_index ::\n   *     Index of relevant glyph.\n   *\n   * @output:\n   *   adata ::\n   *     A structure describing the returned glyph data bytes (which will be\n   *     accessed as a read-only byte block).\n   *\n   * @return:\n   *   FreeType error code.  0~means success.\n   *\n   * @note:\n   *   If this function returns successfully the method\n   *   @FT_Incremental_FreeGlyphDataFunc will be called later to release the\n   *   data bytes.\n   *\n   *   Nested calls to @FT_Incremental_GetGlyphDataFunc can happen for\n   *   compound glyphs.\n   *\n   */\n  typedef FT_Error\n  (*FT_Incremental_GetGlyphDataFunc)( FT_Incremental  incremental,\n                                      FT_UInt         glyph_index,\n                                      FT_Data*        adata );\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @type:\n   *   FT_Incremental_FreeGlyphDataFunc\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   A function used to release the glyph data bytes returned by a\n   *   successful call to @FT_Incremental_GetGlyphDataFunc.\n   *\n   * @input:\n   *   incremental ::\n   *     A handle to an opaque @FT_Incremental handle provided by the client\n   *     application.\n   *\n   *   data ::\n   *     A structure describing the glyph data bytes (which will be accessed\n   *     as a read-only byte block).\n   *\n   */\n  typedef void\n  (*FT_Incremental_FreeGlyphDataFunc)( FT_Incremental  incremental,\n                                       FT_Data*        data );\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @type:\n   *   FT_Incremental_GetGlyphMetricsFunc\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   A function used to retrieve the basic metrics of a given glyph index\n   *   before accessing its data.  This is necessary because, in certain\n   *   formats like TrueType, the metrics are stored in a different place\n   *   from the glyph images proper.\n   *\n   * @input:\n   *   incremental ::\n   *     A handle to an opaque @FT_Incremental handle provided by the client\n   *     application.\n   *\n   *   glyph_index ::\n   *     Index of relevant glyph.\n   *\n   *   vertical ::\n   *     If true, return vertical metrics.\n   *\n   *   ametrics ::\n   *     This parameter is used for both input and output.  The original\n   *     glyph metrics, if any, in font units.  If metrics are not available\n   *     all the values must be set to zero.\n   *\n   * @output:\n   *   ametrics ::\n   *     The replacement glyph metrics in font units.\n   *\n   */\n  typedef FT_Error\n  (*FT_Incremental_GetGlyphMetricsFunc)\n                      ( FT_Incremental              incremental,\n                        FT_UInt                     glyph_index,\n                        FT_Bool                     vertical,\n                        FT_Incremental_MetricsRec  *ametrics );\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @struct:\n   *   FT_Incremental_FuncsRec\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   A table of functions for accessing fonts that load data incrementally.\n   *   Used in @FT_Incremental_InterfaceRec.\n   *\n   * @fields:\n   *   get_glyph_data ::\n   *     The function to get glyph data.  Must not be null.\n   *\n   *   free_glyph_data ::\n   *     The function to release glyph data.  Must not be null.\n   *\n   *   get_glyph_metrics ::\n   *     The function to get glyph metrics.  May be null if the font does not\n   *     provide overriding glyph metrics.\n   *\n   */\n  typedef struct  FT_Incremental_FuncsRec_\n  {\n    FT_Incremental_GetGlyphDataFunc     get_glyph_data;\n    FT_Incremental_FreeGlyphDataFunc    free_glyph_data;\n    FT_Incremental_GetGlyphMetricsFunc  get_glyph_metrics;\n\n  } FT_Incremental_FuncsRec;\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @struct:\n   *   FT_Incremental_InterfaceRec\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   A structure to be used with @FT_Open_Face to indicate that the user\n   *   wants to support incremental glyph loading.  You should use it with\n   *   @FT_PARAM_TAG_INCREMENTAL as in the following example:\n   *\n   *   ```\n   *     FT_Incremental_InterfaceRec  inc_int;\n   *     FT_Parameter                 parameter;\n   *     FT_Open_Args                 open_args;\n   *\n   *\n   *     // set up incremental descriptor\n   *     inc_int.funcs  = my_funcs;\n   *     inc_int.object = my_object;\n   *\n   *     // set up optional parameter\n   *     parameter.tag  = FT_PARAM_TAG_INCREMENTAL;\n   *     parameter.data = &inc_int;\n   *\n   *     // set up FT_Open_Args structure\n   *     open_args.flags      = FT_OPEN_PATHNAME | FT_OPEN_PARAMS;\n   *     open_args.pathname   = my_font_pathname;\n   *     open_args.num_params = 1;\n   *     open_args.params     = &parameter; // we use one optional argument\n   *\n   *     // open the font\n   *     error = FT_Open_Face( library, &open_args, index, &face );\n   *     ...\n   *   ```\n   *\n   */\n  typedef struct  FT_Incremental_InterfaceRec_\n  {\n    const FT_Incremental_FuncsRec*  funcs;\n    FT_Incremental                  object;\n\n  } FT_Incremental_InterfaceRec;\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @type:\n   *   FT_Incremental_Interface\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   A pointer to an @FT_Incremental_InterfaceRec structure.\n   *\n   */\n  typedef FT_Incremental_InterfaceRec*   FT_Incremental_Interface;\n\n\n  /* */\n\n\nFT_END_HEADER\n\n#endif /* FTINCREM_H_ */\n\n\n/* END */\n"
  },
  {
    "path": "Antario/LIB/freetype/freetype/ftlcdfil.h",
    "content": "/****************************************************************************\n *\n * ftlcdfil.h\n *\n *   FreeType API for color filtering of subpixel bitmap glyphs\n *   (specification).\n *\n * Copyright (C) 2006-2019 by\n * David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.\n *\n * This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,\n * modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project\n * license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute\n * this file you indicate that you have read the license and\n * understand and accept it fully.\n *\n */\n\n\n#ifndef FTLCDFIL_H_\n#define FTLCDFIL_H_\n\n#include <ft2build.h>\n#include FT_FREETYPE_H\n#include FT_PARAMETER_TAGS_H\n\n#ifdef FREETYPE_H\n#error \"freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!\"\n#error \"Please fix the directory search order for header files\"\n#error \"so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first.\"\n#endif\n\n\nFT_BEGIN_HEADER\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @section:\n   *   lcd_rendering\n   *\n   * @title:\n   *   Subpixel Rendering\n   *\n   * @abstract:\n   *   API to control subpixel rendering.\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   FreeType provides two alternative subpixel rendering technologies. \n   *   Should you define `FT_CONFIG_OPTION_SUBPIXEL_RENDERING` in your\n   *   `ftoption.h` file, this enables patented ClearType-style rendering. \n   *   Otherwise, Harmony LCD rendering is enabled.  These technologies are\n   *   controlled differently and API described below, although always\n   *   available, performs its function when appropriate method is enabled\n   *   and does nothing otherwise.\n   *\n   *   ClearType-style LCD rendering exploits the color-striped structure of\n   *   LCD pixels, increasing the available resolution in the direction of\n   *   the stripe (usually horizontal RGB) by a factor of~3.  Using the\n   *   subpixels coverages unfiltered can create severe color fringes\n   *   especially when rendering thin features.  Indeed, to produce\n   *   black-on-white text, the nearby color subpixels must be dimmed\n   *   equally.\n   *\n   *   A good 5-tap FIR filter should be applied to subpixel coverages\n   *   regardless of pixel boundaries and should have these properties:\n   *\n   *   1. It should be symmetrical, like {~a, b, c, b, a~}, to avoid\n   *      any shifts in appearance.\n   *\n   *   2. It should be color-balanced, meaning a~+ b~=~c, to reduce color\n   *      fringes by distributing the computed coverage for one subpixel to\n   *      all subpixels equally.\n   *\n   *   3. It should be normalized, meaning 2a~+ 2b~+ c~=~1.0 to maintain\n   *      overall brightness.\n   *\n   *   Boxy 3-tap filter {0, 1/3, 1/3, 1/3, 0} is sharper but is less\n   *   forgiving of non-ideal gamma curves of a screen (and viewing angles),\n   *   beveled filters are fuzzier but more tolerant.\n   *\n   *   Use the @FT_Library_SetLcdFilter or @FT_Library_SetLcdFilterWeights\n   *   API to specify a low-pass filter, which is then applied to\n   *   subpixel-rendered bitmaps generated through @FT_Render_Glyph.\n   *\n   *   Harmony LCD rendering is suitable to panels with any regular subpixel\n   *   structure, not just monitors with 3 color striped subpixels, as long\n   *   as the color subpixels have fixed positions relative to the pixel\n   *   center.  In this case, each color channel is then rendered separately\n   *   after shifting the outline opposite to the subpixel shift so that the\n   *   coverage maps are aligned.  This method is immune to color fringes\n   *   because the shifts do not change integral coverage.\n   *\n   *   The subpixel geometry must be specified by xy-coordinates for each\n   *   subpixel. By convention they may come in the RGB order: {{-1/3, 0},\n   *   {0, 0}, {1/3, 0}} for standard RGB striped panel or {{-1/6, 1/4},\n   *   {-1/6, -1/4}, {1/3, 0}} for a certain PenTile panel.\n   *\n   *   Use the @FT_Library_SetLcdGeometry API to specify subpixel positions.\n   *   If one follows the RGB order convention, the same order applies to the\n   *   resulting @FT_PIXEL_MODE_LCD and @FT_PIXEL_MODE_LCD_V bitmaps.  Note,\n   *   however, that the coordinate frame for the latter must be rotated\n   *   clockwise.  Harmony with default LCD geometry is equivalent to\n   *   ClearType with light filter.\n   *\n   *   As a result of ClearType filtering or Harmony rendering, the\n   *   dimensions of LCD bitmaps can be either wider or taller than the\n   *   dimensions of the corresponding outline with regard to the pixel grid.\n   *   For example, for @FT_RENDER_MODE_LCD, the filter adds 2~subpixels to\n   *   the left, and 2~subpixels to the right.  The bitmap offset values are\n   *   adjusted accordingly, so clients shouldn't need to modify their layout\n   *   and glyph positioning code when enabling the filter.\n   *\n   *   The ClearType and Harmony rendering is applicable to glyph bitmaps\n   *   rendered through @FT_Render_Glyph, @FT_Load_Glyph, @FT_Load_Char, and\n   *   @FT_Glyph_To_Bitmap, when @FT_RENDER_MODE_LCD or @FT_RENDER_MODE_LCD_V\n   *   is specified.  This API does not control @FT_Outline_Render and\n   *   @FT_Outline_Get_Bitmap.\n   *\n   *   The described algorithms can completely remove color artefacts when\n   *   combined with gamma-corrected alpha blending in linear space.  Each of\n   *   the 3~alpha values (subpixels) must by independently used to blend one\n   *   color channel.  That is, red alpha blends the red channel of the text\n   *   color with the red channel of the background pixel.\n   */\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @enum:\n   *   FT_LcdFilter\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   A list of values to identify various types of LCD filters.\n   *\n   * @values:\n   *   FT_LCD_FILTER_NONE ::\n   *     Do not perform filtering.  When used with subpixel rendering, this\n   *     results in sometimes severe color fringes.\n   *\n   *   FT_LCD_FILTER_DEFAULT ::\n   *     This is a beveled, normalized, and color-balanced five-tap filter\n   *     with weights of [0x08 0x4D 0x56 0x4D 0x08] in 1/256th units.\n   *\n   *   FT_LCD_FILTER_LIGHT ::\n   *     this is a boxy, normalized, and color-balanced three-tap filter with\n   *     weights of [0x00 0x55 0x56 0x55 0x00] in 1/256th units.\n   *\n   *   FT_LCD_FILTER_LEGACY ::\n   *   FT_LCD_FILTER_LEGACY1 ::\n   *     This filter corresponds to the original libXft color filter.  It\n   *     provides high contrast output but can exhibit really bad color\n   *     fringes if glyphs are not extremely well hinted to the pixel grid.\n   *     This filter is only provided for comparison purposes, and might be\n   *     disabled or stay unsupported in the future. The second value is\n   *     provided for compatibility with FontConfig, which historically used\n   *     different enumeration, sometimes incorrectly forwarded to FreeType.\n   *\n   * @since:\n   *   2.3.0 (`FT_LCD_FILTER_LEGACY1` since 2.6.2)\n   */\n  typedef enum  FT_LcdFilter_\n  {\n    FT_LCD_FILTER_NONE    = 0,\n    FT_LCD_FILTER_DEFAULT = 1,\n    FT_LCD_FILTER_LIGHT   = 2,\n    FT_LCD_FILTER_LEGACY1 = 3,\n    FT_LCD_FILTER_LEGACY  = 16,\n\n    FT_LCD_FILTER_MAX   /* do not remove */\n\n  } FT_LcdFilter;\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @function:\n   *   FT_Library_SetLcdFilter\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   This function is used to apply color filtering to LCD decimated\n   *   bitmaps, like the ones used when calling @FT_Render_Glyph with\n   *   @FT_RENDER_MODE_LCD or @FT_RENDER_MODE_LCD_V.\n   *\n   * @input:\n   *   library ::\n   *     A handle to the target library instance.\n   *\n   *   filter ::\n   *     The filter type.\n   *\n   *     You can use @FT_LCD_FILTER_NONE here to disable this feature, or\n   *     @FT_LCD_FILTER_DEFAULT to use a default filter that should work well\n   *     on most LCD screens.\n   *\n   * @return:\n   *   FreeType error code.  0~means success.\n   *\n   * @note:\n   *   This feature is always disabled by default.  Clients must make an\n   *   explicit call to this function with a `filter` value other than\n   *   @FT_LCD_FILTER_NONE in order to enable it.\n   *\n   *   Due to **PATENTS** covering subpixel rendering, this function doesn't\n   *   do anything except returning `FT_Err_Unimplemented_Feature` if the\n   *   configuration macro `FT_CONFIG_OPTION_SUBPIXEL_RENDERING` is not\n   *   defined in your build of the library, which should correspond to all\n   *   default builds of FreeType.\n   *\n   * @since:\n   *   2.3.0\n   */\n  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )\n  FT_Library_SetLcdFilter( FT_Library    library,\n                           FT_LcdFilter  filter );\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @function:\n   *   FT_Library_SetLcdFilterWeights\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   This function can be used to enable LCD filter with custom weights,\n   *   instead of using presets in @FT_Library_SetLcdFilter.\n   *\n   * @input:\n   *   library ::\n   *     A handle to the target library instance.\n   *\n   *   weights ::\n   *     A pointer to an array; the function copies the first five bytes and\n   *     uses them to specify the filter weights in 1/256th units.\n   *\n   * @return:\n   *   FreeType error code.  0~means success.\n   *\n   * @note:\n   *   Due to **PATENTS** covering subpixel rendering, this function doesn't\n   *   do anything except returning `FT_Err_Unimplemented_Feature` if the\n   *   configuration macro `FT_CONFIG_OPTION_SUBPIXEL_RENDERING` is not\n   *   defined in your build of the library, which should correspond to all\n   *   default builds of FreeType.\n   *\n   *   LCD filter weights can also be set per face using @FT_Face_Properties\n   *   with @FT_PARAM_TAG_LCD_FILTER_WEIGHTS.\n   *\n   * @since:\n   *   2.4.0\n   */\n  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )\n  FT_Library_SetLcdFilterWeights( FT_Library      library,\n                                  unsigned char  *weights );\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @type:\n   *   FT_LcdFiveTapFilter\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   A typedef for passing the five LCD filter weights to\n   *   @FT_Face_Properties within an @FT_Parameter structure.\n   *\n   * @since:\n   *   2.8\n   *\n   */\n#define FT_LCD_FILTER_FIVE_TAPS  5\n\n  typedef FT_Byte  FT_LcdFiveTapFilter[FT_LCD_FILTER_FIVE_TAPS];\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @function:\n   *   FT_Library_SetLcdGeometry\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   This function can be used to modify default positions of color\n   *   subpixels, which controls Harmony LCD rendering.\n   *\n   * @input:\n   *   library ::\n   *     A handle to the target library instance.\n   *\n   *   sub ::\n   *     A pointer to an array of 3 vectors in 26.6 fractional pixel format;\n   *     the function modifies the default values, see the note below.\n   *\n   * @return:\n   *   FreeType error code.  0~means success.\n   *\n   * @note:\n   *   Subpixel geometry examples:\n   *\n   *   - {{-21, 0}, {0, 0}, {21, 0}} is the default, corresponding to 3 color\n   *   stripes shifted by a third of a pixel. This could be an RGB panel.\n   *\n   *   - {{21, 0}, {0, 0}, {-21, 0}} looks the same as the default but can\n   *   specify a BGR panel instead, while keeping the bitmap in the same\n   *   RGB888 format.\n   *\n   *   - {{0, 21}, {0, 0}, {0, -21}} is the vertical RGB, but the bitmap\n   *   stays RGB888 as a result.\n   *\n   *   - {{-11, 16}, {-11, -16}, {22, 0}} is a certain PenTile arrangement.\n   *\n   *   This function does nothing and returns `FT_Err_Unimplemented_Feature`\n   *   in the context of ClearType-style subpixel rendering when\n   *   `FT_CONFIG_OPTION_SUBPIXEL_RENDERING` is defined in your build of the\n   *   library.\n   *\n   * @since:\n   *   2.10.0\n   */\n  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )\n  FT_Library_SetLcdGeometry( FT_Library  library,\n                             FT_Vector   sub[3] );\n\n  /* */\n\n\nFT_END_HEADER\n\n#endif /* FTLCDFIL_H_ */\n\n\n/* END */\n"
  },
  {
    "path": "Antario/LIB/freetype/freetype/ftlist.h",
    "content": "/****************************************************************************\n *\n * ftlist.h\n *\n *   Generic list support for FreeType (specification).\n *\n * Copyright (C) 1996-2019 by\n * David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.\n *\n * This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,\n * modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project\n * license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute\n * this file you indicate that you have read the license and\n * understand and accept it fully.\n *\n */\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * This file implements functions relative to list processing.  Its data\n   * structures are defined in `freetype.h`.\n   *\n   */\n\n\n#ifndef FTLIST_H_\n#define FTLIST_H_\n\n\n#include <ft2build.h>\n#include FT_FREETYPE_H\n\n#ifdef FREETYPE_H\n#error \"freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!\"\n#error \"Please fix the directory search order for header files\"\n#error \"so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first.\"\n#endif\n\n\nFT_BEGIN_HEADER\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @section:\n   *   list_processing\n   *\n   * @title:\n   *   List Processing\n   *\n   * @abstract:\n   *   Simple management of lists.\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   This section contains various definitions related to list processing\n   *   using doubly-linked nodes.\n   *\n   * @order:\n   *   FT_List\n   *   FT_ListNode\n   *   FT_ListRec\n   *   FT_ListNodeRec\n   *\n   *   FT_List_Add\n   *   FT_List_Insert\n   *   FT_List_Find\n   *   FT_List_Remove\n   *   FT_List_Up\n   *   FT_List_Iterate\n   *   FT_List_Iterator\n   *   FT_List_Finalize\n   *   FT_List_Destructor\n   *\n   */\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @function:\n   *   FT_List_Find\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   Find the list node for a given listed object.\n   *\n   * @input:\n   *   list ::\n   *     A pointer to the parent list.\n   *   data ::\n   *     The address of the listed object.\n   *\n   * @return:\n   *   List node.  `NULL` if it wasn't found.\n   */\n  FT_EXPORT( FT_ListNode )\n  FT_List_Find( FT_List  list,\n                void*    data );\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @function:\n   *   FT_List_Add\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   Append an element to the end of a list.\n   *\n   * @inout:\n   *   list ::\n   *     A pointer to the parent list.\n   *   node ::\n   *     The node to append.\n   */\n  FT_EXPORT( void )\n  FT_List_Add( FT_List      list,\n               FT_ListNode  node );\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @function:\n   *   FT_List_Insert\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   Insert an element at the head of a list.\n   *\n   * @inout:\n   *   list ::\n   *     A pointer to parent list.\n   *   node ::\n   *     The node to insert.\n   */\n  FT_EXPORT( void )\n  FT_List_Insert( FT_List      list,\n                  FT_ListNode  node );\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @function:\n   *   FT_List_Remove\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   Remove a node from a list.  This function doesn't check whether the\n   *   node is in the list!\n   *\n   * @input:\n   *   node ::\n   *     The node to remove.\n   *\n   * @inout:\n   *   list ::\n   *     A pointer to the parent list.\n   */\n  FT_EXPORT( void )\n  FT_List_Remove( FT_List      list,\n                  FT_ListNode  node );\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @function:\n   *   FT_List_Up\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   Move a node to the head/top of a list.  Used to maintain LRU lists.\n   *\n   * @inout:\n   *   list ::\n   *     A pointer to the parent list.\n   *   node ::\n   *     The node to move.\n   */\n  FT_EXPORT( void )\n  FT_List_Up( FT_List      list,\n              FT_ListNode  node );\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @functype:\n   *   FT_List_Iterator\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   An FT_List iterator function that is called during a list parse by\n   *   @FT_List_Iterate.\n   *\n   * @input:\n   *   node ::\n   *     The current iteration list node.\n   *\n   *   user ::\n   *     A typeless pointer passed to @FT_List_Iterate.  Can be used to point\n   *     to the iteration's state.\n   */\n  typedef FT_Error\n  (*FT_List_Iterator)( FT_ListNode  node,\n                       void*        user );\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @function:\n   *   FT_List_Iterate\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   Parse a list and calls a given iterator function on each element.\n   *   Note that parsing is stopped as soon as one of the iterator calls\n   *   returns a non-zero value.\n   *\n   * @input:\n   *   list ::\n   *     A handle to the list.\n   *   iterator ::\n   *     An iterator function, called on each node of the list.\n   *   user ::\n   *     A user-supplied field that is passed as the second argument to the\n   *     iterator.\n   *\n   * @return:\n   *   The result (a FreeType error code) of the last iterator call.\n   */\n  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )\n  FT_List_Iterate( FT_List           list,\n                   FT_List_Iterator  iterator,\n                   void*             user );\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @functype:\n   *   FT_List_Destructor\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   An @FT_List iterator function that is called during a list\n   *   finalization by @FT_List_Finalize to destroy all elements in a given\n   *   list.\n   *\n   * @input:\n   *   system ::\n   *     The current system object.\n   *\n   *   data ::\n   *     The current object to destroy.\n   *\n   *   user ::\n   *     A typeless pointer passed to @FT_List_Iterate.  It can be used to\n   *     point to the iteration's state.\n   */\n  typedef void\n  (*FT_List_Destructor)( FT_Memory  memory,\n                         void*      data,\n                         void*      user );\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @function:\n   *   FT_List_Finalize\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   Destroy all elements in the list as well as the list itself.\n   *\n   * @input:\n   *   list ::\n   *     A handle to the list.\n   *\n   *   destroy ::\n   *     A list destructor that will be applied to each element of the list.\n   *     Set this to `NULL` if not needed.\n   *\n   *   memory ::\n   *     The current memory object that handles deallocation.\n   *\n   *   user ::\n   *     A user-supplied field that is passed as the last argument to the\n   *     destructor.\n   *\n   * @note:\n   *   This function expects that all nodes added by @FT_List_Add or\n   *   @FT_List_Insert have been dynamically allocated.\n   */\n  FT_EXPORT( void )\n  FT_List_Finalize( FT_List             list,\n                    FT_List_Destructor  destroy,\n                    FT_Memory           memory,\n                    void*               user );\n\n  /* */\n\n\nFT_END_HEADER\n\n#endif /* FTLIST_H_ */\n\n\n/* END */\n"
  },
  {
    "path": "Antario/LIB/freetype/freetype/ftlzw.h",
    "content": "/****************************************************************************\n *\n * ftlzw.h\n *\n *   LZW-compressed stream support.\n *\n * Copyright (C) 2004-2019 by\n * David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.\n *\n * This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,\n * modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project\n * license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute\n * this file you indicate that you have read the license and\n * understand and accept it fully.\n *\n */\n\n\n#ifndef FTLZW_H_\n#define FTLZW_H_\n\n#include <ft2build.h>\n#include FT_FREETYPE_H\n\n#ifdef FREETYPE_H\n#error \"freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!\"\n#error \"Please fix the directory search order for header files\"\n#error \"so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first.\"\n#endif\n\n\nFT_BEGIN_HEADER\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @section:\n   *   lzw\n   *\n   * @title:\n   *   LZW Streams\n   *\n   * @abstract:\n   *   Using LZW-compressed font files.\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   This section contains the declaration of LZW-specific functions.\n   *\n   */\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @function:\n   *   FT_Stream_OpenLZW\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   Open a new stream to parse LZW-compressed font files.  This is mainly\n   *   used to support the compressed `*.pcf.Z` fonts that come with XFree86.\n   *\n   * @input:\n   *   stream ::\n   *     The target embedding stream.\n   *\n   *   source ::\n   *     The source stream.\n   *\n   * @return:\n   *   FreeType error code.  0~means success.\n   *\n   * @note:\n   *   The source stream must be opened _before_ calling this function.\n   *\n   *   Calling the internal function `FT_Stream_Close` on the new stream will\n   *   **not** call `FT_Stream_Close` on the source stream.  None of the\n   *   stream objects will be released to the heap.\n   *\n   *   The stream implementation is very basic and resets the decompression\n   *   process each time seeking backwards is needed within the stream\n   *\n   *   In certain builds of the library, LZW compression recognition is\n   *   automatically handled when calling @FT_New_Face or @FT_Open_Face.\n   *   This means that if no font driver is capable of handling the raw\n   *   compressed file, the library will try to open a LZW stream from it and\n   *   re-open the face with it.\n   *\n   *   This function may return `FT_Err_Unimplemented_Feature` if your build\n   *   of FreeType was not compiled with LZW support.\n   */\n  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )\n  FT_Stream_OpenLZW( FT_Stream  stream,\n                     FT_Stream  source );\n\n  /* */\n\n\nFT_END_HEADER\n\n#endif /* FTLZW_H_ */\n\n\n/* END */\n"
  },
  {
    "path": "Antario/LIB/freetype/freetype/ftmac.h",
    "content": "/****************************************************************************\n *\n * ftmac.h\n *\n *   Additional Mac-specific API.\n *\n * Copyright (C) 1996-2019 by\n * Just van Rossum, David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.\n *\n * This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,\n * modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project\n * license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute\n * this file you indicate that you have read the license and\n * understand and accept it fully.\n *\n */\n\n\n/****************************************************************************\n *\n * NOTE: Include this file after `FT_FREETYPE_H` and after any\n *       Mac-specific headers (because this header uses Mac types such as\n *       'Handle', 'FSSpec', 'FSRef', etc.)\n *\n */\n\n\n#ifndef FTMAC_H_\n#define FTMAC_H_\n\n\n#include <ft2build.h>\n\n\nFT_BEGIN_HEADER\n\n\n  /* gcc-3.1 and later can warn about functions tagged as deprecated */\n#ifndef FT_DEPRECATED_ATTRIBUTE\n#if defined( __GNUC__ )                                     && \\\n    ( ( __GNUC__ >= 4 )                                  ||    \\\n      ( ( __GNUC__ == 3 ) && ( __GNUC_MINOR__ >= 1 ) ) )\n#define FT_DEPRECATED_ATTRIBUTE  __attribute__(( deprecated ))\n#else\n#define FT_DEPRECATED_ATTRIBUTE\n#endif\n#endif\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @section:\n   *   mac_specific\n   *\n   * @title:\n   *   Mac Specific Interface\n   *\n   * @abstract:\n   *   Only available on the Macintosh.\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   The following definitions are only available if FreeType is compiled\n   *   on a Macintosh.\n   *\n   */\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @function:\n   *   FT_New_Face_From_FOND\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   Create a new face object from a FOND resource.\n   *\n   * @inout:\n   *   library ::\n   *     A handle to the library resource.\n   *\n   * @input:\n   *   fond ::\n   *     A FOND resource.\n   *\n   *   face_index ::\n   *     Only supported for the -1 'sanity check' special case.\n   *\n   * @output:\n   *   aface ::\n   *     A handle to a new face object.\n   *\n   * @return:\n   *   FreeType error code.  0~means success.\n   *\n   * @example:\n   *   This function can be used to create @FT_Face objects from fonts that\n   *   are installed in the system as follows.\n   *\n   *   ```\n   *     fond  = GetResource( 'FOND', fontName );\n   *     error = FT_New_Face_From_FOND( library, fond, 0, &face );\n   *   ```\n   */\n  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )\n  FT_New_Face_From_FOND( FT_Library  library,\n                         Handle      fond,\n                         FT_Long     face_index,\n                         FT_Face    *aface )\n                       FT_DEPRECATED_ATTRIBUTE;\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @function:\n   *   FT_GetFile_From_Mac_Name\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   Return an FSSpec for the disk file containing the named font.\n   *\n   * @input:\n   *   fontName ::\n   *     Mac OS name of the font (e.g., Times New Roman Bold).\n   *\n   * @output:\n   *   pathSpec ::\n   *     FSSpec to the file.  For passing to @FT_New_Face_From_FSSpec.\n   *\n   *   face_index ::\n   *     Index of the face.  For passing to @FT_New_Face_From_FSSpec.\n   *\n   * @return:\n   *   FreeType error code.  0~means success.\n   */\n  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )\n  FT_GetFile_From_Mac_Name( const char*  fontName,\n                            FSSpec*      pathSpec,\n                            FT_Long*     face_index )\n                          FT_DEPRECATED_ATTRIBUTE;\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @function:\n   *   FT_GetFile_From_Mac_ATS_Name\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   Return an FSSpec for the disk file containing the named font.\n   *\n   * @input:\n   *   fontName ::\n   *     Mac OS name of the font in ATS framework.\n   *\n   * @output:\n   *   pathSpec ::\n   *     FSSpec to the file. For passing to @FT_New_Face_From_FSSpec.\n   *\n   *   face_index ::\n   *     Index of the face. For passing to @FT_New_Face_From_FSSpec.\n   *\n   * @return:\n   *   FreeType error code.  0~means success.\n   */\n  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )\n  FT_GetFile_From_Mac_ATS_Name( const char*  fontName,\n                                FSSpec*      pathSpec,\n                                FT_Long*     face_index )\n                              FT_DEPRECATED_ATTRIBUTE;\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @function:\n   *   FT_GetFilePath_From_Mac_ATS_Name\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   Return a pathname of the disk file and face index for given font name\n   *   that is handled by ATS framework.\n   *\n   * @input:\n   *   fontName ::\n   *     Mac OS name of the font in ATS framework.\n   *\n   * @output:\n   *   path ::\n   *     Buffer to store pathname of the file.  For passing to @FT_New_Face.\n   *     The client must allocate this buffer before calling this function.\n   *\n   *   maxPathSize ::\n   *     Lengths of the buffer `path` that client allocated.\n   *\n   *   face_index ::\n   *     Index of the face.  For passing to @FT_New_Face.\n   *\n   * @return:\n   *   FreeType error code.  0~means success.\n   */\n  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )\n  FT_GetFilePath_From_Mac_ATS_Name( const char*  fontName,\n                                    UInt8*       path,\n                                    UInt32       maxPathSize,\n                                    FT_Long*     face_index )\n                                  FT_DEPRECATED_ATTRIBUTE;\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @function:\n   *   FT_New_Face_From_FSSpec\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   Create a new face object from a given resource and typeface index\n   *   using an FSSpec to the font file.\n   *\n   * @inout:\n   *   library ::\n   *     A handle to the library resource.\n   *\n   * @input:\n   *   spec ::\n   *     FSSpec to the font file.\n   *\n   *   face_index ::\n   *     The index of the face within the resource.  The first face has\n   *     index~0.\n   * @output:\n   *   aface ::\n   *     A handle to a new face object.\n   *\n   * @return:\n   *   FreeType error code.  0~means success.\n   *\n   * @note:\n   *   @FT_New_Face_From_FSSpec is identical to @FT_New_Face except it\n   *   accepts an FSSpec instead of a path.\n   */\n  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )\n  FT_New_Face_From_FSSpec( FT_Library     library,\n                           const FSSpec  *spec,\n                           FT_Long        face_index,\n                           FT_Face       *aface )\n                         FT_DEPRECATED_ATTRIBUTE;\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @function:\n   *   FT_New_Face_From_FSRef\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   Create a new face object from a given resource and typeface index\n   *   using an FSRef to the font file.\n   *\n   * @inout:\n   *   library ::\n   *     A handle to the library resource.\n   *\n   * @input:\n   *   spec ::\n   *     FSRef to the font file.\n   *\n   *   face_index ::\n   *     The index of the face within the resource.  The first face has\n   *     index~0.\n   * @output:\n   *   aface ::\n   *     A handle to a new face object.\n   *\n   * @return:\n   *   FreeType error code.  0~means success.\n   *\n   * @note:\n   *   @FT_New_Face_From_FSRef is identical to @FT_New_Face except it accepts\n   *   an FSRef instead of a path.\n   */\n  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )\n  FT_New_Face_From_FSRef( FT_Library    library,\n                          const FSRef  *ref,\n                          FT_Long       face_index,\n                          FT_Face      *aface )\n                        FT_DEPRECATED_ATTRIBUTE;\n\n  /* */\n\n\nFT_END_HEADER\n\n\n#endif /* FTMAC_H_ */\n\n\n/* END */\n"
  },
  {
    "path": "Antario/LIB/freetype/freetype/ftmm.h",
    "content": "/****************************************************************************\n *\n * ftmm.h\n *\n *   FreeType Multiple Master font interface (specification).\n *\n * Copyright (C) 1996-2019 by\n * David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.\n *\n * This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,\n * modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project\n * license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute\n * this file you indicate that you have read the license and\n * understand and accept it fully.\n *\n */\n\n\n#ifndef FTMM_H_\n#define FTMM_H_\n\n\n#include <ft2build.h>\n#include FT_TYPE1_TABLES_H\n\n\nFT_BEGIN_HEADER\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @section:\n   *   multiple_masters\n   *\n   * @title:\n   *   Multiple Masters\n   *\n   * @abstract:\n   *   How to manage Multiple Masters fonts.\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   The following types and functions are used to manage Multiple Master\n   *   fonts, i.e., the selection of specific design instances by setting\n   *   design axis coordinates.\n   *\n   *   Besides Adobe MM fonts, the interface supports Apple's TrueType GX and\n   *   OpenType variation fonts.  Some of the routines only work with Adobe\n   *   MM fonts, others will work with all three types.  They are similar\n   *   enough that a consistent interface makes sense.\n   *\n   */\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @struct:\n   *   FT_MM_Axis\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   A structure to model a given axis in design space for Multiple Masters\n   *   fonts.\n   *\n   *   This structure can't be used for TrueType GX or OpenType variation\n   *   fonts.\n   *\n   * @fields:\n   *   name ::\n   *     The axis's name.\n   *\n   *   minimum ::\n   *     The axis's minimum design coordinate.\n   *\n   *   maximum ::\n   *     The axis's maximum design coordinate.\n   */\n  typedef struct  FT_MM_Axis_\n  {\n    FT_String*  name;\n    FT_Long     minimum;\n    FT_Long     maximum;\n\n  } FT_MM_Axis;\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @struct:\n   *   FT_Multi_Master\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   A structure to model the axes and space of a Multiple Masters font.\n   *\n   *   This structure can't be used for TrueType GX or OpenType variation\n   *   fonts.\n   *\n   * @fields:\n   *   num_axis ::\n   *     Number of axes.  Cannot exceed~4.\n   *\n   *   num_designs ::\n   *     Number of designs; should be normally 2^num_axis even though the\n   *     Type~1 specification strangely allows for intermediate designs to be\n   *     present.  This number cannot exceed~16.\n   *\n   *   axis ::\n   *     A table of axis descriptors.\n   */\n  typedef struct  FT_Multi_Master_\n  {\n    FT_UInt     num_axis;\n    FT_UInt     num_designs;\n    FT_MM_Axis  axis[T1_MAX_MM_AXIS];\n\n  } FT_Multi_Master;\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @struct:\n   *   FT_Var_Axis\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   A structure to model a given axis in design space for Multiple\n   *   Masters, TrueType GX, and OpenType variation fonts.\n   *\n   * @fields:\n   *   name ::\n   *     The axis's name.  Not always meaningful for TrueType GX or OpenType\n   *     variation fonts.\n   *\n   *   minimum ::\n   *     The axis's minimum design coordinate.\n   *\n   *   def ::\n   *     The axis's default design coordinate.  FreeType computes meaningful\n   *     default values for Adobe MM fonts.\n   *\n   *   maximum ::\n   *     The axis's maximum design coordinate.\n   *\n   *   tag ::\n   *     The axis's tag (the equivalent to 'name' for TrueType GX and\n   *     OpenType variation fonts).  FreeType provides default values for\n   *     Adobe MM fonts if possible.\n   *\n   *   strid ::\n   *     The axis name entry in the font's 'name' table.  This is another\n   *     (and often better) version of the 'name' field for TrueType GX or\n   *     OpenType variation fonts.  Not meaningful for Adobe MM fonts.\n   *\n   * @note:\n   *   The fields `minimum`, `def`, and `maximum` are 16.16 fractional values\n   *   for TrueType GX and OpenType variation fonts.  For Adobe MM fonts, the\n   *   values are integers.\n   */\n  typedef struct  FT_Var_Axis_\n  {\n    FT_String*  name;\n\n    FT_Fixed    minimum;\n    FT_Fixed    def;\n    FT_Fixed    maximum;\n\n    FT_ULong    tag;\n    FT_UInt     strid;\n\n  } FT_Var_Axis;\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @struct:\n   *   FT_Var_Named_Style\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   A structure to model a named instance in a TrueType GX or OpenType\n   *   variation font.\n   *\n   *   This structure can't be used for Adobe MM fonts.\n   *\n   * @fields:\n   *   coords ::\n   *     The design coordinates for this instance.  This is an array with one\n   *     entry for each axis.\n   *\n   *   strid ::\n   *     The entry in 'name' table identifying this instance.\n   *\n   *   psid ::\n   *     The entry in 'name' table identifying a PostScript name for this\n   *     instance.  Value 0xFFFF indicates a missing entry.\n   */\n  typedef struct  FT_Var_Named_Style_\n  {\n    FT_Fixed*  coords;\n    FT_UInt    strid;\n    FT_UInt    psid;   /* since 2.7.1 */\n\n  } FT_Var_Named_Style;\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @struct:\n   *   FT_MM_Var\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   A structure to model the axes and space of an Adobe MM, TrueType GX,\n   *   or OpenType variation font.\n   *\n   *   Some fields are specific to one format and not to the others.\n   *\n   * @fields:\n   *   num_axis ::\n   *     The number of axes.  The maximum value is~4 for Adobe MM fonts; no\n   *     limit in TrueType GX or OpenType variation fonts.\n   *\n   *   num_designs ::\n   *     The number of designs; should be normally 2^num_axis for Adobe MM\n   *     fonts.  Not meaningful for TrueType GX or OpenType variation fonts\n   *     (where every glyph could have a different number of designs).\n   *\n   *   num_namedstyles ::\n   *     The number of named styles; a 'named style' is a tuple of design\n   *     coordinates that has a string ID (in the 'name' table) associated\n   *     with it.  The font can tell the user that, for example,\n   *     [Weight=1.5,Width=1.1] is 'Bold'.  Another name for 'named style' is\n   *     'named instance'.\n   *\n   *     For Adobe Multiple Masters fonts, this value is always zero because\n   *     the format does not support named styles.\n   *\n   *   axis ::\n   *     An axis descriptor table.  TrueType GX and OpenType variation fonts\n   *     contain slightly more data than Adobe MM fonts.  Memory management\n   *     of this pointer is done internally by FreeType.\n   *\n   *   namedstyle ::\n   *     A named style (instance) table.  Only meaningful for TrueType GX and\n   *     OpenType variation fonts.  Memory management of this pointer is done\n   *     internally by FreeType.\n   */\n  typedef struct  FT_MM_Var_\n  {\n    FT_UInt              num_axis;\n    FT_UInt              num_designs;\n    FT_UInt              num_namedstyles;\n    FT_Var_Axis*         axis;\n    FT_Var_Named_Style*  namedstyle;\n\n  } FT_MM_Var;\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @function:\n   *   FT_Get_Multi_Master\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   Retrieve a variation descriptor of a given Adobe MM font.\n   *\n   *   This function can't be used with TrueType GX or OpenType variation\n   *   fonts.\n   *\n   * @input:\n   *   face ::\n   *     A handle to the source face.\n   *\n   * @output:\n   *   amaster ::\n   *     The Multiple Masters descriptor.\n   *\n   * @return:\n   *   FreeType error code.  0~means success.\n   */\n  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )\n  FT_Get_Multi_Master( FT_Face           face,\n                       FT_Multi_Master  *amaster );\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @function:\n   *   FT_Get_MM_Var\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   Retrieve a variation descriptor for a given font.\n   *\n   *   This function works with all supported variation formats.\n   *\n   * @input:\n   *   face ::\n   *     A handle to the source face.\n   *\n   * @output:\n   *   amaster ::\n   *     The variation descriptor.  Allocates a data structure, which the\n   *     user must deallocate with a call to @FT_Done_MM_Var after use.\n   *\n   * @return:\n   *   FreeType error code.  0~means success.\n   */\n  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )\n  FT_Get_MM_Var( FT_Face      face,\n                 FT_MM_Var*  *amaster );\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @function:\n   *   FT_Done_MM_Var\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   Free the memory allocated by @FT_Get_MM_Var.\n   *\n   * @input:\n   *   library ::\n   *     A handle of the face's parent library object that was used in the\n   *     call to @FT_Get_MM_Var to create `amaster`.\n   *\n   * @return:\n   *   FreeType error code.  0~means success.\n   */\n  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )\n  FT_Done_MM_Var( FT_Library   library,\n                  FT_MM_Var   *amaster );\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @function:\n   *   FT_Set_MM_Design_Coordinates\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   For Adobe MM fonts, choose an interpolated font design through design\n   *   coordinates.\n   *\n   *   This function can't be used with TrueType GX or OpenType variation\n   *   fonts.\n   *\n   * @inout:\n   *   face ::\n   *     A handle to the source face.\n   *\n   * @input:\n   *   num_coords ::\n   *     The number of available design coordinates.  If it is larger than\n   *     the number of axes, ignore the excess values.  If it is smaller than\n   *     the number of axes, use default values for the remaining axes.\n   *\n   *   coords ::\n   *     An array of design coordinates.\n   *\n   * @return:\n   *   FreeType error code.  0~means success.\n   *\n   * @note:\n   *   [Since 2.8.1] To reset all axes to the default values, call the\n   *   function with `num_coords` set to zero and `coords` set to `NULL`.\n   *\n   *   [Since 2.9] If `num_coords` is larger than zero, this function sets\n   *   the @FT_FACE_FLAG_VARIATION bit in @FT_Face's `face_flags` field\n   *   (i.e., @FT_IS_VARIATION will return true).  If `num_coords` is zero,\n   *   this bit flag gets unset.\n   */\n  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )\n  FT_Set_MM_Design_Coordinates( FT_Face   face,\n                                FT_UInt   num_coords,\n                                FT_Long*  coords );\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @function:\n   *   FT_Set_Var_Design_Coordinates\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   Choose an interpolated font design through design coordinates.\n   *\n   *   This function works with all supported variation formats.\n   *\n   * @inout:\n   *   face ::\n   *     A handle to the source face.\n   *\n   * @input:\n   *   num_coords ::\n   *     The number of available design coordinates.  If it is larger than\n   *     the number of axes, ignore the excess values.  If it is smaller than\n   *     the number of axes, use default values for the remaining axes.\n   *\n   *   coords ::\n   *     An array of design coordinates.\n   *\n   * @return:\n   *   FreeType error code.  0~means success.\n   *\n   * @note:\n   *   [Since 2.8.1] To reset all axes to the default values, call the\n   *   function with `num_coords` set to zero and `coords` set to `NULL`.\n   *   [Since 2.9] 'Default values' means the currently selected named\n   *   instance (or the base font if no named instance is selected).\n   *\n   *   [Since 2.9] If `num_coords` is larger than zero, this function sets\n   *   the @FT_FACE_FLAG_VARIATION bit in @FT_Face's `face_flags` field\n   *   (i.e., @FT_IS_VARIATION will return true).  If `num_coords` is zero,\n   *   this bit flag gets unset.\n   */\n  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )\n  FT_Set_Var_Design_Coordinates( FT_Face    face,\n                                 FT_UInt    num_coords,\n                                 FT_Fixed*  coords );\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @function:\n   *   FT_Get_Var_Design_Coordinates\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   Get the design coordinates of the currently selected interpolated\n   *   font.\n   *\n   *   This function works with all supported variation formats.\n   *\n   * @input:\n   *   face ::\n   *     A handle to the source face.\n   *\n   *   num_coords ::\n   *     The number of design coordinates to retrieve.  If it is larger than\n   *     the number of axes, set the excess values to~0.\n   *\n   * @output:\n   *   coords ::\n   *     The design coordinates array.\n   *\n   * @return:\n   *   FreeType error code.  0~means success.\n   *\n   * @since:\n   *   2.7.1\n   */\n  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )\n  FT_Get_Var_Design_Coordinates( FT_Face    face,\n                                 FT_UInt    num_coords,\n                                 FT_Fixed*  coords );\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @function:\n   *   FT_Set_MM_Blend_Coordinates\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   Choose an interpolated font design through normalized blend\n   *   coordinates.\n   *\n   *   This function works with all supported variation formats.\n   *\n   * @inout:\n   *   face ::\n   *     A handle to the source face.\n   *\n   * @input:\n   *   num_coords ::\n   *     The number of available design coordinates.  If it is larger than\n   *     the number of axes, ignore the excess values.  If it is smaller than\n   *     the number of axes, use default values for the remaining axes.\n   *\n   *   coords ::\n   *     The design coordinates array (each element must be between 0 and 1.0\n   *     for Adobe MM fonts, and between -1.0 and 1.0 for TrueType GX and\n   *     OpenType variation fonts).\n   *\n   * @return:\n   *   FreeType error code.  0~means success.\n   *\n   * @note:\n   *   [Since 2.8.1] To reset all axes to the default values, call the\n   *   function with `num_coords` set to zero and `coords` set to `NULL`.\n   *   [Since 2.9] 'Default values' means the currently selected named\n   *   instance (or the base font if no named instance is selected).\n   *\n   *   [Since 2.9] If `num_coords` is larger than zero, this function sets\n   *   the @FT_FACE_FLAG_VARIATION bit in @FT_Face's `face_flags` field\n   *   (i.e., @FT_IS_VARIATION will return true).  If `num_coords` is zero,\n   *   this bit flag gets unset.\n   */\n  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )\n  FT_Set_MM_Blend_Coordinates( FT_Face    face,\n                               FT_UInt    num_coords,\n                               FT_Fixed*  coords );\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @function:\n   *   FT_Get_MM_Blend_Coordinates\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   Get the normalized blend coordinates of the currently selected\n   *   interpolated font.\n   *\n   *   This function works with all supported variation formats.\n   *\n   * @input:\n   *   face ::\n   *     A handle to the source face.\n   *\n   *   num_coords ::\n   *     The number of normalized blend coordinates to retrieve.  If it is\n   *     larger than the number of axes, set the excess values to~0.5 for\n   *     Adobe MM fonts, and to~0 for TrueType GX and OpenType variation\n   *     fonts.\n   *\n   * @output:\n   *   coords ::\n   *     The normalized blend coordinates array.\n   *\n   * @return:\n   *   FreeType error code.  0~means success.\n   *\n   * @since:\n   *   2.7.1\n   */\n  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )\n  FT_Get_MM_Blend_Coordinates( FT_Face    face,\n                               FT_UInt    num_coords,\n                               FT_Fixed*  coords );\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @function:\n   *   FT_Set_Var_Blend_Coordinates\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   This is another name of @FT_Set_MM_Blend_Coordinates.\n   */\n  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )\n  FT_Set_Var_Blend_Coordinates( FT_Face    face,\n                                FT_UInt    num_coords,\n                                FT_Fixed*  coords );\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @function:\n   *   FT_Get_Var_Blend_Coordinates\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   This is another name of @FT_Get_MM_Blend_Coordinates.\n   *\n   * @since:\n   *   2.7.1\n   */\n  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )\n  FT_Get_Var_Blend_Coordinates( FT_Face    face,\n                                FT_UInt    num_coords,\n                                FT_Fixed*  coords );\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @function:\n   *   FT_Set_MM_WeightVector\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   For Adobe MM fonts, choose an interpolated font design by directly\n   *   setting the weight vector.\n   *\n   *   This function can't be used with TrueType GX or OpenType variation\n   *   fonts.\n   *\n   * @inout:\n   *   face ::\n   *     A handle to the source face.\n   *\n   * @input:\n   *   len ::\n   *     The length of the weight vector array.  If it is larger than the\n   *     number of designs, the extra values are ignored.  If it is less than\n   *     the number of designs, the remaining values are set to zero.\n   *\n   *   weightvector ::\n   *     An array representing the weight vector.\n   *\n   * @return:\n   *   FreeType error code.  0~means success.\n   *\n   * @note:\n   *   Adobe Multiple Master fonts limit the number of designs, and thus the\n   *   length of the weight vector to~16.\n   *\n   *   If `len` is zero and `weightvector` is `NULL`, the weight vector array\n   *   is reset to the default values.\n   *\n   *   The Adobe documentation also states that the values in the\n   *   WeightVector array must total 1.0 +/-~0.001.  In practice this does\n   *   not seem to be enforced, so is not enforced here, either.\n   *\n   * @since:\n   *   2.10\n   */\n  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )\n  FT_Set_MM_WeightVector( FT_Face    face,\n                          FT_UInt    len,\n                          FT_Fixed*  weightvector );\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @function:\n   *   FT_Get_MM_WeightVector\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   For Adobe MM fonts, retrieve the current weight vector of the font.\n   *\n   *   This function can't be used with TrueType GX or OpenType variation\n   *   fonts.\n   *\n   * @inout:\n   *   face ::\n   *     A handle to the source face.\n   *\n   *   len ::\n   *     A pointer to the size of the array to be filled.  If the size of the\n   *     array is less than the number of designs, `FT_Err_Invalid_Argument`\n   *     is returned, and `len` is set to the required size (the number of\n   *     designs).  If the size of the array is greater than the number of\n   *     designs, the remaining entries are set to~0.  On successful\n   *     completion, `len` is set to the number of designs (i.e., the number\n   *     of values written to the array).\n   *\n   * @output:\n   *   weightvector ::\n   *     An array to be filled.\n   *\n   * @return:\n   *   FreeType error code.  0~means success.\n   *\n   * @note:\n   *   Adobe Multiple Master fonts limit the number of designs, and thus the\n   *   length of the WeightVector to~16.\n   *\n   * @since:\n   *   2.10\n   */\n  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )\n  FT_Get_MM_WeightVector( FT_Face    face,\n                          FT_UInt*   len,\n                          FT_Fixed*  weightvector );\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @enum:\n   *   FT_VAR_AXIS_FLAG_XXX\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   A list of bit flags used in the return value of\n   *   @FT_Get_Var_Axis_Flags.\n   *\n   * @values:\n   *   FT_VAR_AXIS_FLAG_HIDDEN ::\n   *     The variation axis should not be exposed to user interfaces.\n   *\n   * @since:\n   *   2.8.1\n   */\n#define FT_VAR_AXIS_FLAG_HIDDEN  1\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @function:\n   *   FT_Get_Var_Axis_Flags\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   Get the 'flags' field of an OpenType Variation Axis Record.\n   *\n   *   Not meaningful for Adobe MM fonts (`*flags` is always zero).\n   *\n   * @input:\n   *   master ::\n   *     The variation descriptor.\n   *\n   *   axis_index ::\n   *     The index of the requested variation axis.\n   *\n   * @output:\n   *   flags ::\n   *     The 'flags' field.  See @FT_VAR_AXIS_FLAG_XXX for possible values.\n   *\n   * @return:\n   *   FreeType error code.  0~means success.\n   *\n   * @since:\n   *   2.8.1\n   */\n  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )\n  FT_Get_Var_Axis_Flags( FT_MM_Var*  master,\n                         FT_UInt     axis_index,\n                         FT_UInt*    flags );\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @function:\n   *   FT_Set_Named_Instance\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   Set or change the current named instance.\n   *\n   * @input:\n   *   face ::\n   *     A handle to the source face.\n   *\n   *   instance_index ::\n   *     The index of the requested instance, starting with value 1.  If set\n   *     to value 0, FreeType switches to font access without a named\n   *     instance.\n   *\n   * @return:\n   *   FreeType error code.  0~means success.\n   *\n   * @note:\n   *   The function uses the value of `instance_index` to set bits 16-30 of\n   *   the face's `face_index` field.  It also resets any variation applied\n   *   to the font, and the @FT_FACE_FLAG_VARIATION bit of the face's\n   *   `face_flags` field gets reset to zero (i.e., @FT_IS_VARIATION will\n   *   return false).\n   *\n   *   For Adobe MM fonts (which don't have named instances) this function\n   *   simply resets the current face to the default instance.\n   *\n   * @since:\n   *   2.9\n   */\n  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )\n  FT_Set_Named_Instance( FT_Face  face,\n                         FT_UInt  instance_index );\n\n  /* */\n\n\nFT_END_HEADER\n\n#endif /* FTMM_H_ */\n\n\n/* END */\n"
  },
  {
    "path": "Antario/LIB/freetype/freetype/ftmodapi.h",
    "content": "/****************************************************************************\n *\n * ftmodapi.h\n *\n *   FreeType modules public interface (specification).\n *\n * Copyright (C) 1996-2019 by\n * David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.\n *\n * This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,\n * modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project\n * license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute\n * this file you indicate that you have read the license and\n * understand and accept it fully.\n *\n */\n\n\n#ifndef FTMODAPI_H_\n#define FTMODAPI_H_\n\n\n#include <ft2build.h>\n#include FT_FREETYPE_H\n\n#ifdef FREETYPE_H\n#error \"freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!\"\n#error \"Please fix the directory search order for header files\"\n#error \"so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first.\"\n#endif\n\n\nFT_BEGIN_HEADER\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @section:\n   *   module_management\n   *\n   * @title:\n   *   Module Management\n   *\n   * @abstract:\n   *   How to add, upgrade, remove, and control modules from FreeType.\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   The definitions below are used to manage modules within FreeType.\n   *   Modules can be added, upgraded, and removed at runtime.  Additionally,\n   *   some module properties can be controlled also.\n   *\n   *   Here is a list of possible values of the `module_name` field in the\n   *   @FT_Module_Class structure.\n   *\n   *   ```\n   *     autofitter\n   *     bdf\n   *     cff\n   *     gxvalid\n   *     otvalid\n   *     pcf\n   *     pfr\n   *     psaux\n   *     pshinter\n   *     psnames\n   *     raster1\n   *     sfnt\n   *     smooth, smooth-lcd, smooth-lcdv\n   *     truetype\n   *     type1\n   *     type42\n   *     t1cid\n   *     winfonts\n   *   ```\n   *\n   *   Note that the FreeType Cache sub-system is not a FreeType module.\n   *\n   * @order:\n   *   FT_Module\n   *   FT_Module_Constructor\n   *   FT_Module_Destructor\n   *   FT_Module_Requester\n   *   FT_Module_Class\n   *\n   *   FT_Add_Module\n   *   FT_Get_Module\n   *   FT_Remove_Module\n   *   FT_Add_Default_Modules\n   *\n   *   FT_Property_Set\n   *   FT_Property_Get\n   *   FT_Set_Default_Properties\n   *\n   *   FT_New_Library\n   *   FT_Done_Library\n   *   FT_Reference_Library\n   *\n   *   FT_Renderer\n   *   FT_Renderer_Class\n   *\n   *   FT_Get_Renderer\n   *   FT_Set_Renderer\n   *\n   *   FT_Set_Debug_Hook\n   *\n   */\n\n\n  /* module bit flags */\n#define FT_MODULE_FONT_DRIVER         1  /* this module is a font driver  */\n#define FT_MODULE_RENDERER            2  /* this module is a renderer     */\n#define FT_MODULE_HINTER              4  /* this module is a glyph hinter */\n#define FT_MODULE_STYLER              8  /* this module is a styler       */\n\n#define FT_MODULE_DRIVER_SCALABLE      0x100  /* the driver supports      */\n                                              /* scalable fonts           */\n#define FT_MODULE_DRIVER_NO_OUTLINES   0x200  /* the driver does not      */\n                                              /* support vector outlines  */\n#define FT_MODULE_DRIVER_HAS_HINTER    0x400  /* the driver provides its  */\n                                              /* own hinter               */\n#define FT_MODULE_DRIVER_HINTS_LIGHTLY 0x800  /* the driver's hinter      */\n                                              /* produces LIGHT hints     */\n\n\n  /* deprecated values */\n#define ft_module_font_driver         FT_MODULE_FONT_DRIVER\n#define ft_module_renderer            FT_MODULE_RENDERER\n#define ft_module_hinter              FT_MODULE_HINTER\n#define ft_module_styler              FT_MODULE_STYLER\n\n#define ft_module_driver_scalable       FT_MODULE_DRIVER_SCALABLE\n#define ft_module_driver_no_outlines    FT_MODULE_DRIVER_NO_OUTLINES\n#define ft_module_driver_has_hinter     FT_MODULE_DRIVER_HAS_HINTER\n#define ft_module_driver_hints_lightly  FT_MODULE_DRIVER_HINTS_LIGHTLY\n\n\n  typedef FT_Pointer  FT_Module_Interface;\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @functype:\n   *   FT_Module_Constructor\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   A function used to initialize (not create) a new module object.\n   *\n   * @input:\n   *   module ::\n   *     The module to initialize.\n   */\n  typedef FT_Error\n  (*FT_Module_Constructor)( FT_Module  module );\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @functype:\n   *   FT_Module_Destructor\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   A function used to finalize (not destroy) a given module object.\n   *\n   * @input:\n   *   module ::\n   *     The module to finalize.\n   */\n  typedef void\n  (*FT_Module_Destructor)( FT_Module  module );\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @functype:\n   *   FT_Module_Requester\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   A function used to query a given module for a specific interface.\n   *\n   * @input:\n   *   module ::\n   *     The module to be searched.\n   *\n   *   name ::\n   *     The name of the interface in the module.\n   */\n  typedef FT_Module_Interface\n  (*FT_Module_Requester)( FT_Module    module,\n                          const char*  name );\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @struct:\n   *   FT_Module_Class\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   The module class descriptor.  While being a public structure necessary\n   *   for FreeType's module bookkeeping, most of the fields are essentially\n   *   internal, not to be used directly by an application.\n   *\n   * @fields:\n   *   module_flags ::\n   *     Bit flags describing the module.\n   *\n   *   module_size ::\n   *     The size of one module object/instance in bytes.\n   *\n   *   module_name ::\n   *     The name of the module.\n   *\n   *   module_version ::\n   *     The version, as a 16.16 fixed number (major.minor).\n   *\n   *   module_requires ::\n   *     The version of FreeType this module requires, as a 16.16 fixed\n   *     number (major.minor).  Starts at version 2.0, i.e., 0x20000.\n   *\n   *   module_interface ::\n   *     A typeless pointer to a structure (which varies between different\n   *     modules) that holds the module's interface functions.  This is\n   *     essentially what `get_interface` returns.\n   *\n   *   module_init ::\n   *     The initializing function.\n   *\n   *   module_done ::\n   *     The finalizing function.\n   *\n   *   get_interface ::\n   *     The interface requesting function.\n   */\n  typedef struct  FT_Module_Class_\n  {\n    FT_ULong               module_flags;\n    FT_Long                module_size;\n    const FT_String*       module_name;\n    FT_Fixed               module_version;\n    FT_Fixed               module_requires;\n\n    const void*            module_interface;\n\n    FT_Module_Constructor  module_init;\n    FT_Module_Destructor   module_done;\n    FT_Module_Requester    get_interface;\n\n  } FT_Module_Class;\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @function:\n   *   FT_Add_Module\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   Add a new module to a given library instance.\n   *\n   * @inout:\n   *   library ::\n   *     A handle to the library object.\n   *\n   * @input:\n   *   clazz ::\n   *     A pointer to class descriptor for the module.\n   *\n   * @return:\n   *   FreeType error code.  0~means success.\n   *\n   * @note:\n   *   An error will be returned if a module already exists by that name, or\n   *   if the module requires a version of FreeType that is too great.\n   */\n  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )\n  FT_Add_Module( FT_Library              library,\n                 const FT_Module_Class*  clazz );\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @function:\n   *   FT_Get_Module\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   Find a module by its name.\n   *\n   * @input:\n   *   library ::\n   *     A handle to the library object.\n   *\n   *   module_name ::\n   *     The module's name (as an ASCII string).\n   *\n   * @return:\n   *   A module handle.  0~if none was found.\n   *\n   * @note:\n   *   FreeType's internal modules aren't documented very well, and you\n   *   should look up the source code for details.\n   */\n  FT_EXPORT( FT_Module )\n  FT_Get_Module( FT_Library   library,\n                 const char*  module_name );\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @function:\n   *   FT_Remove_Module\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   Remove a given module from a library instance.\n   *\n   * @inout:\n   *   library ::\n   *     A handle to a library object.\n   *\n   * @input:\n   *   module ::\n   *     A handle to a module object.\n   *\n   * @return:\n   *   FreeType error code.  0~means success.\n   *\n   * @note:\n   *   The module object is destroyed by the function in case of success.\n   */\n  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )\n  FT_Remove_Module( FT_Library  library,\n                    FT_Module   module );\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @function:\n   *    FT_Property_Set\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *    Set a property for a given module.\n   *\n   * @input:\n   *    library ::\n   *      A handle to the library the module is part of.\n   *\n   *    module_name ::\n   *      The module name.\n   *\n   *    property_name ::\n   *      The property name.  Properties are described in section\n   *      @properties.\n   *\n   *      Note that only a few modules have properties.\n   *\n   *    value ::\n   *      A generic pointer to a variable or structure that gives the new\n   *      value of the property.  The exact definition of `value` is\n   *      dependent on the property; see section @properties.\n   *\n   * @return:\n   *   FreeType error code.  0~means success.\n   *\n   * @note:\n   *    If `module_name` isn't a valid module name, or `property_name`\n   *    doesn't specify a valid property, or if `value` doesn't represent a\n   *    valid value for the given property, an error is returned.\n   *\n   *    The following example sets property 'bar' (a simple integer) in\n   *    module 'foo' to value~1.\n   *\n   *    ```\n   *      FT_UInt  bar;\n   *\n   *\n   *      bar = 1;\n   *      FT_Property_Set( library, \"foo\", \"bar\", &bar );\n   *    ```\n   *\n   *    Note that the FreeType Cache sub-system doesn't recognize module\n   *    property changes.  To avoid glyph lookup confusion within the cache\n   *    you should call @FTC_Manager_Reset to completely flush the cache if a\n   *    module property gets changed after @FTC_Manager_New has been called.\n   *\n   *    It is not possible to set properties of the FreeType Cache sub-system\n   *    itself with FT_Property_Set; use @FTC_Property_Set instead.\n   *\n   * @since:\n   *   2.4.11\n   *\n   */\n  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )\n  FT_Property_Set( FT_Library        library,\n                   const FT_String*  module_name,\n                   const FT_String*  property_name,\n                   const void*       value );\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @function:\n   *    FT_Property_Get\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *    Get a module's property value.\n   *\n   * @input:\n   *    library ::\n   *      A handle to the library the module is part of.\n   *\n   *    module_name ::\n   *      The module name.\n   *\n   *    property_name ::\n   *      The property name.  Properties are described in section\n   *      @properties.\n   *\n   * @inout:\n   *    value ::\n   *      A generic pointer to a variable or structure that gives the value\n   *      of the property.  The exact definition of `value` is dependent on\n   *      the property; see section @properties.\n   *\n   * @return:\n   *   FreeType error code.  0~means success.\n   *\n   * @note:\n   *    If `module_name` isn't a valid module name, or `property_name`\n   *    doesn't specify a valid property, or if `value` doesn't represent a\n   *    valid value for the given property, an error is returned.\n   *\n   *    The following example gets property 'baz' (a range) in module 'foo'.\n   *\n   *    ```\n   *      typedef  range_\n   *      {\n   *        FT_Int32  min;\n   *        FT_Int32  max;\n   *\n   *      } range;\n   *\n   *      range  baz;\n   *\n   *\n   *      FT_Property_Get( library, \"foo\", \"baz\", &baz );\n   *    ```\n   *\n   *    It is not possible to retrieve properties of the FreeType Cache\n   *    sub-system with FT_Property_Get; use @FTC_Property_Get instead.\n   *\n   * @since:\n   *   2.4.11\n   *\n   */\n  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )\n  FT_Property_Get( FT_Library        library,\n                   const FT_String*  module_name,\n                   const FT_String*  property_name,\n                   void*             value );\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @function:\n   *   FT_Set_Default_Properties\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   If compilation option `FT_CONFIG_OPTION_ENVIRONMENT_PROPERTIES` is\n   *   set, this function reads the `FREETYPE_PROPERTIES` environment\n   *   variable to control driver properties.  See section @properties for\n   *   more.\n   *\n   *   If the compilation option is not set, this function does nothing.\n   *\n   *   `FREETYPE_PROPERTIES` has the following syntax form (broken here into\n   *   multiple lines for better readability).\n   *\n   *   ```\n   *     <optional whitespace>\n   *     <module-name1> ':'\n   *     <property-name1> '=' <property-value1>\n   *     <whitespace>\n   *     <module-name2> ':'\n   *     <property-name2> '=' <property-value2>\n   *     ...\n   *   ```\n   *\n   *   Example:\n   *\n   *   ```\n   *     FREETYPE_PROPERTIES=truetype:interpreter-version=35 \\\n   *                         cff:no-stem-darkening=1 \\\n   *                         autofitter:warping=1\n   *   ```\n   *\n   * @inout:\n   *   library ::\n   *     A handle to a new library object.\n   *\n   * @since:\n   *   2.8\n   */\n  FT_EXPORT( void )\n  FT_Set_Default_Properties( FT_Library  library );\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @function:\n   *   FT_Reference_Library\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   A counter gets initialized to~1 at the time an @FT_Library structure\n   *   is created.  This function increments the counter.  @FT_Done_Library\n   *   then only destroys a library if the counter is~1, otherwise it simply\n   *   decrements the counter.\n   *\n   *   This function helps in managing life-cycles of structures that\n   *   reference @FT_Library objects.\n   *\n   * @input:\n   *   library ::\n   *     A handle to a target library object.\n   *\n   * @return:\n   *   FreeType error code.  0~means success.\n   *\n   * @since:\n   *   2.4.2\n   */\n  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )\n  FT_Reference_Library( FT_Library  library );\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @function:\n   *   FT_New_Library\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   This function is used to create a new FreeType library instance from a\n   *   given memory object.  It is thus possible to use libraries with\n   *   distinct memory allocators within the same program.  Note, however,\n   *   that the used @FT_Memory structure is expected to remain valid for the\n   *   life of the @FT_Library object.\n   *\n   *   Normally, you would call this function (followed by a call to\n   *   @FT_Add_Default_Modules or a series of calls to @FT_Add_Module, and a\n   *   call to @FT_Set_Default_Properties) instead of @FT_Init_FreeType to\n   *   initialize the FreeType library.\n   *\n   *   Don't use @FT_Done_FreeType but @FT_Done_Library to destroy a library\n   *   instance.\n   *\n   * @input:\n   *   memory ::\n   *     A handle to the original memory object.\n   *\n   * @output:\n   *   alibrary ::\n   *     A pointer to handle of a new library object.\n   *\n   * @return:\n   *   FreeType error code.  0~means success.\n   *\n   * @note:\n   *   See the discussion of reference counters in the description of\n   *   @FT_Reference_Library.\n   */\n  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )\n  FT_New_Library( FT_Memory    memory,\n                  FT_Library  *alibrary );\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @function:\n   *   FT_Done_Library\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   Discard a given library object.  This closes all drivers and discards\n   *   all resource objects.\n   *\n   * @input:\n   *   library ::\n   *     A handle to the target library.\n   *\n   * @return:\n   *   FreeType error code.  0~means success.\n   *\n   * @note:\n   *   See the discussion of reference counters in the description of\n   *   @FT_Reference_Library.\n   */\n  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )\n  FT_Done_Library( FT_Library  library );\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @functype:\n   *   FT_DebugHook_Func\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   A drop-in replacement (or rather a wrapper) for the bytecode or\n   *   charstring interpreter's main loop function.\n   *\n   *   Its job is essentially\n   *\n   *   - to activate debug mode to enforce single-stepping,\n   *\n   *   - to call the main loop function to interpret the next opcode, and\n   *\n   *   - to show the changed context to the user.\n   *\n   *   An example for such a main loop function is `TT_RunIns` (declared in\n   *   FreeType's internal header file `src/truetype/ttinterp.h`).\n   *\n   *   Have a look at the source code of the `ttdebug` FreeType demo program\n   *   for an example of a drop-in replacement.\n   *\n   * @inout:\n   *   arg ::\n   *     A typeless pointer, to be cast to the main loop function's data\n   *     structure (which depends on the font module).  For TrueType fonts\n   *     it is bytecode interpreter's execution context, `TT_ExecContext`,\n   *     which is declared in FreeType's internal header file `tttypes.h`.\n   */\n  typedef void\n  (*FT_DebugHook_Func)( void*  arg );\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @enum:\n   *   FT_DEBUG_HOOK_XXX\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   A list of named debug hook indices.\n   *\n   * @values:\n   *   FT_DEBUG_HOOK_TRUETYPE::\n   *     This hook index identifies the TrueType bytecode debugger.\n   */\n#define FT_DEBUG_HOOK_TRUETYPE  0\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @function:\n   *   FT_Set_Debug_Hook\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   Set a debug hook function for debugging the interpreter of a font\n   *   format.\n   *\n   *   While this is a public API function, an application needs access to\n   *   FreeType's internal header files to do something useful.\n   *\n   *   Have a look at the source code of the `ttdebug` FreeType demo program\n   *   for an example of its usage.\n   *\n   * @inout:\n   *   library ::\n   *     A handle to the library object.\n   *\n   * @input:\n   *   hook_index ::\n   *     The index of the debug hook.  You should use defined enumeration\n   *     macros like @FT_DEBUG_HOOK_TRUETYPE.\n   *\n   *   debug_hook ::\n   *     The function used to debug the interpreter.\n   *\n   * @note:\n   *   Currently, four debug hook slots are available, but only one (for the\n   *   TrueType interpreter) is defined.\n   */\n  FT_EXPORT( void )\n  FT_Set_Debug_Hook( FT_Library         library,\n                     FT_UInt            hook_index,\n                     FT_DebugHook_Func  debug_hook );\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @function:\n   *   FT_Add_Default_Modules\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   Add the set of default drivers to a given library object.  This is\n   *   only useful when you create a library object with @FT_New_Library\n   *   (usually to plug a custom memory manager).\n   *\n   * @inout:\n   *   library ::\n   *     A handle to a new library object.\n   */\n  FT_EXPORT( void )\n  FT_Add_Default_Modules( FT_Library  library );\n\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @section:\n   *   truetype_engine\n   *\n   * @title:\n   *   The TrueType Engine\n   *\n   * @abstract:\n   *   TrueType bytecode support.\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   This section contains a function used to query the level of TrueType\n   *   bytecode support compiled in this version of the library.\n   *\n   */\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @enum:\n   *    FT_TrueTypeEngineType\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *    A list of values describing which kind of TrueType bytecode engine is\n   *    implemented in a given FT_Library instance.  It is used by the\n   *    @FT_Get_TrueType_Engine_Type function.\n   *\n   * @values:\n   *    FT_TRUETYPE_ENGINE_TYPE_NONE ::\n   *      The library doesn't implement any kind of bytecode interpreter.\n   *\n   *    FT_TRUETYPE_ENGINE_TYPE_UNPATENTED ::\n   *      Deprecated and removed.\n   *\n   *    FT_TRUETYPE_ENGINE_TYPE_PATENTED ::\n   *      The library implements a bytecode interpreter that covers the full\n   *      instruction set of the TrueType virtual machine (this was governed\n   *      by patents until May 2010, hence the name).\n   *\n   * @since:\n   *    2.2\n   *\n   */\n  typedef enum  FT_TrueTypeEngineType_\n  {\n    FT_TRUETYPE_ENGINE_TYPE_NONE = 0,\n    FT_TRUETYPE_ENGINE_TYPE_UNPATENTED,\n    FT_TRUETYPE_ENGINE_TYPE_PATENTED\n\n  } FT_TrueTypeEngineType;\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @function:\n   *    FT_Get_TrueType_Engine_Type\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *    Return an @FT_TrueTypeEngineType value to indicate which level of the\n   *    TrueType virtual machine a given library instance supports.\n   *\n   * @input:\n   *    library ::\n   *      A library instance.\n   *\n   * @return:\n   *    A value indicating which level is supported.\n   *\n   * @since:\n   *    2.2\n   *\n   */\n  FT_EXPORT( FT_TrueTypeEngineType )\n  FT_Get_TrueType_Engine_Type( FT_Library  library );\n\n  /* */\n\n\nFT_END_HEADER\n\n#endif /* FTMODAPI_H_ */\n\n\n/* END */\n"
  },
  {
    "path": "Antario/LIB/freetype/freetype/ftmoderr.h",
    "content": "/****************************************************************************\n *\n * ftmoderr.h\n *\n *   FreeType module error offsets (specification).\n *\n * Copyright (C) 2001-2019 by\n * David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.\n *\n * This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,\n * modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project\n * license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute\n * this file you indicate that you have read the license and\n * understand and accept it fully.\n *\n */\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * This file is used to define the FreeType module error codes.\n   *\n   * If the macro `FT_CONFIG_OPTION_USE_MODULE_ERRORS` in `ftoption.h` is\n   * set, the lower byte of an error value identifies the error code as\n   * usual.  In addition, the higher byte identifies the module.  For\n   * example, the error `FT_Err_Invalid_File_Format` has value 0x0003, the\n   * error `TT_Err_Invalid_File_Format` has value 0x1303, the error\n   * `T1_Err_Invalid_File_Format` has value 0x1403, etc.\n   *\n   * Note that `FT_Err_Ok`, `TT_Err_Ok`, etc. are always equal to zero,\n   * including the high byte.\n   *\n   * If `FT_CONFIG_OPTION_USE_MODULE_ERRORS` isn't set, the higher byte of an\n   * error value is set to zero.\n   *\n   * To hide the various `XXX_Err_` prefixes in the source code, FreeType\n   * provides some macros in `fttypes.h`.\n   *\n   *   FT_ERR( err )\n   *\n   *     Add current error module prefix (as defined with the `FT_ERR_PREFIX`\n   *     macro) to `err`.  For example, in the BDF module the line\n   *\n   *     ```\n   *       error = FT_ERR( Invalid_Outline );\n   *     ```\n   *\n   *     expands to\n   *\n   *     ```\n   *       error = BDF_Err_Invalid_Outline;\n   *     ```\n   *\n   *     For simplicity, you can always use `FT_Err_Ok` directly instead of\n   *     `FT_ERR( Ok )`.\n   *\n   *   FT_ERR_EQ( errcode, err )\n   *   FT_ERR_NEQ( errcode, err )\n   *\n   *     Compare error code `errcode` with the error `err` for equality and\n   *     inequality, respectively.  Example:\n   *\n   *     ```\n   *       if ( FT_ERR_EQ( error, Invalid_Outline ) )\n   *         ...\n   *     ```\n   *\n   *     Using this macro you don't have to think about error prefixes.  Of\n   *     course, if module errors are not active, the above example is the\n   *     same as\n   *\n   *     ```\n   *       if ( error == FT_Err_Invalid_Outline )\n   *         ...\n   *     ```\n   *\n   *   FT_ERROR_BASE( errcode )\n   *   FT_ERROR_MODULE( errcode )\n   *\n   *     Get base error and module error code, respectively.\n   *\n   * It can also be used to create a module error message table easily with\n   * something like\n   *\n   * ```\n   *   #undef FTMODERR_H_\n   *   #define FT_MODERRDEF( e, v, s )  { FT_Mod_Err_ ## e, s },\n   *   #define FT_MODERR_START_LIST     {\n   *   #define FT_MODERR_END_LIST       { 0, 0 } };\n   *\n   *   const struct\n   *   {\n   *     int          mod_err_offset;\n   *     const char*  mod_err_msg\n   *   } ft_mod_errors[] =\n   *\n   *   #include FT_MODULE_ERRORS_H\n   * ```\n   *\n   */\n\n\n#ifndef FTMODERR_H_\n#define FTMODERR_H_\n\n\n  /*******************************************************************/\n  /*******************************************************************/\n  /*****                                                         *****/\n  /*****                       SETUP MACROS                      *****/\n  /*****                                                         *****/\n  /*******************************************************************/\n  /*******************************************************************/\n\n\n#undef  FT_NEED_EXTERN_C\n\n#ifndef FT_MODERRDEF\n\n#ifdef FT_CONFIG_OPTION_USE_MODULE_ERRORS\n#define FT_MODERRDEF( e, v, s )  FT_Mod_Err_ ## e = v,\n#else\n#define FT_MODERRDEF( e, v, s )  FT_Mod_Err_ ## e = 0,\n#endif\n\n#define FT_MODERR_START_LIST  enum {\n#define FT_MODERR_END_LIST    FT_Mod_Err_Max };\n\n#ifdef __cplusplus\n#define FT_NEED_EXTERN_C\n  extern \"C\" {\n#endif\n\n#endif /* !FT_MODERRDEF */\n\n\n  /*******************************************************************/\n  /*******************************************************************/\n  /*****                                                         *****/\n  /*****               LIST MODULE ERROR BASES                   *****/\n  /*****                                                         *****/\n  /*******************************************************************/\n  /*******************************************************************/\n\n\n#ifdef FT_MODERR_START_LIST\n  FT_MODERR_START_LIST\n#endif\n\n\n  FT_MODERRDEF( Base,      0x000, \"base module\" )\n  FT_MODERRDEF( Autofit,   0x100, \"autofitter module\" )\n  FT_MODERRDEF( BDF,       0x200, \"BDF module\" )\n  FT_MODERRDEF( Bzip2,     0x300, \"Bzip2 module\" )\n  FT_MODERRDEF( Cache,     0x400, \"cache module\" )\n  FT_MODERRDEF( CFF,       0x500, \"CFF module\" )\n  FT_MODERRDEF( CID,       0x600, \"CID module\" )\n  FT_MODERRDEF( Gzip,      0x700, \"Gzip module\" )\n  FT_MODERRDEF( LZW,       0x800, \"LZW module\" )\n  FT_MODERRDEF( OTvalid,   0x900, \"OpenType validation module\" )\n  FT_MODERRDEF( PCF,       0xA00, \"PCF module\" )\n  FT_MODERRDEF( PFR,       0xB00, \"PFR module\" )\n  FT_MODERRDEF( PSaux,     0xC00, \"PS auxiliary module\" )\n  FT_MODERRDEF( PShinter,  0xD00, \"PS hinter module\" )\n  FT_MODERRDEF( PSnames,   0xE00, \"PS names module\" )\n  FT_MODERRDEF( Raster,    0xF00, \"raster module\" )\n  FT_MODERRDEF( SFNT,     0x1000, \"SFNT module\" )\n  FT_MODERRDEF( Smooth,   0x1100, \"smooth raster module\" )\n  FT_MODERRDEF( TrueType, 0x1200, \"TrueType module\" )\n  FT_MODERRDEF( Type1,    0x1300, \"Type 1 module\" )\n  FT_MODERRDEF( Type42,   0x1400, \"Type 42 module\" )\n  FT_MODERRDEF( Winfonts, 0x1500, \"Windows FON/FNT module\" )\n  FT_MODERRDEF( GXvalid,  0x1600, \"GX validation module\" )\n\n\n#ifdef FT_MODERR_END_LIST\n  FT_MODERR_END_LIST\n#endif\n\n\n  /*******************************************************************/\n  /*******************************************************************/\n  /*****                                                         *****/\n  /*****                      CLEANUP                            *****/\n  /*****                                                         *****/\n  /*******************************************************************/\n  /*******************************************************************/\n\n\n#ifdef FT_NEED_EXTERN_C\n  }\n#endif\n\n#undef FT_MODERR_START_LIST\n#undef FT_MODERR_END_LIST\n#undef FT_MODERRDEF\n#undef FT_NEED_EXTERN_C\n\n\n#endif /* FTMODERR_H_ */\n\n\n/* END */\n"
  },
  {
    "path": "Antario/LIB/freetype/freetype/ftotval.h",
    "content": "/****************************************************************************\n *\n * ftotval.h\n *\n *   FreeType API for validating OpenType tables (specification).\n *\n * Copyright (C) 2004-2019 by\n * David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.\n *\n * This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,\n * modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project\n * license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute\n * this file you indicate that you have read the license and\n * understand and accept it fully.\n *\n */\n\n\n/****************************************************************************\n *\n *\n * Warning: This module might be moved to a different library in the\n *          future to avoid a tight dependency between FreeType and the\n *          OpenType specification.\n *\n *\n */\n\n\n#ifndef FTOTVAL_H_\n#define FTOTVAL_H_\n\n#include <ft2build.h>\n#include FT_FREETYPE_H\n\n#ifdef FREETYPE_H\n#error \"freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!\"\n#error \"Please fix the directory search order for header files\"\n#error \"so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first.\"\n#endif\n\n\nFT_BEGIN_HEADER\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @section:\n   *   ot_validation\n   *\n   * @title:\n   *   OpenType Validation\n   *\n   * @abstract:\n   *   An API to validate OpenType tables.\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   This section contains the declaration of functions to validate some\n   *   OpenType tables (BASE, GDEF, GPOS, GSUB, JSTF, MATH).\n   *\n   * @order:\n   *   FT_OpenType_Validate\n   *   FT_OpenType_Free\n   *\n   *   FT_VALIDATE_OTXXX\n   *\n   */\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @enum:\n   *    FT_VALIDATE_OTXXX\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *    A list of bit-field constants used with @FT_OpenType_Validate to\n   *    indicate which OpenType tables should be validated.\n   *\n   * @values:\n   *    FT_VALIDATE_BASE ::\n   *      Validate BASE table.\n   *\n   *    FT_VALIDATE_GDEF ::\n   *      Validate GDEF table.\n   *\n   *    FT_VALIDATE_GPOS ::\n   *      Validate GPOS table.\n   *\n   *    FT_VALIDATE_GSUB ::\n   *      Validate GSUB table.\n   *\n   *    FT_VALIDATE_JSTF ::\n   *      Validate JSTF table.\n   *\n   *    FT_VALIDATE_MATH ::\n   *      Validate MATH table.\n   *\n   *    FT_VALIDATE_OT ::\n   *      Validate all OpenType tables (BASE, GDEF, GPOS, GSUB, JSTF, MATH).\n   *\n   */\n#define FT_VALIDATE_BASE  0x0100\n#define FT_VALIDATE_GDEF  0x0200\n#define FT_VALIDATE_GPOS  0x0400\n#define FT_VALIDATE_GSUB  0x0800\n#define FT_VALIDATE_JSTF  0x1000\n#define FT_VALIDATE_MATH  0x2000\n\n#define FT_VALIDATE_OT  ( FT_VALIDATE_BASE | \\\n                          FT_VALIDATE_GDEF | \\\n                          FT_VALIDATE_GPOS | \\\n                          FT_VALIDATE_GSUB | \\\n                          FT_VALIDATE_JSTF | \\\n                          FT_VALIDATE_MATH )\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @function:\n   *    FT_OpenType_Validate\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *    Validate various OpenType tables to assure that all offsets and\n   *    indices are valid.  The idea is that a higher-level library that\n   *    actually does the text layout can access those tables without error\n   *    checking (which can be quite time consuming).\n   *\n   * @input:\n   *    face ::\n   *      A handle to the input face.\n   *\n   *    validation_flags ::\n   *      A bit field that specifies the tables to be validated.  See\n   *      @FT_VALIDATE_OTXXX for possible values.\n   *\n   * @output:\n   *    BASE_table ::\n   *      A pointer to the BASE table.\n   *\n   *    GDEF_table ::\n   *      A pointer to the GDEF table.\n   *\n   *    GPOS_table ::\n   *      A pointer to the GPOS table.\n   *\n   *    GSUB_table ::\n   *      A pointer to the GSUB table.\n   *\n   *    JSTF_table ::\n   *      A pointer to the JSTF table.\n   *\n   * @return:\n   *   FreeType error code.  0~means success.\n   *\n   * @note:\n   *   This function only works with OpenType fonts, returning an error\n   *   otherwise.\n   *\n   *   After use, the application should deallocate the five tables with\n   *   @FT_OpenType_Free.  A `NULL` value indicates that the table either\n   *   doesn't exist in the font, or the application hasn't asked for\n   *   validation.\n   */\n  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )\n  FT_OpenType_Validate( FT_Face    face,\n                        FT_UInt    validation_flags,\n                        FT_Bytes  *BASE_table,\n                        FT_Bytes  *GDEF_table,\n                        FT_Bytes  *GPOS_table,\n                        FT_Bytes  *GSUB_table,\n                        FT_Bytes  *JSTF_table );\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @function:\n   *    FT_OpenType_Free\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *    Free the buffer allocated by OpenType validator.\n   *\n   * @input:\n   *    face ::\n   *      A handle to the input face.\n   *\n   *    table ::\n   *      The pointer to the buffer that is allocated by\n   *      @FT_OpenType_Validate.\n   *\n   * @note:\n   *   This function must be used to free the buffer allocated by\n   *   @FT_OpenType_Validate only.\n   */\n  FT_EXPORT( void )\n  FT_OpenType_Free( FT_Face   face,\n                    FT_Bytes  table );\n\n\n  /* */\n\n\nFT_END_HEADER\n\n#endif /* FTOTVAL_H_ */\n\n\n/* END */\n"
  },
  {
    "path": "Antario/LIB/freetype/freetype/ftoutln.h",
    "content": "/****************************************************************************\n *\n * ftoutln.h\n *\n *   Support for the FT_Outline type used to store glyph shapes of\n *   most scalable font formats (specification).\n *\n * Copyright (C) 1996-2019 by\n * David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.\n *\n * This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,\n * modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project\n * license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute\n * this file you indicate that you have read the license and\n * understand and accept it fully.\n *\n */\n\n\n#ifndef FTOUTLN_H_\n#define FTOUTLN_H_\n\n\n#include <ft2build.h>\n#include FT_FREETYPE_H\n\n#ifdef FREETYPE_H\n#error \"freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!\"\n#error \"Please fix the directory search order for header files\"\n#error \"so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first.\"\n#endif\n\n\nFT_BEGIN_HEADER\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @section:\n   *   outline_processing\n   *\n   * @title:\n   *   Outline Processing\n   *\n   * @abstract:\n   *   Functions to create, transform, and render vectorial glyph images.\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   This section contains routines used to create and destroy scalable\n   *   glyph images known as 'outlines'.  These can also be measured,\n   *   transformed, and converted into bitmaps and pixmaps.\n   *\n   * @order:\n   *   FT_Outline\n   *   FT_Outline_New\n   *   FT_Outline_Done\n   *   FT_Outline_Copy\n   *   FT_Outline_Translate\n   *   FT_Outline_Transform\n   *   FT_Outline_Embolden\n   *   FT_Outline_EmboldenXY\n   *   FT_Outline_Reverse\n   *   FT_Outline_Check\n   *\n   *   FT_Outline_Get_CBox\n   *   FT_Outline_Get_BBox\n   *\n   *   FT_Outline_Get_Bitmap\n   *   FT_Outline_Render\n   *   FT_Outline_Decompose\n   *   FT_Outline_Funcs\n   *   FT_Outline_MoveToFunc\n   *   FT_Outline_LineToFunc\n   *   FT_Outline_ConicToFunc\n   *   FT_Outline_CubicToFunc\n   *\n   *   FT_Orientation\n   *   FT_Outline_Get_Orientation\n   *\n   *   FT_OUTLINE_XXX\n   *\n   */\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @function:\n   *   FT_Outline_Decompose\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   Walk over an outline's structure to decompose it into individual\n   *   segments and Bezier arcs.  This function also emits 'move to'\n   *   operations to indicate the start of new contours in the outline.\n   *\n   * @input:\n   *   outline ::\n   *     A pointer to the source target.\n   *\n   *   func_interface ::\n   *     A table of 'emitters', i.e., function pointers called during\n   *     decomposition to indicate path operations.\n   *\n   * @inout:\n   *   user ::\n   *     A typeless pointer that is passed to each emitter during the\n   *     decomposition.  It can be used to store the state during the\n   *     decomposition.\n   *\n   * @return:\n   *   FreeType error code.  0~means success.\n   *\n   * @note:\n   *   A contour that contains a single point only is represented by a 'move\n   *   to' operation followed by 'line to' to the same point.  In most cases,\n   *   it is best to filter this out before using the outline for stroking\n   *   purposes (otherwise it would result in a visible dot when round caps\n   *   are used).\n   *\n   *   Similarly, the function returns success for an empty outline also\n   *   (doing nothing, this is, not calling any emitter); if necessary, you\n   *   should filter this out, too.\n   */\n  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )\n  FT_Outline_Decompose( FT_Outline*              outline,\n                        const FT_Outline_Funcs*  func_interface,\n                        void*                    user );\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @function:\n   *   FT_Outline_New\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   Create a new outline of a given size.\n   *\n   * @input:\n   *   library ::\n   *     A handle to the library object from where the outline is allocated.\n   *     Note however that the new outline will **not** necessarily be\n   *     **freed**, when destroying the library, by @FT_Done_FreeType.\n   *\n   *   numPoints ::\n   *     The maximum number of points within the outline.  Must be smaller\n   *     than or equal to 0xFFFF (65535).\n   *\n   *   numContours ::\n   *     The maximum number of contours within the outline.  This value must\n   *     be in the range 0 to `numPoints`.\n   *\n   * @output:\n   *   anoutline ::\n   *     A handle to the new outline.\n   *\n   * @return:\n   *   FreeType error code.  0~means success.\n   *\n   * @note:\n   *   The reason why this function takes a `library` parameter is simply to\n   *   use the library's memory allocator.\n   */\n  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )\n  FT_Outline_New( FT_Library   library,\n                  FT_UInt      numPoints,\n                  FT_Int       numContours,\n                  FT_Outline  *anoutline );\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @function:\n   *   FT_Outline_Done\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   Destroy an outline created with @FT_Outline_New.\n   *\n   * @input:\n   *   library ::\n   *     A handle of the library object used to allocate the outline.\n   *\n   *   outline ::\n   *     A pointer to the outline object to be discarded.\n   *\n   * @return:\n   *   FreeType error code.  0~means success.\n   *\n   * @note:\n   *   If the outline's 'owner' field is not set, only the outline descriptor\n   *   will be released.\n   */\n  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )\n  FT_Outline_Done( FT_Library   library,\n                   FT_Outline*  outline );\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @function:\n   *   FT_Outline_Check\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   Check the contents of an outline descriptor.\n   *\n   * @input:\n   *   outline ::\n   *     A handle to a source outline.\n   *\n   * @return:\n   *   FreeType error code.  0~means success.\n   *\n   * @note:\n   *   An empty outline, or an outline with a single point only is also\n   *   valid.\n   */\n  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )\n  FT_Outline_Check( FT_Outline*  outline );\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @function:\n   *   FT_Outline_Get_CBox\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   Return an outline's 'control box'.  The control box encloses all the\n   *   outline's points, including Bezier control points.  Though it\n   *   coincides with the exact bounding box for most glyphs, it can be\n   *   slightly larger in some situations (like when rotating an outline that\n   *   contains Bezier outside arcs).\n   *\n   *   Computing the control box is very fast, while getting the bounding box\n   *   can take much more time as it needs to walk over all segments and arcs\n   *   in the outline.  To get the latter, you can use the 'ftbbox'\n   *   component, which is dedicated to this single task.\n   *\n   * @input:\n   *   outline ::\n   *     A pointer to the source outline descriptor.\n   *\n   * @output:\n   *   acbox ::\n   *     The outline's control box.\n   *\n   * @note:\n   *   See @FT_Glyph_Get_CBox for a discussion of tricky fonts.\n   */\n  FT_EXPORT( void )\n  FT_Outline_Get_CBox( const FT_Outline*  outline,\n                       FT_BBox           *acbox );\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @function:\n   *   FT_Outline_Translate\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   Apply a simple translation to the points of an outline.\n   *\n   * @inout:\n   *   outline ::\n   *     A pointer to the target outline descriptor.\n   *\n   * @input:\n   *   xOffset ::\n   *     The horizontal offset.\n   *\n   *   yOffset ::\n   *     The vertical offset.\n   */\n  FT_EXPORT( void )\n  FT_Outline_Translate( const FT_Outline*  outline,\n                        FT_Pos             xOffset,\n                        FT_Pos             yOffset );\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @function:\n   *   FT_Outline_Copy\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   Copy an outline into another one.  Both objects must have the same\n   *   sizes (number of points & number of contours) when this function is\n   *   called.\n   *\n   * @input:\n   *   source ::\n   *     A handle to the source outline.\n   *\n   * @output:\n   *   target ::\n   *     A handle to the target outline.\n   *\n   * @return:\n   *   FreeType error code.  0~means success.\n   */\n  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )\n  FT_Outline_Copy( const FT_Outline*  source,\n                   FT_Outline        *target );\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @function:\n   *   FT_Outline_Transform\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   Apply a simple 2x2 matrix to all of an outline's points.  Useful for\n   *   applying rotations, slanting, flipping, etc.\n   *\n   * @inout:\n   *   outline ::\n   *     A pointer to the target outline descriptor.\n   *\n   * @input:\n   *   matrix ::\n   *     A pointer to the transformation matrix.\n   *\n   * @note:\n   *   You can use @FT_Outline_Translate if you need to translate the\n   *   outline's points.\n   */\n  FT_EXPORT( void )\n  FT_Outline_Transform( const FT_Outline*  outline,\n                        const FT_Matrix*   matrix );\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @function:\n   *   FT_Outline_Embolden\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   Embolden an outline.  The new outline will be at most 4~times\n   *   `strength` pixels wider and higher.  You may think of the left and\n   *   bottom borders as unchanged.\n   *\n   *   Negative `strength` values to reduce the outline thickness are\n   *   possible also.\n   *\n   * @inout:\n   *   outline ::\n   *     A handle to the target outline.\n   *\n   * @input:\n   *   strength ::\n   *     How strong the glyph is emboldened.  Expressed in 26.6 pixel format.\n   *\n   * @return:\n   *   FreeType error code.  0~means success.\n   *\n   * @note:\n   *   The used algorithm to increase or decrease the thickness of the glyph\n   *   doesn't change the number of points; this means that certain\n   *   situations like acute angles or intersections are sometimes handled\n   *   incorrectly.\n   *\n   *   If you need 'better' metrics values you should call\n   *   @FT_Outline_Get_CBox or @FT_Outline_Get_BBox.\n   *\n   *   To get meaningful results, font scaling values must be set with\n   *   functions like @FT_Set_Char_Size before calling FT_Render_Glyph.\n   *\n   * @example:\n   *   ```\n   *     FT_Load_Glyph( face, index, FT_LOAD_DEFAULT );\n   *\n   *     if ( face->glyph->format == FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_OUTLINE )\n   *       FT_Outline_Embolden( &face->glyph->outline, strength );\n   *   ```\n   *\n   */\n  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )\n  FT_Outline_Embolden( FT_Outline*  outline,\n                       FT_Pos       strength );\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @function:\n   *   FT_Outline_EmboldenXY\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   Embolden an outline.  The new outline will be `xstrength` pixels wider\n   *   and `ystrength` pixels higher.  Otherwise, it is similar to\n   *   @FT_Outline_Embolden, which uses the same strength in both directions.\n   *\n   * @since:\n   *   2.4.10\n   */\n  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )\n  FT_Outline_EmboldenXY( FT_Outline*  outline,\n                         FT_Pos       xstrength,\n                         FT_Pos       ystrength );\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @function:\n   *   FT_Outline_Reverse\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   Reverse the drawing direction of an outline.  This is used to ensure\n   *   consistent fill conventions for mirrored glyphs.\n   *\n   * @inout:\n   *   outline ::\n   *     A pointer to the target outline descriptor.\n   *\n   * @note:\n   *   This function toggles the bit flag @FT_OUTLINE_REVERSE_FILL in the\n   *   outline's `flags` field.\n   *\n   *   It shouldn't be used by a normal client application, unless it knows\n   *   what it is doing.\n   */\n  FT_EXPORT( void )\n  FT_Outline_Reverse( FT_Outline*  outline );\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @function:\n   *   FT_Outline_Get_Bitmap\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   Render an outline within a bitmap.  The outline's image is simply\n   *   OR-ed to the target bitmap.\n   *\n   * @input:\n   *   library ::\n   *     A handle to a FreeType library object.\n   *\n   *   outline ::\n   *     A pointer to the source outline descriptor.\n   *\n   * @inout:\n   *   abitmap ::\n   *     A pointer to the target bitmap descriptor.\n   *\n   * @return:\n   *   FreeType error code.  0~means success.\n   *\n   * @note:\n   *   This function does **not create** the bitmap, it only renders an\n   *   outline image within the one you pass to it!  Consequently, the\n   *   various fields in `abitmap` should be set accordingly.\n   *\n   *   It will use the raster corresponding to the default glyph format.\n   *\n   *   The value of the `num_grays` field in `abitmap` is ignored.  If you\n   *   select the gray-level rasterizer, and you want less than 256 gray\n   *   levels, you have to use @FT_Outline_Render directly.\n   */\n  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )\n  FT_Outline_Get_Bitmap( FT_Library        library,\n                         FT_Outline*       outline,\n                         const FT_Bitmap  *abitmap );\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @function:\n   *   FT_Outline_Render\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   Render an outline within a bitmap using the current scan-convert.\n   *   This function uses an @FT_Raster_Params structure as an argument,\n   *   allowing advanced features like direct composition, translucency, etc.\n   *\n   * @input:\n   *   library ::\n   *     A handle to a FreeType library object.\n   *\n   *   outline ::\n   *     A pointer to the source outline descriptor.\n   *\n   * @inout:\n   *   params ::\n   *     A pointer to an @FT_Raster_Params structure used to describe the\n   *     rendering operation.\n   *\n   * @return:\n   *   FreeType error code.  0~means success.\n   *\n   * @note:\n   *   You should know what you are doing and how @FT_Raster_Params works to\n   *   use this function.\n   *\n   *   The field `params.source` will be set to `outline` before the scan\n   *   converter is called, which means that the value you give to it is\n   *   actually ignored.\n   *\n   *   The gray-level rasterizer always uses 256 gray levels.  If you want\n   *   less gray levels, you have to provide your own span callback.  See the\n   *   @FT_RASTER_FLAG_DIRECT value of the `flags` field in the\n   *   @FT_Raster_Params structure for more details.\n   */\n  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )\n  FT_Outline_Render( FT_Library         library,\n                     FT_Outline*        outline,\n                     FT_Raster_Params*  params );\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @enum:\n   *   FT_Orientation\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   A list of values used to describe an outline's contour orientation.\n   *\n   *   The TrueType and PostScript specifications use different conventions\n   *   to determine whether outline contours should be filled or unfilled.\n   *\n   * @values:\n   *   FT_ORIENTATION_TRUETYPE ::\n   *     According to the TrueType specification, clockwise contours must be\n   *     filled, and counter-clockwise ones must be unfilled.\n   *\n   *   FT_ORIENTATION_POSTSCRIPT ::\n   *     According to the PostScript specification, counter-clockwise\n   *     contours must be filled, and clockwise ones must be unfilled.\n   *\n   *   FT_ORIENTATION_FILL_RIGHT ::\n   *     This is identical to @FT_ORIENTATION_TRUETYPE, but is used to\n   *     remember that in TrueType, everything that is to the right of the\n   *     drawing direction of a contour must be filled.\n   *\n   *   FT_ORIENTATION_FILL_LEFT ::\n   *     This is identical to @FT_ORIENTATION_POSTSCRIPT, but is used to\n   *     remember that in PostScript, everything that is to the left of the\n   *     drawing direction of a contour must be filled.\n   *\n   *   FT_ORIENTATION_NONE ::\n   *     The orientation cannot be determined.  That is, different parts of\n   *     the glyph have different orientation.\n   *\n   */\n  typedef enum  FT_Orientation_\n  {\n    FT_ORIENTATION_TRUETYPE   = 0,\n    FT_ORIENTATION_POSTSCRIPT = 1,\n    FT_ORIENTATION_FILL_RIGHT = FT_ORIENTATION_TRUETYPE,\n    FT_ORIENTATION_FILL_LEFT  = FT_ORIENTATION_POSTSCRIPT,\n    FT_ORIENTATION_NONE\n\n  } FT_Orientation;\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @function:\n   *   FT_Outline_Get_Orientation\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   This function analyzes a glyph outline and tries to compute its fill\n   *   orientation (see @FT_Orientation).  This is done by integrating the\n   *   total area covered by the outline. The positive integral corresponds\n   *   to the clockwise orientation and @FT_ORIENTATION_POSTSCRIPT is\n   *   returned. The negative integral corresponds to the counter-clockwise\n   *   orientation and @FT_ORIENTATION_TRUETYPE is returned.\n   *\n   *   Note that this will return @FT_ORIENTATION_TRUETYPE for empty\n   *   outlines.\n   *\n   * @input:\n   *   outline ::\n   *     A handle to the source outline.\n   *\n   * @return:\n   *   The orientation.\n   *\n   */\n  FT_EXPORT( FT_Orientation )\n  FT_Outline_Get_Orientation( FT_Outline*  outline );\n\n\n  /* */\n\n\nFT_END_HEADER\n\n#endif /* FTOUTLN_H_ */\n\n\n/* END */\n\n\n/* Local Variables: */\n/* coding: utf-8    */\n/* End:             */\n"
  },
  {
    "path": "Antario/LIB/freetype/freetype/ftparams.h",
    "content": "/****************************************************************************\n *\n * ftparams.h\n *\n *   FreeType API for possible FT_Parameter tags (specification only).\n *\n * Copyright (C) 2017-2019 by\n * David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.\n *\n * This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,\n * modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project\n * license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute\n * this file you indicate that you have read the license and\n * understand and accept it fully.\n *\n */\n\n\n#ifndef FTPARAMS_H_\n#define FTPARAMS_H_\n\n#include <ft2build.h>\n#include FT_FREETYPE_H\n\n#ifdef FREETYPE_H\n#error \"freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!\"\n#error \"Please fix the directory search order for header files\"\n#error \"so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first.\"\n#endif\n\n\nFT_BEGIN_HEADER\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @section:\n   *   parameter_tags\n   *\n   * @title:\n   *   Parameter Tags\n   *\n   * @abstract:\n   *   Macros for driver property and font loading parameter tags.\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   This section contains macros for the @FT_Parameter structure that are\n   *   used with various functions to activate some special functionality or\n   *   different behaviour of various components of FreeType.\n   *\n   */\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @enum:\n   *   FT_PARAM_TAG_IGNORE_TYPOGRAPHIC_FAMILY\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   A tag for @FT_Parameter to make @FT_Open_Face ignore typographic\n   *   family names in the 'name' table (introduced in OpenType version 1.4).\n   *   Use this for backward compatibility with legacy systems that have a\n   *   four-faces-per-family restriction.\n   *\n   * @since:\n   *   2.8\n   *\n   */\n#define FT_PARAM_TAG_IGNORE_TYPOGRAPHIC_FAMILY \\\n          FT_MAKE_TAG( 'i', 'g', 'p', 'f' )\n\n\n  /* this constant is deprecated */\n#define FT_PARAM_TAG_IGNORE_PREFERRED_FAMILY \\\n          FT_PARAM_TAG_IGNORE_TYPOGRAPHIC_FAMILY\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @enum:\n   *   FT_PARAM_TAG_IGNORE_TYPOGRAPHIC_SUBFAMILY\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   A tag for @FT_Parameter to make @FT_Open_Face ignore typographic\n   *   subfamily names in the 'name' table (introduced in OpenType version\n   *   1.4).  Use this for backward compatibility with legacy systems that\n   *   have a four-faces-per-family restriction.\n   *\n   * @since:\n   *   2.8\n   *\n   */\n#define FT_PARAM_TAG_IGNORE_TYPOGRAPHIC_SUBFAMILY \\\n          FT_MAKE_TAG( 'i', 'g', 'p', 's' )\n\n\n  /* this constant is deprecated */\n#define FT_PARAM_TAG_IGNORE_PREFERRED_SUBFAMILY \\\n          FT_PARAM_TAG_IGNORE_TYPOGRAPHIC_SUBFAMILY\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @enum:\n   *   FT_PARAM_TAG_INCREMENTAL\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   An @FT_Parameter tag to be used with @FT_Open_Face to indicate\n   *   incremental glyph loading.\n   *\n   */\n#define FT_PARAM_TAG_INCREMENTAL \\\n          FT_MAKE_TAG( 'i', 'n', 'c', 'r' )\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @enum:\n   *   FT_PARAM_TAG_LCD_FILTER_WEIGHTS\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   An @FT_Parameter tag to be used with @FT_Face_Properties.  The\n   *   corresponding argument specifies the five LCD filter weights for a\n   *   given face (if using @FT_LOAD_TARGET_LCD, for example), overriding the\n   *   global default values or the values set up with\n   *   @FT_Library_SetLcdFilterWeights.\n   *\n   * @since:\n   *   2.8\n   *\n   */\n#define FT_PARAM_TAG_LCD_FILTER_WEIGHTS \\\n          FT_MAKE_TAG( 'l', 'c', 'd', 'f' )\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @enum:\n   *   FT_PARAM_TAG_RANDOM_SEED\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   An @FT_Parameter tag to be used with @FT_Face_Properties.  The\n   *   corresponding 32bit signed integer argument overrides the font\n   *   driver's random seed value with a face-specific one; see @random-seed.\n   *\n   * @since:\n   *   2.8\n   *\n   */\n#define FT_PARAM_TAG_RANDOM_SEED \\\n          FT_MAKE_TAG( 's', 'e', 'e', 'd' )\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @enum:\n   *   FT_PARAM_TAG_STEM_DARKENING\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   An @FT_Parameter tag to be used with @FT_Face_Properties.  The\n   *   corresponding Boolean argument specifies whether to apply stem\n   *   darkening, overriding the global default values or the values set up\n   *   with @FT_Property_Set (see @no-stem-darkening).\n   *\n   *   This is a passive setting that only takes effect if the font driver or\n   *   autohinter honors it, which the CFF, Type~1, and CID drivers always\n   *   do, but the autohinter only in 'light' hinting mode (as of version\n   *   2.9).\n   *\n   * @since:\n   *   2.8\n   *\n   */\n#define FT_PARAM_TAG_STEM_DARKENING \\\n          FT_MAKE_TAG( 'd', 'a', 'r', 'k' )\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @enum:\n   *   FT_PARAM_TAG_UNPATENTED_HINTING\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   Deprecated, no effect.\n   *\n   *   Previously: A constant used as the tag of an @FT_Parameter structure\n   *   to indicate that unpatented methods only should be used by the\n   *   TrueType bytecode interpreter for a typeface opened by @FT_Open_Face.\n   *\n   */\n#define FT_PARAM_TAG_UNPATENTED_HINTING \\\n          FT_MAKE_TAG( 'u', 'n', 'p', 'a' )\n\n\n  /* */\n\n\nFT_END_HEADER\n\n\n#endif /* FTPARAMS_H_ */\n\n\n/* END */\n"
  },
  {
    "path": "Antario/LIB/freetype/freetype/ftpfr.h",
    "content": "/****************************************************************************\n *\n * ftpfr.h\n *\n *   FreeType API for accessing PFR-specific data (specification only).\n *\n * Copyright (C) 2002-2019 by\n * David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.\n *\n * This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,\n * modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project\n * license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute\n * this file you indicate that you have read the license and\n * understand and accept it fully.\n *\n */\n\n\n#ifndef FTPFR_H_\n#define FTPFR_H_\n\n#include <ft2build.h>\n#include FT_FREETYPE_H\n\n#ifdef FREETYPE_H\n#error \"freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!\"\n#error \"Please fix the directory search order for header files\"\n#error \"so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first.\"\n#endif\n\n\nFT_BEGIN_HEADER\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @section:\n   *   pfr_fonts\n   *\n   * @title:\n   *   PFR Fonts\n   *\n   * @abstract:\n   *   PFR/TrueDoc-specific API.\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   This section contains the declaration of PFR-specific functions.\n   *\n   */\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @function:\n   *    FT_Get_PFR_Metrics\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *    Return the outline and metrics resolutions of a given PFR face.\n   *\n   * @input:\n   *    face ::\n   *      Handle to the input face.  It can be a non-PFR face.\n   *\n   * @output:\n   *    aoutline_resolution ::\n   *      Outline resolution.  This is equivalent to `face->units_per_EM` for\n   *      non-PFR fonts.  Optional (parameter can be `NULL`).\n   *\n   *    ametrics_resolution ::\n   *      Metrics resolution.  This is equivalent to `outline_resolution` for\n   *      non-PFR fonts.  Optional (parameter can be `NULL`).\n   *\n   *    ametrics_x_scale ::\n   *      A 16.16 fixed-point number used to scale distance expressed in\n   *      metrics units to device subpixels.  This is equivalent to\n   *      `face->size->x_scale`, but for metrics only.  Optional (parameter\n   *      can be `NULL`).\n   *\n   *    ametrics_y_scale ::\n   *      Same as `ametrics_x_scale` but for the vertical direction.\n   *      optional (parameter can be `NULL`).\n   *\n   * @return:\n   *    FreeType error code.  0~means success.\n   *\n   * @note:\n   *   If the input face is not a PFR, this function will return an error.\n   *   However, in all cases, it will return valid values.\n   */\n  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )\n  FT_Get_PFR_Metrics( FT_Face    face,\n                      FT_UInt   *aoutline_resolution,\n                      FT_UInt   *ametrics_resolution,\n                      FT_Fixed  *ametrics_x_scale,\n                      FT_Fixed  *ametrics_y_scale );\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @function:\n   *    FT_Get_PFR_Kerning\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *    Return the kerning pair corresponding to two glyphs in a PFR face.\n   *    The distance is expressed in metrics units, unlike the result of\n   *    @FT_Get_Kerning.\n   *\n   * @input:\n   *    face ::\n   *      A handle to the input face.\n   *\n   *    left ::\n   *      Index of the left glyph.\n   *\n   *    right ::\n   *      Index of the right glyph.\n   *\n   * @output:\n   *    avector ::\n   *      A kerning vector.\n   *\n   * @return:\n   *    FreeType error code.  0~means success.\n   *\n   * @note:\n   *    This function always return distances in original PFR metrics units.\n   *    This is unlike @FT_Get_Kerning with the @FT_KERNING_UNSCALED mode,\n   *    which always returns distances converted to outline units.\n   *\n   *    You can use the value of the `x_scale` and `y_scale` parameters\n   *    returned by @FT_Get_PFR_Metrics to scale these to device subpixels.\n   */\n  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )\n  FT_Get_PFR_Kerning( FT_Face     face,\n                      FT_UInt     left,\n                      FT_UInt     right,\n                      FT_Vector  *avector );\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @function:\n   *    FT_Get_PFR_Advance\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *    Return a given glyph advance, expressed in original metrics units,\n   *    from a PFR font.\n   *\n   * @input:\n   *    face ::\n   *      A handle to the input face.\n   *\n   *    gindex ::\n   *      The glyph index.\n   *\n   * @output:\n   *    aadvance ::\n   *      The glyph advance in metrics units.\n   *\n   * @return:\n   *    FreeType error code.  0~means success.\n   *\n   * @note:\n   *    You can use the `x_scale` or `y_scale` results of @FT_Get_PFR_Metrics\n   *    to convert the advance to device subpixels (i.e., 1/64th of pixels).\n   */\n  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )\n  FT_Get_PFR_Advance( FT_Face   face,\n                      FT_UInt   gindex,\n                      FT_Pos   *aadvance );\n\n  /* */\n\n\nFT_END_HEADER\n\n#endif /* FTPFR_H_ */\n\n\n/* END */\n"
  },
  {
    "path": "Antario/LIB/freetype/freetype/ftrender.h",
    "content": "/****************************************************************************\n *\n * ftrender.h\n *\n *   FreeType renderer modules public interface (specification).\n *\n * Copyright (C) 1996-2019 by\n * David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.\n *\n * This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,\n * modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project\n * license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute\n * this file you indicate that you have read the license and\n * understand and accept it fully.\n *\n */\n\n\n#ifndef FTRENDER_H_\n#define FTRENDER_H_\n\n\n#include <ft2build.h>\n#include FT_MODULE_H\n#include FT_GLYPH_H\n\n\nFT_BEGIN_HEADER\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @section:\n   *   module_management\n   *\n   */\n\n\n  /* create a new glyph object */\n  typedef FT_Error\n  (*FT_Glyph_InitFunc)( FT_Glyph      glyph,\n                        FT_GlyphSlot  slot );\n\n  /* destroys a given glyph object */\n  typedef void\n  (*FT_Glyph_DoneFunc)( FT_Glyph  glyph );\n\n  typedef void\n  (*FT_Glyph_TransformFunc)( FT_Glyph          glyph,\n                             const FT_Matrix*  matrix,\n                             const FT_Vector*  delta );\n\n  typedef void\n  (*FT_Glyph_GetBBoxFunc)( FT_Glyph  glyph,\n                           FT_BBox*  abbox );\n\n  typedef FT_Error\n  (*FT_Glyph_CopyFunc)( FT_Glyph   source,\n                        FT_Glyph   target );\n\n  typedef FT_Error\n  (*FT_Glyph_PrepareFunc)( FT_Glyph      glyph,\n                           FT_GlyphSlot  slot );\n\n/* deprecated */\n#define FT_Glyph_Init_Func       FT_Glyph_InitFunc\n#define FT_Glyph_Done_Func       FT_Glyph_DoneFunc\n#define FT_Glyph_Transform_Func  FT_Glyph_TransformFunc\n#define FT_Glyph_BBox_Func       FT_Glyph_GetBBoxFunc\n#define FT_Glyph_Copy_Func       FT_Glyph_CopyFunc\n#define FT_Glyph_Prepare_Func    FT_Glyph_PrepareFunc\n\n\n  struct  FT_Glyph_Class_\n  {\n    FT_Long                 glyph_size;\n    FT_Glyph_Format         glyph_format;\n\n    FT_Glyph_InitFunc       glyph_init;\n    FT_Glyph_DoneFunc       glyph_done;\n    FT_Glyph_CopyFunc       glyph_copy;\n    FT_Glyph_TransformFunc  glyph_transform;\n    FT_Glyph_GetBBoxFunc    glyph_bbox;\n    FT_Glyph_PrepareFunc    glyph_prepare;\n  };\n\n\n  typedef FT_Error\n  (*FT_Renderer_RenderFunc)( FT_Renderer       renderer,\n                             FT_GlyphSlot      slot,\n                             FT_Render_Mode    mode,\n                             const FT_Vector*  origin );\n\n  typedef FT_Error\n  (*FT_Renderer_TransformFunc)( FT_Renderer       renderer,\n                                FT_GlyphSlot      slot,\n                                const FT_Matrix*  matrix,\n                                const FT_Vector*  delta );\n\n\n  typedef void\n  (*FT_Renderer_GetCBoxFunc)( FT_Renderer   renderer,\n                              FT_GlyphSlot  slot,\n                              FT_BBox*      cbox );\n\n\n  typedef FT_Error\n  (*FT_Renderer_SetModeFunc)( FT_Renderer  renderer,\n                              FT_ULong     mode_tag,\n                              FT_Pointer   mode_ptr );\n\n/* deprecated identifiers */\n#define FTRenderer_render  FT_Renderer_RenderFunc\n#define FTRenderer_transform  FT_Renderer_TransformFunc\n#define FTRenderer_getCBox  FT_Renderer_GetCBoxFunc\n#define FTRenderer_setMode  FT_Renderer_SetModeFunc\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @struct:\n   *   FT_Renderer_Class\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   The renderer module class descriptor.\n   *\n   * @fields:\n   *   root ::\n   *     The root @FT_Module_Class fields.\n   *\n   *   glyph_format ::\n   *     The glyph image format this renderer handles.\n   *\n   *   render_glyph ::\n   *     A method used to render the image that is in a given glyph slot into\n   *     a bitmap.\n   *\n   *   transform_glyph ::\n   *     A method used to transform the image that is in a given glyph slot.\n   *\n   *   get_glyph_cbox ::\n   *     A method used to access the glyph's cbox.\n   *\n   *   set_mode ::\n   *     A method used to pass additional parameters.\n   *\n   *   raster_class ::\n   *     For @FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_OUTLINE renderers only.  This is a pointer to\n   *     its raster's class.\n   */\n  typedef struct  FT_Renderer_Class_\n  {\n    FT_Module_Class            root;\n\n    FT_Glyph_Format            glyph_format;\n\n    FT_Renderer_RenderFunc     render_glyph;\n    FT_Renderer_TransformFunc  transform_glyph;\n    FT_Renderer_GetCBoxFunc    get_glyph_cbox;\n    FT_Renderer_SetModeFunc    set_mode;\n\n    FT_Raster_Funcs*           raster_class;\n\n  } FT_Renderer_Class;\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @function:\n   *   FT_Get_Renderer\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   Retrieve the current renderer for a given glyph format.\n   *\n   * @input:\n   *   library ::\n   *     A handle to the library object.\n   *\n   *   format ::\n   *     The glyph format.\n   *\n   * @return:\n   *   A renderer handle.  0~if none found.\n   *\n   * @note:\n   *   An error will be returned if a module already exists by that name, or\n   *   if the module requires a version of FreeType that is too great.\n   *\n   *   To add a new renderer, simply use @FT_Add_Module.  To retrieve a\n   *   renderer by its name, use @FT_Get_Module.\n   */\n  FT_EXPORT( FT_Renderer )\n  FT_Get_Renderer( FT_Library       library,\n                   FT_Glyph_Format  format );\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @function:\n   *   FT_Set_Renderer\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   Set the current renderer to use, and set additional mode.\n   *\n   * @inout:\n   *   library ::\n   *     A handle to the library object.\n   *\n   * @input:\n   *   renderer ::\n   *     A handle to the renderer object.\n   *\n   *   num_params ::\n   *     The number of additional parameters.\n   *\n   *   parameters ::\n   *     Additional parameters.\n   *\n   * @return:\n   *   FreeType error code.  0~means success.\n   *\n   * @note:\n   *   In case of success, the renderer will be used to convert glyph images\n   *   in the renderer's known format into bitmaps.\n   *\n   *   This doesn't change the current renderer for other formats.\n   *\n   *   Currently, no FreeType renderer module uses `parameters`; you should\n   *   thus always pass `NULL` as the value.\n   */\n  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )\n  FT_Set_Renderer( FT_Library     library,\n                   FT_Renderer    renderer,\n                   FT_UInt        num_params,\n                   FT_Parameter*  parameters );\n\n  /* */\n\n\nFT_END_HEADER\n\n#endif /* FTRENDER_H_ */\n\n\n/* END */\n"
  },
  {
    "path": "Antario/LIB/freetype/freetype/ftsizes.h",
    "content": "/****************************************************************************\n *\n * ftsizes.h\n *\n *   FreeType size objects management (specification).\n *\n * Copyright (C) 1996-2019 by\n * David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.\n *\n * This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,\n * modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project\n * license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute\n * this file you indicate that you have read the license and\n * understand and accept it fully.\n *\n */\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * Typical application would normally not need to use these functions.\n   * However, they have been placed in a public API for the rare cases where\n   * they are needed.\n   *\n   */\n\n\n#ifndef FTSIZES_H_\n#define FTSIZES_H_\n\n\n#include <ft2build.h>\n#include FT_FREETYPE_H\n\n#ifdef FREETYPE_H\n#error \"freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!\"\n#error \"Please fix the directory search order for header files\"\n#error \"so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first.\"\n#endif\n\n\nFT_BEGIN_HEADER\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @section:\n   *   sizes_management\n   *\n   * @title:\n   *   Size Management\n   *\n   * @abstract:\n   *   Managing multiple sizes per face.\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   When creating a new face object (e.g., with @FT_New_Face), an @FT_Size\n   *   object is automatically created and used to store all pixel-size\n   *   dependent information, available in the `face->size` field.\n   *\n   *   It is however possible to create more sizes for a given face, mostly\n   *   in order to manage several character pixel sizes of the same font\n   *   family and style.  See @FT_New_Size and @FT_Done_Size.\n   *\n   *   Note that @FT_Set_Pixel_Sizes and @FT_Set_Char_Size only modify the\n   *   contents of the current 'active' size; you thus need to use\n   *   @FT_Activate_Size to change it.\n   *\n   *   99% of applications won't need the functions provided here, especially\n   *   if they use the caching sub-system, so be cautious when using these.\n   *\n   */\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @function:\n   *   FT_New_Size\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   Create a new size object from a given face object.\n   *\n   * @input:\n   *   face ::\n   *     A handle to a parent face object.\n   *\n   * @output:\n   *   asize ::\n   *     A handle to a new size object.\n   *\n   * @return:\n   *   FreeType error code.  0~means success.\n   *\n   * @note:\n   *   You need to call @FT_Activate_Size in order to select the new size for\n   *   upcoming calls to @FT_Set_Pixel_Sizes, @FT_Set_Char_Size,\n   *   @FT_Load_Glyph, @FT_Load_Char, etc.\n   */\n  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )\n  FT_New_Size( FT_Face   face,\n               FT_Size*  size );\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @function:\n   *   FT_Done_Size\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   Discard a given size object.  Note that @FT_Done_Face automatically\n   *   discards all size objects allocated with @FT_New_Size.\n   *\n   * @input:\n   *   size ::\n   *     A handle to a target size object.\n   *\n   * @return:\n   *   FreeType error code.  0~means success.\n   */\n  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )\n  FT_Done_Size( FT_Size  size );\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @function:\n   *   FT_Activate_Size\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   Even though it is possible to create several size objects for a given\n   *   face (see @FT_New_Size for details), functions like @FT_Load_Glyph or\n   *   @FT_Load_Char only use the one that has been activated last to\n   *   determine the 'current character pixel size'.\n   *\n   *   This function can be used to 'activate' a previously created size\n   *   object.\n   *\n   * @input:\n   *   size ::\n   *     A handle to a target size object.\n   *\n   * @return:\n   *   FreeType error code.  0~means success.\n   *\n   * @note:\n   *   If `face` is the size's parent face object, this function changes the\n   *   value of `face->size` to the input size handle.\n   */\n  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )\n  FT_Activate_Size( FT_Size  size );\n\n  /* */\n\n\nFT_END_HEADER\n\n#endif /* FTSIZES_H_ */\n\n\n/* END */\n"
  },
  {
    "path": "Antario/LIB/freetype/freetype/ftsnames.h",
    "content": "/****************************************************************************\n *\n * ftsnames.h\n *\n *   Simple interface to access SFNT 'name' tables (which are used\n *   to hold font names, copyright info, notices, etc.) (specification).\n *\n *   This is _not_ used to retrieve glyph names!\n *\n * Copyright (C) 1996-2019 by\n * David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.\n *\n * This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,\n * modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project\n * license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute\n * this file you indicate that you have read the license and\n * understand and accept it fully.\n *\n */\n\n\n#ifndef FTSNAMES_H_\n#define FTSNAMES_H_\n\n\n#include <ft2build.h>\n#include FT_FREETYPE_H\n#include FT_PARAMETER_TAGS_H\n\n#ifdef FREETYPE_H\n#error \"freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!\"\n#error \"Please fix the directory search order for header files\"\n#error \"so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first.\"\n#endif\n\n\nFT_BEGIN_HEADER\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @section:\n   *   sfnt_names\n   *\n   * @title:\n   *   SFNT Names\n   *\n   * @abstract:\n   *   Access the names embedded in TrueType and OpenType files.\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   The TrueType and OpenType specifications allow the inclusion of a\n   *   special names table ('name') in font files.  This table contains\n   *   textual (and internationalized) information regarding the font, like\n   *   family name, copyright, version, etc.\n   *\n   *   The definitions below are used to access them if available.\n   *\n   *   Note that this has nothing to do with glyph names!\n   *\n   */\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @struct:\n   *   FT_SfntName\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   A structure used to model an SFNT 'name' table entry.\n   *\n   * @fields:\n   *   platform_id ::\n   *     The platform ID for `string`.  See @TT_PLATFORM_XXX for possible\n   *     values.\n   *\n   *   encoding_id ::\n   *     The encoding ID for `string`.  See @TT_APPLE_ID_XXX, @TT_MAC_ID_XXX,\n   *     @TT_ISO_ID_XXX, @TT_MS_ID_XXX, and @TT_ADOBE_ID_XXX for possible\n   *     values.\n   *\n   *   language_id ::\n   *     The language ID for `string`.  See @TT_MAC_LANGID_XXX and\n   *     @TT_MS_LANGID_XXX for possible values.\n   *\n   *     Registered OpenType values for `language_id` are always smaller than\n   *     0x8000; values equal or larger than 0x8000 usually indicate a\n   *     language tag string (introduced in OpenType version 1.6).  Use\n   *     function @FT_Get_Sfnt_LangTag with `language_id` as its argument to\n   *     retrieve the associated language tag.\n   *\n   *   name_id ::\n   *     An identifier for `string`.  See @TT_NAME_ID_XXX for possible\n   *     values.\n   *\n   *   string ::\n   *     The 'name' string.  Note that its format differs depending on the\n   *     (platform,encoding) pair, being either a string of bytes (without a\n   *     terminating `NULL` byte) or containing UTF-16BE entities.\n   *\n   *   string_len ::\n   *     The length of `string` in bytes.\n   *\n   * @note:\n   *   Please refer to the TrueType or OpenType specification for more\n   *   details.\n   */\n  typedef struct  FT_SfntName_\n  {\n    FT_UShort  platform_id;\n    FT_UShort  encoding_id;\n    FT_UShort  language_id;\n    FT_UShort  name_id;\n\n    FT_Byte*   string;      /* this string is *not* null-terminated! */\n    FT_UInt    string_len;  /* in bytes                              */\n\n  } FT_SfntName;\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @function:\n   *   FT_Get_Sfnt_Name_Count\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   Retrieve the number of name strings in the SFNT 'name' table.\n   *\n   * @input:\n   *   face ::\n   *     A handle to the source face.\n   *\n   * @return:\n   *   The number of strings in the 'name' table.\n   *\n   * @note:\n   *   This function always returns an error if the config macro\n   *   `TT_CONFIG_OPTION_SFNT_NAMES` is not defined in `ftoption.h`.\n   */\n  FT_EXPORT( FT_UInt )\n  FT_Get_Sfnt_Name_Count( FT_Face  face );\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @function:\n   *   FT_Get_Sfnt_Name\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   Retrieve a string of the SFNT 'name' table for a given index.\n   *\n   * @input:\n   *   face ::\n   *     A handle to the source face.\n   *\n   *   idx ::\n   *     The index of the 'name' string.\n   *\n   * @output:\n   *   aname ::\n   *     The indexed @FT_SfntName structure.\n   *\n   * @return:\n   *   FreeType error code.  0~means success.\n   *\n   * @note:\n   *   The `string` array returned in the `aname` structure is not\n   *   null-terminated.  Note that you don't have to deallocate `string` by\n   *   yourself; FreeType takes care of it if you call @FT_Done_Face.\n   *\n   *   Use @FT_Get_Sfnt_Name_Count to get the total number of available\n   *   'name' table entries, then do a loop until you get the right platform,\n   *   encoding, and name ID.\n   *\n   *   'name' table format~1 entries can use language tags also, see\n   *   @FT_Get_Sfnt_LangTag.\n   *\n   *   This function always returns an error if the config macro\n   *   `TT_CONFIG_OPTION_SFNT_NAMES` is not defined in `ftoption.h`.\n   */\n  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )\n  FT_Get_Sfnt_Name( FT_Face       face,\n                    FT_UInt       idx,\n                    FT_SfntName  *aname );\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @struct:\n   *   FT_SfntLangTag\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   A structure to model a language tag entry from an SFNT 'name' table.\n   *\n   * @fields:\n   *   string ::\n   *     The language tag string, encoded in UTF-16BE (without trailing\n   *     `NULL` bytes).\n   *\n   *   string_len ::\n   *     The length of `string` in **bytes**.\n   *\n   * @note:\n   *   Please refer to the TrueType or OpenType specification for more\n   *   details.\n   *\n   * @since:\n   *   2.8\n   */\n  typedef struct  FT_SfntLangTag_\n  {\n    FT_Byte*  string;      /* this string is *not* null-terminated! */\n    FT_UInt   string_len;  /* in bytes                              */\n\n  } FT_SfntLangTag;\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @function:\n   *   FT_Get_Sfnt_LangTag\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   Retrieve the language tag associated with a language ID of an SFNT\n   *   'name' table entry.\n   *\n   * @input:\n   *   face ::\n   *     A handle to the source face.\n   *\n   *   langID ::\n   *     The language ID, as returned by @FT_Get_Sfnt_Name.  This is always a\n   *     value larger than 0x8000.\n   *\n   * @output:\n   *   alangTag ::\n   *     The language tag associated with the 'name' table entry's language\n   *     ID.\n   *\n   * @return:\n   *   FreeType error code.  0~means success.\n   *\n   * @note:\n   *   The `string` array returned in the `alangTag` structure is not\n   *   null-terminated.  Note that you don't have to deallocate `string` by\n   *   yourself; FreeType takes care of it if you call @FT_Done_Face.\n   *\n   *   Only 'name' table format~1 supports language tags.  For format~0\n   *   tables, this function always returns FT_Err_Invalid_Table.  For\n   *   invalid format~1 language ID values, FT_Err_Invalid_Argument is\n   *   returned.\n   *\n   *   This function always returns an error if the config macro\n   *   `TT_CONFIG_OPTION_SFNT_NAMES` is not defined in `ftoption.h`.\n   *\n   * @since:\n   *   2.8\n   */\n  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )\n  FT_Get_Sfnt_LangTag( FT_Face          face,\n                       FT_UInt          langID,\n                       FT_SfntLangTag  *alangTag );\n\n\n  /* */\n\n\nFT_END_HEADER\n\n#endif /* FTSNAMES_H_ */\n\n\n/* END */\n"
  },
  {
    "path": "Antario/LIB/freetype/freetype/ftstroke.h",
    "content": "/****************************************************************************\n *\n * ftstroke.h\n *\n *   FreeType path stroker (specification).\n *\n * Copyright (C) 2002-2019 by\n * David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.\n *\n * This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,\n * modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project\n * license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute\n * this file you indicate that you have read the license and\n * understand and accept it fully.\n *\n */\n\n\n#ifndef FTSTROKE_H_\n#define FTSTROKE_H_\n\n#include <ft2build.h>\n#include FT_OUTLINE_H\n#include FT_GLYPH_H\n\n\nFT_BEGIN_HEADER\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @section:\n   *    glyph_stroker\n   *\n   * @title:\n   *    Glyph Stroker\n   *\n   * @abstract:\n   *    Generating bordered and stroked glyphs.\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *    This component generates stroked outlines of a given vectorial glyph.\n   *    It also allows you to retrieve the 'outside' and/or the 'inside'\n   *    borders of the stroke.\n   *\n   *    This can be useful to generate 'bordered' glyph, i.e., glyphs\n   *    displayed with a coloured (and anti-aliased) border around their\n   *    shape.\n   *\n   * @order:\n   *    FT_Stroker\n   *\n   *    FT_Stroker_LineJoin\n   *    FT_Stroker_LineCap\n   *    FT_StrokerBorder\n   *\n   *    FT_Outline_GetInsideBorder\n   *    FT_Outline_GetOutsideBorder\n   *\n   *    FT_Glyph_Stroke\n   *    FT_Glyph_StrokeBorder\n   *\n   *    FT_Stroker_New\n   *    FT_Stroker_Set\n   *    FT_Stroker_Rewind\n   *    FT_Stroker_ParseOutline\n   *    FT_Stroker_Done\n   *\n   *    FT_Stroker_BeginSubPath\n   *    FT_Stroker_EndSubPath\n   *\n   *    FT_Stroker_LineTo\n   *    FT_Stroker_ConicTo\n   *    FT_Stroker_CubicTo\n   *\n   *    FT_Stroker_GetBorderCounts\n   *    FT_Stroker_ExportBorder\n   *    FT_Stroker_GetCounts\n   *    FT_Stroker_Export\n   *\n   */\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @type:\n   *   FT_Stroker\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   Opaque handle to a path stroker object.\n   */\n  typedef struct FT_StrokerRec_*  FT_Stroker;\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @enum:\n   *   FT_Stroker_LineJoin\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   These values determine how two joining lines are rendered in a\n   *   stroker.\n   *\n   * @values:\n   *   FT_STROKER_LINEJOIN_ROUND ::\n   *     Used to render rounded line joins.  Circular arcs are used to join\n   *     two lines smoothly.\n   *\n   *   FT_STROKER_LINEJOIN_BEVEL ::\n   *     Used to render beveled line joins.  The outer corner of the joined\n   *     lines is filled by enclosing the triangular region of the corner\n   *     with a straight line between the outer corners of each stroke.\n   *\n   *   FT_STROKER_LINEJOIN_MITER_FIXED ::\n   *     Used to render mitered line joins, with fixed bevels if the miter\n   *     limit is exceeded.  The outer edges of the strokes for the two\n   *     segments are extended until they meet at an angle.  If the segments\n   *     meet at too sharp an angle (such that the miter would extend from\n   *     the intersection of the segments a distance greater than the product\n   *     of the miter limit value and the border radius), then a bevel join\n   *     (see above) is used instead.  This prevents long spikes being\n   *     created.  `FT_STROKER_LINEJOIN_MITER_FIXED` generates a miter line\n   *     join as used in PostScript and PDF.\n   *\n   *   FT_STROKER_LINEJOIN_MITER_VARIABLE ::\n   *   FT_STROKER_LINEJOIN_MITER ::\n   *     Used to render mitered line joins, with variable bevels if the miter\n   *     limit is exceeded.  The intersection of the strokes is clipped at a\n   *     line perpendicular to the bisector of the angle between the strokes,\n   *     at the distance from the intersection of the segments equal to the\n   *     product of the miter limit value and the border radius.  This\n   *     prevents long spikes being created. \n   *     `FT_STROKER_LINEJOIN_MITER_VARIABLE` generates a mitered line join\n   *     as used in XPS.  `FT_STROKER_LINEJOIN_MITER` is an alias for\n   *     `FT_STROKER_LINEJOIN_MITER_VARIABLE`, retained for backward\n   *     compatibility.\n   */\n  typedef enum  FT_Stroker_LineJoin_\n  {\n    FT_STROKER_LINEJOIN_ROUND          = 0,\n    FT_STROKER_LINEJOIN_BEVEL          = 1,\n    FT_STROKER_LINEJOIN_MITER_VARIABLE = 2,\n    FT_STROKER_LINEJOIN_MITER          = FT_STROKER_LINEJOIN_MITER_VARIABLE,\n    FT_STROKER_LINEJOIN_MITER_FIXED    = 3\n\n  } FT_Stroker_LineJoin;\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @enum:\n   *   FT_Stroker_LineCap\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   These values determine how the end of opened sub-paths are rendered in\n   *   a stroke.\n   *\n   * @values:\n   *   FT_STROKER_LINECAP_BUTT ::\n   *     The end of lines is rendered as a full stop on the last point\n   *     itself.\n   *\n   *   FT_STROKER_LINECAP_ROUND ::\n   *     The end of lines is rendered as a half-circle around the last point.\n   *\n   *   FT_STROKER_LINECAP_SQUARE ::\n   *     The end of lines is rendered as a square around the last point.\n   */\n  typedef enum  FT_Stroker_LineCap_\n  {\n    FT_STROKER_LINECAP_BUTT = 0,\n    FT_STROKER_LINECAP_ROUND,\n    FT_STROKER_LINECAP_SQUARE\n\n  } FT_Stroker_LineCap;\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @enum:\n   *   FT_StrokerBorder\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   These values are used to select a given stroke border in\n   *   @FT_Stroker_GetBorderCounts and @FT_Stroker_ExportBorder.\n   *\n   * @values:\n   *   FT_STROKER_BORDER_LEFT ::\n   *     Select the left border, relative to the drawing direction.\n   *\n   *   FT_STROKER_BORDER_RIGHT ::\n   *     Select the right border, relative to the drawing direction.\n   *\n   * @note:\n   *   Applications are generally interested in the 'inside' and 'outside'\n   *   borders.  However, there is no direct mapping between these and the\n   *   'left' and 'right' ones, since this really depends on the glyph's\n   *   drawing orientation, which varies between font formats.\n   *\n   *   You can however use @FT_Outline_GetInsideBorder and\n   *   @FT_Outline_GetOutsideBorder to get these.\n   */\n  typedef enum  FT_StrokerBorder_\n  {\n    FT_STROKER_BORDER_LEFT = 0,\n    FT_STROKER_BORDER_RIGHT\n\n  } FT_StrokerBorder;\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @function:\n   *   FT_Outline_GetInsideBorder\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   Retrieve the @FT_StrokerBorder value corresponding to the 'inside'\n   *   borders of a given outline.\n   *\n   * @input:\n   *   outline ::\n   *     The source outline handle.\n   *\n   * @return:\n   *   The border index.  @FT_STROKER_BORDER_RIGHT for empty or invalid\n   *   outlines.\n   */\n  FT_EXPORT( FT_StrokerBorder )\n  FT_Outline_GetInsideBorder( FT_Outline*  outline );\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @function:\n   *   FT_Outline_GetOutsideBorder\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   Retrieve the @FT_StrokerBorder value corresponding to the 'outside'\n   *   borders of a given outline.\n   *\n   * @input:\n   *   outline ::\n   *     The source outline handle.\n   *\n   * @return:\n   *   The border index.  @FT_STROKER_BORDER_LEFT for empty or invalid\n   *   outlines.\n   */\n  FT_EXPORT( FT_StrokerBorder )\n  FT_Outline_GetOutsideBorder( FT_Outline*  outline );\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @function:\n   *   FT_Stroker_New\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   Create a new stroker object.\n   *\n   * @input:\n   *   library ::\n   *     FreeType library handle.\n   *\n   * @output:\n   *   astroker ::\n   *     A new stroker object handle.  `NULL` in case of error.\n   *\n   * @return:\n   *    FreeType error code.  0~means success.\n   */\n  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )\n  FT_Stroker_New( FT_Library   library,\n                  FT_Stroker  *astroker );\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @function:\n   *   FT_Stroker_Set\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   Reset a stroker object's attributes.\n   *\n   * @input:\n   *   stroker ::\n   *     The target stroker handle.\n   *\n   *   radius ::\n   *     The border radius.\n   *\n   *   line_cap ::\n   *     The line cap style.\n   *\n   *   line_join ::\n   *     The line join style.\n   *\n   *   miter_limit ::\n   *     The miter limit for the `FT_STROKER_LINEJOIN_MITER_FIXED` and\n   *     `FT_STROKER_LINEJOIN_MITER_VARIABLE` line join styles, expressed as\n   *     16.16 fixed-point value.\n   *\n   * @note:\n   *   The radius is expressed in the same units as the outline coordinates.\n   *\n   *   This function calls @FT_Stroker_Rewind automatically.\n   */\n  FT_EXPORT( void )\n  FT_Stroker_Set( FT_Stroker           stroker,\n                  FT_Fixed             radius,\n                  FT_Stroker_LineCap   line_cap,\n                  FT_Stroker_LineJoin  line_join,\n                  FT_Fixed             miter_limit );\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @function:\n   *   FT_Stroker_Rewind\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   Reset a stroker object without changing its attributes.  You should\n   *   call this function before beginning a new series of calls to\n   *   @FT_Stroker_BeginSubPath or @FT_Stroker_EndSubPath.\n   *\n   * @input:\n   *   stroker ::\n   *     The target stroker handle.\n   */\n  FT_EXPORT( void )\n  FT_Stroker_Rewind( FT_Stroker  stroker );\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @function:\n   *   FT_Stroker_ParseOutline\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   A convenience function used to parse a whole outline with the stroker.\n   *   The resulting outline(s) can be retrieved later by functions like\n   *   @FT_Stroker_GetCounts and @FT_Stroker_Export.\n   *\n   * @input:\n   *   stroker ::\n   *     The target stroker handle.\n   *\n   *   outline ::\n   *     The source outline.\n   *\n   *   opened ::\n   *     A boolean.  If~1, the outline is treated as an open path instead of\n   *     a closed one.\n   *\n   * @return:\n   *   FreeType error code.  0~means success.\n   *\n   * @note:\n   *   If `opened` is~0 (the default), the outline is treated as a closed\n   *   path, and the stroker generates two distinct 'border' outlines.\n   *\n   *   If `opened` is~1, the outline is processed as an open path, and the\n   *   stroker generates a single 'stroke' outline.\n   *\n   *   This function calls @FT_Stroker_Rewind automatically.\n   */\n  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )\n  FT_Stroker_ParseOutline( FT_Stroker   stroker,\n                           FT_Outline*  outline,\n                           FT_Bool      opened );\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @function:\n   *   FT_Stroker_BeginSubPath\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   Start a new sub-path in the stroker.\n   *\n   * @input:\n   *   stroker ::\n   *     The target stroker handle.\n   *\n   *   to ::\n   *     A pointer to the start vector.\n   *\n   *   open ::\n   *     A boolean.  If~1, the sub-path is treated as an open one.\n   *\n   * @return:\n   *   FreeType error code.  0~means success.\n   *\n   * @note:\n   *   This function is useful when you need to stroke a path that is not\n   *   stored as an @FT_Outline object.\n   */\n  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )\n  FT_Stroker_BeginSubPath( FT_Stroker  stroker,\n                           FT_Vector*  to,\n                           FT_Bool     open );\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @function:\n   *   FT_Stroker_EndSubPath\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   Close the current sub-path in the stroker.\n   *\n   * @input:\n   *   stroker ::\n   *     The target stroker handle.\n   *\n   * @return:\n   *   FreeType error code.  0~means success.\n   *\n   * @note:\n   *   You should call this function after @FT_Stroker_BeginSubPath.  If the\n   *   subpath was not 'opened', this function 'draws' a single line segment\n   *   to the start position when needed.\n   */\n  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )\n  FT_Stroker_EndSubPath( FT_Stroker  stroker );\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @function:\n   *   FT_Stroker_LineTo\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   'Draw' a single line segment in the stroker's current sub-path, from\n   *   the last position.\n   *\n   * @input:\n   *   stroker ::\n   *     The target stroker handle.\n   *\n   *   to ::\n   *     A pointer to the destination point.\n   *\n   * @return:\n   *   FreeType error code.  0~means success.\n   *\n   * @note:\n   *   You should call this function between @FT_Stroker_BeginSubPath and\n   *   @FT_Stroker_EndSubPath.\n   */\n  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )\n  FT_Stroker_LineTo( FT_Stroker  stroker,\n                     FT_Vector*  to );\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @function:\n   *   FT_Stroker_ConicTo\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   'Draw' a single quadratic Bezier in the stroker's current sub-path,\n   *   from the last position.\n   *\n   * @input:\n   *   stroker ::\n   *     The target stroker handle.\n   *\n   *   control ::\n   *     A pointer to a Bezier control point.\n   *\n   *   to ::\n   *     A pointer to the destination point.\n   *\n   * @return:\n   *   FreeType error code.  0~means success.\n   *\n   * @note:\n   *   You should call this function between @FT_Stroker_BeginSubPath and\n   *   @FT_Stroker_EndSubPath.\n   */\n  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )\n  FT_Stroker_ConicTo( FT_Stroker  stroker,\n                      FT_Vector*  control,\n                      FT_Vector*  to );\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @function:\n   *   FT_Stroker_CubicTo\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   'Draw' a single cubic Bezier in the stroker's current sub-path, from\n   *   the last position.\n   *\n   * @input:\n   *   stroker ::\n   *     The target stroker handle.\n   *\n   *   control1 ::\n   *     A pointer to the first Bezier control point.\n   *\n   *   control2 ::\n   *     A pointer to second Bezier control point.\n   *\n   *   to ::\n   *     A pointer to the destination point.\n   *\n   * @return:\n   *   FreeType error code.  0~means success.\n   *\n   * @note:\n   *   You should call this function between @FT_Stroker_BeginSubPath and\n   *   @FT_Stroker_EndSubPath.\n   */\n  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )\n  FT_Stroker_CubicTo( FT_Stroker  stroker,\n                      FT_Vector*  control1,\n                      FT_Vector*  control2,\n                      FT_Vector*  to );\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @function:\n   *   FT_Stroker_GetBorderCounts\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   Call this function once you have finished parsing your paths with the\n   *   stroker.  It returns the number of points and contours necessary to\n   *   export one of the 'border' or 'stroke' outlines generated by the\n   *   stroker.\n   *\n   * @input:\n   *   stroker ::\n   *     The target stroker handle.\n   *\n   *   border ::\n   *     The border index.\n   *\n   * @output:\n   *   anum_points ::\n   *     The number of points.\n   *\n   *   anum_contours ::\n   *     The number of contours.\n   *\n   * @return:\n   *   FreeType error code.  0~means success.\n   *\n   * @note:\n   *   When an outline, or a sub-path, is 'closed', the stroker generates two\n   *   independent 'border' outlines, named 'left' and 'right'.\n   *\n   *   When the outline, or a sub-path, is 'opened', the stroker merges the\n   *   'border' outlines with caps.  The 'left' border receives all points,\n   *   while the 'right' border becomes empty.\n   *\n   *   Use the function @FT_Stroker_GetCounts instead if you want to retrieve\n   *   the counts associated to both borders.\n   */\n  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )\n  FT_Stroker_GetBorderCounts( FT_Stroker        stroker,\n                              FT_StrokerBorder  border,\n                              FT_UInt          *anum_points,\n                              FT_UInt          *anum_contours );\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @function:\n   *   FT_Stroker_ExportBorder\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   Call this function after @FT_Stroker_GetBorderCounts to export the\n   *   corresponding border to your own @FT_Outline structure.\n   *\n   *   Note that this function appends the border points and contours to your\n   *   outline, but does not try to resize its arrays.\n   *\n   * @input:\n   *   stroker ::\n   *     The target stroker handle.\n   *\n   *   border ::\n   *     The border index.\n   *\n   *   outline ::\n   *     The target outline handle.\n   *\n   * @note:\n   *   Always call this function after @FT_Stroker_GetBorderCounts to get\n   *   sure that there is enough room in your @FT_Outline object to receive\n   *   all new data.\n   *\n   *   When an outline, or a sub-path, is 'closed', the stroker generates two\n   *   independent 'border' outlines, named 'left' and 'right'.\n   *\n   *   When the outline, or a sub-path, is 'opened', the stroker merges the\n   *   'border' outlines with caps.  The 'left' border receives all points,\n   *   while the 'right' border becomes empty.\n   *\n   *   Use the function @FT_Stroker_Export instead if you want to retrieve\n   *   all borders at once.\n   */\n  FT_EXPORT( void )\n  FT_Stroker_ExportBorder( FT_Stroker        stroker,\n                           FT_StrokerBorder  border,\n                           FT_Outline*       outline );\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @function:\n   *   FT_Stroker_GetCounts\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   Call this function once you have finished parsing your paths with the\n   *   stroker.  It returns the number of points and contours necessary to\n   *   export all points/borders from the stroked outline/path.\n   *\n   * @input:\n   *   stroker ::\n   *     The target stroker handle.\n   *\n   * @output:\n   *   anum_points ::\n   *     The number of points.\n   *\n   *   anum_contours ::\n   *     The number of contours.\n   *\n   * @return:\n   *   FreeType error code.  0~means success.\n   */\n  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )\n  FT_Stroker_GetCounts( FT_Stroker  stroker,\n                        FT_UInt    *anum_points,\n                        FT_UInt    *anum_contours );\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @function:\n   *   FT_Stroker_Export\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   Call this function after @FT_Stroker_GetBorderCounts to export all\n   *   borders to your own @FT_Outline structure.\n   *\n   *   Note that this function appends the border points and contours to your\n   *   outline, but does not try to resize its arrays.\n   *\n   * @input:\n   *   stroker ::\n   *     The target stroker handle.\n   *\n   *   outline ::\n   *     The target outline handle.\n   */\n  FT_EXPORT( void )\n  FT_Stroker_Export( FT_Stroker   stroker,\n                     FT_Outline*  outline );\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @function:\n   *   FT_Stroker_Done\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   Destroy a stroker object.\n   *\n   * @input:\n   *   stroker ::\n   *     A stroker handle.  Can be `NULL`.\n   */\n  FT_EXPORT( void )\n  FT_Stroker_Done( FT_Stroker  stroker );\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @function:\n   *   FT_Glyph_Stroke\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   Stroke a given outline glyph object with a given stroker.\n   *\n   * @inout:\n   *   pglyph ::\n   *     Source glyph handle on input, new glyph handle on output.\n   *\n   * @input:\n   *   stroker ::\n   *     A stroker handle.\n   *\n   *   destroy ::\n   *     A Boolean.  If~1, the source glyph object is destroyed on success.\n   *\n   * @return:\n   *    FreeType error code.  0~means success.\n   *\n   * @note:\n   *   The source glyph is untouched in case of error.\n   *\n   *   Adding stroke may yield a significantly wider and taller glyph\n   *   depending on how large of a radius was used to stroke the glyph.  You\n   *   may need to manually adjust horizontal and vertical advance amounts to\n   *   account for this added size.\n   */\n  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )\n  FT_Glyph_Stroke( FT_Glyph    *pglyph,\n                   FT_Stroker   stroker,\n                   FT_Bool      destroy );\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @function:\n   *   FT_Glyph_StrokeBorder\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   Stroke a given outline glyph object with a given stroker, but only\n   *   return either its inside or outside border.\n   *\n   * @inout:\n   *   pglyph ::\n   *     Source glyph handle on input, new glyph handle on output.\n   *\n   * @input:\n   *   stroker ::\n   *     A stroker handle.\n   *\n   *   inside ::\n   *     A Boolean.  If~1, return the inside border, otherwise the outside\n   *     border.\n   *\n   *   destroy ::\n   *     A Boolean.  If~1, the source glyph object is destroyed on success.\n   *\n   * @return:\n   *    FreeType error code.  0~means success.\n   *\n   * @note:\n   *   The source glyph is untouched in case of error.\n   *\n   *   Adding stroke may yield a significantly wider and taller glyph\n   *   depending on how large of a radius was used to stroke the glyph.  You\n   *   may need to manually adjust horizontal and vertical advance amounts to\n   *   account for this added size.\n   */\n  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )\n  FT_Glyph_StrokeBorder( FT_Glyph    *pglyph,\n                         FT_Stroker   stroker,\n                         FT_Bool      inside,\n                         FT_Bool      destroy );\n\n  /* */\n\nFT_END_HEADER\n\n#endif /* FTSTROKE_H_ */\n\n\n/* END */\n\n\n/* Local Variables: */\n/* coding: utf-8    */\n/* End:             */\n"
  },
  {
    "path": "Antario/LIB/freetype/freetype/ftsynth.h",
    "content": "/****************************************************************************\n *\n * ftsynth.h\n *\n *   FreeType synthesizing code for emboldening and slanting\n *   (specification).\n *\n * Copyright (C) 2000-2019 by\n * David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.\n *\n * This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,\n * modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project\n * license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute\n * this file you indicate that you have read the license and\n * understand and accept it fully.\n *\n */\n\n\n  /*************************************************************************/\n  /*************************************************************************/\n  /*************************************************************************/\n  /*************************************************************************/\n  /*************************************************************************/\n  /*********                                                       *********/\n  /*********        WARNING, THIS IS ALPHA CODE!  THIS API         *********/\n  /*********    IS DUE TO CHANGE UNTIL STRICTLY NOTIFIED BY THE    *********/\n  /*********            FREETYPE DEVELOPMENT TEAM                  *********/\n  /*********                                                       *********/\n  /*************************************************************************/\n  /*************************************************************************/\n  /*************************************************************************/\n  /*************************************************************************/\n  /*************************************************************************/\n\n\n  /* Main reason for not lifting the functions in this module to a  */\n  /* 'standard' API is that the used parameters for emboldening and */\n  /* slanting are not configurable.  Consider the functions as a    */\n  /* code resource that should be copied into the application and   */\n  /* adapted to the particular needs.                               */\n\n\n#ifndef FTSYNTH_H_\n#define FTSYNTH_H_\n\n\n#include <ft2build.h>\n#include FT_FREETYPE_H\n\n#ifdef FREETYPE_H\n#error \"freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!\"\n#error \"Please fix the directory search order for header files\"\n#error \"so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first.\"\n#endif\n\n\nFT_BEGIN_HEADER\n\n  /* Embolden a glyph by a 'reasonable' value (which is highly a matter of */\n  /* taste).  This function is actually a convenience function, providing  */\n  /* a wrapper for @FT_Outline_Embolden and @FT_Bitmap_Embolden.           */\n  /*                                                                       */\n  /* For emboldened outlines the height, width, and advance metrics are    */\n  /* increased by the strength of the emboldening -- this even affects     */\n  /* mono-width fonts!                                                     */\n  /*                                                                       */\n  /* You can also call @FT_Outline_Get_CBox to get precise values.         */\n  FT_EXPORT( void )\n  FT_GlyphSlot_Embolden( FT_GlyphSlot  slot );\n\n  /* Slant an outline glyph to the right by about 12 degrees. */\n  FT_EXPORT( void )\n  FT_GlyphSlot_Oblique( FT_GlyphSlot  slot );\n\n  /* */\n\n\nFT_END_HEADER\n\n#endif /* FTSYNTH_H_ */\n\n\n/* END */\n"
  },
  {
    "path": "Antario/LIB/freetype/freetype/ftsystem.h",
    "content": "/****************************************************************************\n *\n * ftsystem.h\n *\n *   FreeType low-level system interface definition (specification).\n *\n * Copyright (C) 1996-2019 by\n * David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.\n *\n * This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,\n * modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project\n * license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute\n * this file you indicate that you have read the license and\n * understand and accept it fully.\n *\n */\n\n\n#ifndef FTSYSTEM_H_\n#define FTSYSTEM_H_\n\n\n#include <ft2build.h>\n\n\nFT_BEGIN_HEADER\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @section:\n   *  system_interface\n   *\n   * @title:\n   *  System Interface\n   *\n   * @abstract:\n   *  How FreeType manages memory and i/o.\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *  This section contains various definitions related to memory management\n   *  and i/o access.  You need to understand this information if you want to\n   *  use a custom memory manager or you own i/o streams.\n   *\n   */\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   *                 M E M O R Y   M A N A G E M E N T\n   *\n   */\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @type:\n   *   FT_Memory\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   A handle to a given memory manager object, defined with an\n   *   @FT_MemoryRec structure.\n   *\n   */\n  typedef struct FT_MemoryRec_*  FT_Memory;\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @functype:\n   *   FT_Alloc_Func\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   A function used to allocate `size` bytes from `memory`.\n   *\n   * @input:\n   *   memory ::\n   *     A handle to the source memory manager.\n   *\n   *   size ::\n   *     The size in bytes to allocate.\n   *\n   * @return:\n   *   Address of new memory block.  0~in case of failure.\n   *\n   */\n  typedef void*\n  (*FT_Alloc_Func)( FT_Memory  memory,\n                    long       size );\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @functype:\n   *   FT_Free_Func\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   A function used to release a given block of memory.\n   *\n   * @input:\n   *   memory ::\n   *     A handle to the source memory manager.\n   *\n   *   block ::\n   *     The address of the target memory block.\n   *\n   */\n  typedef void\n  (*FT_Free_Func)( FT_Memory  memory,\n                   void*      block );\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @functype:\n   *   FT_Realloc_Func\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   A function used to re-allocate a given block of memory.\n   *\n   * @input:\n   *   memory ::\n   *     A handle to the source memory manager.\n   *\n   *   cur_size ::\n   *     The block's current size in bytes.\n   *\n   *   new_size ::\n   *     The block's requested new size.\n   *\n   *   block ::\n   *     The block's current address.\n   *\n   * @return:\n   *   New block address.  0~in case of memory shortage.\n   *\n   * @note:\n   *   In case of error, the old block must still be available.\n   *\n   */\n  typedef void*\n  (*FT_Realloc_Func)( FT_Memory  memory,\n                      long       cur_size,\n                      long       new_size,\n                      void*      block );\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @struct:\n   *   FT_MemoryRec\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   A structure used to describe a given memory manager to FreeType~2.\n   *\n   * @fields:\n   *   user ::\n   *     A generic typeless pointer for user data.\n   *\n   *   alloc ::\n   *     A pointer type to an allocation function.\n   *\n   *   free ::\n   *     A pointer type to an memory freeing function.\n   *\n   *   realloc ::\n   *     A pointer type to a reallocation function.\n   *\n   */\n  struct  FT_MemoryRec_\n  {\n    void*            user;\n    FT_Alloc_Func    alloc;\n    FT_Free_Func     free;\n    FT_Realloc_Func  realloc;\n  };\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   *                      I / O   M A N A G E M E N T\n   *\n   */\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @type:\n   *   FT_Stream\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   A handle to an input stream.\n   *\n   * @also:\n   *   See @FT_StreamRec for the publicly accessible fields of a given stream\n   *   object.\n   *\n   */\n  typedef struct FT_StreamRec_*  FT_Stream;\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @struct:\n   *   FT_StreamDesc\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   A union type used to store either a long or a pointer.  This is used\n   *   to store a file descriptor or a `FILE*` in an input stream.\n   *\n   */\n  typedef union  FT_StreamDesc_\n  {\n    long   value;\n    void*  pointer;\n\n  } FT_StreamDesc;\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @functype:\n   *   FT_Stream_IoFunc\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   A function used to seek and read data from a given input stream.\n   *\n   * @input:\n   *   stream ::\n   *     A handle to the source stream.\n   *\n   *   offset ::\n   *     The offset of read in stream (always from start).\n   *\n   *   buffer ::\n   *     The address of the read buffer.\n   *\n   *   count ::\n   *     The number of bytes to read from the stream.\n   *\n   * @return:\n   *   The number of bytes effectively read by the stream.\n   *\n   * @note:\n   *   This function might be called to perform a seek or skip operation with\n   *   a `count` of~0.  A non-zero return value then indicates an error.\n   *\n   */\n  typedef unsigned long\n  (*FT_Stream_IoFunc)( FT_Stream       stream,\n                       unsigned long   offset,\n                       unsigned char*  buffer,\n                       unsigned long   count );\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @functype:\n   *   FT_Stream_CloseFunc\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   A function used to close a given input stream.\n   *\n   * @input:\n   *  stream ::\n   *    A handle to the target stream.\n   *\n   */\n  typedef void\n  (*FT_Stream_CloseFunc)( FT_Stream  stream );\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @struct:\n   *   FT_StreamRec\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   A structure used to describe an input stream.\n   *\n   * @input:\n   *   base ::\n   *     For memory-based streams, this is the address of the first stream\n   *     byte in memory.  This field should always be set to `NULL` for\n   *     disk-based streams.\n   *\n   *   size ::\n   *     The stream size in bytes.\n   *\n   *     In case of compressed streams where the size is unknown before\n   *     actually doing the decompression, the value is set to 0x7FFFFFFF.\n   *     (Note that this size value can occur for normal streams also; it is\n   *     thus just a hint.)\n   *\n   *   pos ::\n   *     The current position within the stream.\n   *\n   *   descriptor ::\n   *     This field is a union that can hold an integer or a pointer.  It is\n   *     used by stream implementations to store file descriptors or `FILE*`\n   *     pointers.\n   *\n   *   pathname ::\n   *     This field is completely ignored by FreeType.  However, it is often\n   *     useful during debugging to use it to store the stream's filename\n   *     (where available).\n   *\n   *   read ::\n   *     The stream's input function.\n   *\n   *   close ::\n   *     The stream's close function.\n   *\n   *   memory ::\n   *     The memory manager to use to preload frames.  This is set internally\n   *     by FreeType and shouldn't be touched by stream implementations.\n   *\n   *   cursor ::\n   *     This field is set and used internally by FreeType when parsing\n   *     frames.  In particular, the `FT_GET_XXX` macros use this instead of\n   *     the `pos` field.\n   *\n   *   limit ::\n   *     This field is set and used internally by FreeType when parsing\n   *     frames.\n   *\n   */\n  typedef struct  FT_StreamRec_\n  {\n    unsigned char*       base;\n    unsigned long        size;\n    unsigned long        pos;\n\n    FT_StreamDesc        descriptor;\n    FT_StreamDesc        pathname;\n    FT_Stream_IoFunc     read;\n    FT_Stream_CloseFunc  close;\n\n    FT_Memory            memory;\n    unsigned char*       cursor;\n    unsigned char*       limit;\n\n  } FT_StreamRec;\n\n  /* */\n\n\nFT_END_HEADER\n\n#endif /* FTSYSTEM_H_ */\n\n\n/* END */\n"
  },
  {
    "path": "Antario/LIB/freetype/freetype/fttrigon.h",
    "content": "/****************************************************************************\n *\n * fttrigon.h\n *\n *   FreeType trigonometric functions (specification).\n *\n * Copyright (C) 2001-2019 by\n * David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.\n *\n * This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,\n * modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project\n * license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute\n * this file you indicate that you have read the license and\n * understand and accept it fully.\n *\n */\n\n\n#ifndef FTTRIGON_H_\n#define FTTRIGON_H_\n\n#include FT_FREETYPE_H\n\n#ifdef FREETYPE_H\n#error \"freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!\"\n#error \"Please fix the directory search order for header files\"\n#error \"so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first.\"\n#endif\n\n\nFT_BEGIN_HEADER\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @section:\n   *  computations\n   *\n   */\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @type:\n   *   FT_Angle\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   This type is used to model angle values in FreeType.  Note that the\n   *   angle is a 16.16 fixed-point value expressed in degrees.\n   *\n   */\n  typedef FT_Fixed  FT_Angle;\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @macro:\n   *   FT_ANGLE_PI\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   The angle pi expressed in @FT_Angle units.\n   *\n   */\n#define FT_ANGLE_PI  ( 180L << 16 )\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @macro:\n   *   FT_ANGLE_2PI\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   The angle 2*pi expressed in @FT_Angle units.\n   *\n   */\n#define FT_ANGLE_2PI  ( FT_ANGLE_PI * 2 )\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @macro:\n   *   FT_ANGLE_PI2\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   The angle pi/2 expressed in @FT_Angle units.\n   *\n   */\n#define FT_ANGLE_PI2  ( FT_ANGLE_PI / 2 )\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @macro:\n   *   FT_ANGLE_PI4\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   The angle pi/4 expressed in @FT_Angle units.\n   *\n   */\n#define FT_ANGLE_PI4  ( FT_ANGLE_PI / 4 )\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @function:\n   *   FT_Sin\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   Return the sinus of a given angle in fixed-point format.\n   *\n   * @input:\n   *   angle ::\n   *     The input angle.\n   *\n   * @return:\n   *   The sinus value.\n   *\n   * @note:\n   *   If you need both the sinus and cosinus for a given angle, use the\n   *   function @FT_Vector_Unit.\n   *\n   */\n  FT_EXPORT( FT_Fixed )\n  FT_Sin( FT_Angle  angle );\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @function:\n   *   FT_Cos\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   Return the cosinus of a given angle in fixed-point format.\n   *\n   * @input:\n   *   angle ::\n   *     The input angle.\n   *\n   * @return:\n   *   The cosinus value.\n   *\n   * @note:\n   *   If you need both the sinus and cosinus for a given angle, use the\n   *   function @FT_Vector_Unit.\n   *\n   */\n  FT_EXPORT( FT_Fixed )\n  FT_Cos( FT_Angle  angle );\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @function:\n   *   FT_Tan\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   Return the tangent of a given angle in fixed-point format.\n   *\n   * @input:\n   *   angle ::\n   *     The input angle.\n   *\n   * @return:\n   *   The tangent value.\n   *\n   */\n  FT_EXPORT( FT_Fixed )\n  FT_Tan( FT_Angle  angle );\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @function:\n   *   FT_Atan2\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   Return the arc-tangent corresponding to a given vector (x,y) in the 2d\n   *   plane.\n   *\n   * @input:\n   *   x ::\n   *     The horizontal vector coordinate.\n   *\n   *   y ::\n   *     The vertical vector coordinate.\n   *\n   * @return:\n   *   The arc-tangent value (i.e. angle).\n   *\n   */\n  FT_EXPORT( FT_Angle )\n  FT_Atan2( FT_Fixed  x,\n            FT_Fixed  y );\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @function:\n   *   FT_Angle_Diff\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   Return the difference between two angles.  The result is always\n   *   constrained to the ]-PI..PI] interval.\n   *\n   * @input:\n   *   angle1 ::\n   *     First angle.\n   *\n   *   angle2 ::\n   *     Second angle.\n   *\n   * @return:\n   *   Constrained value of `angle2-angle1`.\n   *\n   */\n  FT_EXPORT( FT_Angle )\n  FT_Angle_Diff( FT_Angle  angle1,\n                 FT_Angle  angle2 );\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @function:\n   *   FT_Vector_Unit\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   Return the unit vector corresponding to a given angle.  After the\n   *   call, the value of `vec.x` will be `cos(angle)`, and the value of\n   *   `vec.y` will be `sin(angle)`.\n   *\n   *   This function is useful to retrieve both the sinus and cosinus of a\n   *   given angle quickly.\n   *\n   * @output:\n   *   vec ::\n   *     The address of target vector.\n   *\n   * @input:\n   *   angle ::\n   *     The input angle.\n   *\n   */\n  FT_EXPORT( void )\n  FT_Vector_Unit( FT_Vector*  vec,\n                  FT_Angle    angle );\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @function:\n   *   FT_Vector_Rotate\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   Rotate a vector by a given angle.\n   *\n   * @inout:\n   *   vec ::\n   *     The address of target vector.\n   *\n   * @input:\n   *   angle ::\n   *     The input angle.\n   *\n   */\n  FT_EXPORT( void )\n  FT_Vector_Rotate( FT_Vector*  vec,\n                    FT_Angle    angle );\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @function:\n   *   FT_Vector_Length\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   Return the length of a given vector.\n   *\n   * @input:\n   *   vec ::\n   *     The address of target vector.\n   *\n   * @return:\n   *   The vector length, expressed in the same units that the original\n   *   vector coordinates.\n   *\n   */\n  FT_EXPORT( FT_Fixed )\n  FT_Vector_Length( FT_Vector*  vec );\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @function:\n   *   FT_Vector_Polarize\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   Compute both the length and angle of a given vector.\n   *\n   * @input:\n   *   vec ::\n   *     The address of source vector.\n   *\n   * @output:\n   *   length ::\n   *     The vector length.\n   *\n   *   angle ::\n   *     The vector angle.\n   *\n   */\n  FT_EXPORT( void )\n  FT_Vector_Polarize( FT_Vector*  vec,\n                      FT_Fixed   *length,\n                      FT_Angle   *angle );\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @function:\n   *   FT_Vector_From_Polar\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   Compute vector coordinates from a length and angle.\n   *\n   * @output:\n   *   vec ::\n   *     The address of source vector.\n   *\n   * @input:\n   *   length ::\n   *     The vector length.\n   *\n   *   angle ::\n   *     The vector angle.\n   *\n   */\n  FT_EXPORT( void )\n  FT_Vector_From_Polar( FT_Vector*  vec,\n                        FT_Fixed    length,\n                        FT_Angle    angle );\n\n  /* */\n\n\nFT_END_HEADER\n\n#endif /* FTTRIGON_H_ */\n\n\n/* END */\n"
  },
  {
    "path": "Antario/LIB/freetype/freetype/fttypes.h",
    "content": "/****************************************************************************\n *\n * fttypes.h\n *\n *   FreeType simple types definitions (specification only).\n *\n * Copyright (C) 1996-2019 by\n * David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.\n *\n * This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,\n * modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project\n * license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute\n * this file you indicate that you have read the license and\n * understand and accept it fully.\n *\n */\n\n\n#ifndef FTTYPES_H_\n#define FTTYPES_H_\n\n\n#include <ft2build.h>\n#include FT_CONFIG_CONFIG_H\n#include FT_SYSTEM_H\n#include FT_IMAGE_H\n\n#include <stddef.h>\n\n\nFT_BEGIN_HEADER\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @section:\n   *   basic_types\n   *\n   * @title:\n   *   Basic Data Types\n   *\n   * @abstract:\n   *   The basic data types defined by the library.\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   This section contains the basic data types defined by FreeType~2,\n   *   ranging from simple scalar types to bitmap descriptors.  More\n   *   font-specific structures are defined in a different section.\n   *\n   * @order:\n   *   FT_Byte\n   *   FT_Bytes\n   *   FT_Char\n   *   FT_Int\n   *   FT_UInt\n   *   FT_Int16\n   *   FT_UInt16\n   *   FT_Int32\n   *   FT_UInt32\n   *   FT_Int64\n   *   FT_UInt64\n   *   FT_Short\n   *   FT_UShort\n   *   FT_Long\n   *   FT_ULong\n   *   FT_Bool\n   *   FT_Offset\n   *   FT_PtrDist\n   *   FT_String\n   *   FT_Tag\n   *   FT_Error\n   *   FT_Fixed\n   *   FT_Pointer\n   *   FT_Pos\n   *   FT_Vector\n   *   FT_BBox\n   *   FT_Matrix\n   *   FT_FWord\n   *   FT_UFWord\n   *   FT_F2Dot14\n   *   FT_UnitVector\n   *   FT_F26Dot6\n   *   FT_Data\n   *\n   *   FT_MAKE_TAG\n   *\n   *   FT_Generic\n   *   FT_Generic_Finalizer\n   *\n   *   FT_Bitmap\n   *   FT_Pixel_Mode\n   *   FT_Palette_Mode\n   *   FT_Glyph_Format\n   *   FT_IMAGE_TAG\n   *\n   */\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @type:\n   *   FT_Bool\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   A typedef of unsigned char, used for simple booleans.  As usual,\n   *   values 1 and~0 represent true and false, respectively.\n   */\n  typedef unsigned char  FT_Bool;\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @type:\n   *   FT_FWord\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   A signed 16-bit integer used to store a distance in original font\n   *   units.\n   */\n  typedef signed short  FT_FWord;   /* distance in FUnits */\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @type:\n   *   FT_UFWord\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   An unsigned 16-bit integer used to store a distance in original font\n   *   units.\n   */\n  typedef unsigned short  FT_UFWord;  /* unsigned distance */\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @type:\n   *   FT_Char\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   A simple typedef for the _signed_ char type.\n   */\n  typedef signed char  FT_Char;\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @type:\n   *   FT_Byte\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   A simple typedef for the _unsigned_ char type.\n   */\n  typedef unsigned char  FT_Byte;\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @type:\n   *   FT_Bytes\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   A typedef for constant memory areas.\n   */\n  typedef const FT_Byte*  FT_Bytes;\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @type:\n   *   FT_Tag\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   A typedef for 32-bit tags (as used in the SFNT format).\n   */\n  typedef FT_UInt32  FT_Tag;\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @type:\n   *   FT_String\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   A simple typedef for the char type, usually used for strings.\n   */\n  typedef char  FT_String;\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @type:\n   *   FT_Short\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   A typedef for signed short.\n   */\n  typedef signed short  FT_Short;\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @type:\n   *   FT_UShort\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   A typedef for unsigned short.\n   */\n  typedef unsigned short  FT_UShort;\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @type:\n   *   FT_Int\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   A typedef for the int type.\n   */\n  typedef signed int  FT_Int;\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @type:\n   *   FT_UInt\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   A typedef for the unsigned int type.\n   */\n  typedef unsigned int  FT_UInt;\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @type:\n   *   FT_Long\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   A typedef for signed long.\n   */\n  typedef signed long  FT_Long;\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @type:\n   *   FT_ULong\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   A typedef for unsigned long.\n   */\n  typedef unsigned long  FT_ULong;\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @type:\n   *   FT_F2Dot14\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   A signed 2.14 fixed-point type used for unit vectors.\n   */\n  typedef signed short  FT_F2Dot14;\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @type:\n   *   FT_F26Dot6\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   A signed 26.6 fixed-point type used for vectorial pixel coordinates.\n   */\n  typedef signed long  FT_F26Dot6;\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @type:\n   *   FT_Fixed\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   This type is used to store 16.16 fixed-point values, like scaling\n   *   values or matrix coefficients.\n   */\n  typedef signed long  FT_Fixed;\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @type:\n   *   FT_Error\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   The FreeType error code type.  A value of~0 is always interpreted as a\n   *   successful operation.\n   */\n  typedef int  FT_Error;\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @type:\n   *   FT_Pointer\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   A simple typedef for a typeless pointer.\n   */\n  typedef void*  FT_Pointer;\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @type:\n   *   FT_Offset\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   This is equivalent to the ANSI~C `size_t` type, i.e., the largest\n   *   _unsigned_ integer type used to express a file size or position, or a\n   *   memory block size.\n   */\n  typedef size_t  FT_Offset;\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @type:\n   *   FT_PtrDist\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   This is equivalent to the ANSI~C `ptrdiff_t` type, i.e., the largest\n   *   _signed_ integer type used to express the distance between two\n   *   pointers.\n   */\n  typedef ft_ptrdiff_t  FT_PtrDist;\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @struct:\n   *   FT_UnitVector\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   A simple structure used to store a 2D vector unit vector.  Uses\n   *   FT_F2Dot14 types.\n   *\n   * @fields:\n   *   x ::\n   *     Horizontal coordinate.\n   *\n   *   y ::\n   *     Vertical coordinate.\n   */\n  typedef struct  FT_UnitVector_\n  {\n    FT_F2Dot14  x;\n    FT_F2Dot14  y;\n\n  } FT_UnitVector;\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @struct:\n   *   FT_Matrix\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   A simple structure used to store a 2x2 matrix.  Coefficients are in\n   *   16.16 fixed-point format.  The computation performed is:\n   *\n   *   ```\n   *     x' = x*xx + y*xy\n   *     y' = x*yx + y*yy\n   *   ```\n   *\n   * @fields:\n   *   xx ::\n   *     Matrix coefficient.\n   *\n   *   xy ::\n   *     Matrix coefficient.\n   *\n   *   yx ::\n   *     Matrix coefficient.\n   *\n   *   yy ::\n   *     Matrix coefficient.\n   */\n  typedef struct  FT_Matrix_\n  {\n    FT_Fixed  xx, xy;\n    FT_Fixed  yx, yy;\n\n  } FT_Matrix;\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @struct:\n   *   FT_Data\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   Read-only binary data represented as a pointer and a length.\n   *\n   * @fields:\n   *   pointer ::\n   *     The data.\n   *\n   *   length ::\n   *     The length of the data in bytes.\n   */\n  typedef struct  FT_Data_\n  {\n    const FT_Byte*  pointer;\n    FT_Int          length;\n\n  } FT_Data;\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @functype:\n   *   FT_Generic_Finalizer\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   Describe a function used to destroy the 'client' data of any FreeType\n   *   object.  See the description of the @FT_Generic type for details of\n   *   usage.\n   *\n   * @input:\n   *   The address of the FreeType object that is under finalization.  Its\n   *   client data is accessed through its `generic` field.\n   */\n  typedef void  (*FT_Generic_Finalizer)( void*  object );\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @struct:\n   *   FT_Generic\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   Client applications often need to associate their own data to a\n   *   variety of FreeType core objects.  For example, a text layout API\n   *   might want to associate a glyph cache to a given size object.\n   *\n   *   Some FreeType object contains a `generic` field, of type `FT_Generic`,\n   *   which usage is left to client applications and font servers.\n   *\n   *   It can be used to store a pointer to client-specific data, as well as\n   *   the address of a 'finalizer' function, which will be called by\n   *   FreeType when the object is destroyed (for example, the previous\n   *   client example would put the address of the glyph cache destructor in\n   *   the `finalizer` field).\n   *\n   * @fields:\n   *   data ::\n   *     A typeless pointer to any client-specified data. This field is\n   *     completely ignored by the FreeType library.\n   *\n   *   finalizer ::\n   *     A pointer to a 'generic finalizer' function, which will be called\n   *     when the object is destroyed.  If this field is set to `NULL`, no\n   *     code will be called.\n   */\n  typedef struct  FT_Generic_\n  {\n    void*                 data;\n    FT_Generic_Finalizer  finalizer;\n\n  } FT_Generic;\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @macro:\n   *   FT_MAKE_TAG\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   This macro converts four-letter tags that are used to label TrueType\n   *   tables into an unsigned long, to be used within FreeType.\n   *\n   * @note:\n   *   The produced values **must** be 32-bit integers.  Don't redefine this\n   *   macro.\n   */\n#define FT_MAKE_TAG( _x1, _x2, _x3, _x4 ) \\\n          (FT_Tag)                        \\\n          ( ( (FT_ULong)_x1 << 24 ) |     \\\n            ( (FT_ULong)_x2 << 16 ) |     \\\n            ( (FT_ULong)_x3 <<  8 ) |     \\\n              (FT_ULong)_x4         )\n\n\n  /*************************************************************************/\n  /*************************************************************************/\n  /*                                                                       */\n  /*                    L I S T   M A N A G E M E N T                      */\n  /*                                                                       */\n  /*************************************************************************/\n  /*************************************************************************/\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @section:\n   *   list_processing\n   *\n   */\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @type:\n   *   FT_ListNode\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *    Many elements and objects in FreeType are listed through an @FT_List\n   *    record (see @FT_ListRec).  As its name suggests, an FT_ListNode is a\n   *    handle to a single list element.\n   */\n  typedef struct FT_ListNodeRec_*  FT_ListNode;\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @type:\n   *   FT_List\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   A handle to a list record (see @FT_ListRec).\n   */\n  typedef struct FT_ListRec_*  FT_List;\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @struct:\n   *   FT_ListNodeRec\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   A structure used to hold a single list element.\n   *\n   * @fields:\n   *   prev ::\n   *     The previous element in the list.  `NULL` if first.\n   *\n   *   next ::\n   *     The next element in the list.  `NULL` if last.\n   *\n   *   data ::\n   *     A typeless pointer to the listed object.\n   */\n  typedef struct  FT_ListNodeRec_\n  {\n    FT_ListNode  prev;\n    FT_ListNode  next;\n    void*        data;\n\n  } FT_ListNodeRec;\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @struct:\n   *   FT_ListRec\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   A structure used to hold a simple doubly-linked list.  These are used\n   *   in many parts of FreeType.\n   *\n   * @fields:\n   *   head ::\n   *     The head (first element) of doubly-linked list.\n   *\n   *   tail ::\n   *     The tail (last element) of doubly-linked list.\n   */\n  typedef struct  FT_ListRec_\n  {\n    FT_ListNode  head;\n    FT_ListNode  tail;\n\n  } FT_ListRec;\n\n  /* */\n\n\n#define FT_IS_EMPTY( list )  ( (list).head == 0 )\n#define FT_BOOL( x )  ( (FT_Bool)( (x) != 0 ) )\n\n  /* concatenate C tokens */\n#define FT_ERR_XCAT( x, y )  x ## y\n#define FT_ERR_CAT( x, y )   FT_ERR_XCAT( x, y )\n\n  /* see `ftmoderr.h` for descriptions of the following macros */\n\n#define FT_ERR( e )  FT_ERR_CAT( FT_ERR_PREFIX, e )\n\n#define FT_ERROR_BASE( x )    ( (x) & 0xFF )\n#define FT_ERROR_MODULE( x )  ( (x) & 0xFF00U )\n\n#define FT_ERR_EQ( x, e )                                        \\\n          ( FT_ERROR_BASE( x ) == FT_ERROR_BASE( FT_ERR( e ) ) )\n#define FT_ERR_NEQ( x, e )                                       \\\n          ( FT_ERROR_BASE( x ) != FT_ERROR_BASE( FT_ERR( e ) ) )\n\n\nFT_END_HEADER\n\n#endif /* FTTYPES_H_ */\n\n\n/* END */\n"
  },
  {
    "path": "Antario/LIB/freetype/freetype/ftwinfnt.h",
    "content": "/****************************************************************************\n *\n * ftwinfnt.h\n *\n *   FreeType API for accessing Windows fnt-specific data.\n *\n * Copyright (C) 2003-2019 by\n * David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.\n *\n * This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,\n * modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project\n * license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute\n * this file you indicate that you have read the license and\n * understand and accept it fully.\n *\n */\n\n\n#ifndef FTWINFNT_H_\n#define FTWINFNT_H_\n\n#include <ft2build.h>\n#include FT_FREETYPE_H\n\n#ifdef FREETYPE_H\n#error \"freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!\"\n#error \"Please fix the directory search order for header files\"\n#error \"so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first.\"\n#endif\n\n\nFT_BEGIN_HEADER\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @section:\n   *   winfnt_fonts\n   *\n   * @title:\n   *   Window FNT Files\n   *\n   * @abstract:\n   *   Windows FNT-specific API.\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   This section contains the declaration of Windows FNT-specific\n   *   functions.\n   *\n   */\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @enum:\n   *   FT_WinFNT_ID_XXX\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   A list of valid values for the `charset` byte in @FT_WinFNT_HeaderRec. \n   *   Exact mapping tables for the various 'cpXXXX' encodings (except for\n   *   'cp1361') can be found at 'ftp://ftp.unicode.org/Public' in the\n   *   `MAPPINGS/VENDORS/MICSFT/WINDOWS` subdirectory.  'cp1361' is roughly a\n   *   superset of `MAPPINGS/OBSOLETE/EASTASIA/KSC/JOHAB.TXT`.\n   *\n   * @values:\n   *   FT_WinFNT_ID_DEFAULT ::\n   *     This is used for font enumeration and font creation as a 'don't\n   *     care' value.  Valid font files don't contain this value.  When\n   *     querying for information about the character set of the font that is\n   *     currently selected into a specified device context, this return\n   *     value (of the related Windows API) simply denotes failure.\n   *\n   *   FT_WinFNT_ID_SYMBOL ::\n   *     There is no known mapping table available.\n   *\n   *   FT_WinFNT_ID_MAC ::\n   *     Mac Roman encoding.\n   *\n   *   FT_WinFNT_ID_OEM ::\n   *     From Michael Poettgen <michael@poettgen.de>:\n   *\n   *     The 'Windows Font Mapping' article says that `FT_WinFNT_ID_OEM` is\n   *     used for the charset of vector fonts, like `modern.fon`,\n   *     `roman.fon`, and `script.fon` on Windows.\n   *\n   *     The 'CreateFont' documentation says: The `FT_WinFNT_ID_OEM` value\n   *     specifies a character set that is operating-system dependent.\n   *\n   *     The 'IFIMETRICS' documentation from the 'Windows Driver Development\n   *     Kit' says: This font supports an OEM-specific character set.  The\n   *     OEM character set is system dependent.\n   *\n   *     In general OEM, as opposed to ANSI (i.e., 'cp1252'), denotes the\n   *     second default codepage that most international versions of Windows\n   *     have.  It is one of the OEM codepages from\n   *\n   *     https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/windows/desktop/intl/code-page-identifiers\n   *     ,\n   *\n   *     and is used for the 'DOS boxes', to support legacy applications.  A\n   *     German Windows version for example usually uses ANSI codepage 1252\n   *     and OEM codepage 850.\n   *\n   *   FT_WinFNT_ID_CP874 ::\n   *     A superset of Thai TIS 620 and ISO 8859-11.\n   *\n   *   FT_WinFNT_ID_CP932 ::\n   *     A superset of Japanese Shift-JIS (with minor deviations).\n   *\n   *   FT_WinFNT_ID_CP936 ::\n   *     A superset of simplified Chinese GB 2312-1980 (with different\n   *     ordering and minor deviations).\n   *\n   *   FT_WinFNT_ID_CP949 ::\n   *     A superset of Korean Hangul KS~C 5601-1987 (with different ordering\n   *     and minor deviations).\n   *\n   *   FT_WinFNT_ID_CP950 ::\n   *     A superset of traditional Chinese Big~5 ETen (with different\n   *     ordering and minor deviations).\n   *\n   *   FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1250 ::\n   *     A superset of East European ISO 8859-2 (with slightly different\n   *     ordering).\n   *\n   *   FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1251 ::\n   *     A superset of Russian ISO 8859-5 (with different ordering).\n   *\n   *   FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1252 ::\n   *     ANSI encoding.  A superset of ISO 8859-1.\n   *\n   *   FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1253 ::\n   *     A superset of Greek ISO 8859-7 (with minor modifications).\n   *\n   *   FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1254 ::\n   *     A superset of Turkish ISO 8859-9.\n   *\n   *   FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1255 ::\n   *     A superset of Hebrew ISO 8859-8 (with some modifications).\n   *\n   *   FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1256 ::\n   *     A superset of Arabic ISO 8859-6 (with different ordering).\n   *\n   *   FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1257 ::\n   *     A superset of Baltic ISO 8859-13 (with some deviations).\n   *\n   *   FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1258 ::\n   *     For Vietnamese.  This encoding doesn't cover all necessary\n   *     characters.\n   *\n   *   FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1361 ::\n   *     Korean (Johab).\n   */\n\n#define FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1252    0\n#define FT_WinFNT_ID_DEFAULT   1\n#define FT_WinFNT_ID_SYMBOL    2\n#define FT_WinFNT_ID_MAC      77\n#define FT_WinFNT_ID_CP932   128\n#define FT_WinFNT_ID_CP949   129\n#define FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1361  130\n#define FT_WinFNT_ID_CP936   134\n#define FT_WinFNT_ID_CP950   136\n#define FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1253  161\n#define FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1254  162\n#define FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1258  163\n#define FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1255  177\n#define FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1256  178\n#define FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1257  186\n#define FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1251  204\n#define FT_WinFNT_ID_CP874   222\n#define FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1250  238\n#define FT_WinFNT_ID_OEM     255\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @struct:\n   *   FT_WinFNT_HeaderRec\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   Windows FNT Header info.\n   */\n  typedef struct  FT_WinFNT_HeaderRec_\n  {\n    FT_UShort  version;\n    FT_ULong   file_size;\n    FT_Byte    copyright[60];\n    FT_UShort  file_type;\n    FT_UShort  nominal_point_size;\n    FT_UShort  vertical_resolution;\n    FT_UShort  horizontal_resolution;\n    FT_UShort  ascent;\n    FT_UShort  internal_leading;\n    FT_UShort  external_leading;\n    FT_Byte    italic;\n    FT_Byte    underline;\n    FT_Byte    strike_out;\n    FT_UShort  weight;\n    FT_Byte    charset;\n    FT_UShort  pixel_width;\n    FT_UShort  pixel_height;\n    FT_Byte    pitch_and_family;\n    FT_UShort  avg_width;\n    FT_UShort  max_width;\n    FT_Byte    first_char;\n    FT_Byte    last_char;\n    FT_Byte    default_char;\n    FT_Byte    break_char;\n    FT_UShort  bytes_per_row;\n    FT_ULong   device_offset;\n    FT_ULong   face_name_offset;\n    FT_ULong   bits_pointer;\n    FT_ULong   bits_offset;\n    FT_Byte    reserved;\n    FT_ULong   flags;\n    FT_UShort  A_space;\n    FT_UShort  B_space;\n    FT_UShort  C_space;\n    FT_UShort  color_table_offset;\n    FT_ULong   reserved1[4];\n\n  } FT_WinFNT_HeaderRec;\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @struct:\n   *   FT_WinFNT_Header\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   A handle to an @FT_WinFNT_HeaderRec structure.\n   */\n  typedef struct FT_WinFNT_HeaderRec_*  FT_WinFNT_Header;\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @function:\n   *    FT_Get_WinFNT_Header\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *    Retrieve a Windows FNT font info header.\n   *\n   * @input:\n   *    face ::\n   *      A handle to the input face.\n   *\n   * @output:\n   *    aheader ::\n   *      The WinFNT header.\n   *\n   * @return:\n   *   FreeType error code.  0~means success.\n   *\n   * @note:\n   *   This function only works with Windows FNT faces, returning an error\n   *   otherwise.\n   */\n  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )\n  FT_Get_WinFNT_Header( FT_Face               face,\n                        FT_WinFNT_HeaderRec  *aheader );\n\n  /* */\n\n\nFT_END_HEADER\n\n#endif /* FTWINFNT_H_ */\n\n\n/* END */\n\n\n/* Local Variables: */\n/* coding: utf-8    */\n/* End:             */\n"
  },
  {
    "path": "Antario/LIB/freetype/freetype/internal/autohint.h",
    "content": "/****************************************************************************\n *\n * autohint.h\n *\n *   High-level 'autohint' module-specific interface (specification).\n *\n * Copyright (C) 1996-2019 by\n * David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.\n *\n * This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,\n * modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project\n * license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute\n * this file you indicate that you have read the license and\n * understand and accept it fully.\n *\n */\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * The auto-hinter is used to load and automatically hint glyphs if a\n   * format-specific hinter isn't available.\n   *\n   */\n\n\n#ifndef AUTOHINT_H_\n#define AUTOHINT_H_\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * A small technical note regarding automatic hinting in order to clarify\n   * this module interface.\n   *\n   * An automatic hinter might compute two kinds of data for a given face:\n   *\n   * - global hints: Usually some metrics that describe global properties\n   *                 of the face.  It is computed by scanning more or less\n   *                 aggressively the glyphs in the face, and thus can be\n   *                 very slow to compute (even if the size of global hints\n   *                 is really small).\n   *\n   * - glyph hints: These describe some important features of the glyph\n   *                 outline, as well as how to align them.  They are\n   *                 generally much faster to compute than global hints.\n   *\n   * The current FreeType auto-hinter does a pretty good job while performing\n   * fast computations for both global and glyph hints.  However, we might be\n   * interested in introducing more complex and powerful algorithms in the\n   * future, like the one described in the John D. Hobby paper, which\n   * unfortunately requires a lot more horsepower.\n   *\n   * Because a sufficiently sophisticated font management system would\n   * typically implement an LRU cache of opened face objects to reduce memory\n   * usage, it is a good idea to be able to avoid recomputing global hints\n   * every time the same face is re-opened.\n   *\n   * We thus provide the ability to cache global hints outside of the face\n   * object, in order to speed up font re-opening time.  Of course, this\n   * feature is purely optional, so most client programs won't even notice\n   * it.\n   *\n   * I initially thought that it would be a good idea to cache the glyph\n   * hints too.  However, my general idea now is that if you really need to\n   * cache these too, you are simply in need of a new font format, where all\n   * this information could be stored within the font file and decoded on the\n   * fly.\n   *\n   */\n\n\n#include <ft2build.h>\n#include FT_FREETYPE_H\n\n\nFT_BEGIN_HEADER\n\n\n  typedef struct FT_AutoHinterRec_  *FT_AutoHinter;\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @functype:\n   *   FT_AutoHinter_GlobalGetFunc\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   Retrieve the global hints computed for a given face object.  The\n   *   resulting data is dissociated from the face and will survive a call to\n   *   FT_Done_Face().  It must be discarded through the API\n   *   FT_AutoHinter_GlobalDoneFunc().\n   *\n   * @input:\n   *   hinter ::\n   *     A handle to the source auto-hinter.\n   *\n   *   face ::\n   *     A handle to the source face object.\n   *\n   * @output:\n   *   global_hints ::\n   *     A typeless pointer to the global hints.\n   *\n   *   global_len ::\n   *     The size in bytes of the global hints.\n   */\n  typedef void\n  (*FT_AutoHinter_GlobalGetFunc)( FT_AutoHinter  hinter,\n                                  FT_Face        face,\n                                  void**         global_hints,\n                                  long*          global_len );\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @functype:\n   *   FT_AutoHinter_GlobalDoneFunc\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   Discard the global hints retrieved through\n   *   FT_AutoHinter_GlobalGetFunc().  This is the only way these hints are\n   *   freed from memory.\n   *\n   * @input:\n   *   hinter ::\n   *     A handle to the auto-hinter module.\n   *\n   *   global ::\n   *     A pointer to retrieved global hints to discard.\n   */\n  typedef void\n  (*FT_AutoHinter_GlobalDoneFunc)( FT_AutoHinter  hinter,\n                                   void*          global );\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @functype:\n   *   FT_AutoHinter_GlobalResetFunc\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   This function is used to recompute the global metrics in a given font.\n   *   This is useful when global font data changes (e.g. Multiple Masters\n   *   fonts where blend coordinates change).\n   *\n   * @input:\n   *   hinter ::\n   *     A handle to the source auto-hinter.\n   *\n   *   face ::\n   *     A handle to the face.\n   */\n  typedef void\n  (*FT_AutoHinter_GlobalResetFunc)( FT_AutoHinter  hinter,\n                                    FT_Face        face );\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @functype:\n   *   FT_AutoHinter_GlyphLoadFunc\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   This function is used to load, scale, and automatically hint a glyph\n   *   from a given face.\n   *\n   * @input:\n   *   face ::\n   *     A handle to the face.\n   *\n   *   glyph_index ::\n   *     The glyph index.\n   *\n   *   load_flags ::\n   *     The load flags.\n   *\n   * @note:\n   *   This function is capable of loading composite glyphs by hinting each\n   *   sub-glyph independently (which improves quality).\n   *\n   *   It will call the font driver with @FT_Load_Glyph, with\n   *   @FT_LOAD_NO_SCALE set.\n   */\n  typedef FT_Error\n  (*FT_AutoHinter_GlyphLoadFunc)( FT_AutoHinter  hinter,\n                                  FT_GlyphSlot   slot,\n                                  FT_Size        size,\n                                  FT_UInt        glyph_index,\n                                  FT_Int32       load_flags );\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @struct:\n   *   FT_AutoHinter_InterfaceRec\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   The auto-hinter module's interface.\n   */\n  typedef struct  FT_AutoHinter_InterfaceRec_\n  {\n    FT_AutoHinter_GlobalResetFunc  reset_face;\n    FT_AutoHinter_GlobalGetFunc    get_global_hints;\n    FT_AutoHinter_GlobalDoneFunc   done_global_hints;\n    FT_AutoHinter_GlyphLoadFunc    load_glyph;\n\n  } FT_AutoHinter_InterfaceRec, *FT_AutoHinter_Interface;\n\n\n#define FT_DEFINE_AUTOHINTER_INTERFACE(       \\\n          class_,                             \\\n          reset_face_,                        \\\n          get_global_hints_,                  \\\n          done_global_hints_,                 \\\n          load_glyph_ )                       \\\n  FT_CALLBACK_TABLE_DEF                       \\\n  const FT_AutoHinter_InterfaceRec  class_ =  \\\n  {                                           \\\n    reset_face_,                              \\\n    get_global_hints_,                        \\\n    done_global_hints_,                       \\\n    load_glyph_                               \\\n  };\n\n\nFT_END_HEADER\n\n#endif /* AUTOHINT_H_ */\n\n\n/* END */\n"
  },
  {
    "path": "Antario/LIB/freetype/freetype/internal/cffotypes.h",
    "content": "/****************************************************************************\n *\n * cffotypes.h\n *\n *   Basic OpenType/CFF object type definitions (specification).\n *\n * Copyright (C) 2017-2019 by\n * David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.\n *\n * This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,\n * modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project\n * license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute\n * this file you indicate that you have read the license and\n * understand and accept it fully.\n *\n */\n\n\n#ifndef CFFOTYPES_H_\n#define CFFOTYPES_H_\n\n#include <ft2build.h>\n#include FT_INTERNAL_OBJECTS_H\n#include FT_INTERNAL_CFF_TYPES_H\n#include FT_INTERNAL_TRUETYPE_TYPES_H\n#include FT_SERVICE_POSTSCRIPT_CMAPS_H\n#include FT_INTERNAL_POSTSCRIPT_HINTS_H\n\n\nFT_BEGIN_HEADER\n\n\n  typedef TT_Face  CFF_Face;\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @type:\n   *   CFF_Size\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   A handle to an OpenType size object.\n   */\n  typedef struct  CFF_SizeRec_\n  {\n    FT_SizeRec  root;\n    FT_ULong    strike_index;    /* 0xFFFFFFFF to indicate invalid */\n\n  } CFF_SizeRec, *CFF_Size;\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @type:\n   *   CFF_GlyphSlot\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   A handle to an OpenType glyph slot object.\n   */\n  typedef struct  CFF_GlyphSlotRec_\n  {\n    FT_GlyphSlotRec  root;\n\n    FT_Bool  hint;\n    FT_Bool  scaled;\n\n    FT_Fixed  x_scale;\n    FT_Fixed  y_scale;\n\n  } CFF_GlyphSlotRec, *CFF_GlyphSlot;\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @type:\n   *   CFF_Internal\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   The interface to the 'internal' field of `FT_Size`.\n   */\n  typedef struct  CFF_InternalRec_\n  {\n    PSH_Globals  topfont;\n    PSH_Globals  subfonts[CFF_MAX_CID_FONTS];\n\n  } CFF_InternalRec, *CFF_Internal;\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * Subglyph transformation record.\n   */\n  typedef struct  CFF_Transform_\n  {\n    FT_Fixed    xx, xy;     /* transformation matrix coefficients */\n    FT_Fixed    yx, yy;\n    FT_F26Dot6  ox, oy;     /* offsets                            */\n\n  } CFF_Transform;\n\n\nFT_END_HEADER\n\n\n#endif /* CFFOTYPES_H_ */\n\n\n/* END */\n"
  },
  {
    "path": "Antario/LIB/freetype/freetype/internal/cfftypes.h",
    "content": "/****************************************************************************\n *\n * cfftypes.h\n *\n *   Basic OpenType/CFF type definitions and interface (specification\n *   only).\n *\n * Copyright (C) 1996-2019 by\n * David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.\n *\n * This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,\n * modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project\n * license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute\n * this file you indicate that you have read the license and\n * understand and accept it fully.\n *\n */\n\n\n#ifndef CFFTYPES_H_\n#define CFFTYPES_H_\n\n\n#include <ft2build.h>\n#include FT_FREETYPE_H\n#include FT_TYPE1_TABLES_H\n#include FT_INTERNAL_SERVICE_H\n#include FT_SERVICE_POSTSCRIPT_CMAPS_H\n#include FT_INTERNAL_POSTSCRIPT_HINTS_H\n#include FT_INTERNAL_TYPE1_TYPES_H\n\n\nFT_BEGIN_HEADER\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @struct:\n   *   CFF_IndexRec\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   A structure used to model a CFF Index table.\n   *\n   * @fields:\n   *   stream ::\n   *     The source input stream.\n   *\n   *   start ::\n   *     The position of the first index byte in the input stream.\n   *\n   *   count ::\n   *     The number of elements in the index.\n   *\n   *   off_size ::\n   *     The size in bytes of object offsets in index.\n   *\n   *   data_offset ::\n   *     The position of first data byte in the index's bytes.\n   *\n   *   data_size ::\n   *     The size of the data table in this index.\n   *\n   *   offsets ::\n   *     A table of element offsets in the index.  Must be loaded explicitly.\n   *\n   *   bytes ::\n   *     If the index is loaded in memory, its bytes.\n   */\n  typedef struct  CFF_IndexRec_\n  {\n    FT_Stream  stream;\n    FT_ULong   start;\n    FT_UInt    hdr_size;\n    FT_UInt    count;\n    FT_Byte    off_size;\n    FT_ULong   data_offset;\n    FT_ULong   data_size;\n\n    FT_ULong*  offsets;\n    FT_Byte*   bytes;\n\n  } CFF_IndexRec, *CFF_Index;\n\n\n  typedef struct  CFF_EncodingRec_\n  {\n    FT_UInt     format;\n    FT_ULong    offset;\n\n    FT_UInt     count;\n    FT_UShort   sids [256];  /* avoid dynamic allocations */\n    FT_UShort   codes[256];\n\n  } CFF_EncodingRec, *CFF_Encoding;\n\n\n  typedef struct  CFF_CharsetRec_\n  {\n\n    FT_UInt     format;\n    FT_ULong    offset;\n\n    FT_UShort*  sids;\n    FT_UShort*  cids;       /* the inverse mapping of `sids'; only needed */\n                            /* for CID-keyed fonts                        */\n    FT_UInt     max_cid;\n    FT_UInt     num_glyphs;\n\n  } CFF_CharsetRec, *CFF_Charset;\n\n\n  /* cf. similar fields in file `ttgxvar.h' from the `truetype' module */\n\n  typedef struct  CFF_VarData_\n  {\n#if 0\n    FT_UInt  itemCount;       /* not used; always zero */\n    FT_UInt  shortDeltaCount; /* not used; always zero */\n#endif\n\n    FT_UInt   regionIdxCount; /* number of region indexes           */\n    FT_UInt*  regionIndices;  /* array of `regionIdxCount' indices; */\n                              /* these index `varRegionList'        */\n  } CFF_VarData;\n\n\n  /* contribution of one axis to a region */\n  typedef struct  CFF_AxisCoords_\n  {\n    FT_Fixed  startCoord;\n    FT_Fixed  peakCoord;      /* zero peak means no effect (factor = 1) */\n    FT_Fixed  endCoord;\n\n  } CFF_AxisCoords;\n\n\n  typedef struct  CFF_VarRegion_\n  {\n    CFF_AxisCoords*  axisList;      /* array of axisCount records */\n\n  } CFF_VarRegion;\n\n\n  typedef struct  CFF_VStoreRec_\n  {\n    FT_UInt         dataCount;\n    CFF_VarData*    varData;        /* array of dataCount records      */\n                                    /* vsindex indexes this array      */\n    FT_UShort       axisCount;\n    FT_UInt         regionCount;    /* total number of regions defined */\n    CFF_VarRegion*  varRegionList;\n\n  } CFF_VStoreRec, *CFF_VStore;\n\n\n  /* forward reference */\n  typedef struct CFF_FontRec_*  CFF_Font;\n\n\n  /* This object manages one cached blend vector.                  */\n  /*                                                               */\n  /* There is a BlendRec for Private DICT parsing in each subfont  */\n  /* and a BlendRec for charstrings in CF2_Font instance data.     */\n  /* A cached BV may be used across DICTs or Charstrings if inputs */\n  /* have not changed.                                             */\n  /*                                                               */\n  /* `usedBV' is reset at the start of each parse or charstring.   */\n  /* vsindex cannot be changed after a BV is used.                 */\n  /*                                                               */\n  /* Note: NDV is long (32/64 bit), while BV is 16.16 (FT_Int32).  */\n  typedef struct  CFF_BlendRec_\n  {\n    FT_Bool    builtBV;        /* blendV has been built           */\n    FT_Bool    usedBV;         /* blendV has been used            */\n    CFF_Font   font;           /* top level font struct           */\n    FT_UInt    lastVsindex;    /* last vsindex used               */\n    FT_UInt    lenNDV;         /* normDV length (aka numAxes)     */\n    FT_Fixed*  lastNDV;        /* last NDV used                   */\n    FT_UInt    lenBV;          /* BlendV length (aka numMasters)  */\n    FT_Int32*  BV;             /* current blendV (per DICT/glyph) */\n\n  } CFF_BlendRec, *CFF_Blend;\n\n\n  typedef struct  CFF_FontRecDictRec_\n  {\n    FT_UInt    version;\n    FT_UInt    notice;\n    FT_UInt    copyright;\n    FT_UInt    full_name;\n    FT_UInt    family_name;\n    FT_UInt    weight;\n    FT_Bool    is_fixed_pitch;\n    FT_Fixed   italic_angle;\n    FT_Fixed   underline_position;\n    FT_Fixed   underline_thickness;\n    FT_Int     paint_type;\n    FT_Int     charstring_type;\n    FT_Matrix  font_matrix;\n    FT_Bool    has_font_matrix;\n    FT_ULong   units_per_em;  /* temporarily used as scaling value also */\n    FT_Vector  font_offset;\n    FT_ULong   unique_id;\n    FT_BBox    font_bbox;\n    FT_Pos     stroke_width;\n    FT_ULong   charset_offset;\n    FT_ULong   encoding_offset;\n    FT_ULong   charstrings_offset;\n    FT_ULong   private_offset;\n    FT_ULong   private_size;\n    FT_Long    synthetic_base;\n    FT_UInt    embedded_postscript;\n\n    /* these should only be used for the top-level font dictionary */\n    FT_UInt    cid_registry;\n    FT_UInt    cid_ordering;\n    FT_Long    cid_supplement;\n\n    FT_Long    cid_font_version;\n    FT_Long    cid_font_revision;\n    FT_Long    cid_font_type;\n    FT_ULong   cid_count;\n    FT_ULong   cid_uid_base;\n    FT_ULong   cid_fd_array_offset;\n    FT_ULong   cid_fd_select_offset;\n    FT_UInt    cid_font_name;\n\n    /* the next fields come from the data of the deprecated          */\n    /* `MultipleMaster' operator; they are needed to parse the (also */\n    /* deprecated) `blend' operator in Type 2 charstrings            */\n    FT_UShort  num_designs;\n    FT_UShort  num_axes;\n\n    /* fields for CFF2 */\n    FT_ULong   vstore_offset;\n    FT_UInt    maxstack;\n\n  } CFF_FontRecDictRec, *CFF_FontRecDict;\n\n\n  /* forward reference */\n  typedef struct CFF_SubFontRec_*  CFF_SubFont;\n\n\n  typedef struct  CFF_PrivateRec_\n  {\n    FT_Byte   num_blue_values;\n    FT_Byte   num_other_blues;\n    FT_Byte   num_family_blues;\n    FT_Byte   num_family_other_blues;\n\n    FT_Pos    blue_values[14];\n    FT_Pos    other_blues[10];\n    FT_Pos    family_blues[14];\n    FT_Pos    family_other_blues[10];\n\n    FT_Fixed  blue_scale;\n    FT_Pos    blue_shift;\n    FT_Pos    blue_fuzz;\n    FT_Pos    standard_width;\n    FT_Pos    standard_height;\n\n    FT_Byte   num_snap_widths;\n    FT_Byte   num_snap_heights;\n    FT_Pos    snap_widths[13];\n    FT_Pos    snap_heights[13];\n    FT_Bool   force_bold;\n    FT_Fixed  force_bold_threshold;\n    FT_Int    lenIV;\n    FT_Int    language_group;\n    FT_Fixed  expansion_factor;\n    FT_Long   initial_random_seed;\n    FT_ULong  local_subrs_offset;\n    FT_Pos    default_width;\n    FT_Pos    nominal_width;\n\n    /* fields for CFF2 */\n    FT_UInt      vsindex;\n    CFF_SubFont  subfont;\n\n  } CFF_PrivateRec, *CFF_Private;\n\n\n  typedef struct  CFF_FDSelectRec_\n  {\n    FT_Byte   format;\n    FT_UInt   range_count;\n\n    /* that's the table, taken from the file `as is' */\n    FT_Byte*  data;\n    FT_UInt   data_size;\n\n    /* small cache for format 3 only */\n    FT_UInt   cache_first;\n    FT_UInt   cache_count;\n    FT_Byte   cache_fd;\n\n  } CFF_FDSelectRec, *CFF_FDSelect;\n\n\n  /* A SubFont packs a font dict and a private dict together.  They are */\n  /* needed to support CID-keyed CFF fonts.                             */\n  typedef struct  CFF_SubFontRec_\n  {\n    CFF_FontRecDictRec  font_dict;\n    CFF_PrivateRec      private_dict;\n\n    /* fields for CFF2 */\n    CFF_BlendRec  blend;      /* current blend vector       */\n    FT_UInt       lenNDV;     /* current length NDV or zero */\n    FT_Fixed*     NDV;        /* ptr to current NDV or NULL */\n\n    /* `blend_stack' is a writable buffer to hold blend results.          */\n    /* This buffer is to the side of the normal cff parser stack;         */\n    /* `cff_parse_blend' and `cff_blend_doBlend' push blend results here. */\n    /* The normal stack then points to these values instead of the DICT   */\n    /* because all other operators in Private DICT clear the stack.       */\n    /* `blend_stack' could be cleared at each operator other than blend.  */\n    /* Blended values are stored as 5-byte fixed point values.            */\n\n    FT_Byte*  blend_stack;    /* base of stack allocation     */\n    FT_Byte*  blend_top;      /* first empty slot             */\n    FT_UInt   blend_used;     /* number of bytes in use       */\n    FT_UInt   blend_alloc;    /* number of bytes allocated    */\n\n    CFF_IndexRec  local_subrs_index;\n    FT_Byte**     local_subrs; /* array of pointers           */\n                               /* into Local Subrs INDEX data */\n\n    FT_UInt32  random;\n\n  } CFF_SubFontRec;\n\n\n#define CFF_MAX_CID_FONTS  256\n\n\n  typedef struct  CFF_FontRec_\n  {\n    FT_Library       library;\n    FT_Stream        stream;\n    FT_Memory        memory;        /* TODO: take this from stream->memory? */\n    FT_ULong         base_offset;   /* offset to start of CFF */\n    FT_UInt          num_faces;\n    FT_UInt          num_glyphs;\n\n    FT_Byte          version_major;\n    FT_Byte          version_minor;\n    FT_Byte          header_size;\n\n    FT_UInt          top_dict_length;   /* cff2 only */\n\n    FT_Bool          cff2;\n\n    CFF_IndexRec     name_index;\n    CFF_IndexRec     top_dict_index;\n    CFF_IndexRec     global_subrs_index;\n\n    CFF_EncodingRec  encoding;\n    CFF_CharsetRec   charset;\n\n    CFF_IndexRec     charstrings_index;\n    CFF_IndexRec     font_dict_index;\n    CFF_IndexRec     private_index;\n    CFF_IndexRec     local_subrs_index;\n\n    FT_String*       font_name;\n\n    /* array of pointers into Global Subrs INDEX data */\n    FT_Byte**        global_subrs;\n\n    /* array of pointers into String INDEX data stored at string_pool */\n    FT_UInt          num_strings;\n    FT_Byte**        strings;\n    FT_Byte*         string_pool;\n    FT_ULong         string_pool_size;\n\n    CFF_SubFontRec   top_font;\n    FT_UInt          num_subfonts;\n    CFF_SubFont      subfonts[CFF_MAX_CID_FONTS];\n\n    CFF_FDSelectRec  fd_select;\n\n    /* interface to PostScript hinter */\n    PSHinter_Service  pshinter;\n\n    /* interface to Postscript Names service */\n    FT_Service_PsCMaps  psnames;\n\n    /* interface to CFFLoad service */\n    const void*  cffload;\n\n    /* since version 2.3.0 */\n    PS_FontInfoRec*  font_info;   /* font info dictionary */\n\n    /* since version 2.3.6 */\n    FT_String*       registry;\n    FT_String*       ordering;\n\n    /* since version 2.4.12 */\n    FT_Generic       cf2_instance;\n\n    /* since version 2.7.1 */\n    CFF_VStoreRec    vstore;        /* parsed vstore structure */\n\n    /* since version 2.9 */\n    PS_FontExtraRec*  font_extra;\n\n  } CFF_FontRec;\n\n\nFT_END_HEADER\n\n#endif /* CFFTYPES_H_ */\n\n\n/* END */\n"
  },
  {
    "path": "Antario/LIB/freetype/freetype/internal/ftcalc.h",
    "content": "/****************************************************************************\n *\n * ftcalc.h\n *\n *   Arithmetic computations (specification).\n *\n * Copyright (C) 1996-2019 by\n * David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.\n *\n * This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,\n * modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project\n * license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute\n * this file you indicate that you have read the license and\n * understand and accept it fully.\n *\n */\n\n\n#ifndef FTCALC_H_\n#define FTCALC_H_\n\n\n#include <ft2build.h>\n#include FT_FREETYPE_H\n\n\nFT_BEGIN_HEADER\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * FT_MulDiv() and FT_MulFix() are declared in freetype.h.\n   *\n   */\n\n#ifndef  FT_CONFIG_OPTION_NO_ASSEMBLER\n  /* Provide assembler fragments for performance-critical functions. */\n  /* These must be defined `static __inline__' with GCC.             */\n\n#if defined( __CC_ARM ) || defined( __ARMCC__ )  /* RVCT */\n\n#define FT_MULFIX_ASSEMBLER  FT_MulFix_arm\n\n  /* documentation is in freetype.h */\n\n  static __inline FT_Int32\n  FT_MulFix_arm( FT_Int32  a,\n                 FT_Int32  b )\n  {\n    FT_Int32  t, t2;\n\n\n    __asm\n    {\n      smull t2, t,  b,  a           /* (lo=t2,hi=t) = a*b */\n      mov   a,  t,  asr #31         /* a   = (hi >> 31) */\n      add   a,  a,  #0x8000         /* a  += 0x8000 */\n      adds  t2, t2, a               /* t2 += a */\n      adc   t,  t,  #0              /* t  += carry */\n      mov   a,  t2, lsr #16         /* a   = t2 >> 16 */\n      orr   a,  a,  t,  lsl #16     /* a  |= t << 16 */\n    }\n    return a;\n  }\n\n#endif /* __CC_ARM || __ARMCC__ */\n\n\n#ifdef __GNUC__\n\n#if defined( __arm__ )                                 && \\\n    ( !defined( __thumb__ ) || defined( __thumb2__ ) ) && \\\n    !( defined( __CC_ARM ) || defined( __ARMCC__ ) )\n\n#define FT_MULFIX_ASSEMBLER  FT_MulFix_arm\n\n  /* documentation is in freetype.h */\n\n  static __inline__ FT_Int32\n  FT_MulFix_arm( FT_Int32  a,\n                 FT_Int32  b )\n  {\n    FT_Int32  t, t2;\n\n\n    __asm__ __volatile__ (\n      \"smull  %1, %2, %4, %3\\n\\t\"       /* (lo=%1,hi=%2) = a*b */\n      \"mov    %0, %2, asr #31\\n\\t\"      /* %0  = (hi >> 31) */\n#if defined( __clang__ ) && defined( __thumb2__ )\n      \"add.w  %0, %0, #0x8000\\n\\t\"      /* %0 += 0x8000 */\n#else\n      \"add    %0, %0, #0x8000\\n\\t\"      /* %0 += 0x8000 */\n#endif\n      \"adds   %1, %1, %0\\n\\t\"           /* %1 += %0 */\n      \"adc    %2, %2, #0\\n\\t\"           /* %2 += carry */\n      \"mov    %0, %1, lsr #16\\n\\t\"      /* %0  = %1 >> 16 */\n      \"orr    %0, %0, %2, lsl #16\\n\\t\"  /* %0 |= %2 << 16 */\n      : \"=r\"(a), \"=&r\"(t2), \"=&r\"(t)\n      : \"r\"(a), \"r\"(b)\n      : \"cc\" );\n    return a;\n  }\n\n#endif /* __arm__                      && */\n       /* ( __thumb2__ || !__thumb__ ) && */\n       /* !( __CC_ARM || __ARMCC__ )      */\n\n\n#if defined( __i386__ )\n\n#define FT_MULFIX_ASSEMBLER  FT_MulFix_i386\n\n  /* documentation is in freetype.h */\n\n  static __inline__ FT_Int32\n  FT_MulFix_i386( FT_Int32  a,\n                  FT_Int32  b )\n  {\n    FT_Int32  result;\n\n\n    __asm__ __volatile__ (\n      \"imul  %%edx\\n\"\n      \"movl  %%edx, %%ecx\\n\"\n      \"sarl  $31, %%ecx\\n\"\n      \"addl  $0x8000, %%ecx\\n\"\n      \"addl  %%ecx, %%eax\\n\"\n      \"adcl  $0, %%edx\\n\"\n      \"shrl  $16, %%eax\\n\"\n      \"shll  $16, %%edx\\n\"\n      \"addl  %%edx, %%eax\\n\"\n      : \"=a\"(result), \"=d\"(b)\n      : \"a\"(a), \"d\"(b)\n      : \"%ecx\", \"cc\" );\n    return result;\n  }\n\n#endif /* i386 */\n\n#endif /* __GNUC__ */\n\n\n#ifdef _MSC_VER /* Visual C++ */\n\n#ifdef _M_IX86\n\n#define FT_MULFIX_ASSEMBLER  FT_MulFix_i386\n\n  /* documentation is in freetype.h */\n\n  static __inline FT_Int32\n  FT_MulFix_i386( FT_Int32  a,\n                  FT_Int32  b )\n  {\n    FT_Int32  result;\n\n    __asm\n    {\n      mov eax, a\n      mov edx, b\n      imul edx\n      mov ecx, edx\n      sar ecx, 31\n      add ecx, 8000h\n      add eax, ecx\n      adc edx, 0\n      shr eax, 16\n      shl edx, 16\n      add eax, edx\n      mov result, eax\n    }\n    return result;\n  }\n\n#endif /* _M_IX86 */\n\n#endif /* _MSC_VER */\n\n\n#if defined( __GNUC__ ) && defined( __x86_64__ )\n\n#define FT_MULFIX_ASSEMBLER  FT_MulFix_x86_64\n\n  static __inline__ FT_Int32\n  FT_MulFix_x86_64( FT_Int32  a,\n                    FT_Int32  b )\n  {\n    /* Temporarily disable the warning that C90 doesn't support */\n    /* `long long'.                                             */\n#if __GNUC__ > 4 || ( __GNUC__ == 4 && __GNUC_MINOR__ >= 6 )\n#pragma GCC diagnostic push\n#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored \"-Wlong-long\"\n#endif\n\n#if 1\n    /* Technically not an assembly fragment, but GCC does a really good */\n    /* job at inlining it and generating good machine code for it.      */\n    long long  ret, tmp;\n\n\n    ret  = (long long)a * b;\n    tmp  = ret >> 63;\n    ret += 0x8000 + tmp;\n\n    return (FT_Int32)( ret >> 16 );\n#else\n\n    /* For some reason, GCC 4.6 on Ubuntu 12.04 generates invalid machine  */\n    /* code from the lines below.  The main issue is that `wide_a' is not  */\n    /* properly initialized by sign-extending `a'.  Instead, the generated */\n    /* machine code assumes that the register that contains `a' on input   */\n    /* can be used directly as a 64-bit value, which is wrong most of the  */\n    /* time.                                                               */\n    long long  wide_a = (long long)a;\n    long long  wide_b = (long long)b;\n    long long  result;\n\n\n    __asm__ __volatile__ (\n      \"imul %2, %1\\n\"\n      \"mov %1, %0\\n\"\n      \"sar $63, %0\\n\"\n      \"lea 0x8000(%1, %0), %0\\n\"\n      \"sar $16, %0\\n\"\n      : \"=&r\"(result), \"=&r\"(wide_a)\n      : \"r\"(wide_b)\n      : \"cc\" );\n\n    return (FT_Int32)result;\n#endif\n\n#if __GNUC__ > 4 || ( __GNUC__ == 4 && __GNUC_MINOR__ >= 6 )\n#pragma GCC diagnostic pop\n#endif\n  }\n\n#endif /* __GNUC__ && __x86_64__ */\n\n#endif /* !FT_CONFIG_OPTION_NO_ASSEMBLER */\n\n\n#ifdef FT_CONFIG_OPTION_INLINE_MULFIX\n#ifdef FT_MULFIX_ASSEMBLER\n#define FT_MulFix( a, b )  FT_MULFIX_ASSEMBLER( (FT_Int32)(a), (FT_Int32)(b) )\n#endif\n#endif\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @function:\n   *   FT_MulDiv_No_Round\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   A very simple function used to perform the computation '(a*b)/c'\n   *   (without rounding) with maximum accuracy (it uses a 64-bit\n   *   intermediate integer whenever necessary).\n   *\n   *   This function isn't necessarily as fast as some processor-specific\n   *   operations, but is at least completely portable.\n   *\n   * @input:\n   *   a ::\n   *     The first multiplier.\n   *   b ::\n   *     The second multiplier.\n   *   c ::\n   *     The divisor.\n   *\n   * @return:\n   *   The result of '(a*b)/c'.  This function never traps when trying to\n   *   divide by zero; it simply returns 'MaxInt' or 'MinInt' depending on\n   *   the signs of 'a' and 'b'.\n   */\n  FT_BASE( FT_Long )\n  FT_MulDiv_No_Round( FT_Long  a,\n                      FT_Long  b,\n                      FT_Long  c );\n\n\n  /*\n   * A variant of FT_Matrix_Multiply which scales its result afterwards.  The\n   * idea is that both `a' and `b' are scaled by factors of 10 so that the\n   * values are as precise as possible to get a correct result during the\n   * 64bit multiplication.  Let `sa' and `sb' be the scaling factors of `a'\n   * and `b', respectively, then the scaling factor of the result is `sa*sb'.\n   */\n  FT_BASE( void )\n  FT_Matrix_Multiply_Scaled( const FT_Matrix*  a,\n                             FT_Matrix        *b,\n                             FT_Long           scaling );\n\n\n  /*\n   * Check a matrix.  If the transformation would lead to extreme shear or\n   * extreme scaling, for example, return 0.  If everything is OK, return 1.\n   *\n   * Based on geometric considerations we use the following inequality to\n   * identify a degenerate matrix.\n   *\n   *   50 * abs(xx*yy - xy*yx) < xx^2 + xy^2 + yx^2 + yy^2\n   *\n   * Value 50 is heuristic.\n   */\n  FT_BASE( FT_Bool )\n  FT_Matrix_Check( const FT_Matrix*  matrix );\n\n\n  /*\n   * A variant of FT_Vector_Transform.  See comments for\n   * FT_Matrix_Multiply_Scaled.\n   */\n  FT_BASE( void )\n  FT_Vector_Transform_Scaled( FT_Vector*        vector,\n                              const FT_Matrix*  matrix,\n                              FT_Long           scaling );\n\n\n  /*\n   * This function normalizes a vector and returns its original length.  The\n   * normalized vector is a 16.16 fixed-point unit vector with length close\n   * to 0x10000.  The accuracy of the returned length is limited to 16 bits\n   * also.  The function utilizes quick inverse square root approximation\n   * without divisions and square roots relying on Newton's iterations\n   * instead.\n   */\n  FT_BASE( FT_UInt32 )\n  FT_Vector_NormLen( FT_Vector*  vector );\n\n\n  /*\n   * Return -1, 0, or +1, depending on the orientation of a given corner.  We\n   * use the Cartesian coordinate system, with positive vertical values going\n   * upwards.  The function returns +1 if the corner turns to the left, -1 to\n   * the right, and 0 for undecidable cases.\n   */\n  FT_BASE( FT_Int )\n  ft_corner_orientation( FT_Pos  in_x,\n                         FT_Pos  in_y,\n                         FT_Pos  out_x,\n                         FT_Pos  out_y );\n\n\n  /*\n   * Return TRUE if a corner is flat or nearly flat.  This is equivalent to\n   * saying that the corner point is close to its neighbors, or inside an\n   * ellipse defined by the neighbor focal points to be more precise.\n   */\n  FT_BASE( FT_Int )\n  ft_corner_is_flat( FT_Pos  in_x,\n                     FT_Pos  in_y,\n                     FT_Pos  out_x,\n                     FT_Pos  out_y );\n\n\n  /*\n   * Return the most significant bit index.\n   */\n\n#ifndef  FT_CONFIG_OPTION_NO_ASSEMBLER\n\n#if defined( __GNUC__ )                                          && \\\n    ( __GNUC__ > 3 || ( __GNUC__ == 3 && __GNUC_MINOR__ >= 4 ) )\n\n#if FT_SIZEOF_INT == 4\n\n#define FT_MSB( x )  ( 31 - __builtin_clz( x ) )\n\n#elif FT_SIZEOF_LONG == 4\n\n#define FT_MSB( x )  ( 31 - __builtin_clzl( x ) )\n\n#endif /* __GNUC__ */\n\n\n#elif defined( _MSC_VER ) && ( _MSC_VER >= 1400 )\n\n#if FT_SIZEOF_INT == 4\n\n#include <intrin.h>\n\n  static __inline FT_Int32\n  FT_MSB_i386( FT_UInt32  x )\n  {\n    unsigned long  where;\n\n\n    /* not available in older VC versions */\n    _BitScanReverse( &where, x );\n\n    return (FT_Int32)where;\n  }\n\n#define FT_MSB( x )  ( FT_MSB_i386( x ) )\n\n#endif\n\n#endif /* _MSC_VER */\n\n\n#endif /* !FT_CONFIG_OPTION_NO_ASSEMBLER */\n\n#ifndef FT_MSB\n\n  FT_BASE( FT_Int )\n  FT_MSB( FT_UInt32  z );\n\n#endif\n\n\n  /*\n   * Return sqrt(x*x+y*y), which is the same as `FT_Vector_Length' but uses\n   * two fixed-point arguments instead.\n   */\n  FT_BASE( FT_Fixed )\n  FT_Hypot( FT_Fixed  x,\n            FT_Fixed  y );\n\n\n#if 0\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @function:\n   *   FT_SqrtFixed\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   Computes the square root of a 16.16 fixed-point value.\n   *\n   * @input:\n   *   x ::\n   *     The value to compute the root for.\n   *\n   * @return:\n   *   The result of 'sqrt(x)'.\n   *\n   * @note:\n   *   This function is not very fast.\n   */\n  FT_BASE( FT_Int32 )\n  FT_SqrtFixed( FT_Int32  x );\n\n#endif /* 0 */\n\n\n#define INT_TO_F26DOT6( x )    ( (FT_Long)(x) * 64  )    /* << 6  */\n#define INT_TO_F2DOT14( x )    ( (FT_Long)(x) * 16384 )  /* << 14 */\n#define INT_TO_FIXED( x )      ( (FT_Long)(x) * 65536 )  /* << 16 */\n#define F2DOT14_TO_FIXED( x )  ( (FT_Long)(x) * 4 )      /* << 2  */\n#define FIXED_TO_INT( x )      ( FT_RoundFix( x ) >> 16 )\n\n#define ROUND_F26DOT6( x )     ( x >= 0 ? (    ( (x) + 32 ) & -64 )     \\\n                                        : ( -( ( 32 - (x) ) & -64 ) ) )\n\n  /*\n   * The following macros have two purposes.\n   *\n   * - Tag places where overflow is expected and harmless.\n   *\n   * - Avoid run-time sanitizer errors.\n   *\n   * Use with care!\n   */\n#define ADD_INT( a, b )                           \\\n          (FT_Int)( (FT_UInt)(a) + (FT_UInt)(b) )\n#define SUB_INT( a, b )                           \\\n          (FT_Int)( (FT_UInt)(a) - (FT_UInt)(b) )\n#define MUL_INT( a, b )                           \\\n          (FT_Int)( (FT_UInt)(a) * (FT_UInt)(b) )\n#define NEG_INT( a )                              \\\n          (FT_Int)( (FT_UInt)0 - (FT_UInt)(a) )\n\n#define ADD_LONG( a, b )                             \\\n          (FT_Long)( (FT_ULong)(a) + (FT_ULong)(b) )\n#define SUB_LONG( a, b )                             \\\n          (FT_Long)( (FT_ULong)(a) - (FT_ULong)(b) )\n#define MUL_LONG( a, b )                             \\\n          (FT_Long)( (FT_ULong)(a) * (FT_ULong)(b) )\n#define NEG_LONG( a )                                \\\n          (FT_Long)( (FT_ULong)0 - (FT_ULong)(a) )\n\n#define ADD_INT32( a, b )                               \\\n          (FT_Int32)( (FT_UInt32)(a) + (FT_UInt32)(b) )\n#define SUB_INT32( a, b )                               \\\n          (FT_Int32)( (FT_UInt32)(a) - (FT_UInt32)(b) )\n#define MUL_INT32( a, b )                               \\\n          (FT_Int32)( (FT_UInt32)(a) * (FT_UInt32)(b) )\n#define NEG_INT32( a )                                  \\\n          (FT_Int32)( (FT_UInt32)0 - (FT_UInt32)(a) )\n\n#ifdef FT_LONG64\n\n#define ADD_INT64( a, b )                               \\\n          (FT_Int64)( (FT_UInt64)(a) + (FT_UInt64)(b) )\n#define SUB_INT64( a, b )                               \\\n          (FT_Int64)( (FT_UInt64)(a) - (FT_UInt64)(b) )\n#define MUL_INT64( a, b )                               \\\n          (FT_Int64)( (FT_UInt64)(a) * (FT_UInt64)(b) )\n#define NEG_INT64( a )                                  \\\n          (FT_Int64)( (FT_UInt64)0 - (FT_UInt64)(a) )\n\n#endif /* FT_LONG64 */\n\n\nFT_END_HEADER\n\n#endif /* FTCALC_H_ */\n\n\n/* END */\n"
  },
  {
    "path": "Antario/LIB/freetype/freetype/internal/ftdebug.h",
    "content": "/****************************************************************************\n *\n * ftdebug.h\n *\n *   Debugging and logging component (specification).\n *\n * Copyright (C) 1996-2019 by\n * David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.\n *\n * This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,\n * modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project\n * license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute\n * this file you indicate that you have read the license and\n * understand and accept it fully.\n *\n *\n * IMPORTANT: A description of FreeType's debugging support can be\n *             found in 'docs/DEBUG.TXT'.  Read it if you need to use or\n *             understand this code.\n *\n */\n\n\n#ifndef FTDEBUG_H_\n#define FTDEBUG_H_\n\n\n#include <ft2build.h>\n#include FT_CONFIG_CONFIG_H\n#include FT_FREETYPE_H\n\n\nFT_BEGIN_HEADER\n\n\n  /* force the definition of FT_DEBUG_LEVEL_ERROR if FT_DEBUG_LEVEL_TRACE */\n  /* is already defined; this simplifies the following #ifdefs            */\n  /*                                                                      */\n#ifdef FT_DEBUG_LEVEL_TRACE\n#undef  FT_DEBUG_LEVEL_ERROR\n#define FT_DEBUG_LEVEL_ERROR\n#endif\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * Define the trace enums as well as the trace levels array when they are\n   * needed.\n   *\n   */\n\n#ifdef FT_DEBUG_LEVEL_TRACE\n\n#define FT_TRACE_DEF( x )  trace_ ## x ,\n\n  /* defining the enumeration */\n  typedef enum  FT_Trace_\n  {\n#include FT_INTERNAL_TRACE_H\n    trace_count\n\n  } FT_Trace;\n\n\n  /* a pointer to the array of trace levels, */\n  /* provided by `src/base/ftdebug.c'        */\n  extern int*  ft_trace_levels;\n\n#undef FT_TRACE_DEF\n\n#endif /* FT_DEBUG_LEVEL_TRACE */\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * Define the FT_TRACE macro\n   *\n   * IMPORTANT!\n   *\n   * Each component must define the macro FT_COMPONENT to a valid FT_Trace\n   * value before using any TRACE macro.\n   *\n   */\n\n#ifdef FT_DEBUG_LEVEL_TRACE\n\n  /* we need two macros here to make cpp expand `FT_COMPONENT' */\n#define FT_TRACE_COMP( x )   FT_TRACE_COMP_( x )\n#define FT_TRACE_COMP_( x )  trace_ ## x\n\n#define FT_TRACE( level, varformat )                                       \\\n          do                                                               \\\n          {                                                                \\\n            if ( ft_trace_levels[FT_TRACE_COMP( FT_COMPONENT )] >= level ) \\\n              FT_Message varformat;                                        \\\n          } while ( 0 )\n\n#else /* !FT_DEBUG_LEVEL_TRACE */\n\n#define FT_TRACE( level, varformat )  do { } while ( 0 )      /* nothing */\n\n#endif /* !FT_DEBUG_LEVEL_TRACE */\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @function:\n   *   FT_Trace_Get_Count\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   Return the number of available trace components.\n   *\n   * @return:\n   *   The number of trace components.  0 if FreeType 2 is not built with\n   *   FT_DEBUG_LEVEL_TRACE definition.\n   *\n   * @note:\n   *   This function may be useful if you want to access elements of the\n   *   internal trace levels array by an index.\n   */\n  FT_BASE( FT_Int )\n  FT_Trace_Get_Count( void );\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @function:\n   *   FT_Trace_Get_Name\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   Return the name of a trace component.\n   *\n   * @input:\n   *   The index of the trace component.\n   *\n   * @return:\n   *   The name of the trace component.  This is a statically allocated\n   *   C~string, so do not free it after use.  `NULL` if FreeType is not\n   *   built with FT_DEBUG_LEVEL_TRACE definition.\n   *\n   * @note:\n   *   Use @FT_Trace_Get_Count to get the number of available trace\n   *   components.\n   */\n  FT_BASE( const char* )\n  FT_Trace_Get_Name( FT_Int  idx );\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @function:\n   *   FT_Trace_Disable\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   Switch off tracing temporarily.  It can be activated again with\n   *   @FT_Trace_Enable.\n   */\n  FT_BASE( void )\n  FT_Trace_Disable( void );\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @function:\n   *   FT_Trace_Enable\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   Activate tracing.  Use it after tracing has been switched off with\n   *   @FT_Trace_Disable.\n   */\n  FT_BASE( void )\n  FT_Trace_Enable( void );\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * You need two opening and closing parentheses!\n   *\n   * Example: FT_TRACE0(( \"Value is %i\", foo ))\n   *\n   * Output of the FT_TRACEX macros is sent to stderr.\n   *\n   */\n\n#define FT_TRACE0( varformat )  FT_TRACE( 0, varformat )\n#define FT_TRACE1( varformat )  FT_TRACE( 1, varformat )\n#define FT_TRACE2( varformat )  FT_TRACE( 2, varformat )\n#define FT_TRACE3( varformat )  FT_TRACE( 3, varformat )\n#define FT_TRACE4( varformat )  FT_TRACE( 4, varformat )\n#define FT_TRACE5( varformat )  FT_TRACE( 5, varformat )\n#define FT_TRACE6( varformat )  FT_TRACE( 6, varformat )\n#define FT_TRACE7( varformat )  FT_TRACE( 7, varformat )\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * Define the FT_ERROR macro.\n   *\n   * Output of this macro is sent to stderr.\n   *\n   */\n\n#ifdef FT_DEBUG_LEVEL_ERROR\n\n#define FT_ERROR( varformat )  FT_Message  varformat\n\n#else  /* !FT_DEBUG_LEVEL_ERROR */\n\n#define FT_ERROR( varformat )  do { } while ( 0 )      /* nothing */\n\n#endif /* !FT_DEBUG_LEVEL_ERROR */\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * Define the FT_ASSERT and FT_THROW macros.  The call to `FT_Throw` makes\n   * it possible to easily set a breakpoint at this function.\n   *\n   */\n\n#ifdef FT_DEBUG_LEVEL_ERROR\n\n#define FT_ASSERT( condition )                                      \\\n          do                                                        \\\n          {                                                         \\\n            if ( !( condition ) )                                   \\\n              FT_Panic( \"assertion failed on line %d of file %s\\n\", \\\n                        __LINE__, __FILE__ );                       \\\n          } while ( 0 )\n\n#define FT_THROW( e )                                   \\\n          ( FT_Throw( FT_ERR_CAT( FT_ERR_PREFIX, e ),   \\\n                      __LINE__,                         \\\n                      __FILE__ )                      | \\\n            FT_ERR_CAT( FT_ERR_PREFIX, e )            )\n\n#else /* !FT_DEBUG_LEVEL_ERROR */\n\n#define FT_ASSERT( condition )  do { } while ( 0 )\n\n#define FT_THROW( e )  FT_ERR_CAT( FT_ERR_PREFIX, e )\n\n#endif /* !FT_DEBUG_LEVEL_ERROR */\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * Define `FT_Message` and `FT_Panic` when needed.\n   *\n   */\n\n#ifdef FT_DEBUG_LEVEL_ERROR\n\n#include \"stdio.h\"  /* for vfprintf() */\n\n  /* print a message */\n  FT_BASE( void )\n  FT_Message( const char*  fmt,\n              ... );\n\n  /* print a message and exit */\n  FT_BASE( void )\n  FT_Panic( const char*  fmt,\n            ... );\n\n  /* report file name and line number of an error */\n  FT_BASE( int )\n  FT_Throw( FT_Error     error,\n            int          line,\n            const char*  file );\n\n#endif /* FT_DEBUG_LEVEL_ERROR */\n\n\n  FT_BASE( void )\n  ft_debug_init( void );\n\nFT_END_HEADER\n\n#endif /* FTDEBUG_H_ */\n\n\n/* END */\n"
  },
  {
    "path": "Antario/LIB/freetype/freetype/internal/ftdrv.h",
    "content": "/****************************************************************************\n *\n * ftdrv.h\n *\n *   FreeType internal font driver interface (specification).\n *\n * Copyright (C) 1996-2019 by\n * David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.\n *\n * This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,\n * modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project\n * license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute\n * this file you indicate that you have read the license and\n * understand and accept it fully.\n *\n */\n\n\n#ifndef FTDRV_H_\n#define FTDRV_H_\n\n\n#include <ft2build.h>\n#include FT_MODULE_H\n\n\nFT_BEGIN_HEADER\n\n\n  typedef FT_Error\n  (*FT_Face_InitFunc)( FT_Stream      stream,\n                       FT_Face        face,\n                       FT_Int         typeface_index,\n                       FT_Int         num_params,\n                       FT_Parameter*  parameters );\n\n  typedef void\n  (*FT_Face_DoneFunc)( FT_Face  face );\n\n\n  typedef FT_Error\n  (*FT_Size_InitFunc)( FT_Size  size );\n\n  typedef void\n  (*FT_Size_DoneFunc)( FT_Size  size );\n\n\n  typedef FT_Error\n  (*FT_Slot_InitFunc)( FT_GlyphSlot  slot );\n\n  typedef void\n  (*FT_Slot_DoneFunc)( FT_GlyphSlot  slot );\n\n\n  typedef FT_Error\n  (*FT_Size_RequestFunc)( FT_Size          size,\n                          FT_Size_Request  req );\n\n  typedef FT_Error\n  (*FT_Size_SelectFunc)( FT_Size   size,\n                         FT_ULong  size_index );\n\n  typedef FT_Error\n  (*FT_Slot_LoadFunc)( FT_GlyphSlot  slot,\n                       FT_Size       size,\n                       FT_UInt       glyph_index,\n                       FT_Int32      load_flags );\n\n\n  typedef FT_Error\n  (*FT_Face_GetKerningFunc)( FT_Face     face,\n                             FT_UInt     left_glyph,\n                             FT_UInt     right_glyph,\n                             FT_Vector*  kerning );\n\n\n  typedef FT_Error\n  (*FT_Face_AttachFunc)( FT_Face    face,\n                         FT_Stream  stream );\n\n\n  typedef FT_Error\n  (*FT_Face_GetAdvancesFunc)( FT_Face    face,\n                              FT_UInt    first,\n                              FT_UInt    count,\n                              FT_Int32   flags,\n                              FT_Fixed*  advances );\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @struct:\n   *   FT_Driver_ClassRec\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   The font driver class.  This structure mostly contains pointers to\n   *   driver methods.\n   *\n   * @fields:\n   *   root ::\n   *     The parent module.\n   *\n   *   face_object_size ::\n   *     The size of a face object in bytes.\n   *\n   *   size_object_size ::\n   *     The size of a size object in bytes.\n   *\n   *   slot_object_size ::\n   *     The size of a glyph object in bytes.\n   *\n   *   init_face ::\n   *     The format-specific face constructor.\n   *\n   *   done_face ::\n   *     The format-specific face destructor.\n   *\n   *   init_size ::\n   *     The format-specific size constructor.\n   *\n   *   done_size ::\n   *     The format-specific size destructor.\n   *\n   *   init_slot ::\n   *     The format-specific slot constructor.\n   *\n   *   done_slot ::\n   *     The format-specific slot destructor.\n   *\n   *\n   *   load_glyph ::\n   *     A function handle to load a glyph to a slot.  This field is\n   *     mandatory!\n   *\n   *   get_kerning ::\n   *     A function handle to return the unscaled kerning for a given pair of\n   *     glyphs.  Can be set to 0 if the format doesn't support kerning.\n   *\n   *   attach_file ::\n   *     This function handle is used to read additional data for a face from\n   *     another file/stream.  For example, this can be used to add data from\n   *     AFM or PFM files on a Type 1 face, or a CIDMap on a CID-keyed face.\n   *\n   *   get_advances ::\n   *     A function handle used to return advance widths of 'count' glyphs\n   *     (in font units), starting at 'first'.  The 'vertical' flag must be\n   *     set to get vertical advance heights.  The 'advances' buffer is\n   *     caller-allocated.  The idea of this function is to be able to\n   *     perform device-independent text layout without loading a single\n   *     glyph image.\n   *\n   *   request_size ::\n   *     A handle to a function used to request the new character size.  Can\n   *     be set to 0 if the scaling done in the base layer suffices.\n   *\n   *   select_size ::\n   *     A handle to a function used to select a new fixed size.  It is used\n   *     only if @FT_FACE_FLAG_FIXED_SIZES is set.  Can be set to 0 if the\n   *     scaling done in the base layer suffices.\n   * @note:\n   *   Most function pointers, with the exception of `load_glyph`, can be set\n   *   to 0 to indicate a default behaviour.\n   */\n  typedef struct  FT_Driver_ClassRec_\n  {\n    FT_Module_Class          root;\n\n    FT_Long                  face_object_size;\n    FT_Long                  size_object_size;\n    FT_Long                  slot_object_size;\n\n    FT_Face_InitFunc         init_face;\n    FT_Face_DoneFunc         done_face;\n\n    FT_Size_InitFunc         init_size;\n    FT_Size_DoneFunc         done_size;\n\n    FT_Slot_InitFunc         init_slot;\n    FT_Slot_DoneFunc         done_slot;\n\n    FT_Slot_LoadFunc         load_glyph;\n\n    FT_Face_GetKerningFunc   get_kerning;\n    FT_Face_AttachFunc       attach_file;\n    FT_Face_GetAdvancesFunc  get_advances;\n\n    /* since version 2.2 */\n    FT_Size_RequestFunc      request_size;\n    FT_Size_SelectFunc       select_size;\n\n  } FT_Driver_ClassRec, *FT_Driver_Class;\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @macro:\n   *   FT_DECLARE_DRIVER\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   Used to create a forward declaration of an FT_Driver_ClassRec struct\n   *   instance.\n   *\n   * @macro:\n   *   FT_DEFINE_DRIVER\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   Used to initialize an instance of FT_Driver_ClassRec struct.\n   *\n   *   `ftinit.c` (ft_create_default_module_classes) already contains a\n   *   mechanism to call these functions for the default modules described in\n   *   `ftmodule.h`.\n   *\n   *   The struct will be allocated in the global scope (or the scope where\n   *   the macro is used).\n   */\n#define FT_DECLARE_DRIVER( class_ )  \\\n  FT_CALLBACK_TABLE                  \\\n  const FT_Driver_ClassRec  class_;\n\n#define FT_DEFINE_DRIVER(                    \\\n          class_,                            \\\n          flags_,                            \\\n          size_,                             \\\n          name_,                             \\\n          version_,                          \\\n          requires_,                         \\\n          interface_,                        \\\n          init_,                             \\\n          done_,                             \\\n          get_interface_,                    \\\n          face_object_size_,                 \\\n          size_object_size_,                 \\\n          slot_object_size_,                 \\\n          init_face_,                        \\\n          done_face_,                        \\\n          init_size_,                        \\\n          done_size_,                        \\\n          init_slot_,                        \\\n          done_slot_,                        \\\n          load_glyph_,                       \\\n          get_kerning_,                      \\\n          attach_file_,                      \\\n          get_advances_,                     \\\n          request_size_,                     \\\n          select_size_ )                     \\\n  FT_CALLBACK_TABLE_DEF                      \\\n  const FT_Driver_ClassRec  class_ =         \\\n  {                                          \\\n    FT_DEFINE_ROOT_MODULE( flags_,           \\\n                           size_,            \\\n                           name_,            \\\n                           version_,         \\\n                           requires_,        \\\n                           interface_,       \\\n                           init_,            \\\n                           done_,            \\\n                           get_interface_ )  \\\n                                             \\\n    face_object_size_,                       \\\n    size_object_size_,                       \\\n    slot_object_size_,                       \\\n                                             \\\n    init_face_,                              \\\n    done_face_,                              \\\n                                             \\\n    init_size_,                              \\\n    done_size_,                              \\\n                                             \\\n    init_slot_,                              \\\n    done_slot_,                              \\\n                                             \\\n    load_glyph_,                             \\\n                                             \\\n    get_kerning_,                            \\\n    attach_file_,                            \\\n    get_advances_,                           \\\n                                             \\\n    request_size_,                           \\\n    select_size_                             \\\n  };\n\n\nFT_END_HEADER\n\n#endif /* FTDRV_H_ */\n\n\n/* END */\n"
  },
  {
    "path": "Antario/LIB/freetype/freetype/internal/ftgloadr.h",
    "content": "/****************************************************************************\n *\n * ftgloadr.h\n *\n *   The FreeType glyph loader (specification).\n *\n * Copyright (C) 2002-2019 by\n * David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg\n *\n * This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,\n * modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project\n * license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute\n * this file you indicate that you have read the license and\n * understand and accept it fully.\n *\n */\n\n\n#ifndef FTGLOADR_H_\n#define FTGLOADR_H_\n\n\n#include <ft2build.h>\n#include FT_FREETYPE_H\n\n\nFT_BEGIN_HEADER\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @struct:\n   *   FT_GlyphLoader\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   The glyph loader is an internal object used to load several glyphs\n   *   together (for example, in the case of composites).\n   */\n  typedef struct  FT_SubGlyphRec_\n  {\n    FT_Int     index;\n    FT_UShort  flags;\n    FT_Int     arg1;\n    FT_Int     arg2;\n    FT_Matrix  transform;\n\n  } FT_SubGlyphRec;\n\n\n  typedef struct  FT_GlyphLoadRec_\n  {\n    FT_Outline   outline;       /* outline                   */\n    FT_Vector*   extra_points;  /* extra points table        */\n    FT_Vector*   extra_points2; /* second extra points table */\n    FT_UInt      num_subglyphs; /* number of subglyphs       */\n    FT_SubGlyph  subglyphs;     /* subglyphs                 */\n\n  } FT_GlyphLoadRec, *FT_GlyphLoad;\n\n\n  typedef struct  FT_GlyphLoaderRec_\n  {\n    FT_Memory        memory;\n    FT_UInt          max_points;\n    FT_UInt          max_contours;\n    FT_UInt          max_subglyphs;\n    FT_Bool          use_extra;\n\n    FT_GlyphLoadRec  base;\n    FT_GlyphLoadRec  current;\n\n    void*            other;            /* for possible future extension? */\n\n  } FT_GlyphLoaderRec, *FT_GlyphLoader;\n\n\n  /* create new empty glyph loader */\n  FT_BASE( FT_Error )\n  FT_GlyphLoader_New( FT_Memory        memory,\n                      FT_GlyphLoader  *aloader );\n\n  /* add an extra points table to a glyph loader */\n  FT_BASE( FT_Error )\n  FT_GlyphLoader_CreateExtra( FT_GlyphLoader  loader );\n\n  /* destroy a glyph loader */\n  FT_BASE( void )\n  FT_GlyphLoader_Done( FT_GlyphLoader  loader );\n\n  /* reset a glyph loader (frees everything int it) */\n  FT_BASE( void )\n  FT_GlyphLoader_Reset( FT_GlyphLoader  loader );\n\n  /* rewind a glyph loader */\n  FT_BASE( void )\n  FT_GlyphLoader_Rewind( FT_GlyphLoader  loader );\n\n  /* check that there is enough space to add `n_points' and `n_contours' */\n  /* to the glyph loader                                                 */\n  FT_BASE( FT_Error )\n  FT_GlyphLoader_CheckPoints( FT_GlyphLoader  loader,\n                              FT_UInt         n_points,\n                              FT_UInt         n_contours );\n\n\n#define FT_GLYPHLOADER_CHECK_P( _loader, _count )       \\\n  ( (_count) == 0                                    || \\\n    ( (FT_UInt)(_loader)->base.outline.n_points    +    \\\n      (FT_UInt)(_loader)->current.outline.n_points +    \\\n      (FT_UInt)(_count) ) <= (_loader)->max_points   )\n\n#define FT_GLYPHLOADER_CHECK_C( _loader, _count )         \\\n  ( (_count) == 0                                      || \\\n    ( (FT_UInt)(_loader)->base.outline.n_contours    +    \\\n      (FT_UInt)(_loader)->current.outline.n_contours +    \\\n      (FT_UInt)(_count) ) <= (_loader)->max_contours   )\n\n#define FT_GLYPHLOADER_CHECK_POINTS( _loader, _points, _contours ) \\\n  ( ( FT_GLYPHLOADER_CHECK_P( _loader, _points )   &&              \\\n      FT_GLYPHLOADER_CHECK_C( _loader, _contours ) )               \\\n    ? 0                                                            \\\n    : FT_GlyphLoader_CheckPoints( (_loader),                       \\\n                                  (FT_UInt)(_points),              \\\n                                  (FT_UInt)(_contours) ) )\n\n\n  /* check that there is enough space to add `n_subs' sub-glyphs to */\n  /* a glyph loader                                                 */\n  FT_BASE( FT_Error )\n  FT_GlyphLoader_CheckSubGlyphs( FT_GlyphLoader  loader,\n                                 FT_UInt         n_subs );\n\n  /* prepare a glyph loader, i.e. empty the current glyph */\n  FT_BASE( void )\n  FT_GlyphLoader_Prepare( FT_GlyphLoader  loader );\n\n  /* add the current glyph to the base glyph */\n  FT_BASE( void )\n  FT_GlyphLoader_Add( FT_GlyphLoader  loader );\n\n /* */\n\n\nFT_END_HEADER\n\n#endif /* FTGLOADR_H_ */\n\n\n/* END */\n"
  },
  {
    "path": "Antario/LIB/freetype/freetype/internal/fthash.h",
    "content": "/****************************************************************************\n *\n * fthash.h\n *\n *   Hashing functions (specification).\n *\n */\n\n/*\n * Copyright 2000 Computing Research Labs, New Mexico State University\n * Copyright 2001-2015\n *   Francesco Zappa Nardelli\n *\n * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a\n * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the \"Software\"),\n * to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation\n * the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,\n * and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the\n * Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:\n *\n * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in\n * all copies or substantial portions of the Software.\n *\n * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED \"AS IS\", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR\n * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,\n * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.  IN NO EVENT SHALL\n * THE COMPUTING RESEARCH LAB OR NEW MEXICO STATE UNIVERSITY BE LIABLE FOR ANY\n * CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT\n * OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR\n * THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.\n */\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * This file is based on code from bdf.c,v 1.22 2000/03/16 20:08:50\n   *\n   * taken from Mark Leisher's xmbdfed package\n   *\n   */\n\n\n#ifndef FTHASH_H_\n#define FTHASH_H_\n\n\n#include <ft2build.h>\n#include FT_FREETYPE_H\n\n\nFT_BEGIN_HEADER\n\n\n  typedef union  FT_Hashkey_\n  {\n    FT_Int       num;\n    const char*  str;\n\n  } FT_Hashkey;\n\n\n  typedef struct  FT_HashnodeRec_\n  {\n    FT_Hashkey  key;\n    size_t      data;\n\n  } FT_HashnodeRec;\n\n  typedef struct FT_HashnodeRec_  *FT_Hashnode;\n\n\n  typedef FT_ULong\n  (*FT_Hash_LookupFunc)( FT_Hashkey*  key );\n\n  typedef FT_Bool\n  (*FT_Hash_CompareFunc)( FT_Hashkey*  a,\n                          FT_Hashkey*  b );\n\n\n  typedef struct  FT_HashRec_\n  {\n    FT_UInt  limit;\n    FT_UInt  size;\n    FT_UInt  used;\n\n    FT_Hash_LookupFunc   lookup;\n    FT_Hash_CompareFunc  compare;\n\n    FT_Hashnode*  table;\n\n  } FT_HashRec;\n\n  typedef struct FT_HashRec_  *FT_Hash;\n\n\n  FT_Error\n  ft_hash_str_init( FT_Hash    hash,\n                    FT_Memory  memory );\n\n  FT_Error\n  ft_hash_num_init( FT_Hash    hash,\n                    FT_Memory  memory );\n\n  void\n  ft_hash_str_free( FT_Hash    hash,\n                    FT_Memory  memory );\n\n#define ft_hash_num_free  ft_hash_str_free\n\n  FT_Error\n  ft_hash_str_insert( const char*  key,\n                      size_t       data,\n                      FT_Hash      hash,\n                      FT_Memory    memory );\n\n  FT_Error\n  ft_hash_num_insert( FT_Int     num,\n                      size_t     data,\n                      FT_Hash    hash,\n                      FT_Memory  memory );\n\n  size_t*\n  ft_hash_str_lookup( const char*  key,\n                      FT_Hash      hash );\n\n  size_t*\n  ft_hash_num_lookup( FT_Int   num,\n                      FT_Hash  hash );\n\n\nFT_END_HEADER\n\n\n#endif /* FTHASH_H_ */\n\n\n/* END */\n"
  },
  {
    "path": "Antario/LIB/freetype/freetype/internal/ftmemory.h",
    "content": "/****************************************************************************\n *\n * ftmemory.h\n *\n *   The FreeType memory management macros (specification).\n *\n * Copyright (C) 1996-2019 by\n * David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg\n *\n * This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,\n * modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project\n * license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute\n * this file you indicate that you have read the license and\n * understand and accept it fully.\n *\n */\n\n\n#ifndef FTMEMORY_H_\n#define FTMEMORY_H_\n\n\n#include <ft2build.h>\n#include FT_CONFIG_CONFIG_H\n#include FT_TYPES_H\n\n\nFT_BEGIN_HEADER\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @macro:\n   *   FT_SET_ERROR\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   This macro is used to set an implicit 'error' variable to a given\n   *   expression's value (usually a function call), and convert it to a\n   *   boolean which is set whenever the value is != 0.\n   */\n#undef  FT_SET_ERROR\n#define FT_SET_ERROR( expression ) \\\n          ( ( error = (expression) ) != 0 )\n\n\n\n  /*************************************************************************/\n  /*************************************************************************/\n  /*************************************************************************/\n  /****                                                                 ****/\n  /****                                                                 ****/\n  /****                           M E M O R Y                           ****/\n  /****                                                                 ****/\n  /****                                                                 ****/\n  /*************************************************************************/\n  /*************************************************************************/\n  /*************************************************************************/\n\n\n  /*\n   * C++ refuses to handle statements like p = (void*)anything, with `p' a\n   * typed pointer.  Since we don't have a `typeof' operator in standard C++,\n   * we have to use a template to emulate it.\n   */\n\n#ifdef __cplusplus\n\nextern \"C++\"\n{\n  template <typename T> inline T*\n  cplusplus_typeof(        T*,\n                    void  *v )\n  {\n    return static_cast <T*> ( v );\n  }\n}\n\n#define FT_ASSIGNP( p, val )  (p) = cplusplus_typeof( (p), (val) )\n\n#else\n\n#define FT_ASSIGNP( p, val )  (p) = (val)\n\n#endif\n\n\n\n#ifdef FT_DEBUG_MEMORY\n\n  FT_BASE( const char* )  _ft_debug_file;\n  FT_BASE( long )         _ft_debug_lineno;\n\n#define FT_DEBUG_INNER( exp )  ( _ft_debug_file   = __FILE__, \\\n                                 _ft_debug_lineno = __LINE__, \\\n                                 (exp) )\n\n#define FT_ASSIGNP_INNER( p, exp )  ( _ft_debug_file   = __FILE__, \\\n                                      _ft_debug_lineno = __LINE__, \\\n                                      FT_ASSIGNP( p, exp ) )\n\n#else /* !FT_DEBUG_MEMORY */\n\n#define FT_DEBUG_INNER( exp )       (exp)\n#define FT_ASSIGNP_INNER( p, exp )  FT_ASSIGNP( p, exp )\n\n#endif /* !FT_DEBUG_MEMORY */\n\n\n  /*\n   * The allocation functions return a pointer, and the error code is written\n   * to through the `p_error' parameter.\n   */\n\n  /* The `q' variants of the functions below (`q' for `quick') don't fill */\n  /* the allocated or reallocated memory with zero bytes.                 */\n\n  FT_BASE( FT_Pointer )\n  ft_mem_alloc( FT_Memory  memory,\n                FT_Long    size,\n                FT_Error  *p_error );\n\n  FT_BASE( FT_Pointer )\n  ft_mem_qalloc( FT_Memory  memory,\n                 FT_Long    size,\n                 FT_Error  *p_error );\n\n  FT_BASE( FT_Pointer )\n  ft_mem_realloc( FT_Memory  memory,\n                  FT_Long    item_size,\n                  FT_Long    cur_count,\n                  FT_Long    new_count,\n                  void*      block,\n                  FT_Error  *p_error );\n\n  FT_BASE( FT_Pointer )\n  ft_mem_qrealloc( FT_Memory  memory,\n                   FT_Long    item_size,\n                   FT_Long    cur_count,\n                   FT_Long    new_count,\n                   void*      block,\n                   FT_Error  *p_error );\n\n  FT_BASE( void )\n  ft_mem_free( FT_Memory    memory,\n               const void*  P );\n\n\n  /* The `Q' variants of the macros below (`Q' for `quick') don't fill */\n  /* the allocated or reallocated memory with zero bytes.              */\n\n#define FT_MEM_ALLOC( ptr, size )                               \\\n          FT_ASSIGNP_INNER( ptr, ft_mem_alloc( memory,          \\\n                                               (FT_Long)(size), \\\n                                               &error ) )\n\n#define FT_MEM_FREE( ptr )                \\\n          FT_BEGIN_STMNT                  \\\n            ft_mem_free( memory, (ptr) ); \\\n            (ptr) = NULL;                 \\\n          FT_END_STMNT\n\n#define FT_MEM_NEW( ptr )                        \\\n          FT_MEM_ALLOC( ptr, sizeof ( *(ptr) ) )\n\n#define FT_MEM_REALLOC( ptr, cursz, newsz )                        \\\n          FT_ASSIGNP_INNER( ptr, ft_mem_realloc( memory,           \\\n                                                 1,                \\\n                                                 (FT_Long)(cursz), \\\n                                                 (FT_Long)(newsz), \\\n                                                 (ptr),            \\\n                                                 &error ) )\n\n#define FT_MEM_QALLOC( ptr, size )                               \\\n          FT_ASSIGNP_INNER( ptr, ft_mem_qalloc( memory,          \\\n                                                (FT_Long)(size), \\\n                                                &error ) )\n\n#define FT_MEM_QNEW( ptr )                        \\\n          FT_MEM_QALLOC( ptr, sizeof ( *(ptr) ) )\n\n#define FT_MEM_QREALLOC( ptr, cursz, newsz )                        \\\n          FT_ASSIGNP_INNER( ptr, ft_mem_qrealloc( memory,           \\\n                                                  1,                \\\n                                                  (FT_Long)(cursz), \\\n                                                  (FT_Long)(newsz), \\\n                                                  (ptr),            \\\n                                                  &error ) )\n\n#define FT_MEM_ALLOC_MULT( ptr, count, item_size )                     \\\n          FT_ASSIGNP_INNER( ptr, ft_mem_realloc( memory,               \\\n                                                 (FT_Long)(item_size), \\\n                                                 0,                    \\\n                                                 (FT_Long)(count),     \\\n                                                 NULL,                 \\\n                                                 &error ) )\n\n#define FT_MEM_REALLOC_MULT( ptr, oldcnt, newcnt, itmsz )           \\\n          FT_ASSIGNP_INNER( ptr, ft_mem_realloc( memory,            \\\n                                                 (FT_Long)(itmsz),  \\\n                                                 (FT_Long)(oldcnt), \\\n                                                 (FT_Long)(newcnt), \\\n                                                 (ptr),             \\\n                                                 &error ) )\n\n#define FT_MEM_QALLOC_MULT( ptr, count, item_size )                     \\\n          FT_ASSIGNP_INNER( ptr, ft_mem_qrealloc( memory,               \\\n                                                  (FT_Long)(item_size), \\\n                                                  0,                    \\\n                                                  (FT_Long)(count),     \\\n                                                  NULL,                 \\\n                                                  &error ) )\n\n#define FT_MEM_QREALLOC_MULT( ptr, oldcnt, newcnt, itmsz )           \\\n          FT_ASSIGNP_INNER( ptr, ft_mem_qrealloc( memory,            \\\n                                                  (FT_Long)(itmsz),  \\\n                                                  (FT_Long)(oldcnt), \\\n                                                  (FT_Long)(newcnt), \\\n                                                  (ptr),             \\\n                                                  &error ) )\n\n\n#define FT_MEM_SET_ERROR( cond )  ( (cond), error != 0 )\n\n\n#define FT_MEM_SET( dest, byte, count )               \\\n          ft_memset( dest, byte, (FT_Offset)(count) )\n\n#define FT_MEM_COPY( dest, source, count )              \\\n          ft_memcpy( dest, source, (FT_Offset)(count) )\n\n#define FT_MEM_MOVE( dest, source, count )               \\\n          ft_memmove( dest, source, (FT_Offset)(count) )\n\n\n#define FT_MEM_ZERO( dest, count )  FT_MEM_SET( dest, 0, count )\n\n#define FT_ZERO( p )                FT_MEM_ZERO( p, sizeof ( *(p) ) )\n\n\n#define FT_ARRAY_ZERO( dest, count )                             \\\n          FT_MEM_ZERO( dest,                                     \\\n                       (FT_Offset)(count) * sizeof ( *(dest) ) )\n\n#define FT_ARRAY_COPY( dest, source, count )                     \\\n          FT_MEM_COPY( dest,                                     \\\n                       source,                                   \\\n                       (FT_Offset)(count) * sizeof ( *(dest) ) )\n\n#define FT_ARRAY_MOVE( dest, source, count )                     \\\n          FT_MEM_MOVE( dest,                                     \\\n                       source,                                   \\\n                       (FT_Offset)(count) * sizeof ( *(dest) ) )\n\n\n  /*\n   * Return the maximum number of addressable elements in an array.  We limit\n   * ourselves to INT_MAX, rather than UINT_MAX, to avoid any problems.\n   */\n#define FT_ARRAY_MAX( ptr )           ( FT_INT_MAX / sizeof ( *(ptr) ) )\n\n#define FT_ARRAY_CHECK( ptr, count )  ( (count) <= FT_ARRAY_MAX( ptr ) )\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * The following functions macros expect that their pointer argument is\n   * _typed_ in order to automatically compute array element sizes.\n   */\n\n#define FT_MEM_NEW_ARRAY( ptr, count )                              \\\n          FT_ASSIGNP_INNER( ptr, ft_mem_realloc( memory,            \\\n                                                 sizeof ( *(ptr) ), \\\n                                                 0,                 \\\n                                                 (FT_Long)(count),  \\\n                                                 NULL,              \\\n                                                 &error ) )\n\n#define FT_MEM_RENEW_ARRAY( ptr, cursz, newsz )                     \\\n          FT_ASSIGNP_INNER( ptr, ft_mem_realloc( memory,            \\\n                                                 sizeof ( *(ptr) ), \\\n                                                 (FT_Long)(cursz),  \\\n                                                 (FT_Long)(newsz),  \\\n                                                 (ptr),             \\\n                                                 &error ) )\n\n#define FT_MEM_QNEW_ARRAY( ptr, count )                              \\\n          FT_ASSIGNP_INNER( ptr, ft_mem_qrealloc( memory,            \\\n                                                  sizeof ( *(ptr) ), \\\n                                                  0,                 \\\n                                                  (FT_Long)(count),  \\\n                                                  NULL,              \\\n                                                  &error ) )\n\n#define FT_MEM_QRENEW_ARRAY( ptr, cursz, newsz )                     \\\n          FT_ASSIGNP_INNER( ptr, ft_mem_qrealloc( memory,            \\\n                                                  sizeof ( *(ptr) ), \\\n                                                  (FT_Long)(cursz),  \\\n                                                  (FT_Long)(newsz),  \\\n                                                  (ptr),             \\\n                                                  &error ) )\n\n#define FT_ALLOC( ptr, size )                           \\\n          FT_MEM_SET_ERROR( FT_MEM_ALLOC( ptr, size ) )\n\n#define FT_REALLOC( ptr, cursz, newsz )                           \\\n          FT_MEM_SET_ERROR( FT_MEM_REALLOC( ptr, cursz, newsz ) )\n\n#define FT_ALLOC_MULT( ptr, count, item_size )                           \\\n          FT_MEM_SET_ERROR( FT_MEM_ALLOC_MULT( ptr, count, item_size ) )\n\n#define FT_REALLOC_MULT( ptr, oldcnt, newcnt, itmsz )              \\\n          FT_MEM_SET_ERROR( FT_MEM_REALLOC_MULT( ptr, oldcnt,      \\\n                                                 newcnt, itmsz ) )\n\n#define FT_QALLOC( ptr, size )                           \\\n          FT_MEM_SET_ERROR( FT_MEM_QALLOC( ptr, size ) )\n\n#define FT_QREALLOC( ptr, cursz, newsz )                           \\\n          FT_MEM_SET_ERROR( FT_MEM_QREALLOC( ptr, cursz, newsz ) )\n\n#define FT_QALLOC_MULT( ptr, count, item_size )                           \\\n          FT_MEM_SET_ERROR( FT_MEM_QALLOC_MULT( ptr, count, item_size ) )\n\n#define FT_QREALLOC_MULT( ptr, oldcnt, newcnt, itmsz )              \\\n          FT_MEM_SET_ERROR( FT_MEM_QREALLOC_MULT( ptr, oldcnt,      \\\n                                                  newcnt, itmsz ) )\n\n#define FT_FREE( ptr )  FT_MEM_FREE( ptr )\n\n#define FT_NEW( ptr )  FT_MEM_SET_ERROR( FT_MEM_NEW( ptr ) )\n\n#define FT_NEW_ARRAY( ptr, count )                           \\\n          FT_MEM_SET_ERROR( FT_MEM_NEW_ARRAY( ptr, count ) )\n\n#define FT_RENEW_ARRAY( ptr, curcnt, newcnt )                           \\\n          FT_MEM_SET_ERROR( FT_MEM_RENEW_ARRAY( ptr, curcnt, newcnt ) )\n\n#define FT_QNEW( ptr )                           \\\n          FT_MEM_SET_ERROR( FT_MEM_QNEW( ptr ) )\n\n#define FT_QNEW_ARRAY( ptr, count )                          \\\n          FT_MEM_SET_ERROR( FT_MEM_NEW_ARRAY( ptr, count ) )\n\n#define FT_QRENEW_ARRAY( ptr, curcnt, newcnt )                          \\\n          FT_MEM_SET_ERROR( FT_MEM_RENEW_ARRAY( ptr, curcnt, newcnt ) )\n\n\n  FT_BASE( FT_Pointer )\n  ft_mem_strdup( FT_Memory    memory,\n                 const char*  str,\n                 FT_Error    *p_error );\n\n  FT_BASE( FT_Pointer )\n  ft_mem_dup( FT_Memory    memory,\n              const void*  address,\n              FT_ULong     size,\n              FT_Error    *p_error );\n\n\n#define FT_MEM_STRDUP( dst, str )                                            \\\n          (dst) = (char*)ft_mem_strdup( memory, (const char*)(str), &error )\n\n#define FT_STRDUP( dst, str )                           \\\n          FT_MEM_SET_ERROR( FT_MEM_STRDUP( dst, str ) )\n\n#define FT_MEM_DUP( dst, address, size )                                    \\\n          (dst) = ft_mem_dup( memory, (address), (FT_ULong)(size), &error )\n\n#define FT_DUP( dst, address, size )                           \\\n          FT_MEM_SET_ERROR( FT_MEM_DUP( dst, address, size ) )\n\n\n  /* Return >= 1 if a truncation occurs.            */\n  /* Return 0 if the source string fits the buffer. */\n  /* This is *not* the same as strlcpy().           */\n  FT_BASE( FT_Int )\n  ft_mem_strcpyn( char*        dst,\n                  const char*  src,\n                  FT_ULong     size );\n\n#define FT_STRCPYN( dst, src, size )                                         \\\n          ft_mem_strcpyn( (char*)dst, (const char*)(src), (FT_ULong)(size) )\n\n /* */\n\n\nFT_END_HEADER\n\n#endif /* FTMEMORY_H_ */\n\n\n/* END */\n"
  },
  {
    "path": "Antario/LIB/freetype/freetype/internal/ftobjs.h",
    "content": "/****************************************************************************\n *\n * ftobjs.h\n *\n *   The FreeType private base classes (specification).\n *\n * Copyright (C) 1996-2019 by\n * David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.\n *\n * This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,\n * modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project\n * license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute\n * this file you indicate that you have read the license and\n * understand and accept it fully.\n *\n */\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * This file contains the definition of all internal FreeType classes.\n   *\n   */\n\n\n#ifndef FTOBJS_H_\n#define FTOBJS_H_\n\n#include <ft2build.h>\n#include FT_RENDER_H\n#include FT_SIZES_H\n#include FT_LCD_FILTER_H\n#include FT_INTERNAL_MEMORY_H\n#include FT_INTERNAL_GLYPH_LOADER_H\n#include FT_INTERNAL_DRIVER_H\n#include FT_INTERNAL_AUTOHINT_H\n#include FT_INTERNAL_SERVICE_H\n#include FT_INTERNAL_CALC_H\n\n#ifdef FT_CONFIG_OPTION_INCREMENTAL\n#include FT_INCREMENTAL_H\n#endif\n\n\nFT_BEGIN_HEADER\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * Some generic definitions.\n   */\n#ifndef TRUE\n#define TRUE  1\n#endif\n\n#ifndef FALSE\n#define FALSE  0\n#endif\n\n#ifndef NULL\n#define NULL  (void*)0\n#endif\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * The min and max functions missing in C.  As usual, be careful not to\n   * write things like FT_MIN( a++, b++ ) to avoid side effects.\n   */\n#define FT_MIN( a, b )  ( (a) < (b) ? (a) : (b) )\n#define FT_MAX( a, b )  ( (a) > (b) ? (a) : (b) )\n\n#define FT_ABS( a )     ( (a) < 0 ? -(a) : (a) )\n\n  /*\n   * Approximate sqrt(x*x+y*y) using the `alpha max plus beta min' algorithm.\n   * We use alpha = 1, beta = 3/8, giving us results with a largest error\n   * less than 7% compared to the exact value.\n   */\n#define FT_HYPOT( x, y )                 \\\n          ( x = FT_ABS( x ),             \\\n            y = FT_ABS( y ),             \\\n            x > y ? x + ( 3 * y >> 3 )   \\\n                  : y + ( 3 * x >> 3 ) )\n\n  /* we use FT_TYPEOF to suppress signedness compilation warnings */\n#define FT_PAD_FLOOR( x, n )  ( (x) & ~FT_TYPEOF( x )( (n) - 1 ) )\n#define FT_PAD_ROUND( x, n )  FT_PAD_FLOOR( (x) + (n) / 2, n )\n#define FT_PAD_CEIL( x, n )   FT_PAD_FLOOR( (x) + (n) - 1, n )\n\n#define FT_PIX_FLOOR( x )     ( (x) & ~FT_TYPEOF( x )63 )\n#define FT_PIX_ROUND( x )     FT_PIX_FLOOR( (x) + 32 )\n#define FT_PIX_CEIL( x )      FT_PIX_FLOOR( (x) + 63 )\n\n  /* specialized versions (for signed values)                   */\n  /* that don't produce run-time errors due to integer overflow */\n#define FT_PAD_ROUND_LONG( x, n )  FT_PAD_FLOOR( ADD_LONG( (x), (n) / 2 ), \\\n                                                 n )\n#define FT_PAD_CEIL_LONG( x, n )   FT_PAD_FLOOR( ADD_LONG( (x), (n) - 1 ), \\\n                                                 n )\n#define FT_PIX_ROUND_LONG( x )     FT_PIX_FLOOR( ADD_LONG( (x), 32 ) )\n#define FT_PIX_CEIL_LONG( x )      FT_PIX_FLOOR( ADD_LONG( (x), 63 ) )\n\n#define FT_PAD_ROUND_INT32( x, n )  FT_PAD_FLOOR( ADD_INT32( (x), (n) / 2 ), \\\n                                                  n )\n#define FT_PAD_CEIL_INT32( x, n )   FT_PAD_FLOOR( ADD_INT32( (x), (n) - 1 ), \\\n                                                  n )\n#define FT_PIX_ROUND_INT32( x )     FT_PIX_FLOOR( ADD_INT32( (x), 32 ) )\n#define FT_PIX_CEIL_INT32( x )      FT_PIX_FLOOR( ADD_INT32( (x), 63 ) )\n\n\n  /*\n   * character classification functions -- since these are used to parse font\n   * files, we must not use those in <ctypes.h> which are locale-dependent\n   */\n#define  ft_isdigit( x )   ( ( (unsigned)(x) - '0' ) < 10U )\n\n#define  ft_isxdigit( x )  ( ( (unsigned)(x) - '0' ) < 10U || \\\n                             ( (unsigned)(x) - 'a' ) < 6U  || \\\n                             ( (unsigned)(x) - 'A' ) < 6U  )\n\n  /* the next two macros assume ASCII representation */\n#define  ft_isupper( x )  ( ( (unsigned)(x) - 'A' ) < 26U )\n#define  ft_islower( x )  ( ( (unsigned)(x) - 'a' ) < 26U )\n\n#define  ft_isalpha( x )  ( ft_isupper( x ) || ft_islower( x ) )\n#define  ft_isalnum( x )  ( ft_isdigit( x ) || ft_isalpha( x ) )\n\n\n  /*************************************************************************/\n  /*************************************************************************/\n  /*************************************************************************/\n  /****                                                                 ****/\n  /****                                                                 ****/\n  /****                       C H A R M A P S                           ****/\n  /****                                                                 ****/\n  /****                                                                 ****/\n  /*************************************************************************/\n  /*************************************************************************/\n  /*************************************************************************/\n\n  /* handle to internal charmap object */\n  typedef struct FT_CMapRec_*              FT_CMap;\n\n  /* handle to charmap class structure */\n  typedef const struct FT_CMap_ClassRec_*  FT_CMap_Class;\n\n  /* internal charmap object structure */\n  typedef struct  FT_CMapRec_\n  {\n    FT_CharMapRec  charmap;\n    FT_CMap_Class  clazz;\n\n  } FT_CMapRec;\n\n  /* typecast any pointer to a charmap handle */\n#define FT_CMAP( x )  ( (FT_CMap)( x ) )\n\n  /* obvious macros */\n#define FT_CMAP_PLATFORM_ID( x )  FT_CMAP( x )->charmap.platform_id\n#define FT_CMAP_ENCODING_ID( x )  FT_CMAP( x )->charmap.encoding_id\n#define FT_CMAP_ENCODING( x )     FT_CMAP( x )->charmap.encoding\n#define FT_CMAP_FACE( x )         FT_CMAP( x )->charmap.face\n\n\n  /* class method definitions */\n  typedef FT_Error\n  (*FT_CMap_InitFunc)( FT_CMap     cmap,\n                       FT_Pointer  init_data );\n\n  typedef void\n  (*FT_CMap_DoneFunc)( FT_CMap  cmap );\n\n  typedef FT_UInt\n  (*FT_CMap_CharIndexFunc)( FT_CMap    cmap,\n                            FT_UInt32  char_code );\n\n  typedef FT_UInt\n  (*FT_CMap_CharNextFunc)( FT_CMap     cmap,\n                           FT_UInt32  *achar_code );\n\n  typedef FT_UInt\n  (*FT_CMap_CharVarIndexFunc)( FT_CMap    cmap,\n                               FT_CMap    unicode_cmap,\n                               FT_UInt32  char_code,\n                               FT_UInt32  variant_selector );\n\n  typedef FT_Int\n  (*FT_CMap_CharVarIsDefaultFunc)( FT_CMap    cmap,\n                                   FT_UInt32  char_code,\n                                   FT_UInt32  variant_selector );\n\n  typedef FT_UInt32 *\n  (*FT_CMap_VariantListFunc)( FT_CMap    cmap,\n                              FT_Memory  mem );\n\n  typedef FT_UInt32 *\n  (*FT_CMap_CharVariantListFunc)( FT_CMap    cmap,\n                                  FT_Memory  mem,\n                                  FT_UInt32  char_code );\n\n  typedef FT_UInt32 *\n  (*FT_CMap_VariantCharListFunc)( FT_CMap    cmap,\n                                  FT_Memory  mem,\n                                  FT_UInt32  variant_selector );\n\n\n  typedef struct  FT_CMap_ClassRec_\n  {\n    FT_ULong               size;\n\n    FT_CMap_InitFunc       init;\n    FT_CMap_DoneFunc       done;\n    FT_CMap_CharIndexFunc  char_index;\n    FT_CMap_CharNextFunc   char_next;\n\n    /* Subsequent entries are special ones for format 14 -- the variant */\n    /* selector subtable which behaves like no other                    */\n\n    FT_CMap_CharVarIndexFunc      char_var_index;\n    FT_CMap_CharVarIsDefaultFunc  char_var_default;\n    FT_CMap_VariantListFunc       variant_list;\n    FT_CMap_CharVariantListFunc   charvariant_list;\n    FT_CMap_VariantCharListFunc   variantchar_list;\n\n  } FT_CMap_ClassRec;\n\n\n#define FT_DECLARE_CMAP_CLASS( class_ )              \\\n  FT_CALLBACK_TABLE const  FT_CMap_ClassRec class_;\n\n#define FT_DEFINE_CMAP_CLASS(       \\\n          class_,                   \\\n          size_,                    \\\n          init_,                    \\\n          done_,                    \\\n          char_index_,              \\\n          char_next_,               \\\n          char_var_index_,          \\\n          char_var_default_,        \\\n          variant_list_,            \\\n          charvariant_list_,        \\\n          variantchar_list_ )       \\\n  FT_CALLBACK_TABLE_DEF             \\\n  const FT_CMap_ClassRec  class_ =  \\\n  {                                 \\\n    size_,                          \\\n    init_,                          \\\n    done_,                          \\\n    char_index_,                    \\\n    char_next_,                     \\\n    char_var_index_,                \\\n    char_var_default_,              \\\n    variant_list_,                  \\\n    charvariant_list_,              \\\n    variantchar_list_               \\\n  };\n\n\n  /* create a new charmap and add it to charmap->face */\n  FT_BASE( FT_Error )\n  FT_CMap_New( FT_CMap_Class  clazz,\n               FT_Pointer     init_data,\n               FT_CharMap     charmap,\n               FT_CMap       *acmap );\n\n  /* destroy a charmap and remove it from face's list */\n  FT_BASE( void )\n  FT_CMap_Done( FT_CMap  cmap );\n\n\n  /* add LCD padding to CBox */\n  FT_BASE( void )\n  ft_lcd_padding( FT_BBox*        cbox,\n                  FT_GlyphSlot    slot,\n                  FT_Render_Mode  mode );\n\n#ifdef FT_CONFIG_OPTION_SUBPIXEL_RENDERING\n\n  typedef void  (*FT_Bitmap_LcdFilterFunc)( FT_Bitmap*      bitmap,\n                                            FT_Render_Mode  render_mode,\n                                            FT_Byte*        weights );\n\n\n  /* This is the default LCD filter, an in-place, 5-tap FIR filter. */\n  FT_BASE( void )\n  ft_lcd_filter_fir( FT_Bitmap*           bitmap,\n                     FT_Render_Mode       mode,\n                     FT_LcdFiveTapFilter  weights );\n\n#endif /* FT_CONFIG_OPTION_SUBPIXEL_RENDERING */\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @struct:\n   *   FT_Face_InternalRec\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   This structure contains the internal fields of each FT_Face object.\n   *   These fields may change between different releases of FreeType.\n   *\n   * @fields:\n   *   max_points ::\n   *     The maximum number of points used to store the vectorial outline of\n   *     any glyph in this face.  If this value cannot be known in advance,\n   *     or if the face isn't scalable, this should be set to 0.  Only\n   *     relevant for scalable formats.\n   *\n   *   max_contours ::\n   *     The maximum number of contours used to store the vectorial outline\n   *     of any glyph in this face.  If this value cannot be known in\n   *     advance, or if the face isn't scalable, this should be set to 0.\n   *     Only relevant for scalable formats.\n   *\n   *   transform_matrix ::\n   *     A 2x2 matrix of 16.16 coefficients used to transform glyph outlines\n   *     after they are loaded from the font.  Only used by the convenience\n   *     functions.\n   *\n   *   transform_delta ::\n   *     A translation vector used to transform glyph outlines after they are\n   *     loaded from the font.  Only used by the convenience functions.\n   *\n   *   transform_flags ::\n   *     Some flags used to classify the transform.  Only used by the\n   *     convenience functions.\n   *\n   *   services ::\n   *     A cache for frequently used services.  It should be only accessed\n   *     with the macro `FT_FACE_LOOKUP_SERVICE`.\n   *\n   *   incremental_interface ::\n   *     If non-null, the interface through which glyph data and metrics are\n   *     loaded incrementally for faces that do not provide all of this data\n   *     when first opened.  This field exists only if\n   *     @FT_CONFIG_OPTION_INCREMENTAL is defined.\n   *\n   *   no_stem_darkening ::\n   *     Overrides the module-level default, see @stem-darkening[cff], for\n   *     example.  FALSE and TRUE toggle stem darkening on and off,\n   *     respectively, value~-1 means to use the module/driver default.\n   *\n   *   random_seed ::\n   *     If positive, override the seed value for the CFF 'random' operator.\n   *     Value~0 means to use the font's value.  Value~-1 means to use the\n   *     CFF driver's default.\n   *\n   *   lcd_weights ::\n   *   lcd_filter_func ::\n   *     These fields specify the LCD filtering weights and callback function\n   *     for ClearType-style subpixel rendering.\n   *\n   *   refcount ::\n   *     A counter initialized to~1 at the time an @FT_Face structure is\n   *     created.  @FT_Reference_Face increments this counter, and\n   *     @FT_Done_Face only destroys a face if the counter is~1, otherwise it\n   *     simply decrements it.\n   */\n  typedef struct  FT_Face_InternalRec_\n  {\n    FT_Matrix  transform_matrix;\n    FT_Vector  transform_delta;\n    FT_Int     transform_flags;\n\n    FT_ServiceCacheRec  services;\n\n#ifdef FT_CONFIG_OPTION_INCREMENTAL\n    FT_Incremental_InterfaceRec*  incremental_interface;\n#endif\n\n    FT_Char              no_stem_darkening;\n    FT_Int32             random_seed;\n\n#ifdef FT_CONFIG_OPTION_SUBPIXEL_RENDERING\n    FT_LcdFiveTapFilter      lcd_weights;      /* filter weights, if any */\n    FT_Bitmap_LcdFilterFunc  lcd_filter_func;  /* filtering callback     */\n#endif\n\n    FT_Int  refcount;\n\n  } FT_Face_InternalRec;\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @struct:\n   *   FT_Slot_InternalRec\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   This structure contains the internal fields of each FT_GlyphSlot\n   *   object.  These fields may change between different releases of\n   *   FreeType.\n   *\n   * @fields:\n   *   loader ::\n   *     The glyph loader object used to load outlines into the glyph slot.\n   *\n   *   flags ::\n   *     Possible values are zero or FT_GLYPH_OWN_BITMAP.  The latter\n   *     indicates that the FT_GlyphSlot structure owns the bitmap buffer.\n   *\n   *   glyph_transformed ::\n   *     Boolean.  Set to TRUE when the loaded glyph must be transformed\n   *     through a specific font transformation.  This is _not_ the same as\n   *     the face transform set through FT_Set_Transform().\n   *\n   *   glyph_matrix ::\n   *     The 2x2 matrix corresponding to the glyph transformation, if\n   *     necessary.\n   *\n   *   glyph_delta ::\n   *     The 2d translation vector corresponding to the glyph transformation,\n   *     if necessary.\n   *\n   *   glyph_hints ::\n   *     Format-specific glyph hints management.\n   *\n   *   load_flags ::\n   *     The load flags passed as an argument to @FT_Load_Glyph while\n   *     initializing the glyph slot.\n   */\n\n#define FT_GLYPH_OWN_BITMAP  0x1U\n\n  typedef struct  FT_Slot_InternalRec_\n  {\n    FT_GlyphLoader  loader;\n    FT_UInt         flags;\n    FT_Bool         glyph_transformed;\n    FT_Matrix       glyph_matrix;\n    FT_Vector       glyph_delta;\n    void*           glyph_hints;\n\n    FT_Int32        load_flags;\n\n  } FT_GlyphSlot_InternalRec;\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @struct:\n   *   FT_Size_InternalRec\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   This structure contains the internal fields of each FT_Size object.\n   *\n   * @fields:\n   *   module_data ::\n   *     Data specific to a driver module.\n   *\n   *   autohint_mode ::\n   *     The used auto-hinting mode.\n   *\n   *   autohint_metrics ::\n   *     Metrics used by the auto-hinter.\n   *\n   */\n\n  typedef struct  FT_Size_InternalRec_\n  {\n    void*  module_data;\n\n    FT_Render_Mode   autohint_mode;\n    FT_Size_Metrics  autohint_metrics;\n\n  } FT_Size_InternalRec;\n\n\n  /*************************************************************************/\n  /*************************************************************************/\n  /*************************************************************************/\n  /****                                                                 ****/\n  /****                                                                 ****/\n  /****                         M O D U L E S                           ****/\n  /****                                                                 ****/\n  /****                                                                 ****/\n  /*************************************************************************/\n  /*************************************************************************/\n  /*************************************************************************/\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @struct:\n   *   FT_ModuleRec\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   A module object instance.\n   *\n   * @fields:\n   *   clazz ::\n   *     A pointer to the module's class.\n   *\n   *   library ::\n   *     A handle to the parent library object.\n   *\n   *   memory ::\n   *     A handle to the memory manager.\n   */\n  typedef struct  FT_ModuleRec_\n  {\n    FT_Module_Class*  clazz;\n    FT_Library        library;\n    FT_Memory         memory;\n\n  } FT_ModuleRec;\n\n\n  /* typecast an object to an FT_Module */\n#define FT_MODULE( x )  ( (FT_Module)(x) )\n\n#define FT_MODULE_CLASS( x )    FT_MODULE( x )->clazz\n#define FT_MODULE_LIBRARY( x )  FT_MODULE( x )->library\n#define FT_MODULE_MEMORY( x )   FT_MODULE( x )->memory\n\n\n#define FT_MODULE_IS_DRIVER( x )  ( FT_MODULE_CLASS( x )->module_flags & \\\n                                    FT_MODULE_FONT_DRIVER )\n\n#define FT_MODULE_IS_RENDERER( x )  ( FT_MODULE_CLASS( x )->module_flags & \\\n                                      FT_MODULE_RENDERER )\n\n#define FT_MODULE_IS_HINTER( x )  ( FT_MODULE_CLASS( x )->module_flags & \\\n                                    FT_MODULE_HINTER )\n\n#define FT_MODULE_IS_STYLER( x )  ( FT_MODULE_CLASS( x )->module_flags & \\\n                                    FT_MODULE_STYLER )\n\n#define FT_DRIVER_IS_SCALABLE( x )  ( FT_MODULE_CLASS( x )->module_flags & \\\n                                      FT_MODULE_DRIVER_SCALABLE )\n\n#define FT_DRIVER_USES_OUTLINES( x )  !( FT_MODULE_CLASS( x )->module_flags & \\\n                                         FT_MODULE_DRIVER_NO_OUTLINES )\n\n#define FT_DRIVER_HAS_HINTER( x )  ( FT_MODULE_CLASS( x )->module_flags & \\\n                                     FT_MODULE_DRIVER_HAS_HINTER )\n\n#define FT_DRIVER_HINTS_LIGHTLY( x )  ( FT_MODULE_CLASS( x )->module_flags & \\\n                                        FT_MODULE_DRIVER_HINTS_LIGHTLY )\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @function:\n   *   FT_Get_Module_Interface\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   Finds a module and returns its specific interface as a typeless\n   *   pointer.\n   *\n   * @input:\n   *   library ::\n   *     A handle to the library object.\n   *\n   *   module_name ::\n   *     The module's name (as an ASCII string).\n   *\n   * @return:\n   *   A module-specific interface if available, 0 otherwise.\n   *\n   * @note:\n   *   You should better be familiar with FreeType internals to know which\n   *   module to look for, and what its interface is :-)\n   */\n  FT_BASE( const void* )\n  FT_Get_Module_Interface( FT_Library   library,\n                           const char*  mod_name );\n\n  FT_BASE( FT_Pointer )\n  ft_module_get_service( FT_Module    module,\n                         const char*  service_id,\n                         FT_Bool      global );\n\n#ifdef FT_CONFIG_OPTION_ENVIRONMENT_PROPERTIES\n  FT_BASE( FT_Error )\n  ft_property_string_set( FT_Library        library,\n                          const FT_String*  module_name,\n                          const FT_String*  property_name,\n                          FT_String*        value );\n#endif\n\n  /* */\n\n\n  /*************************************************************************/\n  /*************************************************************************/\n  /*************************************************************************/\n  /****                                                                 ****/\n  /****                                                                 ****/\n  /****   F A C E,   S I Z E   &   G L Y P H   S L O T   O B J E C T S  ****/\n  /****                                                                 ****/\n  /****                                                                 ****/\n  /*************************************************************************/\n  /*************************************************************************/\n  /*************************************************************************/\n\n  /* a few macros used to perform easy typecasts with minimal brain damage */\n\n#define FT_FACE( x )          ( (FT_Face)(x) )\n#define FT_SIZE( x )          ( (FT_Size)(x) )\n#define FT_SLOT( x )          ( (FT_GlyphSlot)(x) )\n\n#define FT_FACE_DRIVER( x )   FT_FACE( x )->driver\n#define FT_FACE_LIBRARY( x )  FT_FACE_DRIVER( x )->root.library\n#define FT_FACE_MEMORY( x )   FT_FACE( x )->memory\n#define FT_FACE_STREAM( x )   FT_FACE( x )->stream\n\n#define FT_SIZE_FACE( x )     FT_SIZE( x )->face\n#define FT_SLOT_FACE( x )     FT_SLOT( x )->face\n\n#define FT_FACE_SLOT( x )     FT_FACE( x )->glyph\n#define FT_FACE_SIZE( x )     FT_FACE( x )->size\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @function:\n   *   FT_New_GlyphSlot\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   It is sometimes useful to have more than one glyph slot for a given\n   *   face object.  This function is used to create additional slots.  All\n   *   of them are automatically discarded when the face is destroyed.\n   *\n   * @input:\n   *   face ::\n   *     A handle to a parent face object.\n   *\n   * @output:\n   *   aslot ::\n   *     A handle to a new glyph slot object.\n   *\n   * @return:\n   *   FreeType error code.  0 means success.\n   */\n  FT_BASE( FT_Error )\n  FT_New_GlyphSlot( FT_Face        face,\n                    FT_GlyphSlot  *aslot );\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @function:\n   *   FT_Done_GlyphSlot\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   Destroys a given glyph slot.  Remember however that all slots are\n   *   automatically destroyed with its parent.  Using this function is not\n   *   always mandatory.\n   *\n   * @input:\n   *   slot ::\n   *     A handle to a target glyph slot.\n   */\n  FT_BASE( void )\n  FT_Done_GlyphSlot( FT_GlyphSlot  slot );\n\n /* */\n\n#define FT_REQUEST_WIDTH( req )                                            \\\n          ( (req)->horiResolution                                          \\\n              ? ( (req)->width * (FT_Pos)(req)->horiResolution + 36 ) / 72 \\\n              : (req)->width )\n\n#define FT_REQUEST_HEIGHT( req )                                            \\\n          ( (req)->vertResolution                                           \\\n              ? ( (req)->height * (FT_Pos)(req)->vertResolution + 36 ) / 72 \\\n              : (req)->height )\n\n\n  /* Set the metrics according to a bitmap strike. */\n  FT_BASE( void )\n  FT_Select_Metrics( FT_Face   face,\n                     FT_ULong  strike_index );\n\n\n  /* Set the metrics according to a size request. */\n  FT_BASE( void )\n  FT_Request_Metrics( FT_Face          face,\n                      FT_Size_Request  req );\n\n\n  /* Match a size request against `available_sizes'. */\n  FT_BASE( FT_Error )\n  FT_Match_Size( FT_Face          face,\n                 FT_Size_Request  req,\n                 FT_Bool          ignore_width,\n                 FT_ULong*        size_index );\n\n\n  /* Use the horizontal metrics to synthesize the vertical metrics. */\n  /* If `advance' is zero, it is also synthesized.                  */\n  FT_BASE( void )\n  ft_synthesize_vertical_metrics( FT_Glyph_Metrics*  metrics,\n                                  FT_Pos             advance );\n\n\n  /* Free the bitmap of a given glyphslot when needed (i.e., only when it */\n  /* was allocated with ft_glyphslot_alloc_bitmap).                       */\n  FT_BASE( void )\n  ft_glyphslot_free_bitmap( FT_GlyphSlot  slot );\n\n\n  /* Preset bitmap metrics of an outline glyphslot prior to rendering */\n  /* and check whether the truncated bbox is too large for rendering. */\n  FT_BASE( FT_Bool )\n  ft_glyphslot_preset_bitmap( FT_GlyphSlot      slot,\n                              FT_Render_Mode    mode,\n                              const FT_Vector*  origin );\n\n  /* Allocate a new bitmap buffer in a glyph slot. */\n  FT_BASE( FT_Error )\n  ft_glyphslot_alloc_bitmap( FT_GlyphSlot  slot,\n                             FT_ULong      size );\n\n\n  /* Set the bitmap buffer in a glyph slot to a given pointer.  The buffer */\n  /* will not be freed by a later call to ft_glyphslot_free_bitmap.        */\n  FT_BASE( void )\n  ft_glyphslot_set_bitmap( FT_GlyphSlot  slot,\n                           FT_Byte*      buffer );\n\n\n  /*************************************************************************/\n  /*************************************************************************/\n  /*************************************************************************/\n  /****                                                                 ****/\n  /****                                                                 ****/\n  /****                        R E N D E R E R S                        ****/\n  /****                                                                 ****/\n  /****                                                                 ****/\n  /*************************************************************************/\n  /*************************************************************************/\n  /*************************************************************************/\n\n\n#define FT_RENDERER( x )       ( (FT_Renderer)(x) )\n#define FT_GLYPH( x )          ( (FT_Glyph)(x) )\n#define FT_BITMAP_GLYPH( x )   ( (FT_BitmapGlyph)(x) )\n#define FT_OUTLINE_GLYPH( x )  ( (FT_OutlineGlyph)(x) )\n\n\n  typedef struct  FT_RendererRec_\n  {\n    FT_ModuleRec            root;\n    FT_Renderer_Class*      clazz;\n    FT_Glyph_Format         glyph_format;\n    FT_Glyph_Class          glyph_class;\n\n    FT_Raster               raster;\n    FT_Raster_Render_Func   raster_render;\n    FT_Renderer_RenderFunc  render;\n\n  } FT_RendererRec;\n\n\n  /*************************************************************************/\n  /*************************************************************************/\n  /*************************************************************************/\n  /****                                                                 ****/\n  /****                                                                 ****/\n  /****                    F O N T   D R I V E R S                      ****/\n  /****                                                                 ****/\n  /****                                                                 ****/\n  /*************************************************************************/\n  /*************************************************************************/\n  /*************************************************************************/\n\n\n  /* typecast a module into a driver easily */\n#define FT_DRIVER( x )  ( (FT_Driver)(x) )\n\n  /* typecast a module as a driver, and get its driver class */\n#define FT_DRIVER_CLASS( x )  FT_DRIVER( x )->clazz\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @struct:\n   *   FT_DriverRec\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   The root font driver class.  A font driver is responsible for managing\n   *   and loading font files of a given format.\n   *\n   * @fields:\n   *   root ::\n   *     Contains the fields of the root module class.\n   *\n   *   clazz ::\n   *     A pointer to the font driver's class.  Note that this is NOT\n   *     root.clazz.  'class' wasn't used as it is a reserved word in C++.\n   *\n   *   faces_list ::\n   *     The list of faces currently opened by this driver.\n   *\n   *   glyph_loader ::\n   *     Unused.  Used to be glyph loader for all faces managed by this\n   *     driver.\n   */\n  typedef struct  FT_DriverRec_\n  {\n    FT_ModuleRec     root;\n    FT_Driver_Class  clazz;\n    FT_ListRec       faces_list;\n    FT_GlyphLoader   glyph_loader;\n\n  } FT_DriverRec;\n\n\n  /*************************************************************************/\n  /*************************************************************************/\n  /*************************************************************************/\n  /****                                                                 ****/\n  /****                                                                 ****/\n  /****                       L I B R A R I E S                         ****/\n  /****                                                                 ****/\n  /****                                                                 ****/\n  /*************************************************************************/\n  /*************************************************************************/\n  /*************************************************************************/\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @struct:\n   *   FT_LibraryRec\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   The FreeType library class.  This is the root of all FreeType data.\n   *   Use FT_New_Library() to create a library object, and FT_Done_Library()\n   *   to discard it and all child objects.\n   *\n   * @fields:\n   *   memory ::\n   *     The library's memory object.  Manages memory allocation.\n   *\n   *   version_major ::\n   *     The major version number of the library.\n   *\n   *   version_minor ::\n   *     The minor version number of the library.\n   *\n   *   version_patch ::\n   *     The current patch level of the library.\n   *\n   *   num_modules ::\n   *     The number of modules currently registered within this library.\n   *     This is set to 0 for new libraries.  New modules are added through\n   *     the FT_Add_Module() API function.\n   *\n   *   modules ::\n   *     A table used to store handles to the currently registered\n   *     modules. Note that each font driver contains a list of its opened\n   *     faces.\n   *\n   *   renderers ::\n   *     The list of renderers currently registered within the library.\n   *\n   *   cur_renderer ::\n   *     The current outline renderer.  This is a shortcut used to avoid\n   *     parsing the list on each call to FT_Outline_Render().  It is a\n   *     handle to the current renderer for the FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_OUTLINE\n   *     format.\n   *\n   *   auto_hinter ::\n   *     The auto-hinter module interface.\n   *\n   *   debug_hooks ::\n   *     An array of four function pointers that allow debuggers to hook into\n   *     a font format's interpreter.  Currently, only the TrueType bytecode\n   *     debugger uses this.\n   *\n   *   lcd_weights ::\n   *     The LCD filter weights for ClearType-style subpixel rendering.\n   *\n   *   lcd_filter_func ::\n   *     The LCD filtering callback function for for ClearType-style subpixel\n   *     rendering.\n   *\n   *   lcd_geometry ::\n   *     This array specifies LCD subpixel geometry and controls Harmony LCD\n   *     rendering technique, alternative to ClearType.\n   *\n   *   pic_container ::\n   *     Contains global structs and tables, instead of defining them\n   *     globally.\n   *\n   *   refcount ::\n   *     A counter initialized to~1 at the time an @FT_Library structure is\n   *     created.  @FT_Reference_Library increments this counter, and\n   *     @FT_Done_Library only destroys a library if the counter is~1,\n   *     otherwise it simply decrements it.\n   */\n  typedef struct  FT_LibraryRec_\n  {\n    FT_Memory          memory;           /* library's memory manager */\n\n    FT_Int             version_major;\n    FT_Int             version_minor;\n    FT_Int             version_patch;\n\n    FT_UInt            num_modules;\n    FT_Module          modules[FT_MAX_MODULES];  /* module objects  */\n\n    FT_ListRec         renderers;        /* list of renderers        */\n    FT_Renderer        cur_renderer;     /* current outline renderer */\n    FT_Module          auto_hinter;\n\n    FT_DebugHook_Func  debug_hooks[4];\n\n#ifdef FT_CONFIG_OPTION_SUBPIXEL_RENDERING\n    FT_LcdFiveTapFilter      lcd_weights;      /* filter weights, if any */\n    FT_Bitmap_LcdFilterFunc  lcd_filter_func;  /* filtering callback     */\n#else\n    FT_Vector                lcd_geometry[3];  /* RGB subpixel positions */\n#endif\n\n    FT_Int             refcount;\n\n  } FT_LibraryRec;\n\n\n  FT_BASE( FT_Renderer )\n  FT_Lookup_Renderer( FT_Library       library,\n                      FT_Glyph_Format  format,\n                      FT_ListNode*     node );\n\n  FT_BASE( FT_Error )\n  FT_Render_Glyph_Internal( FT_Library      library,\n                            FT_GlyphSlot    slot,\n                            FT_Render_Mode  render_mode );\n\n  typedef const char*\n  (*FT_Face_GetPostscriptNameFunc)( FT_Face  face );\n\n  typedef FT_Error\n  (*FT_Face_GetGlyphNameFunc)( FT_Face     face,\n                               FT_UInt     glyph_index,\n                               FT_Pointer  buffer,\n                               FT_UInt     buffer_max );\n\n  typedef FT_UInt\n  (*FT_Face_GetGlyphNameIndexFunc)( FT_Face     face,\n                                    FT_String*  glyph_name );\n\n\n#ifndef FT_CONFIG_OPTION_NO_DEFAULT_SYSTEM\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @function:\n   *   FT_New_Memory\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   Creates a new memory object.\n   *\n   * @return:\n   *   A pointer to the new memory object.  0 in case of error.\n   */\n  FT_BASE( FT_Memory )\n  FT_New_Memory( void );\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @function:\n   *   FT_Done_Memory\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   Discards memory manager.\n   *\n   * @input:\n   *   memory ::\n   *     A handle to the memory manager.\n   */\n  FT_BASE( void )\n  FT_Done_Memory( FT_Memory  memory );\n\n#endif /* !FT_CONFIG_OPTION_NO_DEFAULT_SYSTEM */\n\n\n  /* Define default raster's interface.  The default raster is located in  */\n  /* `src/base/ftraster.c'.                                                */\n  /*                                                                       */\n  /* Client applications can register new rasters through the              */\n  /* FT_Set_Raster() API.                                                  */\n\n#ifndef FT_NO_DEFAULT_RASTER\n  FT_EXPORT_VAR( FT_Raster_Funcs )  ft_default_raster;\n#endif\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @macro:\n   *   FT_DEFINE_OUTLINE_FUNCS\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   Used to initialize an instance of FT_Outline_Funcs struct.  The struct\n   *   will be allocated in the global scope (or the scope where the macro is\n   *   used).\n   */\n#define FT_DEFINE_OUTLINE_FUNCS(           \\\n          class_,                          \\\n          move_to_,                        \\\n          line_to_,                        \\\n          conic_to_,                       \\\n          cubic_to_,                       \\\n          shift_,                          \\\n          delta_ )                         \\\n  static const  FT_Outline_Funcs class_ =  \\\n  {                                        \\\n    move_to_,                              \\\n    line_to_,                              \\\n    conic_to_,                             \\\n    cubic_to_,                             \\\n    shift_,                                \\\n    delta_                                 \\\n  };\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @macro:\n   *   FT_DEFINE_RASTER_FUNCS\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   Used to initialize an instance of FT_Raster_Funcs struct.  The struct\n   *   will be allocated in the global scope (or the scope where the macro is\n   *   used).\n   */\n#define FT_DEFINE_RASTER_FUNCS(    \\\n          class_,                  \\\n          glyph_format_,           \\\n          raster_new_,             \\\n          raster_reset_,           \\\n          raster_set_mode_,        \\\n          raster_render_,          \\\n          raster_done_ )           \\\n  const FT_Raster_Funcs  class_ =  \\\n  {                                \\\n    glyph_format_,                 \\\n    raster_new_,                   \\\n    raster_reset_,                 \\\n    raster_set_mode_,              \\\n    raster_render_,                \\\n    raster_done_                   \\\n  };\n\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @macro:\n   *   FT_DEFINE_GLYPH\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   The struct will be allocated in the global scope (or the scope where\n   *   the macro is used).\n   */\n#define FT_DEFINE_GLYPH(          \\\n          class_,                 \\\n          size_,                  \\\n          format_,                \\\n          init_,                  \\\n          done_,                  \\\n          copy_,                  \\\n          transform_,             \\\n          bbox_,                  \\\n          prepare_ )              \\\n  FT_CALLBACK_TABLE_DEF           \\\n  const FT_Glyph_Class  class_ =  \\\n  {                               \\\n    size_,                        \\\n    format_,                      \\\n    init_,                        \\\n    done_,                        \\\n    copy_,                        \\\n    transform_,                   \\\n    bbox_,                        \\\n    prepare_                      \\\n  };\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @macro:\n   *   FT_DECLARE_RENDERER\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   Used to create a forward declaration of a FT_Renderer_Class struct\n   *   instance.\n   *\n   * @macro:\n   *   FT_DEFINE_RENDERER\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   Used to initialize an instance of FT_Renderer_Class struct.\n   *\n   *   The struct will be allocated in the global scope (or the scope where\n   *   the macro is used).\n   */\n#define FT_DECLARE_RENDERER( class_ )               \\\n  FT_EXPORT_VAR( const FT_Renderer_Class ) class_;\n\n#define FT_DEFINE_RENDERER(                  \\\n          class_,                            \\\n          flags_,                            \\\n          size_,                             \\\n          name_,                             \\\n          version_,                          \\\n          requires_,                         \\\n          interface_,                        \\\n          init_,                             \\\n          done_,                             \\\n          get_interface_,                    \\\n          glyph_format_,                     \\\n          render_glyph_,                     \\\n          transform_glyph_,                  \\\n          get_glyph_cbox_,                   \\\n          set_mode_,                         \\\n          raster_class_ )                    \\\n  FT_CALLBACK_TABLE_DEF                      \\\n  const FT_Renderer_Class  class_ =          \\\n  {                                          \\\n    FT_DEFINE_ROOT_MODULE( flags_,           \\\n                           size_,            \\\n                           name_,            \\\n                           version_,         \\\n                           requires_,        \\\n                           interface_,       \\\n                           init_,            \\\n                           done_,            \\\n                           get_interface_ )  \\\n    glyph_format_,                           \\\n                                             \\\n    render_glyph_,                           \\\n    transform_glyph_,                        \\\n    get_glyph_cbox_,                         \\\n    set_mode_,                               \\\n                                             \\\n    raster_class_                            \\\n  };\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @macro:\n   *   FT_DECLARE_MODULE\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   Used to create a forward declaration of a FT_Module_Class struct\n   *   instance.\n   *\n   * @macro:\n   *   FT_DEFINE_MODULE\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   Used to initialize an instance of an FT_Module_Class struct.\n   *\n   *   The struct will be allocated in the global scope (or the scope where\n   *   the macro is used).\n   *\n   * @macro:\n   *   FT_DEFINE_ROOT_MODULE\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   Used to initialize an instance of an FT_Module_Class struct inside\n   *   another struct that contains it or in a function that initializes that\n   *   containing struct.\n   */\n#define FT_DECLARE_MODULE( class_ )  \\\n  FT_CALLBACK_TABLE                  \\\n  const FT_Module_Class  class_;\n\n#define FT_DEFINE_ROOT_MODULE(  \\\n          flags_,               \\\n          size_,                \\\n          name_,                \\\n          version_,             \\\n          requires_,            \\\n          interface_,           \\\n          init_,                \\\n          done_,                \\\n          get_interface_ )      \\\n  {                             \\\n    flags_,                     \\\n    size_,                      \\\n                                \\\n    name_,                      \\\n    version_,                   \\\n    requires_,                  \\\n                                \\\n    interface_,                 \\\n                                \\\n    init_,                      \\\n    done_,                      \\\n    get_interface_,             \\\n  },\n\n#define FT_DEFINE_MODULE(         \\\n          class_,                 \\\n          flags_,                 \\\n          size_,                  \\\n          name_,                  \\\n          version_,               \\\n          requires_,              \\\n          interface_,             \\\n          init_,                  \\\n          done_,                  \\\n          get_interface_ )        \\\n  FT_CALLBACK_TABLE_DEF           \\\n  const FT_Module_Class class_ =  \\\n  {                               \\\n    flags_,                       \\\n    size_,                        \\\n                                  \\\n    name_,                        \\\n    version_,                     \\\n    requires_,                    \\\n                                  \\\n    interface_,                   \\\n                                  \\\n    init_,                        \\\n    done_,                        \\\n    get_interface_,               \\\n  };\n\n\nFT_END_HEADER\n\n#endif /* FTOBJS_H_ */\n\n\n/* END */\n"
  },
  {
    "path": "Antario/LIB/freetype/freetype/internal/ftpsprop.h",
    "content": "/****************************************************************************\n *\n * ftpsprop.h\n *\n *   Get and set properties of PostScript drivers (specification).\n *\n * Copyright (C) 2017-2019 by\n * David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.\n *\n * This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,\n * modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project\n * license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute\n * this file you indicate that you have read the license and\n * understand and accept it fully.\n *\n */\n\n\n#ifndef FTPSPROP_H_\n#define FTPSPROP_H_\n\n\n#include <ft2build.h>\n#include FT_FREETYPE_H\n\n\nFT_BEGIN_HEADER\n\n\n  FT_BASE_CALLBACK( FT_Error )\n  ps_property_set( FT_Module    module,         /* PS_Driver */\n                   const char*  property_name,\n                   const void*  value,\n                   FT_Bool      value_is_string );\n\n  FT_BASE_CALLBACK( FT_Error )\n  ps_property_get( FT_Module    module,         /* PS_Driver */\n                   const char*  property_name,\n                   void*        value );\n\n\nFT_END_HEADER\n\n\n#endif /* FTPSPROP_H_ */\n\n\n/* END */\n"
  },
  {
    "path": "Antario/LIB/freetype/freetype/internal/ftrfork.h",
    "content": "/****************************************************************************\n *\n * ftrfork.h\n *\n *   Embedded resource forks accessor (specification).\n *\n * Copyright (C) 2004-2019 by\n * Masatake YAMATO and Redhat K.K.\n *\n * This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,\n * modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project\n * license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute\n * this file you indicate that you have read the license and\n * understand and accept it fully.\n *\n */\n\n/****************************************************************************\n * Development of the code in this file is support of\n * Information-technology Promotion Agency, Japan.\n */\n\n\n#ifndef FTRFORK_H_\n#define FTRFORK_H_\n\n\n#include <ft2build.h>\n#include FT_INTERNAL_OBJECTS_H\n\n\nFT_BEGIN_HEADER\n\n\n  /* Number of guessing rules supported in `FT_Raccess_Guess'.            */\n  /* Don't forget to increment the number if you add a new guessing rule. */\n#define FT_RACCESS_N_RULES  9\n\n\n  /* A structure to describe a reference in a resource by its resource ID */\n  /* and internal offset.  The `POST' resource expects to be concatenated */\n  /* by the order of resource IDs instead of its appearance in the file.  */\n\n  typedef struct  FT_RFork_Ref_\n  {\n    FT_Short  res_id;\n    FT_Long   offset;\n\n  } FT_RFork_Ref;\n\n\n#ifdef FT_CONFIG_OPTION_GUESSING_EMBEDDED_RFORK\n  typedef FT_Error\n  (*ft_raccess_guess_func)( FT_Library  library,\n                            FT_Stream   stream,\n                            char       *base_file_name,\n                            char      **result_file_name,\n                            FT_Long    *result_offset );\n\n  typedef enum  FT_RFork_Rule_ {\n    FT_RFork_Rule_invalid = -2,\n    FT_RFork_Rule_uknown, /* -1 */\n    FT_RFork_Rule_apple_double,\n    FT_RFork_Rule_apple_single,\n    FT_RFork_Rule_darwin_ufs_export,\n    FT_RFork_Rule_darwin_newvfs,\n    FT_RFork_Rule_darwin_hfsplus,\n    FT_RFork_Rule_vfat,\n    FT_RFork_Rule_linux_cap,\n    FT_RFork_Rule_linux_double,\n    FT_RFork_Rule_linux_netatalk\n  } FT_RFork_Rule;\n\n  /* For fast translation between rule index and rule type,\n   * the macros FT_RFORK_xxx should be kept consistent with the\n   * raccess_guess_funcs table\n   */\n  typedef struct ft_raccess_guess_rec_ {\n    ft_raccess_guess_func  func;\n    FT_RFork_Rule          type;\n  } ft_raccess_guess_rec;\n\n\n#define CONST_FT_RFORK_RULE_ARRAY_BEGIN( name, type )  \\\n          static const type name[] = {\n#define CONST_FT_RFORK_RULE_ARRAY_ENTRY( func_suffix, type_suffix )  \\\n          { raccess_guess_ ## func_suffix,                           \\\n            FT_RFork_Rule_ ## type_suffix },\n  /* this array is a storage, thus a final `;' is needed */\n#define CONST_FT_RFORK_RULE_ARRAY_END  };\n\n#endif /* FT_CONFIG_OPTION_GUESSING_EMBEDDED_RFORK */\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @function:\n   *   FT_Raccess_Guess\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   Guess a file name and offset where the actual resource fork is stored.\n   *   The macro FT_RACCESS_N_RULES holds the number of guessing rules; the\n   *   guessed result for the Nth rule is represented as a triplet: a new\n   *   file name (new_names[N]), a file offset (offsets[N]), and an error\n   *   code (errors[N]).\n   *\n   * @input:\n   *   library ::\n   *     A FreeType library instance.\n   *\n   *   stream ::\n   *     A file stream containing the resource fork.\n   *\n   *   base_name ::\n   *     The (base) file name of the resource fork used for some guessing\n   *     rules.\n   *\n   * @output:\n   *   new_names ::\n   *     An array of guessed file names in which the resource forks may\n   *     exist.  If 'new_names[N]' is `NULL`, the guessed file name is equal\n   *     to `base_name`.\n   *\n   *   offsets ::\n   *     An array of guessed file offsets.  'offsets[N]' holds the file\n   *     offset of the possible start of the resource fork in file\n   *     'new_names[N]'.\n   *\n   *   errors ::\n   *     An array of FreeType error codes.  'errors[N]' is the error code of\n   *     Nth guessing rule function.  If 'errors[N]' is not FT_Err_Ok,\n   *     'new_names[N]' and 'offsets[N]' are meaningless.\n   */\n  FT_BASE( void )\n  FT_Raccess_Guess( FT_Library  library,\n                    FT_Stream   stream,\n                    char*       base_name,\n                    char**      new_names,\n                    FT_Long*    offsets,\n                    FT_Error*   errors );\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @function:\n   *   FT_Raccess_Get_HeaderInfo\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   Get the information from the header of resource fork.  The information\n   *   includes the file offset where the resource map starts, and the file\n   *   offset where the resource data starts.  `FT_Raccess_Get_DataOffsets`\n   *   requires these two data.\n   *\n   * @input:\n   *   library ::\n   *     A FreeType library instance.\n   *\n   *   stream ::\n   *     A file stream containing the resource fork.\n   *\n   *   rfork_offset ::\n   *     The file offset where the resource fork starts.\n   *\n   * @output:\n   *   map_offset ::\n   *     The file offset where the resource map starts.\n   *\n   *   rdata_pos ::\n   *     The file offset where the resource data starts.\n   *\n   * @return:\n   *   FreeType error code.  FT_Err_Ok means success.\n   */\n  FT_BASE( FT_Error )\n  FT_Raccess_Get_HeaderInfo( FT_Library  library,\n                             FT_Stream   stream,\n                             FT_Long     rfork_offset,\n                             FT_Long    *map_offset,\n                             FT_Long    *rdata_pos );\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @function:\n   *   FT_Raccess_Get_DataOffsets\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   Get the data offsets for a tag in a resource fork.  Offsets are stored\n   *   in an array because, in some cases, resources in a resource fork have\n   *   the same tag.\n   *\n   * @input:\n   *   library ::\n   *     A FreeType library instance.\n   *\n   *   stream ::\n   *     A file stream containing the resource fork.\n   *\n   *   map_offset ::\n   *     The file offset where the resource map starts.\n   *\n   *   rdata_pos ::\n   *     The file offset where the resource data starts.\n   *\n   *   tag ::\n   *     The resource tag.\n   *\n   *   sort_by_res_id ::\n   *     A Boolean to sort the fragmented resource by their ids.  The\n   *     fragmented resources for 'POST' resource should be sorted to restore\n   *     Type1 font properly.  For 'sfnt' resources, sorting may induce a\n   *     different order of the faces in comparison to that by QuickDraw API.\n   *\n   * @output:\n   *   offsets ::\n   *     The stream offsets for the resource data specified by 'tag'.  This\n   *     array is allocated by the function, so you have to call @ft_mem_free\n   *     after use.\n   *\n   *   count ::\n   *     The length of offsets array.\n   *\n   * @return:\n   *   FreeType error code.  FT_Err_Ok means success.\n   *\n   * @note:\n   *   Normally you should use `FT_Raccess_Get_HeaderInfo` to get the value\n   *   for `map_offset` and `rdata_pos`.\n   */\n  FT_BASE( FT_Error )\n  FT_Raccess_Get_DataOffsets( FT_Library  library,\n                              FT_Stream   stream,\n                              FT_Long     map_offset,\n                              FT_Long     rdata_pos,\n                              FT_Long     tag,\n                              FT_Bool     sort_by_res_id,\n                              FT_Long   **offsets,\n                              FT_Long    *count );\n\n\nFT_END_HEADER\n\n#endif /* FTRFORK_H_ */\n\n\n/* END */\n"
  },
  {
    "path": "Antario/LIB/freetype/freetype/internal/ftserv.h",
    "content": "/****************************************************************************\n *\n * ftserv.h\n *\n *   The FreeType services (specification only).\n *\n * Copyright (C) 2003-2019 by\n * David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.\n *\n * This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,\n * modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project\n * license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute\n * this file you indicate that you have read the license and\n * understand and accept it fully.\n *\n */\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * Each module can export one or more 'services'.  Each service is\n   * identified by a constant string and modeled by a pointer; the latter\n   * generally corresponds to a structure containing function pointers.\n   *\n   * Note that a service's data cannot be a mere function pointer because in\n   * C it is possible that function pointers might be implemented differently\n   * than data pointers (e.g. 48 bits instead of 32).\n   *\n   */\n\n\n#ifndef FTSERV_H_\n#define FTSERV_H_\n\n\nFT_BEGIN_HEADER\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @macro:\n   *   FT_FACE_FIND_SERVICE\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   This macro is used to look up a service from a face's driver module.\n   *\n   * @input:\n   *   face ::\n   *     The source face handle.\n   *\n   *   id ::\n   *     A string describing the service as defined in the service's header\n   *     files (e.g. FT_SERVICE_ID_MULTI_MASTERS which expands to\n   *     'multi-masters').  It is automatically prefixed with\n   *     `FT_SERVICE_ID_`.\n   *\n   * @output:\n   *   ptr ::\n   *     A variable that receives the service pointer.  Will be `NULL` if not\n   *     found.\n   */\n#ifdef __cplusplus\n\n#define FT_FACE_FIND_SERVICE( face, ptr, id )                               \\\n  FT_BEGIN_STMNT                                                            \\\n    FT_Module    module = FT_MODULE( FT_FACE( face )->driver );             \\\n    FT_Pointer   _tmp_  = NULL;                                             \\\n    FT_Pointer*  _pptr_ = (FT_Pointer*)&(ptr);                              \\\n                                                                            \\\n                                                                            \\\n    if ( module->clazz->get_interface )                                     \\\n      _tmp_ = module->clazz->get_interface( module, FT_SERVICE_ID_ ## id ); \\\n    *_pptr_ = _tmp_;                                                        \\\n  FT_END_STMNT\n\n#else /* !C++ */\n\n#define FT_FACE_FIND_SERVICE( face, ptr, id )                               \\\n  FT_BEGIN_STMNT                                                            \\\n    FT_Module   module = FT_MODULE( FT_FACE( face )->driver );              \\\n    FT_Pointer  _tmp_  = NULL;                                              \\\n                                                                            \\\n    if ( module->clazz->get_interface )                                     \\\n      _tmp_ = module->clazz->get_interface( module, FT_SERVICE_ID_ ## id ); \\\n    ptr = _tmp_;                                                            \\\n  FT_END_STMNT\n\n#endif /* !C++ */\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @macro:\n   *   FT_FACE_FIND_GLOBAL_SERVICE\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   This macro is used to look up a service from all modules.\n   *\n   * @input:\n   *   face ::\n   *     The source face handle.\n   *\n   *   id ::\n   *     A string describing the service as defined in the service's header\n   *     files (e.g. FT_SERVICE_ID_MULTI_MASTERS which expands to\n   *     'multi-masters').  It is automatically prefixed with\n   *     `FT_SERVICE_ID_`.\n   *\n   * @output:\n   *   ptr ::\n   *     A variable that receives the service pointer.  Will be `NULL` if not\n   *     found.\n   */\n#ifdef __cplusplus\n\n#define FT_FACE_FIND_GLOBAL_SERVICE( face, ptr, id )                  \\\n  FT_BEGIN_STMNT                                                      \\\n    FT_Module    module = FT_MODULE( FT_FACE( face )->driver );       \\\n    FT_Pointer   _tmp_;                                               \\\n    FT_Pointer*  _pptr_ = (FT_Pointer*)&(ptr);                        \\\n                                                                      \\\n                                                                      \\\n    _tmp_ = ft_module_get_service( module, FT_SERVICE_ID_ ## id, 1 ); \\\n    *_pptr_ = _tmp_;                                                  \\\n  FT_END_STMNT\n\n#else /* !C++ */\n\n#define FT_FACE_FIND_GLOBAL_SERVICE( face, ptr, id )                  \\\n  FT_BEGIN_STMNT                                                      \\\n    FT_Module   module = FT_MODULE( FT_FACE( face )->driver );        \\\n    FT_Pointer  _tmp_;                                                \\\n                                                                      \\\n                                                                      \\\n    _tmp_ = ft_module_get_service( module, FT_SERVICE_ID_ ## id, 1 ); \\\n    ptr   = _tmp_;                                                    \\\n  FT_END_STMNT\n\n#endif /* !C++ */\n\n\n  /*************************************************************************/\n  /*************************************************************************/\n  /*****                                                               *****/\n  /*****         S E R V I C E   D E S C R I P T O R S                 *****/\n  /*****                                                               *****/\n  /*************************************************************************/\n  /*************************************************************************/\n\n  /*\n   * The following structure is used to _describe_ a given service to the\n   * library.  This is useful to build simple static service lists.\n   */\n  typedef struct  FT_ServiceDescRec_\n  {\n    const char*  serv_id;     /* service name         */\n    const void*  serv_data;   /* service pointer/data */\n\n  } FT_ServiceDescRec;\n\n  typedef const FT_ServiceDescRec*  FT_ServiceDesc;\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @macro:\n   *   FT_DEFINE_SERVICEDESCREC1\n   *   FT_DEFINE_SERVICEDESCREC2\n   *   FT_DEFINE_SERVICEDESCREC3\n   *   FT_DEFINE_SERVICEDESCREC4\n   *   FT_DEFINE_SERVICEDESCREC5\n   *   FT_DEFINE_SERVICEDESCREC6\n   *   FT_DEFINE_SERVICEDESCREC7\n   *   FT_DEFINE_SERVICEDESCREC8\n   *   FT_DEFINE_SERVICEDESCREC9\n   *   FT_DEFINE_SERVICEDESCREC10\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   Used to initialize an array of FT_ServiceDescRec structures.\n   *\n   *   The array will be allocated in the global scope (or the scope where\n   *   the macro is used).\n   */\n#define FT_DEFINE_SERVICEDESCREC1( class_,                                  \\\n                                   serv_id_1, serv_data_1 )                 \\\n  static const FT_ServiceDescRec  class_[] =                                \\\n  {                                                                         \\\n    { serv_id_1, serv_data_1 },                                             \\\n    { NULL, NULL }                                                          \\\n  };\n\n#define FT_DEFINE_SERVICEDESCREC2( class_,                                  \\\n                                   serv_id_1, serv_data_1,                  \\\n                                   serv_id_2, serv_data_2 )                 \\\n  static const FT_ServiceDescRec  class_[] =                                \\\n  {                                                                         \\\n    { serv_id_1, serv_data_1 },                                             \\\n    { serv_id_2, serv_data_2 },                                             \\\n    { NULL, NULL }                                                          \\\n  };\n\n#define FT_DEFINE_SERVICEDESCREC3( class_,                                  \\\n                                   serv_id_1, serv_data_1,                  \\\n                                   serv_id_2, serv_data_2,                  \\\n                                   serv_id_3, serv_data_3 )                 \\\n  static const FT_ServiceDescRec  class_[] =                                \\\n  {                                                                         \\\n    { serv_id_1, serv_data_1 },                                             \\\n    { serv_id_2, serv_data_2 },                                             \\\n    { serv_id_3, serv_data_3 },                                             \\\n    { NULL, NULL }                                                          \\\n  };\n\n#define FT_DEFINE_SERVICEDESCREC4( class_,                                  \\\n                                   serv_id_1, serv_data_1,                  \\\n                                   serv_id_2, serv_data_2,                  \\\n                                   serv_id_3, serv_data_3,                  \\\n                                   serv_id_4, serv_data_4 )                 \\\n  static const FT_ServiceDescRec  class_[] =                                \\\n  {                                                                         \\\n    { serv_id_1, serv_data_1 },                                             \\\n    { serv_id_2, serv_data_2 },                                             \\\n    { serv_id_3, serv_data_3 },                                             \\\n    { serv_id_4, serv_data_4 },                                             \\\n    { NULL, NULL }                                                          \\\n  };\n\n#define FT_DEFINE_SERVICEDESCREC5( class_,                                  \\\n                                   serv_id_1, serv_data_1,                  \\\n                                   serv_id_2, serv_data_2,                  \\\n                                   serv_id_3, serv_data_3,                  \\\n                                   serv_id_4, serv_data_4,                  \\\n                                   serv_id_5, serv_data_5 )                 \\\n  static const FT_ServiceDescRec  class_[] =                                \\\n  {                                                                         \\\n    { serv_id_1, serv_data_1 },                                             \\\n    { serv_id_2, serv_data_2 },                                             \\\n    { serv_id_3, serv_data_3 },                                             \\\n    { serv_id_4, serv_data_4 },                                             \\\n    { serv_id_5, serv_data_5 },                                             \\\n    { NULL, NULL }                                                          \\\n  };\n\n#define FT_DEFINE_SERVICEDESCREC6( class_,                                  \\\n                                   serv_id_1, serv_data_1,                  \\\n                                   serv_id_2, serv_data_2,                  \\\n                                   serv_id_3, serv_data_3,                  \\\n                                   serv_id_4, serv_data_4,                  \\\n                                   serv_id_5, serv_data_5,                  \\\n                                   serv_id_6, serv_data_6 )                 \\\n  static const FT_ServiceDescRec  class_[] =                                \\\n  {                                                                         \\\n    { serv_id_1, serv_data_1 },                                             \\\n    { serv_id_2, serv_data_2 },                                             \\\n    { serv_id_3, serv_data_3 },                                             \\\n    { serv_id_4, serv_data_4 },                                             \\\n    { serv_id_5, serv_data_5 },                                             \\\n    { serv_id_6, serv_data_6 },                                             \\\n    { NULL, NULL }                                                          \\\n  };\n\n#define FT_DEFINE_SERVICEDESCREC7( class_,                                  \\\n                                   serv_id_1, serv_data_1,                  \\\n                                   serv_id_2, serv_data_2,                  \\\n                                   serv_id_3, serv_data_3,                  \\\n                                   serv_id_4, serv_data_4,                  \\\n                                   serv_id_5, serv_data_5,                  \\\n                                   serv_id_6, serv_data_6,                  \\\n                                   serv_id_7, serv_data_7 )                 \\\n  static const FT_ServiceDescRec  class_[] =                                \\\n  {                                                                         \\\n    { serv_id_1, serv_data_1 },                                             \\\n    { serv_id_2, serv_data_2 },                                             \\\n    { serv_id_3, serv_data_3 },                                             \\\n    { serv_id_4, serv_data_4 },                                             \\\n    { serv_id_5, serv_data_5 },                                             \\\n    { serv_id_6, serv_data_6 },                                             \\\n    { serv_id_7, serv_data_7 },                                             \\\n    { NULL, NULL }                                                          \\\n  };\n\n#define FT_DEFINE_SERVICEDESCREC8( class_,                                  \\\n                                   serv_id_1, serv_data_1,                  \\\n                                   serv_id_2, serv_data_2,                  \\\n                                   serv_id_3, serv_data_3,                  \\\n                                   serv_id_4, serv_data_4,                  \\\n                                   serv_id_5, serv_data_5,                  \\\n                                   serv_id_6, serv_data_6,                  \\\n                                   serv_id_7, serv_data_7,                  \\\n                                   serv_id_8, serv_data_8 )                 \\\n  static const FT_ServiceDescRec  class_[] =                                \\\n  {                                                                         \\\n    { serv_id_1, serv_data_1 },                                             \\\n    { serv_id_2, serv_data_2 },                                             \\\n    { serv_id_3, serv_data_3 },                                             \\\n    { serv_id_4, serv_data_4 },                                             \\\n    { serv_id_5, serv_data_5 },                                             \\\n    { serv_id_6, serv_data_6 },                                             \\\n    { serv_id_7, serv_data_7 },                                             \\\n    { serv_id_8, serv_data_8 },                                             \\\n    { NULL, NULL }                                                          \\\n  };\n\n#define FT_DEFINE_SERVICEDESCREC9( class_,                                  \\\n                                   serv_id_1, serv_data_1,                  \\\n                                   serv_id_2, serv_data_2,                  \\\n                                   serv_id_3, serv_data_3,                  \\\n                                   serv_id_4, serv_data_4,                  \\\n                                   serv_id_5, serv_data_5,                  \\\n                                   serv_id_6, serv_data_6,                  \\\n                                   serv_id_7, serv_data_7,                  \\\n                                   serv_id_8, serv_data_8,                  \\\n                                   serv_id_9, serv_data_9 )                 \\\n  static const FT_ServiceDescRec  class_[] =                                \\\n  {                                                                         \\\n    { serv_id_1, serv_data_1 },                                             \\\n    { serv_id_2, serv_data_2 },                                             \\\n    { serv_id_3, serv_data_3 },                                             \\\n    { serv_id_4, serv_data_4 },                                             \\\n    { serv_id_5, serv_data_5 },                                             \\\n    { serv_id_6, serv_data_6 },                                             \\\n    { serv_id_7, serv_data_7 },                                             \\\n    { serv_id_8, serv_data_8 },                                             \\\n    { serv_id_9, serv_data_9 },                                             \\\n    { NULL, NULL }                                                          \\\n  };\n\n#define FT_DEFINE_SERVICEDESCREC10( class_,                                 \\\n                                    serv_id_1, serv_data_1,                 \\\n                                    serv_id_2, serv_data_2,                 \\\n                                    serv_id_3, serv_data_3,                 \\\n                                    serv_id_4, serv_data_4,                 \\\n                                    serv_id_5, serv_data_5,                 \\\n                                    serv_id_6, serv_data_6,                 \\\n                                    serv_id_7, serv_data_7,                 \\\n                                    serv_id_8, serv_data_8,                 \\\n                                    serv_id_9, serv_data_9,                 \\\n                                    serv_id_10, serv_data_10 )              \\\n  static const FT_ServiceDescRec  class_[] =                                \\\n  {                                                                         \\\n    { serv_id_1, serv_data_1 },                                             \\\n    { serv_id_2, serv_data_2 },                                             \\\n    { serv_id_3, serv_data_3 },                                             \\\n    { serv_id_4, serv_data_4 },                                             \\\n    { serv_id_5, serv_data_5 },                                             \\\n    { serv_id_6, serv_data_6 },                                             \\\n    { serv_id_7, serv_data_7 },                                             \\\n    { serv_id_8, serv_data_8 },                                             \\\n    { serv_id_9, serv_data_9 },                                             \\\n    { serv_id_10, serv_data_10 },                                           \\\n    { NULL, NULL }                                                          \\\n  };\n\n\n  /*\n   * Parse a list of FT_ServiceDescRec descriptors and look for a specific\n   * service by ID.  Note that the last element in the array must be { NULL,\n   * NULL }, and that the function should return NULL if the service isn't\n   * available.\n   *\n   * This function can be used by modules to implement their `get_service'\n   * method.\n   */\n  FT_BASE( FT_Pointer )\n  ft_service_list_lookup( FT_ServiceDesc  service_descriptors,\n                          const char*     service_id );\n\n\n  /*************************************************************************/\n  /*************************************************************************/\n  /*****                                                               *****/\n  /*****             S E R V I C E S   C A C H E                       *****/\n  /*****                                                               *****/\n  /*************************************************************************/\n  /*************************************************************************/\n\n  /*\n   * This structure is used to store a cache for several frequently used\n   * services.  It is the type of `face->internal->services'.  You should\n   * only use FT_FACE_LOOKUP_SERVICE to access it.\n   *\n   * All fields should have the type FT_Pointer to relax compilation\n   * dependencies.  We assume the developer isn't completely stupid.\n   *\n   * Each field must be named `service_XXXX' where `XXX' corresponds to the\n   * correct FT_SERVICE_ID_XXXX macro.  See the definition of\n   * FT_FACE_LOOKUP_SERVICE below how this is implemented.\n   *\n   */\n  typedef struct  FT_ServiceCacheRec_\n  {\n    FT_Pointer  service_POSTSCRIPT_FONT_NAME;\n    FT_Pointer  service_MULTI_MASTERS;\n    FT_Pointer  service_METRICS_VARIATIONS;\n    FT_Pointer  service_GLYPH_DICT;\n    FT_Pointer  service_PFR_METRICS;\n    FT_Pointer  service_WINFNT;\n\n  } FT_ServiceCacheRec, *FT_ServiceCache;\n\n\n  /*\n   * A magic number used within the services cache.\n   */\n\n  /* ensure that value `1' has the same width as a pointer */\n#define FT_SERVICE_UNAVAILABLE  ((FT_Pointer)~(FT_PtrDist)1)\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @macro:\n   *   FT_FACE_LOOKUP_SERVICE\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   This macro is used to look up a service from a face's driver module\n   *   using its cache.\n   *\n   * @input:\n   *   face ::\n   *     The source face handle containing the cache.\n   *\n   *   field ::\n   *     The field name in the cache.\n   *\n   *   id ::\n   *     The service ID.\n   *\n   * @output:\n   *   ptr ::\n   *     A variable receiving the service data.  `NULL` if not available.\n   */\n#ifdef __cplusplus\n\n#define FT_FACE_LOOKUP_SERVICE( face, ptr, id )                \\\n  FT_BEGIN_STMNT                                               \\\n    FT_Pointer   svc;                                          \\\n    FT_Pointer*  Pptr = (FT_Pointer*)&(ptr);                   \\\n                                                               \\\n                                                               \\\n    svc = FT_FACE( face )->internal->services. service_ ## id; \\\n    if ( svc == FT_SERVICE_UNAVAILABLE )                       \\\n      svc = NULL;                                              \\\n    else if ( svc == NULL )                                    \\\n    {                                                          \\\n      FT_FACE_FIND_SERVICE( face, svc, id );                   \\\n                                                               \\\n      FT_FACE( face )->internal->services. service_ ## id =    \\\n        (FT_Pointer)( svc != NULL ? svc                        \\\n                                  : FT_SERVICE_UNAVAILABLE );  \\\n    }                                                          \\\n    *Pptr = svc;                                               \\\n  FT_END_STMNT\n\n#else /* !C++ */\n\n#define FT_FACE_LOOKUP_SERVICE( face, ptr, id )                \\\n  FT_BEGIN_STMNT                                               \\\n    FT_Pointer  svc;                                           \\\n                                                               \\\n                                                               \\\n    svc = FT_FACE( face )->internal->services. service_ ## id; \\\n    if ( svc == FT_SERVICE_UNAVAILABLE )                       \\\n      svc = NULL;                                              \\\n    else if ( svc == NULL )                                    \\\n    {                                                          \\\n      FT_FACE_FIND_SERVICE( face, svc, id );                   \\\n                                                               \\\n      FT_FACE( face )->internal->services. service_ ## id =    \\\n        (FT_Pointer)( svc != NULL ? svc                        \\\n                                  : FT_SERVICE_UNAVAILABLE );  \\\n    }                                                          \\\n    ptr = svc;                                                 \\\n  FT_END_STMNT\n\n#endif /* !C++ */\n\n  /*\n   * A macro used to define new service structure types.\n   */\n\n#define FT_DEFINE_SERVICE( name )            \\\n  typedef struct FT_Service_ ## name ## Rec_ \\\n    FT_Service_ ## name ## Rec ;             \\\n  typedef struct FT_Service_ ## name ## Rec_ \\\n    const * FT_Service_ ## name ;            \\\n  struct FT_Service_ ## name ## Rec_\n\n  /* */\n\n  /*\n   * The header files containing the services.\n   */\n\n#define FT_SERVICE_BDF_H                <freetype/internal/services/svbdf.h>\n#define FT_SERVICE_CFF_TABLE_LOAD_H     <freetype/internal/services/svcfftl.h>\n#define FT_SERVICE_CID_H                <freetype/internal/services/svcid.h>\n#define FT_SERVICE_FONT_FORMAT_H        <freetype/internal/services/svfntfmt.h>\n#define FT_SERVICE_GLYPH_DICT_H         <freetype/internal/services/svgldict.h>\n#define FT_SERVICE_GX_VALIDATE_H        <freetype/internal/services/svgxval.h>\n#define FT_SERVICE_KERNING_H            <freetype/internal/services/svkern.h>\n#define FT_SERVICE_METRICS_VARIATIONS_H <freetype/internal/services/svmetric.h>\n#define FT_SERVICE_MULTIPLE_MASTERS_H   <freetype/internal/services/svmm.h>\n#define FT_SERVICE_OPENTYPE_VALIDATE_H  <freetype/internal/services/svotval.h>\n#define FT_SERVICE_PFR_H                <freetype/internal/services/svpfr.h>\n#define FT_SERVICE_POSTSCRIPT_CMAPS_H   <freetype/internal/services/svpscmap.h>\n#define FT_SERVICE_POSTSCRIPT_INFO_H    <freetype/internal/services/svpsinfo.h>\n#define FT_SERVICE_POSTSCRIPT_NAME_H    <freetype/internal/services/svpostnm.h>\n#define FT_SERVICE_PROPERTIES_H         <freetype/internal/services/svprop.h>\n#define FT_SERVICE_SFNT_H               <freetype/internal/services/svsfnt.h>\n#define FT_SERVICE_TRUETYPE_ENGINE_H    <freetype/internal/services/svtteng.h>\n#define FT_SERVICE_TRUETYPE_GLYF_H      <freetype/internal/services/svttglyf.h>\n#define FT_SERVICE_TT_CMAP_H            <freetype/internal/services/svttcmap.h>\n#define FT_SERVICE_WINFNT_H             <freetype/internal/services/svwinfnt.h>\n\n /* */\n\nFT_END_HEADER\n\n#endif /* FTSERV_H_ */\n\n\n/* END */\n"
  },
  {
    "path": "Antario/LIB/freetype/freetype/internal/ftstream.h",
    "content": "/****************************************************************************\n *\n * ftstream.h\n *\n *   Stream handling (specification).\n *\n * Copyright (C) 1996-2019 by\n * David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.\n *\n * This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,\n * modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project\n * license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute\n * this file you indicate that you have read the license and\n * understand and accept it fully.\n *\n */\n\n\n#ifndef FTSTREAM_H_\n#define FTSTREAM_H_\n\n\n#include <ft2build.h>\n#include FT_SYSTEM_H\n#include FT_INTERNAL_OBJECTS_H\n\n\nFT_BEGIN_HEADER\n\n\n  /* format of an 8-bit frame_op value:           */\n  /*                                              */\n  /* bit  76543210                                */\n  /*      xxxxxxes                                */\n  /*                                              */\n  /* s is set to 1 if the value is signed.        */\n  /* e is set to 1 if the value is little-endian. */\n  /* xxx is a command.                            */\n\n#define FT_FRAME_OP_SHIFT         2\n#define FT_FRAME_OP_SIGNED        1\n#define FT_FRAME_OP_LITTLE        2\n#define FT_FRAME_OP_COMMAND( x )  ( x >> FT_FRAME_OP_SHIFT )\n\n#define FT_MAKE_FRAME_OP( command, little, sign ) \\\n          ( ( command << FT_FRAME_OP_SHIFT ) | ( little << 1 ) | sign )\n\n#define FT_FRAME_OP_END    0\n#define FT_FRAME_OP_START  1  /* start a new frame     */\n#define FT_FRAME_OP_BYTE   2  /* read 1-byte value     */\n#define FT_FRAME_OP_SHORT  3  /* read 2-byte value     */\n#define FT_FRAME_OP_LONG   4  /* read 4-byte value     */\n#define FT_FRAME_OP_OFF3   5  /* read 3-byte value     */\n#define FT_FRAME_OP_BYTES  6  /* read a bytes sequence */\n\n\n  typedef enum  FT_Frame_Op_\n  {\n    ft_frame_end       = 0,\n    ft_frame_start     = FT_MAKE_FRAME_OP( FT_FRAME_OP_START, 0, 0 ),\n\n    ft_frame_byte      = FT_MAKE_FRAME_OP( FT_FRAME_OP_BYTE,  0, 0 ),\n    ft_frame_schar     = FT_MAKE_FRAME_OP( FT_FRAME_OP_BYTE,  0, 1 ),\n\n    ft_frame_ushort_be = FT_MAKE_FRAME_OP( FT_FRAME_OP_SHORT, 0, 0 ),\n    ft_frame_short_be  = FT_MAKE_FRAME_OP( FT_FRAME_OP_SHORT, 0, 1 ),\n    ft_frame_ushort_le = FT_MAKE_FRAME_OP( FT_FRAME_OP_SHORT, 1, 0 ),\n    ft_frame_short_le  = FT_MAKE_FRAME_OP( FT_FRAME_OP_SHORT, 1, 1 ),\n\n    ft_frame_ulong_be  = FT_MAKE_FRAME_OP( FT_FRAME_OP_LONG, 0, 0 ),\n    ft_frame_long_be   = FT_MAKE_FRAME_OP( FT_FRAME_OP_LONG, 0, 1 ),\n    ft_frame_ulong_le  = FT_MAKE_FRAME_OP( FT_FRAME_OP_LONG, 1, 0 ),\n    ft_frame_long_le   = FT_MAKE_FRAME_OP( FT_FRAME_OP_LONG, 1, 1 ),\n\n    ft_frame_uoff3_be  = FT_MAKE_FRAME_OP( FT_FRAME_OP_OFF3, 0, 0 ),\n    ft_frame_off3_be   = FT_MAKE_FRAME_OP( FT_FRAME_OP_OFF3, 0, 1 ),\n    ft_frame_uoff3_le  = FT_MAKE_FRAME_OP( FT_FRAME_OP_OFF3, 1, 0 ),\n    ft_frame_off3_le   = FT_MAKE_FRAME_OP( FT_FRAME_OP_OFF3, 1, 1 ),\n\n    ft_frame_bytes     = FT_MAKE_FRAME_OP( FT_FRAME_OP_BYTES, 0, 0 ),\n    ft_frame_skip      = FT_MAKE_FRAME_OP( FT_FRAME_OP_BYTES, 0, 1 )\n\n  } FT_Frame_Op;\n\n\n  typedef struct  FT_Frame_Field_\n  {\n    FT_Byte    value;\n    FT_Byte    size;\n    FT_UShort  offset;\n\n  } FT_Frame_Field;\n\n\n  /* Construct an FT_Frame_Field out of a structure type and a field name. */\n  /* The structure type must be set in the FT_STRUCTURE macro before       */\n  /* calling the FT_FRAME_START() macro.                                   */\n  /*                                                                       */\n#define FT_FIELD_SIZE( f )                          \\\n          (FT_Byte)sizeof ( ((FT_STRUCTURE*)0)->f )\n\n#define FT_FIELD_SIZE_DELTA( f )                       \\\n          (FT_Byte)sizeof ( ((FT_STRUCTURE*)0)->f[0] )\n\n#define FT_FIELD_OFFSET( f )                         \\\n          (FT_UShort)( offsetof( FT_STRUCTURE, f ) )\n\n#define FT_FRAME_FIELD( frame_op, field ) \\\n          {                               \\\n            frame_op,                     \\\n            FT_FIELD_SIZE( field ),       \\\n            FT_FIELD_OFFSET( field )      \\\n          }\n\n#define FT_MAKE_EMPTY_FIELD( frame_op )  { frame_op, 0, 0 }\n\n#define FT_FRAME_START( size )   { ft_frame_start, 0, size }\n#define FT_FRAME_END             { ft_frame_end, 0, 0 }\n\n#define FT_FRAME_LONG( f )       FT_FRAME_FIELD( ft_frame_long_be, f )\n#define FT_FRAME_ULONG( f )      FT_FRAME_FIELD( ft_frame_ulong_be, f )\n#define FT_FRAME_SHORT( f )      FT_FRAME_FIELD( ft_frame_short_be, f )\n#define FT_FRAME_USHORT( f )     FT_FRAME_FIELD( ft_frame_ushort_be, f )\n#define FT_FRAME_OFF3( f )       FT_FRAME_FIELD( ft_frame_off3_be, f )\n#define FT_FRAME_UOFF3( f )      FT_FRAME_FIELD( ft_frame_uoff3_be, f )\n#define FT_FRAME_BYTE( f )       FT_FRAME_FIELD( ft_frame_byte, f )\n#define FT_FRAME_CHAR( f )       FT_FRAME_FIELD( ft_frame_schar, f )\n\n#define FT_FRAME_LONG_LE( f )    FT_FRAME_FIELD( ft_frame_long_le, f )\n#define FT_FRAME_ULONG_LE( f )   FT_FRAME_FIELD( ft_frame_ulong_le, f )\n#define FT_FRAME_SHORT_LE( f )   FT_FRAME_FIELD( ft_frame_short_le, f )\n#define FT_FRAME_USHORT_LE( f )  FT_FRAME_FIELD( ft_frame_ushort_le, f )\n#define FT_FRAME_OFF3_LE( f )    FT_FRAME_FIELD( ft_frame_off3_le, f )\n#define FT_FRAME_UOFF3_LE( f )   FT_FRAME_FIELD( ft_frame_uoff3_le, f )\n\n#define FT_FRAME_SKIP_LONG       { ft_frame_long_be, 0, 0 }\n#define FT_FRAME_SKIP_SHORT      { ft_frame_short_be, 0, 0 }\n#define FT_FRAME_SKIP_BYTE       { ft_frame_byte, 0, 0 }\n\n#define FT_FRAME_BYTES( field, count ) \\\n          {                            \\\n            ft_frame_bytes,            \\\n            count,                     \\\n            FT_FIELD_OFFSET( field )   \\\n          }\n\n#define FT_FRAME_SKIP_BYTES( count )  { ft_frame_skip, count, 0 }\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * Integer extraction macros -- the 'buffer' parameter must ALWAYS be of\n   * type 'char*' or equivalent (1-byte elements).\n   */\n\n#define FT_BYTE_( p, i )  ( ((const FT_Byte*)(p))[(i)] )\n\n#define FT_INT16( x )   ( (FT_Int16)(x)  )\n#define FT_UINT16( x )  ( (FT_UInt16)(x) )\n#define FT_INT32( x )   ( (FT_Int32)(x)  )\n#define FT_UINT32( x )  ( (FT_UInt32)(x) )\n\n\n#define FT_BYTE_U16( p, i, s )  ( FT_UINT16( FT_BYTE_( p, i ) ) << (s) )\n#define FT_BYTE_U32( p, i, s )  ( FT_UINT32( FT_BYTE_( p, i ) ) << (s) )\n\n\n  /*\n   * `FT_PEEK_XXX' are generic macros to get data from a buffer position.  No\n   * safety checks are performed.\n   */\n#define FT_PEEK_SHORT( p )  FT_INT16( FT_BYTE_U16( p, 0, 8 ) | \\\n                                      FT_BYTE_U16( p, 1, 0 ) )\n\n#define FT_PEEK_USHORT( p )  FT_UINT16( FT_BYTE_U16( p, 0, 8 ) | \\\n                                        FT_BYTE_U16( p, 1, 0 ) )\n\n#define FT_PEEK_LONG( p )  FT_INT32( FT_BYTE_U32( p, 0, 24 ) | \\\n                                     FT_BYTE_U32( p, 1, 16 ) | \\\n                                     FT_BYTE_U32( p, 2,  8 ) | \\\n                                     FT_BYTE_U32( p, 3,  0 ) )\n\n#define FT_PEEK_ULONG( p )  FT_UINT32( FT_BYTE_U32( p, 0, 24 ) | \\\n                                       FT_BYTE_U32( p, 1, 16 ) | \\\n                                       FT_BYTE_U32( p, 2,  8 ) | \\\n                                       FT_BYTE_U32( p, 3,  0 ) )\n\n#define FT_PEEK_OFF3( p )  FT_INT32( FT_BYTE_U32( p, 0, 16 ) | \\\n                                     FT_BYTE_U32( p, 1,  8 ) | \\\n                                     FT_BYTE_U32( p, 2,  0 ) )\n\n#define FT_PEEK_UOFF3( p )  FT_UINT32( FT_BYTE_U32( p, 0, 16 ) | \\\n                                       FT_BYTE_U32( p, 1,  8 ) | \\\n                                       FT_BYTE_U32( p, 2,  0 ) )\n\n#define FT_PEEK_SHORT_LE( p )  FT_INT16( FT_BYTE_U16( p, 1, 8 ) | \\\n                                         FT_BYTE_U16( p, 0, 0 ) )\n\n#define FT_PEEK_USHORT_LE( p )  FT_UINT16( FT_BYTE_U16( p, 1, 8 ) |  \\\n                                           FT_BYTE_U16( p, 0, 0 ) )\n\n#define FT_PEEK_LONG_LE( p )  FT_INT32( FT_BYTE_U32( p, 3, 24 ) | \\\n                                        FT_BYTE_U32( p, 2, 16 ) | \\\n                                        FT_BYTE_U32( p, 1,  8 ) | \\\n                                        FT_BYTE_U32( p, 0,  0 ) )\n\n#define FT_PEEK_ULONG_LE( p )  FT_UINT32( FT_BYTE_U32( p, 3, 24 ) | \\\n                                          FT_BYTE_U32( p, 2, 16 ) | \\\n                                          FT_BYTE_U32( p, 1,  8 ) | \\\n                                          FT_BYTE_U32( p, 0,  0 ) )\n\n#define FT_PEEK_OFF3_LE( p )  FT_INT32( FT_BYTE_U32( p, 2, 16 ) | \\\n                                        FT_BYTE_U32( p, 1,  8 ) | \\\n                                        FT_BYTE_U32( p, 0,  0 ) )\n\n#define FT_PEEK_UOFF3_LE( p )  FT_UINT32( FT_BYTE_U32( p, 2, 16 ) | \\\n                                          FT_BYTE_U32( p, 1,  8 ) | \\\n                                          FT_BYTE_U32( p, 0,  0 ) )\n\n  /*\n   * `FT_NEXT_XXX' are generic macros to get data from a buffer position\n   * which is then increased appropriately.  No safety checks are performed.\n   */\n#define FT_NEXT_CHAR( buffer )       \\\n          ( (signed char)*buffer++ )\n\n#define FT_NEXT_BYTE( buffer )         \\\n          ( (unsigned char)*buffer++ )\n\n#define FT_NEXT_SHORT( buffer )                                   \\\n          ( (short)( buffer += 2, FT_PEEK_SHORT( buffer - 2 ) ) )\n\n#define FT_NEXT_USHORT( buffer )                                            \\\n          ( (unsigned short)( buffer += 2, FT_PEEK_USHORT( buffer - 2 ) ) )\n\n#define FT_NEXT_OFF3( buffer )                                  \\\n          ( (long)( buffer += 3, FT_PEEK_OFF3( buffer - 3 ) ) )\n\n#define FT_NEXT_UOFF3( buffer )                                           \\\n          ( (unsigned long)( buffer += 3, FT_PEEK_UOFF3( buffer - 3 ) ) )\n\n#define FT_NEXT_LONG( buffer )                                  \\\n          ( (long)( buffer += 4, FT_PEEK_LONG( buffer - 4 ) ) )\n\n#define FT_NEXT_ULONG( buffer )                                           \\\n          ( (unsigned long)( buffer += 4, FT_PEEK_ULONG( buffer - 4 ) ) )\n\n\n#define FT_NEXT_SHORT_LE( buffer )                                   \\\n          ( (short)( buffer += 2, FT_PEEK_SHORT_LE( buffer - 2 ) ) )\n\n#define FT_NEXT_USHORT_LE( buffer )                                            \\\n          ( (unsigned short)( buffer += 2, FT_PEEK_USHORT_LE( buffer - 2 ) ) )\n\n#define FT_NEXT_OFF3_LE( buffer )                                  \\\n          ( (long)( buffer += 3, FT_PEEK_OFF3_LE( buffer - 3 ) ) )\n\n#define FT_NEXT_UOFF3_LE( buffer )                                           \\\n          ( (unsigned long)( buffer += 3, FT_PEEK_UOFF3_LE( buffer - 3 ) ) )\n\n#define FT_NEXT_LONG_LE( buffer )                                  \\\n          ( (long)( buffer += 4, FT_PEEK_LONG_LE( buffer - 4 ) ) )\n\n#define FT_NEXT_ULONG_LE( buffer )                                           \\\n          ( (unsigned long)( buffer += 4, FT_PEEK_ULONG_LE( buffer - 4 ) ) )\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * The `FT_GET_XXX` macros use an implicit 'stream' variable.\n   *\n   * Note that a call to `FT_STREAM_SEEK` or `FT_STREAM_POS` has **no**\n   * effect on `FT_GET_XXX`!  They operate on `stream->pos`, while\n   * `FT_GET_XXX` use `stream->cursor`.\n   */\n#if 0\n#define FT_GET_MACRO( type )    FT_NEXT_ ## type ( stream->cursor )\n\n#define FT_GET_CHAR()       FT_GET_MACRO( CHAR )\n#define FT_GET_BYTE()       FT_GET_MACRO( BYTE )\n#define FT_GET_SHORT()      FT_GET_MACRO( SHORT )\n#define FT_GET_USHORT()     FT_GET_MACRO( USHORT )\n#define FT_GET_OFF3()       FT_GET_MACRO( OFF3 )\n#define FT_GET_UOFF3()      FT_GET_MACRO( UOFF3 )\n#define FT_GET_LONG()       FT_GET_MACRO( LONG )\n#define FT_GET_ULONG()      FT_GET_MACRO( ULONG )\n#define FT_GET_TAG4()       FT_GET_MACRO( ULONG )\n\n#define FT_GET_SHORT_LE()   FT_GET_MACRO( SHORT_LE )\n#define FT_GET_USHORT_LE()  FT_GET_MACRO( USHORT_LE )\n#define FT_GET_LONG_LE()    FT_GET_MACRO( LONG_LE )\n#define FT_GET_ULONG_LE()   FT_GET_MACRO( ULONG_LE )\n\n#else\n#define FT_GET_MACRO( func, type )        ( (type)func( stream ) )\n\n#define FT_GET_CHAR()       FT_GET_MACRO( FT_Stream_GetChar, FT_Char )\n#define FT_GET_BYTE()       FT_GET_MACRO( FT_Stream_GetChar, FT_Byte )\n#define FT_GET_SHORT()      FT_GET_MACRO( FT_Stream_GetUShort, FT_Short )\n#define FT_GET_USHORT()     FT_GET_MACRO( FT_Stream_GetUShort, FT_UShort )\n#define FT_GET_OFF3()       FT_GET_MACRO( FT_Stream_GetUOffset, FT_Long )\n#define FT_GET_UOFF3()      FT_GET_MACRO( FT_Stream_GetUOffset, FT_ULong )\n#define FT_GET_LONG()       FT_GET_MACRO( FT_Stream_GetULong, FT_Long )\n#define FT_GET_ULONG()      FT_GET_MACRO( FT_Stream_GetULong, FT_ULong )\n#define FT_GET_TAG4()       FT_GET_MACRO( FT_Stream_GetULong, FT_ULong )\n\n#define FT_GET_SHORT_LE()   FT_GET_MACRO( FT_Stream_GetUShortLE, FT_Short )\n#define FT_GET_USHORT_LE()  FT_GET_MACRO( FT_Stream_GetUShortLE, FT_UShort )\n#define FT_GET_LONG_LE()    FT_GET_MACRO( FT_Stream_GetULongLE, FT_Long )\n#define FT_GET_ULONG_LE()   FT_GET_MACRO( FT_Stream_GetULongLE, FT_ULong )\n#endif\n\n\n#define FT_READ_MACRO( func, type, var )        \\\n          ( var = (type)func( stream, &error ), \\\n            error != FT_Err_Ok )\n\n  /*\n   * The `FT_READ_XXX' macros use implicit `stream' and `error' variables.\n   *\n   * `FT_READ_XXX' can be controlled with `FT_STREAM_SEEK' and\n   * `FT_STREAM_POS'.  They use the full machinery to check whether a read is\n   * valid.\n   */\n#define FT_READ_BYTE( var )       FT_READ_MACRO( FT_Stream_ReadChar, FT_Byte, var )\n#define FT_READ_CHAR( var )       FT_READ_MACRO( FT_Stream_ReadChar, FT_Char, var )\n#define FT_READ_SHORT( var )      FT_READ_MACRO( FT_Stream_ReadUShort, FT_Short, var )\n#define FT_READ_USHORT( var )     FT_READ_MACRO( FT_Stream_ReadUShort, FT_UShort, var )\n#define FT_READ_OFF3( var )       FT_READ_MACRO( FT_Stream_ReadUOffset, FT_Long, var )\n#define FT_READ_UOFF3( var )      FT_READ_MACRO( FT_Stream_ReadUOffset, FT_ULong, var )\n#define FT_READ_LONG( var )       FT_READ_MACRO( FT_Stream_ReadULong, FT_Long, var )\n#define FT_READ_ULONG( var )      FT_READ_MACRO( FT_Stream_ReadULong, FT_ULong, var )\n\n#define FT_READ_SHORT_LE( var )   FT_READ_MACRO( FT_Stream_ReadUShortLE, FT_Short, var )\n#define FT_READ_USHORT_LE( var )  FT_READ_MACRO( FT_Stream_ReadUShortLE, FT_UShort, var )\n#define FT_READ_LONG_LE( var )    FT_READ_MACRO( FT_Stream_ReadULongLE, FT_Long, var )\n#define FT_READ_ULONG_LE( var )   FT_READ_MACRO( FT_Stream_ReadULongLE, FT_ULong, var )\n\n\n#ifndef FT_CONFIG_OPTION_NO_DEFAULT_SYSTEM\n\n  /* initialize a stream for reading a regular system stream */\n  FT_BASE( FT_Error )\n  FT_Stream_Open( FT_Stream    stream,\n                  const char*  filepathname );\n\n#endif /* FT_CONFIG_OPTION_NO_DEFAULT_SYSTEM */\n\n\n  /* create a new (input) stream from an FT_Open_Args structure */\n  FT_BASE( FT_Error )\n  FT_Stream_New( FT_Library           library,\n                 const FT_Open_Args*  args,\n                 FT_Stream           *astream );\n\n  /* free a stream */\n  FT_BASE( void )\n  FT_Stream_Free( FT_Stream  stream,\n                  FT_Int     external );\n\n  /* initialize a stream for reading in-memory data */\n  FT_BASE( void )\n  FT_Stream_OpenMemory( FT_Stream       stream,\n                        const FT_Byte*  base,\n                        FT_ULong        size );\n\n  /* close a stream (does not destroy the stream structure) */\n  FT_BASE( void )\n  FT_Stream_Close( FT_Stream  stream );\n\n\n  /* seek within a stream. position is relative to start of stream */\n  FT_BASE( FT_Error )\n  FT_Stream_Seek( FT_Stream  stream,\n                  FT_ULong   pos );\n\n  /* skip bytes in a stream */\n  FT_BASE( FT_Error )\n  FT_Stream_Skip( FT_Stream  stream,\n                  FT_Long    distance );\n\n  /* return current stream position */\n  FT_BASE( FT_ULong )\n  FT_Stream_Pos( FT_Stream  stream );\n\n  /* read bytes from a stream into a user-allocated buffer, returns an */\n  /* error if not all bytes could be read.                             */\n  FT_BASE( FT_Error )\n  FT_Stream_Read( FT_Stream  stream,\n                  FT_Byte*   buffer,\n                  FT_ULong   count );\n\n  /* read bytes from a stream at a given position */\n  FT_BASE( FT_Error )\n  FT_Stream_ReadAt( FT_Stream  stream,\n                    FT_ULong   pos,\n                    FT_Byte*   buffer,\n                    FT_ULong   count );\n\n  /* try to read bytes at the end of a stream; return number of bytes */\n  /* really available                                                 */\n  FT_BASE( FT_ULong )\n  FT_Stream_TryRead( FT_Stream  stream,\n                     FT_Byte*   buffer,\n                     FT_ULong   count );\n\n  /* Enter a frame of `count' consecutive bytes in a stream.  Returns an */\n  /* error if the frame could not be read/accessed.  The caller can use  */\n  /* the `FT_Stream_GetXXX' functions to retrieve frame data without     */\n  /* error checks.                                                       */\n  /*                                                                     */\n  /* You must _always_ call `FT_Stream_ExitFrame' once you have entered  */\n  /* a stream frame!                                                     */\n  /*                                                                     */\n  /* Nested frames are not permitted.                                    */\n  /*                                                                     */\n  FT_BASE( FT_Error )\n  FT_Stream_EnterFrame( FT_Stream  stream,\n                        FT_ULong   count );\n\n  /* exit a stream frame */\n  FT_BASE( void )\n  FT_Stream_ExitFrame( FT_Stream  stream );\n\n\n  /* Extract a stream frame.  If the stream is disk-based, a heap block */\n  /* is allocated and the frame bytes are read into it.  If the stream  */\n  /* is memory-based, this function simply sets a pointer to the data.  */\n  /*                                                                    */\n  /* Useful to optimize access to memory-based streams transparently.   */\n  /*                                                                    */\n  /* `FT_Stream_GetXXX' functions can't be used.                        */\n  /*                                                                    */\n  /* An extracted frame must be `freed' with a call to the function     */\n  /* `FT_Stream_ReleaseFrame'.                                          */\n  /*                                                                    */\n  FT_BASE( FT_Error )\n  FT_Stream_ExtractFrame( FT_Stream  stream,\n                          FT_ULong   count,\n                          FT_Byte**  pbytes );\n\n  /* release an extract frame (see `FT_Stream_ExtractFrame') */\n  FT_BASE( void )\n  FT_Stream_ReleaseFrame( FT_Stream  stream,\n                          FT_Byte**  pbytes );\n\n\n  /* read a byte from an entered frame */\n  FT_BASE( FT_Char )\n  FT_Stream_GetChar( FT_Stream  stream );\n\n  /* read a 16-bit big-endian unsigned integer from an entered frame */\n  FT_BASE( FT_UShort )\n  FT_Stream_GetUShort( FT_Stream  stream );\n\n  /* read a 24-bit big-endian unsigned integer from an entered frame */\n  FT_BASE( FT_ULong )\n  FT_Stream_GetUOffset( FT_Stream  stream );\n\n  /* read a 32-bit big-endian unsigned integer from an entered frame */\n  FT_BASE( FT_ULong )\n  FT_Stream_GetULong( FT_Stream  stream );\n\n  /* read a 16-bit little-endian unsigned integer from an entered frame */\n  FT_BASE( FT_UShort )\n  FT_Stream_GetUShortLE( FT_Stream  stream );\n\n  /* read a 32-bit little-endian unsigned integer from an entered frame */\n  FT_BASE( FT_ULong )\n  FT_Stream_GetULongLE( FT_Stream  stream );\n\n\n  /* read a byte from a stream */\n  FT_BASE( FT_Char )\n  FT_Stream_ReadChar( FT_Stream  stream,\n                      FT_Error*  error );\n\n  /* read a 16-bit big-endian unsigned integer from a stream */\n  FT_BASE( FT_UShort )\n  FT_Stream_ReadUShort( FT_Stream  stream,\n                        FT_Error*  error );\n\n  /* read a 24-bit big-endian unsigned integer from a stream */\n  FT_BASE( FT_ULong )\n  FT_Stream_ReadUOffset( FT_Stream  stream,\n                         FT_Error*  error );\n\n  /* read a 32-bit big-endian integer from a stream */\n  FT_BASE( FT_ULong )\n  FT_Stream_ReadULong( FT_Stream  stream,\n                       FT_Error*  error );\n\n  /* read a 16-bit little-endian unsigned integer from a stream */\n  FT_BASE( FT_UShort )\n  FT_Stream_ReadUShortLE( FT_Stream  stream,\n                          FT_Error*  error );\n\n  /* read a 32-bit little-endian unsigned integer from a stream */\n  FT_BASE( FT_ULong )\n  FT_Stream_ReadULongLE( FT_Stream  stream,\n                         FT_Error*  error );\n\n  /* Read a structure from a stream.  The structure must be described */\n  /* by an array of FT_Frame_Field records.                           */\n  FT_BASE( FT_Error )\n  FT_Stream_ReadFields( FT_Stream              stream,\n                        const FT_Frame_Field*  fields,\n                        void*                  structure );\n\n\n#define FT_STREAM_POS()           \\\n          FT_Stream_Pos( stream )\n\n#define FT_STREAM_SEEK( position )                               \\\n          FT_SET_ERROR( FT_Stream_Seek( stream,                  \\\n                                        (FT_ULong)(position) ) )\n\n#define FT_STREAM_SKIP( distance )                              \\\n          FT_SET_ERROR( FT_Stream_Skip( stream,                 \\\n                                        (FT_Long)(distance) ) )\n\n#define FT_STREAM_READ( buffer, count )                       \\\n          FT_SET_ERROR( FT_Stream_Read( stream,               \\\n                                        (FT_Byte*)(buffer),   \\\n                                        (FT_ULong)(count) ) )\n\n#define FT_STREAM_READ_AT( position, buffer, count )            \\\n          FT_SET_ERROR( FT_Stream_ReadAt( stream,               \\\n                                          (FT_ULong)(position), \\\n                                          (FT_Byte*)(buffer),   \\\n                                          (FT_ULong)(count) ) )\n\n#define FT_STREAM_READ_FIELDS( fields, object )                          \\\n          FT_SET_ERROR( FT_Stream_ReadFields( stream, fields, object ) )\n\n\n#define FT_FRAME_ENTER( size )                                           \\\n          FT_SET_ERROR(                                                  \\\n            FT_DEBUG_INNER( FT_Stream_EnterFrame( stream,                \\\n                                                  (FT_ULong)(size) ) ) )\n\n#define FT_FRAME_EXIT()                                   \\\n          FT_DEBUG_INNER( FT_Stream_ExitFrame( stream ) )\n\n#define FT_FRAME_EXTRACT( size, bytes )                                       \\\n          FT_SET_ERROR(                                                       \\\n            FT_DEBUG_INNER( FT_Stream_ExtractFrame( stream,                   \\\n                                                    (FT_ULong)(size),         \\\n                                                    (FT_Byte**)&(bytes) ) ) )\n\n#define FT_FRAME_RELEASE( bytes )                                         \\\n          FT_DEBUG_INNER( FT_Stream_ReleaseFrame( stream,                 \\\n                                                  (FT_Byte**)&(bytes) ) )\n\n\nFT_END_HEADER\n\n#endif /* FTSTREAM_H_ */\n\n\n/* END */\n"
  },
  {
    "path": "Antario/LIB/freetype/freetype/internal/fttrace.h",
    "content": "/****************************************************************************\n *\n * fttrace.h\n *\n *   Tracing handling (specification only).\n *\n * Copyright (C) 2002-2019 by\n * David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.\n *\n * This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,\n * modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project\n * license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute\n * this file you indicate that you have read the license and\n * understand and accept it fully.\n *\n */\n\n\n  /* definitions of trace levels for FreeType 2 */\n\n  /* the first level must always be `trace_any' */\nFT_TRACE_DEF( any )\n\n  /* base components */\nFT_TRACE_DEF( calc )      /* calculations            (ftcalc.c)   */\nFT_TRACE_DEF( gloader )   /* glyph loader            (ftgloadr.c) */\nFT_TRACE_DEF( glyph )     /* glyph management        (ftglyph.c)  */\nFT_TRACE_DEF( memory )    /* memory manager          (ftobjs.c)   */\nFT_TRACE_DEF( init )      /* initialization          (ftinit.c)   */\nFT_TRACE_DEF( io )        /* i/o interface           (ftsystem.c) */\nFT_TRACE_DEF( list )      /* list management         (ftlist.c)   */\nFT_TRACE_DEF( objs )      /* base objects            (ftobjs.c)   */\nFT_TRACE_DEF( outline )   /* outline management      (ftoutln.c)  */\nFT_TRACE_DEF( stream )    /* stream manager          (ftstream.c) */\n\nFT_TRACE_DEF( bitmap )    /* bitmap manipulation     (ftbitmap.c) */\nFT_TRACE_DEF( checksum )  /* bitmap checksum         (ftobjs.c)   */\nFT_TRACE_DEF( mm )        /* MM interface            (ftmm.c)     */\nFT_TRACE_DEF( psprops )   /* PS driver properties    (ftpsprop.c) */\nFT_TRACE_DEF( raccess )   /* resource fork accessor  (ftrfork.c)  */\nFT_TRACE_DEF( raster )    /* monochrome rasterizer   (ftraster.c) */\nFT_TRACE_DEF( smooth )    /* anti-aliasing raster    (ftgrays.c)  */\nFT_TRACE_DEF( synth )     /* bold/slant synthesizer  (ftsynth.c)  */\n\n  /* Cache sub-system */\nFT_TRACE_DEF( cache )     /* cache sub-system        (ftcache.c, etc.) */\n\n  /* SFNT driver components */\nFT_TRACE_DEF( sfdriver )  /* SFNT font driver        (sfdriver.c) */\nFT_TRACE_DEF( sfobjs )    /* SFNT object handler     (sfobjs.c)   */\nFT_TRACE_DEF( ttbdf )     /* TrueType embedded BDF   (ttbdf.c)    */\nFT_TRACE_DEF( ttcmap )    /* charmap handler         (ttcmap.c)   */\nFT_TRACE_DEF( ttcolr )    /* glyph layer table       (ttcolr.c)   */\nFT_TRACE_DEF( ttcpal )    /* color palette table     (ttcpal.c)   */\nFT_TRACE_DEF( ttkern )    /* kerning handler         (ttkern.c)   */\nFT_TRACE_DEF( ttload )    /* basic TrueType tables   (ttload.c)   */\nFT_TRACE_DEF( ttmtx )     /* metrics-related tables  (ttmtx.c)    */\nFT_TRACE_DEF( ttpost )    /* PS table processing     (ttpost.c)   */\nFT_TRACE_DEF( ttsbit )    /* TrueType sbit handling  (ttsbit.c)   */\n\n  /* TrueType driver components */\nFT_TRACE_DEF( ttdriver )  /* TT font driver          (ttdriver.c) */\nFT_TRACE_DEF( ttgload )   /* TT glyph loader         (ttgload.c)  */\nFT_TRACE_DEF( ttgxvar )   /* TrueType GX var handler (ttgxvar.c)  */\nFT_TRACE_DEF( ttinterp )  /* bytecode interpreter    (ttinterp.c) */\nFT_TRACE_DEF( ttobjs )    /* TT objects manager      (ttobjs.c)   */\nFT_TRACE_DEF( ttpload )   /* TT data/program loader  (ttpload.c)  */\n\n  /* Type 1 driver components */\nFT_TRACE_DEF( t1afm )\nFT_TRACE_DEF( t1driver )\nFT_TRACE_DEF( t1gload )\nFT_TRACE_DEF( t1load )\nFT_TRACE_DEF( t1objs )\nFT_TRACE_DEF( t1parse )\n\n  /* PostScript helper module `psaux' */\nFT_TRACE_DEF( cffdecode )\nFT_TRACE_DEF( psconv )\nFT_TRACE_DEF( psobjs )\nFT_TRACE_DEF( t1decode )\n\n  /* PostScript hinting module `pshinter' */\nFT_TRACE_DEF( pshalgo )\nFT_TRACE_DEF( pshrec )\n\n  /* Type 2 driver components */\nFT_TRACE_DEF( cffdriver )\nFT_TRACE_DEF( cffgload )\nFT_TRACE_DEF( cffload )\nFT_TRACE_DEF( cffobjs )\nFT_TRACE_DEF( cffparse )\n\nFT_TRACE_DEF( cf2blues )\nFT_TRACE_DEF( cf2hints )\nFT_TRACE_DEF( cf2interp )\n\n  /* Type 42 driver component */\nFT_TRACE_DEF( t42 )\n\n  /* CID driver components */\nFT_TRACE_DEF( ciddriver )\nFT_TRACE_DEF( cidgload )\nFT_TRACE_DEF( cidload )\nFT_TRACE_DEF( cidobjs )\nFT_TRACE_DEF( cidparse )\n\n  /* Windows font component */\nFT_TRACE_DEF( winfnt )\n\n  /* PCF font components */\nFT_TRACE_DEF( pcfdriver )\nFT_TRACE_DEF( pcfread )\n\n  /* BDF font components */\nFT_TRACE_DEF( bdfdriver )\nFT_TRACE_DEF( bdflib )\n\n  /* PFR font component */\nFT_TRACE_DEF( pfr )\n\n  /* OpenType validation components */\nFT_TRACE_DEF( otvcommon )\nFT_TRACE_DEF( otvbase )\nFT_TRACE_DEF( otvgdef )\nFT_TRACE_DEF( otvgpos )\nFT_TRACE_DEF( otvgsub )\nFT_TRACE_DEF( otvjstf )\nFT_TRACE_DEF( otvmath )\nFT_TRACE_DEF( otvmodule )\n\n  /* TrueTypeGX/AAT validation components */\nFT_TRACE_DEF( gxvbsln )\nFT_TRACE_DEF( gxvcommon )\nFT_TRACE_DEF( gxvfeat )\nFT_TRACE_DEF( gxvjust )\nFT_TRACE_DEF( gxvkern )\nFT_TRACE_DEF( gxvmodule )\nFT_TRACE_DEF( gxvmort )\nFT_TRACE_DEF( gxvmorx )\nFT_TRACE_DEF( gxvlcar )\nFT_TRACE_DEF( gxvopbd )\nFT_TRACE_DEF( gxvprop )\nFT_TRACE_DEF( gxvtrak )\n\n  /* autofit components */\nFT_TRACE_DEF( afcjk )\nFT_TRACE_DEF( afglobal )\nFT_TRACE_DEF( afhints )\nFT_TRACE_DEF( afmodule )\nFT_TRACE_DEF( aflatin )\nFT_TRACE_DEF( aflatin2 )\nFT_TRACE_DEF( afshaper )\nFT_TRACE_DEF( afwarp )\n\n/* END */\n"
  },
  {
    "path": "Antario/LIB/freetype/freetype/internal/ftvalid.h",
    "content": "/****************************************************************************\n *\n * ftvalid.h\n *\n *   FreeType validation support (specification).\n *\n * Copyright (C) 2004-2019 by\n * David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.\n *\n * This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,\n * modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project\n * license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute\n * this file you indicate that you have read the license and\n * understand and accept it fully.\n *\n */\n\n\n#ifndef FTVALID_H_\n#define FTVALID_H_\n\n#include <ft2build.h>\n#include FT_CONFIG_STANDARD_LIBRARY_H   /* for ft_setjmp and ft_longjmp */\n\n\nFT_BEGIN_HEADER\n\n\n  /*************************************************************************/\n  /*************************************************************************/\n  /*************************************************************************/\n  /****                                                                 ****/\n  /****                                                                 ****/\n  /****                    V A L I D A T I O N                          ****/\n  /****                                                                 ****/\n  /****                                                                 ****/\n  /*************************************************************************/\n  /*************************************************************************/\n  /*************************************************************************/\n\n  /* handle to a validation object */\n  typedef struct FT_ValidatorRec_ volatile*  FT_Validator;\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * There are three distinct validation levels defined here:\n   *\n   * FT_VALIDATE_DEFAULT ::\n   *   A table that passes this validation level can be used reliably by\n   *   FreeType.  It generally means that all offsets have been checked to\n   *   prevent out-of-bound reads, that array counts are correct, etc.\n   *\n   * FT_VALIDATE_TIGHT ::\n   *   A table that passes this validation level can be used reliably and\n   *   doesn't contain invalid data.  For example, a charmap table that\n   *   returns invalid glyph indices will not pass, even though it can be\n   *   used with FreeType in default mode (the library will simply return an\n   *   error later when trying to load the glyph).\n   *\n   *   It also checks that fields which must be a multiple of 2, 4, or 8,\n   *   don't have incorrect values, etc.\n   *\n   * FT_VALIDATE_PARANOID ::\n   *   Only for font debugging.  Checks that a table follows the\n   *   specification by 100%.  Very few fonts will be able to pass this level\n   *   anyway but it can be useful for certain tools like font\n   *   editors/converters.\n   */\n  typedef enum  FT_ValidationLevel_\n  {\n    FT_VALIDATE_DEFAULT = 0,\n    FT_VALIDATE_TIGHT,\n    FT_VALIDATE_PARANOID\n\n  } FT_ValidationLevel;\n\n\n#if defined( _MSC_VER )      /* Visual C++ (and Intel C++) */\n  /* We disable the warning `structure was padded due to   */\n  /* __declspec(align())' in order to compile cleanly with */\n  /* the maximum level of warnings.                        */\n#pragma warning( push )\n#pragma warning( disable : 4324 )\n#endif /* _MSC_VER */\n\n  /* validator structure */\n  typedef struct  FT_ValidatorRec_\n  {\n    ft_jmp_buf          jump_buffer; /* used for exception handling      */\n\n    const FT_Byte*      base;        /* address of table in memory       */\n    const FT_Byte*      limit;       /* `base' + sizeof(table) in memory */\n    FT_ValidationLevel  level;       /* validation level                 */\n    FT_Error            error;       /* error returned. 0 means success  */\n\n  } FT_ValidatorRec;\n\n#if defined( _MSC_VER )\n#pragma warning( pop )\n#endif\n\n#define FT_VALIDATOR( x )  ( (FT_Validator)( x ) )\n\n\n  FT_BASE( void )\n  ft_validator_init( FT_Validator        valid,\n                     const FT_Byte*      base,\n                     const FT_Byte*      limit,\n                     FT_ValidationLevel  level );\n\n  /* Do not use this. It's broken and will cause your validator to crash */\n  /* if you run it on an invalid font.                                   */\n  FT_BASE( FT_Int )\n  ft_validator_run( FT_Validator  valid );\n\n  /* Sets the error field in a validator, then calls `longjmp' to return */\n  /* to high-level caller.  Using `setjmp/longjmp' avoids many stupid    */\n  /* error checks within the validation routines.                        */\n  /*                                                                     */\n  FT_BASE( void )\n  ft_validator_error( FT_Validator  valid,\n                      FT_Error      error );\n\n\n  /* Calls ft_validate_error.  Assumes that the `valid' local variable */\n  /* holds a pointer to the current validator object.                  */\n  /*                                                                   */\n#define FT_INVALID( _error )  FT_INVALID_( _error )\n#define FT_INVALID_( _error ) \\\n          ft_validator_error( valid, FT_THROW( _error ) )\n\n  /* called when a broken table is detected */\n#define FT_INVALID_TOO_SHORT \\\n          FT_INVALID( Invalid_Table )\n\n  /* called when an invalid offset is detected */\n#define FT_INVALID_OFFSET \\\n          FT_INVALID( Invalid_Offset )\n\n  /* called when an invalid format/value is detected */\n#define FT_INVALID_FORMAT \\\n          FT_INVALID( Invalid_Table )\n\n  /* called when an invalid glyph index is detected */\n#define FT_INVALID_GLYPH_ID \\\n          FT_INVALID( Invalid_Glyph_Index )\n\n  /* called when an invalid field value is detected */\n#define FT_INVALID_DATA \\\n          FT_INVALID( Invalid_Table )\n\n\nFT_END_HEADER\n\n#endif /* FTVALID_H_ */\n\n\n/* END */\n"
  },
  {
    "path": "Antario/LIB/freetype/freetype/internal/internal.h",
    "content": "/****************************************************************************\n *\n * internal.h\n *\n *   Internal header files (specification only).\n *\n * Copyright (C) 1996-2019 by\n * David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.\n *\n * This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,\n * modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project\n * license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute\n * this file you indicate that you have read the license and\n * understand and accept it fully.\n *\n */\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * This file is automatically included by `ft2build.h`.  Do not include it\n   * manually!\n   *\n   */\n\n\n#define FT_INTERNAL_OBJECTS_H             <freetype/internal/ftobjs.h>\n#define FT_INTERNAL_STREAM_H              <freetype/internal/ftstream.h>\n#define FT_INTERNAL_MEMORY_H              <freetype/internal/ftmemory.h>\n#define FT_INTERNAL_DEBUG_H               <freetype/internal/ftdebug.h>\n#define FT_INTERNAL_CALC_H                <freetype/internal/ftcalc.h>\n#define FT_INTERNAL_HASH_H                <freetype/internal/fthash.h>\n#define FT_INTERNAL_DRIVER_H              <freetype/internal/ftdrv.h>\n#define FT_INTERNAL_TRACE_H               <freetype/internal/fttrace.h>\n#define FT_INTERNAL_GLYPH_LOADER_H        <freetype/internal/ftgloadr.h>\n#define FT_INTERNAL_SFNT_H                <freetype/internal/sfnt.h>\n#define FT_INTERNAL_SERVICE_H             <freetype/internal/ftserv.h>\n#define FT_INTERNAL_RFORK_H               <freetype/internal/ftrfork.h>\n#define FT_INTERNAL_VALIDATE_H            <freetype/internal/ftvalid.h>\n\n#define FT_INTERNAL_TRUETYPE_TYPES_H      <freetype/internal/tttypes.h>\n#define FT_INTERNAL_TYPE1_TYPES_H         <freetype/internal/t1types.h>\n\n#define FT_INTERNAL_POSTSCRIPT_AUX_H      <freetype/internal/psaux.h>\n#define FT_INTERNAL_POSTSCRIPT_HINTS_H    <freetype/internal/pshints.h>\n#define FT_INTERNAL_POSTSCRIPT_PROPS_H    <freetype/internal/ftpsprop.h>\n\n#define FT_INTERNAL_AUTOHINT_H            <freetype/internal/autohint.h>\n\n#define FT_INTERNAL_CFF_TYPES_H           <freetype/internal/cfftypes.h>\n#define FT_INTERNAL_CFF_OBJECTS_TYPES_H   <freetype/internal/cffotypes.h>\n\n\n#if defined( _MSC_VER )      /* Visual C++ (and Intel C++) */\n\n  /* We disable the warning `conditional expression is constant' here */\n  /* in order to compile cleanly with the maximum level of warnings.  */\n  /* In particular, the warning complains about stuff like `while(0)' */\n  /* which is very useful in macro definitions.  There is no benefit  */\n  /* in having it enabled.                                            */\n#pragma warning( disable : 4127 )\n\n#endif /* _MSC_VER */\n\n\n/* END */\n"
  },
  {
    "path": "Antario/LIB/freetype/freetype/internal/psaux.h",
    "content": "/****************************************************************************\n *\n * psaux.h\n *\n *   Auxiliary functions and data structures related to PostScript fonts\n *   (specification).\n *\n * Copyright (C) 1996-2019 by\n * David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.\n *\n * This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,\n * modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project\n * license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute\n * this file you indicate that you have read the license and\n * understand and accept it fully.\n *\n */\n\n\n#ifndef PSAUX_H_\n#define PSAUX_H_\n\n\n#include <ft2build.h>\n#include FT_INTERNAL_OBJECTS_H\n#include FT_INTERNAL_TYPE1_TYPES_H\n#include FT_INTERNAL_HASH_H\n#include FT_INTERNAL_TRUETYPE_TYPES_H\n#include FT_SERVICE_POSTSCRIPT_CMAPS_H\n#include FT_INTERNAL_CFF_TYPES_H\n#include FT_INTERNAL_CFF_OBJECTS_TYPES_H\n\n\n\nFT_BEGIN_HEADER\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * PostScript modules driver class.\n   */\n  typedef struct  PS_DriverRec_\n  {\n    FT_DriverRec  root;\n\n    FT_UInt   hinting_engine;\n    FT_Bool   no_stem_darkening;\n    FT_Int    darken_params[8];\n    FT_Int32  random_seed;\n\n  } PS_DriverRec, *PS_Driver;\n\n\n  /*************************************************************************/\n  /*************************************************************************/\n  /*****                                                               *****/\n  /*****                             T1_TABLE                          *****/\n  /*****                                                               *****/\n  /*************************************************************************/\n  /*************************************************************************/\n\n\n  typedef struct PS_TableRec_*              PS_Table;\n  typedef const struct PS_Table_FuncsRec_*  PS_Table_Funcs;\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @struct:\n   *   PS_Table_FuncsRec\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   A set of function pointers to manage PS_Table objects.\n   *\n   * @fields:\n   *   table_init ::\n   *     Used to initialize a table.\n   *\n   *   table_done ::\n   *     Finalizes resp. destroy a given table.\n   *\n   *   table_add ::\n   *     Adds a new object to a table.\n   *\n   *   table_release ::\n   *     Releases table data, then finalizes it.\n   */\n  typedef struct  PS_Table_FuncsRec_\n  {\n    FT_Error\n    (*init)( PS_Table   table,\n             FT_Int     count,\n             FT_Memory  memory );\n\n    void\n    (*done)( PS_Table  table );\n\n    FT_Error\n    (*add)( PS_Table  table,\n            FT_Int    idx,\n            void*     object,\n            FT_UInt   length );\n\n    void\n    (*release)( PS_Table  table );\n\n  } PS_Table_FuncsRec;\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @struct:\n   *   PS_TableRec\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   A PS_Table is a simple object used to store an array of objects in a\n   *   single memory block.\n   *\n   * @fields:\n   *   block ::\n   *     The address in memory of the growheap's block.  This can change\n   *     between two object adds, due to reallocation.\n   *\n   *   cursor ::\n   *     The current top of the grow heap within its block.\n   *\n   *   capacity ::\n   *     The current size of the heap block.  Increments by 1kByte chunks.\n   *\n   *   init ::\n   *     Set to 0xDEADBEEF if 'elements' and 'lengths' have been allocated.\n   *\n   *   max_elems ::\n   *     The maximum number of elements in table.\n   *\n   *   num_elems ::\n   *     The current number of elements in table.\n   *\n   *   elements ::\n   *     A table of element addresses within the block.\n   *\n   *   lengths ::\n   *     A table of element sizes within the block.\n   *\n   *   memory ::\n   *     The object used for memory operations (alloc/realloc).\n   *\n   *   funcs ::\n   *     A table of method pointers for this object.\n   */\n  typedef struct  PS_TableRec_\n  {\n    FT_Byte*           block;          /* current memory block           */\n    FT_Offset          cursor;         /* current cursor in memory block */\n    FT_Offset          capacity;       /* current size of memory block   */\n    FT_ULong           init;\n\n    FT_Int             max_elems;\n    FT_Int             num_elems;\n    FT_Byte**          elements;       /* addresses of table elements */\n    FT_UInt*           lengths;        /* lengths of table elements   */\n\n    FT_Memory          memory;\n    PS_Table_FuncsRec  funcs;\n\n  } PS_TableRec;\n\n\n  /*************************************************************************/\n  /*************************************************************************/\n  /*****                                                               *****/\n  /*****                       T1 FIELDS & TOKENS                      *****/\n  /*****                                                               *****/\n  /*************************************************************************/\n  /*************************************************************************/\n\n  typedef struct PS_ParserRec_*  PS_Parser;\n\n  typedef struct T1_TokenRec_*   T1_Token;\n\n  typedef struct T1_FieldRec_*   T1_Field;\n\n\n  /* simple enumeration type used to identify token types */\n  typedef enum  T1_TokenType_\n  {\n    T1_TOKEN_TYPE_NONE = 0,\n    T1_TOKEN_TYPE_ANY,\n    T1_TOKEN_TYPE_STRING,\n    T1_TOKEN_TYPE_ARRAY,\n    T1_TOKEN_TYPE_KEY, /* aka `name' */\n\n    /* do not remove */\n    T1_TOKEN_TYPE_MAX\n\n  } T1_TokenType;\n\n\n  /* a simple structure used to identify tokens */\n  typedef struct  T1_TokenRec_\n  {\n    FT_Byte*      start;   /* first character of token in input stream */\n    FT_Byte*      limit;   /* first character after the token          */\n    T1_TokenType  type;    /* type of token                            */\n\n  } T1_TokenRec;\n\n\n  /* enumeration type used to identify object fields */\n  typedef enum  T1_FieldType_\n  {\n    T1_FIELD_TYPE_NONE = 0,\n    T1_FIELD_TYPE_BOOL,\n    T1_FIELD_TYPE_INTEGER,\n    T1_FIELD_TYPE_FIXED,\n    T1_FIELD_TYPE_FIXED_1000,\n    T1_FIELD_TYPE_STRING,\n    T1_FIELD_TYPE_KEY,\n    T1_FIELD_TYPE_BBOX,\n    T1_FIELD_TYPE_MM_BBOX,\n    T1_FIELD_TYPE_INTEGER_ARRAY,\n    T1_FIELD_TYPE_FIXED_ARRAY,\n    T1_FIELD_TYPE_CALLBACK,\n\n    /* do not remove */\n    T1_FIELD_TYPE_MAX\n\n  } T1_FieldType;\n\n\n  typedef enum  T1_FieldLocation_\n  {\n    T1_FIELD_LOCATION_CID_INFO,\n    T1_FIELD_LOCATION_FONT_DICT,\n    T1_FIELD_LOCATION_FONT_EXTRA,\n    T1_FIELD_LOCATION_FONT_INFO,\n    T1_FIELD_LOCATION_PRIVATE,\n    T1_FIELD_LOCATION_BBOX,\n    T1_FIELD_LOCATION_LOADER,\n    T1_FIELD_LOCATION_FACE,\n    T1_FIELD_LOCATION_BLEND,\n\n    /* do not remove */\n    T1_FIELD_LOCATION_MAX\n\n  } T1_FieldLocation;\n\n\n  typedef void\n  (*T1_Field_ParseFunc)( FT_Face     face,\n                         FT_Pointer  parser );\n\n\n  /* structure type used to model object fields */\n  typedef struct  T1_FieldRec_\n  {\n    const char*         ident;        /* field identifier               */\n    T1_FieldLocation    location;\n    T1_FieldType        type;         /* type of field                  */\n    T1_Field_ParseFunc  reader;\n    FT_UInt             offset;       /* offset of field in object      */\n    FT_Byte             size;         /* size of field in bytes         */\n    FT_UInt             array_max;    /* maximum number of elements for */\n                                      /* array                          */\n    FT_UInt             count_offset; /* offset of element count for    */\n                                      /* arrays; must not be zero if in */\n                                      /* use -- in other words, a       */\n                                      /* `num_FOO' element must not     */\n                                      /* start the used structure if we */\n                                      /* parse a `FOO' array            */\n    FT_UInt             dict;         /* where we expect it             */\n  } T1_FieldRec;\n\n#define T1_FIELD_DICT_FONTDICT ( 1 << 0 ) /* also FontInfo and FDArray */\n#define T1_FIELD_DICT_PRIVATE  ( 1 << 1 )\n\n\n\n#define T1_NEW_SIMPLE_FIELD( _ident, _type, _fname, _dict ) \\\n          {                                                 \\\n            _ident, T1CODE, _type,                          \\\n            0,                                              \\\n            FT_FIELD_OFFSET( _fname ),                      \\\n            FT_FIELD_SIZE( _fname ),                        \\\n            0, 0,                                           \\\n            _dict                                           \\\n          },\n\n#define T1_NEW_CALLBACK_FIELD( _ident, _reader, _dict ) \\\n          {                                             \\\n            _ident, T1CODE, T1_FIELD_TYPE_CALLBACK,     \\\n            (T1_Field_ParseFunc)_reader,                \\\n            0, 0,                                       \\\n            0, 0,                                       \\\n            _dict                                       \\\n          },\n\n#define T1_NEW_TABLE_FIELD( _ident, _type, _fname, _max, _dict ) \\\n          {                                                      \\\n            _ident, T1CODE, _type,                               \\\n            0,                                                   \\\n            FT_FIELD_OFFSET( _fname ),                           \\\n            FT_FIELD_SIZE_DELTA( _fname ),                       \\\n            _max,                                                \\\n            FT_FIELD_OFFSET( num_ ## _fname ),                   \\\n            _dict                                                \\\n          },\n\n#define T1_NEW_TABLE_FIELD2( _ident, _type, _fname, _max, _dict ) \\\n          {                                                       \\\n            _ident, T1CODE, _type,                                \\\n            0,                                                    \\\n            FT_FIELD_OFFSET( _fname ),                            \\\n            FT_FIELD_SIZE_DELTA( _fname ),                        \\\n            _max, 0,                                              \\\n            _dict                                                 \\\n          },\n\n\n#define T1_FIELD_BOOL( _ident, _fname, _dict )                             \\\n          T1_NEW_SIMPLE_FIELD( _ident, T1_FIELD_TYPE_BOOL, _fname, _dict )\n\n#define T1_FIELD_NUM( _ident, _fname, _dict )                                 \\\n          T1_NEW_SIMPLE_FIELD( _ident, T1_FIELD_TYPE_INTEGER, _fname, _dict )\n\n#define T1_FIELD_FIXED( _ident, _fname, _dict )                             \\\n          T1_NEW_SIMPLE_FIELD( _ident, T1_FIELD_TYPE_FIXED, _fname, _dict )\n\n#define T1_FIELD_FIXED_1000( _ident, _fname, _dict )                     \\\n          T1_NEW_SIMPLE_FIELD( _ident, T1_FIELD_TYPE_FIXED_1000, _fname, \\\n                               _dict )\n\n#define T1_FIELD_STRING( _ident, _fname, _dict )                             \\\n          T1_NEW_SIMPLE_FIELD( _ident, T1_FIELD_TYPE_STRING, _fname, _dict )\n\n#define T1_FIELD_KEY( _ident, _fname, _dict )                             \\\n          T1_NEW_SIMPLE_FIELD( _ident, T1_FIELD_TYPE_KEY, _fname, _dict )\n\n#define T1_FIELD_BBOX( _ident, _fname, _dict )                             \\\n          T1_NEW_SIMPLE_FIELD( _ident, T1_FIELD_TYPE_BBOX, _fname, _dict )\n\n\n#define T1_FIELD_NUM_TABLE( _ident, _fname, _fmax, _dict )         \\\n          T1_NEW_TABLE_FIELD( _ident, T1_FIELD_TYPE_INTEGER_ARRAY, \\\n                              _fname, _fmax, _dict )\n\n#define T1_FIELD_FIXED_TABLE( _ident, _fname, _fmax, _dict )     \\\n          T1_NEW_TABLE_FIELD( _ident, T1_FIELD_TYPE_FIXED_ARRAY, \\\n                              _fname, _fmax, _dict )\n\n#define T1_FIELD_NUM_TABLE2( _ident, _fname, _fmax, _dict )         \\\n          T1_NEW_TABLE_FIELD2( _ident, T1_FIELD_TYPE_INTEGER_ARRAY, \\\n                               _fname, _fmax, _dict )\n\n#define T1_FIELD_FIXED_TABLE2( _ident, _fname, _fmax, _dict )     \\\n          T1_NEW_TABLE_FIELD2( _ident, T1_FIELD_TYPE_FIXED_ARRAY, \\\n                               _fname, _fmax, _dict )\n\n#define T1_FIELD_CALLBACK( _ident, _name, _dict )       \\\n          T1_NEW_CALLBACK_FIELD( _ident, _name, _dict )\n\n\n  /*************************************************************************/\n  /*************************************************************************/\n  /*****                                                               *****/\n  /*****                            T1 PARSER                          *****/\n  /*****                                                               *****/\n  /*************************************************************************/\n  /*************************************************************************/\n\n  typedef const struct PS_Parser_FuncsRec_*  PS_Parser_Funcs;\n\n  typedef struct  PS_Parser_FuncsRec_\n  {\n    void\n    (*init)( PS_Parser  parser,\n             FT_Byte*   base,\n             FT_Byte*   limit,\n             FT_Memory  memory );\n\n    void\n    (*done)( PS_Parser  parser );\n\n    void\n    (*skip_spaces)( PS_Parser  parser );\n    void\n    (*skip_PS_token)( PS_Parser  parser );\n\n    FT_Long\n    (*to_int)( PS_Parser  parser );\n    FT_Fixed\n    (*to_fixed)( PS_Parser  parser,\n                 FT_Int     power_ten );\n\n    FT_Error\n    (*to_bytes)( PS_Parser  parser,\n                 FT_Byte*   bytes,\n                 FT_Offset  max_bytes,\n                 FT_ULong*  pnum_bytes,\n                 FT_Bool    delimiters );\n\n    FT_Int\n    (*to_coord_array)( PS_Parser  parser,\n                       FT_Int     max_coords,\n                       FT_Short*  coords );\n    FT_Int\n    (*to_fixed_array)( PS_Parser  parser,\n                       FT_Int     max_values,\n                       FT_Fixed*  values,\n                       FT_Int     power_ten );\n\n    void\n    (*to_token)( PS_Parser  parser,\n                 T1_Token   token );\n    void\n    (*to_token_array)( PS_Parser  parser,\n                       T1_Token   tokens,\n                       FT_UInt    max_tokens,\n                       FT_Int*    pnum_tokens );\n\n    FT_Error\n    (*load_field)( PS_Parser       parser,\n                   const T1_Field  field,\n                   void**          objects,\n                   FT_UInt         max_objects,\n                   FT_ULong*       pflags );\n\n    FT_Error\n    (*load_field_table)( PS_Parser       parser,\n                         const T1_Field  field,\n                         void**          objects,\n                         FT_UInt         max_objects,\n                         FT_ULong*       pflags );\n\n  } PS_Parser_FuncsRec;\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @struct:\n   *   PS_ParserRec\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   A PS_Parser is an object used to parse a Type 1 font very quickly.\n   *\n   * @fields:\n   *   cursor ::\n   *     The current position in the text.\n   *\n   *   base ::\n   *     Start of the processed text.\n   *\n   *   limit ::\n   *     End of the processed text.\n   *\n   *   error ::\n   *     The last error returned.\n   *\n   *   memory ::\n   *     The object used for memory operations (alloc/realloc).\n   *\n   *   funcs ::\n   *     A table of functions for the parser.\n   */\n  typedef struct  PS_ParserRec_\n  {\n    FT_Byte*   cursor;\n    FT_Byte*   base;\n    FT_Byte*   limit;\n    FT_Error   error;\n    FT_Memory  memory;\n\n    PS_Parser_FuncsRec  funcs;\n\n  } PS_ParserRec;\n\n\n  /*************************************************************************/\n  /*************************************************************************/\n  /*****                                                               *****/\n  /*****                         PS BUILDER                            *****/\n  /*****                                                               *****/\n  /*************************************************************************/\n  /*************************************************************************/\n\n\n  typedef struct PS_Builder_  PS_Builder;\n  typedef const struct PS_Builder_FuncsRec_*  PS_Builder_Funcs;\n\n  typedef struct  PS_Builder_FuncsRec_\n  {\n    void\n    (*init)( PS_Builder*  ps_builder,\n             void*        builder,\n             FT_Bool      is_t1 );\n\n    void\n    (*done)( PS_Builder*  builder );\n\n  } PS_Builder_FuncsRec;\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @struct:\n   *   PS_Builder\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *    A structure used during glyph loading to store its outline.\n   *\n   * @fields:\n   *   memory ::\n   *     The current memory object.\n   *\n   *   face ::\n   *     The current face object.\n   *\n   *   glyph ::\n   *     The current glyph slot.\n   *\n   *   loader ::\n   *     XXX\n   *\n   *   base ::\n   *     The base glyph outline.\n   *\n   *   current ::\n   *     The current glyph outline.\n   *\n   *   pos_x ::\n   *     The horizontal translation (if composite glyph).\n   *\n   *   pos_y ::\n   *     The vertical translation (if composite glyph).\n   *\n   *   left_bearing ::\n   *     The left side bearing point.\n   *\n   *   advance ::\n   *     The horizontal advance vector.\n   *\n   *   bbox ::\n   *     Unused.\n   *\n   *   path_begun ::\n   *     A flag which indicates that a new path has begun.\n   *\n   *   load_points ::\n   *     If this flag is not set, no points are loaded.\n   *\n   *   no_recurse ::\n   *     Set but not used.\n   *\n   *   metrics_only ::\n   *     A boolean indicating that we only want to compute the metrics of a\n   *     given glyph, not load all of its points.\n   *\n   *   is_t1 ::\n   *     Set if current font type is Type 1.\n   *\n   *   funcs ::\n   *     An array of function pointers for the builder.\n   */\n  struct  PS_Builder_\n  {\n    FT_Memory       memory;\n    FT_Face         face;\n    CFF_GlyphSlot   glyph;\n    FT_GlyphLoader  loader;\n    FT_Outline*     base;\n    FT_Outline*     current;\n\n    FT_Pos*  pos_x;\n    FT_Pos*  pos_y;\n\n    FT_Vector*  left_bearing;\n    FT_Vector*  advance;\n\n    FT_BBox*  bbox;          /* bounding box */\n    FT_Bool   path_begun;\n    FT_Bool   load_points;\n    FT_Bool   no_recurse;\n\n    FT_Bool  metrics_only;\n    FT_Bool  is_t1;\n\n    PS_Builder_FuncsRec  funcs;\n\n  };\n\n\n  /*************************************************************************/\n  /*************************************************************************/\n  /*****                                                               *****/\n  /*****                            PS DECODER                         *****/\n  /*****                                                               *****/\n  /*************************************************************************/\n  /*************************************************************************/\n\n#define PS_MAX_OPERANDS        48\n#define PS_MAX_SUBRS_CALLS     16   /* maximum subroutine nesting;         */\n                                    /* only 10 are allowed but there exist */\n                                    /* fonts like `HiraKakuProN-W3.ttf'    */\n                                    /* (Hiragino Kaku Gothic ProN W3;      */\n                                    /* 8.2d6e1; 2014-12-19) that exceed    */\n                                    /* this limit                          */\n\n  /* execution context charstring zone */\n\n  typedef struct  PS_Decoder_Zone_\n  {\n    FT_Byte*  base;\n    FT_Byte*  limit;\n    FT_Byte*  cursor;\n\n  } PS_Decoder_Zone;\n\n\n  typedef FT_Error\n  (*CFF_Decoder_Get_Glyph_Callback)( TT_Face    face,\n                                     FT_UInt    glyph_index,\n                                     FT_Byte**  pointer,\n                                     FT_ULong*  length );\n\n  typedef void\n  (*CFF_Decoder_Free_Glyph_Callback)( TT_Face    face,\n                                      FT_Byte**  pointer,\n                                      FT_ULong   length );\n\n\n  typedef struct  PS_Decoder_\n  {\n    PS_Builder  builder;\n\n    FT_Fixed   stack[PS_MAX_OPERANDS + 1];\n    FT_Fixed*  top;\n\n    PS_Decoder_Zone   zones[PS_MAX_SUBRS_CALLS + 1];\n    PS_Decoder_Zone*  zone;\n\n    FT_Int     flex_state;\n    FT_Int     num_flex_vectors;\n    FT_Vector  flex_vectors[7];\n\n    CFF_Font     cff;\n    CFF_SubFont  current_subfont; /* for current glyph_index */\n    FT_Generic*  cf2_instance;\n\n    FT_Pos*  glyph_width;\n    FT_Bool  width_only;\n    FT_Int   num_hints;\n\n    FT_UInt  num_locals;\n    FT_UInt  num_globals;\n\n    FT_Int  locals_bias;\n    FT_Int  globals_bias;\n\n    FT_Byte**  locals;\n    FT_Byte**  globals;\n\n    FT_Byte**  glyph_names;   /* for pure CFF fonts only  */\n    FT_UInt    num_glyphs;    /* number of glyphs in font */\n\n    FT_Render_Mode  hint_mode;\n\n    FT_Bool  seac;\n\n    CFF_Decoder_Get_Glyph_Callback   get_glyph_callback;\n    CFF_Decoder_Free_Glyph_Callback  free_glyph_callback;\n\n    /* Type 1 stuff */\n    FT_Service_PsCMaps  psnames;      /* for seac */\n\n    FT_Int    lenIV;         /* internal for sub routine calls   */\n    FT_UInt*  locals_len;    /* array of subrs length (optional) */\n    FT_Hash   locals_hash;   /* used if `num_subrs' was massaged */\n\n    FT_Matrix  font_matrix;\n    FT_Vector  font_offset;\n\n    PS_Blend  blend;         /* for multiple master support */\n\n    FT_Long*  buildchar;\n    FT_UInt   len_buildchar;\n\n  } PS_Decoder;\n\n\n  /*************************************************************************/\n  /*************************************************************************/\n  /*****                                                               *****/\n  /*****                         T1 BUILDER                            *****/\n  /*****                                                               *****/\n  /*************************************************************************/\n  /*************************************************************************/\n\n\n  typedef struct T1_BuilderRec_*  T1_Builder;\n\n\n  typedef FT_Error\n  (*T1_Builder_Check_Points_Func)( T1_Builder  builder,\n                                   FT_Int      count );\n\n  typedef void\n  (*T1_Builder_Add_Point_Func)( T1_Builder  builder,\n                                FT_Pos      x,\n                                FT_Pos      y,\n                                FT_Byte     flag );\n\n  typedef FT_Error\n  (*T1_Builder_Add_Point1_Func)( T1_Builder  builder,\n                                 FT_Pos      x,\n                                 FT_Pos      y );\n\n  typedef FT_Error\n  (*T1_Builder_Add_Contour_Func)( T1_Builder  builder );\n\n  typedef FT_Error\n  (*T1_Builder_Start_Point_Func)( T1_Builder  builder,\n                                  FT_Pos      x,\n                                  FT_Pos      y );\n\n  typedef void\n  (*T1_Builder_Close_Contour_Func)( T1_Builder  builder );\n\n\n  typedef const struct T1_Builder_FuncsRec_*  T1_Builder_Funcs;\n\n  typedef struct  T1_Builder_FuncsRec_\n  {\n    void\n    (*init)( T1_Builder    builder,\n             FT_Face       face,\n             FT_Size       size,\n             FT_GlyphSlot  slot,\n             FT_Bool       hinting );\n\n    void\n    (*done)( T1_Builder   builder );\n\n    T1_Builder_Check_Points_Func   check_points;\n    T1_Builder_Add_Point_Func      add_point;\n    T1_Builder_Add_Point1_Func     add_point1;\n    T1_Builder_Add_Contour_Func    add_contour;\n    T1_Builder_Start_Point_Func    start_point;\n    T1_Builder_Close_Contour_Func  close_contour;\n\n  } T1_Builder_FuncsRec;\n\n\n  /* an enumeration type to handle charstring parsing states */\n  typedef enum  T1_ParseState_\n  {\n    T1_Parse_Start,\n    T1_Parse_Have_Width,\n    T1_Parse_Have_Moveto,\n    T1_Parse_Have_Path\n\n  } T1_ParseState;\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @struct:\n   *   T1_BuilderRec\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *    A structure used during glyph loading to store its outline.\n   *\n   * @fields:\n   *   memory ::\n   *     The current memory object.\n   *\n   *   face ::\n   *     The current face object.\n   *\n   *   glyph ::\n   *     The current glyph slot.\n   *\n   *   loader ::\n   *     XXX\n   *\n   *   base ::\n   *     The base glyph outline.\n   *\n   *   current ::\n   *     The current glyph outline.\n   *\n   *   max_points ::\n   *     maximum points in builder outline\n   *\n   *   max_contours ::\n   *     Maximum number of contours in builder outline.\n   *\n   *   pos_x ::\n   *     The horizontal translation (if composite glyph).\n   *\n   *   pos_y ::\n   *     The vertical translation (if composite glyph).\n   *\n   *   left_bearing ::\n   *     The left side bearing point.\n   *\n   *   advance ::\n   *     The horizontal advance vector.\n   *\n   *   bbox ::\n   *     Unused.\n   *\n   *   parse_state ::\n   *     An enumeration which controls the charstring parsing state.\n   *\n   *   load_points ::\n   *     If this flag is not set, no points are loaded.\n   *\n   *   no_recurse ::\n   *     Set but not used.\n   *\n   *   metrics_only ::\n   *     A boolean indicating that we only want to compute the metrics of a\n   *     given glyph, not load all of its points.\n   *\n   *   funcs ::\n   *     An array of function pointers for the builder.\n   */\n  typedef struct  T1_BuilderRec_\n  {\n    FT_Memory       memory;\n    FT_Face         face;\n    FT_GlyphSlot    glyph;\n    FT_GlyphLoader  loader;\n    FT_Outline*     base;\n    FT_Outline*     current;\n\n    FT_Pos          pos_x;\n    FT_Pos          pos_y;\n\n    FT_Vector       left_bearing;\n    FT_Vector       advance;\n\n    FT_BBox         bbox;          /* bounding box */\n    T1_ParseState   parse_state;\n    FT_Bool         load_points;\n    FT_Bool         no_recurse;\n\n    FT_Bool         metrics_only;\n\n    void*           hints_funcs;    /* hinter-specific */\n    void*           hints_globals;  /* hinter-specific */\n\n    T1_Builder_FuncsRec  funcs;\n\n  } T1_BuilderRec;\n\n\n  /*************************************************************************/\n  /*************************************************************************/\n  /*****                                                               *****/\n  /*****                         T1 DECODER                            *****/\n  /*****                                                               *****/\n  /*************************************************************************/\n  /*************************************************************************/\n\n#if 0\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * T1_MAX_SUBRS_CALLS details the maximum number of nested sub-routine\n   * calls during glyph loading.\n   */\n#define T1_MAX_SUBRS_CALLS  8\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * T1_MAX_CHARSTRING_OPERANDS is the charstring stack's capacity.  A\n   * minimum of 16 is required.\n   */\n#define T1_MAX_CHARSTRINGS_OPERANDS  32\n\n#endif /* 0 */\n\n\n  typedef struct  T1_Decoder_ZoneRec_\n  {\n    FT_Byte*  cursor;\n    FT_Byte*  base;\n    FT_Byte*  limit;\n\n  } T1_Decoder_ZoneRec, *T1_Decoder_Zone;\n\n\n  typedef struct T1_DecoderRec_*              T1_Decoder;\n  typedef const struct T1_Decoder_FuncsRec_*  T1_Decoder_Funcs;\n\n\n  typedef FT_Error\n  (*T1_Decoder_Callback)( T1_Decoder  decoder,\n                          FT_UInt     glyph_index );\n\n\n  typedef struct  T1_Decoder_FuncsRec_\n  {\n    FT_Error\n    (*init)( T1_Decoder           decoder,\n             FT_Face              face,\n             FT_Size              size,\n             FT_GlyphSlot         slot,\n             FT_Byte**            glyph_names,\n             PS_Blend             blend,\n             FT_Bool              hinting,\n             FT_Render_Mode       hint_mode,\n             T1_Decoder_Callback  callback );\n\n    void\n    (*done)( T1_Decoder  decoder );\n\n#ifdef T1_CONFIG_OPTION_OLD_ENGINE\n    FT_Error\n    (*parse_charstrings_old)( T1_Decoder  decoder,\n                              FT_Byte*    base,\n                              FT_UInt     len );\n#else\n    FT_Error\n    (*parse_metrics)( T1_Decoder  decoder,\n                      FT_Byte*    base,\n                      FT_UInt     len );\n#endif\n\n    FT_Error\n    (*parse_charstrings)( PS_Decoder*  decoder,\n                          FT_Byte*     charstring_base,\n                          FT_ULong     charstring_len );\n\n\n  } T1_Decoder_FuncsRec;\n\n\n  typedef struct  T1_DecoderRec_\n  {\n    T1_BuilderRec        builder;\n\n    FT_Long              stack[T1_MAX_CHARSTRINGS_OPERANDS];\n    FT_Long*             top;\n\n    T1_Decoder_ZoneRec   zones[T1_MAX_SUBRS_CALLS + 1];\n    T1_Decoder_Zone      zone;\n\n    FT_Service_PsCMaps   psnames;      /* for seac */\n    FT_UInt              num_glyphs;\n    FT_Byte**            glyph_names;\n\n    FT_Int               lenIV;        /* internal for sub routine calls */\n    FT_Int               num_subrs;\n    FT_Byte**            subrs;\n    FT_UInt*             subrs_len;    /* array of subrs length (optional) */\n    FT_Hash              subrs_hash;   /* used if `num_subrs' was massaged */\n\n    FT_Matrix            font_matrix;\n    FT_Vector            font_offset;\n\n    FT_Int               flex_state;\n    FT_Int               num_flex_vectors;\n    FT_Vector            flex_vectors[7];\n\n    PS_Blend             blend;       /* for multiple master support */\n\n    FT_Render_Mode       hint_mode;\n\n    T1_Decoder_Callback  parse_callback;\n    T1_Decoder_FuncsRec  funcs;\n\n    FT_Long*             buildchar;\n    FT_UInt              len_buildchar;\n\n    FT_Bool              seac;\n\n    FT_Generic           cf2_instance;\n\n  } T1_DecoderRec;\n\n\n  /*************************************************************************/\n  /*************************************************************************/\n  /*****                                                               *****/\n  /*****                        CFF BUILDER                            *****/\n  /*****                                                               *****/\n  /*************************************************************************/\n  /*************************************************************************/\n\n\n  typedef struct CFF_Builder_  CFF_Builder;\n\n\n  typedef FT_Error\n  (*CFF_Builder_Check_Points_Func)( CFF_Builder*  builder,\n                                    FT_Int        count );\n\n  typedef void\n  (*CFF_Builder_Add_Point_Func)( CFF_Builder*  builder,\n                                 FT_Pos        x,\n                                 FT_Pos        y,\n                                 FT_Byte       flag );\n  typedef FT_Error\n  (*CFF_Builder_Add_Point1_Func)( CFF_Builder*  builder,\n                                  FT_Pos        x,\n                                  FT_Pos        y );\n  typedef FT_Error\n  (*CFF_Builder_Start_Point_Func)( CFF_Builder*  builder,\n                                   FT_Pos        x,\n                                   FT_Pos        y );\n  typedef void\n  (*CFF_Builder_Close_Contour_Func)( CFF_Builder*  builder );\n\n  typedef FT_Error\n  (*CFF_Builder_Add_Contour_Func)( CFF_Builder*  builder );\n\n  typedef const struct CFF_Builder_FuncsRec_*  CFF_Builder_Funcs;\n\n  typedef struct  CFF_Builder_FuncsRec_\n  {\n    void\n    (*init)( CFF_Builder*   builder,\n             TT_Face        face,\n             CFF_Size       size,\n             CFF_GlyphSlot  glyph,\n             FT_Bool        hinting );\n\n    void\n    (*done)( CFF_Builder*  builder );\n\n    CFF_Builder_Check_Points_Func   check_points;\n    CFF_Builder_Add_Point_Func      add_point;\n    CFF_Builder_Add_Point1_Func     add_point1;\n    CFF_Builder_Add_Contour_Func    add_contour;\n    CFF_Builder_Start_Point_Func    start_point;\n    CFF_Builder_Close_Contour_Func  close_contour;\n\n  } CFF_Builder_FuncsRec;\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @struct:\n   *   CFF_Builder\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *    A structure used during glyph loading to store its outline.\n   *\n   * @fields:\n   *   memory ::\n   *     The current memory object.\n   *\n   *   face ::\n   *     The current face object.\n   *\n   *   glyph ::\n   *     The current glyph slot.\n   *\n   *   loader ::\n   *     The current glyph loader.\n   *\n   *   base ::\n   *     The base glyph outline.\n   *\n   *   current ::\n   *     The current glyph outline.\n   *\n   *   pos_x ::\n   *     The horizontal translation (if composite glyph).\n   *\n   *   pos_y ::\n   *     The vertical translation (if composite glyph).\n   *\n   *   left_bearing ::\n   *     The left side bearing point.\n   *\n   *   advance ::\n   *     The horizontal advance vector.\n   *\n   *   bbox ::\n   *     Unused.\n   *\n   *   path_begun ::\n   *     A flag which indicates that a new path has begun.\n   *\n   *   load_points ::\n   *     If this flag is not set, no points are loaded.\n   *\n   *   no_recurse ::\n   *     Set but not used.\n   *\n   *   metrics_only ::\n   *     A boolean indicating that we only want to compute the metrics of a\n   *     given glyph, not load all of its points.\n   *\n   *   hints_funcs ::\n   *     Auxiliary pointer for hinting.\n   *\n   *   hints_globals ::\n   *     Auxiliary pointer for hinting.\n   *\n   *   funcs ::\n   *     A table of method pointers for this object.\n   */\n  struct  CFF_Builder_\n  {\n    FT_Memory       memory;\n    TT_Face         face;\n    CFF_GlyphSlot   glyph;\n    FT_GlyphLoader  loader;\n    FT_Outline*     base;\n    FT_Outline*     current;\n\n    FT_Pos  pos_x;\n    FT_Pos  pos_y;\n\n    FT_Vector  left_bearing;\n    FT_Vector  advance;\n\n    FT_BBox  bbox;          /* bounding box */\n\n    FT_Bool  path_begun;\n    FT_Bool  load_points;\n    FT_Bool  no_recurse;\n\n    FT_Bool  metrics_only;\n\n    void*  hints_funcs;     /* hinter-specific */\n    void*  hints_globals;   /* hinter-specific */\n\n    CFF_Builder_FuncsRec  funcs;\n  };\n\n\n  /*************************************************************************/\n  /*************************************************************************/\n  /*****                                                               *****/\n  /*****                        CFF DECODER                            *****/\n  /*****                                                               *****/\n  /*************************************************************************/\n  /*************************************************************************/\n\n\n#define CFF_MAX_OPERANDS        48\n#define CFF_MAX_SUBRS_CALLS     16  /* maximum subroutine nesting;         */\n                                    /* only 10 are allowed but there exist */\n                                    /* fonts like `HiraKakuProN-W3.ttf'    */\n                                    /* (Hiragino Kaku Gothic ProN W3;      */\n                                    /* 8.2d6e1; 2014-12-19) that exceed    */\n                                    /* this limit                          */\n#define CFF_MAX_TRANS_ELEMENTS  32\n\n  /* execution context charstring zone */\n\n  typedef struct  CFF_Decoder_Zone_\n  {\n    FT_Byte*  base;\n    FT_Byte*  limit;\n    FT_Byte*  cursor;\n\n  } CFF_Decoder_Zone;\n\n\n  typedef struct  CFF_Decoder_\n  {\n    CFF_Builder  builder;\n    CFF_Font     cff;\n\n    FT_Fixed   stack[CFF_MAX_OPERANDS + 1];\n    FT_Fixed*  top;\n\n    CFF_Decoder_Zone   zones[CFF_MAX_SUBRS_CALLS + 1];\n    CFF_Decoder_Zone*  zone;\n\n    FT_Int     flex_state;\n    FT_Int     num_flex_vectors;\n    FT_Vector  flex_vectors[7];\n\n    FT_Pos  glyph_width;\n    FT_Pos  nominal_width;\n\n    FT_Bool   read_width;\n    FT_Bool   width_only;\n    FT_Int    num_hints;\n    FT_Fixed  buildchar[CFF_MAX_TRANS_ELEMENTS];\n\n    FT_UInt  num_locals;\n    FT_UInt  num_globals;\n\n    FT_Int  locals_bias;\n    FT_Int  globals_bias;\n\n    FT_Byte**  locals;\n    FT_Byte**  globals;\n\n    FT_Byte**  glyph_names;   /* for pure CFF fonts only  */\n    FT_UInt    num_glyphs;    /* number of glyphs in font */\n\n    FT_Render_Mode  hint_mode;\n\n    FT_Bool  seac;\n\n    CFF_SubFont  current_subfont; /* for current glyph_index */\n\n    CFF_Decoder_Get_Glyph_Callback   get_glyph_callback;\n    CFF_Decoder_Free_Glyph_Callback  free_glyph_callback;\n\n  } CFF_Decoder;\n\n\n  typedef const struct CFF_Decoder_FuncsRec_*  CFF_Decoder_Funcs;\n\n  typedef struct  CFF_Decoder_FuncsRec_\n  {\n    void\n    (*init)( CFF_Decoder*                     decoder,\n             TT_Face                          face,\n             CFF_Size                         size,\n             CFF_GlyphSlot                    slot,\n             FT_Bool                          hinting,\n             FT_Render_Mode                   hint_mode,\n             CFF_Decoder_Get_Glyph_Callback   get_callback,\n             CFF_Decoder_Free_Glyph_Callback  free_callback );\n\n    FT_Error\n    (*prepare)( CFF_Decoder*  decoder,\n                CFF_Size      size,\n                FT_UInt       glyph_index );\n\n#ifdef CFF_CONFIG_OPTION_OLD_ENGINE\n    FT_Error\n    (*parse_charstrings_old)( CFF_Decoder*  decoder,\n                              FT_Byte*      charstring_base,\n                              FT_ULong      charstring_len,\n                              FT_Bool       in_dict );\n#endif\n\n    FT_Error\n    (*parse_charstrings)( PS_Decoder*  decoder,\n                          FT_Byte*     charstring_base,\n                          FT_ULong     charstring_len );\n\n  } CFF_Decoder_FuncsRec;\n\n\n  /*************************************************************************/\n  /*************************************************************************/\n  /*****                                                               *****/\n  /*****                            AFM PARSER                         *****/\n  /*****                                                               *****/\n  /*************************************************************************/\n  /*************************************************************************/\n\n  typedef struct AFM_ParserRec_*  AFM_Parser;\n\n  typedef struct  AFM_Parser_FuncsRec_\n  {\n    FT_Error\n    (*init)( AFM_Parser  parser,\n             FT_Memory   memory,\n             FT_Byte*    base,\n             FT_Byte*    limit );\n\n    void\n    (*done)( AFM_Parser  parser );\n\n    FT_Error\n    (*parse)( AFM_Parser  parser );\n\n  } AFM_Parser_FuncsRec;\n\n\n  typedef struct AFM_StreamRec_*  AFM_Stream;\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @struct:\n   *   AFM_ParserRec\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   An AFM_Parser is a parser for the AFM files.\n   *\n   * @fields:\n   *   memory ::\n   *     The object used for memory operations (alloc and realloc).\n   *\n   *   stream ::\n   *     This is an opaque object.\n   *\n   *   FontInfo ::\n   *     The result will be stored here.\n   *\n   *   get_index ::\n   *     A user provided function to get a glyph index by its name.\n   */\n  typedef struct  AFM_ParserRec_\n  {\n    FT_Memory     memory;\n    AFM_Stream    stream;\n\n    AFM_FontInfo  FontInfo;\n\n    FT_Int\n    (*get_index)( const char*  name,\n                  FT_Offset    len,\n                  void*        user_data );\n\n    void*         user_data;\n\n  } AFM_ParserRec;\n\n\n  /*************************************************************************/\n  /*************************************************************************/\n  /*****                                                               *****/\n  /*****                     TYPE1 CHARMAPS                            *****/\n  /*****                                                               *****/\n  /*************************************************************************/\n  /*************************************************************************/\n\n  typedef const struct T1_CMap_ClassesRec_*  T1_CMap_Classes;\n\n  typedef struct T1_CMap_ClassesRec_\n  {\n    FT_CMap_Class  standard;\n    FT_CMap_Class  expert;\n    FT_CMap_Class  custom;\n    FT_CMap_Class  unicode;\n\n  } T1_CMap_ClassesRec;\n\n\n  /*************************************************************************/\n  /*************************************************************************/\n  /*****                                                               *****/\n  /*****                        PSAux Module Interface                 *****/\n  /*****                                                               *****/\n  /*************************************************************************/\n  /*************************************************************************/\n\n  typedef struct  PSAux_ServiceRec_\n  {\n    /* don't use `PS_Table_Funcs' and friends to avoid compiler warnings */\n    const PS_Table_FuncsRec*    ps_table_funcs;\n    const PS_Parser_FuncsRec*   ps_parser_funcs;\n    const T1_Builder_FuncsRec*  t1_builder_funcs;\n    const T1_Decoder_FuncsRec*  t1_decoder_funcs;\n\n    void\n    (*t1_decrypt)( FT_Byte*   buffer,\n                   FT_Offset  length,\n                   FT_UShort  seed );\n\n    FT_UInt32\n    (*cff_random)( FT_UInt32  r );\n\n    void\n    (*ps_decoder_init)( PS_Decoder*  ps_decoder,\n                        void*        decoder,\n                        FT_Bool      is_t1 );\n\n    void\n    (*t1_make_subfont)( FT_Face      face,\n                        PS_Private   priv,\n                        CFF_SubFont  subfont );\n\n    T1_CMap_Classes  t1_cmap_classes;\n\n    /* fields after this comment line were added after version 2.1.10 */\n    const AFM_Parser_FuncsRec*  afm_parser_funcs;\n\n    const CFF_Decoder_FuncsRec*  cff_decoder_funcs;\n\n  } PSAux_ServiceRec, *PSAux_Service;\n\n  /* backward compatible type definition */\n  typedef PSAux_ServiceRec   PSAux_Interface;\n\n\n  /*************************************************************************/\n  /*************************************************************************/\n  /*****                                                               *****/\n  /*****                 Some convenience functions                    *****/\n  /*****                                                               *****/\n  /*************************************************************************/\n  /*************************************************************************/\n\n#define IS_PS_NEWLINE( ch ) \\\n  ( (ch) == '\\r' ||         \\\n    (ch) == '\\n' )\n\n#define IS_PS_SPACE( ch )  \\\n  ( (ch) == ' '         || \\\n    IS_PS_NEWLINE( ch ) || \\\n    (ch) == '\\t'        || \\\n    (ch) == '\\f'        || \\\n    (ch) == '\\0' )\n\n#define IS_PS_SPECIAL( ch )       \\\n  ( (ch) == '/'                || \\\n    (ch) == '(' || (ch) == ')' || \\\n    (ch) == '<' || (ch) == '>' || \\\n    (ch) == '[' || (ch) == ']' || \\\n    (ch) == '{' || (ch) == '}' || \\\n    (ch) == '%'                )\n\n#define IS_PS_DELIM( ch )  \\\n  ( IS_PS_SPACE( ch )   || \\\n    IS_PS_SPECIAL( ch ) )\n\n#define IS_PS_DIGIT( ch )        \\\n  ( (ch) >= '0' && (ch) <= '9' )\n\n#define IS_PS_XDIGIT( ch )            \\\n  ( IS_PS_DIGIT( ch )              || \\\n    ( (ch) >= 'A' && (ch) <= 'F' ) || \\\n    ( (ch) >= 'a' && (ch) <= 'f' ) )\n\n#define IS_PS_BASE85( ch )       \\\n  ( (ch) >= '!' && (ch) <= 'u' )\n\n#define IS_PS_TOKEN( cur, limit, token )                                \\\n  ( (char)(cur)[0] == (token)[0]                                     && \\\n    ( (cur) + sizeof ( (token) ) == (limit) ||                          \\\n      ( (cur) + sizeof( (token) ) < (limit)          &&                 \\\n        IS_PS_DELIM( (cur)[sizeof ( (token) ) - 1] ) ) )             && \\\n    ft_strncmp( (char*)(cur), (token), sizeof ( (token) ) - 1 ) == 0 )\n\n\nFT_END_HEADER\n\n#endif /* PSAUX_H_ */\n\n\n/* END */\n"
  },
  {
    "path": "Antario/LIB/freetype/freetype/internal/pshints.h",
    "content": "/****************************************************************************\n *\n * pshints.h\n *\n *   Interface to Postscript-specific (Type 1 and Type 2) hints\n *   recorders (specification only).  These are used to support native\n *   T1/T2 hints in the 'type1', 'cid', and 'cff' font drivers.\n *\n * Copyright (C) 2001-2019 by\n * David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.\n *\n * This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,\n * modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project\n * license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute\n * this file you indicate that you have read the license and\n * understand and accept it fully.\n *\n */\n\n\n#ifndef PSHINTS_H_\n#define PSHINTS_H_\n\n\n#include <ft2build.h>\n#include FT_FREETYPE_H\n#include FT_TYPE1_TABLES_H\n\n\nFT_BEGIN_HEADER\n\n\n  /*************************************************************************/\n  /*************************************************************************/\n  /*****                                                               *****/\n  /*****               INTERNAL REPRESENTATION OF GLOBALS              *****/\n  /*****                                                               *****/\n  /*************************************************************************/\n  /*************************************************************************/\n\n  typedef struct PSH_GlobalsRec_*  PSH_Globals;\n\n  typedef FT_Error\n  (*PSH_Globals_NewFunc)( FT_Memory     memory,\n                          T1_Private*   private_dict,\n                          PSH_Globals*  aglobals );\n\n  typedef void\n  (*PSH_Globals_SetScaleFunc)( PSH_Globals  globals,\n                               FT_Fixed     x_scale,\n                               FT_Fixed     y_scale,\n                               FT_Fixed     x_delta,\n                               FT_Fixed     y_delta );\n\n  typedef void\n  (*PSH_Globals_DestroyFunc)( PSH_Globals  globals );\n\n\n  typedef struct  PSH_Globals_FuncsRec_\n  {\n    PSH_Globals_NewFunc       create;\n    PSH_Globals_SetScaleFunc  set_scale;\n    PSH_Globals_DestroyFunc   destroy;\n\n  } PSH_Globals_FuncsRec, *PSH_Globals_Funcs;\n\n\n  /*************************************************************************/\n  /*************************************************************************/\n  /*****                                                               *****/\n  /*****                  PUBLIC TYPE 1 HINTS RECORDER                 *****/\n  /*****                                                               *****/\n  /*************************************************************************/\n  /*************************************************************************/\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @type:\n   *   T1_Hints\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   This is a handle to an opaque structure used to record glyph hints\n   *   from a Type 1 character glyph character string.\n   *\n   *   The methods used to operate on this object are defined by the\n   *   @T1_Hints_FuncsRec structure.  Recording glyph hints is normally\n   *   achieved through the following scheme:\n   *\n   *   - Open a new hint recording session by calling the 'open' method.\n   *     This rewinds the recorder and prepare it for new input.\n   *\n   *   - For each hint found in the glyph charstring, call the corresponding\n   *     method ('stem', 'stem3', or 'reset').  Note that these functions do\n   *     not return an error code.\n   *\n   *   - Close the recording session by calling the 'close' method.  It\n   *     returns an error code if the hints were invalid or something strange\n   *     happened (e.g., memory shortage).\n   *\n   *   The hints accumulated in the object can later be used by the\n   *   PostScript hinter.\n   *\n   */\n  typedef struct T1_HintsRec_*  T1_Hints;\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @type:\n   *   T1_Hints_Funcs\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   A pointer to the @T1_Hints_FuncsRec structure that defines the API of\n   *   a given @T1_Hints object.\n   *\n   */\n  typedef const struct T1_Hints_FuncsRec_*  T1_Hints_Funcs;\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @functype:\n   *   T1_Hints_OpenFunc\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   A method of the @T1_Hints class used to prepare it for a new Type 1\n   *   hints recording session.\n   *\n   * @input:\n   *   hints ::\n   *     A handle to the Type 1 hints recorder.\n   *\n   * @note:\n   *   You should always call the @T1_Hints_CloseFunc method in order to\n   *   close an opened recording session.\n   *\n   */\n  typedef void\n  (*T1_Hints_OpenFunc)( T1_Hints  hints );\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @functype:\n   *   T1_Hints_SetStemFunc\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   A method of the @T1_Hints class used to record a new horizontal or\n   *   vertical stem.  This corresponds to the Type 1 'hstem' and 'vstem'\n   *   operators.\n   *\n   * @input:\n   *   hints ::\n   *     A handle to the Type 1 hints recorder.\n   *\n   *   dimension ::\n   *     0 for horizontal stems (hstem), 1 for vertical ones (vstem).\n   *\n   *   coords ::\n   *     Array of 2 coordinates in 16.16 format, used as (position,length)\n   *     stem descriptor.\n   *\n   * @note:\n   *   Use vertical coordinates (y) for horizontal stems (dim=0).  Use\n   *   horizontal coordinates (x) for vertical stems (dim=1).\n   *\n   *   'coords[0]' is the absolute stem position (lowest coordinate);\n   *   'coords[1]' is the length.\n   *\n   *   The length can be negative, in which case it must be either -20 or\n   *   -21.  It is interpreted as a 'ghost' stem, according to the Type 1\n   *   specification.\n   *\n   *   If the length is -21 (corresponding to a bottom ghost stem), then the\n   *   real stem position is 'coords[0]+coords[1]'.\n   *\n   */\n  typedef void\n  (*T1_Hints_SetStemFunc)( T1_Hints   hints,\n                           FT_UInt    dimension,\n                           FT_Fixed*  coords );\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @functype:\n   *   T1_Hints_SetStem3Func\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   A method of the @T1_Hints class used to record three\n   *   counter-controlled horizontal or vertical stems at once.\n   *\n   * @input:\n   *   hints ::\n   *     A handle to the Type 1 hints recorder.\n   *\n   *   dimension ::\n   *     0 for horizontal stems, 1 for vertical ones.\n   *\n   *   coords ::\n   *     An array of 6 values in 16.16 format, holding 3 (position,length)\n   *     pairs for the counter-controlled stems.\n   *\n   * @note:\n   *   Use vertical coordinates (y) for horizontal stems (dim=0).  Use\n   *   horizontal coordinates (x) for vertical stems (dim=1).\n   *\n   *   The lengths cannot be negative (ghost stems are never\n   *   counter-controlled).\n   *\n   */\n  typedef void\n  (*T1_Hints_SetStem3Func)( T1_Hints   hints,\n                            FT_UInt    dimension,\n                            FT_Fixed*  coords );\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @functype:\n   *   T1_Hints_ResetFunc\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   A method of the @T1_Hints class used to reset the stems hints in a\n   *   recording session.\n   *\n   * @input:\n   *   hints ::\n   *     A handle to the Type 1 hints recorder.\n   *\n   *   end_point ::\n   *     The index of the last point in the input glyph in which the\n   *     previously defined hints apply.\n   *\n   */\n  typedef void\n  (*T1_Hints_ResetFunc)( T1_Hints  hints,\n                         FT_UInt   end_point );\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @functype:\n   *   T1_Hints_CloseFunc\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   A method of the @T1_Hints class used to close a hint recording\n   *   session.\n   *\n   * @input:\n   *   hints ::\n   *     A handle to the Type 1 hints recorder.\n   *\n   *   end_point ::\n   *     The index of the last point in the input glyph.\n   *\n   * @return:\n   *   FreeType error code.  0 means success.\n   *\n   * @note:\n   *   The error code is set to indicate that an error occurred during the\n   *   recording session.\n   *\n   */\n  typedef FT_Error\n  (*T1_Hints_CloseFunc)( T1_Hints  hints,\n                         FT_UInt   end_point );\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @functype:\n   *   T1_Hints_ApplyFunc\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   A method of the @T1_Hints class used to apply hints to the\n   *   corresponding glyph outline.  Must be called once all hints have been\n   *   recorded.\n   *\n   * @input:\n   *   hints ::\n   *     A handle to the Type 1 hints recorder.\n   *\n   *   outline ::\n   *     A pointer to the target outline descriptor.\n   *\n   *   globals ::\n   *     The hinter globals for this font.\n   *\n   *   hint_mode ::\n   *     Hinting information.\n   *\n   * @return:\n   *   FreeType error code.  0 means success.\n   *\n   * @note:\n   *   On input, all points within the outline are in font coordinates. On\n   *   output, they are in 1/64th of pixels.\n   *\n   *   The scaling transformation is taken from the 'globals' object which\n   *   must correspond to the same font as the glyph.\n   *\n   */\n  typedef FT_Error\n  (*T1_Hints_ApplyFunc)( T1_Hints        hints,\n                         FT_Outline*     outline,\n                         PSH_Globals     globals,\n                         FT_Render_Mode  hint_mode );\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @struct:\n   *   T1_Hints_FuncsRec\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   The structure used to provide the API to @T1_Hints objects.\n   *\n   * @fields:\n   *   hints ::\n   *     A handle to the T1 Hints recorder.\n   *\n   *   open ::\n   *     The function to open a recording session.\n   *\n   *   close ::\n   *     The function to close a recording session.\n   *\n   *   stem ::\n   *     The function to set a simple stem.\n   *\n   *   stem3 ::\n   *     The function to set counter-controlled stems.\n   *\n   *   reset ::\n   *     The function to reset stem hints.\n   *\n   *   apply ::\n   *     The function to apply the hints to the corresponding glyph outline.\n   *\n   */\n  typedef struct  T1_Hints_FuncsRec_\n  {\n    T1_Hints               hints;\n    T1_Hints_OpenFunc      open;\n    T1_Hints_CloseFunc     close;\n    T1_Hints_SetStemFunc   stem;\n    T1_Hints_SetStem3Func  stem3;\n    T1_Hints_ResetFunc     reset;\n    T1_Hints_ApplyFunc     apply;\n\n  } T1_Hints_FuncsRec;\n\n\n  /*************************************************************************/\n  /*************************************************************************/\n  /*****                                                               *****/\n  /*****                  PUBLIC TYPE 2 HINTS RECORDER                 *****/\n  /*****                                                               *****/\n  /*************************************************************************/\n  /*************************************************************************/\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @type:\n   *   T2_Hints\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   This is a handle to an opaque structure used to record glyph hints\n   *   from a Type 2 character glyph character string.\n   *\n   *   The methods used to operate on this object are defined by the\n   *   @T2_Hints_FuncsRec structure.  Recording glyph hints is normally\n   *   achieved through the following scheme:\n   *\n   *   - Open a new hint recording session by calling the 'open' method.\n   *     This rewinds the recorder and prepare it for new input.\n   *\n   *   - For each hint found in the glyph charstring, call the corresponding\n   *     method ('stems', 'hintmask', 'counters').  Note that these functions\n   *     do not return an error code.\n   *\n   *   - Close the recording session by calling the 'close' method.  It\n   *     returns an error code if the hints were invalid or something strange\n   *     happened (e.g., memory shortage).\n   *\n   *   The hints accumulated in the object can later be used by the\n   *   Postscript hinter.\n   *\n   */\n  typedef struct T2_HintsRec_*  T2_Hints;\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @type:\n   *   T2_Hints_Funcs\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   A pointer to the @T2_Hints_FuncsRec structure that defines the API of\n   *   a given @T2_Hints object.\n   *\n   */\n  typedef const struct T2_Hints_FuncsRec_*  T2_Hints_Funcs;\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @functype:\n   *   T2_Hints_OpenFunc\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   A method of the @T2_Hints class used to prepare it for a new Type 2\n   *   hints recording session.\n   *\n   * @input:\n   *   hints ::\n   *     A handle to the Type 2 hints recorder.\n   *\n   * @note:\n   *   You should always call the @T2_Hints_CloseFunc method in order to\n   *   close an opened recording session.\n   *\n   */\n  typedef void\n  (*T2_Hints_OpenFunc)( T2_Hints  hints );\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @functype:\n   *   T2_Hints_StemsFunc\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   A method of the @T2_Hints class used to set the table of stems in\n   *   either the vertical or horizontal dimension.  Equivalent to the\n   *   'hstem', 'vstem', 'hstemhm', and 'vstemhm' Type 2 operators.\n   *\n   * @input:\n   *   hints ::\n   *     A handle to the Type 2 hints recorder.\n   *\n   *   dimension ::\n   *     0 for horizontal stems (hstem), 1 for vertical ones (vstem).\n   *\n   *   count ::\n   *     The number of stems.\n   *\n   *   coords ::\n   *     An array of 'count' (position,length) pairs in 16.16 format.\n   *\n   * @note:\n   *   Use vertical coordinates (y) for horizontal stems (dim=0).  Use\n   *   horizontal coordinates (x) for vertical stems (dim=1).\n   *\n   *   There are '2*count' elements in the 'coords' array.  Each even element\n   *   is an absolute position in font units, each odd element is a length in\n   *   font units.\n   *\n   *   A length can be negative, in which case it must be either -20 or -21.\n   *   It is interpreted as a 'ghost' stem, according to the Type 1\n   *   specification.\n   *\n   */\n  typedef void\n  (*T2_Hints_StemsFunc)( T2_Hints   hints,\n                         FT_UInt    dimension,\n                         FT_Int     count,\n                         FT_Fixed*  coordinates );\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @functype:\n   *   T2_Hints_MaskFunc\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   A method of the @T2_Hints class used to set a given hintmask (this\n   *   corresponds to the 'hintmask' Type 2 operator).\n   *\n   * @input:\n   *   hints ::\n   *     A handle to the Type 2 hints recorder.\n   *\n   *   end_point ::\n   *     The glyph index of the last point to which the previously defined or\n   *     activated hints apply.\n   *\n   *   bit_count ::\n   *     The number of bits in the hint mask.\n   *\n   *   bytes ::\n   *     An array of bytes modelling the hint mask.\n   *\n   * @note:\n   *   If the hintmask starts the charstring (before any glyph point\n   *   definition), the value of `end_point` should be 0.\n   *\n   *   `bit_count` is the number of meaningful bits in the 'bytes' array; it\n   *   must be equal to the total number of hints defined so far (i.e.,\n   *   horizontal+verticals).\n   *\n   *   The 'bytes' array can come directly from the Type 2 charstring and\n   *   respects the same format.\n   *\n   */\n  typedef void\n  (*T2_Hints_MaskFunc)( T2_Hints        hints,\n                        FT_UInt         end_point,\n                        FT_UInt         bit_count,\n                        const FT_Byte*  bytes );\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @functype:\n   *   T2_Hints_CounterFunc\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   A method of the @T2_Hints class used to set a given counter mask (this\n   *   corresponds to the 'hintmask' Type 2 operator).\n   *\n   * @input:\n   *   hints ::\n   *     A handle to the Type 2 hints recorder.\n   *\n   *   end_point ::\n   *     A glyph index of the last point to which the previously defined or\n   *     active hints apply.\n   *\n   *   bit_count ::\n   *     The number of bits in the hint mask.\n   *\n   *   bytes ::\n   *     An array of bytes modelling the hint mask.\n   *\n   * @note:\n   *   If the hintmask starts the charstring (before any glyph point\n   *   definition), the value of `end_point` should be 0.\n   *\n   *   `bit_count` is the number of meaningful bits in the 'bytes' array; it\n   *   must be equal to the total number of hints defined so far (i.e.,\n   *   horizontal+verticals).\n   *\n   *    The 'bytes' array can come directly from the Type 2 charstring and\n   *    respects the same format.\n   *\n   */\n  typedef void\n  (*T2_Hints_CounterFunc)( T2_Hints        hints,\n                           FT_UInt         bit_count,\n                           const FT_Byte*  bytes );\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @functype:\n   *   T2_Hints_CloseFunc\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   A method of the @T2_Hints class used to close a hint recording\n   *   session.\n   *\n   * @input:\n   *   hints ::\n   *     A handle to the Type 2 hints recorder.\n   *\n   *   end_point ::\n   *     The index of the last point in the input glyph.\n   *\n   * @return:\n   *   FreeType error code.  0 means success.\n   *\n   * @note:\n   *   The error code is set to indicate that an error occurred during the\n   *   recording session.\n   *\n   */\n  typedef FT_Error\n  (*T2_Hints_CloseFunc)( T2_Hints  hints,\n                         FT_UInt   end_point );\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @functype:\n   *   T2_Hints_ApplyFunc\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   A method of the @T2_Hints class used to apply hints to the\n   *   corresponding glyph outline.  Must be called after the 'close' method.\n   *\n   * @input:\n   *   hints ::\n   *     A handle to the Type 2 hints recorder.\n   *\n   *   outline ::\n   *     A pointer to the target outline descriptor.\n   *\n   *   globals ::\n   *     The hinter globals for this font.\n   *\n   *   hint_mode ::\n   *     Hinting information.\n   *\n   * @return:\n   *   FreeType error code.  0 means success.\n   *\n   * @note:\n   *   On input, all points within the outline are in font coordinates. On\n   *   output, they are in 1/64th of pixels.\n   *\n   *   The scaling transformation is taken from the 'globals' object which\n   *   must correspond to the same font than the glyph.\n   *\n   */\n  typedef FT_Error\n  (*T2_Hints_ApplyFunc)( T2_Hints        hints,\n                         FT_Outline*     outline,\n                         PSH_Globals     globals,\n                         FT_Render_Mode  hint_mode );\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @struct:\n   *   T2_Hints_FuncsRec\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   The structure used to provide the API to @T2_Hints objects.\n   *\n   * @fields:\n   *   hints ::\n   *     A handle to the T2 hints recorder object.\n   *\n   *   open ::\n   *     The function to open a recording session.\n   *\n   *   close ::\n   *     The function to close a recording session.\n   *\n   *   stems ::\n   *     The function to set the dimension's stems table.\n   *\n   *   hintmask ::\n   *     The function to set hint masks.\n   *\n   *   counter ::\n   *     The function to set counter masks.\n   *\n   *   apply ::\n   *     The function to apply the hints on the corresponding glyph outline.\n   *\n   */\n  typedef struct  T2_Hints_FuncsRec_\n  {\n    T2_Hints              hints;\n    T2_Hints_OpenFunc     open;\n    T2_Hints_CloseFunc    close;\n    T2_Hints_StemsFunc    stems;\n    T2_Hints_MaskFunc     hintmask;\n    T2_Hints_CounterFunc  counter;\n    T2_Hints_ApplyFunc    apply;\n\n  } T2_Hints_FuncsRec;\n\n\n  /* */\n\n\n  typedef struct  PSHinter_Interface_\n  {\n    PSH_Globals_Funcs  (*get_globals_funcs)( FT_Module  module );\n    T1_Hints_Funcs     (*get_t1_funcs)     ( FT_Module  module );\n    T2_Hints_Funcs     (*get_t2_funcs)     ( FT_Module  module );\n\n  } PSHinter_Interface;\n\n  typedef PSHinter_Interface*  PSHinter_Service;\n\n\n#define FT_DEFINE_PSHINTER_INTERFACE(        \\\n          class_,                            \\\n          get_globals_funcs_,                \\\n          get_t1_funcs_,                     \\\n          get_t2_funcs_ )                    \\\n  static const PSHinter_Interface  class_ =  \\\n  {                                          \\\n    get_globals_funcs_,                      \\\n    get_t1_funcs_,                           \\\n    get_t2_funcs_                            \\\n  };\n\n\nFT_END_HEADER\n\n#endif /* PSHINTS_H_ */\n\n\n/* END */\n"
  },
  {
    "path": "Antario/LIB/freetype/freetype/internal/services/svbdf.h",
    "content": "/****************************************************************************\n *\n * svbdf.h\n *\n *   The FreeType BDF services (specification).\n *\n * Copyright (C) 2003-2019 by\n * David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.\n *\n * This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,\n * modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project\n * license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute\n * this file you indicate that you have read the license and\n * understand and accept it fully.\n *\n */\n\n\n#ifndef SVBDF_H_\n#define SVBDF_H_\n\n#include FT_BDF_H\n#include FT_INTERNAL_SERVICE_H\n\n\nFT_BEGIN_HEADER\n\n\n#define FT_SERVICE_ID_BDF  \"bdf\"\n\n  typedef FT_Error\n  (*FT_BDF_GetCharsetIdFunc)( FT_Face       face,\n                              const char*  *acharset_encoding,\n                              const char*  *acharset_registry );\n\n  typedef FT_Error\n  (*FT_BDF_GetPropertyFunc)( FT_Face           face,\n                             const char*       prop_name,\n                             BDF_PropertyRec  *aproperty );\n\n\n  FT_DEFINE_SERVICE( BDF )\n  {\n    FT_BDF_GetCharsetIdFunc  get_charset_id;\n    FT_BDF_GetPropertyFunc   get_property;\n  };\n\n\n#define FT_DEFINE_SERVICE_BDFRec( class_,                                \\\n                                  get_charset_id_,                       \\\n                                  get_property_ )                        \\\n  static const FT_Service_BDFRec  class_ =                               \\\n  {                                                                      \\\n    get_charset_id_, get_property_                                       \\\n  };\n\n  /* */\n\n\nFT_END_HEADER\n\n\n#endif /* SVBDF_H_ */\n\n\n/* END */\n"
  },
  {
    "path": "Antario/LIB/freetype/freetype/internal/services/svcfftl.h",
    "content": "/****************************************************************************\n *\n * svcfftl.h\n *\n *   The FreeType CFF tables loader service (specification).\n *\n * Copyright (C) 2017-2019 by\n * David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.\n *\n * This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,\n * modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project\n * license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute\n * this file you indicate that you have read the license and\n * understand and accept it fully.\n *\n */\n\n\n#ifndef SVCFFTL_H_\n#define SVCFFTL_H_\n\n#include FT_INTERNAL_SERVICE_H\n#include FT_INTERNAL_CFF_TYPES_H\n\n\nFT_BEGIN_HEADER\n\n\n#define FT_SERVICE_ID_CFF_LOAD  \"cff-load\"\n\n\n  typedef FT_UShort\n  (*FT_Get_Standard_Encoding_Func)( FT_UInt  charcode );\n\n  typedef FT_Error\n  (*FT_Load_Private_Dict_Func)( CFF_Font     font,\n                                CFF_SubFont  subfont,\n                                FT_UInt      lenNDV,\n                                FT_Fixed*    NDV );\n\n  typedef FT_Byte\n  (*FT_FD_Select_Get_Func)( CFF_FDSelect  fdselect,\n                            FT_UInt       glyph_index );\n\n  typedef FT_Bool\n  (*FT_Blend_Check_Vector_Func)( CFF_Blend  blend,\n                                 FT_UInt    vsindex,\n                                 FT_UInt    lenNDV,\n                                 FT_Fixed*  NDV );\n\n  typedef FT_Error\n  (*FT_Blend_Build_Vector_Func)( CFF_Blend  blend,\n                                 FT_UInt    vsindex,\n                                 FT_UInt    lenNDV,\n                                 FT_Fixed*  NDV );\n\n\n  FT_DEFINE_SERVICE( CFFLoad )\n  {\n    FT_Get_Standard_Encoding_Func  get_standard_encoding;\n    FT_Load_Private_Dict_Func      load_private_dict;\n    FT_FD_Select_Get_Func          fd_select_get;\n    FT_Blend_Check_Vector_Func     blend_check_vector;\n    FT_Blend_Build_Vector_Func     blend_build_vector;\n  };\n\n\n#define FT_DEFINE_SERVICE_CFFLOADREC( class_,                  \\\n                                      get_standard_encoding_,  \\\n                                      load_private_dict_,      \\\n                                      fd_select_get_,          \\\n                                      blend_check_vector_,     \\\n                                      blend_build_vector_ )    \\\n  static const FT_Service_CFFLoadRec  class_ =                 \\\n  {                                                            \\\n    get_standard_encoding_,                                    \\\n    load_private_dict_,                                        \\\n    fd_select_get_,                                            \\\n    blend_check_vector_,                                       \\\n    blend_build_vector_                                        \\\n  };\n\n\nFT_END_HEADER\n\n\n#endif\n\n\n/* END */\n"
  },
  {
    "path": "Antario/LIB/freetype/freetype/internal/services/svcid.h",
    "content": "/****************************************************************************\n *\n * svcid.h\n *\n *   The FreeType CID font services (specification).\n *\n * Copyright (C) 2007-2019 by\n * Derek Clegg and Michael Toftdal.\n *\n * This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,\n * modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project\n * license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute\n * this file you indicate that you have read the license and\n * understand and accept it fully.\n *\n */\n\n\n#ifndef SVCID_H_\n#define SVCID_H_\n\n#include FT_INTERNAL_SERVICE_H\n\n\nFT_BEGIN_HEADER\n\n\n#define FT_SERVICE_ID_CID  \"CID\"\n\n  typedef FT_Error\n  (*FT_CID_GetRegistryOrderingSupplementFunc)( FT_Face       face,\n                                               const char*  *registry,\n                                               const char*  *ordering,\n                                               FT_Int       *supplement );\n  typedef FT_Error\n  (*FT_CID_GetIsInternallyCIDKeyedFunc)( FT_Face   face,\n                                         FT_Bool  *is_cid );\n  typedef FT_Error\n  (*FT_CID_GetCIDFromGlyphIndexFunc)( FT_Face   face,\n                                      FT_UInt   glyph_index,\n                                      FT_UInt  *cid );\n\n  FT_DEFINE_SERVICE( CID )\n  {\n    FT_CID_GetRegistryOrderingSupplementFunc  get_ros;\n    FT_CID_GetIsInternallyCIDKeyedFunc        get_is_cid;\n    FT_CID_GetCIDFromGlyphIndexFunc           get_cid_from_glyph_index;\n  };\n\n\n#define FT_DEFINE_SERVICE_CIDREC( class_,                                   \\\n                                  get_ros_,                                 \\\n                                  get_is_cid_,                              \\\n                                  get_cid_from_glyph_index_ )               \\\n  static const FT_Service_CIDRec class_ =                                   \\\n  {                                                                         \\\n    get_ros_, get_is_cid_, get_cid_from_glyph_index_                        \\\n  };\n\n  /* */\n\n\nFT_END_HEADER\n\n\n#endif /* SVCID_H_ */\n\n\n/* END */\n"
  },
  {
    "path": "Antario/LIB/freetype/freetype/internal/services/svfntfmt.h",
    "content": "/****************************************************************************\n *\n * svfntfmt.h\n *\n *   The FreeType font format service (specification only).\n *\n * Copyright (C) 2003-2019 by\n * David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.\n *\n * This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,\n * modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project\n * license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute\n * this file you indicate that you have read the license and\n * understand and accept it fully.\n *\n */\n\n\n#ifndef SVFNTFMT_H_\n#define SVFNTFMT_H_\n\n#include FT_INTERNAL_SERVICE_H\n\n\nFT_BEGIN_HEADER\n\n\n  /*\n   * A trivial service used to return the name of a face's font driver,\n   * according to the XFree86 nomenclature.  Note that the service data is a\n   * simple constant string pointer.\n   */\n\n#define FT_SERVICE_ID_FONT_FORMAT  \"font-format\"\n\n#define FT_FONT_FORMAT_TRUETYPE  \"TrueType\"\n#define FT_FONT_FORMAT_TYPE_1    \"Type 1\"\n#define FT_FONT_FORMAT_BDF       \"BDF\"\n#define FT_FONT_FORMAT_PCF       \"PCF\"\n#define FT_FONT_FORMAT_TYPE_42   \"Type 42\"\n#define FT_FONT_FORMAT_CID       \"CID Type 1\"\n#define FT_FONT_FORMAT_CFF       \"CFF\"\n#define FT_FONT_FORMAT_PFR       \"PFR\"\n#define FT_FONT_FORMAT_WINFNT    \"Windows FNT\"\n\n  /* */\n\n\nFT_END_HEADER\n\n\n#endif /* SVFNTFMT_H_ */\n\n\n/* END */\n"
  },
  {
    "path": "Antario/LIB/freetype/freetype/internal/services/svgldict.h",
    "content": "/****************************************************************************\n *\n * svgldict.h\n *\n *   The FreeType glyph dictionary services (specification).\n *\n * Copyright (C) 2003-2019 by\n * David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.\n *\n * This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,\n * modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project\n * license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute\n * this file you indicate that you have read the license and\n * understand and accept it fully.\n *\n */\n\n\n#ifndef SVGLDICT_H_\n#define SVGLDICT_H_\n\n#include FT_INTERNAL_SERVICE_H\n\n\nFT_BEGIN_HEADER\n\n\n  /*\n   * A service used to retrieve glyph names, as well as to find the index of\n   * a given glyph name in a font.\n   *\n   */\n\n#define FT_SERVICE_ID_GLYPH_DICT  \"glyph-dict\"\n\n\n  typedef FT_Error\n  (*FT_GlyphDict_GetNameFunc)( FT_Face     face,\n                               FT_UInt     glyph_index,\n                               FT_Pointer  buffer,\n                               FT_UInt     buffer_max );\n\n  typedef FT_UInt\n  (*FT_GlyphDict_NameIndexFunc)( FT_Face     face,\n                                 FT_String*  glyph_name );\n\n\n  FT_DEFINE_SERVICE( GlyphDict )\n  {\n    FT_GlyphDict_GetNameFunc    get_name;\n    FT_GlyphDict_NameIndexFunc  name_index;  /* optional */\n  };\n\n\n#define FT_DEFINE_SERVICE_GLYPHDICTREC( class_,                        \\\n                                        get_name_,                     \\\n                                        name_index_ )                  \\\n  static const FT_Service_GlyphDictRec  class_ =                       \\\n  {                                                                    \\\n    get_name_, name_index_                                             \\\n  };\n\n  /* */\n\n\nFT_END_HEADER\n\n\n#endif /* SVGLDICT_H_ */\n\n\n/* END */\n"
  },
  {
    "path": "Antario/LIB/freetype/freetype/internal/services/svgxval.h",
    "content": "/****************************************************************************\n *\n * svgxval.h\n *\n *   FreeType API for validating TrueTypeGX/AAT tables (specification).\n *\n * Copyright (C) 2004-2019 by\n * Masatake YAMATO, Red Hat K.K.,\n * David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.\n *\n * This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,\n * modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project\n * license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute\n * this file you indicate that you have read the license and\n * understand and accept it fully.\n *\n */\n\n/****************************************************************************\n *\n * gxvalid is derived from both gxlayout module and otvalid module.\n * Development of gxlayout is supported by the Information-technology\n * Promotion Agency(IPA), Japan.\n *\n */\n\n\n#ifndef SVGXVAL_H_\n#define SVGXVAL_H_\n\n#include FT_GX_VALIDATE_H\n#include FT_INTERNAL_VALIDATE_H\n\nFT_BEGIN_HEADER\n\n\n#define FT_SERVICE_ID_GX_VALIDATE           \"truetypegx-validate\"\n#define FT_SERVICE_ID_CLASSICKERN_VALIDATE  \"classickern-validate\"\n\n  typedef FT_Error\n  (*gxv_validate_func)( FT_Face   face,\n                        FT_UInt   gx_flags,\n                        FT_Bytes  tables[FT_VALIDATE_GX_LENGTH],\n                        FT_UInt   table_length );\n\n\n  typedef FT_Error\n  (*ckern_validate_func)( FT_Face   face,\n                          FT_UInt   ckern_flags,\n                          FT_Bytes  *ckern_table );\n\n\n  FT_DEFINE_SERVICE( GXvalidate )\n  {\n    gxv_validate_func  validate;\n  };\n\n  FT_DEFINE_SERVICE( CKERNvalidate )\n  {\n    ckern_validate_func  validate;\n  };\n\n  /* */\n\n\nFT_END_HEADER\n\n\n#endif /* SVGXVAL_H_ */\n\n\n/* END */\n"
  },
  {
    "path": "Antario/LIB/freetype/freetype/internal/services/svkern.h",
    "content": "/****************************************************************************\n *\n * svkern.h\n *\n *   The FreeType Kerning service (specification).\n *\n * Copyright (C) 2006-2019 by\n * David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.\n *\n * This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,\n * modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project\n * license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute\n * this file you indicate that you have read the license and\n * understand and accept it fully.\n *\n */\n\n\n#ifndef SVKERN_H_\n#define SVKERN_H_\n\n#include FT_INTERNAL_SERVICE_H\n#include FT_TRUETYPE_TABLES_H\n\n\nFT_BEGIN_HEADER\n\n#define FT_SERVICE_ID_KERNING  \"kerning\"\n\n\n  typedef FT_Error\n  (*FT_Kerning_TrackGetFunc)( FT_Face    face,\n                              FT_Fixed   point_size,\n                              FT_Int     degree,\n                              FT_Fixed*  akerning );\n\n  FT_DEFINE_SERVICE( Kerning )\n  {\n    FT_Kerning_TrackGetFunc  get_track;\n  };\n\n  /* */\n\n\nFT_END_HEADER\n\n\n#endif /* SVKERN_H_ */\n\n\n/* END */\n"
  },
  {
    "path": "Antario/LIB/freetype/freetype/internal/services/svmetric.h",
    "content": "/****************************************************************************\n *\n * svmetric.h\n *\n *   The FreeType services for metrics variations (specification).\n *\n * Copyright (C) 2016-2019 by\n * David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.\n *\n * This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,\n * modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project\n * license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute\n * this file you indicate that you have read the license and\n * understand and accept it fully.\n *\n */\n\n\n#ifndef SVMETRIC_H_\n#define SVMETRIC_H_\n\n#include FT_INTERNAL_SERVICE_H\n\n\nFT_BEGIN_HEADER\n\n\n  /*\n   * A service to manage the `HVAR, `MVAR', and `VVAR' OpenType tables.\n   *\n   */\n\n#define FT_SERVICE_ID_METRICS_VARIATIONS  \"metrics-variations\"\n\n\n  /* HVAR */\n\n  typedef FT_Error\n  (*FT_HAdvance_Adjust_Func)( FT_Face  face,\n                              FT_UInt  gindex,\n                              FT_Int  *avalue );\n\n  typedef FT_Error\n  (*FT_LSB_Adjust_Func)( FT_Face  face,\n                         FT_UInt  gindex,\n                         FT_Int  *avalue );\n\n  typedef FT_Error\n  (*FT_RSB_Adjust_Func)( FT_Face  face,\n                         FT_UInt  gindex,\n                         FT_Int  *avalue );\n\n  /* VVAR */\n\n  typedef FT_Error\n  (*FT_VAdvance_Adjust_Func)( FT_Face  face,\n                              FT_UInt  gindex,\n                              FT_Int  *avalue );\n\n  typedef FT_Error\n  (*FT_TSB_Adjust_Func)( FT_Face  face,\n                         FT_UInt  gindex,\n                         FT_Int  *avalue );\n\n  typedef FT_Error\n  (*FT_BSB_Adjust_Func)( FT_Face  face,\n                         FT_UInt  gindex,\n                         FT_Int  *avalue );\n\n  typedef FT_Error\n  (*FT_VOrg_Adjust_Func)( FT_Face  face,\n                          FT_UInt  gindex,\n                          FT_Int  *avalue );\n\n  /* MVAR */\n\n  typedef void\n  (*FT_Metrics_Adjust_Func)( FT_Face  face );\n\n\n  FT_DEFINE_SERVICE( MetricsVariations )\n  {\n    FT_HAdvance_Adjust_Func  hadvance_adjust;\n    FT_LSB_Adjust_Func       lsb_adjust;\n    FT_RSB_Adjust_Func       rsb_adjust;\n\n    FT_VAdvance_Adjust_Func  vadvance_adjust;\n    FT_TSB_Adjust_Func       tsb_adjust;\n    FT_BSB_Adjust_Func       bsb_adjust;\n    FT_VOrg_Adjust_Func      vorg_adjust;\n\n    FT_Metrics_Adjust_Func   metrics_adjust;\n  };\n\n\n#define FT_DEFINE_SERVICE_METRICSVARIATIONSREC( class_,            \\\n                                                hadvance_adjust_,  \\\n                                                lsb_adjust_,       \\\n                                                rsb_adjust_,       \\\n                                                vadvance_adjust_,  \\\n                                                tsb_adjust_,       \\\n                                                bsb_adjust_,       \\\n                                                vorg_adjust_,      \\\n                                                metrics_adjust_  ) \\\n  static const FT_Service_MetricsVariationsRec  class_ =           \\\n  {                                                                \\\n    hadvance_adjust_,                                              \\\n    lsb_adjust_,                                                   \\\n    rsb_adjust_,                                                   \\\n    vadvance_adjust_,                                              \\\n    tsb_adjust_,                                                   \\\n    bsb_adjust_,                                                   \\\n    vorg_adjust_,                                                  \\\n    metrics_adjust_                                                \\\n  };\n\n  /* */\n\n\nFT_END_HEADER\n\n#endif /* SVMETRIC_H_ */\n\n\n/* END */\n"
  },
  {
    "path": "Antario/LIB/freetype/freetype/internal/services/svmm.h",
    "content": "/****************************************************************************\n *\n * svmm.h\n *\n *   The FreeType Multiple Masters and GX var services (specification).\n *\n * Copyright (C) 2003-2019 by\n * David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.\n *\n * This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,\n * modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project\n * license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute\n * this file you indicate that you have read the license and\n * understand and accept it fully.\n *\n */\n\n\n#ifndef SVMM_H_\n#define SVMM_H_\n\n#include FT_INTERNAL_SERVICE_H\n\n\nFT_BEGIN_HEADER\n\n\n  /*\n   * A service used to manage multiple-masters data in a given face.\n   *\n   * See the related APIs in `ftmm.h' (FT_MULTIPLE_MASTERS_H).\n   *\n   */\n\n#define FT_SERVICE_ID_MULTI_MASTERS  \"multi-masters\"\n\n\n  typedef FT_Error\n  (*FT_Get_MM_Func)( FT_Face           face,\n                     FT_Multi_Master*  master );\n\n  typedef FT_Error\n  (*FT_Get_MM_Var_Func)( FT_Face      face,\n                         FT_MM_Var*  *master );\n\n  typedef FT_Error\n  (*FT_Set_MM_Design_Func)( FT_Face   face,\n                            FT_UInt   num_coords,\n                            FT_Long*  coords );\n\n  /* use return value -1 to indicate that the new coordinates  */\n  /* are equal to the current ones; no changes are thus needed */\n  typedef FT_Error\n  (*FT_Set_Var_Design_Func)( FT_Face    face,\n                             FT_UInt    num_coords,\n                             FT_Fixed*  coords );\n\n  /* use return value -1 to indicate that the new coordinates  */\n  /* are equal to the current ones; no changes are thus needed */\n  typedef FT_Error\n  (*FT_Set_MM_Blend_Func)( FT_Face   face,\n                           FT_UInt   num_coords,\n                           FT_Long*  coords );\n\n  typedef FT_Error\n  (*FT_Get_Var_Design_Func)( FT_Face    face,\n                             FT_UInt    num_coords,\n                             FT_Fixed*  coords );\n\n  typedef FT_Error\n  (*FT_Set_Instance_Func)( FT_Face  face,\n                           FT_UInt  instance_index );\n\n  typedef FT_Error\n  (*FT_Get_MM_Blend_Func)( FT_Face   face,\n                           FT_UInt   num_coords,\n                           FT_Long*  coords );\n\n  typedef FT_Error\n  (*FT_Get_Var_Blend_Func)( FT_Face      face,\n                            FT_UInt     *num_coords,\n                            FT_Fixed*   *coords,\n                            FT_Fixed*   *normalizedcoords,\n                            FT_MM_Var*  *mm_var );\n\n  typedef void\n  (*FT_Done_Blend_Func)( FT_Face );\n\n  typedef FT_Error\n  (*FT_Set_MM_WeightVector_Func)( FT_Face    face,\n                                  FT_UInt    len,\n                                  FT_Fixed*  weight_vector );\n\n  typedef FT_Error\n  (*FT_Get_MM_WeightVector_Func)( FT_Face    face,\n                                  FT_UInt*   len,\n                                  FT_Fixed*  weight_vector );\n\n\n  FT_DEFINE_SERVICE( MultiMasters )\n  {\n    FT_Get_MM_Func               get_mm;\n    FT_Set_MM_Design_Func        set_mm_design;\n    FT_Set_MM_Blend_Func         set_mm_blend;\n    FT_Get_MM_Blend_Func         get_mm_blend;\n    FT_Get_MM_Var_Func           get_mm_var;\n    FT_Set_Var_Design_Func       set_var_design;\n    FT_Get_Var_Design_Func       get_var_design;\n    FT_Set_Instance_Func         set_instance;\n    FT_Set_MM_WeightVector_Func  set_mm_weightvector;\n    FT_Get_MM_WeightVector_Func  get_mm_weightvector;\n\n    /* for internal use; only needed for code sharing between modules */\n    FT_Get_Var_Blend_Func  get_var_blend;\n    FT_Done_Blend_Func     done_blend;\n  };\n\n\n#define FT_DEFINE_SERVICE_MULTIMASTERSREC( class_,            \\\n                                           get_mm_,           \\\n                                           set_mm_design_,    \\\n                                           set_mm_blend_,     \\\n                                           get_mm_blend_,     \\\n                                           get_mm_var_,       \\\n                                           set_var_design_,   \\\n                                           get_var_design_,   \\\n                                           set_instance_,     \\\n                                           set_weightvector_, \\\n                                           get_weightvector_, \\\n                                           get_var_blend_,    \\\n                                           done_blend_ )      \\\n  static const FT_Service_MultiMastersRec  class_ =           \\\n  {                                                           \\\n    get_mm_,                                                  \\\n    set_mm_design_,                                           \\\n    set_mm_blend_,                                            \\\n    get_mm_blend_,                                            \\\n    get_mm_var_,                                              \\\n    set_var_design_,                                          \\\n    get_var_design_,                                          \\\n    set_instance_,                                            \\\n    set_weightvector_,                                        \\\n    get_weightvector_,                                        \\\n    get_var_blend_,                                           \\\n    done_blend_                                               \\\n  };\n\n  /* */\n\n\nFT_END_HEADER\n\n#endif /* SVMM_H_ */\n\n\n/* END */\n"
  },
  {
    "path": "Antario/LIB/freetype/freetype/internal/services/svotval.h",
    "content": "/****************************************************************************\n *\n * svotval.h\n *\n *   The FreeType OpenType validation service (specification).\n *\n * Copyright (C) 2004-2019 by\n * David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.\n *\n * This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,\n * modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project\n * license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute\n * this file you indicate that you have read the license and\n * understand and accept it fully.\n *\n */\n\n\n#ifndef SVOTVAL_H_\n#define SVOTVAL_H_\n\n#include FT_OPENTYPE_VALIDATE_H\n#include FT_INTERNAL_VALIDATE_H\n\nFT_BEGIN_HEADER\n\n\n#define FT_SERVICE_ID_OPENTYPE_VALIDATE  \"opentype-validate\"\n\n\n  typedef FT_Error\n  (*otv_validate_func)( FT_Face volatile  face,\n                        FT_UInt           ot_flags,\n                        FT_Bytes         *base,\n                        FT_Bytes         *gdef,\n                        FT_Bytes         *gpos,\n                        FT_Bytes         *gsub,\n                        FT_Bytes         *jstf );\n\n\n  FT_DEFINE_SERVICE( OTvalidate )\n  {\n    otv_validate_func  validate;\n  };\n\n  /* */\n\n\nFT_END_HEADER\n\n\n#endif /* SVOTVAL_H_ */\n\n\n/* END */\n"
  },
  {
    "path": "Antario/LIB/freetype/freetype/internal/services/svpfr.h",
    "content": "/****************************************************************************\n *\n * svpfr.h\n *\n *   Internal PFR service functions (specification).\n *\n * Copyright (C) 2003-2019 by\n * David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.\n *\n * This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,\n * modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project\n * license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute\n * this file you indicate that you have read the license and\n * understand and accept it fully.\n *\n */\n\n\n#ifndef SVPFR_H_\n#define SVPFR_H_\n\n#include FT_PFR_H\n#include FT_INTERNAL_SERVICE_H\n\n\nFT_BEGIN_HEADER\n\n\n#define FT_SERVICE_ID_PFR_METRICS  \"pfr-metrics\"\n\n\n  typedef FT_Error\n  (*FT_PFR_GetMetricsFunc)( FT_Face    face,\n                            FT_UInt   *aoutline,\n                            FT_UInt   *ametrics,\n                            FT_Fixed  *ax_scale,\n                            FT_Fixed  *ay_scale );\n\n  typedef FT_Error\n  (*FT_PFR_GetKerningFunc)( FT_Face     face,\n                            FT_UInt     left,\n                            FT_UInt     right,\n                            FT_Vector  *avector );\n\n  typedef FT_Error\n  (*FT_PFR_GetAdvanceFunc)( FT_Face   face,\n                            FT_UInt   gindex,\n                            FT_Pos   *aadvance );\n\n\n  FT_DEFINE_SERVICE( PfrMetrics )\n  {\n    FT_PFR_GetMetricsFunc  get_metrics;\n    FT_PFR_GetKerningFunc  get_kerning;\n    FT_PFR_GetAdvanceFunc  get_advance;\n\n  };\n\n /* */\n\nFT_END_HEADER\n\n#endif /* SVPFR_H_ */\n\n\n/* END */\n"
  },
  {
    "path": "Antario/LIB/freetype/freetype/internal/services/svpostnm.h",
    "content": "/****************************************************************************\n *\n * svpostnm.h\n *\n *   The FreeType PostScript name services (specification).\n *\n * Copyright (C) 2003-2019 by\n * David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.\n *\n * This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,\n * modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project\n * license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute\n * this file you indicate that you have read the license and\n * understand and accept it fully.\n *\n */\n\n\n#ifndef SVPOSTNM_H_\n#define SVPOSTNM_H_\n\n#include FT_INTERNAL_SERVICE_H\n\n\nFT_BEGIN_HEADER\n\n  /*\n   * A trivial service used to retrieve the PostScript name of a given font\n   * when available.  The `get_name' field should never be `NULL`.\n   *\n   * The corresponding function can return `NULL` to indicate that the\n   * PostScript name is not available.\n   *\n   * The name is owned by the face and will be destroyed with it.\n   */\n\n#define FT_SERVICE_ID_POSTSCRIPT_FONT_NAME  \"postscript-font-name\"\n\n\n  typedef const char*\n  (*FT_PsName_GetFunc)( FT_Face  face );\n\n\n  FT_DEFINE_SERVICE( PsFontName )\n  {\n    FT_PsName_GetFunc  get_ps_font_name;\n  };\n\n\n#define FT_DEFINE_SERVICE_PSFONTNAMEREC( class_, get_ps_font_name_ ) \\\n  static const FT_Service_PsFontNameRec  class_ =                    \\\n  {                                                                  \\\n    get_ps_font_name_                                                \\\n  };\n\n  /* */\n\n\nFT_END_HEADER\n\n\n#endif /* SVPOSTNM_H_ */\n\n\n/* END */\n"
  },
  {
    "path": "Antario/LIB/freetype/freetype/internal/services/svprop.h",
    "content": "/****************************************************************************\n *\n * svprop.h\n *\n *   The FreeType property service (specification).\n *\n * Copyright (C) 2012-2019 by\n * David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.\n *\n * This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,\n * modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project\n * license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute\n * this file you indicate that you have read the license and\n * understand and accept it fully.\n *\n */\n\n\n#ifndef SVPROP_H_\n#define SVPROP_H_\n\n\nFT_BEGIN_HEADER\n\n\n#define FT_SERVICE_ID_PROPERTIES  \"properties\"\n\n\n  typedef FT_Error\n  (*FT_Properties_SetFunc)( FT_Module    module,\n                            const char*  property_name,\n                            const void*  value,\n                            FT_Bool      value_is_string );\n\n  typedef FT_Error\n  (*FT_Properties_GetFunc)( FT_Module    module,\n                            const char*  property_name,\n                            void*        value );\n\n\n  FT_DEFINE_SERVICE( Properties )\n  {\n    FT_Properties_SetFunc  set_property;\n    FT_Properties_GetFunc  get_property;\n  };\n\n\n#define FT_DEFINE_SERVICE_PROPERTIESREC( class_,          \\\n                                         set_property_,   \\\n                                         get_property_ )  \\\n  static const FT_Service_PropertiesRec  class_ =         \\\n  {                                                       \\\n    set_property_,                                        \\\n    get_property_                                         \\\n  };\n\n  /* */\n\n\nFT_END_HEADER\n\n\n#endif /* SVPROP_H_ */\n\n\n/* END */\n"
  },
  {
    "path": "Antario/LIB/freetype/freetype/internal/services/svpscmap.h",
    "content": "/****************************************************************************\n *\n * svpscmap.h\n *\n *   The FreeType PostScript charmap service (specification).\n *\n * Copyright (C) 2003-2019 by\n * David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.\n *\n * This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,\n * modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project\n * license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute\n * this file you indicate that you have read the license and\n * understand and accept it fully.\n *\n */\n\n\n#ifndef SVPSCMAP_H_\n#define SVPSCMAP_H_\n\n#include FT_INTERNAL_OBJECTS_H\n\n\nFT_BEGIN_HEADER\n\n\n#define FT_SERVICE_ID_POSTSCRIPT_CMAPS  \"postscript-cmaps\"\n\n\n  /*\n   * Adobe glyph name to unicode value.\n   */\n  typedef FT_UInt32\n  (*PS_Unicode_ValueFunc)( const char*  glyph_name );\n\n  /*\n   * Macintosh name id to glyph name.  `NULL` if invalid index.\n   */\n  typedef const char*\n  (*PS_Macintosh_NameFunc)( FT_UInt  name_index );\n\n  /*\n   * Adobe standard string ID to glyph name.  `NULL` if invalid index.\n   */\n  typedef const char*\n  (*PS_Adobe_Std_StringsFunc)( FT_UInt  string_index );\n\n\n  /*\n   * Simple unicode -> glyph index charmap built from font glyph names table.\n   */\n  typedef struct  PS_UniMap_\n  {\n    FT_UInt32  unicode;      /* bit 31 set: is glyph variant */\n    FT_UInt    glyph_index;\n\n  } PS_UniMap;\n\n\n  typedef struct PS_UnicodesRec_*  PS_Unicodes;\n\n  typedef struct  PS_UnicodesRec_\n  {\n    FT_CMapRec  cmap;\n    FT_UInt     num_maps;\n    PS_UniMap*  maps;\n\n  } PS_UnicodesRec;\n\n\n  /*\n   * A function which returns a glyph name for a given index.  Returns\n   * `NULL` if invalid index.\n   */\n  typedef const char*\n  (*PS_GetGlyphNameFunc)( FT_Pointer  data,\n                          FT_UInt     string_index );\n\n  /*\n   * A function used to release the glyph name returned by\n   * PS_GetGlyphNameFunc, when needed\n   */\n  typedef void\n  (*PS_FreeGlyphNameFunc)( FT_Pointer  data,\n                           const char*  name );\n\n  typedef FT_Error\n  (*PS_Unicodes_InitFunc)( FT_Memory             memory,\n                           PS_Unicodes           unicodes,\n                           FT_UInt               num_glyphs,\n                           PS_GetGlyphNameFunc   get_glyph_name,\n                           PS_FreeGlyphNameFunc  free_glyph_name,\n                           FT_Pointer            glyph_data );\n\n  typedef FT_UInt\n  (*PS_Unicodes_CharIndexFunc)( PS_Unicodes  unicodes,\n                                FT_UInt32    unicode );\n\n  typedef FT_UInt32\n  (*PS_Unicodes_CharNextFunc)( PS_Unicodes  unicodes,\n                               FT_UInt32   *unicode );\n\n\n  FT_DEFINE_SERVICE( PsCMaps )\n  {\n    PS_Unicode_ValueFunc       unicode_value;\n\n    PS_Unicodes_InitFunc       unicodes_init;\n    PS_Unicodes_CharIndexFunc  unicodes_char_index;\n    PS_Unicodes_CharNextFunc   unicodes_char_next;\n\n    PS_Macintosh_NameFunc      macintosh_name;\n    PS_Adobe_Std_StringsFunc   adobe_std_strings;\n    const unsigned short*      adobe_std_encoding;\n    const unsigned short*      adobe_expert_encoding;\n  };\n\n\n#define FT_DEFINE_SERVICE_PSCMAPSREC( class_,                               \\\n                                      unicode_value_,                       \\\n                                      unicodes_init_,                       \\\n                                      unicodes_char_index_,                 \\\n                                      unicodes_char_next_,                  \\\n                                      macintosh_name_,                      \\\n                                      adobe_std_strings_,                   \\\n                                      adobe_std_encoding_,                  \\\n                                      adobe_expert_encoding_ )              \\\n  static const FT_Service_PsCMapsRec  class_ =                              \\\n  {                                                                         \\\n    unicode_value_, unicodes_init_,                                         \\\n    unicodes_char_index_, unicodes_char_next_, macintosh_name_,             \\\n    adobe_std_strings_, adobe_std_encoding_, adobe_expert_encoding_         \\\n  };\n\n  /* */\n\n\nFT_END_HEADER\n\n\n#endif /* SVPSCMAP_H_ */\n\n\n/* END */\n"
  },
  {
    "path": "Antario/LIB/freetype/freetype/internal/services/svpsinfo.h",
    "content": "/****************************************************************************\n *\n * svpsinfo.h\n *\n *   The FreeType PostScript info service (specification).\n *\n * Copyright (C) 2003-2019 by\n * David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.\n *\n * This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,\n * modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project\n * license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute\n * this file you indicate that you have read the license and\n * understand and accept it fully.\n *\n */\n\n\n#ifndef SVPSINFO_H_\n#define SVPSINFO_H_\n\n#include FT_INTERNAL_SERVICE_H\n#include FT_INTERNAL_TYPE1_TYPES_H\n\n\nFT_BEGIN_HEADER\n\n\n#define FT_SERVICE_ID_POSTSCRIPT_INFO  \"postscript-info\"\n\n\n  typedef FT_Error\n  (*PS_GetFontInfoFunc)( FT_Face          face,\n                         PS_FontInfoRec*  afont_info );\n\n  typedef FT_Error\n  (*PS_GetFontExtraFunc)( FT_Face           face,\n                          PS_FontExtraRec*  afont_extra );\n\n  typedef FT_Int\n  (*PS_HasGlyphNamesFunc)( FT_Face  face );\n\n  typedef FT_Error\n  (*PS_GetFontPrivateFunc)( FT_Face         face,\n                            PS_PrivateRec*  afont_private );\n\n  typedef FT_Long\n  (*PS_GetFontValueFunc)( FT_Face       face,\n                          PS_Dict_Keys  key,\n                          FT_UInt       idx,\n                          void         *value,\n                          FT_Long       value_len );\n\n\n  FT_DEFINE_SERVICE( PsInfo )\n  {\n    PS_GetFontInfoFunc     ps_get_font_info;\n    PS_GetFontExtraFunc    ps_get_font_extra;\n    PS_HasGlyphNamesFunc   ps_has_glyph_names;\n    PS_GetFontPrivateFunc  ps_get_font_private;\n    PS_GetFontValueFunc    ps_get_font_value;\n  };\n\n\n#define FT_DEFINE_SERVICE_PSINFOREC( class_,                     \\\n                                     get_font_info_,             \\\n                                     ps_get_font_extra_,         \\\n                                     has_glyph_names_,           \\\n                                     get_font_private_,          \\\n                                     get_font_value_ )           \\\n  static const FT_Service_PsInfoRec  class_ =                    \\\n  {                                                              \\\n    get_font_info_, ps_get_font_extra_, has_glyph_names_,        \\\n    get_font_private_, get_font_value_                           \\\n  };\n\n  /* */\n\n\nFT_END_HEADER\n\n\n#endif /* SVPSINFO_H_ */\n\n\n/* END */\n"
  },
  {
    "path": "Antario/LIB/freetype/freetype/internal/services/svsfnt.h",
    "content": "/****************************************************************************\n *\n * svsfnt.h\n *\n *   The FreeType SFNT table loading service (specification).\n *\n * Copyright (C) 2003-2019 by\n * David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.\n *\n * This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,\n * modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project\n * license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute\n * this file you indicate that you have read the license and\n * understand and accept it fully.\n *\n */\n\n\n#ifndef SVSFNT_H_\n#define SVSFNT_H_\n\n#include FT_INTERNAL_SERVICE_H\n#include FT_TRUETYPE_TABLES_H\n\n\nFT_BEGIN_HEADER\n\n\n  /*\n   * SFNT table loading service.\n   */\n\n#define FT_SERVICE_ID_SFNT_TABLE  \"sfnt-table\"\n\n\n  /*\n   * Used to implement FT_Load_Sfnt_Table().\n   */\n  typedef FT_Error\n  (*FT_SFNT_TableLoadFunc)( FT_Face    face,\n                            FT_ULong   tag,\n                            FT_Long    offset,\n                            FT_Byte*   buffer,\n                            FT_ULong*  length );\n\n  /*\n   * Used to implement FT_Get_Sfnt_Table().\n   */\n  typedef void*\n  (*FT_SFNT_TableGetFunc)( FT_Face      face,\n                           FT_Sfnt_Tag  tag );\n\n\n  /*\n   * Used to implement FT_Sfnt_Table_Info().\n   */\n  typedef FT_Error\n  (*FT_SFNT_TableInfoFunc)( FT_Face    face,\n                            FT_UInt    idx,\n                            FT_ULong  *tag,\n                            FT_ULong  *offset,\n                            FT_ULong  *length );\n\n\n  FT_DEFINE_SERVICE( SFNT_Table )\n  {\n    FT_SFNT_TableLoadFunc  load_table;\n    FT_SFNT_TableGetFunc   get_table;\n    FT_SFNT_TableInfoFunc  table_info;\n  };\n\n\n#define FT_DEFINE_SERVICE_SFNT_TABLEREC( class_, load_, get_, info_ )  \\\n  static const FT_Service_SFNT_TableRec  class_ =                      \\\n  {                                                                    \\\n    load_, get_, info_                                                 \\\n  };\n\n  /* */\n\n\nFT_END_HEADER\n\n\n#endif /* SVSFNT_H_ */\n\n\n/* END */\n"
  },
  {
    "path": "Antario/LIB/freetype/freetype/internal/services/svttcmap.h",
    "content": "/****************************************************************************\n *\n * svttcmap.h\n *\n *   The FreeType TrueType/sfnt cmap extra information service.\n *\n * Copyright (C) 2003-2019 by\n * Masatake YAMATO, Redhat K.K.,\n * David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.\n *\n * This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,\n * modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project\n * license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute\n * this file you indicate that you have read the license and\n * understand and accept it fully.\n *\n */\n\n/* Development of this service is support of\n   Information-technology Promotion Agency, Japan. */\n\n#ifndef SVTTCMAP_H_\n#define SVTTCMAP_H_\n\n#include FT_INTERNAL_SERVICE_H\n#include FT_TRUETYPE_TABLES_H\n\n\nFT_BEGIN_HEADER\n\n\n#define FT_SERVICE_ID_TT_CMAP  \"tt-cmaps\"\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @struct:\n   *   TT_CMapInfo\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   A structure used to store TrueType/sfnt specific cmap information\n   *   which is not covered by the generic @FT_CharMap structure.  This\n   *   structure can be accessed with the @FT_Get_TT_CMap_Info function.\n   *\n   * @fields:\n   *   language ::\n   *     The language ID used in Mac fonts.  Definitions of values are in\n   *     `ttnameid.h`.\n   *\n   *   format ::\n   *     The cmap format.  OpenType 1.6 defines the formats 0 (byte encoding\n   *     table), 2~(high-byte mapping through table), 4~(segment mapping to\n   *     delta values), 6~(trimmed table mapping), 8~(mixed 16-bit and 32-bit\n   *     coverage), 10~(trimmed array), 12~(segmented coverage), 13~(last\n   *     resort font), and 14 (Unicode Variation Sequences).\n   */\n  typedef struct  TT_CMapInfo_\n  {\n    FT_ULong  language;\n    FT_Long   format;\n\n  } TT_CMapInfo;\n\n\n  typedef FT_Error\n  (*TT_CMap_Info_GetFunc)( FT_CharMap    charmap,\n                           TT_CMapInfo  *cmap_info );\n\n\n  FT_DEFINE_SERVICE( TTCMaps )\n  {\n    TT_CMap_Info_GetFunc  get_cmap_info;\n  };\n\n\n#define FT_DEFINE_SERVICE_TTCMAPSREC( class_, get_cmap_info_ )  \\\n  static const FT_Service_TTCMapsRec  class_ =                  \\\n  {                                                             \\\n    get_cmap_info_                                              \\\n  };\n\n  /* */\n\n\nFT_END_HEADER\n\n#endif /* SVTTCMAP_H_ */\n\n\n/* END */\n"
  },
  {
    "path": "Antario/LIB/freetype/freetype/internal/services/svtteng.h",
    "content": "/****************************************************************************\n *\n * svtteng.h\n *\n *   The FreeType TrueType engine query service (specification).\n *\n * Copyright (C) 2006-2019 by\n * David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.\n *\n * This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,\n * modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project\n * license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute\n * this file you indicate that you have read the license and\n * understand and accept it fully.\n *\n */\n\n\n#ifndef SVTTENG_H_\n#define SVTTENG_H_\n\n#include FT_INTERNAL_SERVICE_H\n#include FT_MODULE_H\n\n\nFT_BEGIN_HEADER\n\n\n  /*\n   * SFNT table loading service.\n   */\n\n#define FT_SERVICE_ID_TRUETYPE_ENGINE  \"truetype-engine\"\n\n  /*\n   * Used to implement FT_Get_TrueType_Engine_Type\n   */\n\n  FT_DEFINE_SERVICE( TrueTypeEngine )\n  {\n    FT_TrueTypeEngineType  engine_type;\n  };\n\n  /* */\n\n\nFT_END_HEADER\n\n\n#endif /* SVTTENG_H_ */\n\n\n/* END */\n"
  },
  {
    "path": "Antario/LIB/freetype/freetype/internal/services/svttglyf.h",
    "content": "/****************************************************************************\n *\n * svttglyf.h\n *\n *   The FreeType TrueType glyph service.\n *\n * Copyright (C) 2007-2019 by\n * David Turner.\n *\n * This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,\n * modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project\n * license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute\n * this file you indicate that you have read the license and\n * understand and accept it fully.\n *\n */\n\n#ifndef SVTTGLYF_H_\n#define SVTTGLYF_H_\n\n#include FT_INTERNAL_SERVICE_H\n#include FT_TRUETYPE_TABLES_H\n\n\nFT_BEGIN_HEADER\n\n\n#define FT_SERVICE_ID_TT_GLYF  \"tt-glyf\"\n\n\n  typedef FT_ULong\n  (*TT_Glyf_GetLocationFunc)( FT_Face    face,\n                              FT_UInt    gindex,\n                              FT_ULong  *psize );\n\n  FT_DEFINE_SERVICE( TTGlyf )\n  {\n    TT_Glyf_GetLocationFunc  get_location;\n  };\n\n\n#define FT_DEFINE_SERVICE_TTGLYFREC( class_, get_location_ )  \\\n  static const FT_Service_TTGlyfRec  class_ =                 \\\n  {                                                           \\\n    get_location_                                             \\\n  };\n\n  /* */\n\n\nFT_END_HEADER\n\n#endif /* SVTTGLYF_H_ */\n\n\n/* END */\n"
  },
  {
    "path": "Antario/LIB/freetype/freetype/internal/services/svwinfnt.h",
    "content": "/****************************************************************************\n *\n * svwinfnt.h\n *\n *   The FreeType Windows FNT/FONT service (specification).\n *\n * Copyright (C) 2003-2019 by\n * David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.\n *\n * This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,\n * modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project\n * license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute\n * this file you indicate that you have read the license and\n * understand and accept it fully.\n *\n */\n\n\n#ifndef SVWINFNT_H_\n#define SVWINFNT_H_\n\n#include FT_INTERNAL_SERVICE_H\n#include FT_WINFONTS_H\n\n\nFT_BEGIN_HEADER\n\n\n#define FT_SERVICE_ID_WINFNT  \"winfonts\"\n\n  typedef FT_Error\n  (*FT_WinFnt_GetHeaderFunc)( FT_Face               face,\n                              FT_WinFNT_HeaderRec  *aheader );\n\n\n  FT_DEFINE_SERVICE( WinFnt )\n  {\n    FT_WinFnt_GetHeaderFunc  get_header;\n  };\n\n  /* */\n\n\nFT_END_HEADER\n\n\n#endif /* SVWINFNT_H_ */\n\n\n/* END */\n"
  },
  {
    "path": "Antario/LIB/freetype/freetype/internal/sfnt.h",
    "content": "/****************************************************************************\n *\n * sfnt.h\n *\n *   High-level 'sfnt' driver interface (specification).\n *\n * Copyright (C) 1996-2019 by\n * David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.\n *\n * This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,\n * modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project\n * license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute\n * this file you indicate that you have read the license and\n * understand and accept it fully.\n *\n */\n\n\n#ifndef SFNT_H_\n#define SFNT_H_\n\n\n#include <ft2build.h>\n#include FT_INTERNAL_DRIVER_H\n#include FT_INTERNAL_TRUETYPE_TYPES_H\n\n\nFT_BEGIN_HEADER\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @functype:\n   *   TT_Init_Face_Func\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   First part of the SFNT face object initialization.  This finds the\n   *   face in a SFNT file or collection, and load its format tag in\n   *   face->format_tag.\n   *\n   * @input:\n   *   stream ::\n   *     The input stream.\n   *\n   *   face ::\n   *     A handle to the target face object.\n   *\n   *   face_index ::\n   *     The index of the TrueType font, if we are opening a collection, in\n   *     bits 0-15.  The numbered instance index~+~1 of a GX (sub)font, if\n   *     applicable, in bits 16-30.\n   *\n   *   num_params ::\n   *     The number of additional parameters.\n   *\n   *   params ::\n   *     Optional additional parameters.\n   *\n   * @return:\n   *   FreeType error code.  0 means success.\n   *\n   * @note:\n   *   The stream cursor must be at the font file's origin.\n   *\n   *   This function recognizes fonts embedded in a 'TrueType collection'.\n   *\n   *   Once the format tag has been validated by the font driver, it should\n   *   then call the TT_Load_Face_Func() callback to read the rest of the\n   *   SFNT tables in the object.\n   */\n  typedef FT_Error\n  (*TT_Init_Face_Func)( FT_Stream      stream,\n                        TT_Face        face,\n                        FT_Int         face_index,\n                        FT_Int         num_params,\n                        FT_Parameter*  params );\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @functype:\n   *   TT_Load_Face_Func\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   Second part of the SFNT face object initialization.  This loads the\n   *   common SFNT tables (head, OS/2, maxp, metrics, etc.) in the face\n   *   object.\n   *\n   * @input:\n   *   stream ::\n   *     The input stream.\n   *\n   *   face ::\n   *     A handle to the target face object.\n   *\n   *   face_index ::\n   *     The index of the TrueType font, if we are opening a collection, in\n   *     bits 0-15.  The numbered instance index~+~1 of a GX (sub)font, if\n   *     applicable, in bits 16-30.\n   *\n   *   num_params ::\n   *     The number of additional parameters.\n   *\n   *   params ::\n   *     Optional additional parameters.\n   *\n   * @return:\n   *   FreeType error code.  0 means success.\n   *\n   * @note:\n   *   This function must be called after TT_Init_Face_Func().\n   */\n  typedef FT_Error\n  (*TT_Load_Face_Func)( FT_Stream      stream,\n                        TT_Face        face,\n                        FT_Int         face_index,\n                        FT_Int         num_params,\n                        FT_Parameter*  params );\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @functype:\n   *   TT_Done_Face_Func\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   A callback used to delete the common SFNT data from a face.\n   *\n   * @input:\n   *   face ::\n   *     A handle to the target face object.\n   *\n   * @note:\n   *   This function does NOT destroy the face object.\n   */\n  typedef void\n  (*TT_Done_Face_Func)( TT_Face  face );\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @functype:\n   *   TT_Load_Any_Func\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   Load any font table into client memory.\n   *\n   * @input:\n   *   face ::\n   *     The face object to look for.\n   *\n   *   tag ::\n   *     The tag of table to load.  Use the value 0 if you want to access the\n   *     whole font file, else set this parameter to a valid TrueType table\n   *     tag that you can forge with the MAKE_TT_TAG macro.\n   *\n   *   offset ::\n   *     The starting offset in the table (or the file if tag == 0).\n   *\n   *   length ::\n   *     The address of the decision variable:\n   *\n   *     If `length == NULL`: Loads the whole table.  Returns an error if\n   *     'offset' == 0!\n   *\n   *     If `*length == 0`: Exits immediately; returning the length of the\n   *     given table or of the font file, depending on the value of 'tag'.\n   *\n   *     If `*length != 0`: Loads the next 'length' bytes of table or font,\n   *     starting at offset 'offset' (in table or font too).\n   *\n   * @output:\n   *   buffer ::\n   *     The address of target buffer.\n   *\n   * @return:\n   *   TrueType error code.  0 means success.\n   */\n  typedef FT_Error\n  (*TT_Load_Any_Func)( TT_Face    face,\n                       FT_ULong   tag,\n                       FT_Long    offset,\n                       FT_Byte   *buffer,\n                       FT_ULong*  length );\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @functype:\n   *   TT_Find_SBit_Image_Func\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   Check whether an embedded bitmap (an 'sbit') exists for a given glyph,\n   *   at a given strike.\n   *\n   * @input:\n   *   face ::\n   *     The target face object.\n   *\n   *   glyph_index ::\n   *     The glyph index.\n   *\n   *   strike_index ::\n   *     The current strike index.\n   *\n   * @output:\n   *   arange ::\n   *     The SBit range containing the glyph index.\n   *\n   *   astrike ::\n   *     The SBit strike containing the glyph index.\n   *\n   *   aglyph_offset ::\n   *     The offset of the glyph data in 'EBDT' table.\n   *\n   * @return:\n   *   FreeType error code.  0 means success.  Returns\n   *   SFNT_Err_Invalid_Argument if no sbit exists for the requested glyph.\n   */\n  typedef FT_Error\n  (*TT_Find_SBit_Image_Func)( TT_Face          face,\n                              FT_UInt          glyph_index,\n                              FT_ULong         strike_index,\n                              TT_SBit_Range   *arange,\n                              TT_SBit_Strike  *astrike,\n                              FT_ULong        *aglyph_offset );\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @functype:\n   *   TT_Load_SBit_Metrics_Func\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   Get the big metrics for a given embedded bitmap.\n   *\n   * @input:\n   *   stream ::\n   *     The input stream.\n   *\n   *   range ::\n   *     The SBit range containing the glyph.\n   *\n   * @output:\n   *   big_metrics ::\n   *     A big SBit metrics structure for the glyph.\n   *\n   * @return:\n   *   FreeType error code.  0 means success.\n   *\n   * @note:\n   *   The stream cursor must be positioned at the glyph's offset within the\n   *   'EBDT' table before the call.\n   *\n   *   If the image format uses variable metrics, the stream cursor is\n   *   positioned just after the metrics header in the 'EBDT' table on\n   *   function exit.\n   */\n  typedef FT_Error\n  (*TT_Load_SBit_Metrics_Func)( FT_Stream        stream,\n                                TT_SBit_Range    range,\n                                TT_SBit_Metrics  metrics );\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @functype:\n   *   TT_Load_SBit_Image_Func\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   Load a given glyph sbit image from the font resource.  This also\n   *   returns its metrics.\n   *\n   * @input:\n   *   face ::\n   *     The target face object.\n   *\n   *   strike_index ::\n   *     The strike index.\n   *\n   *   glyph_index ::\n   *     The current glyph index.\n   *\n   *   load_flags ::\n   *     The current load flags.\n   *\n   *   stream ::\n   *     The input stream.\n   *\n   * @output:\n   *   amap ::\n   *     The target pixmap.\n   *\n   *   ametrics ::\n   *     A big sbit metrics structure for the glyph image.\n   *\n   * @return:\n   *   FreeType error code.  0 means success.  Returns an error if no glyph\n   *   sbit exists for the index.\n   *\n   * @note:\n   *   The `map.buffer` field is always freed before the glyph is loaded.\n   */\n  typedef FT_Error\n  (*TT_Load_SBit_Image_Func)( TT_Face              face,\n                              FT_ULong             strike_index,\n                              FT_UInt              glyph_index,\n                              FT_UInt              load_flags,\n                              FT_Stream            stream,\n                              FT_Bitmap           *amap,\n                              TT_SBit_MetricsRec  *ametrics );\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @functype:\n   *   TT_Set_SBit_Strike_Func\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   Select an sbit strike for a given size request.\n   *\n   * @input:\n   *   face ::\n   *     The target face object.\n   *\n   *   req ::\n   *     The size request.\n   *\n   * @output:\n   *   astrike_index ::\n   *     The index of the sbit strike.\n   *\n   * @return:\n   *   FreeType error code.  0 means success.  Returns an error if no sbit\n   *   strike exists for the selected ppem values.\n   */\n  typedef FT_Error\n  (*TT_Set_SBit_Strike_Func)( TT_Face          face,\n                              FT_Size_Request  req,\n                              FT_ULong*        astrike_index );\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @functype:\n   *   TT_Load_Strike_Metrics_Func\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   Load the metrics of a given strike.\n   *\n   * @input:\n   *   face ::\n   *     The target face object.\n   *\n   *   strike_index ::\n   *     The strike index.\n   *\n   * @output:\n   *   metrics ::\n   *     the metrics of the strike.\n   *\n   * @return:\n   *   FreeType error code.  0 means success.  Returns an error if no such\n   *   sbit strike exists.\n   */\n  typedef FT_Error\n  (*TT_Load_Strike_Metrics_Func)( TT_Face           face,\n                                  FT_ULong          strike_index,\n                                  FT_Size_Metrics*  metrics );\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @functype:\n   *   TT_Get_PS_Name_Func\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   Get the PostScript glyph name of a glyph.\n   *\n   * @input:\n   *   idx ::\n   *     The glyph index.\n   *\n   *   PSname ::\n   *     The address of a string pointer.  Will be `NULL` in case of error,\n   *     otherwise it is a pointer to the glyph name.\n   *\n   *     You must not modify the returned string!\n   *\n   * @output:\n   *   FreeType error code.  0 means success.\n   */\n  typedef FT_Error\n  (*TT_Get_PS_Name_Func)( TT_Face      face,\n                          FT_UInt      idx,\n                          FT_String**  PSname );\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @functype:\n   *   TT_Load_Metrics_Func\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   Load a metrics table, which is a table with a horizontal and a\n   *   vertical version.\n   *\n   * @input:\n   *   face ::\n   *     A handle to the target face object.\n   *\n   *   stream ::\n   *     The input stream.\n   *\n   *   vertical ::\n   *     A boolean flag.  If set, load the vertical one.\n   *\n   * @return:\n   *   FreeType error code.  0 means success.\n   */\n  typedef FT_Error\n  (*TT_Load_Metrics_Func)( TT_Face    face,\n                           FT_Stream  stream,\n                           FT_Bool    vertical );\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @functype:\n   *   TT_Get_Metrics_Func\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   Load the horizontal or vertical header in a face object.\n   *\n   * @input:\n   *   face ::\n   *     A handle to the target face object.\n   *\n   *   vertical ::\n   *     A boolean flag.  If set, load vertical metrics.\n   *\n   *   gindex ::\n   *     The glyph index.\n   *\n   * @output:\n   *   abearing ::\n   *     The horizontal (or vertical) bearing.  Set to zero in case of error.\n   *\n   *   aadvance ::\n   *     The horizontal (or vertical) advance.  Set to zero in case of error.\n   */\n  typedef void\n  (*TT_Get_Metrics_Func)( TT_Face     face,\n                          FT_Bool     vertical,\n                          FT_UInt     gindex,\n                          FT_Short*   abearing,\n                          FT_UShort*  aadvance );\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @functype:\n   *   TT_Set_Palette_Func\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   Load the colors into `face->palette` for a given palette index.\n   *\n   * @input:\n   *   face ::\n   *     The target face object.\n   *\n   *   idx ::\n   *     The palette index.\n   *\n   * @return:\n   *   FreeType error code.  0 means success.\n   */\n  typedef FT_Error\n  (*TT_Set_Palette_Func)( TT_Face  face,\n                          FT_UInt  idx );\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @functype:\n   *   TT_Get_Colr_Layer_Func\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   Iteratively get the color layer data of a given glyph index.\n   *\n   * @input:\n   *   face ::\n   *     The target face object.\n   *\n   *   base_glyph ::\n   *     The glyph index the colored glyph layers are associated with.\n   *\n   * @inout:\n   *   iterator ::\n   *     An @FT_LayerIterator object.  For the first call you should set\n   *     `iterator->p` to `NULL`.  For all following calls, simply use the\n   *     same object again.\n   *\n   * @output:\n   *   aglyph_index ::\n   *     The glyph index of the current layer.\n   *\n   *   acolor_index ::\n   *     The color index into the font face's color palette of the current\n   *     layer.  The value 0xFFFF is special; it doesn't reference a palette\n   *     entry but indicates that the text foreground color should be used\n   *     instead (to be set up by the application outside of FreeType).\n   *\n   * @return:\n   *   Value~1 if everything is OK.  If there are no more layers (or if there\n   *   are no layers at all), value~0 gets returned.  In case of an error,\n   *   value~0 is returned also.\n   */\n  typedef FT_Bool\n  (*TT_Get_Colr_Layer_Func)( TT_Face            face,\n                             FT_UInt            base_glyph,\n                             FT_UInt           *aglyph_index,\n                             FT_UInt           *acolor_index,\n                             FT_LayerIterator*  iterator );\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @functype:\n   *   TT_Blend_Colr_Func\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   Blend the bitmap in `new_glyph` into `base_glyph` using the color\n   *   specified by `color_index`.  If `color_index` is 0xFFFF, use\n   *   `face->foreground_color` if `face->have_foreground_color` is set.\n   *   Otherwise check `face->palette_data.palette_flags`: If present and\n   *   @FT_PALETTE_FOR_DARK_BACKGROUND is set, use BGRA value 0xFFFFFFFF\n   *   (white opaque).  Otherwise use BGRA value 0x000000FF (black opaque).\n   *\n   * @input:\n   *   face ::\n   *     The target face object.\n   *\n   *   color_index ::\n   *     Color index from the COLR table.\n   *\n   *   base_glyph ::\n   *     Slot for bitmap to be merged into.  The underlying bitmap may get\n   *     reallocated.\n   *\n   *   new_glyph ::\n   *     Slot to be incooperated into `base_glyph`.\n   *\n   * @return:\n   *   FreeType error code.  0 means success.  Returns an error if\n   *   color_index is invalid or reallocation fails.\n   */\n  typedef FT_Error\n  (*TT_Blend_Colr_Func)( TT_Face       face,\n                         FT_UInt       color_index,\n                         FT_GlyphSlot  base_glyph,\n                         FT_GlyphSlot  new_glyph );\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @functype:\n   *   TT_Get_Name_Func\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   From the 'name' table, return a given ENGLISH name record in ASCII.\n   *\n   * @input:\n   *   face ::\n   *     A handle to the source face object.\n   *\n   *   nameid ::\n   *     The name id of the name record to return.\n   *\n   * @inout:\n   *   name ::\n   *     The address of an allocated string pointer.  `NULL` if no name is\n   *     present.\n   *\n   * @return:\n   *   FreeType error code.  0 means success.\n   */\n  typedef FT_Error\n  (*TT_Get_Name_Func)( TT_Face      face,\n                       FT_UShort    nameid,\n                       FT_String**  name );\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @functype:\n   *   TT_Get_Name_ID_Func\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   Search whether an ENGLISH version for a given name ID is in the 'name'\n   *   table.\n   *\n   * @input:\n   *   face ::\n   *     A handle to the source face object.\n   *\n   *   nameid ::\n   *     The name id of the name record to return.\n   *\n   * @output:\n   *   win ::\n   *     If non-negative, an index into the 'name' table with the\n   *     corresponding (3,1) or (3,0) Windows entry.\n   *\n   *   apple ::\n   *     If non-negative, an index into the 'name' table with the\n   *     corresponding (1,0) Apple entry.\n   *\n   * @return:\n   *   1 if there is either a win or apple entry (or both), 0 otheriwse.\n   */\n  typedef FT_Bool\n  (*TT_Get_Name_ID_Func)( TT_Face    face,\n                          FT_UShort  nameid,\n                          FT_Int    *win,\n                          FT_Int    *apple );\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @functype:\n   *   TT_Load_Table_Func\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   Load a given TrueType table.\n   *\n   * @input:\n   *   face ::\n   *     A handle to the target face object.\n   *\n   *   stream ::\n   *     The input stream.\n   *\n   * @return:\n   *   FreeType error code.  0 means success.\n   *\n   * @note:\n   *   The function uses `face->goto_table` to seek the stream to the start\n   *   of the table, except while loading the font directory.\n   */\n  typedef FT_Error\n  (*TT_Load_Table_Func)( TT_Face    face,\n                         FT_Stream  stream );\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @functype:\n   *   TT_Free_Table_Func\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   Free a given TrueType table.\n   *\n   * @input:\n   *   face ::\n   *     A handle to the target face object.\n   */\n  typedef void\n  (*TT_Free_Table_Func)( TT_Face  face );\n\n\n  /*\n   * @functype:\n   *    TT_Face_GetKerningFunc\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *    Return the horizontal kerning value between two glyphs.\n   *\n   * @input:\n   *    face ::\n   *      A handle to the source face object.\n   *\n   *    left_glyph ::\n   *      The left glyph index.\n   *\n   *    right_glyph ::\n   *      The right glyph index.\n   *\n   * @return:\n   *    The kerning value in font units.\n   */\n  typedef FT_Int\n  (*TT_Face_GetKerningFunc)( TT_Face  face,\n                             FT_UInt  left_glyph,\n                             FT_UInt  right_glyph );\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @struct:\n   *   SFNT_Interface\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   This structure holds pointers to the functions used to load and free\n   *   the basic tables that are required in a 'sfnt' font file.\n   *\n   * @fields:\n   *   Check the various xxx_Func() descriptions for details.\n   */\n  typedef struct  SFNT_Interface_\n  {\n    TT_Loader_GotoTableFunc      goto_table;\n\n    TT_Init_Face_Func            init_face;\n    TT_Load_Face_Func            load_face;\n    TT_Done_Face_Func            done_face;\n    FT_Module_Requester          get_interface;\n\n    TT_Load_Any_Func             load_any;\n\n    /* these functions are called by `load_face' but they can also  */\n    /* be called from external modules, if there is a need to do so */\n    TT_Load_Table_Func           load_head;\n    TT_Load_Metrics_Func         load_hhea;\n    TT_Load_Table_Func           load_cmap;\n    TT_Load_Table_Func           load_maxp;\n    TT_Load_Table_Func           load_os2;\n    TT_Load_Table_Func           load_post;\n\n    TT_Load_Table_Func           load_name;\n    TT_Free_Table_Func           free_name;\n\n    /* this field was called `load_kerning' up to version 2.1.10 */\n    TT_Load_Table_Func           load_kern;\n\n    TT_Load_Table_Func           load_gasp;\n    TT_Load_Table_Func           load_pclt;\n\n    /* see `ttload.h'; this field was called `load_bitmap_header' up to */\n    /* version 2.1.10                                                   */\n    TT_Load_Table_Func           load_bhed;\n\n    TT_Load_SBit_Image_Func      load_sbit_image;\n\n    /* see `ttpost.h' */\n    TT_Get_PS_Name_Func          get_psname;\n    TT_Free_Table_Func           free_psnames;\n\n    /* starting here, the structure differs from version 2.1.7 */\n\n    /* this field was introduced in version 2.1.8, named `get_psname' */\n    TT_Face_GetKerningFunc       get_kerning;\n\n    /* new elements introduced after version 2.1.10 */\n\n    /* load the font directory, i.e., the offset table and */\n    /* the table directory                                 */\n    TT_Load_Table_Func           load_font_dir;\n    TT_Load_Metrics_Func         load_hmtx;\n\n    TT_Load_Table_Func           load_eblc;\n    TT_Free_Table_Func           free_eblc;\n\n    TT_Set_SBit_Strike_Func      set_sbit_strike;\n    TT_Load_Strike_Metrics_Func  load_strike_metrics;\n\n    TT_Load_Table_Func           load_cpal;\n    TT_Load_Table_Func           load_colr;\n    TT_Free_Table_Func           free_cpal;\n    TT_Free_Table_Func           free_colr;\n    TT_Set_Palette_Func          set_palette;\n    TT_Get_Colr_Layer_Func       get_colr_layer;\n    TT_Blend_Colr_Func           colr_blend;\n\n    TT_Get_Metrics_Func          get_metrics;\n\n    TT_Get_Name_Func             get_name;\n    TT_Get_Name_ID_Func          get_name_id;\n\n  } SFNT_Interface;\n\n\n  /* transitional */\n  typedef SFNT_Interface*   SFNT_Service;\n\n\n#define FT_DEFINE_SFNT_INTERFACE(        \\\n          class_,                        \\\n          goto_table_,                   \\\n          init_face_,                    \\\n          load_face_,                    \\\n          done_face_,                    \\\n          get_interface_,                \\\n          load_any_,                     \\\n          load_head_,                    \\\n          load_hhea_,                    \\\n          load_cmap_,                    \\\n          load_maxp_,                    \\\n          load_os2_,                     \\\n          load_post_,                    \\\n          load_name_,                    \\\n          free_name_,                    \\\n          load_kern_,                    \\\n          load_gasp_,                    \\\n          load_pclt_,                    \\\n          load_bhed_,                    \\\n          load_sbit_image_,              \\\n          get_psname_,                   \\\n          free_psnames_,                 \\\n          get_kerning_,                  \\\n          load_font_dir_,                \\\n          load_hmtx_,                    \\\n          load_eblc_,                    \\\n          free_eblc_,                    \\\n          set_sbit_strike_,              \\\n          load_strike_metrics_,          \\\n          load_cpal_,                    \\\n          load_colr_,                    \\\n          free_cpal_,                    \\\n          free_colr_,                    \\\n          set_palette_,                  \\\n          get_colr_layer_,               \\\n          colr_blend_,                   \\\n          get_metrics_,                  \\\n          get_name_,                     \\\n          get_name_id_ )                 \\\n  static const SFNT_Interface  class_ =  \\\n  {                                      \\\n    goto_table_,                         \\\n    init_face_,                          \\\n    load_face_,                          \\\n    done_face_,                          \\\n    get_interface_,                      \\\n    load_any_,                           \\\n    load_head_,                          \\\n    load_hhea_,                          \\\n    load_cmap_,                          \\\n    load_maxp_,                          \\\n    load_os2_,                           \\\n    load_post_,                          \\\n    load_name_,                          \\\n    free_name_,                          \\\n    load_kern_,                          \\\n    load_gasp_,                          \\\n    load_pclt_,                          \\\n    load_bhed_,                          \\\n    load_sbit_image_,                    \\\n    get_psname_,                         \\\n    free_psnames_,                       \\\n    get_kerning_,                        \\\n    load_font_dir_,                      \\\n    load_hmtx_,                          \\\n    load_eblc_,                          \\\n    free_eblc_,                          \\\n    set_sbit_strike_,                    \\\n    load_strike_metrics_,                \\\n    load_cpal_,                          \\\n    load_colr_,                          \\\n    free_cpal_,                          \\\n    free_colr_,                          \\\n    set_palette_,                        \\\n    get_colr_layer_,                     \\\n    colr_blend_,                         \\\n    get_metrics_,                        \\\n    get_name_,                           \\\n    get_name_id_                         \\\n  };\n\n\nFT_END_HEADER\n\n#endif /* SFNT_H_ */\n\n\n/* END */\n"
  },
  {
    "path": "Antario/LIB/freetype/freetype/internal/t1types.h",
    "content": "/****************************************************************************\n *\n * t1types.h\n *\n *   Basic Type1/Type2 type definitions and interface (specification\n *   only).\n *\n * Copyright (C) 1996-2019 by\n * David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.\n *\n * This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,\n * modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project\n * license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute\n * this file you indicate that you have read the license and\n * understand and accept it fully.\n *\n */\n\n\n#ifndef T1TYPES_H_\n#define T1TYPES_H_\n\n\n#include <ft2build.h>\n#include FT_TYPE1_TABLES_H\n#include FT_INTERNAL_POSTSCRIPT_HINTS_H\n#include FT_INTERNAL_SERVICE_H\n#include FT_INTERNAL_HASH_H\n#include FT_SERVICE_POSTSCRIPT_CMAPS_H\n\n\nFT_BEGIN_HEADER\n\n\n  /*************************************************************************/\n  /*************************************************************************/\n  /*************************************************************************/\n  /***                                                                   ***/\n  /***                                                                   ***/\n  /***              REQUIRED TYPE1/TYPE2 TABLES DEFINITIONS              ***/\n  /***                                                                   ***/\n  /***                                                                   ***/\n  /*************************************************************************/\n  /*************************************************************************/\n  /*************************************************************************/\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @struct:\n   *   T1_EncodingRec\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   A structure modeling a custom encoding.\n   *\n   * @fields:\n   *   num_chars ::\n   *     The number of character codes in the encoding.  Usually 256.\n   *\n   *   code_first ::\n   *     The lowest valid character code in the encoding.\n   *\n   *   code_last ::\n   *     The highest valid character code in the encoding + 1. When equal to\n   *     code_first there are no valid character codes.\n   *\n   *   char_index ::\n   *     An array of corresponding glyph indices.\n   *\n   *   char_name ::\n   *     An array of corresponding glyph names.\n   */\n  typedef struct  T1_EncodingRecRec_\n  {\n    FT_Int       num_chars;\n    FT_Int       code_first;\n    FT_Int       code_last;\n\n    FT_UShort*   char_index;\n    FT_String**  char_name;\n\n  } T1_EncodingRec, *T1_Encoding;\n\n\n  /* used to hold extra data of PS_FontInfoRec that\n   * cannot be stored in the publicly defined structure.\n   *\n   * Note these can't be blended with multiple-masters.\n   */\n  typedef struct  PS_FontExtraRec_\n  {\n    FT_UShort  fs_type;\n\n  } PS_FontExtraRec;\n\n\n  typedef struct  T1_FontRec_\n  {\n    PS_FontInfoRec   font_info;         /* font info dictionary   */\n    PS_FontExtraRec  font_extra;        /* font info extra fields */\n    PS_PrivateRec    private_dict;      /* private dictionary     */\n    FT_String*       font_name;         /* top-level dictionary   */\n\n    T1_EncodingType  encoding_type;\n    T1_EncodingRec   encoding;\n\n    FT_Byte*         subrs_block;\n    FT_Byte*         charstrings_block;\n    FT_Byte*         glyph_names_block;\n\n    FT_Int           num_subrs;\n    FT_Byte**        subrs;\n    FT_UInt*         subrs_len;\n    FT_Hash          subrs_hash;\n\n    FT_Int           num_glyphs;\n    FT_String**      glyph_names;       /* array of glyph names       */\n    FT_Byte**        charstrings;       /* array of glyph charstrings */\n    FT_UInt*         charstrings_len;\n\n    FT_Byte          paint_type;\n    FT_Byte          font_type;\n    FT_Matrix        font_matrix;\n    FT_Vector        font_offset;\n    FT_BBox          font_bbox;\n    FT_Long          font_id;\n\n    FT_Fixed         stroke_width;\n\n  } T1_FontRec, *T1_Font;\n\n\n  typedef struct  CID_SubrsRec_\n  {\n    FT_Int     num_subrs;\n    FT_Byte**  code;\n\n  } CID_SubrsRec, *CID_Subrs;\n\n\n  /*************************************************************************/\n  /*************************************************************************/\n  /*************************************************************************/\n  /***                                                                   ***/\n  /***                                                                   ***/\n  /***                AFM FONT INFORMATION STRUCTURES                    ***/\n  /***                                                                   ***/\n  /***                                                                   ***/\n  /*************************************************************************/\n  /*************************************************************************/\n  /*************************************************************************/\n\n  typedef struct  AFM_TrackKernRec_\n  {\n    FT_Int    degree;\n    FT_Fixed  min_ptsize;\n    FT_Fixed  min_kern;\n    FT_Fixed  max_ptsize;\n    FT_Fixed  max_kern;\n\n  } AFM_TrackKernRec, *AFM_TrackKern;\n\n  typedef struct  AFM_KernPairRec_\n  {\n    FT_UInt  index1;\n    FT_UInt  index2;\n    FT_Int   x;\n    FT_Int   y;\n\n  } AFM_KernPairRec, *AFM_KernPair;\n\n  typedef struct  AFM_FontInfoRec_\n  {\n    FT_Bool        IsCIDFont;\n    FT_BBox        FontBBox;\n    FT_Fixed       Ascender;\n    FT_Fixed       Descender;\n    AFM_TrackKern  TrackKerns;   /* free if non-NULL */\n    FT_UInt        NumTrackKern;\n    AFM_KernPair   KernPairs;    /* free if non-NULL */\n    FT_UInt        NumKernPair;\n\n  } AFM_FontInfoRec, *AFM_FontInfo;\n\n\n  /*************************************************************************/\n  /*************************************************************************/\n  /*************************************************************************/\n  /***                                                                   ***/\n  /***                                                                   ***/\n  /***                ORIGINAL T1_FACE CLASS DEFINITION                  ***/\n  /***                                                                   ***/\n  /***                                                                   ***/\n  /*************************************************************************/\n  /*************************************************************************/\n  /*************************************************************************/\n\n\n  typedef struct T1_FaceRec_*   T1_Face;\n  typedef struct CID_FaceRec_*  CID_Face;\n\n\n  typedef struct  T1_FaceRec_\n  {\n    FT_FaceRec      root;\n    T1_FontRec      type1;\n    const void*     psnames;\n    const void*     psaux;\n    const void*     afm_data;\n    FT_CharMapRec   charmaprecs[2];\n    FT_CharMap      charmaps[2];\n\n    /* support for Multiple Masters fonts */\n    PS_Blend        blend;\n\n    /* undocumented, optional: indices of subroutines that express      */\n    /* the NormalizeDesignVector and the ConvertDesignVector procedure, */\n    /* respectively, as Type 2 charstrings; -1 if keywords not present  */\n    FT_Int           ndv_idx;\n    FT_Int           cdv_idx;\n\n    /* undocumented, optional: has the same meaning as len_buildchar */\n    /* for Type 2 fonts; manipulated by othersubrs 19, 24, and 25    */\n    FT_UInt          len_buildchar;\n    FT_Long*         buildchar;\n\n    /* since version 2.1 - interface to PostScript hinter */\n    const void*     pshinter;\n\n  } T1_FaceRec;\n\n\n  typedef struct  CID_FaceRec_\n  {\n    FT_FaceRec       root;\n    void*            psnames;\n    void*            psaux;\n    CID_FaceInfoRec  cid;\n    PS_FontExtraRec  font_extra;\n#if 0\n    void*            afm_data;\n#endif\n    CID_Subrs        subrs;\n\n    /* since version 2.1 - interface to PostScript hinter */\n    void*            pshinter;\n\n    /* since version 2.1.8, but was originally positioned after `afm_data' */\n    FT_Byte*         binary_data; /* used if hex data has been converted */\n    FT_Stream        cid_stream;\n\n  } CID_FaceRec;\n\n\nFT_END_HEADER\n\n#endif /* T1TYPES_H_ */\n\n\n/* END */\n"
  },
  {
    "path": "Antario/LIB/freetype/freetype/internal/tttypes.h",
    "content": "/****************************************************************************\n *\n * tttypes.h\n *\n *   Basic SFNT/TrueType type definitions and interface (specification\n *   only).\n *\n * Copyright (C) 1996-2019 by\n * David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.\n *\n * This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,\n * modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project\n * license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute\n * this file you indicate that you have read the license and\n * understand and accept it fully.\n *\n */\n\n\n#ifndef TTTYPES_H_\n#define TTTYPES_H_\n\n\n#include <ft2build.h>\n#include FT_TRUETYPE_TABLES_H\n#include FT_INTERNAL_OBJECTS_H\n#include FT_COLOR_H\n\n#ifdef TT_CONFIG_OPTION_GX_VAR_SUPPORT\n#include FT_MULTIPLE_MASTERS_H\n#endif\n\n\nFT_BEGIN_HEADER\n\n\n  /*************************************************************************/\n  /*************************************************************************/\n  /*************************************************************************/\n  /***                                                                   ***/\n  /***                                                                   ***/\n  /***             REQUIRED TRUETYPE/OPENTYPE TABLES DEFINITIONS         ***/\n  /***                                                                   ***/\n  /***                                                                   ***/\n  /*************************************************************************/\n  /*************************************************************************/\n  /*************************************************************************/\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @struct:\n   *   TTC_HeaderRec\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   TrueType collection header.  This table contains the offsets of the\n   *   font headers of each distinct TrueType face in the file.\n   *\n   * @fields:\n   *   tag ::\n   *     Must be 'ttc~' to indicate a TrueType collection.\n   *\n   *   version ::\n   *     The version number.\n   *\n   *   count ::\n   *     The number of faces in the collection.  The specification says this\n   *     should be an unsigned long, but we use a signed long since we need\n   *     the value -1 for specific purposes.\n   *\n   *   offsets ::\n   *     The offsets of the font headers, one per face.\n   */\n  typedef struct  TTC_HeaderRec_\n  {\n    FT_ULong   tag;\n    FT_Fixed   version;\n    FT_Long    count;\n    FT_ULong*  offsets;\n\n  } TTC_HeaderRec;\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @struct:\n   *   SFNT_HeaderRec\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   SFNT file format header.\n   *\n   * @fields:\n   *   format_tag ::\n   *     The font format tag.\n   *\n   *   num_tables ::\n   *     The number of tables in file.\n   *\n   *   search_range ::\n   *     Must be '16 * (max power of 2 <= num_tables)'.\n   *\n   *   entry_selector ::\n   *     Must be log2 of 'search_range / 16'.\n   *\n   *   range_shift ::\n   *     Must be 'num_tables * 16 - search_range'.\n   */\n  typedef struct  SFNT_HeaderRec_\n  {\n    FT_ULong   format_tag;\n    FT_UShort  num_tables;\n    FT_UShort  search_range;\n    FT_UShort  entry_selector;\n    FT_UShort  range_shift;\n\n    FT_ULong   offset;  /* not in file */\n\n  } SFNT_HeaderRec, *SFNT_Header;\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @struct:\n   *   TT_TableRec\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   This structure describes a given table of a TrueType font.\n   *\n   * @fields:\n   *   Tag ::\n   *     A four-bytes tag describing the table.\n   *\n   *   CheckSum ::\n   *     The table checksum.  This value can be ignored.\n   *\n   *   Offset ::\n   *     The offset of the table from the start of the TrueType font in its\n   *     resource.\n   *\n   *   Length ::\n   *     The table length (in bytes).\n   */\n  typedef struct  TT_TableRec_\n  {\n    FT_ULong  Tag;        /*        table type */\n    FT_ULong  CheckSum;   /*    table checksum */\n    FT_ULong  Offset;     /* table file offset */\n    FT_ULong  Length;     /*      table length */\n\n  } TT_TableRec, *TT_Table;\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @struct:\n   *   WOFF_HeaderRec\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   WOFF file format header.\n   *\n   * @fields:\n   *   See\n   *\n   *     https://www.w3.org/TR/WOFF/#WOFFHeader\n   */\n  typedef struct  WOFF_HeaderRec_\n  {\n    FT_ULong   signature;\n    FT_ULong   flavor;\n    FT_ULong   length;\n    FT_UShort  num_tables;\n    FT_UShort  reserved;\n    FT_ULong   totalSfntSize;\n    FT_UShort  majorVersion;\n    FT_UShort  minorVersion;\n    FT_ULong   metaOffset;\n    FT_ULong   metaLength;\n    FT_ULong   metaOrigLength;\n    FT_ULong   privOffset;\n    FT_ULong   privLength;\n\n  } WOFF_HeaderRec, *WOFF_Header;\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @struct:\n   *   WOFF_TableRec\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   This structure describes a given table of a WOFF font.\n   *\n   * @fields:\n   *   Tag ::\n   *     A four-bytes tag describing the table.\n   *\n   *   Offset ::\n   *     The offset of the table from the start of the WOFF font in its\n   *     resource.\n   *\n   *   CompLength ::\n   *     Compressed table length (in bytes).\n   *\n   *   OrigLength ::\n   *     Uncompressed table length (in bytes).\n   *\n   *   CheckSum ::\n   *     The table checksum.  This value can be ignored.\n   *\n   *   OrigOffset ::\n   *     The uncompressed table file offset.  This value gets computed while\n   *     constructing the (uncompressed) SFNT header.  It is not contained in\n   *     the WOFF file.\n   */\n  typedef struct  WOFF_TableRec_\n  {\n    FT_ULong  Tag;           /* table ID                  */\n    FT_ULong  Offset;        /* table file offset         */\n    FT_ULong  CompLength;    /* compressed table length   */\n    FT_ULong  OrigLength;    /* uncompressed table length */\n    FT_ULong  CheckSum;      /* uncompressed checksum     */\n\n    FT_ULong  OrigOffset;    /* uncompressed table file offset */\n                             /* (not in the WOFF file)         */\n  } WOFF_TableRec, *WOFF_Table;\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @struct:\n   *   TT_LongMetricsRec\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   A structure modeling the long metrics of the 'hmtx' and 'vmtx'\n   *   TrueType tables.  The values are expressed in font units.\n   *\n   * @fields:\n   *   advance ::\n   *     The advance width or height for the glyph.\n   *\n   *   bearing ::\n   *     The left-side or top-side bearing for the glyph.\n   */\n  typedef struct  TT_LongMetricsRec_\n  {\n    FT_UShort  advance;\n    FT_Short   bearing;\n\n  } TT_LongMetricsRec, *TT_LongMetrics;\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @type:\n   *   TT_ShortMetrics\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   A simple type to model the short metrics of the 'hmtx' and 'vmtx'\n   *   tables.\n   */\n  typedef FT_Short  TT_ShortMetrics;\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @struct:\n   *   TT_NameRec\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   A structure modeling TrueType name records.  Name records are used to\n   *   store important strings like family name, style name, copyright,\n   *   etc. in _localized_ versions (i.e., language, encoding, etc).\n   *\n   * @fields:\n   *   platformID ::\n   *     The ID of the name's encoding platform.\n   *\n   *   encodingID ::\n   *     The platform-specific ID for the name's encoding.\n   *\n   *   languageID ::\n   *     The platform-specific ID for the name's language.\n   *\n   *   nameID ::\n   *     The ID specifying what kind of name this is.\n   *\n   *   stringLength ::\n   *     The length of the string in bytes.\n   *\n   *   stringOffset ::\n   *     The offset to the string in the 'name' table.\n   *\n   *   string ::\n   *     A pointer to the string's bytes.  Note that these are usually UTF-16\n   *     encoded characters.\n   */\n  typedef struct  TT_NameRec_\n  {\n    FT_UShort  platformID;\n    FT_UShort  encodingID;\n    FT_UShort  languageID;\n    FT_UShort  nameID;\n    FT_UShort  stringLength;\n    FT_ULong   stringOffset;\n\n    /* this last field is not defined in the spec */\n    /* but used by the FreeType engine            */\n\n    FT_Byte*  string;\n\n  } TT_NameRec, *TT_Name;\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @struct:\n   *   TT_LangTagRec\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   A structure modeling language tag records in SFNT 'name' tables,\n   *   introduced in OpenType version 1.6.\n   *\n   * @fields:\n   *   stringLength ::\n   *     The length of the string in bytes.\n   *\n   *   stringOffset ::\n   *     The offset to the string in the 'name' table.\n   *\n   *   string ::\n   *     A pointer to the string's bytes.  Note that these are UTF-16BE\n   *     encoded characters.\n   */\n  typedef struct TT_LangTagRec_\n  {\n    FT_UShort  stringLength;\n    FT_ULong   stringOffset;\n\n    /* this last field is not defined in the spec */\n    /* but used by the FreeType engine            */\n\n    FT_Byte*  string;\n\n  } TT_LangTagRec, *TT_LangTag;\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @struct:\n   *   TT_NameTableRec\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   A structure modeling the TrueType name table.\n   *\n   * @fields:\n   *   format ::\n   *     The format of the name table.\n   *\n   *   numNameRecords ::\n   *     The number of names in table.\n   *\n   *   storageOffset ::\n   *     The offset of the name table in the 'name' TrueType table.\n   *\n   *   names ::\n   *     An array of name records.\n   *\n   *   numLangTagRecords ::\n   *     The number of language tags in table.\n   *\n   *   langTags ::\n   *     An array of language tag records.\n   *\n   *   stream ::\n   *     The file's input stream.\n   */\n  typedef struct  TT_NameTableRec_\n  {\n    FT_UShort       format;\n    FT_UInt         numNameRecords;\n    FT_UInt         storageOffset;\n    TT_NameRec*     names;\n    FT_UInt         numLangTagRecords;\n    TT_LangTagRec*  langTags;\n    FT_Stream       stream;\n\n  } TT_NameTableRec, *TT_NameTable;\n\n\n  /*************************************************************************/\n  /*************************************************************************/\n  /*************************************************************************/\n  /***                                                                   ***/\n  /***                                                                   ***/\n  /***             OPTIONAL TRUETYPE/OPENTYPE TABLES DEFINITIONS         ***/\n  /***                                                                   ***/\n  /***                                                                   ***/\n  /*************************************************************************/\n  /*************************************************************************/\n  /*************************************************************************/\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @struct:\n   *   TT_GaspRangeRec\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   A tiny structure used to model a gasp range according to the TrueType\n   *   specification.\n   *\n   * @fields:\n   *   maxPPEM ::\n   *     The maximum ppem value to which `gaspFlag` applies.\n   *\n   *   gaspFlag ::\n   *     A flag describing the grid-fitting and anti-aliasing modes to be\n   *     used.\n   */\n  typedef struct  TT_GaspRangeRec_\n  {\n    FT_UShort  maxPPEM;\n    FT_UShort  gaspFlag;\n\n  } TT_GaspRangeRec, *TT_GaspRange;\n\n\n#define TT_GASP_GRIDFIT  0x01\n#define TT_GASP_DOGRAY   0x02\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @struct:\n   *   TT_GaspRec\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   A structure modeling the TrueType 'gasp' table used to specify\n   *   grid-fitting and anti-aliasing behaviour.\n   *\n   * @fields:\n   *   version ::\n   *     The version number.\n   *\n   *   numRanges ::\n   *     The number of gasp ranges in table.\n   *\n   *   gaspRanges ::\n   *     An array of gasp ranges.\n   */\n  typedef struct  TT_Gasp_\n  {\n    FT_UShort     version;\n    FT_UShort     numRanges;\n    TT_GaspRange  gaspRanges;\n\n  } TT_GaspRec;\n\n\n  /*************************************************************************/\n  /*************************************************************************/\n  /*************************************************************************/\n  /***                                                                   ***/\n  /***                                                                   ***/\n  /***                    EMBEDDED BITMAPS SUPPORT                       ***/\n  /***                                                                   ***/\n  /***                                                                   ***/\n  /*************************************************************************/\n  /*************************************************************************/\n  /*************************************************************************/\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @struct:\n   *   TT_SBit_MetricsRec\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   A structure used to hold the big metrics of a given glyph bitmap in a\n   *   TrueType or OpenType font.  These are usually found in the 'EBDT'\n   *   (Microsoft) or 'bloc' (Apple) table.\n   *\n   * @fields:\n   *   height ::\n   *     The glyph height in pixels.\n   *\n   *   width ::\n   *     The glyph width in pixels.\n   *\n   *   horiBearingX ::\n   *     The horizontal left bearing.\n   *\n   *   horiBearingY ::\n   *     The horizontal top bearing.\n   *\n   *   horiAdvance ::\n   *     The horizontal advance.\n   *\n   *   vertBearingX ::\n   *     The vertical left bearing.\n   *\n   *   vertBearingY ::\n   *     The vertical top bearing.\n   *\n   *   vertAdvance ::\n   *     The vertical advance.\n   */\n  typedef struct  TT_SBit_MetricsRec_\n  {\n    FT_UShort  height;\n    FT_UShort  width;\n\n    FT_Short   horiBearingX;\n    FT_Short   horiBearingY;\n    FT_UShort  horiAdvance;\n\n    FT_Short   vertBearingX;\n    FT_Short   vertBearingY;\n    FT_UShort  vertAdvance;\n\n  } TT_SBit_MetricsRec, *TT_SBit_Metrics;\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @struct:\n   *   TT_SBit_SmallMetricsRec\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   A structure used to hold the small metrics of a given glyph bitmap in\n   *   a TrueType or OpenType font.  These are usually found in the 'EBDT'\n   *   (Microsoft) or the 'bdat' (Apple) table.\n   *\n   * @fields:\n   *   height ::\n   *     The glyph height in pixels.\n   *\n   *   width ::\n   *     The glyph width in pixels.\n   *\n   *   bearingX ::\n   *     The left-side bearing.\n   *\n   *   bearingY ::\n   *     The top-side bearing.\n   *\n   *   advance ::\n   *     The advance width or height.\n   */\n  typedef struct  TT_SBit_Small_Metrics_\n  {\n    FT_Byte  height;\n    FT_Byte  width;\n\n    FT_Char  bearingX;\n    FT_Char  bearingY;\n    FT_Byte  advance;\n\n  } TT_SBit_SmallMetricsRec, *TT_SBit_SmallMetrics;\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @struct:\n   *   TT_SBit_LineMetricsRec\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   A structure used to describe the text line metrics of a given bitmap\n   *   strike, for either a horizontal or vertical layout.\n   *\n   * @fields:\n   *   ascender ::\n   *     The ascender in pixels.\n   *\n   *   descender ::\n   *     The descender in pixels.\n   *\n   *   max_width ::\n   *     The maximum glyph width in pixels.\n   *\n   *   caret_slope_enumerator ::\n   *     Rise of the caret slope, typically set to 1 for non-italic fonts.\n   *\n   *   caret_slope_denominator ::\n   *     Rise of the caret slope, typically set to 0 for non-italic fonts.\n   *\n   *   caret_offset ::\n   *     Offset in pixels to move the caret for proper positioning.\n   *\n   *   min_origin_SB ::\n   *     Minimum of horiBearingX (resp.  vertBearingY).\n   *   min_advance_SB ::\n   *     Minimum of\n   *\n   *     horizontal advance - ( horiBearingX + width )\n   *\n   *     resp.\n   *\n   *     vertical advance - ( vertBearingY + height )\n   *\n   *   max_before_BL ::\n   *     Maximum of horiBearingY (resp.  vertBearingY).\n   *\n   *   min_after_BL ::\n   *     Minimum of\n   *\n   *     horiBearingY - height\n   *\n   *     resp.\n   *\n   *     vertBearingX - width\n   *\n   *   pads ::\n   *     Unused (to make the size of the record a multiple of 32 bits.\n   */\n  typedef struct  TT_SBit_LineMetricsRec_\n  {\n    FT_Char  ascender;\n    FT_Char  descender;\n    FT_Byte  max_width;\n    FT_Char  caret_slope_numerator;\n    FT_Char  caret_slope_denominator;\n    FT_Char  caret_offset;\n    FT_Char  min_origin_SB;\n    FT_Char  min_advance_SB;\n    FT_Char  max_before_BL;\n    FT_Char  min_after_BL;\n    FT_Char  pads[2];\n\n  } TT_SBit_LineMetricsRec, *TT_SBit_LineMetrics;\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @struct:\n   *   TT_SBit_RangeRec\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   A TrueType/OpenType subIndexTable as defined in the 'EBLC' (Microsoft)\n   *   or 'bloc' (Apple) tables.\n   *\n   * @fields:\n   *   first_glyph ::\n   *     The first glyph index in the range.\n   *\n   *   last_glyph ::\n   *     The last glyph index in the range.\n   *\n   *   index_format ::\n   *     The format of index table.  Valid values are 1 to 5.\n   *\n   *   image_format ::\n   *     The format of 'EBDT' image data.\n   *\n   *   image_offset ::\n   *     The offset to image data in 'EBDT'.\n   *\n   *   image_size ::\n   *     For index formats 2 and 5.  This is the size in bytes of each glyph\n   *     bitmap.\n   *\n   *   big_metrics ::\n   *     For index formats 2 and 5.  This is the big metrics for each glyph\n   *     bitmap.\n   *\n   *   num_glyphs ::\n   *     For index formats 4 and 5.  This is the number of glyphs in the code\n   *     array.\n   *\n   *   glyph_offsets ::\n   *     For index formats 1 and 3.\n   *\n   *   glyph_codes ::\n   *     For index formats 4 and 5.\n   *\n   *   table_offset ::\n   *     The offset of the index table in the 'EBLC' table.  Only used during\n   *     strike loading.\n   */\n  typedef struct  TT_SBit_RangeRec_\n  {\n    FT_UShort           first_glyph;\n    FT_UShort           last_glyph;\n\n    FT_UShort           index_format;\n    FT_UShort           image_format;\n    FT_ULong            image_offset;\n\n    FT_ULong            image_size;\n    TT_SBit_MetricsRec  metrics;\n    FT_ULong            num_glyphs;\n\n    FT_ULong*           glyph_offsets;\n    FT_UShort*          glyph_codes;\n\n    FT_ULong            table_offset;\n\n  } TT_SBit_RangeRec, *TT_SBit_Range;\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @struct:\n   *   TT_SBit_StrikeRec\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   A structure used describe a given bitmap strike in the 'EBLC'\n   *   (Microsoft) or 'bloc' (Apple) tables.\n   *\n   * @fields:\n   *  num_index_ranges ::\n   *    The number of index ranges.\n   *\n   *  index_ranges ::\n   *    An array of glyph index ranges.\n   *\n   *  color_ref ::\n   *    Unused.  `color_ref` is put in for future enhancements, but these\n   *    fields are already in use by other platforms (e.g. Newton).  For\n   *    details, please see\n   *\n   *    https://developer.apple.com/fonts/TrueType-Reference-Manual/RM06/Chap6bloc.html\n   *\n   *  hori ::\n   *    The line metrics for horizontal layouts.\n   *\n   *  vert ::\n   *    The line metrics for vertical layouts.\n   *\n   *  start_glyph ::\n   *    The lowest glyph index for this strike.\n   *\n   *  end_glyph ::\n   *    The highest glyph index for this strike.\n   *\n   *  x_ppem ::\n   *    The number of horizontal pixels per EM.\n   *\n   *  y_ppem ::\n   *    The number of vertical pixels per EM.\n   *\n   *  bit_depth ::\n   *    The bit depth.  Valid values are 1, 2, 4, and 8.\n   *\n   *  flags ::\n   *    Is this a vertical or horizontal strike?  For details, please see\n   *\n   *    https://developer.apple.com/fonts/TrueType-Reference-Manual/RM06/Chap6bloc.html\n   */\n  typedef struct  TT_SBit_StrikeRec_\n  {\n    FT_Int                  num_ranges;\n    TT_SBit_Range           sbit_ranges;\n    FT_ULong                ranges_offset;\n\n    FT_ULong                color_ref;\n\n    TT_SBit_LineMetricsRec  hori;\n    TT_SBit_LineMetricsRec  vert;\n\n    FT_UShort               start_glyph;\n    FT_UShort               end_glyph;\n\n    FT_Byte                 x_ppem;\n    FT_Byte                 y_ppem;\n\n    FT_Byte                 bit_depth;\n    FT_Char                 flags;\n\n  } TT_SBit_StrikeRec, *TT_SBit_Strike;\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @struct:\n   *   TT_SBit_ComponentRec\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   A simple structure to describe a compound sbit element.\n   *\n   * @fields:\n   *   glyph_code ::\n   *     The element's glyph index.\n   *\n   *   x_offset ::\n   *     The element's left bearing.\n   *\n   *   y_offset ::\n   *     The element's top bearing.\n   */\n  typedef struct  TT_SBit_ComponentRec_\n  {\n    FT_UShort  glyph_code;\n    FT_Char    x_offset;\n    FT_Char    y_offset;\n\n  } TT_SBit_ComponentRec, *TT_SBit_Component;\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @struct:\n   *   TT_SBit_ScaleRec\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   A structure used describe a given bitmap scaling table, as defined in\n   *   the 'EBSC' table.\n   *\n   * @fields:\n   *   hori ::\n   *     The horizontal line metrics.\n   *\n   *   vert ::\n   *     The vertical line metrics.\n   *\n   *   x_ppem ::\n   *     The number of horizontal pixels per EM.\n   *\n   *   y_ppem ::\n   *     The number of vertical pixels per EM.\n   *\n   *   x_ppem_substitute ::\n   *     Substitution x_ppem value.\n   *\n   *   y_ppem_substitute ::\n   *     Substitution y_ppem value.\n   */\n  typedef struct  TT_SBit_ScaleRec_\n  {\n    TT_SBit_LineMetricsRec  hori;\n    TT_SBit_LineMetricsRec  vert;\n\n    FT_Byte                 x_ppem;\n    FT_Byte                 y_ppem;\n\n    FT_Byte                 x_ppem_substitute;\n    FT_Byte                 y_ppem_substitute;\n\n  } TT_SBit_ScaleRec, *TT_SBit_Scale;\n\n\n  /*************************************************************************/\n  /*************************************************************************/\n  /*************************************************************************/\n  /***                                                                   ***/\n  /***                                                                   ***/\n  /***                  POSTSCRIPT GLYPH NAMES SUPPORT                   ***/\n  /***                                                                   ***/\n  /***                                                                   ***/\n  /*************************************************************************/\n  /*************************************************************************/\n  /*************************************************************************/\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @struct:\n   *   TT_Post_20Rec\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   Postscript names sub-table, format 2.0.  Stores the PS name of each\n   *   glyph in the font face.\n   *\n   * @fields:\n   *   num_glyphs ::\n   *     The number of named glyphs in the table.\n   *\n   *   num_names ::\n   *     The number of PS names stored in the table.\n   *\n   *   glyph_indices ::\n   *     The indices of the glyphs in the names arrays.\n   *\n   *   glyph_names ::\n   *     The PS names not in Mac Encoding.\n   */\n  typedef struct  TT_Post_20Rec_\n  {\n    FT_UShort   num_glyphs;\n    FT_UShort   num_names;\n    FT_UShort*  glyph_indices;\n    FT_Char**   glyph_names;\n\n  } TT_Post_20Rec, *TT_Post_20;\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @struct:\n   *   TT_Post_25Rec\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   Postscript names sub-table, format 2.5.  Stores the PS name of each\n   *   glyph in the font face.\n   *\n   * @fields:\n   *   num_glyphs ::\n   *     The number of glyphs in the table.\n   *\n   *   offsets ::\n   *     An array of signed offsets in a normal Mac Postscript name encoding.\n   */\n  typedef struct  TT_Post_25_\n  {\n    FT_UShort  num_glyphs;\n    FT_Char*   offsets;\n\n  } TT_Post_25Rec, *TT_Post_25;\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @struct:\n   *   TT_Post_NamesRec\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   Postscript names table, either format 2.0 or 2.5.\n   *\n   * @fields:\n   *   loaded ::\n   *     A flag to indicate whether the PS names are loaded.\n   *\n   *   format_20 ::\n   *     The sub-table used for format 2.0.\n   *\n   *   format_25 ::\n   *     The sub-table used for format 2.5.\n   */\n  typedef struct  TT_Post_NamesRec_\n  {\n    FT_Bool  loaded;\n\n    union\n    {\n      TT_Post_20Rec  format_20;\n      TT_Post_25Rec  format_25;\n\n    } names;\n\n  } TT_Post_NamesRec, *TT_Post_Names;\n\n\n  /*************************************************************************/\n  /*************************************************************************/\n  /*************************************************************************/\n  /***                                                                   ***/\n  /***                                                                   ***/\n  /***                    GX VARIATION TABLE SUPPORT                     ***/\n  /***                                                                   ***/\n  /***                                                                   ***/\n  /*************************************************************************/\n  /*************************************************************************/\n  /*************************************************************************/\n\n\n#ifdef TT_CONFIG_OPTION_GX_VAR_SUPPORT\n  typedef struct GX_BlendRec_  *GX_Blend;\n#endif\n\n  /*************************************************************************/\n  /*************************************************************************/\n  /*************************************************************************/\n  /***                                                                   ***/\n  /***                                                                   ***/\n  /***              EMBEDDED BDF PROPERTIES TABLE SUPPORT                ***/\n  /***                                                                   ***/\n  /***                                                                   ***/\n  /*************************************************************************/\n  /*************************************************************************/\n  /*************************************************************************/\n\n  /*\n   * These types are used to support a `BDF ' table that isn't part of the\n   * official TrueType specification.  It is mainly used in SFNT-based bitmap\n   * fonts that were generated from a set of BDF fonts.\n   *\n   * The format of the table is as follows.\n   *\n   *   USHORT version `BDF ' table version number, should be 0x0001.  USHORT\n   *   strikeCount Number of strikes (bitmap sizes) in this table.  ULONG\n   *   stringTable Offset (from start of BDF table) to string\n   *                         table.\n   *\n   * This is followed by an array of `strikeCount' descriptors, having the\n   * following format.\n   *\n   *   USHORT ppem Vertical pixels per EM for this strike.  USHORT numItems\n   *   Number of items for this strike (properties and\n   *                         atoms).  Maximum is 255.\n   *\n   * This array in turn is followed by `strikeCount' value sets.  Each `value\n   * set' is an array of `numItems' items with the following format.\n   *\n   *   ULONG    item_name    Offset in string table to item name.\n   *   USHORT   item_type    The item type.  Possible values are\n   *                            0 => string (e.g., COMMENT)\n   *                            1 => atom   (e.g., FONT or even SIZE)\n   *                            2 => int32\n   *                            3 => uint32\n   *                         0x10 => A flag to indicate a properties.  This\n   *                                 is ORed with the above values.\n   *   ULONG    item_value   For strings  => Offset into string table without\n   *                                         the corresponding double quotes.\n   *                         For atoms    => Offset into string table.\n   *                         For integers => Direct value.\n   *\n   * All strings in the string table consist of bytes and are\n   * zero-terminated.\n   *\n   */\n\n#ifdef TT_CONFIG_OPTION_BDF\n\n  typedef struct  TT_BDFRec_\n  {\n    FT_Byte*   table;\n    FT_Byte*   table_end;\n    FT_Byte*   strings;\n    FT_ULong   strings_size;\n    FT_UInt    num_strikes;\n    FT_Bool    loaded;\n\n  } TT_BDFRec, *TT_BDF;\n\n#endif /* TT_CONFIG_OPTION_BDF */\n\n  /*************************************************************************/\n  /*************************************************************************/\n  /*************************************************************************/\n  /***                                                                   ***/\n  /***                                                                   ***/\n  /***                  ORIGINAL TT_FACE CLASS DEFINITION                ***/\n  /***                                                                   ***/\n  /***                                                                   ***/\n  /*************************************************************************/\n  /*************************************************************************/\n  /*************************************************************************/\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * This structure/class is defined here because it is common to the\n   * following formats: TTF, OpenType-TT, and OpenType-CFF.\n   *\n   * Note, however, that the classes TT_Size and TT_GlyphSlot are not shared\n   * between font drivers, and are thus defined in `ttobjs.h`.\n   *\n   */\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @type:\n   *   TT_Face\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   A handle to a TrueType face/font object.  A TT_Face encapsulates the\n   *   resolution and scaling independent parts of a TrueType font resource.\n   *\n   * @note:\n   *   The TT_Face structure is also used as a 'parent class' for the\n   *   OpenType-CFF class (T2_Face).\n   */\n  typedef struct TT_FaceRec_*  TT_Face;\n\n\n  /* a function type used for the truetype bytecode interpreter hooks */\n  typedef FT_Error\n  (*TT_Interpreter)( void*  exec_context );\n\n  /* forward declaration */\n  typedef struct TT_LoaderRec_*  TT_Loader;\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @functype:\n   *   TT_Loader_GotoTableFunc\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   Seeks a stream to the start of a given TrueType table.\n   *\n   * @input:\n   *   face ::\n   *     A handle to the target face object.\n   *\n   *   tag ::\n   *     A 4-byte tag used to name the table.\n   *\n   *   stream ::\n   *     The input stream.\n   *\n   * @output:\n   *   length ::\n   *     The length of the table in bytes.  Set to 0 if not needed.\n   *\n   * @return:\n   *   FreeType error code.  0 means success.\n   *\n   * @note:\n   *   The stream cursor must be at the font file's origin.\n   */\n  typedef FT_Error\n  (*TT_Loader_GotoTableFunc)( TT_Face    face,\n                              FT_ULong   tag,\n                              FT_Stream  stream,\n                              FT_ULong*  length );\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @functype:\n   *   TT_Loader_StartGlyphFunc\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   Seeks a stream to the start of a given glyph element, and opens a\n   *   frame for it.\n   *\n   * @input:\n   *   loader ::\n   *     The current TrueType glyph loader object.\n   *\n   *     glyph index :: The index of the glyph to access.\n   *\n   *   offset ::\n   *     The offset of the glyph according to the 'locations' table.\n   *\n   *   byte_count ::\n   *     The size of the frame in bytes.\n   *\n   * @return:\n   *   FreeType error code.  0 means success.\n   *\n   * @note:\n   *   This function is normally equivalent to FT_STREAM_SEEK(offset)\n   *   followed by FT_FRAME_ENTER(byte_count) with the loader's stream, but\n   *   alternative formats (e.g. compressed ones) might use something\n   *   different.\n   */\n  typedef FT_Error\n  (*TT_Loader_StartGlyphFunc)( TT_Loader  loader,\n                               FT_UInt    glyph_index,\n                               FT_ULong   offset,\n                               FT_UInt    byte_count );\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @functype:\n   *   TT_Loader_ReadGlyphFunc\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   Reads one glyph element (its header, a simple glyph, or a composite)\n   *   from the loader's current stream frame.\n   *\n   * @input:\n   *   loader ::\n   *     The current TrueType glyph loader object.\n   *\n   * @return:\n   *   FreeType error code.  0 means success.\n   */\n  typedef FT_Error\n  (*TT_Loader_ReadGlyphFunc)( TT_Loader  loader );\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @functype:\n   *   TT_Loader_EndGlyphFunc\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   Closes the current loader stream frame for the glyph.\n   *\n   * @input:\n   *   loader ::\n   *     The current TrueType glyph loader object.\n   */\n  typedef void\n  (*TT_Loader_EndGlyphFunc)( TT_Loader  loader );\n\n\n  typedef enum TT_SbitTableType_\n  {\n    TT_SBIT_TABLE_TYPE_NONE = 0,\n    TT_SBIT_TABLE_TYPE_EBLC, /* `EBLC' (Microsoft), */\n                             /* `bloc' (Apple)      */\n    TT_SBIT_TABLE_TYPE_CBLC, /* `CBLC' (Google)     */\n    TT_SBIT_TABLE_TYPE_SBIX, /* `sbix' (Apple)      */\n\n    /* do not remove */\n    TT_SBIT_TABLE_TYPE_MAX\n\n  } TT_SbitTableType;\n\n\n  /* OpenType 1.8 brings new tables for variation font support;  */\n  /* to make the old MM and GX fonts still work we need to check */\n  /* the presence (and validity) of the functionality provided   */\n  /* by those tables.  The following flag macros are for the     */\n  /* field `variation_support'.                                  */\n  /*                                                             */\n  /* Note that `fvar' gets checked immediately at font loading,  */\n  /* while the other features are only loaded if MM support is   */\n  /* actually requested.                                         */\n\n  /* FVAR */\n#define TT_FACE_FLAG_VAR_FVAR  ( 1 << 0 )\n\n  /* HVAR */\n#define TT_FACE_FLAG_VAR_HADVANCE  ( 1 << 1 )\n#define TT_FACE_FLAG_VAR_LSB       ( 1 << 2 )\n#define TT_FACE_FLAG_VAR_RSB       ( 1 << 3 )\n\n  /* VVAR */\n#define TT_FACE_FLAG_VAR_VADVANCE  ( 1 << 4 )\n#define TT_FACE_FLAG_VAR_TSB       ( 1 << 5 )\n#define TT_FACE_FLAG_VAR_BSB       ( 1 << 6 )\n#define TT_FACE_FLAG_VAR_VORG      ( 1 << 7 )\n\n  /* MVAR */\n#define TT_FACE_FLAG_VAR_MVAR  ( 1 << 8 )\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   *                        TrueType Face Type\n   *\n   * @struct:\n   *   TT_Face\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   The TrueType face class.  These objects model the resolution and\n   *   point-size independent data found in a TrueType font file.\n   *\n   * @fields:\n   *   root ::\n   *     The base FT_Face structure, managed by the base layer.\n   *\n   *   ttc_header ::\n   *     The TrueType collection header, used when the file is a 'ttc' rather\n   *     than a 'ttf'.  For ordinary font files, the field `ttc_header.count`\n   *     is set to 0.\n   *\n   *   format_tag ::\n   *     The font format tag.\n   *\n   *   num_tables ::\n   *     The number of TrueType tables in this font file.\n   *\n   *   dir_tables ::\n   *     The directory of TrueType tables for this font file.\n   *\n   *   header ::\n   *     The font's font header ('head' table).  Read on font opening.\n   *\n   *   horizontal ::\n   *     The font's horizontal header ('hhea' table).  This field also\n   *     contains the associated horizontal metrics table ('hmtx').\n   *\n   *   max_profile ::\n   *     The font's maximum profile table.  Read on font opening.  Note that\n   *     some maximum values cannot be taken directly from this table.  We\n   *     thus define additional fields below to hold the computed maxima.\n   *\n   *   vertical_info ::\n   *     A boolean which is set when the font file contains vertical metrics.\n   *     If not, the value of the 'vertical' field is undefined.\n   *\n   *   vertical ::\n   *     The font's vertical header ('vhea' table).  This field also contains\n   *     the associated vertical metrics table ('vmtx'), if found.\n   *     IMPORTANT: The contents of this field is undefined if the\n   *     `vertical_info` field is unset.\n   *\n   *   num_names ::\n   *     The number of name records within this TrueType font.\n   *\n   *   name_table ::\n   *     The table of name records ('name').\n   *\n   *   os2 ::\n   *     The font's OS/2 table ('OS/2').\n   *\n   *   postscript ::\n   *     The font's PostScript table ('post' table).  The PostScript glyph\n   *     names are not loaded by the driver on face opening.  See the\n   *     'ttpost' module for more details.\n   *\n   *   cmap_table ::\n   *     Address of the face's 'cmap' SFNT table in memory (it's an extracted\n   *     frame).\n   *\n   *   cmap_size ::\n   *     The size in bytes of the `cmap_table` described above.\n   *\n   *   goto_table ::\n   *     A function called by each TrueType table loader to position a\n   *     stream's cursor to the start of a given table according to its tag.\n   *     It defaults to TT_Goto_Face but can be different for strange formats\n   *     (e.g.  Type 42).\n   *\n   *   access_glyph_frame ::\n   *     A function used to access the frame of a given glyph within the\n   *     face's font file.\n   *\n   *   forget_glyph_frame ::\n   *     A function used to forget the frame of a given glyph when all data\n   *     has been loaded.\n   *\n   *   read_glyph_header ::\n   *     A function used to read a glyph header.  It must be called between\n   *     an 'access' and 'forget'.\n   *\n   *   read_simple_glyph ::\n   *     A function used to read a simple glyph.  It must be called after the\n   *     header was read, and before the 'forget'.\n   *\n   *   read_composite_glyph ::\n   *     A function used to read a composite glyph.  It must be called after\n   *     the header was read, and before the 'forget'.\n   *\n   *   sfnt ::\n   *     A pointer to the SFNT service.\n   *\n   *   psnames ::\n   *     A pointer to the PostScript names service.\n   *\n   *   mm ::\n   *     A pointer to the Multiple Masters service.\n   *\n   *   var ::\n   *     A pointer to the Metrics Variations service.\n   *\n   *   hdmx ::\n   *     The face's horizontal device metrics ('hdmx' table).  This table is\n   *     optional in TrueType/OpenType fonts.\n   *\n   *   gasp ::\n   *     The grid-fitting and scaling properties table ('gasp').  This table\n   *     is optional in TrueType/OpenType fonts.\n   *\n   *   pclt ::\n   *     The 'pclt' SFNT table.\n   *\n   *   num_sbit_scales ::\n   *     The number of sbit scales for this font.\n   *\n   *   sbit_scales ::\n   *     Array of sbit scales embedded in this font.  This table is optional\n   *     in a TrueType/OpenType font.\n   *\n   *   postscript_names ::\n   *     A table used to store the Postscript names of the glyphs for this\n   *     font.  See the file `ttconfig.h` for comments on the\n   *     TT_CONFIG_OPTION_POSTSCRIPT_NAMES option.\n   *\n   *   palette_data ::\n   *     Some fields from the 'CPAL' table that are directly indexed.\n   *\n   *   palette_index ::\n   *     The current palette index, as set by @FT_Palette_Select.\n   *\n   *   palette ::\n   *     An array containing the current palette's colors.\n   *\n   *   have_foreground_color ::\n   *     There was a call to @FT_Palette_Set_Foreground_Color.\n   *\n   *   foreground_color ::\n   *     The current foreground color corresponding to 'CPAL' color index\n   *     0xFFFF.  Only valid if `have_foreground_color` is set.\n   *\n   *   font_program_size ::\n   *     Size in bytecodes of the face's font program.  0 if none defined.\n   *     Ignored for Type 2 fonts.\n   *\n   *   font_program ::\n   *     The face's font program (bytecode stream) executed at load time,\n   *     also used during glyph rendering.  Comes from the 'fpgm' table.\n   *     Ignored for Type 2 font fonts.\n   *\n   *   cvt_program_size ::\n   *     The size in bytecodes of the face's cvt program.  Ignored for Type 2\n   *     fonts.\n   *\n   *   cvt_program ::\n   *     The face's cvt program (bytecode stream) executed each time an\n   *     instance/size is changed/reset.  Comes from the 'prep' table.\n   *     Ignored for Type 2 fonts.\n   *\n   *   cvt_size ::\n   *     Size of the control value table (in entries).  Ignored for Type 2\n   *     fonts.\n   *\n   *   cvt ::\n   *     The face's original control value table.  Coordinates are expressed\n   *     in unscaled font units.  Comes from the 'cvt~' table.  Ignored for\n   *     Type 2 fonts.\n   *\n   *   interpreter ::\n   *     A pointer to the TrueType bytecode interpreters field is also used\n   *     to hook the debugger in 'ttdebug'.\n   *\n   *   extra ::\n   *     Reserved for third-party font drivers.\n   *\n   *   postscript_name ::\n   *     The PS name of the font.  Used by the postscript name service.\n   *\n   *   glyf_len ::\n   *     The length of the 'glyf' table.  Needed for malformed 'loca' tables.\n   *\n   *   glyf_offset ::\n   *     The file offset of the 'glyf' table.\n   *\n   *   is_cff2 ::\n   *     Set if the font format is CFF2.\n   *\n   *   doblend ::\n   *     A boolean which is set if the font should be blended (this is for GX\n   *     var).\n   *\n   *   blend ::\n   *     Contains the data needed to control GX variation tables (rather like\n   *     Multiple Master data).\n   *\n   *   variation_support ::\n   *     Flags that indicate which OpenType functionality related to font\n   *     variation support is present, valid, and usable.  For example,\n   *     TT_FACE_FLAG_VAR_FVAR is only set if we have at least one design\n   *     axis.\n   *\n   *   var_postscript_prefix ::\n   *     The PostScript name prefix needed for constructing a variation font\n   *     instance's PS name .\n   *\n   *   var_postscript_prefix_len ::\n   *     The length of the `var_postscript_prefix` string.\n   *\n   *   horz_metrics_size ::\n   *     The size of the 'hmtx' table.\n   *\n   *   vert_metrics_size ::\n   *     The size of the 'vmtx' table.\n   *\n   *   num_locations ::\n   *     The number of glyph locations in this TrueType file.  This should be\n   *     identical to the number of glyphs.  Ignored for Type 2 fonts.\n   *\n   *   glyph_locations ::\n   *     An array of longs.  These are offsets to glyph data within the\n   *     'glyf' table.  Ignored for Type 2 font faces.\n   *\n   *   hdmx_table ::\n   *     A pointer to the 'hdmx' table.\n   *\n   *   hdmx_table_size ::\n   *     The size of the 'hdmx' table.\n   *\n   *   hdmx_record_count ::\n   *     The number of hdmx records.\n   *\n   *   hdmx_record_size ::\n   *     The size of a single hdmx record.\n   *\n   *   hdmx_record_sizes ::\n   *     An array holding the ppem sizes available in the 'hdmx' table.\n   *\n   *   sbit_table ::\n   *     A pointer to the font's embedded bitmap location table.\n   *\n   *   sbit_table_size ::\n   *     The size of `sbit_table`.\n   *\n   *   sbit_table_type ::\n   *     The sbit table type (CBLC, sbix, etc.).\n   *\n   *   sbit_num_strikes ::\n   *     The number of sbit strikes exposed by FreeType's API, omitting\n   *     invalid strikes.\n   *\n   *   sbit_strike_map ::\n   *     A mapping between the strike indices exposed by the API and the\n   *     indices used in the font's sbit table.\n   *\n   *   cpal ::\n   *     A pointer to data related to the 'CPAL' table.  `NULL` if the table\n   *     is not available.\n   *\n   *   colr ::\n   *     A pointer to data related to the 'COLR' table.  `NULL` if the table\n   *     is not available.\n   *\n   *   kern_table ::\n   *     A pointer to the 'kern' table.\n   *\n   *   kern_table_size ::\n   *     The size of the 'kern' table.\n   *\n   *   num_kern_tables ::\n   *     The number of supported kern subtables (up to 32; FreeType\n   *     recognizes only horizontal ones with format 0).\n   *\n   *   kern_avail_bits ::\n   *     The availability status of kern subtables; if bit n is set, table n\n   *     is available.\n   *\n   *   kern_order_bits ::\n   *     The sortedness status of kern subtables; if bit n is set, table n is\n   *     sorted.\n   *\n   *   bdf ::\n   *     Data related to an SFNT font's 'bdf' table; see `tttypes.h`.\n   *\n   *   horz_metrics_offset ::\n   *     The file offset of the 'hmtx' table.\n   *\n   *   vert_metrics_offset ::\n   *     The file offset of the 'vmtx' table.\n   *\n   *   sph_found_func_flags ::\n   *     Flags identifying special bytecode functions (used by the v38\n   *     implementation of the bytecode interpreter).\n   *\n   *   sph_compatibility_mode ::\n   *     This flag is set if we are in ClearType backward compatibility mode\n   *     (used by the v38 implementation of the bytecode interpreter).\n   *\n   *   ebdt_start ::\n   *     The file offset of the sbit data table (CBDT, bdat, etc.).\n   *\n   *   ebdt_size ::\n   *     The size of the sbit data table.\n   */\n  typedef struct  TT_FaceRec_\n  {\n    FT_FaceRec            root;\n\n    TTC_HeaderRec         ttc_header;\n\n    FT_ULong              format_tag;\n    FT_UShort             num_tables;\n    TT_Table              dir_tables;\n\n    TT_Header             header;       /* TrueType header table          */\n    TT_HoriHeader         horizontal;   /* TrueType horizontal header     */\n\n    TT_MaxProfile         max_profile;\n\n    FT_Bool               vertical_info;\n    TT_VertHeader         vertical;     /* TT Vertical header, if present */\n\n    FT_UShort             num_names;    /* number of name records  */\n    TT_NameTableRec       name_table;   /* name table              */\n\n    TT_OS2                os2;          /* TrueType OS/2 table            */\n    TT_Postscript         postscript;   /* TrueType Postscript table      */\n\n    FT_Byte*              cmap_table;   /* extracted `cmap' table */\n    FT_ULong              cmap_size;\n\n    TT_Loader_GotoTableFunc   goto_table;\n\n    TT_Loader_StartGlyphFunc  access_glyph_frame;\n    TT_Loader_EndGlyphFunc    forget_glyph_frame;\n    TT_Loader_ReadGlyphFunc   read_glyph_header;\n    TT_Loader_ReadGlyphFunc   read_simple_glyph;\n    TT_Loader_ReadGlyphFunc   read_composite_glyph;\n\n    /* a typeless pointer to the SFNT_Interface table used to load */\n    /* the basic TrueType tables in the face object                */\n    void*                 sfnt;\n\n    /* a typeless pointer to the FT_Service_PsCMapsRec table used to */\n    /* handle glyph names <-> unicode & Mac values                   */\n    void*                 psnames;\n\n#ifdef TT_CONFIG_OPTION_GX_VAR_SUPPORT\n    /* a typeless pointer to the FT_Service_MultiMasters table used to */\n    /* handle variation fonts                                          */\n    void*                 mm;\n\n    /* a typeless pointer to the FT_Service_MetricsVariationsRec table */\n    /* used to handle the HVAR, VVAR, and MVAR OpenType tables         */\n    void*                 var;\n#endif\n\n    /* a typeless pointer to the PostScript Aux service */\n    void*                 psaux;\n\n\n    /************************************************************************\n     *\n     * Optional TrueType/OpenType tables\n     *\n     */\n\n    /* grid-fitting and scaling table */\n    TT_GaspRec            gasp;                 /* the `gasp' table */\n\n    /* PCL 5 table */\n    TT_PCLT               pclt;\n\n    /* embedded bitmaps support */\n    FT_ULong              num_sbit_scales;\n    TT_SBit_Scale         sbit_scales;\n\n    /* postscript names table */\n    TT_Post_NamesRec      postscript_names;\n\n    /* glyph colors */\n    FT_Palette_Data       palette_data;         /* since 2.10 */\n    FT_UShort             palette_index;\n    FT_Color*             palette;\n    FT_Bool               have_foreground_color;\n    FT_Color              foreground_color;\n\n\n    /************************************************************************\n     *\n     * TrueType-specific fields (ignored by the CFF driver)\n     *\n     */\n\n    /* the font program, if any */\n    FT_ULong              font_program_size;\n    FT_Byte*              font_program;\n\n    /* the cvt program, if any */\n    FT_ULong              cvt_program_size;\n    FT_Byte*              cvt_program;\n\n    /* the original, unscaled, control value table */\n    FT_ULong              cvt_size;\n    FT_Short*             cvt;\n\n    /* A pointer to the bytecode interpreter to use.  This is also */\n    /* used to hook the debugger for the `ttdebug' utility.        */\n    TT_Interpreter        interpreter;\n\n\n    /************************************************************************\n     *\n     * Other tables or fields. This is used by derivative formats like\n     * OpenType.\n     *\n     */\n\n    FT_Generic            extra;\n\n    const char*           postscript_name;\n\n    FT_ULong              glyf_len;\n    FT_ULong              glyf_offset;    /* since 2.7.1 */\n\n    FT_Bool               is_cff2;        /* since 2.7.1 */\n\n#ifdef TT_CONFIG_OPTION_GX_VAR_SUPPORT\n    FT_Bool               doblend;\n    GX_Blend              blend;\n\n    FT_UInt32             variation_support;     /* since 2.7.1 */\n\n    const char*           var_postscript_prefix;     /* since 2.7.2 */\n    FT_UInt               var_postscript_prefix_len; /* since 2.7.2 */\n\n#endif\n\n    /* since version 2.2 */\n\n    FT_ULong              horz_metrics_size;\n    FT_ULong              vert_metrics_size;\n\n    FT_ULong              num_locations; /* in broken TTF, gid > 0xFFFF */\n    FT_Byte*              glyph_locations;\n\n    FT_Byte*              hdmx_table;\n    FT_ULong              hdmx_table_size;\n    FT_UInt               hdmx_record_count;\n    FT_ULong              hdmx_record_size;\n    FT_Byte*              hdmx_record_sizes;\n\n    FT_Byte*              sbit_table;\n    FT_ULong              sbit_table_size;\n    TT_SbitTableType      sbit_table_type;\n    FT_UInt               sbit_num_strikes;\n    FT_UInt*              sbit_strike_map;\n\n    FT_Byte*              kern_table;\n    FT_ULong              kern_table_size;\n    FT_UInt               num_kern_tables;\n    FT_UInt32             kern_avail_bits;\n    FT_UInt32             kern_order_bits;\n\n#ifdef TT_CONFIG_OPTION_BDF\n    TT_BDFRec             bdf;\n#endif /* TT_CONFIG_OPTION_BDF */\n\n    /* since 2.3.0 */\n    FT_ULong              horz_metrics_offset;\n    FT_ULong              vert_metrics_offset;\n\n#ifdef TT_SUPPORT_SUBPIXEL_HINTING_INFINALITY\n    /* since 2.4.12 */\n    FT_ULong              sph_found_func_flags; /* special functions found */\n                                                /* for this face           */\n    FT_Bool               sph_compatibility_mode;\n#endif /* TT_SUPPORT_SUBPIXEL_HINTING_INFINALITY */\n\n#ifdef TT_CONFIG_OPTION_EMBEDDED_BITMAPS\n    /* since 2.7 */\n    FT_ULong              ebdt_start;  /* either `CBDT', `EBDT', or `bdat' */\n    FT_ULong              ebdt_size;\n#endif\n\n    /* since 2.10 */\n    void*                 cpal;\n    void*                 colr;\n\n  } TT_FaceRec;\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @struct:\n   *    TT_GlyphZoneRec\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   A glyph zone is used to load, scale and hint glyph outline\n   *   coordinates.\n   *\n   * @fields:\n   *   memory ::\n   *     A handle to the memory manager.\n   *\n   *   max_points ::\n   *     The maximum size in points of the zone.\n   *\n   *   max_contours ::\n   *     Max size in links contours of the zone.\n   *\n   *   n_points ::\n   *     The current number of points in the zone.\n   *\n   *   n_contours ::\n   *     The current number of contours in the zone.\n   *\n   *   org ::\n   *     The original glyph coordinates (font units/scaled).\n   *\n   *   cur ::\n   *     The current glyph coordinates (scaled/hinted).\n   *\n   *   tags ::\n   *     The point control tags.\n   *\n   *   contours ::\n   *     The contours end points.\n   *\n   *   first_point ::\n   *     Offset of the current subglyph's first point.\n   */\n  typedef struct  TT_GlyphZoneRec_\n  {\n    FT_Memory   memory;\n    FT_UShort   max_points;\n    FT_Short    max_contours;\n    FT_UShort   n_points;    /* number of points in zone    */\n    FT_Short    n_contours;  /* number of contours          */\n\n    FT_Vector*  org;         /* original point coordinates  */\n    FT_Vector*  cur;         /* current point coordinates   */\n    FT_Vector*  orus;        /* original (unscaled) point coordinates */\n\n    FT_Byte*    tags;        /* current touch flags         */\n    FT_UShort*  contours;    /* contour end points          */\n\n    FT_UShort   first_point; /* offset of first (#0) point  */\n\n  } TT_GlyphZoneRec, *TT_GlyphZone;\n\n\n  /* handle to execution context */\n  typedef struct TT_ExecContextRec_*  TT_ExecContext;\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @type:\n   *   TT_Size\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   A handle to a TrueType size object.\n   */\n  typedef struct TT_SizeRec_*  TT_Size;\n\n\n  /* glyph loader structure */\n  typedef struct  TT_LoaderRec_\n  {\n    TT_Face          face;\n    TT_Size          size;\n    FT_GlyphSlot     glyph;\n    FT_GlyphLoader   gloader;\n\n    FT_ULong         load_flags;\n    FT_UInt          glyph_index;\n\n    FT_Stream        stream;\n    FT_Int           byte_len;\n\n    FT_Short         n_contours;\n    FT_BBox          bbox;\n    FT_Int           left_bearing;\n    FT_Int           advance;\n    FT_Int           linear;\n    FT_Bool          linear_def;\n    FT_Vector        pp1;\n    FT_Vector        pp2;\n\n    /* the zone where we load our glyphs */\n    TT_GlyphZoneRec  base;\n    TT_GlyphZoneRec  zone;\n\n    TT_ExecContext   exec;\n    FT_Byte*         instructions;\n    FT_ULong         ins_pos;\n\n    /* for possible extensibility in other formats */\n    void*            other;\n\n    /* since version 2.1.8 */\n    FT_Int           top_bearing;\n    FT_Int           vadvance;\n    FT_Vector        pp3;\n    FT_Vector        pp4;\n\n    /* since version 2.2.1 */\n    FT_Byte*         cursor;\n    FT_Byte*         limit;\n\n    /* since version 2.6.2 */\n    FT_ListRec       composites;\n\n  } TT_LoaderRec;\n\n\nFT_END_HEADER\n\n#endif /* TTTYPES_H_ */\n\n\n/* END */\n"
  },
  {
    "path": "Antario/LIB/freetype/freetype/t1tables.h",
    "content": "/****************************************************************************\n *\n * t1tables.h\n *\n *   Basic Type 1/Type 2 tables definitions and interface (specification\n *   only).\n *\n * Copyright (C) 1996-2019 by\n * David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.\n *\n * This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,\n * modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project\n * license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute\n * this file you indicate that you have read the license and\n * understand and accept it fully.\n *\n */\n\n\n#ifndef T1TABLES_H_\n#define T1TABLES_H_\n\n\n#include <ft2build.h>\n#include FT_FREETYPE_H\n\n#ifdef FREETYPE_H\n#error \"freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!\"\n#error \"Please fix the directory search order for header files\"\n#error \"so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first.\"\n#endif\n\n\nFT_BEGIN_HEADER\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @section:\n   *   type1_tables\n   *\n   * @title:\n   *   Type 1 Tables\n   *\n   * @abstract:\n   *   Type~1-specific font tables.\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   This section contains the definition of Type~1-specific tables,\n   *   including structures related to other PostScript font formats.\n   *\n   * @order:\n   *   PS_FontInfoRec\n   *   PS_FontInfo\n   *   PS_PrivateRec\n   *   PS_Private\n   *\n   *   CID_FaceDictRec\n   *   CID_FaceDict\n   *   CID_FaceInfoRec\n   *   CID_FaceInfo\n   *\n   *   FT_Has_PS_Glyph_Names\n   *   FT_Get_PS_Font_Info\n   *   FT_Get_PS_Font_Private\n   *   FT_Get_PS_Font_Value\n   *\n   *   T1_Blend_Flags\n   *   T1_EncodingType\n   *   PS_Dict_Keys\n   *\n   */\n\n\n  /* Note that we separate font data in PS_FontInfoRec and PS_PrivateRec */\n  /* structures in order to support Multiple Master fonts.               */\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @struct:\n   *   PS_FontInfoRec\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   A structure used to model a Type~1 or Type~2 FontInfo dictionary.\n   *   Note that for Multiple Master fonts, each instance has its own\n   *   FontInfo dictionary.\n   */\n  typedef struct  PS_FontInfoRec_\n  {\n    FT_String*  version;\n    FT_String*  notice;\n    FT_String*  full_name;\n    FT_String*  family_name;\n    FT_String*  weight;\n    FT_Long     italic_angle;\n    FT_Bool     is_fixed_pitch;\n    FT_Short    underline_position;\n    FT_UShort   underline_thickness;\n\n  } PS_FontInfoRec;\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @struct:\n   *   PS_FontInfo\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   A handle to a @PS_FontInfoRec structure.\n   */\n  typedef struct PS_FontInfoRec_*  PS_FontInfo;\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @struct:\n   *   T1_FontInfo\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   This type is equivalent to @PS_FontInfoRec.  It is deprecated but kept\n   *   to maintain source compatibility between various versions of FreeType.\n   */\n  typedef PS_FontInfoRec  T1_FontInfo;\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @struct:\n   *   PS_PrivateRec\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   A structure used to model a Type~1 or Type~2 private dictionary.  Note\n   *   that for Multiple Master fonts, each instance has its own Private\n   *   dictionary.\n   */\n  typedef struct  PS_PrivateRec_\n  {\n    FT_Int     unique_id;\n    FT_Int     lenIV;\n\n    FT_Byte    num_blue_values;\n    FT_Byte    num_other_blues;\n    FT_Byte    num_family_blues;\n    FT_Byte    num_family_other_blues;\n\n    FT_Short   blue_values[14];\n    FT_Short   other_blues[10];\n\n    FT_Short   family_blues      [14];\n    FT_Short   family_other_blues[10];\n\n    FT_Fixed   blue_scale;\n    FT_Int     blue_shift;\n    FT_Int     blue_fuzz;\n\n    FT_UShort  standard_width[1];\n    FT_UShort  standard_height[1];\n\n    FT_Byte    num_snap_widths;\n    FT_Byte    num_snap_heights;\n    FT_Bool    force_bold;\n    FT_Bool    round_stem_up;\n\n    FT_Short   snap_widths [13];  /* including std width  */\n    FT_Short   snap_heights[13];  /* including std height */\n\n    FT_Fixed   expansion_factor;\n\n    FT_Long    language_group;\n    FT_Long    password;\n\n    FT_Short   min_feature[2];\n\n  } PS_PrivateRec;\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @struct:\n   *   PS_Private\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   A handle to a @PS_PrivateRec structure.\n   */\n  typedef struct PS_PrivateRec_*  PS_Private;\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @struct:\n   *   T1_Private\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *  This type is equivalent to @PS_PrivateRec.  It is deprecated but kept\n   *  to maintain source compatibility between various versions of FreeType.\n   */\n  typedef PS_PrivateRec  T1_Private;\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @enum:\n   *   T1_Blend_Flags\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   A set of flags used to indicate which fields are present in a given\n   *   blend dictionary (font info or private).  Used to support Multiple\n   *   Masters fonts.\n   *\n   * @values:\n   *   T1_BLEND_UNDERLINE_POSITION ::\n   *   T1_BLEND_UNDERLINE_THICKNESS ::\n   *   T1_BLEND_ITALIC_ANGLE ::\n   *   T1_BLEND_BLUE_VALUES ::\n   *   T1_BLEND_OTHER_BLUES ::\n   *   T1_BLEND_STANDARD_WIDTH ::\n   *   T1_BLEND_STANDARD_HEIGHT ::\n   *   T1_BLEND_STEM_SNAP_WIDTHS ::\n   *   T1_BLEND_STEM_SNAP_HEIGHTS ::\n   *   T1_BLEND_BLUE_SCALE ::\n   *   T1_BLEND_BLUE_SHIFT ::\n   *   T1_BLEND_FAMILY_BLUES ::\n   *   T1_BLEND_FAMILY_OTHER_BLUES ::\n   *   T1_BLEND_FORCE_BOLD ::\n   */\n  typedef enum  T1_Blend_Flags_\n  {\n    /* required fields in a FontInfo blend dictionary */\n    T1_BLEND_UNDERLINE_POSITION = 0,\n    T1_BLEND_UNDERLINE_THICKNESS,\n    T1_BLEND_ITALIC_ANGLE,\n\n    /* required fields in a Private blend dictionary */\n    T1_BLEND_BLUE_VALUES,\n    T1_BLEND_OTHER_BLUES,\n    T1_BLEND_STANDARD_WIDTH,\n    T1_BLEND_STANDARD_HEIGHT,\n    T1_BLEND_STEM_SNAP_WIDTHS,\n    T1_BLEND_STEM_SNAP_HEIGHTS,\n    T1_BLEND_BLUE_SCALE,\n    T1_BLEND_BLUE_SHIFT,\n    T1_BLEND_FAMILY_BLUES,\n    T1_BLEND_FAMILY_OTHER_BLUES,\n    T1_BLEND_FORCE_BOLD,\n\n    T1_BLEND_MAX    /* do not remove */\n\n  } T1_Blend_Flags;\n\n\n  /* these constants are deprecated; use the corresponding */\n  /* `T1_Blend_Flags` values instead                       */\n#define t1_blend_underline_position   T1_BLEND_UNDERLINE_POSITION\n#define t1_blend_underline_thickness  T1_BLEND_UNDERLINE_THICKNESS\n#define t1_blend_italic_angle         T1_BLEND_ITALIC_ANGLE\n#define t1_blend_blue_values          T1_BLEND_BLUE_VALUES\n#define t1_blend_other_blues          T1_BLEND_OTHER_BLUES\n#define t1_blend_standard_widths      T1_BLEND_STANDARD_WIDTH\n#define t1_blend_standard_height      T1_BLEND_STANDARD_HEIGHT\n#define t1_blend_stem_snap_widths     T1_BLEND_STEM_SNAP_WIDTHS\n#define t1_blend_stem_snap_heights    T1_BLEND_STEM_SNAP_HEIGHTS\n#define t1_blend_blue_scale           T1_BLEND_BLUE_SCALE\n#define t1_blend_blue_shift           T1_BLEND_BLUE_SHIFT\n#define t1_blend_family_blues         T1_BLEND_FAMILY_BLUES\n#define t1_blend_family_other_blues   T1_BLEND_FAMILY_OTHER_BLUES\n#define t1_blend_force_bold           T1_BLEND_FORCE_BOLD\n#define t1_blend_max                  T1_BLEND_MAX\n\n  /* */\n\n\n  /* maximum number of Multiple Masters designs, as defined in the spec */\n#define T1_MAX_MM_DESIGNS     16\n\n  /* maximum number of Multiple Masters axes, as defined in the spec */\n#define T1_MAX_MM_AXIS        4\n\n  /* maximum number of elements in a design map */\n#define T1_MAX_MM_MAP_POINTS  20\n\n\n  /* this structure is used to store the BlendDesignMap entry for an axis */\n  typedef struct  PS_DesignMap_\n  {\n    FT_Byte    num_points;\n    FT_Long*   design_points;\n    FT_Fixed*  blend_points;\n\n  } PS_DesignMapRec, *PS_DesignMap;\n\n  /* backward compatible definition */\n  typedef PS_DesignMapRec  T1_DesignMap;\n\n\n  typedef struct  PS_BlendRec_\n  {\n    FT_UInt          num_designs;\n    FT_UInt          num_axis;\n\n    FT_String*       axis_names[T1_MAX_MM_AXIS];\n    FT_Fixed*        design_pos[T1_MAX_MM_DESIGNS];\n    PS_DesignMapRec  design_map[T1_MAX_MM_AXIS];\n\n    FT_Fixed*        weight_vector;\n    FT_Fixed*        default_weight_vector;\n\n    PS_FontInfo      font_infos[T1_MAX_MM_DESIGNS + 1];\n    PS_Private       privates  [T1_MAX_MM_DESIGNS + 1];\n\n    FT_ULong         blend_bitflags;\n\n    FT_BBox*         bboxes    [T1_MAX_MM_DESIGNS + 1];\n\n    /* since 2.3.0 */\n\n    /* undocumented, optional: the default design instance;   */\n    /* corresponds to default_weight_vector --                */\n    /* num_default_design_vector == 0 means it is not present */\n    /* in the font and associated metrics files               */\n    FT_UInt          default_design_vector[T1_MAX_MM_DESIGNS];\n    FT_UInt          num_default_design_vector;\n\n  } PS_BlendRec, *PS_Blend;\n\n\n  /* backward compatible definition */\n  typedef PS_BlendRec  T1_Blend;\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @struct:\n   *   CID_FaceDictRec\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   A structure used to represent data in a CID top-level dictionary.  In\n   *   most cases, they are part of the font's '/FDArray' array.  Within a\n   *   CID font file, such (internal) subfont dictionaries are enclosed by\n   *   '%ADOBeginFontDict' and '%ADOEndFontDict' comments.\n   *\n   *   Note that `CID_FaceDictRec` misses a field for the '/FontName'\n   *   keyword, specifying the subfont's name (the top-level font name is\n   *   given by the '/CIDFontName' keyword).  This is an oversight, but it\n   *   doesn't limit the 'cid' font module's functionality because FreeType\n   *   neither needs this entry nor gives access to CID subfonts.\n   */\n  typedef struct  CID_FaceDictRec_\n  {\n    PS_PrivateRec  private_dict;\n\n    FT_UInt        len_buildchar;\n    FT_Fixed       forcebold_threshold;\n    FT_Pos         stroke_width;\n    FT_Fixed       expansion_factor;   /* this is a duplicate of           */\n                                       /* `private_dict->expansion_factor' */\n    FT_Byte        paint_type;\n    FT_Byte        font_type;\n    FT_Matrix      font_matrix;\n    FT_Vector      font_offset;\n\n    FT_UInt        num_subrs;\n    FT_ULong       subrmap_offset;\n    FT_Int         sd_bytes;\n\n  } CID_FaceDictRec;\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @struct:\n   *   CID_FaceDict\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   A handle to a @CID_FaceDictRec structure.\n   */\n  typedef struct CID_FaceDictRec_*  CID_FaceDict;\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @struct:\n   *   CID_FontDict\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   This type is equivalent to @CID_FaceDictRec.  It is deprecated but\n   *   kept to maintain source compatibility between various versions of\n   *   FreeType.\n   */\n  typedef CID_FaceDictRec  CID_FontDict;\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @struct:\n   *   CID_FaceInfoRec\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   A structure used to represent CID Face information.\n   */\n  typedef struct  CID_FaceInfoRec_\n  {\n    FT_String*      cid_font_name;\n    FT_Fixed        cid_version;\n    FT_Int          cid_font_type;\n\n    FT_String*      registry;\n    FT_String*      ordering;\n    FT_Int          supplement;\n\n    PS_FontInfoRec  font_info;\n    FT_BBox         font_bbox;\n    FT_ULong        uid_base;\n\n    FT_Int          num_xuid;\n    FT_ULong        xuid[16];\n\n    FT_ULong        cidmap_offset;\n    FT_Int          fd_bytes;\n    FT_Int          gd_bytes;\n    FT_ULong        cid_count;\n\n    FT_Int          num_dicts;\n    CID_FaceDict    font_dicts;\n\n    FT_ULong        data_offset;\n\n  } CID_FaceInfoRec;\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @struct:\n   *   CID_FaceInfo\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   A handle to a @CID_FaceInfoRec structure.\n   */\n  typedef struct CID_FaceInfoRec_*  CID_FaceInfo;\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @struct:\n   *   CID_Info\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *  This type is equivalent to @CID_FaceInfoRec.  It is deprecated but kept\n   *  to maintain source compatibility between various versions of FreeType.\n   */\n  typedef CID_FaceInfoRec  CID_Info;\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @function:\n   *    FT_Has_PS_Glyph_Names\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *    Return true if a given face provides reliable PostScript glyph names.\n   *    This is similar to using the @FT_HAS_GLYPH_NAMES macro, except that\n   *    certain fonts (mostly TrueType) contain incorrect glyph name tables.\n   *\n   *    When this function returns true, the caller is sure that the glyph\n   *    names returned by @FT_Get_Glyph_Name are reliable.\n   *\n   * @input:\n   *    face ::\n   *      face handle\n   *\n   * @return:\n   *    Boolean.  True if glyph names are reliable.\n   *\n   */\n  FT_EXPORT( FT_Int )\n  FT_Has_PS_Glyph_Names( FT_Face  face );\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @function:\n   *    FT_Get_PS_Font_Info\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *    Retrieve the @PS_FontInfoRec structure corresponding to a given\n   *    PostScript font.\n   *\n   * @input:\n   *    face ::\n   *      PostScript face handle.\n   *\n   * @output:\n   *    afont_info ::\n   *      Output font info structure pointer.\n   *\n   * @return:\n   *    FreeType error code.  0~means success.\n   *\n   * @note:\n   *    String pointers within the @PS_FontInfoRec structure are owned by the\n   *    face and don't need to be freed by the caller.  Missing entries in\n   *    the font's FontInfo dictionary are represented by `NULL` pointers.\n   *\n   *    If the font's format is not PostScript-based, this function will\n   *    return the `FT_Err_Invalid_Argument` error code.\n   *\n   */\n  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )\n  FT_Get_PS_Font_Info( FT_Face      face,\n                       PS_FontInfo  afont_info );\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @function:\n   *    FT_Get_PS_Font_Private\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *    Retrieve the @PS_PrivateRec structure corresponding to a given\n   *    PostScript font.\n   *\n   * @input:\n   *    face ::\n   *      PostScript face handle.\n   *\n   * @output:\n   *    afont_private ::\n   *      Output private dictionary structure pointer.\n   *\n   * @return:\n   *    FreeType error code.  0~means success.\n   *\n   * @note:\n   *    The string pointers within the @PS_PrivateRec structure are owned by\n   *    the face and don't need to be freed by the caller.\n   *\n   *    If the font's format is not PostScript-based, this function returns\n   *    the `FT_Err_Invalid_Argument` error code.\n   *\n   */\n  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )\n  FT_Get_PS_Font_Private( FT_Face     face,\n                          PS_Private  afont_private );\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @enum:\n   *   T1_EncodingType\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   An enumeration describing the 'Encoding' entry in a Type 1 dictionary.\n   *\n   * @values:\n   *   T1_ENCODING_TYPE_NONE ::\n   *   T1_ENCODING_TYPE_ARRAY ::\n   *   T1_ENCODING_TYPE_STANDARD ::\n   *   T1_ENCODING_TYPE_ISOLATIN1 ::\n   *   T1_ENCODING_TYPE_EXPERT ::\n   *\n   * @since:\n   *   2.4.8\n   */\n  typedef enum  T1_EncodingType_\n  {\n    T1_ENCODING_TYPE_NONE = 0,\n    T1_ENCODING_TYPE_ARRAY,\n    T1_ENCODING_TYPE_STANDARD,\n    T1_ENCODING_TYPE_ISOLATIN1,\n    T1_ENCODING_TYPE_EXPERT\n\n  } T1_EncodingType;\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @enum:\n   *   PS_Dict_Keys\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   An enumeration used in calls to @FT_Get_PS_Font_Value to identify the\n   *   Type~1 dictionary entry to retrieve.\n   *\n   * @values:\n   *   PS_DICT_FONT_TYPE ::\n   *   PS_DICT_FONT_MATRIX ::\n   *   PS_DICT_FONT_BBOX ::\n   *   PS_DICT_PAINT_TYPE ::\n   *   PS_DICT_FONT_NAME ::\n   *   PS_DICT_UNIQUE_ID ::\n   *   PS_DICT_NUM_CHAR_STRINGS ::\n   *   PS_DICT_CHAR_STRING_KEY ::\n   *   PS_DICT_CHAR_STRING ::\n   *   PS_DICT_ENCODING_TYPE ::\n   *   PS_DICT_ENCODING_ENTRY ::\n   *   PS_DICT_NUM_SUBRS ::\n   *   PS_DICT_SUBR ::\n   *   PS_DICT_STD_HW ::\n   *   PS_DICT_STD_VW ::\n   *   PS_DICT_NUM_BLUE_VALUES ::\n   *   PS_DICT_BLUE_VALUE ::\n   *   PS_DICT_BLUE_FUZZ ::\n   *   PS_DICT_NUM_OTHER_BLUES ::\n   *   PS_DICT_OTHER_BLUE ::\n   *   PS_DICT_NUM_FAMILY_BLUES ::\n   *   PS_DICT_FAMILY_BLUE ::\n   *   PS_DICT_NUM_FAMILY_OTHER_BLUES ::\n   *   PS_DICT_FAMILY_OTHER_BLUE ::\n   *   PS_DICT_BLUE_SCALE ::\n   *   PS_DICT_BLUE_SHIFT ::\n   *   PS_DICT_NUM_STEM_SNAP_H ::\n   *   PS_DICT_STEM_SNAP_H ::\n   *   PS_DICT_NUM_STEM_SNAP_V ::\n   *   PS_DICT_STEM_SNAP_V ::\n   *   PS_DICT_FORCE_BOLD ::\n   *   PS_DICT_RND_STEM_UP ::\n   *   PS_DICT_MIN_FEATURE ::\n   *   PS_DICT_LEN_IV ::\n   *   PS_DICT_PASSWORD ::\n   *   PS_DICT_LANGUAGE_GROUP ::\n   *   PS_DICT_VERSION ::\n   *   PS_DICT_NOTICE ::\n   *   PS_DICT_FULL_NAME ::\n   *   PS_DICT_FAMILY_NAME ::\n   *   PS_DICT_WEIGHT ::\n   *   PS_DICT_IS_FIXED_PITCH ::\n   *   PS_DICT_UNDERLINE_POSITION ::\n   *   PS_DICT_UNDERLINE_THICKNESS ::\n   *   PS_DICT_FS_TYPE ::\n   *   PS_DICT_ITALIC_ANGLE ::\n   *\n   * @since:\n   *   2.4.8\n   */\n  typedef enum  PS_Dict_Keys_\n  {\n    /* conventionally in the font dictionary */\n    PS_DICT_FONT_TYPE,              /* FT_Byte         */\n    PS_DICT_FONT_MATRIX,            /* FT_Fixed        */\n    PS_DICT_FONT_BBOX,              /* FT_Fixed        */\n    PS_DICT_PAINT_TYPE,             /* FT_Byte         */\n    PS_DICT_FONT_NAME,              /* FT_String*      */\n    PS_DICT_UNIQUE_ID,              /* FT_Int          */\n    PS_DICT_NUM_CHAR_STRINGS,       /* FT_Int          */\n    PS_DICT_CHAR_STRING_KEY,        /* FT_String*      */\n    PS_DICT_CHAR_STRING,            /* FT_String*      */\n    PS_DICT_ENCODING_TYPE,          /* T1_EncodingType */\n    PS_DICT_ENCODING_ENTRY,         /* FT_String*      */\n\n    /* conventionally in the font Private dictionary */\n    PS_DICT_NUM_SUBRS,              /* FT_Int     */\n    PS_DICT_SUBR,                   /* FT_String* */\n    PS_DICT_STD_HW,                 /* FT_UShort  */\n    PS_DICT_STD_VW,                 /* FT_UShort  */\n    PS_DICT_NUM_BLUE_VALUES,        /* FT_Byte    */\n    PS_DICT_BLUE_VALUE,             /* FT_Short   */\n    PS_DICT_BLUE_FUZZ,              /* FT_Int     */\n    PS_DICT_NUM_OTHER_BLUES,        /* FT_Byte    */\n    PS_DICT_OTHER_BLUE,             /* FT_Short   */\n    PS_DICT_NUM_FAMILY_BLUES,       /* FT_Byte    */\n    PS_DICT_FAMILY_BLUE,            /* FT_Short   */\n    PS_DICT_NUM_FAMILY_OTHER_BLUES, /* FT_Byte    */\n    PS_DICT_FAMILY_OTHER_BLUE,      /* FT_Short   */\n    PS_DICT_BLUE_SCALE,             /* FT_Fixed   */\n    PS_DICT_BLUE_SHIFT,             /* FT_Int     */\n    PS_DICT_NUM_STEM_SNAP_H,        /* FT_Byte    */\n    PS_DICT_STEM_SNAP_H,            /* FT_Short   */\n    PS_DICT_NUM_STEM_SNAP_V,        /* FT_Byte    */\n    PS_DICT_STEM_SNAP_V,            /* FT_Short   */\n    PS_DICT_FORCE_BOLD,             /* FT_Bool    */\n    PS_DICT_RND_STEM_UP,            /* FT_Bool    */\n    PS_DICT_MIN_FEATURE,            /* FT_Short   */\n    PS_DICT_LEN_IV,                 /* FT_Int     */\n    PS_DICT_PASSWORD,               /* FT_Long    */\n    PS_DICT_LANGUAGE_GROUP,         /* FT_Long    */\n\n    /* conventionally in the font FontInfo dictionary */\n    PS_DICT_VERSION,                /* FT_String* */\n    PS_DICT_NOTICE,                 /* FT_String* */\n    PS_DICT_FULL_NAME,              /* FT_String* */\n    PS_DICT_FAMILY_NAME,            /* FT_String* */\n    PS_DICT_WEIGHT,                 /* FT_String* */\n    PS_DICT_IS_FIXED_PITCH,         /* FT_Bool    */\n    PS_DICT_UNDERLINE_POSITION,     /* FT_Short   */\n    PS_DICT_UNDERLINE_THICKNESS,    /* FT_UShort  */\n    PS_DICT_FS_TYPE,                /* FT_UShort  */\n    PS_DICT_ITALIC_ANGLE,           /* FT_Long    */\n\n    PS_DICT_MAX = PS_DICT_ITALIC_ANGLE\n\n  } PS_Dict_Keys;\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @function:\n   *    FT_Get_PS_Font_Value\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *    Retrieve the value for the supplied key from a PostScript font.\n   *\n   * @input:\n   *    face ::\n   *      PostScript face handle.\n   *\n   *    key ::\n   *      An enumeration value representing the dictionary key to retrieve.\n   *\n   *    idx ::\n   *      For array values, this specifies the index to be returned.\n   *\n   *    value ::\n   *      A pointer to memory into which to write the value.\n   *\n   *    valen_len ::\n   *      The size, in bytes, of the memory supplied for the value.\n   *\n   * @output:\n   *    value ::\n   *      The value matching the above key, if it exists.\n   *\n   * @return:\n   *    The amount of memory (in bytes) required to hold the requested value\n   *    (if it exists, -1 otherwise).\n   *\n   * @note:\n   *    The values returned are not pointers into the internal structures of\n   *    the face, but are 'fresh' copies, so that the memory containing them\n   *    belongs to the calling application.  This also enforces the\n   *    'read-only' nature of these values, i.e., this function cannot be\n   *    used to manipulate the face.\n   *\n   *    `value` is a void pointer because the values returned can be of\n   *    various types.\n   *\n   *    If either `value` is `NULL` or `value_len` is too small, just the\n   *    required memory size for the requested entry is returned.\n   *\n   *    The `idx` parameter is used, not only to retrieve elements of, for\n   *    example, the FontMatrix or FontBBox, but also to retrieve name keys\n   *    from the CharStrings dictionary, and the charstrings themselves.  It\n   *    is ignored for atomic values.\n   *\n   *    `PS_DICT_BLUE_SCALE` returns a value that is scaled up by 1000.  To\n   *    get the value as in the font stream, you need to divide by 65536000.0\n   *    (to remove the FT_Fixed scale, and the x1000 scale).\n   *\n   *    IMPORTANT: Only key/value pairs read by the FreeType interpreter can\n   *    be retrieved.  So, for example, PostScript procedures such as NP, ND,\n   *    and RD are not available.  Arbitrary keys are, obviously, not be\n   *    available either.\n   *\n   *    If the font's format is not PostScript-based, this function returns\n   *    the `FT_Err_Invalid_Argument` error code.\n   *\n   * @since:\n   *    2.4.8\n   *\n   */\n  FT_EXPORT( FT_Long )\n  FT_Get_PS_Font_Value( FT_Face       face,\n                        PS_Dict_Keys  key,\n                        FT_UInt       idx,\n                        void         *value,\n                        FT_Long       value_len );\n\n  /* */\n\nFT_END_HEADER\n\n#endif /* T1TABLES_H_ */\n\n\n/* END */\n"
  },
  {
    "path": "Antario/LIB/freetype/freetype/ttnameid.h",
    "content": "/****************************************************************************\n *\n * ttnameid.h\n *\n *   TrueType name ID definitions (specification only).\n *\n * Copyright (C) 1996-2019 by\n * David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.\n *\n * This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,\n * modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project\n * license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute\n * this file you indicate that you have read the license and\n * understand and accept it fully.\n *\n */\n\n\n#ifndef TTNAMEID_H_\n#define TTNAMEID_H_\n\n\n#include <ft2build.h>\n\n\nFT_BEGIN_HEADER\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @section:\n   *   truetype_tables\n   */\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * Possible values for the 'platform' identifier code in the name records\n   * of an SFNT 'name' table.\n   *\n   */\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @enum:\n   *   TT_PLATFORM_XXX\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   A list of valid values for the `platform_id` identifier code in\n   *   @FT_CharMapRec and @FT_SfntName structures.\n   *\n   * @values:\n   *   TT_PLATFORM_APPLE_UNICODE ::\n   *     Used by Apple to indicate a Unicode character map and/or name entry.\n   *     See @TT_APPLE_ID_XXX for corresponding `encoding_id` values.  Note\n   *     that name entries in this format are coded as big-endian UCS-2\n   *     character codes _only_.\n   *\n   *   TT_PLATFORM_MACINTOSH ::\n   *     Used by Apple to indicate a MacOS-specific charmap and/or name\n   *     entry.  See @TT_MAC_ID_XXX for corresponding `encoding_id` values.\n   *     Note that most TrueType fonts contain an Apple roman charmap to be\n   *     usable on MacOS systems (even if they contain a Microsoft charmap as\n   *     well).\n   *\n   *   TT_PLATFORM_ISO ::\n   *     This value was used to specify ISO/IEC 10646 charmaps.  It is\n   *     however now deprecated.  See @TT_ISO_ID_XXX for a list of\n   *     corresponding `encoding_id` values.\n   *\n   *   TT_PLATFORM_MICROSOFT ::\n   *     Used by Microsoft to indicate Windows-specific charmaps.  See\n   *     @TT_MS_ID_XXX for a list of corresponding `encoding_id` values.\n   *     Note that most fonts contain a Unicode charmap using\n   *     (`TT_PLATFORM_MICROSOFT`, @TT_MS_ID_UNICODE_CS).\n   *\n   *   TT_PLATFORM_CUSTOM ::\n   *     Used to indicate application-specific charmaps.\n   *\n   *   TT_PLATFORM_ADOBE ::\n   *     This value isn't part of any font format specification, but is used\n   *     by FreeType to report Adobe-specific charmaps in an @FT_CharMapRec\n   *     structure.  See @TT_ADOBE_ID_XXX.\n   */\n\n#define TT_PLATFORM_APPLE_UNICODE  0\n#define TT_PLATFORM_MACINTOSH      1\n#define TT_PLATFORM_ISO            2 /* deprecated */\n#define TT_PLATFORM_MICROSOFT      3\n#define TT_PLATFORM_CUSTOM         4\n#define TT_PLATFORM_ADOBE          7 /* artificial */\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @enum:\n   *   TT_APPLE_ID_XXX\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   A list of valid values for the `encoding_id` for\n   *   @TT_PLATFORM_APPLE_UNICODE charmaps and name entries.\n   *\n   * @values:\n   *   TT_APPLE_ID_DEFAULT ::\n   *     Unicode version 1.0.\n   *\n   *   TT_APPLE_ID_UNICODE_1_1 ::\n   *     Unicode 1.1; specifies Hangul characters starting at U+34xx.\n   *\n   *   TT_APPLE_ID_ISO_10646 ::\n   *     Deprecated (identical to preceding).\n   *\n   *   TT_APPLE_ID_UNICODE_2_0 ::\n   *     Unicode 2.0 and beyond (UTF-16 BMP only).\n   *\n   *   TT_APPLE_ID_UNICODE_32 ::\n   *     Unicode 3.1 and beyond, using UTF-32.\n   *\n   *   TT_APPLE_ID_VARIANT_SELECTOR ::\n   *     From Adobe, not Apple.  Not a normal cmap.  Specifies variations on\n   *     a real cmap.\n   *\n   *   TT_APPLE_ID_FULL_UNICODE ::\n   *     Used for fallback fonts that provide complete Unicode coverage with\n   *     a type~13 cmap.\n   */\n\n#define TT_APPLE_ID_DEFAULT           0 /* Unicode 1.0                   */\n#define TT_APPLE_ID_UNICODE_1_1       1 /* specify Hangul at U+34xx      */\n#define TT_APPLE_ID_ISO_10646         2 /* deprecated                    */\n#define TT_APPLE_ID_UNICODE_2_0       3 /* or later                      */\n#define TT_APPLE_ID_UNICODE_32        4 /* 2.0 or later, full repertoire */\n#define TT_APPLE_ID_VARIANT_SELECTOR  5 /* variation selector data       */\n#define TT_APPLE_ID_FULL_UNICODE      6 /* used with type 13 cmaps       */\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @enum:\n   *   TT_MAC_ID_XXX\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   A list of valid values for the `encoding_id` for\n   *   @TT_PLATFORM_MACINTOSH charmaps and name entries.\n   */\n\n#define TT_MAC_ID_ROMAN                 0\n#define TT_MAC_ID_JAPANESE              1\n#define TT_MAC_ID_TRADITIONAL_CHINESE   2\n#define TT_MAC_ID_KOREAN                3\n#define TT_MAC_ID_ARABIC                4\n#define TT_MAC_ID_HEBREW                5\n#define TT_MAC_ID_GREEK                 6\n#define TT_MAC_ID_RUSSIAN               7\n#define TT_MAC_ID_RSYMBOL               8\n#define TT_MAC_ID_DEVANAGARI            9\n#define TT_MAC_ID_GURMUKHI             10\n#define TT_MAC_ID_GUJARATI             11\n#define TT_MAC_ID_ORIYA                12\n#define TT_MAC_ID_BENGALI              13\n#define TT_MAC_ID_TAMIL                14\n#define TT_MAC_ID_TELUGU               15\n#define TT_MAC_ID_KANNADA              16\n#define TT_MAC_ID_MALAYALAM            17\n#define TT_MAC_ID_SINHALESE            18\n#define TT_MAC_ID_BURMESE              19\n#define TT_MAC_ID_KHMER                20\n#define TT_MAC_ID_THAI                 21\n#define TT_MAC_ID_LAOTIAN              22\n#define TT_MAC_ID_GEORGIAN             23\n#define TT_MAC_ID_ARMENIAN             24\n#define TT_MAC_ID_MALDIVIAN            25\n#define TT_MAC_ID_SIMPLIFIED_CHINESE   25\n#define TT_MAC_ID_TIBETAN              26\n#define TT_MAC_ID_MONGOLIAN            27\n#define TT_MAC_ID_GEEZ                 28\n#define TT_MAC_ID_SLAVIC               29\n#define TT_MAC_ID_VIETNAMESE           30\n#define TT_MAC_ID_SINDHI               31\n#define TT_MAC_ID_UNINTERP             32\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @enum:\n   *   TT_ISO_ID_XXX\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   A list of valid values for the `encoding_id` for @TT_PLATFORM_ISO\n   *   charmaps and name entries.\n   *\n   *   Their use is now deprecated.\n   *\n   * @values:\n   *   TT_ISO_ID_7BIT_ASCII ::\n   *     ASCII.\n   *   TT_ISO_ID_10646 ::\n   *     ISO/10646.\n   *   TT_ISO_ID_8859_1 ::\n   *     Also known as Latin-1.\n   */\n\n#define TT_ISO_ID_7BIT_ASCII  0\n#define TT_ISO_ID_10646       1\n#define TT_ISO_ID_8859_1      2\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @enum:\n   *   TT_MS_ID_XXX\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   A list of valid values for the `encoding_id` for\n   *   @TT_PLATFORM_MICROSOFT charmaps and name entries.\n   *\n   * @values:\n   *   TT_MS_ID_SYMBOL_CS ::\n   *     Microsoft symbol encoding.  See @FT_ENCODING_MS_SYMBOL.\n   *\n   *   TT_MS_ID_UNICODE_CS ::\n   *     Microsoft WGL4 charmap, matching Unicode.  See @FT_ENCODING_UNICODE.\n   *\n   *   TT_MS_ID_SJIS ::\n   *     Shift JIS Japanese encoding.  See @FT_ENCODING_SJIS.\n   *\n   *   TT_MS_ID_PRC ::\n   *     Chinese encodings as used in the People's Republic of China (PRC).\n   *     This means the encodings GB~2312 and its supersets GBK and GB~18030.\n   *     See @FT_ENCODING_PRC.\n   *\n   *   TT_MS_ID_BIG_5 ::\n   *     Traditional Chinese as used in Taiwan and Hong Kong.  See\n   *     @FT_ENCODING_BIG5.\n   *\n   *   TT_MS_ID_WANSUNG ::\n   *     Korean Extended Wansung encoding.  See @FT_ENCODING_WANSUNG.\n   *\n   *   TT_MS_ID_JOHAB ::\n   *     Korean Johab encoding.  See @FT_ENCODING_JOHAB.\n   *\n   *   TT_MS_ID_UCS_4 ::\n   *     UCS-4 or UTF-32 charmaps.  This has been added to the OpenType\n   *     specification version 1.4 (mid-2001).\n   */\n\n#define TT_MS_ID_SYMBOL_CS    0\n#define TT_MS_ID_UNICODE_CS   1\n#define TT_MS_ID_SJIS         2\n#define TT_MS_ID_PRC          3\n#define TT_MS_ID_BIG_5        4\n#define TT_MS_ID_WANSUNG      5\n#define TT_MS_ID_JOHAB        6\n#define TT_MS_ID_UCS_4       10\n\n  /* this value is deprecated */\n#define TT_MS_ID_GB2312  TT_MS_ID_PRC\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @enum:\n   *   TT_ADOBE_ID_XXX\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   A list of valid values for the `encoding_id` for @TT_PLATFORM_ADOBE\n   *   charmaps.  This is a FreeType-specific extension!\n   *\n   * @values:\n   *   TT_ADOBE_ID_STANDARD ::\n   *     Adobe standard encoding.\n   *   TT_ADOBE_ID_EXPERT ::\n   *     Adobe expert encoding.\n   *   TT_ADOBE_ID_CUSTOM ::\n   *     Adobe custom encoding.\n   *   TT_ADOBE_ID_LATIN_1 ::\n   *     Adobe Latin~1 encoding.\n   */\n\n#define TT_ADOBE_ID_STANDARD  0\n#define TT_ADOBE_ID_EXPERT    1\n#define TT_ADOBE_ID_CUSTOM    2\n#define TT_ADOBE_ID_LATIN_1   3\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @enum:\n   *   TT_MAC_LANGID_XXX\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   Possible values of the language identifier field in the name records\n   *   of the SFNT 'name' table if the 'platform' identifier code is\n   *   @TT_PLATFORM_MACINTOSH.  These values are also used as return values\n   *   for function @FT_Get_CMap_Language_ID.\n   *\n   *   The canonical source for Apple's IDs is\n   *\n   *     https://developer.apple.com/fonts/TrueType-Reference-Manual/RM06/Chap6name.html\n   */\n\n#define TT_MAC_LANGID_ENGLISH                       0\n#define TT_MAC_LANGID_FRENCH                        1\n#define TT_MAC_LANGID_GERMAN                        2\n#define TT_MAC_LANGID_ITALIAN                       3\n#define TT_MAC_LANGID_DUTCH                         4\n#define TT_MAC_LANGID_SWEDISH                       5\n#define TT_MAC_LANGID_SPANISH                       6\n#define TT_MAC_LANGID_DANISH                        7\n#define TT_MAC_LANGID_PORTUGUESE                    8\n#define TT_MAC_LANGID_NORWEGIAN                     9\n#define TT_MAC_LANGID_HEBREW                       10\n#define TT_MAC_LANGID_JAPANESE                     11\n#define TT_MAC_LANGID_ARABIC                       12\n#define TT_MAC_LANGID_FINNISH                      13\n#define TT_MAC_LANGID_GREEK                        14\n#define TT_MAC_LANGID_ICELANDIC                    15\n#define TT_MAC_LANGID_MALTESE                      16\n#define TT_MAC_LANGID_TURKISH                      17\n#define TT_MAC_LANGID_CROATIAN                     18\n#define TT_MAC_LANGID_CHINESE_TRADITIONAL          19\n#define TT_MAC_LANGID_URDU                         20\n#define TT_MAC_LANGID_HINDI                        21\n#define TT_MAC_LANGID_THAI                         22\n#define TT_MAC_LANGID_KOREAN                       23\n#define TT_MAC_LANGID_LITHUANIAN                   24\n#define TT_MAC_LANGID_POLISH                       25\n#define TT_MAC_LANGID_HUNGARIAN                    26\n#define TT_MAC_LANGID_ESTONIAN                     27\n#define TT_MAC_LANGID_LETTISH                      28\n#define TT_MAC_LANGID_SAAMISK                      29\n#define TT_MAC_LANGID_FAEROESE                     30\n#define TT_MAC_LANGID_FARSI                        31\n#define TT_MAC_LANGID_RUSSIAN                      32\n#define TT_MAC_LANGID_CHINESE_SIMPLIFIED           33\n#define TT_MAC_LANGID_FLEMISH                      34\n#define TT_MAC_LANGID_IRISH                        35\n#define TT_MAC_LANGID_ALBANIAN                     36\n#define TT_MAC_LANGID_ROMANIAN                     37\n#define TT_MAC_LANGID_CZECH                        38\n#define TT_MAC_LANGID_SLOVAK                       39\n#define TT_MAC_LANGID_SLOVENIAN                    40\n#define TT_MAC_LANGID_YIDDISH                      41\n#define TT_MAC_LANGID_SERBIAN                      42\n#define TT_MAC_LANGID_MACEDONIAN                   43\n#define TT_MAC_LANGID_BULGARIAN                    44\n#define TT_MAC_LANGID_UKRAINIAN                    45\n#define TT_MAC_LANGID_BYELORUSSIAN                 46\n#define TT_MAC_LANGID_UZBEK                        47\n#define TT_MAC_LANGID_KAZAKH                       48\n#define TT_MAC_LANGID_AZERBAIJANI                  49\n#define TT_MAC_LANGID_AZERBAIJANI_CYRILLIC_SCRIPT  49\n#define TT_MAC_LANGID_AZERBAIJANI_ARABIC_SCRIPT    50\n#define TT_MAC_LANGID_ARMENIAN                     51\n#define TT_MAC_LANGID_GEORGIAN                     52\n#define TT_MAC_LANGID_MOLDAVIAN                    53\n#define TT_MAC_LANGID_KIRGHIZ                      54\n#define TT_MAC_LANGID_TAJIKI                       55\n#define TT_MAC_LANGID_TURKMEN                      56\n#define TT_MAC_LANGID_MONGOLIAN                    57\n#define TT_MAC_LANGID_MONGOLIAN_MONGOLIAN_SCRIPT   57\n#define TT_MAC_LANGID_MONGOLIAN_CYRILLIC_SCRIPT    58\n#define TT_MAC_LANGID_PASHTO                       59\n#define TT_MAC_LANGID_KURDISH                      60\n#define TT_MAC_LANGID_KASHMIRI                     61\n#define TT_MAC_LANGID_SINDHI                       62\n#define TT_MAC_LANGID_TIBETAN                      63\n#define TT_MAC_LANGID_NEPALI                       64\n#define TT_MAC_LANGID_SANSKRIT                     65\n#define TT_MAC_LANGID_MARATHI                      66\n#define TT_MAC_LANGID_BENGALI                      67\n#define TT_MAC_LANGID_ASSAMESE                     68\n#define TT_MAC_LANGID_GUJARATI                     69\n#define TT_MAC_LANGID_PUNJABI                      70\n#define TT_MAC_LANGID_ORIYA                        71\n#define TT_MAC_LANGID_MALAYALAM                    72\n#define TT_MAC_LANGID_KANNADA                      73\n#define TT_MAC_LANGID_TAMIL                        74\n#define TT_MAC_LANGID_TELUGU                       75\n#define TT_MAC_LANGID_SINHALESE                    76\n#define TT_MAC_LANGID_BURMESE                      77\n#define TT_MAC_LANGID_KHMER                        78\n#define TT_MAC_LANGID_LAO                          79\n#define TT_MAC_LANGID_VIETNAMESE                   80\n#define TT_MAC_LANGID_INDONESIAN                   81\n#define TT_MAC_LANGID_TAGALOG                      82\n#define TT_MAC_LANGID_MALAY_ROMAN_SCRIPT           83\n#define TT_MAC_LANGID_MALAY_ARABIC_SCRIPT          84\n#define TT_MAC_LANGID_AMHARIC                      85\n#define TT_MAC_LANGID_TIGRINYA                     86\n#define TT_MAC_LANGID_GALLA                        87\n#define TT_MAC_LANGID_SOMALI                       88\n#define TT_MAC_LANGID_SWAHILI                      89\n#define TT_MAC_LANGID_RUANDA                       90\n#define TT_MAC_LANGID_RUNDI                        91\n#define TT_MAC_LANGID_CHEWA                        92\n#define TT_MAC_LANGID_MALAGASY                     93\n#define TT_MAC_LANGID_ESPERANTO                    94\n#define TT_MAC_LANGID_WELSH                       128\n#define TT_MAC_LANGID_BASQUE                      129\n#define TT_MAC_LANGID_CATALAN                     130\n#define TT_MAC_LANGID_LATIN                       131\n#define TT_MAC_LANGID_QUECHUA                     132\n#define TT_MAC_LANGID_GUARANI                     133\n#define TT_MAC_LANGID_AYMARA                      134\n#define TT_MAC_LANGID_TATAR                       135\n#define TT_MAC_LANGID_UIGHUR                      136\n#define TT_MAC_LANGID_DZONGKHA                    137\n#define TT_MAC_LANGID_JAVANESE                    138\n#define TT_MAC_LANGID_SUNDANESE                   139\n\n  /* The following codes are new as of 2000-03-10 */\n#define TT_MAC_LANGID_GALICIAN                    140\n#define TT_MAC_LANGID_AFRIKAANS                   141\n#define TT_MAC_LANGID_BRETON                      142\n#define TT_MAC_LANGID_INUKTITUT                   143\n#define TT_MAC_LANGID_SCOTTISH_GAELIC             144\n#define TT_MAC_LANGID_MANX_GAELIC                 145\n#define TT_MAC_LANGID_IRISH_GAELIC                146\n#define TT_MAC_LANGID_TONGAN                      147\n#define TT_MAC_LANGID_GREEK_POLYTONIC             148\n#define TT_MAC_LANGID_GREELANDIC                  149\n#define TT_MAC_LANGID_AZERBAIJANI_ROMAN_SCRIPT    150\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @enum:\n   *   TT_MS_LANGID_XXX\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   Possible values of the language identifier field in the name records\n   *   of the SFNT 'name' table if the 'platform' identifier code is\n   *   @TT_PLATFORM_MICROSOFT.  These values are also used as return values\n   *   for function @FT_Get_CMap_Language_ID.\n   *\n   *   The canonical source for Microsoft's IDs is\n   *\n   *     https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/windows/desktop/Intl/language-identifier-constants-and-strings ,\n   *\n   *   however, we only provide macros for language identifiers present in\n   *   the OpenType specification: Microsoft has abandoned the concept of\n   *   LCIDs (language code identifiers), and format~1 of the 'name' table\n   *   provides a better mechanism for languages not covered here.\n   *\n   *   More legacy values not listed in the reference can be found in the\n   *   @FT_TRUETYPE_IDS_H header file.\n   */\n\n#define TT_MS_LANGID_ARABIC_SAUDI_ARABIA               0x0401\n#define TT_MS_LANGID_ARABIC_IRAQ                       0x0801\n#define TT_MS_LANGID_ARABIC_EGYPT                      0x0C01\n#define TT_MS_LANGID_ARABIC_LIBYA                      0x1001\n#define TT_MS_LANGID_ARABIC_ALGERIA                    0x1401\n#define TT_MS_LANGID_ARABIC_MOROCCO                    0x1801\n#define TT_MS_LANGID_ARABIC_TUNISIA                    0x1C01\n#define TT_MS_LANGID_ARABIC_OMAN                       0x2001\n#define TT_MS_LANGID_ARABIC_YEMEN                      0x2401\n#define TT_MS_LANGID_ARABIC_SYRIA                      0x2801\n#define TT_MS_LANGID_ARABIC_JORDAN                     0x2C01\n#define TT_MS_LANGID_ARABIC_LEBANON                    0x3001\n#define TT_MS_LANGID_ARABIC_KUWAIT                     0x3401\n#define TT_MS_LANGID_ARABIC_UAE                        0x3801\n#define TT_MS_LANGID_ARABIC_BAHRAIN                    0x3C01\n#define TT_MS_LANGID_ARABIC_QATAR                      0x4001\n#define TT_MS_LANGID_BULGARIAN_BULGARIA                0x0402\n#define TT_MS_LANGID_CATALAN_CATALAN                   0x0403\n#define TT_MS_LANGID_CHINESE_TAIWAN                    0x0404\n#define TT_MS_LANGID_CHINESE_PRC                       0x0804\n#define TT_MS_LANGID_CHINESE_HONG_KONG                 0x0C04\n#define TT_MS_LANGID_CHINESE_SINGAPORE                 0x1004\n#define TT_MS_LANGID_CHINESE_MACAO                     0x1404\n#define TT_MS_LANGID_CZECH_CZECH_REPUBLIC              0x0405\n#define TT_MS_LANGID_DANISH_DENMARK                    0x0406\n#define TT_MS_LANGID_GERMAN_GERMANY                    0x0407\n#define TT_MS_LANGID_GERMAN_SWITZERLAND                0x0807\n#define TT_MS_LANGID_GERMAN_AUSTRIA                    0x0C07\n#define TT_MS_LANGID_GERMAN_LUXEMBOURG                 0x1007\n#define TT_MS_LANGID_GERMAN_LIECHTENSTEIN              0x1407\n#define TT_MS_LANGID_GREEK_GREECE                      0x0408\n#define TT_MS_LANGID_ENGLISH_UNITED_STATES             0x0409\n#define TT_MS_LANGID_ENGLISH_UNITED_KINGDOM            0x0809\n#define TT_MS_LANGID_ENGLISH_AUSTRALIA                 0x0C09\n#define TT_MS_LANGID_ENGLISH_CANADA                    0x1009\n#define TT_MS_LANGID_ENGLISH_NEW_ZEALAND               0x1409\n#define TT_MS_LANGID_ENGLISH_IRELAND                   0x1809\n#define TT_MS_LANGID_ENGLISH_SOUTH_AFRICA              0x1C09\n#define TT_MS_LANGID_ENGLISH_JAMAICA                   0x2009\n#define TT_MS_LANGID_ENGLISH_CARIBBEAN                 0x2409\n#define TT_MS_LANGID_ENGLISH_BELIZE                    0x2809\n#define TT_MS_LANGID_ENGLISH_TRINIDAD                  0x2C09\n#define TT_MS_LANGID_ENGLISH_ZIMBABWE                  0x3009\n#define TT_MS_LANGID_ENGLISH_PHILIPPINES               0x3409\n#define TT_MS_LANGID_ENGLISH_INDIA                     0x4009\n#define TT_MS_LANGID_ENGLISH_MALAYSIA                  0x4409\n#define TT_MS_LANGID_ENGLISH_SINGAPORE                 0x4809\n#define TT_MS_LANGID_SPANISH_SPAIN_TRADITIONAL_SORT    0x040A\n#define TT_MS_LANGID_SPANISH_MEXICO                    0x080A\n#define TT_MS_LANGID_SPANISH_SPAIN_MODERN_SORT         0x0C0A\n#define TT_MS_LANGID_SPANISH_GUATEMALA                 0x100A\n#define TT_MS_LANGID_SPANISH_COSTA_RICA                0x140A\n#define TT_MS_LANGID_SPANISH_PANAMA                    0x180A\n#define TT_MS_LANGID_SPANISH_DOMINICAN_REPUBLIC        0x1C0A\n#define TT_MS_LANGID_SPANISH_VENEZUELA                 0x200A\n#define TT_MS_LANGID_SPANISH_COLOMBIA                  0x240A\n#define TT_MS_LANGID_SPANISH_PERU                      0x280A\n#define TT_MS_LANGID_SPANISH_ARGENTINA                 0x2C0A\n#define TT_MS_LANGID_SPANISH_ECUADOR                   0x300A\n#define TT_MS_LANGID_SPANISH_CHILE                     0x340A\n#define TT_MS_LANGID_SPANISH_URUGUAY                   0x380A\n#define TT_MS_LANGID_SPANISH_PARAGUAY                  0x3C0A\n#define TT_MS_LANGID_SPANISH_BOLIVIA                   0x400A\n#define TT_MS_LANGID_SPANISH_EL_SALVADOR               0x440A\n#define TT_MS_LANGID_SPANISH_HONDURAS                  0x480A\n#define TT_MS_LANGID_SPANISH_NICARAGUA                 0x4C0A\n#define TT_MS_LANGID_SPANISH_PUERTO_RICO               0x500A\n#define TT_MS_LANGID_SPANISH_UNITED_STATES             0x540A\n#define TT_MS_LANGID_FINNISH_FINLAND                   0x040B\n#define TT_MS_LANGID_FRENCH_FRANCE                     0x040C\n#define TT_MS_LANGID_FRENCH_BELGIUM                    0x080C\n#define TT_MS_LANGID_FRENCH_CANADA                     0x0C0C\n#define TT_MS_LANGID_FRENCH_SWITZERLAND                0x100C\n#define TT_MS_LANGID_FRENCH_LUXEMBOURG                 0x140C\n#define TT_MS_LANGID_FRENCH_MONACO                     0x180C\n#define TT_MS_LANGID_HEBREW_ISRAEL                     0x040D\n#define TT_MS_LANGID_HUNGARIAN_HUNGARY                 0x040E\n#define TT_MS_LANGID_ICELANDIC_ICELAND                 0x040F\n#define TT_MS_LANGID_ITALIAN_ITALY                     0x0410\n#define TT_MS_LANGID_ITALIAN_SWITZERLAND               0x0810\n#define TT_MS_LANGID_JAPANESE_JAPAN                    0x0411\n#define TT_MS_LANGID_KOREAN_KOREA                      0x0412\n#define TT_MS_LANGID_DUTCH_NETHERLANDS                 0x0413\n#define TT_MS_LANGID_DUTCH_BELGIUM                     0x0813\n#define TT_MS_LANGID_NORWEGIAN_NORWAY_BOKMAL           0x0414\n#define TT_MS_LANGID_NORWEGIAN_NORWAY_NYNORSK          0x0814\n#define TT_MS_LANGID_POLISH_POLAND                     0x0415\n#define TT_MS_LANGID_PORTUGUESE_BRAZIL                 0x0416\n#define TT_MS_LANGID_PORTUGUESE_PORTUGAL               0x0816\n#define TT_MS_LANGID_ROMANSH_SWITZERLAND               0x0417\n#define TT_MS_LANGID_ROMANIAN_ROMANIA                  0x0418\n#define TT_MS_LANGID_RUSSIAN_RUSSIA                    0x0419\n#define TT_MS_LANGID_CROATIAN_CROATIA                  0x041A\n#define TT_MS_LANGID_SERBIAN_SERBIA_LATIN              0x081A\n#define TT_MS_LANGID_SERBIAN_SERBIA_CYRILLIC           0x0C1A\n#define TT_MS_LANGID_CROATIAN_BOSNIA_HERZEGOVINA       0x101A\n#define TT_MS_LANGID_BOSNIAN_BOSNIA_HERZEGOVINA        0x141A\n#define TT_MS_LANGID_SERBIAN_BOSNIA_HERZ_LATIN         0x181A\n#define TT_MS_LANGID_SERBIAN_BOSNIA_HERZ_CYRILLIC      0x1C1A\n#define TT_MS_LANGID_BOSNIAN_BOSNIA_HERZ_CYRILLIC      0x201A\n#define TT_MS_LANGID_SLOVAK_SLOVAKIA                   0x041B\n#define TT_MS_LANGID_ALBANIAN_ALBANIA                  0x041C\n#define TT_MS_LANGID_SWEDISH_SWEDEN                    0x041D\n#define TT_MS_LANGID_SWEDISH_FINLAND                   0x081D\n#define TT_MS_LANGID_THAI_THAILAND                     0x041E\n#define TT_MS_LANGID_TURKISH_TURKEY                    0x041F\n#define TT_MS_LANGID_URDU_PAKISTAN                     0x0420\n#define TT_MS_LANGID_INDONESIAN_INDONESIA              0x0421\n#define TT_MS_LANGID_UKRAINIAN_UKRAINE                 0x0422\n#define TT_MS_LANGID_BELARUSIAN_BELARUS                0x0423\n#define TT_MS_LANGID_SLOVENIAN_SLOVENIA                0x0424\n#define TT_MS_LANGID_ESTONIAN_ESTONIA                  0x0425\n#define TT_MS_LANGID_LATVIAN_LATVIA                    0x0426\n#define TT_MS_LANGID_LITHUANIAN_LITHUANIA              0x0427\n#define TT_MS_LANGID_TAJIK_TAJIKISTAN                  0x0428\n#define TT_MS_LANGID_VIETNAMESE_VIET_NAM               0x042A\n#define TT_MS_LANGID_ARMENIAN_ARMENIA                  0x042B\n#define TT_MS_LANGID_AZERI_AZERBAIJAN_LATIN            0x042C\n#define TT_MS_LANGID_AZERI_AZERBAIJAN_CYRILLIC         0x082C\n#define TT_MS_LANGID_BASQUE_BASQUE                     0x042D\n#define TT_MS_LANGID_UPPER_SORBIAN_GERMANY             0x042E\n#define TT_MS_LANGID_LOWER_SORBIAN_GERMANY             0x082E\n#define TT_MS_LANGID_MACEDONIAN_MACEDONIA              0x042F\n#define TT_MS_LANGID_SETSWANA_SOUTH_AFRICA             0x0432\n#define TT_MS_LANGID_ISIXHOSA_SOUTH_AFRICA             0x0434\n#define TT_MS_LANGID_ISIZULU_SOUTH_AFRICA              0x0435\n#define TT_MS_LANGID_AFRIKAANS_SOUTH_AFRICA            0x0436\n#define TT_MS_LANGID_GEORGIAN_GEORGIA                  0x0437\n#define TT_MS_LANGID_FAEROESE_FAEROE_ISLANDS           0x0438\n#define TT_MS_LANGID_HINDI_INDIA                       0x0439\n#define TT_MS_LANGID_MALTESE_MALTA                     0x043A\n#define TT_MS_LANGID_SAMI_NORTHERN_NORWAY              0x043B\n#define TT_MS_LANGID_SAMI_NORTHERN_SWEDEN              0x083B\n#define TT_MS_LANGID_SAMI_NORTHERN_FINLAND             0x0C3B\n#define TT_MS_LANGID_SAMI_LULE_NORWAY                  0x103B\n#define TT_MS_LANGID_SAMI_LULE_SWEDEN                  0x143B\n#define TT_MS_LANGID_SAMI_SOUTHERN_NORWAY              0x183B\n#define TT_MS_LANGID_SAMI_SOUTHERN_SWEDEN              0x1C3B\n#define TT_MS_LANGID_SAMI_SKOLT_FINLAND                0x203B\n#define TT_MS_LANGID_SAMI_INARI_FINLAND                0x243B\n#define TT_MS_LANGID_IRISH_IRELAND                     0x083C\n#define TT_MS_LANGID_MALAY_MALAYSIA                    0x043E\n#define TT_MS_LANGID_MALAY_BRUNEI_DARUSSALAM           0x083E\n#define TT_MS_LANGID_KAZAKH_KAZAKHSTAN                 0x043F\n#define TT_MS_LANGID_KYRGYZ_KYRGYZSTAN /* Cyrillic*/   0x0440\n#define TT_MS_LANGID_KISWAHILI_KENYA                   0x0441\n#define TT_MS_LANGID_TURKMEN_TURKMENISTAN              0x0442\n#define TT_MS_LANGID_UZBEK_UZBEKISTAN_LATIN            0x0443\n#define TT_MS_LANGID_UZBEK_UZBEKISTAN_CYRILLIC         0x0843\n#define TT_MS_LANGID_TATAR_RUSSIA                      0x0444\n#define TT_MS_LANGID_BENGALI_INDIA                     0x0445\n#define TT_MS_LANGID_BENGALI_BANGLADESH                0x0845\n#define TT_MS_LANGID_PUNJABI_INDIA                     0x0446\n#define TT_MS_LANGID_GUJARATI_INDIA                    0x0447\n#define TT_MS_LANGID_ODIA_INDIA                        0x0448\n#define TT_MS_LANGID_TAMIL_INDIA                       0x0449\n#define TT_MS_LANGID_TELUGU_INDIA                      0x044A\n#define TT_MS_LANGID_KANNADA_INDIA                     0x044B\n#define TT_MS_LANGID_MALAYALAM_INDIA                   0x044C\n#define TT_MS_LANGID_ASSAMESE_INDIA                    0x044D\n#define TT_MS_LANGID_MARATHI_INDIA                     0x044E\n#define TT_MS_LANGID_SANSKRIT_INDIA                    0x044F\n#define TT_MS_LANGID_MONGOLIAN_MONGOLIA /* Cyrillic */ 0x0450\n#define TT_MS_LANGID_MONGOLIAN_PRC                     0x0850\n#define TT_MS_LANGID_TIBETAN_PRC                       0x0451\n#define TT_MS_LANGID_WELSH_UNITED_KINGDOM              0x0452\n#define TT_MS_LANGID_KHMER_CAMBODIA                    0x0453\n#define TT_MS_LANGID_LAO_LAOS                          0x0454\n#define TT_MS_LANGID_GALICIAN_GALICIAN                 0x0456\n#define TT_MS_LANGID_KONKANI_INDIA                     0x0457\n#define TT_MS_LANGID_SYRIAC_SYRIA                      0x045A\n#define TT_MS_LANGID_SINHALA_SRI_LANKA                 0x045B\n#define TT_MS_LANGID_INUKTITUT_CANADA                  0x045D\n#define TT_MS_LANGID_INUKTITUT_CANADA_LATIN            0x085D\n#define TT_MS_LANGID_AMHARIC_ETHIOPIA                  0x045E\n#define TT_MS_LANGID_TAMAZIGHT_ALGERIA                 0x085F\n#define TT_MS_LANGID_NEPALI_NEPAL                      0x0461\n#define TT_MS_LANGID_FRISIAN_NETHERLANDS               0x0462\n#define TT_MS_LANGID_PASHTO_AFGHANISTAN                0x0463\n#define TT_MS_LANGID_FILIPINO_PHILIPPINES              0x0464\n#define TT_MS_LANGID_DHIVEHI_MALDIVES                  0x0465\n#define TT_MS_LANGID_HAUSA_NIGERIA                     0x0468\n#define TT_MS_LANGID_YORUBA_NIGERIA                    0x046A\n#define TT_MS_LANGID_QUECHUA_BOLIVIA                   0x046B\n#define TT_MS_LANGID_QUECHUA_ECUADOR                   0x086B\n#define TT_MS_LANGID_QUECHUA_PERU                      0x0C6B\n#define TT_MS_LANGID_SESOTHO_SA_LEBOA_SOUTH_AFRICA     0x046C\n#define TT_MS_LANGID_BASHKIR_RUSSIA                    0x046D\n#define TT_MS_LANGID_LUXEMBOURGISH_LUXEMBOURG          0x046E\n#define TT_MS_LANGID_GREENLANDIC_GREENLAND             0x046F\n#define TT_MS_LANGID_IGBO_NIGERIA                      0x0470\n#define TT_MS_LANGID_YI_PRC                            0x0478\n#define TT_MS_LANGID_MAPUDUNGUN_CHILE                  0x047A\n#define TT_MS_LANGID_MOHAWK_MOHAWK                     0x047C\n#define TT_MS_LANGID_BRETON_FRANCE                     0x047E\n#define TT_MS_LANGID_UIGHUR_PRC                        0x0480\n#define TT_MS_LANGID_MAORI_NEW_ZEALAND                 0x0481\n#define TT_MS_LANGID_OCCITAN_FRANCE                    0x0482\n#define TT_MS_LANGID_CORSICAN_FRANCE                   0x0483\n#define TT_MS_LANGID_ALSATIAN_FRANCE                   0x0484\n#define TT_MS_LANGID_YAKUT_RUSSIA                      0x0485\n#define TT_MS_LANGID_KICHE_GUATEMALA                   0x0486\n#define TT_MS_LANGID_KINYARWANDA_RWANDA                0x0487\n#define TT_MS_LANGID_WOLOF_SENEGAL                     0x0488\n#define TT_MS_LANGID_DARI_AFGHANISTAN                  0x048C\n\n  /* */\n\n\n  /* legacy macro definitions not present in OpenType 1.8.1 */\n#define TT_MS_LANGID_ARABIC_GENERAL                    0x0001\n#define TT_MS_LANGID_CATALAN_SPAIN \\\n          TT_MS_LANGID_CATALAN_CATALAN\n#define TT_MS_LANGID_CHINESE_GENERAL                   0x0004\n#define TT_MS_LANGID_CHINESE_MACAU \\\n          TT_MS_LANGID_CHINESE_MACAO\n#define TT_MS_LANGID_GERMAN_LIECHTENSTEI \\\n          TT_MS_LANGID_GERMAN_LIECHTENSTEIN\n#define TT_MS_LANGID_ENGLISH_GENERAL                   0x0009\n#define TT_MS_LANGID_ENGLISH_INDONESIA                 0x3809\n#define TT_MS_LANGID_ENGLISH_HONG_KONG                 0x3C09\n#define TT_MS_LANGID_SPANISH_SPAIN_INTERNATIONAL_SORT \\\n          TT_MS_LANGID_SPANISH_SPAIN_MODERN_SORT\n#define TT_MS_LANGID_SPANISH_LATIN_AMERICA             0xE40AU\n#define TT_MS_LANGID_FRENCH_WEST_INDIES                0x1C0C\n#define TT_MS_LANGID_FRENCH_REUNION                    0x200C\n#define TT_MS_LANGID_FRENCH_CONGO                      0x240C\n  /* which was formerly: */\n#define TT_MS_LANGID_FRENCH_ZAIRE \\\n          TT_MS_LANGID_FRENCH_CONGO\n#define TT_MS_LANGID_FRENCH_SENEGAL                    0x280C\n#define TT_MS_LANGID_FRENCH_CAMEROON                   0x2C0C\n#define TT_MS_LANGID_FRENCH_COTE_D_IVOIRE              0x300C\n#define TT_MS_LANGID_FRENCH_MALI                       0x340C\n#define TT_MS_LANGID_FRENCH_MOROCCO                    0x380C\n#define TT_MS_LANGID_FRENCH_HAITI                      0x3C0C\n#define TT_MS_LANGID_FRENCH_NORTH_AFRICA               0xE40CU\n#define TT_MS_LANGID_KOREAN_EXTENDED_WANSUNG_KOREA \\\n          TT_MS_LANGID_KOREAN_KOREA\n#define TT_MS_LANGID_KOREAN_JOHAB_KOREA                0x0812\n#define TT_MS_LANGID_RHAETO_ROMANIC_SWITZERLAND \\\n          TT_MS_LANGID_ROMANSH_SWITZERLAND\n#define TT_MS_LANGID_MOLDAVIAN_MOLDAVIA                0x0818\n#define TT_MS_LANGID_RUSSIAN_MOLDAVIA                  0x0819\n#define TT_MS_LANGID_URDU_INDIA                        0x0820\n#define TT_MS_LANGID_CLASSIC_LITHUANIAN_LITHUANIA      0x0827\n#define TT_MS_LANGID_SLOVENE_SLOVENIA \\\n          TT_MS_LANGID_SLOVENIAN_SLOVENIA\n#define TT_MS_LANGID_FARSI_IRAN                        0x0429\n#define TT_MS_LANGID_BASQUE_SPAIN \\\n          TT_MS_LANGID_BASQUE_BASQUE\n#define TT_MS_LANGID_SORBIAN_GERMANY \\\n          TT_MS_LANGID_UPPER_SORBIAN_GERMANY\n#define TT_MS_LANGID_SUTU_SOUTH_AFRICA                 0x0430\n#define TT_MS_LANGID_TSONGA_SOUTH_AFRICA               0x0431\n#define TT_MS_LANGID_TSWANA_SOUTH_AFRICA \\\n          TT_MS_LANGID_SETSWANA_SOUTH_AFRICA\n#define TT_MS_LANGID_VENDA_SOUTH_AFRICA                0x0433\n#define TT_MS_LANGID_XHOSA_SOUTH_AFRICA \\\n          TT_MS_LANGID_ISIXHOSA_SOUTH_AFRICA\n#define TT_MS_LANGID_ZULU_SOUTH_AFRICA \\\n          TT_MS_LANGID_ISIZULU_SOUTH_AFRICA\n#define TT_MS_LANGID_SAAMI_LAPONIA                     0x043B\n  /* the next two values are incorrectly inverted */\n#define TT_MS_LANGID_IRISH_GAELIC_IRELAND              0x043C\n#define TT_MS_LANGID_SCOTTISH_GAELIC_UNITED_KINGDOM    0x083C\n#define TT_MS_LANGID_YIDDISH_GERMANY                   0x043D\n#define TT_MS_LANGID_KAZAK_KAZAKSTAN \\\n          TT_MS_LANGID_KAZAKH_KAZAKHSTAN\n#define TT_MS_LANGID_KIRGHIZ_KIRGHIZ_REPUBLIC \\\n          TT_MS_LANGID_KYRGYZ_KYRGYZSTAN\n#define TT_MS_LANGID_KIRGHIZ_KIRGHIZSTAN \\\n          TT_MS_LANGID_KYRGYZ_KYRGYZSTAN\n#define TT_MS_LANGID_SWAHILI_KENYA \\\n          TT_MS_LANGID_KISWAHILI_KENYA\n#define TT_MS_LANGID_TATAR_TATARSTAN \\\n          TT_MS_LANGID_TATAR_RUSSIA\n#define TT_MS_LANGID_PUNJABI_ARABIC_PAKISTAN           0x0846\n#define TT_MS_LANGID_ORIYA_INDIA \\\n          TT_MS_LANGID_ODIA_INDIA\n#define TT_MS_LANGID_MONGOLIAN_MONGOLIA_MONGOLIAN \\\n          TT_MS_LANGID_MONGOLIAN_PRC\n#define TT_MS_LANGID_TIBETAN_CHINA \\\n          TT_MS_LANGID_TIBETAN_PRC\n#define TT_MS_LANGID_DZONGHKA_BHUTAN                   0x0851\n#define TT_MS_LANGID_TIBETAN_BHUTAN \\\n          TT_MS_LANGID_DZONGHKA_BHUTAN\n#define TT_MS_LANGID_WELSH_WALES \\\n          TT_MS_LANGID_WELSH_UNITED_KINGDOM\n#define TT_MS_LANGID_BURMESE_MYANMAR                   0x0455\n#define TT_MS_LANGID_GALICIAN_SPAIN \\\n          TT_MS_LANGID_GALICIAN_GALICIAN\n#define TT_MS_LANGID_MANIPURI_INDIA  /* Bengali */     0x0458\n#define TT_MS_LANGID_SINDHI_INDIA /* Arabic */         0x0459\n#define TT_MS_LANGID_SINDHI_PAKISTAN                   0x0859\n#define TT_MS_LANGID_SINHALESE_SRI_LANKA \\\n          TT_MS_LANGID_SINHALA_SRI_LANKA\n#define TT_MS_LANGID_CHEROKEE_UNITED_STATES            0x045C\n#define TT_MS_LANGID_TAMAZIGHT_MOROCCO /* Arabic */    0x045F\n#define TT_MS_LANGID_TAMAZIGHT_MOROCCO_LATIN \\\n          TT_MS_LANGID_TAMAZIGHT_ALGERIA\n#define TT_MS_LANGID_KASHMIRI_PAKISTAN /* Arabic */    0x0460\n#define TT_MS_LANGID_KASHMIRI_SASIA                    0x0860\n#define TT_MS_LANGID_KASHMIRI_INDIA \\\n          TT_MS_LANGID_KASHMIRI_SASIA\n#define TT_MS_LANGID_NEPALI_INDIA                      0x0861\n#define TT_MS_LANGID_DIVEHI_MALDIVES \\\n          TT_MS_LANGID_DHIVEHI_MALDIVES\n#define TT_MS_LANGID_EDO_NIGERIA                       0x0466\n#define TT_MS_LANGID_FULFULDE_NIGERIA                  0x0467\n#define TT_MS_LANGID_IBIBIO_NIGERIA                    0x0469\n#define TT_MS_LANGID_SEPEDI_SOUTH_AFRICA \\\n          TT_MS_LANGID_SESOTHO_SA_LEBOA_SOUTH_AFRICA\n#define TT_MS_LANGID_SOTHO_SOUTHERN_SOUTH_AFRICA \\\n          TT_MS_LANGID_SESOTHO_SA_LEBOA_SOUTH_AFRICA\n#define TT_MS_LANGID_KANURI_NIGERIA                    0x0471\n#define TT_MS_LANGID_OROMO_ETHIOPIA                    0x0472\n#define TT_MS_LANGID_TIGRIGNA_ETHIOPIA                 0x0473\n#define TT_MS_LANGID_TIGRIGNA_ERYTHREA                 0x0873\n#define TT_MS_LANGID_TIGRIGNA_ERYTREA \\\n          TT_MS_LANGID_TIGRIGNA_ERYTHREA\n#define TT_MS_LANGID_GUARANI_PARAGUAY                  0x0474\n#define TT_MS_LANGID_HAWAIIAN_UNITED_STATES            0x0475\n#define TT_MS_LANGID_LATIN                             0x0476\n#define TT_MS_LANGID_SOMALI_SOMALIA                    0x0477\n#define TT_MS_LANGID_YI_CHINA \\\n          TT_MS_LANGID_YI_PRC\n#define TT_MS_LANGID_PAPIAMENTU_NETHERLANDS_ANTILLES   0x0479\n#define TT_MS_LANGID_UIGHUR_CHINA \\\n          TT_MS_LANGID_UIGHUR_PRC\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @enum:\n   *   TT_NAME_ID_XXX\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   Possible values of the 'name' identifier field in the name records of\n   *   an SFNT 'name' table.  These values are platform independent.\n   */\n\n#define TT_NAME_ID_COPYRIGHT              0\n#define TT_NAME_ID_FONT_FAMILY            1\n#define TT_NAME_ID_FONT_SUBFAMILY         2\n#define TT_NAME_ID_UNIQUE_ID              3\n#define TT_NAME_ID_FULL_NAME              4\n#define TT_NAME_ID_VERSION_STRING         5\n#define TT_NAME_ID_PS_NAME                6\n#define TT_NAME_ID_TRADEMARK              7\n\n  /* the following values are from the OpenType spec */\n#define TT_NAME_ID_MANUFACTURER           8\n#define TT_NAME_ID_DESIGNER               9\n#define TT_NAME_ID_DESCRIPTION            10\n#define TT_NAME_ID_VENDOR_URL             11\n#define TT_NAME_ID_DESIGNER_URL           12\n#define TT_NAME_ID_LICENSE                13\n#define TT_NAME_ID_LICENSE_URL            14\n  /* number 15 is reserved */\n#define TT_NAME_ID_TYPOGRAPHIC_FAMILY     16\n#define TT_NAME_ID_TYPOGRAPHIC_SUBFAMILY  17\n#define TT_NAME_ID_MAC_FULL_NAME          18\n\n  /* The following code is new as of 2000-01-21 */\n#define TT_NAME_ID_SAMPLE_TEXT            19\n\n  /* This is new in OpenType 1.3 */\n#define TT_NAME_ID_CID_FINDFONT_NAME      20\n\n  /* This is new in OpenType 1.5 */\n#define TT_NAME_ID_WWS_FAMILY             21\n#define TT_NAME_ID_WWS_SUBFAMILY          22\n\n  /* This is new in OpenType 1.7 */\n#define TT_NAME_ID_LIGHT_BACKGROUND       23\n#define TT_NAME_ID_DARK_BACKGROUND        24\n\n  /* This is new in OpenType 1.8 */\n#define TT_NAME_ID_VARIATIONS_PREFIX      25\n\n  /* these two values are deprecated */\n#define TT_NAME_ID_PREFERRED_FAMILY     TT_NAME_ID_TYPOGRAPHIC_FAMILY\n#define TT_NAME_ID_PREFERRED_SUBFAMILY  TT_NAME_ID_TYPOGRAPHIC_SUBFAMILY\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @enum:\n   *   TT_UCR_XXX\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   Possible bit mask values for the `ulUnicodeRangeX` fields in an SFNT\n   *   'OS/2' table.\n   */\n\n  /* ulUnicodeRange1 */\n  /* --------------- */\n\n  /* Bit  0   Basic Latin */\n#define TT_UCR_BASIC_LATIN                     (1L <<  0) /* U+0020-U+007E */\n  /* Bit  1   C1 Controls and Latin-1 Supplement */\n#define TT_UCR_LATIN1_SUPPLEMENT               (1L <<  1) /* U+0080-U+00FF */\n  /* Bit  2   Latin Extended-A */\n#define TT_UCR_LATIN_EXTENDED_A                (1L <<  2) /* U+0100-U+017F */\n  /* Bit  3   Latin Extended-B */\n#define TT_UCR_LATIN_EXTENDED_B                (1L <<  3) /* U+0180-U+024F */\n  /* Bit  4   IPA Extensions                 */\n  /*          Phonetic Extensions            */\n  /*          Phonetic Extensions Supplement */\n#define TT_UCR_IPA_EXTENSIONS                  (1L <<  4) /* U+0250-U+02AF */\n                                                          /* U+1D00-U+1D7F */\n                                                          /* U+1D80-U+1DBF */\n  /* Bit  5   Spacing Modifier Letters */\n  /*          Modifier Tone Letters    */\n#define TT_UCR_SPACING_MODIFIER                (1L <<  5) /* U+02B0-U+02FF */\n                                                          /* U+A700-U+A71F */\n  /* Bit  6   Combining Diacritical Marks            */\n  /*          Combining Diacritical Marks Supplement */\n#define TT_UCR_COMBINING_DIACRITICAL_MARKS     (1L <<  6) /* U+0300-U+036F */\n                                                          /* U+1DC0-U+1DFF */\n  /* Bit  7   Greek and Coptic */\n#define TT_UCR_GREEK                           (1L <<  7) /* U+0370-U+03FF */\n  /* Bit  8   Coptic */\n#define TT_UCR_COPTIC                          (1L <<  8) /* U+2C80-U+2CFF */\n  /* Bit  9   Cyrillic            */\n  /*          Cyrillic Supplement */\n  /*          Cyrillic Extended-A */\n  /*          Cyrillic Extended-B */\n#define TT_UCR_CYRILLIC                        (1L <<  9) /* U+0400-U+04FF */\n                                                          /* U+0500-U+052F */\n                                                          /* U+2DE0-U+2DFF */\n                                                          /* U+A640-U+A69F */\n  /* Bit 10   Armenian */\n#define TT_UCR_ARMENIAN                        (1L << 10) /* U+0530-U+058F */\n  /* Bit 11   Hebrew */\n#define TT_UCR_HEBREW                          (1L << 11) /* U+0590-U+05FF */\n  /* Bit 12   Vai */\n#define TT_UCR_VAI                             (1L << 12) /* U+A500-U+A63F */\n  /* Bit 13   Arabic            */\n  /*          Arabic Supplement */\n#define TT_UCR_ARABIC                          (1L << 13) /* U+0600-U+06FF */\n                                                          /* U+0750-U+077F */\n  /* Bit 14   NKo */\n#define TT_UCR_NKO                             (1L << 14) /* U+07C0-U+07FF */\n  /* Bit 15   Devanagari */\n#define TT_UCR_DEVANAGARI                      (1L << 15) /* U+0900-U+097F */\n  /* Bit 16   Bengali */\n#define TT_UCR_BENGALI                         (1L << 16) /* U+0980-U+09FF */\n  /* Bit 17   Gurmukhi */\n#define TT_UCR_GURMUKHI                        (1L << 17) /* U+0A00-U+0A7F */\n  /* Bit 18   Gujarati */\n#define TT_UCR_GUJARATI                        (1L << 18) /* U+0A80-U+0AFF */\n  /* Bit 19   Oriya */\n#define TT_UCR_ORIYA                           (1L << 19) /* U+0B00-U+0B7F */\n  /* Bit 20   Tamil */\n#define TT_UCR_TAMIL                           (1L << 20) /* U+0B80-U+0BFF */\n  /* Bit 21   Telugu */\n#define TT_UCR_TELUGU                          (1L << 21) /* U+0C00-U+0C7F */\n  /* Bit 22   Kannada */\n#define TT_UCR_KANNADA                         (1L << 22) /* U+0C80-U+0CFF */\n  /* Bit 23   Malayalam */\n#define TT_UCR_MALAYALAM                       (1L << 23) /* U+0D00-U+0D7F */\n  /* Bit 24   Thai */\n#define TT_UCR_THAI                            (1L << 24) /* U+0E00-U+0E7F */\n  /* Bit 25   Lao */\n#define TT_UCR_LAO                             (1L << 25) /* U+0E80-U+0EFF */\n  /* Bit 26   Georgian            */\n  /*          Georgian Supplement */\n#define TT_UCR_GEORGIAN                        (1L << 26) /* U+10A0-U+10FF */\n                                                          /* U+2D00-U+2D2F */\n  /* Bit 27   Balinese */\n#define TT_UCR_BALINESE                        (1L << 27) /* U+1B00-U+1B7F */\n  /* Bit 28   Hangul Jamo */\n#define TT_UCR_HANGUL_JAMO                     (1L << 28) /* U+1100-U+11FF */\n  /* Bit 29   Latin Extended Additional */\n  /*          Latin Extended-C          */\n  /*          Latin Extended-D          */\n#define TT_UCR_LATIN_EXTENDED_ADDITIONAL       (1L << 29) /* U+1E00-U+1EFF */\n                                                          /* U+2C60-U+2C7F */\n                                                          /* U+A720-U+A7FF */\n  /* Bit 30   Greek Extended */\n#define TT_UCR_GREEK_EXTENDED                  (1L << 30) /* U+1F00-U+1FFF */\n  /* Bit 31   General Punctuation      */\n  /*          Supplemental Punctuation */\n#define TT_UCR_GENERAL_PUNCTUATION             (1L << 31) /* U+2000-U+206F */\n                                                          /* U+2E00-U+2E7F */\n\n  /* ulUnicodeRange2 */\n  /* --------------- */\n\n  /* Bit 32   Superscripts And Subscripts */\n#define TT_UCR_SUPERSCRIPTS_SUBSCRIPTS         (1L <<  0) /* U+2070-U+209F */\n  /* Bit 33   Currency Symbols */\n#define TT_UCR_CURRENCY_SYMBOLS                (1L <<  1) /* U+20A0-U+20CF */\n  /* Bit 34   Combining Diacritical Marks For Symbols */\n#define TT_UCR_COMBINING_DIACRITICAL_MARKS_SYMB \\\n                                               (1L <<  2) /* U+20D0-U+20FF */\n  /* Bit 35   Letterlike Symbols */\n#define TT_UCR_LETTERLIKE_SYMBOLS              (1L <<  3) /* U+2100-U+214F */\n  /* Bit 36   Number Forms */\n#define TT_UCR_NUMBER_FORMS                    (1L <<  4) /* U+2150-U+218F */\n  /* Bit 37   Arrows                           */\n  /*          Supplemental Arrows-A            */\n  /*          Supplemental Arrows-B            */\n  /*          Miscellaneous Symbols and Arrows */\n#define TT_UCR_ARROWS                          (1L <<  5) /* U+2190-U+21FF */\n                                                          /* U+27F0-U+27FF */\n                                                          /* U+2900-U+297F */\n                                                          /* U+2B00-U+2BFF */\n  /* Bit 38   Mathematical Operators               */\n  /*          Supplemental Mathematical Operators  */\n  /*          Miscellaneous Mathematical Symbols-A */\n  /*          Miscellaneous Mathematical Symbols-B */\n#define TT_UCR_MATHEMATICAL_OPERATORS          (1L <<  6) /* U+2200-U+22FF */\n                                                          /* U+2A00-U+2AFF */\n                                                          /* U+27C0-U+27EF */\n                                                          /* U+2980-U+29FF */\n  /* Bit 39 Miscellaneous Technical */\n#define TT_UCR_MISCELLANEOUS_TECHNICAL         (1L <<  7) /* U+2300-U+23FF */\n  /* Bit 40   Control Pictures */\n#define TT_UCR_CONTROL_PICTURES                (1L <<  8) /* U+2400-U+243F */\n  /* Bit 41   Optical Character Recognition */\n#define TT_UCR_OCR                             (1L <<  9) /* U+2440-U+245F */\n  /* Bit 42   Enclosed Alphanumerics */\n#define TT_UCR_ENCLOSED_ALPHANUMERICS          (1L << 10) /* U+2460-U+24FF */\n  /* Bit 43   Box Drawing */\n#define TT_UCR_BOX_DRAWING                     (1L << 11) /* U+2500-U+257F */\n  /* Bit 44   Block Elements */\n#define TT_UCR_BLOCK_ELEMENTS                  (1L << 12) /* U+2580-U+259F */\n  /* Bit 45   Geometric Shapes */\n#define TT_UCR_GEOMETRIC_SHAPES                (1L << 13) /* U+25A0-U+25FF */\n  /* Bit 46   Miscellaneous Symbols */\n#define TT_UCR_MISCELLANEOUS_SYMBOLS           (1L << 14) /* U+2600-U+26FF */\n  /* Bit 47   Dingbats */\n#define TT_UCR_DINGBATS                        (1L << 15) /* U+2700-U+27BF */\n  /* Bit 48   CJK Symbols and Punctuation */\n#define TT_UCR_CJK_SYMBOLS                     (1L << 16) /* U+3000-U+303F */\n  /* Bit 49   Hiragana */\n#define TT_UCR_HIRAGANA                        (1L << 17) /* U+3040-U+309F */\n  /* Bit 50   Katakana                     */\n  /*          Katakana Phonetic Extensions */\n#define TT_UCR_KATAKANA                        (1L << 18) /* U+30A0-U+30FF */\n                                                          /* U+31F0-U+31FF */\n  /* Bit 51   Bopomofo          */\n  /*          Bopomofo Extended */\n#define TT_UCR_BOPOMOFO                        (1L << 19) /* U+3100-U+312F */\n                                                          /* U+31A0-U+31BF */\n  /* Bit 52   Hangul Compatibility Jamo */\n#define TT_UCR_HANGUL_COMPATIBILITY_JAMO       (1L << 20) /* U+3130-U+318F */\n  /* Bit 53   Phags-Pa */\n#define TT_UCR_CJK_MISC                        (1L << 21) /* U+A840-U+A87F */\n#define TT_UCR_KANBUN  TT_UCR_CJK_MISC /* deprecated */\n#define TT_UCR_PHAGSPA\n  /* Bit 54   Enclosed CJK Letters and Months */\n#define TT_UCR_ENCLOSED_CJK_LETTERS_MONTHS     (1L << 22) /* U+3200-U+32FF */\n  /* Bit 55   CJK Compatibility */\n#define TT_UCR_CJK_COMPATIBILITY               (1L << 23) /* U+3300-U+33FF */\n  /* Bit 56   Hangul Syllables */\n#define TT_UCR_HANGUL                          (1L << 24) /* U+AC00-U+D7A3 */\n  /* Bit 57   High Surrogates              */\n  /*          High Private Use Surrogates  */\n  /*          Low Surrogates               */\n\n  /* According to OpenType specs v.1.3+,   */\n  /* setting bit 57 implies that there is  */\n  /* at least one codepoint beyond the     */\n  /* Basic Multilingual Plane that is      */\n  /* supported by this font.  So it really */\n  /* means >= U+10000.                     */\n#define TT_UCR_SURROGATES                      (1L << 25) /* U+D800-U+DB7F */\n                                                          /* U+DB80-U+DBFF */\n                                                          /* U+DC00-U+DFFF */\n#define TT_UCR_NON_PLANE_0  TT_UCR_SURROGATES\n  /* Bit 58  Phoenician */\n#define TT_UCR_PHOENICIAN                      (1L << 26) /*U+10900-U+1091F*/\n  /* Bit 59   CJK Unified Ideographs             */\n  /*          CJK Radicals Supplement            */\n  /*          Kangxi Radicals                    */\n  /*          Ideographic Description Characters */\n  /*          CJK Unified Ideographs Extension A */\n  /*          CJK Unified Ideographs Extension B */\n  /*          Kanbun                             */\n#define TT_UCR_CJK_UNIFIED_IDEOGRAPHS          (1L << 27) /* U+4E00-U+9FFF */\n                                                          /* U+2E80-U+2EFF */\n                                                          /* U+2F00-U+2FDF */\n                                                          /* U+2FF0-U+2FFF */\n                                                          /* U+3400-U+4DB5 */\n                                                          /*U+20000-U+2A6DF*/\n                                                          /* U+3190-U+319F */\n  /* Bit 60   Private Use */\n#define TT_UCR_PRIVATE_USE                     (1L << 28) /* U+E000-U+F8FF */\n  /* Bit 61   CJK Strokes                             */\n  /*          CJK Compatibility Ideographs            */\n  /*          CJK Compatibility Ideographs Supplement */\n#define TT_UCR_CJK_COMPATIBILITY_IDEOGRAPHS    (1L << 29) /* U+31C0-U+31EF */\n                                                          /* U+F900-U+FAFF */\n                                                          /*U+2F800-U+2FA1F*/\n  /* Bit 62   Alphabetic Presentation Forms */\n#define TT_UCR_ALPHABETIC_PRESENTATION_FORMS   (1L << 30) /* U+FB00-U+FB4F */\n  /* Bit 63   Arabic Presentation Forms-A */\n#define TT_UCR_ARABIC_PRESENTATION_FORMS_A     (1L << 31) /* U+FB50-U+FDFF */\n\n  /* ulUnicodeRange3 */\n  /* --------------- */\n\n  /* Bit 64   Combining Half Marks */\n#define TT_UCR_COMBINING_HALF_MARKS            (1L <<  0) /* U+FE20-U+FE2F */\n  /* Bit 65   Vertical forms          */\n  /*          CJK Compatibility Forms */\n#define TT_UCR_CJK_COMPATIBILITY_FORMS         (1L <<  1) /* U+FE10-U+FE1F */\n                                                          /* U+FE30-U+FE4F */\n  /* Bit 66   Small Form Variants */\n#define TT_UCR_SMALL_FORM_VARIANTS             (1L <<  2) /* U+FE50-U+FE6F */\n  /* Bit 67   Arabic Presentation Forms-B */\n#define TT_UCR_ARABIC_PRESENTATION_FORMS_B     (1L <<  3) /* U+FE70-U+FEFE */\n  /* Bit 68   Halfwidth and Fullwidth Forms */\n#define TT_UCR_HALFWIDTH_FULLWIDTH_FORMS       (1L <<  4) /* U+FF00-U+FFEF */\n  /* Bit 69   Specials */\n#define TT_UCR_SPECIALS                        (1L <<  5) /* U+FFF0-U+FFFD */\n  /* Bit 70   Tibetan */\n#define TT_UCR_TIBETAN                         (1L <<  6) /* U+0F00-U+0FFF */\n  /* Bit 71   Syriac */\n#define TT_UCR_SYRIAC                          (1L <<  7) /* U+0700-U+074F */\n  /* Bit 72   Thaana */\n#define TT_UCR_THAANA                          (1L <<  8) /* U+0780-U+07BF */\n  /* Bit 73   Sinhala */\n#define TT_UCR_SINHALA                         (1L <<  9) /* U+0D80-U+0DFF */\n  /* Bit 74   Myanmar */\n#define TT_UCR_MYANMAR                         (1L << 10) /* U+1000-U+109F */\n  /* Bit 75   Ethiopic            */\n  /*          Ethiopic Supplement */\n  /*          Ethiopic Extended   */\n#define TT_UCR_ETHIOPIC                        (1L << 11) /* U+1200-U+137F */\n                                                          /* U+1380-U+139F */\n                                                          /* U+2D80-U+2DDF */\n  /* Bit 76   Cherokee */\n#define TT_UCR_CHEROKEE                        (1L << 12) /* U+13A0-U+13FF */\n  /* Bit 77   Unified Canadian Aboriginal Syllabics */\n#define TT_UCR_CANADIAN_ABORIGINAL_SYLLABICS   (1L << 13) /* U+1400-U+167F */\n  /* Bit 78   Ogham */\n#define TT_UCR_OGHAM                           (1L << 14) /* U+1680-U+169F */\n  /* Bit 79   Runic */\n#define TT_UCR_RUNIC                           (1L << 15) /* U+16A0-U+16FF */\n  /* Bit 80   Khmer         */\n  /*          Khmer Symbols */\n#define TT_UCR_KHMER                           (1L << 16) /* U+1780-U+17FF */\n                                                          /* U+19E0-U+19FF */\n  /* Bit 81   Mongolian */\n#define TT_UCR_MONGOLIAN                       (1L << 17) /* U+1800-U+18AF */\n  /* Bit 82   Braille Patterns */\n#define TT_UCR_BRAILLE                         (1L << 18) /* U+2800-U+28FF */\n  /* Bit 83   Yi Syllables */\n  /*          Yi Radicals  */\n#define TT_UCR_YI                              (1L << 19) /* U+A000-U+A48F */\n                                                          /* U+A490-U+A4CF */\n  /* Bit 84   Tagalog  */\n  /*          Hanunoo  */\n  /*          Buhid    */\n  /*          Tagbanwa */\n#define TT_UCR_PHILIPPINE                      (1L << 20) /* U+1700-U+171F */\n                                                          /* U+1720-U+173F */\n                                                          /* U+1740-U+175F */\n                                                          /* U+1760-U+177F */\n  /* Bit 85   Old Italic */\n#define TT_UCR_OLD_ITALIC                      (1L << 21) /*U+10300-U+1032F*/\n  /* Bit 86   Gothic */\n#define TT_UCR_GOTHIC                          (1L << 22) /*U+10330-U+1034F*/\n  /* Bit 87   Deseret */\n#define TT_UCR_DESERET                         (1L << 23) /*U+10400-U+1044F*/\n  /* Bit 88   Byzantine Musical Symbols      */\n  /*          Musical Symbols                */\n  /*          Ancient Greek Musical Notation */\n#define TT_UCR_MUSICAL_SYMBOLS                 (1L << 24) /*U+1D000-U+1D0FF*/\n                                                          /*U+1D100-U+1D1FF*/\n                                                          /*U+1D200-U+1D24F*/\n  /* Bit 89   Mathematical Alphanumeric Symbols */\n#define TT_UCR_MATH_ALPHANUMERIC_SYMBOLS       (1L << 25) /*U+1D400-U+1D7FF*/\n  /* Bit 90   Private Use (plane 15) */\n  /*          Private Use (plane 16) */\n#define TT_UCR_PRIVATE_USE_SUPPLEMENTARY       (1L << 26) /*U+F0000-U+FFFFD*/\n                                                        /*U+100000-U+10FFFD*/\n  /* Bit 91   Variation Selectors            */\n  /*          Variation Selectors Supplement */\n#define TT_UCR_VARIATION_SELECTORS             (1L << 27) /* U+FE00-U+FE0F */\n                                                          /*U+E0100-U+E01EF*/\n  /* Bit 92   Tags */\n#define TT_UCR_TAGS                            (1L << 28) /*U+E0000-U+E007F*/\n  /* Bit 93   Limbu */\n#define TT_UCR_LIMBU                           (1L << 29) /* U+1900-U+194F */\n  /* Bit 94   Tai Le */\n#define TT_UCR_TAI_LE                          (1L << 30) /* U+1950-U+197F */\n  /* Bit 95   New Tai Lue */\n#define TT_UCR_NEW_TAI_LUE                     (1L << 31) /* U+1980-U+19DF */\n\n  /* ulUnicodeRange4 */\n  /* --------------- */\n\n  /* Bit 96   Buginese */\n#define TT_UCR_BUGINESE                        (1L <<  0) /* U+1A00-U+1A1F */\n  /* Bit 97   Glagolitic */\n#define TT_UCR_GLAGOLITIC                      (1L <<  1) /* U+2C00-U+2C5F */\n  /* Bit 98   Tifinagh */\n#define TT_UCR_TIFINAGH                        (1L <<  2) /* U+2D30-U+2D7F */\n  /* Bit 99   Yijing Hexagram Symbols */\n#define TT_UCR_YIJING                          (1L <<  3) /* U+4DC0-U+4DFF */\n  /* Bit 100  Syloti Nagri */\n#define TT_UCR_SYLOTI_NAGRI                    (1L <<  4) /* U+A800-U+A82F */\n  /* Bit 101  Linear B Syllabary */\n  /*          Linear B Ideograms */\n  /*          Aegean Numbers     */\n#define TT_UCR_LINEAR_B                        (1L <<  5) /*U+10000-U+1007F*/\n                                                          /*U+10080-U+100FF*/\n                                                          /*U+10100-U+1013F*/\n  /* Bit 102  Ancient Greek Numbers */\n#define TT_UCR_ANCIENT_GREEK_NUMBERS           (1L <<  6) /*U+10140-U+1018F*/\n  /* Bit 103  Ugaritic */\n#define TT_UCR_UGARITIC                        (1L <<  7) /*U+10380-U+1039F*/\n  /* Bit 104  Old Persian */\n#define TT_UCR_OLD_PERSIAN                     (1L <<  8) /*U+103A0-U+103DF*/\n  /* Bit 105  Shavian */\n#define TT_UCR_SHAVIAN                         (1L <<  9) /*U+10450-U+1047F*/\n  /* Bit 106  Osmanya */\n#define TT_UCR_OSMANYA                         (1L << 10) /*U+10480-U+104AF*/\n  /* Bit 107  Cypriot Syllabary */\n#define TT_UCR_CYPRIOT_SYLLABARY               (1L << 11) /*U+10800-U+1083F*/\n  /* Bit 108  Kharoshthi */\n#define TT_UCR_KHAROSHTHI                      (1L << 12) /*U+10A00-U+10A5F*/\n  /* Bit 109  Tai Xuan Jing Symbols */\n#define TT_UCR_TAI_XUAN_JING                   (1L << 13) /*U+1D300-U+1D35F*/\n  /* Bit 110  Cuneiform                         */\n  /*          Cuneiform Numbers and Punctuation */\n#define TT_UCR_CUNEIFORM                       (1L << 14) /*U+12000-U+123FF*/\n                                                          /*U+12400-U+1247F*/\n  /* Bit 111  Counting Rod Numerals */\n#define TT_UCR_COUNTING_ROD_NUMERALS           (1L << 15) /*U+1D360-U+1D37F*/\n  /* Bit 112  Sundanese */\n#define TT_UCR_SUNDANESE                       (1L << 16) /* U+1B80-U+1BBF */\n  /* Bit 113  Lepcha */\n#define TT_UCR_LEPCHA                          (1L << 17) /* U+1C00-U+1C4F */\n  /* Bit 114  Ol Chiki */\n#define TT_UCR_OL_CHIKI                        (1L << 18) /* U+1C50-U+1C7F */\n  /* Bit 115  Saurashtra */\n#define TT_UCR_SAURASHTRA                      (1L << 19) /* U+A880-U+A8DF */\n  /* Bit 116  Kayah Li */\n#define TT_UCR_KAYAH_LI                        (1L << 20) /* U+A900-U+A92F */\n  /* Bit 117  Rejang */\n#define TT_UCR_REJANG                          (1L << 21) /* U+A930-U+A95F */\n  /* Bit 118  Cham */\n#define TT_UCR_CHAM                            (1L << 22) /* U+AA00-U+AA5F */\n  /* Bit 119  Ancient Symbols */\n#define TT_UCR_ANCIENT_SYMBOLS                 (1L << 23) /*U+10190-U+101CF*/\n  /* Bit 120  Phaistos Disc */\n#define TT_UCR_PHAISTOS_DISC                   (1L << 24) /*U+101D0-U+101FF*/\n  /* Bit 121  Carian */\n  /*          Lycian */\n  /*          Lydian */\n#define TT_UCR_OLD_ANATOLIAN                   (1L << 25) /*U+102A0-U+102DF*/\n                                                          /*U+10280-U+1029F*/\n                                                          /*U+10920-U+1093F*/\n  /* Bit 122  Domino Tiles  */\n  /*          Mahjong Tiles */\n#define TT_UCR_GAME_TILES                      (1L << 26) /*U+1F030-U+1F09F*/\n                                                          /*U+1F000-U+1F02F*/\n  /* Bit 123-127 Reserved for process-internal usage */\n\n  /* */\n\n  /* for backward compatibility with older FreeType versions */\n#define TT_UCR_ARABIC_PRESENTATION_A         \\\n          TT_UCR_ARABIC_PRESENTATION_FORMS_A\n#define TT_UCR_ARABIC_PRESENTATION_B         \\\n          TT_UCR_ARABIC_PRESENTATION_FORMS_B\n\n#define TT_UCR_COMBINING_DIACRITICS          \\\n          TT_UCR_COMBINING_DIACRITICAL_MARKS\n#define TT_UCR_COMBINING_DIACRITICS_SYMB          \\\n          TT_UCR_COMBINING_DIACRITICAL_MARKS_SYMB\n\n\nFT_END_HEADER\n\n#endif /* TTNAMEID_H_ */\n\n\n/* END */\n"
  },
  {
    "path": "Antario/LIB/freetype/freetype/tttables.h",
    "content": "/****************************************************************************\n *\n * tttables.h\n *\n *   Basic SFNT/TrueType tables definitions and interface\n *   (specification only).\n *\n * Copyright (C) 1996-2019 by\n * David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.\n *\n * This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,\n * modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project\n * license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute\n * this file you indicate that you have read the license and\n * understand and accept it fully.\n *\n */\n\n\n#ifndef TTTABLES_H_\n#define TTTABLES_H_\n\n\n#include <ft2build.h>\n#include FT_FREETYPE_H\n\n#ifdef FREETYPE_H\n#error \"freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!\"\n#error \"Please fix the directory search order for header files\"\n#error \"so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first.\"\n#endif\n\n\nFT_BEGIN_HEADER\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @section:\n   *   truetype_tables\n   *\n   * @title:\n   *   TrueType Tables\n   *\n   * @abstract:\n   *   TrueType-specific table types and functions.\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   This section contains definitions of some basic tables specific to\n   *   TrueType and OpenType as well as some routines used to access and\n   *   process them.\n   *\n   * @order:\n   *   TT_Header\n   *   TT_HoriHeader\n   *   TT_VertHeader\n   *   TT_OS2\n   *   TT_Postscript\n   *   TT_PCLT\n   *   TT_MaxProfile\n   *\n   *   FT_Sfnt_Tag\n   *   FT_Get_Sfnt_Table\n   *   FT_Load_Sfnt_Table\n   *   FT_Sfnt_Table_Info\n   *\n   *   FT_Get_CMap_Language_ID\n   *   FT_Get_CMap_Format\n   *\n   *   FT_PARAM_TAG_UNPATENTED_HINTING\n   *\n   */\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @struct:\n   *   TT_Header\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   A structure to model a TrueType font header table.  All fields follow\n   *   the OpenType specification.  The 64-bit timestamps are stored in\n   *   two-element arrays `Created` and `Modified`, first the upper then\n   *   the lower 32~bits.\n   */\n  typedef struct  TT_Header_\n  {\n    FT_Fixed   Table_Version;\n    FT_Fixed   Font_Revision;\n\n    FT_Long    CheckSum_Adjust;\n    FT_Long    Magic_Number;\n\n    FT_UShort  Flags;\n    FT_UShort  Units_Per_EM;\n\n    FT_ULong   Created [2];\n    FT_ULong   Modified[2];\n\n    FT_Short   xMin;\n    FT_Short   yMin;\n    FT_Short   xMax;\n    FT_Short   yMax;\n\n    FT_UShort  Mac_Style;\n    FT_UShort  Lowest_Rec_PPEM;\n\n    FT_Short   Font_Direction;\n    FT_Short   Index_To_Loc_Format;\n    FT_Short   Glyph_Data_Format;\n\n  } TT_Header;\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @struct:\n   *   TT_HoriHeader\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   A structure to model a TrueType horizontal header, the 'hhea' table,\n   *   as well as the corresponding horizontal metrics table, 'hmtx'.\n   *\n   * @fields:\n   *   Version ::\n   *     The table version.\n   *\n   *   Ascender ::\n   *     The font's ascender, i.e., the distance from the baseline to the\n   *     top-most of all glyph points found in the font.\n   *\n   *     This value is invalid in many fonts, as it is usually set by the\n   *     font designer, and often reflects only a portion of the glyphs found\n   *     in the font (maybe ASCII).\n   *\n   *     You should use the `sTypoAscender` field of the 'OS/2' table instead\n   *     if you want the correct one.\n   *\n   *   Descender ::\n   *     The font's descender, i.e., the distance from the baseline to the\n   *     bottom-most of all glyph points found in the font.  It is negative.\n   *\n   *     This value is invalid in many fonts, as it is usually set by the\n   *     font designer, and often reflects only a portion of the glyphs found\n   *     in the font (maybe ASCII).\n   *\n   *     You should use the `sTypoDescender` field of the 'OS/2' table\n   *     instead if you want the correct one.\n   *\n   *   Line_Gap ::\n   *     The font's line gap, i.e., the distance to add to the ascender and\n   *     descender to get the BTB, i.e., the baseline-to-baseline distance\n   *     for the font.\n   *\n   *   advance_Width_Max ::\n   *     This field is the maximum of all advance widths found in the font.\n   *     It can be used to compute the maximum width of an arbitrary string\n   *     of text.\n   *\n   *   min_Left_Side_Bearing ::\n   *     The minimum left side bearing of all glyphs within the font.\n   *\n   *   min_Right_Side_Bearing ::\n   *     The minimum right side bearing of all glyphs within the font.\n   *\n   *   xMax_Extent ::\n   *     The maximum horizontal extent (i.e., the 'width' of a glyph's\n   *     bounding box) for all glyphs in the font.\n   *\n   *   caret_Slope_Rise ::\n   *     The rise coefficient of the cursor's slope of the cursor\n   *     (slope=rise/run).\n   *\n   *   caret_Slope_Run ::\n   *     The run coefficient of the cursor's slope.\n   *\n   *   caret_Offset ::\n   *     The cursor's offset for slanted fonts.\n   *\n   *   Reserved ::\n   *     8~reserved bytes.\n   *\n   *   metric_Data_Format ::\n   *     Always~0.\n   *\n   *   number_Of_HMetrics ::\n   *     Number of HMetrics entries in the 'hmtx' table -- this value can be\n   *     smaller than the total number of glyphs in the font.\n   *\n   *   long_metrics ::\n   *     A pointer into the 'hmtx' table.\n   *\n   *   short_metrics ::\n   *     A pointer into the 'hmtx' table.\n   *\n   * @note:\n   *   For an OpenType variation font, the values of the following fields can\n   *   change after a call to @FT_Set_Var_Design_Coordinates (and friends) if\n   *   the font contains an 'MVAR' table: `caret_Slope_Rise`,\n   *   `caret_Slope_Run`, and `caret_Offset`.\n   */\n  typedef struct  TT_HoriHeader_\n  {\n    FT_Fixed   Version;\n    FT_Short   Ascender;\n    FT_Short   Descender;\n    FT_Short   Line_Gap;\n\n    FT_UShort  advance_Width_Max;      /* advance width maximum */\n\n    FT_Short   min_Left_Side_Bearing;  /* minimum left-sb       */\n    FT_Short   min_Right_Side_Bearing; /* minimum right-sb      */\n    FT_Short   xMax_Extent;            /* xmax extents          */\n    FT_Short   caret_Slope_Rise;\n    FT_Short   caret_Slope_Run;\n    FT_Short   caret_Offset;\n\n    FT_Short   Reserved[4];\n\n    FT_Short   metric_Data_Format;\n    FT_UShort  number_Of_HMetrics;\n\n    /* The following fields are not defined by the OpenType specification */\n    /* but they are used to connect the metrics header to the relevant    */\n    /* 'hmtx' table.                                                      */\n\n    void*      long_metrics;\n    void*      short_metrics;\n\n  } TT_HoriHeader;\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @struct:\n   *   TT_VertHeader\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   A structure used to model a TrueType vertical header, the 'vhea'\n   *   table, as well as the corresponding vertical metrics table, 'vmtx'.\n   *\n   * @fields:\n   *   Version ::\n   *     The table version.\n   *\n   *   Ascender ::\n   *     The font's ascender, i.e., the distance from the baseline to the\n   *     top-most of all glyph points found in the font.\n   *\n   *     This value is invalid in many fonts, as it is usually set by the\n   *     font designer, and often reflects only a portion of the glyphs found\n   *     in the font (maybe ASCII).\n   *\n   *     You should use the `sTypoAscender` field of the 'OS/2' table instead\n   *     if you want the correct one.\n   *\n   *   Descender ::\n   *     The font's descender, i.e., the distance from the baseline to the\n   *     bottom-most of all glyph points found in the font.  It is negative.\n   *\n   *     This value is invalid in many fonts, as it is usually set by the\n   *     font designer, and often reflects only a portion of the glyphs found\n   *     in the font (maybe ASCII).\n   *\n   *     You should use the `sTypoDescender` field of the 'OS/2' table\n   *     instead if you want the correct one.\n   *\n   *   Line_Gap ::\n   *     The font's line gap, i.e., the distance to add to the ascender and\n   *     descender to get the BTB, i.e., the baseline-to-baseline distance\n   *     for the font.\n   *\n   *   advance_Height_Max ::\n   *     This field is the maximum of all advance heights found in the font.\n   *     It can be used to compute the maximum height of an arbitrary string\n   *     of text.\n   *\n   *   min_Top_Side_Bearing ::\n   *     The minimum top side bearing of all glyphs within the font.\n   *\n   *   min_Bottom_Side_Bearing ::\n   *     The minimum bottom side bearing of all glyphs within the font.\n   *\n   *   yMax_Extent ::\n   *     The maximum vertical extent (i.e., the 'height' of a glyph's\n   *     bounding box) for all glyphs in the font.\n   *\n   *   caret_Slope_Rise ::\n   *     The rise coefficient of the cursor's slope of the cursor\n   *     (slope=rise/run).\n   *\n   *   caret_Slope_Run ::\n   *     The run coefficient of the cursor's slope.\n   *\n   *   caret_Offset ::\n   *     The cursor's offset for slanted fonts.\n   *\n   *   Reserved ::\n   *     8~reserved bytes.\n   *\n   *   metric_Data_Format ::\n   *     Always~0.\n   *\n   *   number_Of_VMetrics ::\n   *     Number of VMetrics entries in the 'vmtx' table -- this value can be\n   *     smaller than the total number of glyphs in the font.\n   *\n   *   long_metrics ::\n   *     A pointer into the 'vmtx' table.\n   *\n   *   short_metrics ::\n   *     A pointer into the 'vmtx' table.\n   *\n   * @note:\n   *   For an OpenType variation font, the values of the following fields can\n   *   change after a call to @FT_Set_Var_Design_Coordinates (and friends) if\n   *   the font contains an 'MVAR' table: `Ascender`, `Descender`,\n   *   `Line_Gap`, `caret_Slope_Rise`, `caret_Slope_Run`, and `caret_Offset`.\n   */\n  typedef struct  TT_VertHeader_\n  {\n    FT_Fixed   Version;\n    FT_Short   Ascender;\n    FT_Short   Descender;\n    FT_Short   Line_Gap;\n\n    FT_UShort  advance_Height_Max;      /* advance height maximum */\n\n    FT_Short   min_Top_Side_Bearing;    /* minimum top-sb          */\n    FT_Short   min_Bottom_Side_Bearing; /* minimum bottom-sb       */\n    FT_Short   yMax_Extent;             /* ymax extents            */\n    FT_Short   caret_Slope_Rise;\n    FT_Short   caret_Slope_Run;\n    FT_Short   caret_Offset;\n\n    FT_Short   Reserved[4];\n\n    FT_Short   metric_Data_Format;\n    FT_UShort  number_Of_VMetrics;\n\n    /* The following fields are not defined by the OpenType specification */\n    /* but they are used to connect the metrics header to the relevant    */\n    /* 'vmtx' table.                                                      */\n\n    void*      long_metrics;\n    void*      short_metrics;\n\n  } TT_VertHeader;\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @struct:\n   *   TT_OS2\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   A structure to model a TrueType 'OS/2' table.  All fields comply to\n   *   the OpenType specification.\n   *\n   *   Note that we now support old Mac fonts that do not include an 'OS/2'\n   *   table.  In this case, the `version` field is always set to 0xFFFF.\n   *\n   * @note:\n   *   For an OpenType variation font, the values of the following fields can\n   *   change after a call to @FT_Set_Var_Design_Coordinates (and friends) if\n   *   the font contains an 'MVAR' table: `sCapHeight`, `sTypoAscender`,\n   *   `sTypoDescender`, `sTypoLineGap`, `sxHeight`, `usWinAscent`,\n   *   `usWinDescent`, `yStrikeoutPosition`, `yStrikeoutSize`,\n   *   `ySubscriptXOffset`, `ySubScriptXSize`, `ySubscriptYOffset`,\n   *   `ySubscriptYSize`, `ySuperscriptXOffset`, `ySuperscriptXSize`,\n   *   `ySuperscriptYOffset`, and `ySuperscriptYSize`.\n   *\n   *   Possible values for bits in the `ulUnicodeRangeX` fields are given by\n   *   the @TT_UCR_XXX macros.\n   */\n\n  typedef struct  TT_OS2_\n  {\n    FT_UShort  version;                /* 0x0001 - more or 0xFFFF */\n    FT_Short   xAvgCharWidth;\n    FT_UShort  usWeightClass;\n    FT_UShort  usWidthClass;\n    FT_UShort  fsType;\n    FT_Short   ySubscriptXSize;\n    FT_Short   ySubscriptYSize;\n    FT_Short   ySubscriptXOffset;\n    FT_Short   ySubscriptYOffset;\n    FT_Short   ySuperscriptXSize;\n    FT_Short   ySuperscriptYSize;\n    FT_Short   ySuperscriptXOffset;\n    FT_Short   ySuperscriptYOffset;\n    FT_Short   yStrikeoutSize;\n    FT_Short   yStrikeoutPosition;\n    FT_Short   sFamilyClass;\n\n    FT_Byte    panose[10];\n\n    FT_ULong   ulUnicodeRange1;        /* Bits 0-31   */\n    FT_ULong   ulUnicodeRange2;        /* Bits 32-63  */\n    FT_ULong   ulUnicodeRange3;        /* Bits 64-95  */\n    FT_ULong   ulUnicodeRange4;        /* Bits 96-127 */\n\n    FT_Char    achVendID[4];\n\n    FT_UShort  fsSelection;\n    FT_UShort  usFirstCharIndex;\n    FT_UShort  usLastCharIndex;\n    FT_Short   sTypoAscender;\n    FT_Short   sTypoDescender;\n    FT_Short   sTypoLineGap;\n    FT_UShort  usWinAscent;\n    FT_UShort  usWinDescent;\n\n    /* only version 1 and higher: */\n\n    FT_ULong   ulCodePageRange1;       /* Bits 0-31   */\n    FT_ULong   ulCodePageRange2;       /* Bits 32-63  */\n\n    /* only version 2 and higher: */\n\n    FT_Short   sxHeight;\n    FT_Short   sCapHeight;\n    FT_UShort  usDefaultChar;\n    FT_UShort  usBreakChar;\n    FT_UShort  usMaxContext;\n\n    /* only version 5 and higher: */\n\n    FT_UShort  usLowerOpticalPointSize;       /* in twips (1/20th points) */\n    FT_UShort  usUpperOpticalPointSize;       /* in twips (1/20th points) */\n\n  } TT_OS2;\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @struct:\n   *   TT_Postscript\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   A structure to model a TrueType 'post' table.  All fields comply to\n   *   the OpenType specification.  This structure does not reference a\n   *   font's PostScript glyph names; use @FT_Get_Glyph_Name to retrieve\n   *   them.\n   *\n   * @note:\n   *   For an OpenType variation font, the values of the following fields can\n   *   change after a call to @FT_Set_Var_Design_Coordinates (and friends) if\n   *   the font contains an 'MVAR' table: `underlinePosition` and\n   *   `underlineThickness`.\n   */\n  typedef struct  TT_Postscript_\n  {\n    FT_Fixed  FormatType;\n    FT_Fixed  italicAngle;\n    FT_Short  underlinePosition;\n    FT_Short  underlineThickness;\n    FT_ULong  isFixedPitch;\n    FT_ULong  minMemType42;\n    FT_ULong  maxMemType42;\n    FT_ULong  minMemType1;\n    FT_ULong  maxMemType1;\n\n    /* Glyph names follow in the 'post' table, but we don't */\n    /* load them by default.                                */\n\n  } TT_Postscript;\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @struct:\n   *   TT_PCLT\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   A structure to model a TrueType 'PCLT' table.  All fields comply to\n   *   the OpenType specification.\n   */\n  typedef struct  TT_PCLT_\n  {\n    FT_Fixed   Version;\n    FT_ULong   FontNumber;\n    FT_UShort  Pitch;\n    FT_UShort  xHeight;\n    FT_UShort  Style;\n    FT_UShort  TypeFamily;\n    FT_UShort  CapHeight;\n    FT_UShort  SymbolSet;\n    FT_Char    TypeFace[16];\n    FT_Char    CharacterComplement[8];\n    FT_Char    FileName[6];\n    FT_Char    StrokeWeight;\n    FT_Char    WidthType;\n    FT_Byte    SerifStyle;\n    FT_Byte    Reserved;\n\n  } TT_PCLT;\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @struct:\n   *   TT_MaxProfile\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   The maximum profile ('maxp') table contains many max values, which can\n   *   be used to pre-allocate arrays for speeding up glyph loading and\n   *   hinting.\n   *\n   * @fields:\n   *   version ::\n   *     The version number.\n   *\n   *   numGlyphs ::\n   *     The number of glyphs in this TrueType font.\n   *\n   *   maxPoints ::\n   *     The maximum number of points in a non-composite TrueType glyph.  See\n   *     also `maxCompositePoints`.\n   *\n   *   maxContours ::\n   *     The maximum number of contours in a non-composite TrueType glyph.\n   *     See also `maxCompositeContours`.\n   *\n   *   maxCompositePoints ::\n   *     The maximum number of points in a composite TrueType glyph.  See\n   *     also `maxPoints`.\n   *\n   *   maxCompositeContours ::\n   *     The maximum number of contours in a composite TrueType glyph.  See\n   *     also `maxContours`.\n   *\n   *   maxZones ::\n   *     The maximum number of zones used for glyph hinting.\n   *\n   *   maxTwilightPoints ::\n   *     The maximum number of points in the twilight zone used for glyph\n   *     hinting.\n   *\n   *   maxStorage ::\n   *     The maximum number of elements in the storage area used for glyph\n   *     hinting.\n   *\n   *   maxFunctionDefs ::\n   *     The maximum number of function definitions in the TrueType bytecode\n   *     for this font.\n   *\n   *   maxInstructionDefs ::\n   *     The maximum number of instruction definitions in the TrueType\n   *     bytecode for this font.\n   *\n   *   maxStackElements ::\n   *     The maximum number of stack elements used during bytecode\n   *     interpretation.\n   *\n   *   maxSizeOfInstructions ::\n   *     The maximum number of TrueType opcodes used for glyph hinting.\n   *\n   *   maxComponentElements ::\n   *     The maximum number of simple (i.e., non-composite) glyphs in a\n   *     composite glyph.\n   *\n   *   maxComponentDepth ::\n   *     The maximum nesting depth of composite glyphs.\n   *\n   * @note:\n   *   This structure is only used during font loading.\n   */\n  typedef struct  TT_MaxProfile_\n  {\n    FT_Fixed   version;\n    FT_UShort  numGlyphs;\n    FT_UShort  maxPoints;\n    FT_UShort  maxContours;\n    FT_UShort  maxCompositePoints;\n    FT_UShort  maxCompositeContours;\n    FT_UShort  maxZones;\n    FT_UShort  maxTwilightPoints;\n    FT_UShort  maxStorage;\n    FT_UShort  maxFunctionDefs;\n    FT_UShort  maxInstructionDefs;\n    FT_UShort  maxStackElements;\n    FT_UShort  maxSizeOfInstructions;\n    FT_UShort  maxComponentElements;\n    FT_UShort  maxComponentDepth;\n\n  } TT_MaxProfile;\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @enum:\n   *   FT_Sfnt_Tag\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   An enumeration to specify indices of SFNT tables loaded and parsed by\n   *   FreeType during initialization of an SFNT font.  Used in the\n   *   @FT_Get_Sfnt_Table API function.\n   *\n   * @values:\n   *   FT_SFNT_HEAD ::\n   *     To access the font's @TT_Header structure.\n   *\n   *   FT_SFNT_MAXP ::\n   *     To access the font's @TT_MaxProfile structure.\n   *\n   *   FT_SFNT_OS2 ::\n   *     To access the font's @TT_OS2 structure.\n   *\n   *   FT_SFNT_HHEA ::\n   *     To access the font's @TT_HoriHeader structure.\n   *\n   *   FT_SFNT_VHEA ::\n   *     To access the font's @TT_VertHeader structure.\n   *\n   *   FT_SFNT_POST ::\n   *     To access the font's @TT_Postscript structure.\n   *\n   *   FT_SFNT_PCLT ::\n   *     To access the font's @TT_PCLT structure.\n   */\n  typedef enum  FT_Sfnt_Tag_\n  {\n    FT_SFNT_HEAD,\n    FT_SFNT_MAXP,\n    FT_SFNT_OS2,\n    FT_SFNT_HHEA,\n    FT_SFNT_VHEA,\n    FT_SFNT_POST,\n    FT_SFNT_PCLT,\n\n    FT_SFNT_MAX\n\n  } FT_Sfnt_Tag;\n\n  /* these constants are deprecated; use the corresponding `FT_Sfnt_Tag` */\n  /* values instead                                                      */\n#define ft_sfnt_head  FT_SFNT_HEAD\n#define ft_sfnt_maxp  FT_SFNT_MAXP\n#define ft_sfnt_os2   FT_SFNT_OS2\n#define ft_sfnt_hhea  FT_SFNT_HHEA\n#define ft_sfnt_vhea  FT_SFNT_VHEA\n#define ft_sfnt_post  FT_SFNT_POST\n#define ft_sfnt_pclt  FT_SFNT_PCLT\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @function:\n   *   FT_Get_Sfnt_Table\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   Return a pointer to a given SFNT table stored within a face.\n   *\n   * @input:\n   *   face ::\n   *     A handle to the source.\n   *\n   *   tag ::\n   *     The index of the SFNT table.\n   *\n   * @return:\n   *   A type-less pointer to the table.  This will be `NULL` in case of\n   *   error, or if the corresponding table was not found **OR** loaded from\n   *   the file.\n   *\n   *   Use a typecast according to `tag` to access the structure elements.\n   *\n   * @note:\n   *   The table is owned by the face object and disappears with it.\n   *\n   *   This function is only useful to access SFNT tables that are loaded by\n   *   the sfnt, truetype, and opentype drivers.  See @FT_Sfnt_Tag for a\n   *   list.\n   *\n   * @example:\n   *   Here is an example demonstrating access to the 'vhea' table.\n   *\n   *   ```\n   *     TT_VertHeader*  vert_header;\n   *\n   *\n   *     vert_header =\n   *       (TT_VertHeader*)FT_Get_Sfnt_Table( face, FT_SFNT_VHEA );\n   *   ```\n   */\n  FT_EXPORT( void* )\n  FT_Get_Sfnt_Table( FT_Face      face,\n                     FT_Sfnt_Tag  tag );\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @function:\n   *   FT_Load_Sfnt_Table\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   Load any SFNT font table into client memory.\n   *\n   * @input:\n   *   face ::\n   *     A handle to the source face.\n   *\n   *   tag ::\n   *     The four-byte tag of the table to load.  Use value~0 if you want to\n   *     access the whole font file.  Otherwise, you can use one of the\n   *     definitions found in the @FT_TRUETYPE_TAGS_H file, or forge a new\n   *     one with @FT_MAKE_TAG.\n   *\n   *   offset ::\n   *     The starting offset in the table (or file if tag~==~0).\n   *\n   * @output:\n   *   buffer ::\n   *     The target buffer address.  The client must ensure that the memory\n   *     array is big enough to hold the data.\n   *\n   * @inout:\n   *   length ::\n   *     If the `length` parameter is `NULL`, try to load the whole table.\n   *     Return an error code if it fails.\n   *\n   *     Else, if `*length` is~0, exit immediately while returning the\n   *     table's (or file) full size in it.\n   *\n   *     Else the number of bytes to read from the table or file, from the\n   *     starting offset.\n   *\n   * @return:\n   *   FreeType error code.  0~means success.\n   *\n   * @note:\n   *   If you need to determine the table's length you should first call this\n   *   function with `*length` set to~0, as in the following example:\n   *\n   *   ```\n   *     FT_ULong  length = 0;\n   *\n   *\n   *     error = FT_Load_Sfnt_Table( face, tag, 0, NULL, &length );\n   *     if ( error ) { ... table does not exist ... }\n   *\n   *     buffer = malloc( length );\n   *     if ( buffer == NULL ) { ... not enough memory ... }\n   *\n   *     error = FT_Load_Sfnt_Table( face, tag, 0, buffer, &length );\n   *     if ( error ) { ... could not load table ... }\n   *   ```\n   *\n   *   Note that structures like @TT_Header or @TT_OS2 can't be used with\n   *   this function; they are limited to @FT_Get_Sfnt_Table.  Reason is that\n   *   those structures depend on the processor architecture, with varying\n   *   size (e.g. 32bit vs. 64bit) or order (big endian vs. little endian).\n   *\n   */\n  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )\n  FT_Load_Sfnt_Table( FT_Face    face,\n                      FT_ULong   tag,\n                      FT_Long    offset,\n                      FT_Byte*   buffer,\n                      FT_ULong*  length );\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @function:\n   *   FT_Sfnt_Table_Info\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   Return information on an SFNT table.\n   *\n   * @input:\n   *   face ::\n   *     A handle to the source face.\n   *\n   *   table_index ::\n   *     The index of an SFNT table.  The function returns\n   *     FT_Err_Table_Missing for an invalid value.\n   *\n   * @inout:\n   *   tag ::\n   *     The name tag of the SFNT table.  If the value is `NULL`,\n   *     `table_index` is ignored, and `length` returns the number of SFNT\n   *     tables in the font.\n   *\n   * @output:\n   *   length ::\n   *     The length of the SFNT table (or the number of SFNT tables,\n   *     depending on `tag`).\n   *\n   * @return:\n   *   FreeType error code.  0~means success.\n   *\n   * @note:\n   *   While parsing fonts, FreeType handles SFNT tables with length zero as\n   *   missing.\n   *\n   */\n  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )\n  FT_Sfnt_Table_Info( FT_Face    face,\n                      FT_UInt    table_index,\n                      FT_ULong  *tag,\n                      FT_ULong  *length );\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @function:\n   *   FT_Get_CMap_Language_ID\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   Return cmap language ID as specified in the OpenType standard.\n   *   Definitions of language ID values are in file @FT_TRUETYPE_IDS_H.\n   *\n   * @input:\n   *   charmap ::\n   *     The target charmap.\n   *\n   * @return:\n   *   The language ID of `charmap`.  If `charmap` doesn't belong to an SFNT\n   *   face, just return~0 as the default value.\n   *\n   *   For a format~14 cmap (to access Unicode IVS), the return value is\n   *   0xFFFFFFFF.\n   */\n  FT_EXPORT( FT_ULong )\n  FT_Get_CMap_Language_ID( FT_CharMap  charmap );\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * @function:\n   *   FT_Get_CMap_Format\n   *\n   * @description:\n   *   Return the format of an SFNT 'cmap' table.\n   *\n   * @input:\n   *   charmap ::\n   *     The target charmap.\n   *\n   * @return:\n   *   The format of `charmap`.  If `charmap` doesn't belong to an SFNT face,\n   *   return -1.\n   */\n  FT_EXPORT( FT_Long )\n  FT_Get_CMap_Format( FT_CharMap  charmap );\n\n  /* */\n\n\nFT_END_HEADER\n\n#endif /* TTTABLES_H_ */\n\n\n/* END */\n"
  },
  {
    "path": "Antario/LIB/freetype/freetype/tttags.h",
    "content": "/****************************************************************************\n *\n * tttags.h\n *\n *   Tags for TrueType and OpenType tables (specification only).\n *\n * Copyright (C) 1996-2019 by\n * David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.\n *\n * This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,\n * modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project\n * license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute\n * this file you indicate that you have read the license and\n * understand and accept it fully.\n *\n */\n\n\n#ifndef TTAGS_H_\n#define TTAGS_H_\n\n\n#include <ft2build.h>\n#include FT_FREETYPE_H\n\n#ifdef FREETYPE_H\n#error \"freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!\"\n#error \"Please fix the directory search order for header files\"\n#error \"so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first.\"\n#endif\n\n\nFT_BEGIN_HEADER\n\n\n#define TTAG_avar  FT_MAKE_TAG( 'a', 'v', 'a', 'r' )\n#define TTAG_BASE  FT_MAKE_TAG( 'B', 'A', 'S', 'E' )\n#define TTAG_bdat  FT_MAKE_TAG( 'b', 'd', 'a', 't' )\n#define TTAG_BDF   FT_MAKE_TAG( 'B', 'D', 'F', ' ' )\n#define TTAG_bhed  FT_MAKE_TAG( 'b', 'h', 'e', 'd' )\n#define TTAG_bloc  FT_MAKE_TAG( 'b', 'l', 'o', 'c' )\n#define TTAG_bsln  FT_MAKE_TAG( 'b', 's', 'l', 'n' )\n#define TTAG_CBDT  FT_MAKE_TAG( 'C', 'B', 'D', 'T' )\n#define TTAG_CBLC  FT_MAKE_TAG( 'C', 'B', 'L', 'C' )\n#define TTAG_CFF   FT_MAKE_TAG( 'C', 'F', 'F', ' ' )\n#define TTAG_CFF2  FT_MAKE_TAG( 'C', 'F', 'F', '2' )\n#define TTAG_CID   FT_MAKE_TAG( 'C', 'I', 'D', ' ' )\n#define TTAG_cmap  FT_MAKE_TAG( 'c', 'm', 'a', 'p' )\n#define TTAG_COLR  FT_MAKE_TAG( 'C', 'O', 'L', 'R' )\n#define TTAG_CPAL  FT_MAKE_TAG( 'C', 'P', 'A', 'L' )\n#define TTAG_cvar  FT_MAKE_TAG( 'c', 'v', 'a', 'r' )\n#define TTAG_cvt   FT_MAKE_TAG( 'c', 'v', 't', ' ' )\n#define TTAG_DSIG  FT_MAKE_TAG( 'D', 'S', 'I', 'G' )\n#define TTAG_EBDT  FT_MAKE_TAG( 'E', 'B', 'D', 'T' )\n#define TTAG_EBLC  FT_MAKE_TAG( 'E', 'B', 'L', 'C' )\n#define TTAG_EBSC  FT_MAKE_TAG( 'E', 'B', 'S', 'C' )\n#define TTAG_feat  FT_MAKE_TAG( 'f', 'e', 'a', 't' )\n#define TTAG_FOND  FT_MAKE_TAG( 'F', 'O', 'N', 'D' )\n#define TTAG_fpgm  FT_MAKE_TAG( 'f', 'p', 'g', 'm' )\n#define TTAG_fvar  FT_MAKE_TAG( 'f', 'v', 'a', 'r' )\n#define TTAG_gasp  FT_MAKE_TAG( 'g', 'a', 's', 'p' )\n#define TTAG_GDEF  FT_MAKE_TAG( 'G', 'D', 'E', 'F' )\n#define TTAG_glyf  FT_MAKE_TAG( 'g', 'l', 'y', 'f' )\n#define TTAG_GPOS  FT_MAKE_TAG( 'G', 'P', 'O', 'S' )\n#define TTAG_GSUB  FT_MAKE_TAG( 'G', 'S', 'U', 'B' )\n#define TTAG_gvar  FT_MAKE_TAG( 'g', 'v', 'a', 'r' )\n#define TTAG_HVAR  FT_MAKE_TAG( 'H', 'V', 'A', 'R' )\n#define TTAG_hdmx  FT_MAKE_TAG( 'h', 'd', 'm', 'x' )\n#define TTAG_head  FT_MAKE_TAG( 'h', 'e', 'a', 'd' )\n#define TTAG_hhea  FT_MAKE_TAG( 'h', 'h', 'e', 'a' )\n#define TTAG_hmtx  FT_MAKE_TAG( 'h', 'm', 't', 'x' )\n#define TTAG_JSTF  FT_MAKE_TAG( 'J', 'S', 'T', 'F' )\n#define TTAG_just  FT_MAKE_TAG( 'j', 'u', 's', 't' )\n#define TTAG_kern  FT_MAKE_TAG( 'k', 'e', 'r', 'n' )\n#define TTAG_lcar  FT_MAKE_TAG( 'l', 'c', 'a', 'r' )\n#define TTAG_loca  FT_MAKE_TAG( 'l', 'o', 'c', 'a' )\n#define TTAG_LTSH  FT_MAKE_TAG( 'L', 'T', 'S', 'H' )\n#define TTAG_LWFN  FT_MAKE_TAG( 'L', 'W', 'F', 'N' )\n#define TTAG_MATH  FT_MAKE_TAG( 'M', 'A', 'T', 'H' )\n#define TTAG_maxp  FT_MAKE_TAG( 'm', 'a', 'x', 'p' )\n#define TTAG_META  FT_MAKE_TAG( 'M', 'E', 'T', 'A' )\n#define TTAG_MMFX  FT_MAKE_TAG( 'M', 'M', 'F', 'X' )\n#define TTAG_MMSD  FT_MAKE_TAG( 'M', 'M', 'S', 'D' )\n#define TTAG_mort  FT_MAKE_TAG( 'm', 'o', 'r', 't' )\n#define TTAG_morx  FT_MAKE_TAG( 'm', 'o', 'r', 'x' )\n#define TTAG_MVAR  FT_MAKE_TAG( 'M', 'V', 'A', 'R' )\n#define TTAG_name  FT_MAKE_TAG( 'n', 'a', 'm', 'e' )\n#define TTAG_opbd  FT_MAKE_TAG( 'o', 'p', 'b', 'd' )\n#define TTAG_OS2   FT_MAKE_TAG( 'O', 'S', '/', '2' )\n#define TTAG_OTTO  FT_MAKE_TAG( 'O', 'T', 'T', 'O' )\n#define TTAG_PCLT  FT_MAKE_TAG( 'P', 'C', 'L', 'T' )\n#define TTAG_POST  FT_MAKE_TAG( 'P', 'O', 'S', 'T' )\n#define TTAG_post  FT_MAKE_TAG( 'p', 'o', 's', 't' )\n#define TTAG_prep  FT_MAKE_TAG( 'p', 'r', 'e', 'p' )\n#define TTAG_prop  FT_MAKE_TAG( 'p', 'r', 'o', 'p' )\n#define TTAG_sbix  FT_MAKE_TAG( 's', 'b', 'i', 'x' )\n#define TTAG_sfnt  FT_MAKE_TAG( 's', 'f', 'n', 't' )\n#define TTAG_SING  FT_MAKE_TAG( 'S', 'I', 'N', 'G' )\n#define TTAG_trak  FT_MAKE_TAG( 't', 'r', 'a', 'k' )\n#define TTAG_true  FT_MAKE_TAG( 't', 'r', 'u', 'e' )\n#define TTAG_ttc   FT_MAKE_TAG( 't', 't', 'c', ' ' )\n#define TTAG_ttcf  FT_MAKE_TAG( 't', 't', 'c', 'f' )\n#define TTAG_TYP1  FT_MAKE_TAG( 'T', 'Y', 'P', '1' )\n#define TTAG_typ1  FT_MAKE_TAG( 't', 'y', 'p', '1' )\n#define TTAG_VDMX  FT_MAKE_TAG( 'V', 'D', 'M', 'X' )\n#define TTAG_vhea  FT_MAKE_TAG( 'v', 'h', 'e', 'a' )\n#define TTAG_vmtx  FT_MAKE_TAG( 'v', 'm', 't', 'x' )\n#define TTAG_VVAR  FT_MAKE_TAG( 'V', 'V', 'A', 'R' )\n#define TTAG_wOFF  FT_MAKE_TAG( 'w', 'O', 'F', 'F' )\n\n/* used by \"Keyboard.dfont\" on legacy Mac OS X */\n#define TTAG_0xA5kbd  FT_MAKE_TAG( 0xA5, 'k', 'b', 'd' )\n\n/* used by \"LastResort.dfont\" on legacy Mac OS X */\n#define TTAG_0xA5lst  FT_MAKE_TAG( 0xA5, 'l', 's', 't' )\n\n\nFT_END_HEADER\n\n#endif /* TTAGS_H_ */\n\n\n/* END */\n"
  },
  {
    "path": "Antario/LIB/freetype/ft2build.h",
    "content": "/****************************************************************************\n *\n * ft2build.h\n *\n *   FreeType 2 build and setup macros.\n *\n * Copyright (C) 1996-2019 by\n * David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.\n *\n * This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,\n * modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project\n * license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute\n * this file you indicate that you have read the license and\n * understand and accept it fully.\n *\n */\n\n\n  /**************************************************************************\n   *\n   * This is the 'entry point' for FreeType header file inclusions.  It is\n   * the only header file which should be included directly; all other\n   * FreeType header files should be accessed with macro names (after\n   * including `ft2build.h`).\n   *\n   * A typical example is\n   *\n   * ```\n   *   #include <ft2build.h>\n   *   #include FT_FREETYPE_H\n   * ```\n   *\n   */\n\n\n#ifndef FT2BUILD_H_\n#define FT2BUILD_H_\n\n#include <freetype/config/ftheader.h>\n\n#endif /* FT2BUILD_H_ */\n\n\n/* END */\n"
  },
  {
    "path": "Antario/Menu.cpp",
    "content": "#include \"GUI\\GUI.h\"\n#include \"Settings.h\"\n\n\nvoid Detach() { g_Settings.bCheatActive = false; }\n\n\nvoid MenuMain::Initialize()\n{\n    static int testint;\n    static int testint2;\n    static int testint3 = 2;\n    static float float123 = 10.f;\n    /* Create our main window (Could have multiple if you'd create vec. for it) */\n    auto mainWindow = std::make_shared<Window>(\"Antario - Main\", SSize(360, 256), g_Fonts.vecFonts[FONT_TAHOMA_8], g_Fonts.vecFonts[FONT_TAHOMA_10]);\n    {\n        ///TODO: window->AddTab()\n        auto tab1 = std::make_shared<Tab>(\"Main Tab\", 2, mainWindow);\n        {\n            /* Create sections for it */\n            auto sectMain = tab1->AddSection(\"TestSect\", 1.f);\n            {\n                /* Add controls within section */\n                sectMain->AddCheckBox(\"Bunnyhop Enabled\", &g_Settings.bBhopEnabled);\n                sectMain->AddCheckBox(\"Show Player Names\", &g_Settings.bShowNames);\n                sectMain->AddButton(\"Shutdown\", Detach);\n                sectMain->AddSlider(\"TestSlider\", &float123, 0, 20);\n                sectMain->AddSlider(\"intslider\", &testint3, 0, 10);\n                sectMain->AddCombo(\"TestCombo\", &testint, {\"Value1\", \"Value2\", \"Value3\"});\n            }\n\n            auto sectMain2 = tab1->AddSection(\"TestSect2\", 1.f);\n            {\n                sectMain2->AddCombo(\"TestCombo2\", &testint2, {\"ttest\", \"ttest2\", \"ttest3\"});\n                sectMain2->AddCheckBox(\"CheckboxSect2_1\", &g_Settings.bShowBoxes);\n                sectMain2->AddCheckBox(\"Show Player Boxes\", &g_Settings.bShowBoxes);\n                sectMain2->AddCheckBox(\"Show Player Weapons\", &g_Settings.bShowWeapons);\n            }\n        } mainWindow->AddChild(tab1); /* For now */\n\n        auto tab2 = std::make_shared<Tab>(\"Test Tab\", 1, mainWindow);\n        {\n            auto sectMain = tab2->AddSection(\"TestSect\", .5f);\n            {\n                /* Add controls within section */\n                sectMain->AddCheckBox(\"CheckboxSect2_1\", &g_Settings.bShowBoxes);\n                sectMain->AddCheckBox(\"Show Player Boxes\", &g_Settings.bShowBoxes);\n                sectMain->AddCheckBox(\"Show Player Weapons\", &g_Settings.bShowWeapons);\n                sectMain->AddButton(\"Shutdown\", Detach);\n                sectMain->AddSlider(\"TestSlider\", &float123, 0, 20);\n                sectMain->AddSlider(\"intslider\", &testint3, 0, 10);\n                sectMain->AddCombo(\"TestCombo\", &testint, std::vector<std::string>{\"Value1\", \"Value2\", \"Value3\"});\n            }\n\n            auto sectMain2 = tab2->AddSection(\"TestSect2\", .5f);\n            {\n                sectMain2->AddCombo(\"TestCombo2\", &testint2, std::vector<std::string>{\"ttest\", \"ttest2\", \"ttest3\"});\n                sectMain2->AddCheckBox(\"Bunnyhop Enabled\", &g_Settings.bBhopEnabled);\n                sectMain2->AddCheckBox(\"Show Player Names\", &g_Settings.bShowNames);\n            }\n        } mainWindow->AddChild(tab2);\n    }\n    this->vecChildren.push_back(mainWindow);\n\n    /* Create our mouse cursor (one instance only) */\n    mouseCursor = std::make_unique<MouseCursor>();\n\n    /* Do the first init run through all of the objects */\n    for (auto& it : vecChildren)\n        it->Initialize();\n}\n"
  },
  {
    "path": "Antario/SDK/CEntity.h",
    "content": "#pragma once\n#include \"Definitions.h\"\n#include \"IClientUnknown.h\"\n#include \"IClientEntityList.h\"\n#include \"..\\Utils\\Utils.h\"\n#include \"..\\Utils\\NetvarManager.h\"\n\nextern WeaponInfo_t g_WeaponInfoCopy[255];\n\n// class predefinition\nclass C_BaseCombatWeapon;\n\nclass C_BaseEntity : public IClientUnknown, public IClientRenderable, public IClientNetworkable\n{\nprivate:\n    template<class T>\n    T GetPointer(const int offset)\n    {\n        return reinterpret_cast<T*>(reinterpret_cast<std::uintptr_t>(this) + offset);\n    }\n    // To get value from the pointer itself\n    template<class T>\n    T GetValue(const int offset)\n    {\n        return *reinterpret_cast<T*>(reinterpret_cast<std::uintptr_t>(this) + offset);\n    }\n\npublic:\n    C_BaseCombatWeapon* GetActiveWeapon()\n    {\n        static int m_hActiveWeapon = g_pNetvars->GetOffset(\"DT_BaseCombatCharacter\", \"m_hActiveWeapon\");\n        const auto weaponData      = GetValue<CBaseHandle>(m_hActiveWeapon);\n        return reinterpret_cast<C_BaseCombatWeapon*>(g_pEntityList->GetClientEntityFromHandle(weaponData));\n    }\n\n    int GetTeam()\n    {\n        static int m_iTeamNum = g_pNetvars->GetOffset(\"DT_BaseEntity\", \"m_iTeamNum\");\n        return GetValue<int>(m_iTeamNum);\n    }\n\n    EntityFlags GetFlags()\n    {\n        static int m_fFlags = g_pNetvars->GetOffset(\"DT_BasePlayer\", \"m_fFlags\");\n        return GetValue<EntityFlags>(m_fFlags);\n    }\n\n    MoveType_t GetMoveType()\n    {\n        static int m_Movetype = g_pNetvars->GetOffset(\"DT_BaseEntity\", \"m_nRenderMode\") + 1;\n        return GetValue<MoveType_t>(m_Movetype);\n    }\n\n    bool GetLifeState()\n    {\n        static int m_lifeState = g_pNetvars->GetOffset(\"DT_BasePlayer\", \"m_lifeState\");\n        return GetValue<bool>(m_lifeState);\n    }\n\n    int GetHealth()\n    {\n        static int m_iHealth = g_pNetvars->GetOffset(\"DT_BasePlayer\", \"m_iHealth\");\n        return GetValue<int>(m_iHealth);\n    }\n\n    bool IsAlive() { return this->GetHealth() > 0 && this->GetLifeState() == 0; }\n\n    bool IsImmune()\n    {\n        static int m_bGunGameImmunity = g_pNetvars->GetOffset(\"DT_CSPlayer\", \"m_bGunGameImmunity\");\n        return GetValue<bool>(m_bGunGameImmunity);\n    }\n\n    int GetTickBase()\n    {\n        static int m_nTickBase = g_pNetvars->GetOffset(\"DT_BasePlayer\", \"localdata\", \"m_nTickBase\");\n        return GetValue<int>(m_nTickBase);\n    }\n\n    Vector GetOrigin()\n    {\n        static int m_vecOrigin = g_pNetvars->GetOffset(\"DT_BaseEntity\", \"m_vecOrigin\");\n        return GetValue<Vector>(m_vecOrigin);\n    }\n\n    Vector GetViewOffset()\n    {\n        static int m_vecViewOffset = g_pNetvars->GetOffset(\"DT_BasePlayer\", \"localdata\", \"m_vecViewOffset[0]\");\n        return GetValue<Vector>(m_vecViewOffset);\n    }\n\n    Vector GetEyePosition() { return this->GetOrigin() + this->GetViewOffset(); }\n};\n\n\nclass C_BaseCombatWeapon : public C_BaseEntity\n{\nprivate:\n    template<class T>\n    T GetPointer(const int offset)\n    {\n        return reinterpret_cast<T*>(reinterpret_cast<std::uintptr_t>(this) + offset);\n    }\n    // To get value from the pointer itself\n    template<class T>\n    T GetValue(const int offset)\n    {\n        return *reinterpret_cast<T*>(reinterpret_cast<std::uintptr_t>(this) + offset);\n    }\n\npublic:\n    ItemDefinitionIndex GetItemDefinitionIndex()\n    {\n        static int m_iItemDefinitionIndex = g_pNetvars->GetOffset(\"DT_BaseAttributableItem\", \"m_AttributeManager\", \"m_Item\", \"m_iItemDefinitionIndex\");\n        return GetValue<ItemDefinitionIndex>(m_iItemDefinitionIndex);\n    }\n\n    float GetNextPrimaryAttack()\n    {\n        static int m_flNextPrimaryAttack = g_pNetvars->GetOffset(\"DT_BaseCombatWeapon\", \"LocalActiveWeaponData\", \"m_flNextPrimaryAttack\");\n        return GetValue<float>(m_flNextPrimaryAttack);\n    }\n\n    int GetAmmo()\n    {\n        static int m_iClip1 = g_pNetvars->GetOffset(\"DT_BaseCombatWeapon\", \"m_iClip1\");\n        return GetValue<int>(m_iClip1);\n    }\n\n\tWeaponInfo_t* GetCSWpnData()\n\t{\n        static auto system = *reinterpret_cast<CWeaponSystem**>(Utils::FindSignature(\"client_panorama.dll\", \"8B 35 ? ? ? ? FF 10 0F B7 C0\") + 0x2u);\n        return system->GetWpnData(this->GetItemDefinitionIndex());\n\t}\n\n    std::string GetName()\n    {\n        ///TODO: Test if szWeaponName returns proper value for m4a4 / m4a1-s or it doesnt recognize them.\n        return std::string(this->GetCSWpnData()->szWeaponName);\n    }\n};\n"
  },
  {
    "path": "Antario/SDK/CGlobalVarsBase.h",
    "content": "#pragma once\n\nclass CGlobalVarsBase\n{\npublic:\n    float     realtime;\n    int       framecount;\n    float     absoluteframetime;\n    float     absoluteframestarttimestddev;\n    float     curtime;\n    float     frametime;\n    int       maxClients;\n    int       tickcount;\n    float     intervalPerTick;\n    float     interpolationAmount;\n    int       simTicksThisFrame;\n    int       networkProtocol;\n    void*     pSaveData;\n    bool      bClient;\n    bool      bRemoteClient;\n\nprivate:\n    // 100 (i.e., tickcount is rounded down to this base and then the \"delta\" from this base is networked\n    int       nTimestampNetworkingBase;\n    // 32 (entindex() % nTimestampRandomizeWindow ) is subtracted from gpGlobals->tickcount to set the networking basis, prevents\n    //  all of the entities from forcing a new PackedEntity on the same tick (i.e., prevents them from getting lockstepped on this)\n    int       nTimestampRandomizeWindow;\n};\nextern CGlobalVarsBase* g_pGlobalVars;"
  },
  {
    "path": "Antario/SDK/CHandle.h",
    "content": "#pragma once\n\n#define NUM_ENT_ENTRY_BITS         (11 + 2)\n#define NUM_ENT_ENTRIES            (1 << NUM_ENT_ENTRY_BITS)\n#define INVALID_EHANDLE_INDEX 0xFFFFFFFF\n#define NUM_SERIAL_NUM_BITS        16 // (32 - NUM_ENT_ENTRY_BITS)\n#define NUM_SERIAL_NUM_SHIFT_BITS (32 - NUM_SERIAL_NUM_BITS)\n#define ENT_ENTRY_MASK             (( 1 << NUM_SERIAL_NUM_BITS) - 1)\n\nclass CBaseHandle;\n\nclass IHandleEntity\n{\npublic:\n    virtual ~IHandleEntity() {}\n    virtual void SetRefEHandle(const CBaseHandle &handle) = 0;\n    virtual const CBaseHandle& GetRefEHandle() const = 0;\n};\n\nclass CBaseHandle\n{\n    friend class C_BaseEntityList;\npublic:\n    CBaseHandle();\n    CBaseHandle(const CBaseHandle &other);\n    CBaseHandle(unsigned long value);\n    CBaseHandle(int iEntry, int iSerialNumber);\n\n    void Init(int iEntry, int iSerialNumber);\n    void Term();\n\n    // Even if this returns true, Get() still can return return a non-null value.\n    // This just tells if the handle has been initted with any values.\n    bool IsValid() const;\n\n    int GetEntryIndex() const;\n    int GetSerialNumber() const;\n\n    int ToInt() const;\n    bool operator !=(const CBaseHandle &other) const;\n    bool operator ==(const CBaseHandle &other) const;\n    bool operator ==(const IHandleEntity* pEnt) const;\n    bool operator !=(const IHandleEntity* pEnt) const;\n    bool operator <(const CBaseHandle &other) const;\n    bool operator <(const IHandleEntity* pEnt) const;\n\n    // Assign a value to the handle.\n    const CBaseHandle& operator=(const IHandleEntity *pEntity);\n    const CBaseHandle& Set(const IHandleEntity *pEntity);\n\n    IHandleEntity* Get() const;\nprotected:\n    unsigned long  m_Index;\n};\n\ntemplate< class T >\nclass CHandle : public CBaseHandle\n{\npublic:\n\n    CHandle();\n    CHandle(int iEntry, int iSerialNumber);\n    CHandle(const CBaseHandle &handle);\n    CHandle(T *pVal);\n\n    static CHandle<T> FromIndex(int index);\n\n    T*        Get() const;\n    void Set(const T* pVal);\n\n    operator T*();\n    operator T*() const;\n\n    bool operator !() const;\n    bool operator==(T *val) const;\n    bool operator!=(T *val) const;\n    const CBaseHandle& operator=(const T *val);\n\n    T*        operator->() const;\n};\n\ntemplate<class T>\nCHandle<T>::CHandle()\n{\n}\n\ntemplate<class T>\nCHandle<T>::CHandle(int iEntry, int iSerialNumber)\n{\n    Init(iEntry, iSerialNumber);\n}\n\ntemplate<class T>\nCHandle<T>::CHandle(const CBaseHandle &handle)\n    : CBaseHandle(handle)\n{\n}\n\ntemplate<class T>\nCHandle<T>::CHandle(T *pObj)\n{\n    Term();\n    Set(pObj);\n}\n\ntemplate<class T>\ninline CHandle<T> CHandle<T>::FromIndex(int index)\n{\n    CHandle<T> ret;\n    ret.m_Index = index;\n    return ret;\n}\n\ntemplate<class T>\ninline T* CHandle<T>::Get() const\n{\n    return (T*)CBaseHandle::Get();\n}\n\ntemplate<class T>\ninline CHandle<T>::operator T *()\n{\n    return Get();\n}\n\ntemplate<class T>\ninline CHandle<T>::operator T *() const\n{\n    return Get();\n}\n\ntemplate<class T>\ninline bool CHandle<T>::operator !() const\n{\n    return !Get();\n}\n\ntemplate<class T>\ninline bool CHandle<T>::operator==(T *val) const\n{\n    return Get() == val;\n}\n\ntemplate<class T>\ninline bool CHandle<T>::operator!=(T *val) const\n{\n    return Get() != val;\n}\n\ntemplate<class T>\nvoid CHandle<T>::Set(const T* pVal)\n{\n    CBaseHandle::Set(reinterpret_cast<const IHandleEntity*>(pVal));\n}\n\ntemplate<class T>\ninline const CBaseHandle& CHandle<T>::operator=(const T *val)\n{\n    Set(val);\n    return *this;\n}\n\ntemplate<class T>\nT* CHandle<T>::operator -> () const\n{\n    return Get();\n}\n\ninline CBaseHandle::CBaseHandle()\n{\n    m_Index = INVALID_EHANDLE_INDEX;\n}\n\ninline CBaseHandle::CBaseHandle(const CBaseHandle &other)\n{\n    m_Index = other.m_Index;\n}\n\ninline CBaseHandle::CBaseHandle(unsigned long value)\n{\n    m_Index = value;\n}\n\ninline CBaseHandle::CBaseHandle(int iEntry, int iSerialNumber)\n{\n    Init(iEntry, iSerialNumber);\n}\n\ninline void CBaseHandle::Init(int iEntry, int iSerialNumber)\n{\n    m_Index = (unsigned long)(iEntry | (iSerialNumber << NUM_SERIAL_NUM_SHIFT_BITS));\n}\n\ninline void CBaseHandle::Term()\n{\n    m_Index = INVALID_EHANDLE_INDEX;\n}\n\ninline bool CBaseHandle::IsValid() const\n{\n    return m_Index != INVALID_EHANDLE_INDEX;\n}\n\ninline int CBaseHandle::GetEntryIndex() const\n{\n    // There is a hack here: due to a bug in the original implementation of the \n    // entity handle system, an attempt to look up an invalid entity index in \n    // certain cirumstances might fall through to the the mask operation below.\n    // This would mask an invalid index to be in fact a lookup of entity number\n    // NUM_ENT_ENTRIES, so invalid ent indexes end up actually looking up the\n    // last slot in the entities array. Since this slot is always empty, the \n    // lookup returns NULL and the expected behavior occurs through this unexpected\n    // route.\n    // A lot of code actually depends on this behavior, and the bug was only exposed\n    // after a change to NUM_SERIAL_NUM_BITS increased the number of allowable\n    // static props in the world. So the if-stanza below detects this case and \n    // retains the prior (bug-submarining) behavior.\n    if (!IsValid())\n        return NUM_ENT_ENTRIES - 1;\n    return m_Index & ENT_ENTRY_MASK;\n}\n\ninline int CBaseHandle::GetSerialNumber() const\n{\n    return m_Index >> NUM_SERIAL_NUM_SHIFT_BITS;\n}\n\ninline int CBaseHandle::ToInt() const\n{\n    return (int)m_Index;\n}\n\ninline bool CBaseHandle::operator !=(const CBaseHandle &other) const\n{\n    return m_Index != other.m_Index;\n}\n\ninline bool CBaseHandle::operator ==(const CBaseHandle &other) const\n{\n    return m_Index == other.m_Index;\n}\n\ninline bool CBaseHandle::operator ==(const IHandleEntity* pEnt) const\n{\n    return Get() == pEnt;\n}\n\ninline bool CBaseHandle::operator !=(const IHandleEntity* pEnt) const\n{\n    return Get() != pEnt;\n}\n\ninline bool CBaseHandle::operator <(const CBaseHandle &other) const\n{\n    return m_Index < other.m_Index;\n}\n\ninline bool CBaseHandle::operator <(const IHandleEntity *pEntity) const\n{\n    unsigned long otherIndex = (pEntity) ? pEntity->GetRefEHandle().m_Index : INVALID_EHANDLE_INDEX;\n    return m_Index < otherIndex;\n}\n\ninline const CBaseHandle& CBaseHandle::operator=(const IHandleEntity *pEntity)\n{\n    return Set(pEntity);\n}\n\ninline const CBaseHandle& CBaseHandle::Set(const IHandleEntity *pEntity)\n{\n    if (pEntity)\n        *this = pEntity->GetRefEHandle();\n    else\n        m_Index = INVALID_EHANDLE_INDEX;\n\n    return *this;\n}"
  },
  {
    "path": "Antario/SDK/CInput.h",
    "content": "#pragma once\n#include \"Vector.h\"\n\n#define MAX_SPLITSCREEN_CLIENT_BITS 2\n// this should == MAX_JOYSTICKS in InputEnums.h\n#define MAX_SPLITSCREEN_CLIENTS\t( 1 << MAX_SPLITSCREEN_CLIENT_BITS ) // 4\n\n#define JOYSTICK_BUTTON_INTERNAL( _joystick, _button ) ( JOYSTICK_FIRST_BUTTON + ((_joystick) * JOYSTICK_MAX_BUTTON_COUNT) + (_button) )\n#define JOYSTICK_POV_BUTTON_INTERNAL( _joystick, _button ) ( JOYSTICK_FIRST_POV_BUTTON + ((_joystick) * JOYSTICK_POV_BUTTON_COUNT) + (_button) )\n#define JOYSTICK_AXIS_BUTTON_INTERNAL( _joystick, _button ) ( JOYSTICK_FIRST_AXIS_BUTTON + ((_joystick) * JOYSTICK_AXIS_BUTTON_COUNT) + (_button) )\n\n#define JOYSTICK_BUTTON( _joystick, _button ) ( (ButtonCode_t)JOYSTICK_BUTTON_INTERNAL( _joystick, _button ) )\n#define JOYSTICK_POV_BUTTON( _joystick, _button ) ( (ButtonCode_t)JOYSTICK_POV_BUTTON_INTERNAL( _joystick, _button ) )\n#define JOYSTICK_AXIS_BUTTON( _joystick, _button ) ( (ButtonCode_t)JOYSTICK_AXIS_BUTTON_INTERNAL( _joystick, _button ) )\n\n#define IN_ATTACK        (1 << 0)\n#define IN_JUMP          (1 << 1)\n#define IN_DUCK          (1 << 2)\n#define IN_FORWARD       (1 << 3)\n#define IN_BACK          (1 << 4)\n#define IN_USE           (1 << 5)\n#define IN_CANCEL        (1 << 6)\n#define IN_LEFT          (1 << 7)\n#define IN_RIGHT         (1 << 8)\n#define IN_MOVELEFT      (1 << 9)\n#define IN_MOVERIGHT     (1 << 10)\n#define IN_ATTACK2       (1 << 11)\n#define IN_RUN           (1 << 12)\n#define IN_RELOAD        (1 << 13)\n#define IN_ALT1          (1 << 14)\n#define IN_ALT2          (1 << 15)\n#define IN_SCORE         (1 << 16) // Used by client.dll for when scoreboard is held down\n#define IN_SPEED         (1 << 17) // Player is holding the speed key\n#define IN_WALK          (1 << 18) // Player holding walk key\n#define IN_ZOOM          (1 << 19) // Zoom key for HUD zoom\n#define IN_WEAPON1       (1 << 20) // weapon defines these bits\n#define IN_WEAPON2       (1 << 21) // weapon defines these bits\n#define IN_BULLRUSH      (1 << 22)\n#define IN_GRENADE1      (1 << 23) // grenade 1\n#define IN_GRENADE2      (1 << 24) // grenade 2\n#define IN_ATTACK3       (1 << 25)\n\nclass bf_read;\nclass bf_write;\n\ntypedef unsigned long CRC32_t;\n\nclass CUserCmd\n{\npublic:\n    virtual ~CUserCmd() {};\n    int       command_number;     // For matching server and client commands for debugging\n    int       tick_count;         // The tick the client created this command\n    QAngle    viewangles;         // Player instantaneous view angles.\n    Vector    aimdirection;       // \n    float     forwardmove;        // Forward velocity\n    float     sidemove;           // Sideways velocity\n    float     upmove;             // Upward velocity\n    int       buttons;            // Attack button states\n    byte      impulse;            // Impulse command issued.\n    int       weaponselect;       // Current weapon id\n    int       weaponsubtype;      // \n    int       random_seed;        // For shared random functions\n    short     mousedx;            // Mouse accum in x from create move\n    short     mousedy;            // Mouse accum in y from create move\n    bool      hasbeenpredicted;   // Client only, tracks whether we've predicted this command at least once\n    char      pad_0x4C[0x18];     \n\n};\n\nclass CVerifiedUserCmd\n{\npublic:\n    CUserCmd  m_cmd;\n    CRC32_t   m_crc;\n};\n\nclass CInput\n{\npublic:\n    void*               pvftable;                     //0x00\n    bool                m_fTrackIRAvailable;          //0x04\n    bool                m_fMouseInitialized;          //0x05\n    bool                m_fMouseActive;               //0x06\n    bool                m_fJoystickAdvancedInit;      //0x07\n    char                pad_0x08[0x2C];               //0x08\n    void*               m_pKeys;                      //0x34\n    char                pad_0x38[0x6C];               //0x38\n    int\t\t\t\t\tpad_0x41;\n    int\t\t\t\t\tpad_0x42;\n    bool                m_fCameraInterceptingMouse;   //0x9C\n    bool                m_fCameraInThirdPerson;       //0x9D\n    bool                m_fCameraMovingWithMouse;     //0x9E\n    Vector\t\t\t\tm_vecCameraOffset;            //0xA0\n    bool                m_fCameraDistanceMove;        //0xAC\n    int                 m_nCameraOldX;                //0xB0\n    int                 m_nCameraOldY;                //0xB4\n    int                 m_nCameraX;                   //0xB8\n    int                 m_nCameraY;                   //0xBC\n    bool                m_CameraIsOrthographic;       //0xC0\n    Vector              m_angPreviousViewAngles;      //0xC4\n    Vector              m_angPreviousViewAnglesTilt;  //0xD0\n    float               m_flLastForwardMove;          //0xDC\n    int                 m_nClearInputState;           //0xE0\n    char                pad_0xE4[0x8];                //0xE4\n    CUserCmd*           m_pCommands;                  //0xEC\n    CVerifiedUserCmd*   m_pVerifiedCommands;          //0xF0\n};\n\nenum\n{\n    MAX_JOYSTICKS = MAX_SPLITSCREEN_CLIENTS,\n    MOUSE_BUTTON_COUNT = 5,\n};\n\nenum JoystickAxis_t\n{\n    JOY_AXIS_X = 0,\n    JOY_AXIS_Y,\n    JOY_AXIS_Z,\n    JOY_AXIS_R,\n    JOY_AXIS_U,\n    JOY_AXIS_V,\n    MAX_JOYSTICK_AXES,\n};\n\nenum\n{\n    JOYSTICK_MAX_BUTTON_COUNT = 32,\n    JOYSTICK_POV_BUTTON_COUNT = 4,\n    JOYSTICK_AXIS_BUTTON_COUNT = MAX_JOYSTICK_AXES * 2,\n};\n\nenum ButtonCode_t : int\n{\n    BUTTON_CODE_INVALID = -1,\n    BUTTON_CODE_NONE = 0,\n\n    KEY_FIRST = 0,\n\n    KEY_NONE = KEY_FIRST,\n    KEY_0,\n    KEY_1,\n    KEY_2,\n    KEY_3,\n    KEY_4,\n    KEY_5,\n    KEY_6,\n    KEY_7,\n    KEY_8,\n    KEY_9,\n    KEY_A,\n    KEY_B,\n    KEY_C,\n    KEY_D,\n    KEY_E,\n    KEY_F,\n    KEY_G,\n    KEY_H,\n    KEY_I,\n    KEY_J,\n    KEY_K,\n    KEY_L,\n    KEY_M,\n    KEY_N,\n    KEY_O,\n    KEY_P,\n    KEY_Q,\n    KEY_R,\n    KEY_S,\n    KEY_T,\n    KEY_U,\n    KEY_V,\n    KEY_W,\n    KEY_X,\n    KEY_Y,\n    KEY_Z,\n    KEY_PAD_0,\n    KEY_PAD_1,\n    KEY_PAD_2,\n    KEY_PAD_3,\n    KEY_PAD_4,\n    KEY_PAD_5,\n    KEY_PAD_6,\n    KEY_PAD_7,\n    KEY_PAD_8,\n    KEY_PAD_9,\n    KEY_PAD_DIVIDE,\n    KEY_PAD_MULTIPLY,\n    KEY_PAD_MINUS,\n    KEY_PAD_PLUS,\n    KEY_PAD_ENTER,\n    KEY_PAD_DECIMAL,\n    KEY_LBRACKET,\n    KEY_RBRACKET,\n    KEY_SEMICOLON,\n    KEY_APOSTROPHE,\n    KEY_BACKQUOTE,\n    KEY_COMMA,\n    KEY_PERIOD,\n    KEY_SLASH,\n    KEY_BACKSLASH,\n    KEY_MINUS,\n    KEY_EQUAL,\n    KEY_ENTER,\n    KEY_SPACE,\n    KEY_BACKSPACE,\n    KEY_TAB,\n    KEY_CAPSLOCK,\n    KEY_NUMLOCK,\n    KEY_ESCAPE,\n    KEY_SCROLLLOCK,\n    KEY_INSERT,\n    KEY_DELETE,\n    KEY_HOME,\n    KEY_END,\n    KEY_PAGEUP,\n    KEY_PAGEDOWN,\n    KEY_BREAK,\n    KEY_LSHIFT,\n    KEY_RSHIFT,\n    KEY_LALT,\n    KEY_RALT,\n    KEY_LCONTROL,\n    KEY_RCONTROL,\n    KEY_LWIN,\n    KEY_RWIN,\n    KEY_APP,\n    KEY_UP,\n    KEY_LEFT,\n    KEY_DOWN,\n    KEY_RIGHT,\n    KEY_F1,\n    KEY_F2,\n    KEY_F3,\n    KEY_F4,\n    KEY_F5,\n    KEY_F6,\n    KEY_F7,\n    KEY_F8,\n    KEY_F9,\n    KEY_F10,\n    KEY_F11,\n    KEY_F12,\n    KEY_CAPSLOCKTOGGLE,\n    KEY_NUMLOCKTOGGLE,\n    KEY_SCROLLLOCKTOGGLE,\n\n    KEY_LAST = KEY_SCROLLLOCKTOGGLE,\n    KEY_COUNT = KEY_LAST - KEY_FIRST + 1,\n\n    // Mouse\n    MOUSE_FIRST = KEY_LAST + 1,\n\n    MOUSE_LEFT = MOUSE_FIRST,\n    MOUSE_RIGHT,\n    MOUSE_MIDDLE,\n    MOUSE_4,\n    MOUSE_5,\n    MOUSE_WHEEL_UP,\t\t// A fake button which is 'pressed' and 'released' when the wheel is moved up\n    MOUSE_WHEEL_DOWN,\t// A fake button which is 'pressed' and 'released' when the wheel is moved down\n\n    MOUSE_LAST = MOUSE_WHEEL_DOWN,\n    MOUSE_COUNT = MOUSE_LAST - MOUSE_FIRST + 1,\n\n    // Joystick\n    JOYSTICK_FIRST = MOUSE_LAST + 1,\n\n    JOYSTICK_FIRST_BUTTON = JOYSTICK_FIRST,\n    JOYSTICK_LAST_BUTTON = JOYSTICK_BUTTON_INTERNAL(MAX_JOYSTICKS - 1, JOYSTICK_MAX_BUTTON_COUNT - 1),\n    JOYSTICK_FIRST_POV_BUTTON,\n    JOYSTICK_LAST_POV_BUTTON = JOYSTICK_POV_BUTTON_INTERNAL(MAX_JOYSTICKS - 1, JOYSTICK_POV_BUTTON_COUNT - 1),\n    JOYSTICK_FIRST_AXIS_BUTTON,\n    JOYSTICK_LAST_AXIS_BUTTON = JOYSTICK_AXIS_BUTTON_INTERNAL(MAX_JOYSTICKS - 1, JOYSTICK_AXIS_BUTTON_COUNT - 1),\n\n    JOYSTICK_LAST = JOYSTICK_LAST_AXIS_BUTTON,\n\n    BUTTON_CODE_LAST,\n    BUTTON_CODE_COUNT = BUTTON_CODE_LAST - KEY_FIRST + 1,\n\n    // Helpers for XBox 360\n    KEY_XBUTTON_UP = JOYSTICK_FIRST_POV_BUTTON,\t// POV buttons\n    KEY_XBUTTON_RIGHT,\n    KEY_XBUTTON_DOWN,\n    KEY_XBUTTON_LEFT,\n\n    KEY_XBUTTON_A = JOYSTICK_FIRST_BUTTON,\t\t// Buttons\n    KEY_XBUTTON_B,\n    KEY_XBUTTON_X,\n    KEY_XBUTTON_Y,\n    KEY_XBUTTON_LEFT_SHOULDER,\n    KEY_XBUTTON_RIGHT_SHOULDER,\n    KEY_XBUTTON_BACK,\n    KEY_XBUTTON_START,\n    KEY_XBUTTON_STICK1,\n    KEY_XBUTTON_STICK2,\n    KEY_XBUTTON_INACTIVE_START,\n\n    KEY_XSTICK1_RIGHT = JOYSTICK_FIRST_AXIS_BUTTON,\t// XAXIS POSITIVE\n    KEY_XSTICK1_LEFT,\t\t\t\t\t\t\t// XAXIS NEGATIVE\n    KEY_XSTICK1_DOWN,\t\t\t\t\t\t\t// YAXIS POSITIVE\n    KEY_XSTICK1_UP,\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t// YAXIS NEGATIVE\n    KEY_XBUTTON_LTRIGGER,\t\t\t\t\t\t// ZAXIS POSITIVE\n    KEY_XBUTTON_RTRIGGER,\t\t\t\t\t\t// ZAXIS NEGATIVE\n    KEY_XSTICK2_RIGHT,\t\t\t\t\t\t\t// UAXIS POSITIVE\n    KEY_XSTICK2_LEFT,\t\t\t\t\t\t\t// UAXIS NEGATIVE\n    KEY_XSTICK2_DOWN,\t\t\t\t\t\t\t// VAXIS POSITIVE\n    KEY_XSTICK2_UP,\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t// VAXIS NEGATIVE\n};\n\nenum MouseCodeState_t\n{\n    BUTTON_RELEASED = 0,\n    BUTTON_PRESSED,\n    BUTTON_DOUBLECLICKED,\n};"
  },
  {
    "path": "Antario/SDK/CPrediction.h",
    "content": "#pragma once\n#include \"..\\Utils\\Utils.h\"\n\n#define MAX_SPLITSCREEN_PLAYERS 1\n\nclass CBaseHandle;\nclass C_BaseEntity;\nclass IClientEntity;\nclass CUserCmd;\n\nclass IMoveHelper\n{\npublic:\n    void SetHost(C_BaseEntity* host)\n    {\n        return Utils::CallVFunc<1, void>(this, host);\n    }\n};\nextern IMoveHelper* g_pMoveHelper;\n\nstruct CMoveData { byte data[184]; };\n\nclass IGameMovement\n{\npublic:\n    virtual\t\t\t~IGameMovement(void) {}\n\n    virtual void\tProcessMovement(C_BaseEntity *pPlayer, CMoveData *pMove) = 0;\n    virtual void\tReset(void) = 0;\n    virtual void\tStartTrackPredictionErrors(C_BaseEntity *pPlayer) = 0;\n    virtual void\tFinishTrackPredictionErrors(C_BaseEntity *pPlayer) = 0;\n    virtual void\tDiffPrint(char const *fmt, ...) = 0;\n\n    virtual Vector const&\tGetPlayerMins(bool ducked) const = 0;\n    virtual Vector const&\tGetPlayerMaxs(bool ducked) const = 0;\n    virtual Vector const&   GetPlayerViewOffset(bool ducked) const = 0;\n\n    virtual bool\t\t\tIsMovingPlayerStuck(void) const = 0;\n    virtual C_BaseEntity*\tGetMovingPlayer(void) const = 0;\n    virtual void\t\t\tUnblockPusher(C_BaseEntity* pPlayer, C_BaseEntity *pPusher) = 0;\n\n    virtual void    SetupMovementBounds(CMoveData *pMove) = 0;\n};\nextern IGameMovement* g_pMovement;\n\nclass CPrediction\n{\n    // Construction\npublic:\n\n    virtual ~CPrediction(void) = 0;//\n\n    virtual void Init(void) = 0;//\n    virtual void Shutdown(void) = 0;//\n\n                                    // Implement IPrediction\npublic:\n\n    virtual void Update\n    (\n        int startframe, // World update ( un-modded ) most recently received\n        bool validframe, // Is frame data valid\n        int incoming_acknowledged, // Last command acknowledged to have been run by server (un-modded)\n        int outgoing_command // Last command (most recent) sent to server (un-modded)\n    );//\n\n    virtual void PreEntityPacketReceived(int commands_acknowledged, int current_world_update_packet);//\n    virtual void PostEntityPacketReceived(void);//5\n    virtual void PostNetworkDataReceived(int commands_acknowledged);//\n\n    virtual void OnReceivedUncompressedPacket(void);//\n\n                                                    // The engine needs to be able to access a few predicted values\n    virtual void GetViewOrigin(Vector& org);//\n    virtual void SetViewOrigin(Vector& org);//\n    virtual void GetViewAngles(Vector& ang);//10\n    virtual void SetViewAngles(Vector& ang);//\n\n    virtual void GetLocalViewAngles(Vector& ang);//\n    virtual void SetLocalViewAngles(Vector& ang);//\n\n    virtual bool InPrediction(void) const;//14\n    virtual bool IsFirstTimePredicted(void) const;//\n\n    virtual int GetLastAcknowledgedCommandNumber(void) const;//\n\n#if !defined( NO_ENTITY_PREDICTION )\n    virtual int GetIncomingPacketNumber(void) const;//\n#endif\n    \n    virtual void CheckMovingGround(IClientEntity* player, double frametime);//\n    virtual void RunCommand(IClientEntity* player, CUserCmd* cmd, IMoveHelper* moveHelper);//\n\n    virtual void SetupMove(C_BaseEntity* player, CUserCmd* cmd, IMoveHelper* pHelper, CMoveData* move);//20\n    virtual void FinishMove(C_BaseEntity* player, CUserCmd* cmd, CMoveData* move);//\n    virtual void SetIdealPitch(int nSlot, IClientEntity* player, const Vector& origin, const Vector& angles, const Vector& viewheight);//\n\n    virtual void CheckError(int nSlot, IClientEntity* player, int commands_acknowledged);//\n    \npublic:\n    virtual void _Update\n    (\n        int nSlot,\n        bool received_new_world_update,\n        bool validframe,            // Is frame data valid\n        int incoming_acknowledged,  // Last command acknowledged to have been run by server (un-modded)\n        int outgoing_command        // Last command (most recent) sent to server (un-modded)\n    );\n\n    // Actually does the prediction work, returns false if an error occurred\n    bool PerformPrediction(int nSlot, IClientEntity* localPlayer, bool received_new_world_update, int incoming_acknowledged, int outgoing_command);\n\n    void ShiftIntermediateDataForward(int nSlot, int slots_to_remove, int previous_last_slot);\n\n    void RestoreEntityToPredictedFrame(int nSlot, int predicted_frame);\n\n    int ComputeFirstCommandToExecute(int nSlot, bool received_new_world_update, int incoming_acknowledged, int outgoing_command);\n\n    void DumpEntity(IClientEntity* ent, int commands_acknowledged);\n\n    void ShutdownPredictables(void);\n\n    void ReinitPredictables(void);\n\n    void RemoveStalePredictedEntities(int nSlot, int last_command_packet);\n\n    void RestoreOriginalEntityState(int nSlot);\n\n    void RunSimulation(int current_command, float curtime, CUserCmd* cmd, IClientEntity* localPlayer);\n\n    void Untouch(int nSlot);\n\n    void StorePredictionResults(int nSlot, int predicted_frame);\n\n    bool ShouldDumpEntity(IClientEntity* ent);\n\n    void SmoothViewOnMovingPlatform(IClientEntity* pPlayer, Vector& offset);\n\n    void ResetSimulationTick();\n\n    void ShowPredictionListEntry(int listRow, int showlist, IClientEntity* ent, int& totalsize, int& totalsize_intermediate);\n\n    void FinishPredictionList(int listRow, int showlist, int totalsize, int totalsize_intermediate);\n\n    void CheckPredictConvar();\n\n#if !defined( NO_ENTITY_PREDICTION )\n\n#endif\n};\n\nextern CPrediction* g_pPrediction;"
  },
  {
    "path": "Antario/SDK/ClientClass.h",
    "content": "#pragma once\n#include \"Recv.h\"\n#include \"Definitions.h\"\n#include \"IClientNetworkable.h\"\n\nclass ClientClass;\n\ntypedef IClientNetworkable*   (*CreateClientClassFn)(int entnum, int serialNum);\ntypedef IClientNetworkable*   (*CreateEventFn)();\n\nclass ClientClass\n{\npublic:\n    CreateClientClassFn      pCreateFn;\n    CreateEventFn            pCreateEventFn;\n    char*                    pNetworkName;\n    RecvTable*               pRecvTable;\n    ClientClass*             pNext;\n    EClassIds                ClassID;\n};"
  },
  {
    "path": "Antario/SDK/Definitions.h",
    "content": "#pragma once\n#include <Windows.h>\n\ntypedef void*   (*CreateInterfaceFn)        (const char *pName, int *pReturnCode);\ntypedef void    (*pfnDemoCustomDataCallback)(unsigned char *pData, size_t iSize);\n\nenum class EClassIds : int\n{\n    CAI_BaseNPC = 0,\n    CAK47 = 1,\n    CBaseAnimating = 2,\n    CBaseAnimatingOverlay = 3,\n    CBaseAttributableItem = 4,\n    CBaseButton = 5,\n    CBaseCombatCharacter = 6,\n    CBaseCombatWeapon = 7,\n    CBaseCSGrenade = 8,\n    CBaseCSGrenadeProjectile = 9,\n    CBaseDoor = 10,\n    CBaseEntity = 11,\n    CBaseFlex = 12,\n    CBaseGrenade = 13,\n    CBaseParticleEntity = 14,\n    CBasePlayer = 15,\n    CBasePropDoor = 16,\n    CBaseTeamObjectiveResource = 17,\n    CBaseTempEntity = 18,\n    CBaseToggle = 19,\n    CBaseTrigger = 20,\n    CBaseViewModel = 21,\n    CBaseVPhysicsTrigger = 22,\n    CBaseWeaponWorldModel = 23,\n    CBeam = 24,\n    CBeamSpotlight = 25,\n    CBoneFollower = 26,\n    CBRC4Target = 27,\n    CBreachCharge = 28,\n    CBreachChargeProjectile = 29,\n    CBreakableProp = 30,\n    CBreakableSurface = 31,\n    CC4 = 32,\n    CCascadeLight = 33,\n    CChicken = 34,\n    CColorCorrection = 35,\n    CColorCorrectionVolume = 36,\n    CCSGameRulesProxy = 37,\n    CCSPlayer = 38,\n    CCSPlayerResource = 39,\n    CCSRagdoll = 40,\n    CCSTeam = 41,\n    CDangerZone = 42,\n    CDangerZoneController = 43,\n    CDEagle = 44,\n    CDecoyGrenade = 45,\n    CDecoyProjectile = 46,\n    CDrone = 47,\n    CDronegun = 48,\n    CDynamicLight = 49,\n    CDynamicProp = 50,\n    CEconEntity = 51,\n    CEconWearable = 52,\n    CEmbers = 53,\n    CEntityDissolve = 54,\n    CEntityFlame = 55,\n    CEntityFreezing = 56,\n    CEntityParticleTrail = 57,\n    CEnvAmbientLight = 58,\n    CEnvDetailController = 59,\n    CEnvDOFController = 60,\n    CEnvGasCanister = 61,\n    CEnvParticleScript = 62,\n    CEnvProjectedTexture = 63,\n    CEnvQuadraticBeam = 64,\n    CEnvScreenEffect = 65,\n    CEnvScreenOverlay = 66,\n    CEnvTonemapController = 67,\n    CEnvWind = 68,\n    CFEPlayerDecal = 69,\n    CFireCrackerBlast = 70,\n    CFireSmoke = 71,\n    CFireTrail = 72,\n    CFish = 73,\n    CFists = 74,\n    CFlashbang = 75,\n    CFogController = 76,\n    CFootstepControl = 77,\n    CFunc_Dust = 78,\n    CFunc_LOD = 79,\n    CFuncAreaPortalWindow = 80,\n    CFuncBrush = 81,\n    CFuncConveyor = 82,\n    CFuncLadder = 83,\n    CFuncMonitor = 84,\n    CFuncMoveLinear = 85,\n    CFuncOccluder = 86,\n    CFuncReflectiveGlass = 87,\n    CFuncRotating = 88,\n    CFuncSmokeVolume = 89,\n    CFuncTrackTrain = 90,\n    CGameRulesProxy = 91,\n    CGrassBurn = 92,\n    CHandleTest = 93,\n    CHEGrenade = 94,\n    CHostage = 95,\n    CHostageCarriableProp = 96,\n    CIncendiaryGrenade = 97,\n    CInferno = 98,\n    CInfoLadderDismount = 99,\n    CInfoMapRegion = 100,\n    CInfoOverlayAccessor = 101,\n    CItem_Healthshot = 102,\n    CItemCash = 103,\n    CItemDogtags = 104,\n    CKnife = 105,\n    CKnifeGG = 106,\n    CLightGlow = 107,\n    CMaterialModifyControl = 108,\n    CMelee = 109,\n    CMolotovGrenade = 110,\n    CMolotovProjectile = 111,\n    CMovieDisplay = 112,\n    CParadropChopper = 113,\n    CParticleFire = 114,\n    CParticlePerformanceMonitor = 115,\n    CParticleSystem = 116,\n    CPhysBox = 117,\n    CPhysBoxMultiplayer = 118,\n    CPhysicsProp = 119,\n    CPhysicsPropMultiplayer = 120,\n    CPhysMagnet = 121,\n    CPhysPropAmmoBox = 122,\n    CPhysPropLootCrate = 123,\n    CPhysPropRadarJammer = 124,\n    CPhysPropWeaponUpgrade = 125,\n    CPlantedC4 = 126,\n    CPlasma = 127,\n    CPlayerResource = 128,\n    CPointCamera = 129,\n    CPointCommentaryNode = 130,\n    CPointWorldText = 131,\n    CPoseController = 132,\n    CPostProcessController = 133,\n    CPrecipitation = 134,\n    CPrecipitationBlocker = 135,\n    CPredictedViewModel = 136,\n    CProp_Hallucination = 137,\n    CPropCounter = 138,\n    CPropDoorRotating = 139,\n    CPropJeep = 140,\n    CPropVehicleDriveable = 141,\n    CRagdollManager = 142,\n    CRagdollProp = 143,\n    CRagdollPropAttached = 144,\n    CRopeKeyframe = 145,\n    CSCAR17 = 146,\n    CSceneEntity = 147,\n    CSensorGrenade = 148,\n    CSensorGrenadeProjectile = 149,\n    CShadowControl = 150,\n    CSlideshowDisplay = 151,\n    CSmokeGrenade = 152,\n    CSmokeGrenadeProjectile = 153,\n    CSmokeStack = 154,\n    CSnowball = 155,\n    CSnowballPile = 156,\n    CSnowballProjectile = 157,\n    CSpatialEntity = 158,\n    CSpotlightEnd = 159,\n    CSprite = 160,\n    CSpriteOriented = 161,\n    CSpriteTrail = 162,\n    CStatueProp = 163,\n    CSteamJet = 164,\n    CSun = 165,\n    CSunlightShadowControl = 166,\n    CSurvivalSpawnChopper = 167,\n    CTablet = 168,\n    CTeam = 169,\n    CTeamplayRoundBasedRulesProxy = 170,\n    CTEArmorRicochet = 171,\n    CTEBaseBeam = 172,\n    CTEBeamEntPoint = 173,\n    CTEBeamEnts = 174,\n    CTEBeamFollow = 175,\n    CTEBeamLaser = 176,\n    CTEBeamPoints = 177,\n    CTEBeamRing = 178,\n    CTEBeamRingPoint = 179,\n    CTEBeamSpline = 180,\n    CTEBloodSprite = 181,\n    CTEBloodStream = 182,\n    CTEBreakModel = 183,\n    CTEBSPDecal = 184,\n    CTEBubbles = 185,\n    CTEBubbleTrail = 186,\n    CTEClientProjectile = 187,\n    CTEDecal = 188,\n    CTEDust = 189,\n    CTEDynamicLight = 190,\n    CTEEffectDispatch = 191,\n    CTEEnergySplash = 192,\n    CTEExplosion = 193,\n    CTEFireBullets = 194,\n    CTEFizz = 195,\n    CTEFootprintDecal = 196,\n    CTEFoundryHelpers = 197,\n    CTEGaussExplosion = 198,\n    CTEGlowSprite = 199,\n    CTEImpact = 200,\n    CTEKillPlayerAttachments = 201,\n    CTELargeFunnel = 202,\n    CTEMetalSparks = 203,\n    CTEMuzzleFlash = 204,\n    CTEParticleSystem = 205,\n    CTEPhysicsProp = 206,\n    CTEPlantBomb = 207,\n    CTEPlayerAnimEvent = 208,\n    CTEPlayerDecal = 209,\n    CTEProjectedDecal = 210,\n    CTERadioIcon = 211,\n    CTEShatterSurface = 212,\n    CTEShowLine = 213,\n    CTesla = 214,\n    CTESmoke = 215,\n    CTESparks = 216,\n    CTESprite = 217,\n    CTESpriteSpray = 218,\n    CTest_ProxyToggle_Networkable = 219,\n    CTestTraceline = 220,\n    CTEWorldDecal = 221,\n    CTriggerPlayerMovement = 222,\n    CTriggerSoundOperator = 223,\n    CVGuiScreen = 224,\n    CVoteController = 225,\n    CWaterBullet = 226,\n    CWaterLODControl = 227,\n    CWeaponAug = 228,\n    CWeaponAWP = 229,\n    CWeaponBaseItem = 230,\n    CWeaponBizon = 231,\n    CWeaponCSBase = 232,\n    CWeaponCSBaseGun = 233,\n    CWeaponCycler = 234,\n    CWeaponElite = 235,\n    CWeaponFamas = 236,\n    CWeaponFiveSeven = 237,\n    CWeaponG3SG1 = 238,\n    CWeaponGalil = 239,\n    CWeaponGalilAR = 240,\n    CWeaponGlock = 241,\n    CWeaponHKP2000 = 242,\n    CWeaponM249 = 243,\n    CWeaponM3 = 244,\n    CWeaponM4A1 = 245,\n    CWeaponMAC10 = 246,\n    CWeaponMag7 = 247,\n    CWeaponMP5Navy = 248,\n    CWeaponMP7 = 249,\n    CWeaponMP9 = 250,\n    CWeaponNegev = 251,\n    CWeaponNOVA = 252,\n    CWeaponP228 = 253,\n    CWeaponP250 = 254,\n    CWeaponP90 = 255,\n    CWeaponSawedoff = 256,\n    CWeaponSCAR20 = 257,\n    CWeaponScout = 258,\n    CWeaponSG550 = 259,\n    CWeaponSG552 = 260,\n    CWeaponSG556 = 261,\n    CWeaponSSG08 = 262,\n    CWeaponTaser = 263,\n    CWeaponTec9 = 264,\n    CWeaponTMP = 265,\n    CWeaponUMP45 = 266,\n    CWeaponUSP = 267,\n    CWeaponXM1014 = 268,\n    CWorld = 269,\n    CWorldVguiText = 270,\n    DustTrail = 271,\n    MovieExplosion = 272,\n    ParticleSmokeGrenade = 273,\n    RocketTrail = 274,\n    SmokeTrail = 275,\n    SporeExplosion = 276,\n};\n\nenum class MoveType_t\n{\n    MOVETYPE_NONE = 0,\n    MOVETYPE_ISOMETRIC,\n    MOVETYPE_WALK,\n    MOVETYPE_STEP,\n    MOVETYPE_FLY,\n    MOVETYPE_FLYGRAVITY,\n    MOVETYPE_VPHYSICS,\n    MOVETYPE_PUSH,\n    MOVETYPE_NOCLIP,\n    MOVETYPE_LADDER,\n    MOVETYPE_OBSERVER,\n    MOVETYPE_CUSTOM,\n    MOVETYPE_LAST = MOVETYPE_CUSTOM,\n    MOVETYPE_MAX_BITS = 4\n};\n\nenum EntityFlags : int\n{\n    FL_ONGROUND =   (1 << 0),\n    FL_DUCKING =    (1 << 1),\n    FL_WATERJUMP =  (1 << 2),\n    FL_ONTRAIN =    (1 << 3),\n    FL_INRAIN =     (1 << 4),\n    FL_FROZEN =     (1 << 5),\n    FL_ATCONTROLS = (1 << 6),\n    FL_CLIENT =     (1 << 7),\n    FL_FAKECLIENT = (1 << 8)\n};\n\nenum class ItemDefinitionIndex : short \n{\n\tWEAPON_DEAGLE = 1,\n\tWEAPON_ELITE = 2,\n\tWEAPON_FIVESEVEN = 3,\n\tWEAPON_GLOCK = 4,\n\tWEAPON_AK47 = 7,\n\tWEAPON_AUG = 8,\n\tWEAPON_AWP = 9,\n\tWEAPON_FAMAS = 10,\n\tWEAPON_G3SG1 = 11,\n\tWEAPON_GALILAR = 13,\n\tWEAPON_M249 = 14,\n\tWEAPON_M4A1 = 16,\n\tWEAPON_MAC10 = 17,\n\tWEAPON_P90 = 19,\n\tWEAPON_MP5 = 23,\n\tWEAPON_UMP45 = 24,\n\tWEAPON_XM1014 = 25,\n\tWEAPON_BIZON = 26,\n\tWEAPON_MAG7 = 27,\n\tWEAPON_NEGEV = 28,\n\tWEAPON_SAWEDOFF = 29,\n\tWEAPON_TEC9 = 30,\n\tWEAPON_TASER = 31,\n\tWEAPON_HKP2000 = 32,\n\tWEAPON_MP7 = 33,\n\tWEAPON_MP9 = 34,\n\tWEAPON_NOVA = 35,\n\tWEAPON_P250 = 36,\n\tWEAPON_SCAR20 = 38,\n\tWEAPON_SG556 = 39,\n\tWEAPON_SSG08 = 40,\n\tWEAPON_KNIFE = 42,\n\tWEAPON_FLASHBANG = 43,\n\tWEAPON_HEGRENADE = 44,\n\tWEAPON_SMOKEGRENADE = 45,\n\tWEAPON_MOLOTOV = 46,\n\tWEAPON_DECOY = 47,\n\tWEAPON_INCGRENADE = 48,\n\tWEAPON_C4 = 49,\n\tWEAPON_KNIFE_T = 59,\n\tWEAPON_M4A1_SILENCER = 60,\n\tWEAPON_USP_SILENCER = 61,\n\tWEAPON_CZ75A = 63,\n\tWEAPON_REVOLVER = 64,\n\tWEAPON_KNIFE_BAYONET = 500,\n\tWEAPON_KNIFE_FLIP = 505,\n\tWEAPON_KNIFE_GUT = 506,\n\tWEAPON_KNIFE_KARAMBIT = 507,\n\tWEAPON_KNIFE_M9_BAYONET = 508,\n\tWEAPON_KNIFE_TACTICAL = 509,\n\tWEAPON_KNIFE_FALCHION = 512,\n\tWEAPON_KNIFE_SURVIVAL_BOWIE = 514,\n\tWEAPON_KNIFE_BUTTERFLY = 515,\n\tWEAPON_KNIFE_PUSH = 516\n};\n\nenum class CSWeaponType : int\n{\n    WEAPONTYPE_KNIFE = 0,\n    WEAPONTYPE_PISTOL,\n    WEAPONTYPE_SUBMACHINEGUN,\n    WEAPONTYPE_RIFLE,\n    WEAPONTYPE_SHOTGUN,\n    WEAPONTYPE_SNIPER_RIFLE,\n    WEAPONTYPE_MACHINEGUN,\n    WEAPONTYPE_C4,\n    WEAPONTYPE_PLACEHOLDER,\n    WEAPONTYPE_GRENADE,\n    WEAPONTYPE_UNKNOWN\n};\n\nclass WeaponInfo_t {\npublic:\n\tvoid *pVTable;                       // 0x0000\n\tchar *consoleName;                   // 0x0004\n\tchar pad_0008[12];                   // 0x0008\n\tint iMaxClip1;                       // 0x0014\n\tint iMaxClip2;                       // 0x0018\n\tint iDefaultClip1;                   // 0x001C\n\tint iDefaultClip2;                   // 0x0020\n\tchar pad_0024[8];                    // 0x0024\n\tchar *szWorldModel;                  // 0x002C\n\tchar *szViewModel;                   // 0x0030\n\tchar *szDroppedMode;                 // 0x0034\n\tchar pad_0038[4];                    // 0x0038\n\tchar *szShotSound;                   // 0x003C\n\tchar pad_0040[56];                   // 0x0040\n\tchar *szEmptySound;                  // 0x0078\n\tchar pad_007C[4];                    // 0x007C\n\tchar *szBulletType;                  // 0x0080\n\tchar pad_0084[4];                    // 0x0084\n\tchar *szHudName;                     // 0x0088\n\tchar *szWeaponName;                  // 0x008C\n\tchar pad_0090[56];                   // 0x0090\n\tCSWeaponType iWeaponType;            // 0x00C8\n\tchar pad_00CC[4];                    // 0x00CC\n\tint iWeaponPrice;                    // 0x00D0\n\tint iKillAward;                      // 0x00D4\n\tchar *szAnimationPrefix;             // 0x00D8\n\tfloat flCycleTime;                   // 0x00DC\n\tfloat flCycleTimeAlt;                // 0x00E0\n\tfloat flTimeToIdle;                  // 0x00E4\n\tfloat flIdleInterval;                // 0x00E8\n\tbool bFullAuto;                      // 0x00EC\n\tchar pad_00ED[3];                    // 0x00ED\n\tint iDamage;                         // 0x00F0\n\tfloat flArmorRatio;                  // 0x00F4\n\tint iBullets;                        // 0x00F8\n\tfloat flPenetration;                 // 0x00FC\n\tfloat flFlinchVelocityModifierLarge; // 0x0100\n\tfloat flFlinchVelocityModifierSmall; // 0x0104\n\tfloat flRange;                       // 0x0108\n\tfloat flRangeModifier;               // 0x010C\n\tfloat flThrowVelocity;               // 0x0110\n\tchar pad_0114[12];                   // 0x0114\n\tbool bHasSilencer;                   // 0x0120\n\tchar pad_0121[3];                    // 0x0121\n\tchar *pSilencerModel;                // 0x0124\n\tint iCrosshairMinDistance;           // 0x0128\n\tint iCrosshairDeltaDistance;         // 0x012C\n\tfloat flMaxPlayerSpeed;              // 0x0130\n\tfloat flMaxPlayerSpeedAlt;           // 0x0134\n\tfloat flMaxPlayerSpeedMod;           // 0x0138\n\tfloat flSpread;                      // 0x013C\n\tfloat flSpreadAlt;                   // 0x0140\n\tfloat flInaccuracyCrouch;            // 0x0144\n\tfloat flInaccuracyCrouchAlt;         // 0x0148\n\tfloat flInaccuracyStand;             // 0x014C\n\tfloat flInaccuracyStandAlt;          // 0x0150\n\tfloat flInaccuracyJumpInitial;       // 0x0154\n\tfloat flInaccuracyJump;              // 0x0158\n\tfloat flInaccuracyJumpAlt;           // 0x015C\n\tfloat flInaccuracyLand;              // 0x0160\n\tfloat flInaccuracyLandAlt;           // 0x0164\n\tfloat flInaccuracyLadder;            // 0x0168\n\tfloat flInaccuracyLadderAlt;         // 0x016C\n\tfloat flInaccuracyFire;              // 0x0170\n\tfloat flInaccuracyFireAlt;           // 0x0174\n\tfloat flInaccuracyMove;              // 0x0178\n\tfloat flInaccuracyMoveAlt;           // 0x017C\n\tfloat flInaccuracyReload;            // 0x0180\n\tint iRecoilSeed;                     // 0x0184\n\tfloat flRecoilAngle;                 // 0x0188\n\tfloat flRecoilAngleAlt;              // 0x018C\n\tfloat flRecoilAngleVariance;         // 0x0190\n\tfloat flRecoilAngleVarianceAlt;      // 0x0194\n\tfloat flRecoilMagnitude;             // 0x0198\n\tfloat flRecoilMagnitudeAlt;          // 0x019C\n\tfloat flRecoilMagnitudeVariance;     // 0x01A0\n\tfloat flRecoilMagnitudeVarianceAlt;  // 0x01A4\n\tfloat flRecoveryTimeCrouch;          // 0x01A8\n\tfloat flRecoveryTimeStand;           // 0x01AC\n\tfloat flRecoveryTimeCrouchFinal;     // 0x01B0\n\tfloat flRecoveryTimeStandFinal;      // 0x01B4\n\tchar pad_01B8[40];                   // 0x01B8\n\tchar *szWeaponClass;                 // 0x01E0\n\tchar pad_01E4[8];                    // 0x01E4\n\tchar *szEjectBrassEffect;            // 0x01EC\n\tchar *szTracerEffect;                // 0x01F0\n\tint iTracerFrequency;                // 0x01F4\n\tint iTracerFrequencyAlt;             // 0x01F8\n\tchar *szMuzzleFlashEffect_1stPerson; // 0x01FC\n\tchar pad_0200[4];                    // 0x0200\n\tchar *szMuzzleFlashEffect_3rdPerson; // 0x0204\n\tchar pad_0208[4];                    // 0x0208\n\tchar *szMuzzleSmokeEffect;           // 0x020C\n\tfloat flHeatPerShot;                 // 0x0210\n\tchar *szZoomInSound;                 // 0x0214\n\tchar *szZoomOutSound;                // 0x0218\n\tfloat flInaccuracyPitchShift;        // 0x021C\n\tfloat flInaccuracySoundThreshold;    // 0x0220\n\tfloat flBotAudibleRange;             // 0x0224\n\tchar pad_0228[12];                   // 0x0228\n\tbool bHasBurstMode;                  // 0x0234\n\tbool bIsRevolver;                    // 0x0235\n};                                     // Size: 0x0236\n\nclass CWeaponSystem\n{\n    virtual void placeholder0();\n    virtual void placeholder1();\npublic:\n    virtual WeaponInfo_t* GetWpnData(ItemDefinitionIndex idx);\n};"
  },
  {
    "path": "Antario/SDK/IBaseClientDll.h",
    "content": "#pragma once\n#include \"CGlobalVarsBase.h\"\n#include \"ClientClass.h\"\n\nclass IBaseClientDLL\n{\npublic:\n    // Connect appsystem components, get global interfaces, don't run any other init code\n    virtual int              Connect(CreateInterfaceFn appSystemFactory, CGlobalVarsBase *pGlobals) = 0;\n    virtual int              Disconnect(void) = 0;\n    virtual int              Init(CreateInterfaceFn appSystemFactory, CGlobalVarsBase *pGlobals) = 0;\n    virtual void             PostInit() = 0;\n    virtual void             Shutdown(void) = 0;\n    virtual void             LevelInitPreEntity(char const* pMapName) = 0;\n    virtual void             LevelInitPostEntity() = 0;\n    virtual void             LevelShutdown(void) = 0;\n    virtual ClientClass*     GetAllClasses(void) = 0;\n};\nextern IBaseClientDLL* g_pClientDll;"
  },
  {
    "path": "Antario/SDK/IClientEntity.h",
    "content": "#pragma once\n#include \"IClientUnknown.h\"\n\n\nstruct SpatializationInfo_t;\n\nclass IClientEntity : public IClientUnknown, public IClientRenderable, public IClientNetworkable, public IClientThinkable\n{\npublic:\n    virtual void             Release(void) = 0;\n    virtual const Vector     GetAbsOrigin(void) const = 0;\n    virtual const QAngle     GetAbsAngles(void) const = 0;\n    virtual void*            GetMouth(void) = 0;\n    virtual bool             GetSoundSpatialization(SpatializationInfo_t info) = 0;\n    virtual bool             IsBlurred(void) = 0;\n};"
  },
  {
    "path": "Antario/SDK/IClientEntityList.h",
    "content": "#pragma once\n#include \"IClientEntity.h\"\n\nclass IClientEntityList\n{\npublic:\n    virtual IClientNetworkable*   GetClientNetworkable(int entnum) = 0;\n    virtual void*                 vtablepad0x1(void) = 0;\n    virtual void*                 vtablepad0x2(void) = 0;\n    virtual C_BaseEntity*         GetClientEntity(int entNum) = 0;\n    virtual IClientEntity*        GetClientEntityFromHandle(CBaseHandle hEnt) = 0;\n    virtual int                   NumberOfEntities(bool bIncludeNonNetworkable) = 0;\n    virtual int                   GetHighestEntityIndex(void) = 0;\n    virtual void                  SetMaxEntities(int maxEnts) = 0;\n    virtual int                   GetMaxEntities() = 0;\n};\nextern IClientEntityList*  g_pEntityList;"
  },
  {
    "path": "Antario/SDK/IClientMode.h",
    "content": "#pragma once\n#include \"Vector.h\"\n#include \"CEntity.h\"\n\nclass IPanel;\n\nenum class ClearFlags_t\n{\n    VIEW_CLEAR_COLOR = 0x1,\n    VIEW_CLEAR_DEPTH = 0x2,\n    VIEW_CLEAR_FULL_TARGET = 0x4,\n    VIEW_NO_DRAW = 0x8,\n    VIEW_CLEAR_OBEY_STENCIL = 0x10,\n    VIEW_CLEAR_STENCIL = 0x20,\n};\n\n\nenum class MotionBlurMode_t\n{\n    MOTION_BLUR_DISABLE = 1,\n    MOTION_BLUR_GAME = 2,\n    MOTION_BLUR_SFM = 3\n};\n\nclass CViewSetup\n{\npublic:\n    __int32   x;                  //0x0000 \n    __int32   x_old;              //0x0004 \n    __int32   y;                  //0x0008 \n    __int32   y_old;              //0x000C \n    __int32   width;              //0x0010 \n    __int32   width_old;          //0x0014 \n    __int32   height;             //0x0018 \n    __int32   height_old;         //0x001C \n    char      pad_0x0020[0x90];   //0x0020\n    float     fov;                //0x00B0 \n    float     viewmodel_fov;      //0x00B4 \n    Vector    origin;             //0x00B8 \n    Vector    angles;             //0x00C4 \n    char      pad_0x00D0[0x7C];   //0x00D0\n\n};//Size=0x014C\n\nclass IClientMode\n{\npublic:\n    virtual             ~IClientMode() {}\n    virtual int         ClientModeCSNormal(void *) = 0;\n    virtual void        Init() = 0;\n    virtual void        InitViewport() = 0;\n    virtual void        Shutdown() = 0;\n    virtual void        Enable() = 0;\n    virtual void        Disable() = 0;\n    virtual void        Layout() = 0;\n    virtual IPanel*     GetViewport() = 0;\n    virtual void*       GetViewportAnimationController() = 0;\n    virtual void        ProcessInput(bool bActive) = 0;\n    virtual bool        ShouldDrawDetailObjects() = 0;\n    virtual bool        ShouldDrawEntity(C_BaseEntity *pEnt) = 0;\n    virtual bool        ShouldDrawLocalPlayer(C_BaseEntity *pPlayer) = 0;\n    virtual bool        ShouldDrawParticles() = 0;\n    virtual bool        ShouldDrawFog(void) = 0;\n    virtual void        OverrideView(CViewSetup *pSetup) = 0; // 19\n    virtual int         KeyInput(int down, int keynum, const char *pszCurrentBinding) = 0; // 20\n    virtual void        StartMessageMode(int iMessageModeType) = 0; //21\n    virtual IPanel*     GetMessagePanel() = 0; //22\n    virtual void        OverrideMouseInput(float *x, float *y) = 0; //23\n    virtual bool        CreateMove(float flSampleFrametime, void* pCmd) = 0; // 24\n    virtual void        LevelInit(const char *newmap) = 0;\n    virtual void        LevelShutdown(void) = 0;\n};\nextern IClientMode* g_pClientMode;\n"
  },
  {
    "path": "Antario/SDK/IClientNetworkable.h",
    "content": "#pragma once\n\nclass IClientUnknown;\nclass ClientClass;\nclass bf_read;\n\nclass IClientNetworkable\n{\npublic:\n    virtual IClientUnknown*  GetIClientUnknown() = 0;\n    virtual void             Release() = 0;\n    virtual ClientClass*     GetClientClass() = 0;\n    virtual void             NotifyShouldTransmit(int state) = 0;\n    virtual void             OnPreDataChanged(int updateType) = 0;\n    virtual void             OnDataChanged(int updateType) = 0;\n    virtual void             PreDataUpdate(int updateType) = 0;\n    virtual void             PostDataUpdate(int updateType) = 0;\n    virtual void             __unkn(void) = 0;\n    virtual bool             IsDormant(void) = 0;\n    virtual int              EntIndex(void) const = 0;\n    virtual void             ReceiveMessage(int classID, bf_read& msg) = 0;\n    virtual void*            GetDataTableBasePtr() = 0;\n    virtual void             SetDestroyedOnRecreateEntities(void) = 0;\n};"
  },
  {
    "path": "Antario/SDK/IClientRenderable.h",
    "content": "#pragma once\n\n#include \"VMatrix.h\"\n\ntypedef unsigned short ClientShadowHandle_t;\ntypedef unsigned short ClientRenderHandle_t;\ntypedef unsigned short ModelInstanceHandle_t;\ntypedef unsigned char uint8;\n\n\nstruct model_t;\n\n\nstruct RenderableInstance_t\n{\n    uint8 m_nAlpha;\n};\n\nclass IClientRenderable\n{\npublic:\n    virtual IClientUnknown*            GetIClientUnknown() = 0;\n    virtual Vector const&              GetRenderOrigin(void) = 0;\n    virtual QAngle const&              GetRenderAngles(void) = 0;\n    virtual bool                       ShouldDraw(void) = 0;\n    virtual int                        GetRenderFlags(void) = 0; // ERENDERFLAGS_xxx\n    virtual void                       Unused(void) const {}\n    virtual ClientShadowHandle_t       GetShadowHandle() const = 0;\n    virtual ClientRenderHandle_t&      RenderHandle() = 0;\n    virtual model_t*                   GetModel() const = 0;\n    virtual int                        DrawModel(int flags, const RenderableInstance_t &instance) = 0;\n    virtual int                        GetBody() = 0;\n    virtual void                       GetColorModulation(float* color) = 0;\n    virtual bool                       LODTest() = 0;\n    virtual bool                       SetupBones(matrix3x4_t *pBoneToWorldOut, int nMaxBones, int boneMask, float currentTime) = 0;\n    virtual void                       SetupWeights(const matrix3x4_t *pBoneToWorld, int nFlexWeightCount, float *pFlexWeights, float *pFlexDelayedWeights) = 0;\n    virtual void                       DoAnimationEvents(void) = 0;\n    virtual void* /*IPVSNotify*/       GetPVSNotifyInterface() = 0;\n    virtual void                       GetRenderBounds(Vector& mins, Vector& maxs) = 0;\n    virtual void                       GetRenderBoundsWorldspace(Vector& mins, Vector& maxs) = 0;\n    virtual void                       GetShadowRenderBounds(Vector &mins, Vector &maxs, int /*ShadowType_t*/ shadowType) = 0;\n    virtual bool                       ShouldReceiveProjectedTextures(int flags) = 0;\n    virtual bool                       GetShadowCastDistance(float *pDist, int /*ShadowType_t*/ shadowType) const = 0;\n    virtual bool                       GetShadowCastDirection(Vector *pDirection, int /*ShadowType_t*/ shadowType) const = 0;\n    virtual bool                       IsShadowDirty() = 0;\n    virtual void                       MarkShadowDirty(bool bDirty) = 0;\n    virtual IClientRenderable*         GetShadowParent() = 0;\n    virtual IClientRenderable*         FirstShadowChild() = 0;\n    virtual IClientRenderable*         NextShadowPeer() = 0;\n    virtual int /*ShadowType_t*/       ShadowCastType() = 0;\n    virtual void                       CreateModelInstance() = 0;\n    virtual ModelInstanceHandle_t      GetModelInstance() = 0;\n    virtual const matrix3x4_t&         RenderableToWorldTransform() = 0;\n    virtual int                        LookupAttachment(const char *pAttachmentName) = 0;\n    virtual   bool                     GetAttachment(int number, Vector &origin, QAngle &angles) = 0;\n    virtual bool                       GetAttachment(int number, matrix3x4_t &matrix) = 0;\n    virtual float*                     GetRenderClipPlane(void) = 0;\n    virtual int                        GetSkin() = 0;\n    virtual void                       OnThreadedDrawSetup() = 0;\n    virtual bool                       UsesFlexDelayedWeights() = 0;\n    virtual void                       RecordToolMessage() = 0;\n    virtual bool                       ShouldDrawForSplitScreenUser(int nSlot) = 0;\n    virtual uint8                      OverrideAlphaModulation(uint8 nAlpha) = 0;\n    virtual uint8                      OverrideShadowAlphaModulation(uint8 nAlpha) = 0;\n};"
  },
  {
    "path": "Antario/SDK/IClientThinkable.h",
    "content": "#pragma once\n\nclass IClientUnknown;\nclass CClientThinkHandlePtr;\ntypedef CClientThinkHandlePtr* ClientThinkHandle_t;\n\nclass IClientThinkable\n{\npublic:\n    virtual IClientUnknown*\t\tGetIClientUnknown() = 0;\n    virtual void\t\t\t\tClientThink() = 0;\n    virtual ClientThinkHandle_t\tGetThinkHandle() = 0;\n    virtual void\t\t\t\tSetThinkHandle(ClientThinkHandle_t hThink) = 0;\n    virtual void\t\t\t\tRelease() = 0;\n};"
  },
  {
    "path": "Antario/SDK/IClientUnknown.h",
    "content": "#pragma once\n#include \"IClientNetworkable.h\"\n#include \"IClientRenderable.h\"\n#include \"IClientThinkable.h\"\n#include \"CHandle.h\"\n\nclass IClientAlphaProperty;\nclass C_BaseEntity;\nclass IClientEntity;\n\nclass ICollideable\n{\npublic:\n    virtual void pad0();\n    virtual const Vector& OBBMins() const;\n    virtual const Vector& OBBMaxs() const;\n};\n\nclass IClientUnknown : public IHandleEntity\n{\npublic:\n    virtual ICollideable*              GetCollideable() = 0;\n    virtual IClientNetworkable*        GetClientNetworkable() = 0;\n    virtual IClientRenderable*         GetClientRenderable() = 0;\n    virtual IClientEntity*             GetIClientEntity() = 0;\n    virtual C_BaseEntity*              GetBaseEntity() = 0;\n    virtual IClientThinkable*          GetClientThinkable() = 0;\n    //virtual IClientModelRenderable*  GetClientModelRenderable() = 0;\n    virtual IClientAlphaProperty*      GetClientAlphaProperty() = 0;\n};"
  },
  {
    "path": "Antario/SDK/IGameEvent.h",
    "content": "#pragma once\n#include \"KeyValues.h\"\n#include \"CInput.h\"\n\n#define EVENT_DEBUG_ID_INIT 42\n#define EVENT_DEBUG_ID_SHUTDOWN 13\n\nclass IGameEvent\n{\npublic:\n    virtual ~IGameEvent() {};\n    virtual const char *GetName() const = 0;                // get event name\n\n    virtual bool  IsReliable() const = 0;                   // if event handled reliable\n    virtual bool  IsLocal() const = 0;                      // if event is never networked\n    virtual bool  IsEmpty(const char *keyName = NULL) = 0;  // check if data field exists\n\n                                                            // Data access\n    virtual bool  GetBool(const char *keyName = NULL, bool defaultValue = false) = 0;\n    virtual int   GetInt(const char *keyName = NULL, int defaultValue = 0) = 0;\n    virtual unsigned long long GetUint64(char const *keyName = NULL, unsigned long long defaultValue = 0) = 0;\n    virtual float GetFloat(const char *keyName = NULL, float defaultValue = 0.0f) = 0;\n\n    virtual const char *GetString(const char *keyName = NULL, const char *defaultValue = \"\") = 0;\n    virtual const wchar_t *GetWString(char const *keyName = NULL, const wchar_t *defaultValue = L\"\") = 0;\n\n    virtual void SetBool(const char *keyName, bool value) = 0;\n    virtual void SetInt(const char *keyName, int value) = 0;\n    virtual void SetUInt64(const char *keyName, unsigned long long value) = 0;\n    virtual void SetFloat(const char *keyName, float value) = 0;\n    virtual void SetString(const char *keyName, const char *value) = 0;\n    virtual void SetWString(const char *keyName, const wchar_t *value) = 0;\n};\n\nclass IGameEventListener2\n{\npublic:\n    virtual ~IGameEventListener2(void) {};\n\n    virtual void FireGameEvent(IGameEvent *event) = 0;\n    virtual int GetEventDebugID(void) = 0;\n};\n\nclass IGameEventManager2\n{\npublic:\n    virtual ~IGameEventManager2(void) {};\n    virtual int LoadEventsFromFile(const char* filename) = 0;\n    virtual void Reset() = 0;\n    virtual bool AddListener(IGameEventListener2* listener, const char* name, bool serverside) = 0;\n    virtual bool FindListener(IGameEventListener2* listener, const char* name) = 0;\n    virtual void RemoveListener(IGameEventListener2* listener) = 0;\n    virtual void AddListenerGlobal(IGameEventListener2* listener, bool serverside) = 0;\n    virtual IGameEvent* CreateEvent(const char* name, bool force = false, int* cookie = nullptr) = 0;\n    virtual bool FireEvent(IGameEvent* event, bool bDontBroadcast = false) = 0;\n    virtual bool FireEventClientSide(IGameEvent* event) = 0;\n    virtual IGameEvent* DuplicateEvent(IGameEvent* event) = 0;\n    virtual void FreeEvent(IGameEvent* event) = 0;\n    virtual bool SerializeEvent(IGameEvent* event, bf_write* buffer) = 0;\n    virtual IGameEvent* UnserializeEvent(bf_read* buffer) = 0;\n    virtual KeyValues* GetEventDataTypes(IGameEvent* event) = 0;\n};\nextern IGameEventManager2* g_pEventManager;"
  },
  {
    "path": "Antario/SDK/ISurface.h",
    "content": "#pragma once\n#include \"..\\Utils\\Utils.h\"\n\nclass ISurface\n{\npublic:\n\tvoid UnlockCursor()\n\t{\n\t\treturn Utils::CallVFunc<66, void>(this);\n\t}\n};\nextern ISurface* g_pSurface;"
  },
  {
    "path": "Antario/SDK/IVEngineClient.h",
    "content": "#pragma once\n\n#include \"Definitions.h\"\n#include \"KeyValues.h\"\n#include \"Color.h\"\n#include \"PlayerInfo.h\"\n#include \"Vector.h\"\n#include \"VMatrix.h\"\n\n#define FLOW_OUTGOING\t0\n#define FLOW_INCOMING\t1\n#define MAX_FLOWS\t\t2\t\t// in & out\n\ntypedef struct InputContextHandle_t__ *InputContextHandle_t;\nstruct client_textmessage_t;\nstruct model_t;\nclass SurfInfo;\nclass IMaterial;\nclass CSentence;\nclass CAudioSource;\nclass AudioState_t;\nclass ISpatialQuery;\nclass IMaterialSystem;\nclass CPhysCollide;\nclass IAchievementMgr;\n\nclass INetChannelInfo\n{\npublic:\n    enum {\n        GENERIC = 0,    // must be first and is default group\n        LOCALPLAYER,    // bytes for local player entity update\n        OTHERPLAYERS,   // bytes for other players update\n        ENTITIES,       // all other entity bytes\n        SOUNDS,         // game sounds\n        EVENTS,         // event messages\n        USERMESSAGES,   // user messages\n        ENTMESSAGES,    // entity messages\n        VOICE,          // voice data\n        STRINGTABLE,    // a stringtable update\n        MOVE,           // client move cmds\n        STRINGCMD,      // string command\n        SIGNON,         // various signondata\n        TOTAL,          // must be last and is not a real group\n    };\n\n    virtual const char  *GetName(void) const = 0;\t            // get channel name\n    virtual const char  *GetAddress(void) const = 0;            // get channel IP address as string\n    virtual float       GetTime(void) const = 0;\t            // current net time\n    virtual float       GetTimeConnected(void) const = 0;\t    // get connection time in seconds\n    virtual int         GetBufferSize(void) const = 0;\t        // netchannel packet history size\n    virtual int         GetDataRate(void) const = 0;            // send data rate in byte/sec\n\n    virtual bool        IsLoopback(void) const = 0;             // true if loopback channel\n    virtual bool        IsTimingOut(void) const = 0;            // true if timing out\n    virtual bool        IsPlayback(void) const = 0;             // true if demo playback\n\n    virtual float       GetLatency(int flow) const = 0;         // current latency (RTT), more accurate but jittering\n    virtual float\t\tGetAvgLatency(int flow) const = 0;      // average packet latency in seconds\n    virtual float       GetAvgLoss(int flow) const = 0;         // avg packet loss[0..1]\n    virtual float       GetAvgChoke(int flow) const = 0;        // avg packet choke[0..1]\n    virtual float       GetAvgData(int flow) const = 0;         // data flow in bytes/sec\n    virtual float       GetAvgPackets(int flow) const = 0;      // avg packets/sec\n    virtual int         GetTotalData(int flow) const = 0;       // total flow in/out in bytes\n    virtual int         GetSequenceNr(int flow) const = 0;      // last send seq number\n    virtual bool        IsValidPacket(int flow, int frame_number) const = 0;                // true if packet was not lost/dropped/chocked/flushed\n    virtual float       GetPacketTime(int flow, int frame_number) const = 0;                // time when packet was send\n    virtual int         GetPacketBytes(int flow, int frame_number, int group) const = 0;    // group size of this packet\n    virtual bool        GetStreamProgress(int flow, int *received, int *total) const = 0;   // TCP progress if transmitting\n    virtual float       GetTimeSinceLastReceived(void) const = 0;// get time since last recieved packet in seconds\n    virtual\tfloat       GetCommandInterpolationAmount(int flow, int frame_number) const = 0;\n    virtual void\t\tGetPacketResponseLatency(int flow, int frame_number, int *pnLatencyMsecs, int *pnChoke) const = 0;\n    virtual void\t\tGetRemoteFramerate(float *pflFrameTime, float *pflFrameTimeStdDeviation) const = 0;\n\n    virtual float\t\tGetTimeoutSeconds() const = 0;\n};\n\nclass ISPSharedMemory;\nclass CGamestatsData;\nclass CSteamAPIContext;\nstruct Frustum_t;\n\nclass IVEngineClient\n{\npublic:\n    virtual int                   GetIntersectingSurfaces(const model_t *model, const Vector &vCenter, const float radius, const bool bOnlyVisibleSurfaces, SurfInfo *pInfos, const int nMaxInfos) = 0;\n    virtual Vector                GetLightForPoint(const Vector &pos, bool bClamp) = 0;\n    virtual IMaterial*            TraceLineMaterialAndLighting(const Vector &start, const Vector &end, Vector &diffuseLightColor, Vector& baseColor) = 0;\n    virtual const char*           ParseFile(const char *data, char *token, int maxlen) = 0;\n    virtual bool                  CopyFile(const char *source, const char *destination) = 0;\n    virtual void                  GetScreenSize(int& width, int& height) = 0;\n    virtual void                  ServerCmd(const char *szCmdString, bool bReliable = true) = 0;\n    virtual void                  ClientCmd(const char *szCmdString) = 0;\n    virtual bool                  GetPlayerInfo(int ent_num, PlayerInfo_t *pinfo) = 0;\n    virtual int                   GetPlayerForUserID(int userID) = 0;\n    virtual client_textmessage_t* TextMessageGet(const char *pName) = 0; // 10\n    virtual bool                  Con_IsVisible(void) = 0;\n    virtual int                   GetLocalPlayer(void) = 0;\n    virtual const model_t*        LoadModel(const char *pName, bool bProp = false) = 0;\n    virtual float                 GetLastTimeStamp(void) = 0;\n    virtual CSentence*            GetSentence(CAudioSource *pAudioSource) = 0; // 15\n    virtual float                 GetSentenceLength(CAudioSource *pAudioSource) = 0;\n    virtual bool                  IsStreaming(CAudioSource *pAudioSource) const = 0;\n    virtual void                  GetViewAngles(QAngle& va) = 0;\n    virtual void                  SetViewAngles(QAngle& va) = 0;\n    virtual int                   GetMaxClients(void) = 0; // 20\n    virtual   const char*         Key_LookupBinding(const char *pBinding) = 0;\n    virtual const char*           Key_BindingForKey(int &code) = 0;\n    virtual void                  Key_SetBinding(int, char const*) = 0;\n    virtual void                  StartKeyTrapMode(void) = 0;\n    virtual bool                  CheckDoneKeyTrapping(int &code) = 0;\n    virtual bool                  IsInGame(void) = 0;\n    virtual bool                  IsConnected(void) = 0;\n    virtual bool                  IsDrawingLoadingImage(void) = 0;\n    virtual void                  HideLoadingPlaque(void) = 0;\n    virtual void                  Con_NPrintf(int pos, const char *fmt, ...) = 0; // 30\n    virtual void                  Con_NXPrintf(const struct con_nprint_s *info, const char *fmt, ...) = 0;\n    virtual int                   IsBoxVisible(const Vector& mins, const Vector& maxs) = 0;\n    virtual int                   IsBoxInViewCluster(const Vector& mins, const Vector& maxs) = 0;\n    virtual bool                  CullBox(const Vector& mins, const Vector& maxs) = 0;\n    virtual void                  Sound_ExtraUpdate(void) = 0;\n    virtual const char*           GetGameDirectory(void) = 0;\n    virtual const VMatrix&        WorldToScreenMatrix() = 0;\n    virtual const VMatrix&        WorldToViewMatrix() = 0;\n    virtual int                   GameLumpVersion(int lumpId) const = 0;\n    virtual int                   GameLumpSize(int lumpId) const = 0; // 40\n    virtual bool                  LoadGameLump(int lumpId, void* pBuffer, int size) = 0;\n    virtual int                   LevelLeafCount() const = 0;\n    virtual ISpatialQuery*        GetBSPTreeQuery() = 0;\n    virtual void                  LinearToGamma(float* linear, float* gamma) = 0;\n    virtual float                 LightStyleValue(int style) = 0; // 45\n    virtual void                  ComputeDynamicLighting(const Vector& pt, const Vector* pNormal, Vector& color) = 0;\n    virtual void                  GetAmbientLightColor(Vector& color) = 0;\n    virtual int                   GetDXSupportLevel() = 0;\n    virtual bool                  SupportsHDR() = 0;\n    virtual void                  Mat_Stub(IMaterialSystem *pMatSys) = 0; // 50\n    virtual void                  GetChapterName(char *pchBuff, int iMaxLength) = 0;\n    virtual char const*           GetLevelName(void) = 0;\n    virtual char const*           GetLevelNameShort(void) = 0;\n    virtual char const*           GetMapGroupName(void) = 0;\n    virtual struct IVoiceTweak_s* GetVoiceTweakAPI(void) = 0;\n    virtual void                  SetVoiceCasterID(unsigned int someint) = 0; // 56\n    virtual void                  EngineStats_BeginFrame(void) = 0;\n    virtual void                  EngineStats_EndFrame(void) = 0;\n    virtual void                  FireEvents() = 0;\n    virtual int                   GetLeavesArea(unsigned short *pLeaves, int nLeaves) = 0;\n    virtual bool                  DoesBoxTouchAreaFrustum(const Vector &mins, const Vector &maxs, int iArea) = 0; // 60\n    virtual int                   GetFrustumList(Frustum_t **pList, int listMax) = 0;\n    virtual bool                  ShouldUseAreaFrustum(int i) = 0;\n    virtual void                  SetAudioState(const AudioState_t& state) = 0;\n    virtual int                   SentenceGroupPick(int groupIndex, char *name, int nameBufLen) = 0;\n    virtual int                   SentenceGroupPickSequential(int groupIndex, char *name, int nameBufLen, int sentenceIndex, int reset) = 0;\n    virtual int                   SentenceIndexFromName(const char *pSentenceName) = 0;\n    virtual const char*           SentenceNameFromIndex(int sentenceIndex) = 0;\n    virtual int                   SentenceGroupIndexFromName(const char *pGroupName) = 0;\n    virtual const char*           SentenceGroupNameFromIndex(int groupIndex) = 0;\n    virtual float                 SentenceLength(int sentenceIndex) = 0;\n    virtual void                  ComputeLighting(const Vector& pt, const Vector* pNormal, bool bClamp, Vector& color, Vector *pBoxColors = NULL) = 0;\n    virtual void                  ActivateOccluder(int nOccluderIndex, bool bActive) = 0;\n    virtual bool                  IsOccluded(const Vector &vecAbsMins, const Vector &vecAbsMaxs) = 0; // 74\n    virtual int                   GetOcclusionViewId(void) = 0;\n    virtual void*                 SaveAllocMemory(size_t num, size_t size) = 0;\n    virtual void                  SaveFreeMemory(void *pSaveMem) = 0;\n    virtual INetChannelInfo*      GetNetChannelInfo(void) = 0;\n    virtual void                  DebugDrawPhysCollide(const CPhysCollide *pCollide, IMaterial *pMaterial, const matrix3x4_t& transform, const Color &color) = 0; //79\n    virtual void                  CheckPoint(const char *pName) = 0; // 80\n    virtual void                  DrawPortals() = 0;\n    virtual bool                  IsPlayingDemo(void) = 0;\n    virtual bool                  IsRecordingDemo(void) = 0;\n    virtual bool                  IsPlayingTimeDemo(void) = 0;\n    virtual int                   GetDemoRecordingTick(void) = 0;\n    virtual int                   GetDemoPlaybackTick(void) = 0;\n    virtual int                   GetDemoPlaybackStartTick(void) = 0;\n    virtual float                 GetDemoPlaybackTimeScale(void) = 0;\n    virtual int                   GetDemoPlaybackTotalTicks(void) = 0;\n    virtual bool                  IsPaused(void) = 0; // 90\n    virtual float                 GetTimescale(void) const = 0;\n    virtual bool                  IsTakingScreenshot(void) = 0;\n    virtual bool                  IsHLTV(void) = 0;\n    virtual bool                  IsLevelMainMenuBackground(void) = 0;\n    virtual void                  GetMainMenuBackgroundName(char *dest, int destlen) = 0;\n    virtual void                  SetOcclusionParameters(const int /*OcclusionParams_t*/ &params) = 0; // 96\n    virtual void                  GetUILanguage(char *dest, int destlen) = 0;\n    virtual int                   IsSkyboxVisibleFromPoint(const Vector &vecPoint) = 0;\n    virtual const char*           GetMapEntitiesString() = 0;\n    virtual bool                  IsInEditMode(void) = 0; // 100\n    virtual float                 GetScreenAspectRatio(int viewportWidth, int viewportHeight) = 0;\n    virtual bool                  REMOVED_SteamRefreshLogin(const char *password, bool isSecure) = 0; // 100\n    virtual bool                  REMOVED_SteamProcessCall(bool & finished) = 0;\n    virtual unsigned int          GetEngineBuildNumber() = 0; // engines build\n    virtual const char *          GetProductVersionString() = 0; // mods version number (steam.inf)\n    virtual void                  GrabPreColorCorrectedFrame(int x, int y, int width, int height) = 0;\n    virtual bool                  IsHammerRunning() const = 0;\n    virtual void                  ExecuteClientCmd(const char *szCmdString) = 0; //108\n    virtual bool                  MapHasHDRLighting(void) = 0;\n    virtual bool                  MapHasLightMapAlphaData(void) = 0;\n    virtual int                   GetAppID() = 0;\n    virtual Vector                GetLightForPointFast(const Vector &pos, bool bClamp) = 0;\n    virtual void                  ClientCmd_Unrestricted(char  const*, int, bool);\n    virtual void                  ClientCmd_Unrestricted(const char *szCmdString, bool bDelayed) = 0; // 114\n    virtual void                  SetRestrictServerCommands(bool bRestrict) = 0;\n    virtual void                  SetRestrictClientCommands(bool bRestrict) = 0;\n    virtual void                  SetOverlayBindProxy(int iOverlayID, void *pBindProxy) = 0;\n    virtual bool                  CopyFrameBufferToMaterial(const char *pMaterialName) = 0;\n    virtual void                  ReadConfiguration(const int iController, const bool readDefault) = 0;\n    virtual void                  SetAchievementMgr(IAchievementMgr *pAchievementMgr) = 0;\n    virtual IAchievementMgr*      GetAchievementMgr() = 0;\n    virtual bool                  MapLoadFailed(void) = 0;\n    virtual void                  SetMapLoadFailed(bool bState) = 0;\n    virtual bool                  IsLowViolence() = 0;\n    virtual const char*           GetMostRecentSaveGame(void) = 0;\n    virtual void                  SetMostRecentSaveGame(const char *lpszFilename) = 0;\n    virtual void                  StartXboxExitingProcess() = 0;\n    virtual bool                  IsSaveInProgress() = 0;\n    virtual bool                  IsAutoSaveDangerousInProgress(void) = 0;\n    virtual unsigned int          OnStorageDeviceAttached(int iController) = 0;\n    virtual void                  OnStorageDeviceDetached(int iController) = 0;\n    virtual char* const           GetSaveDirName(void) = 0;\n    virtual void                  WriteScreenshot(const char *pFilename) = 0;\n    virtual void                  ResetDemoInterpolation(void) = 0;\n    virtual int                   GetActiveSplitScreenPlayerSlot() = 0;\n    virtual int                   SetActiveSplitScreenPlayerSlot(int slot) = 0;\n    virtual bool                  SetLocalPlayerIsResolvable(char const *pchContext, int nLine, bool bResolvable) = 0;\n    virtual bool                  IsLocalPlayerResolvable() = 0;\n    virtual int                   GetSplitScreenPlayer(int nSlot) = 0;\n    virtual bool                  IsSplitScreenActive() = 0;\n    virtual bool                  IsValidSplitScreenSlot(int nSlot) = 0;\n    virtual int                   FirstValidSplitScreenSlot() = 0; // -1 == invalid\n    virtual int                   NextValidSplitScreenSlot(int nPreviousSlot) = 0; // -1 == invalid\n    virtual ISPSharedMemory*      GetSinglePlayerSharedMemorySpace(const char *szName, int ent_num = (1 << 11)) = 0;\n    virtual void                  ComputeLightingCube(const Vector& pt, bool bClamp, Vector *pBoxColors) = 0;\n    virtual void                  RegisterDemoCustomDataCallback(const char* szCallbackSaveID, pfnDemoCustomDataCallback pCallback) = 0;\n    virtual void                  RecordDemoCustomData(pfnDemoCustomDataCallback pCallback, const void *pData, size_t iDataLength) = 0;\n    virtual void                  SetPitchScale(float flPitchScale) = 0;\n    virtual float                 GetPitchScale(void) = 0;\n    virtual bool                  LoadFilmmaker() = 0;\n    virtual void                  UnloadFilmmaker() = 0;\n    virtual void                  SetLeafFlag(int nLeafIndex, int nFlagBits) = 0;\n    virtual void                  RecalculateBSPLeafFlags(void) = 0;\n    virtual bool                  DSPGetCurrentDASRoomNew(void) = 0;\n    virtual bool                  DSPGetCurrentDASRoomChanged(void) = 0;\n    virtual bool                  DSPGetCurrentDASRoomSkyAbove(void) = 0;\n    virtual float                 DSPGetCurrentDASRoomSkyPercent(void) = 0;\n    virtual void                  SetMixGroupOfCurrentMixer(const char *szgroupname, const char *szparam, float val, int setMixerType) = 0;\n    virtual int                   GetMixLayerIndex(const char *szmixlayername) = 0;\n    virtual void                  SetMixLayerLevel(int index, float level) = 0;\n    virtual int                   GetMixGroupIndex(char  const* groupname) = 0;\n    virtual void                  SetMixLayerTriggerFactor(int i1, int i2, float fl) = 0;\n    virtual void                  SetMixLayerTriggerFactor(char  const* char1, char  const* char2, float fl) = 0;\n    virtual bool                  IsCreatingReslist() = 0;\n    virtual bool                  IsCreatingXboxReslist() = 0;\n    virtual void                  SetTimescale(float flTimescale) = 0;\n    virtual void                  SetGamestatsData(CGamestatsData *pGamestatsData) = 0;\n    virtual CGamestatsData*       GetGamestatsData() = 0;\n    virtual void                  GetMouseDelta(int &dx, int &dy, bool b) = 0; // unknown\n    virtual   const char*         Key_LookupBindingEx(const char *pBinding, int iUserId = -1, int iStartCount = 0, int iAllowJoystick = -1) = 0;\n    virtual int                   Key_CodeForBinding(char  const*, int, int, int) = 0;\n    virtual void                  UpdateDAndELights(void) = 0;\n    virtual int                   GetBugSubmissionCount() const = 0;\n    virtual void                  ClearBugSubmissionCount() = 0;\n    virtual bool                  DoesLevelContainWater() const = 0;\n    virtual float                 GetServerSimulationFrameTime() const = 0;\n    virtual void                  SolidMoved(class IClientEntity *pSolidEnt, class ICollideable *pSolidCollide, const Vector* pPrevAbsOrigin, bool accurateBboxTriggerChecks) = 0;\n    virtual void                  TriggerMoved(class IClientEntity *pTriggerEnt, bool accurateBboxTriggerChecks) = 0;\n    virtual void                  ComputeLeavesConnected(const Vector &vecOrigin, int nCount, const int *pLeafIndices, bool *pIsConnected) = 0;\n    virtual bool                  IsInCommentaryMode(void) = 0;\n    virtual void                  SetBlurFade(float amount) = 0;\n    virtual bool                  IsTransitioningToLoad() = 0;\n    virtual void                  SearchPathsChangedAfterInstall() = 0;\n    virtual void                  ConfigureSystemLevel(int nCPULevel, int nGPULevel) = 0;\n    virtual void                  SetConnectionPassword(char const *pchCurrentPW) = 0;\n    virtual CSteamAPIContext*     GetSteamAPIContext() = 0;\n    virtual void                  SubmitStatRecord(char const *szMapName, unsigned int uiBlobVersion, unsigned int uiBlobSize, const void *pvBlob) = 0;\n    virtual void                  ServerCmdKeyValues(KeyValues *pKeyValues) = 0; // 203\n    virtual void                  SpherePaintSurface(const model_t* model, const Vector& location, unsigned char chr, float fl1, float fl2) = 0;\n    virtual bool                  HasPaintmap(void) = 0;\n    virtual void                  EnablePaintmapRender() = 0;\n    //virtual void                TracePaintSurface( const model_t *model, const Vector& position, float radius, CUtlVector<Color>& surfColors ) = 0;\n    virtual void                  SphereTracePaintSurface(const model_t* model, const Vector& position, const Vector &vec2, float radius, /*CUtlVector<unsigned char, CUtlMemory<unsigned char, int>>*/ int& utilVecShit) = 0;\n    virtual void                  RemoveAllPaint() = 0;\n    virtual void                  PaintAllSurfaces(unsigned char uchr) = 0;\n    virtual void                  RemovePaint(const model_t* model) = 0;\n    virtual bool                  IsActiveApp() = 0;\n    virtual bool                  IsClientLocalToActiveServer() = 0;\n    virtual void                  TickProgressBar() = 0;\n    virtual InputContextHandle_t  GetInputContext(int /*EngineInputContextId_t*/ id) = 0;\n    virtual void                  GetStartupImage(char* filename, int size) = 0;\n    virtual bool                  IsUsingLocalNetworkBackdoor(void) = 0;\n    virtual void                  SaveGame(const char*, bool, char*, int, char*, int) = 0;\n    virtual void                  GetGenericMemoryStats(/* GenericMemoryStat_t */ void **) = 0;\n    virtual bool                  GameHasShutdownAndFlushedMemory(void) = 0;\n    virtual int                   GetLastAcknowledgedCommand(void) = 0;\n    virtual void                  FinishContainerWrites(int i) = 0;\n    virtual void                  FinishAsyncSave(void) = 0;\n    virtual int                   GetServerTick(void) = 0;\n    virtual const char*           GetModDirectory(void) = 0;\n    virtual bool                  AudioLanguageChanged(void) = 0;\n    virtual bool                  IsAutoSaveInProgress(void) = 0;\n    virtual void                  StartLoadingScreenForCommand(const char* command) = 0;\n    virtual void                  StartLoadingScreenForKeyValues(KeyValues* values) = 0;\n    virtual void                  SOSSetOpvarFloat(const char*, float) = 0;\n    virtual void                  SOSGetOpvarFloat(const char*, float &) = 0;\n    virtual bool                  IsSubscribedMap(const char*, bool) = 0;\n    virtual bool                  IsFeaturedMap(const char*, bool) = 0;\n    virtual void                  GetDemoPlaybackParameters(void) = 0;\n    virtual int                   GetClientVersion(void) = 0;\n    virtual bool                  IsDemoSkipping(void) = 0;\n    virtual void                  SetDemoImportantEventData(const KeyValues* values) = 0;\n    virtual void                  ClearEvents(void) = 0;\n    virtual int                   GetSafeZoneXMin(void) = 0;\n    virtual bool                  IsVoiceRecording(void) = 0;\n    virtual void                  ForceVoiceRecordOn(void) = 0;\n    virtual bool                  IsReplay(void) = 0;\n};\nextern IVEngineClient* g_pEngine;"
  },
  {
    "path": "Antario/SDK/KeyValues.h",
    "content": "#pragma once\n#include <stdint.h>\n#include \"../Utils/Color.h\"\n\ntypedef void* FileHandle_t;\ntypedef void* GetSymbolProc_t;\n\n// single byte identifies a xbox kv file in binary format\n// strings are pooled from a searchpath/zip mounted symbol table\n#define KV_BINARY_POOLED_FORMAT 0xAA\n\n\n#define FOR_EACH_SUBKEY(kvRoot, kvSubKey) \\\n\tfor (KeyValues * kvSubKey = kvRoot->GetFirstSubKey(); kvSubKey != NULL; kvSubKey = kvSubKey->GetNextKey())\n\n#define FOR_EACH_TRUE_SUBKEY(kvRoot, kvSubKey) \\\n\tfor (KeyValues * kvSubKey = kvRoot->GetFirstTrueSubKey(); kvSubKey != NULL; kvSubKey = kvSubKey->GetNextTrueSubKey())\n\n#define FOR_EACH_VALUE(kvRoot, kvValue) \\\n\tfor (KeyValues * kvValue = kvRoot->GetFirstValue(); kvValue != NULL; kvValue = kvValue->GetNextValue())\n\n\n//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------\n// Purpose: Simple recursive data access class\n//\t\t\tUsed in vgui for message parameters and resource files\n//\t\t\tDestructor deletes all child KeyValues nodes\n//\t\t\tData is stored in key (string names) - (string/int/float)value pairs called nodes.\n//\n//\tAbout KeyValues Text File Format:\n\n//\tIt has 3 control characters '{', '}' and '\"'. Names and values may be quoted or\n//\tnot. The quote '\"' charater must not be used within name or values, only for\n//\tquoting whole tokens. You may use escape sequences wile parsing and add within a\n//\tquoted token a \\\" to add quotes within your name or token. When using Escape\n//\tSequence the parser must now that by setting KeyValues::UsesEscapeSequences(true),\n//\twhich it's off by default. Non-quoted tokens ends with a whitespace, '{', '}' and '\"'.\n//\tSo you may use '{' and '}' within quoted tokens, but not for non-quoted tokens.\n//  An open bracket '{' after a key name indicates a list of subkeys which is finished\n//  with a closing bracket '}'. Subkeys use the same definitions recursively.\n//  Whitespaces are space, return, newline and tabulator. Allowed Escape sequences\n//\tare \\n, \\t, \\\\, \\n and \\\". The number character '#' is used for macro purposes\n//\t(eg #include), don't use it as first charater in key names.\n//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------\nclass KeyValues\n{\npublic:\n    //\tBy default, the KeyValues class uses a string table for the key names that is\n    //\tlimited to 4MB. The game will exit in error if this space is exhausted. In\n    //\tgeneral this is preferable for game code for performance and memory fragmentation\n    //\treasons.\n    //\n    //\tIf this is not acceptable, you can use this call to switch to a table that can grow\n    //\tarbitrarily. This call must be made before any KeyValues objects are allocated or it\n    //\twill result in undefined behavior. If you use the growable string table, you cannot\n    //\tshare KeyValues pointers directly with any other module. You can serialize them across\n    //\tmodule boundaries. These limitations are acceptable in the Steam backend code\n    //\tthis option was written for, but may not be in other situations. Make sure to\n    //\tunderstand the implications before using this.\n    static void SetUseGrowableStringTable(bool bUseGrowableTable);\n\n    KeyValues(const char *setName) {}\n\n    //\n    // AutoDelete class to automatically free the keyvalues.\n    // Simply construct it with the keyvalues you allocated and it will free them when falls out of scope.\n    // When you decide that keyvalues shouldn't be deleted call Assign(NULL) on it.\n    // If you constructed AutoDelete(NULL) you can later assign the keyvalues to be deleted with Assign(pKeyValues).\n    // You can also pass temporary KeyValues object as an argument to a function by wrapping it into KeyValues::AutoDelete\n    // instance:   call_my_function( KeyValues::AutoDelete( new KeyValues( \"test\" ) ) )\n    //\n    class AutoDelete\n    {\n    public:\n        explicit inline AutoDelete(KeyValues *pKeyValues) : m_pKeyValues(pKeyValues) {}\n        explicit inline AutoDelete(const char *pchKVName) : m_pKeyValues(new KeyValues(pchKVName)) {}\n        inline ~AutoDelete(void) { if (m_pKeyValues) m_pKeyValues->deleteThis(); }\n        inline void Assign(KeyValues *pKeyValues) { m_pKeyValues = pKeyValues; }\n        KeyValues *operator->() { return m_pKeyValues; }\n        operator KeyValues *() { return m_pKeyValues; }\n    private:\n        AutoDelete(AutoDelete const &x); // forbid\n        AutoDelete & operator= (AutoDelete const &x); // forbid\n        KeyValues *m_pKeyValues;\n    };\n\n    // Quick setup constructors\n    KeyValues(const char *setName, const char *firstKey, const char *firstValue);\n    KeyValues(const char *setName, const char *firstKey, const wchar_t *firstValue);\n    KeyValues(const char *setName, const char *firstKey, int firstValue);\n    KeyValues(const char *setName, const char *firstKey, const char *firstValue, const char *secondKey, const char *secondValue);\n    KeyValues(const char *setName, const char *firstKey, int firstValue, const char *secondKey, int secondValue);\n\n    // Section name\n    const char *GetName() const;\n    void SetName(const char *setName);\n\n    // gets the name as a unique int\n    int GetNameSymbol() const { return m_iKeyName; }\n\n    // File access. Set UsesEscapeSequences true, if resource file/buffer uses Escape Sequences (eg \\n, \\t)\n    void UsesEscapeSequences(bool state); // default false\n    void UsesConditionals(bool state); // default true\n    bool LoadFromFile(void *filesystem, const char *resourceName, const char *pathID = NULL);\n    bool SaveToFile(void *filesystem, const char *resourceName, const char *pathID = NULL, bool sortKeys = false, bool bAllowEmptyString = false);\n\n    // Read from a buffer...  Note that the buffer must be null terminated\n    bool LoadFromBuffer(char const *resourceName, const char *pBuffer, void* pFileSystem = NULL, const char *pPathID = NULL);\n\n    // Read from a utlbuffer...\n    bool LoadFromBuffer(char const *resourceName, void*buf, void* pFileSystem = NULL, const char *pPathID = NULL);\n\n    // Find a keyValue, create it if it is not found.\n    // Set bCreate to true to create the key if it doesn't already exist (which ensures a valid pointer will be returned)\n    KeyValues *FindKey(const char *keyName, bool bCreate = false);\n    KeyValues *FindKey(int keySymbol) const;\n    KeyValues *CreateNewKey();\t\t// creates a new key, with an autogenerated name.  name is guaranteed to be an integer, of value 1 higher than the highest other integer key name\n    void AddSubKey(KeyValues *pSubkey);\t// Adds a subkey. Make sure the subkey isn't a child of some other keyvalues\n    void RemoveSubKey(KeyValues *subKey);\t// removes a subkey from the list, DOES NOT DELETE IT\n\n                                            // Key iteration.\n                                            //\n                                            // NOTE: GetFirstSubKey/GetNextKey will iterate keys AND values. Use the functions\n                                            // below if you want to iterate over just the keys or just the values.\n                                            //\n    KeyValues *GetFirstSubKey() { return m_pSub; }\t// returns the first subkey in the list\n    KeyValues *GetNextKey() { return m_pPeer; }\t\t// returns the next subkey\n    void SetNextKey(KeyValues * pDat);\n    KeyValues *FindLastSubKey();\t// returns the LAST subkey in the list.  This requires a linked list iteration to find the key.  Returns NULL if we don't have any children\n\n                                    //\n                                    // These functions can be used to treat it like a true key/values tree instead of\n                                    // confusing values with keys.\n                                    //\n                                    // So if you wanted to iterate all subkeys, then all values, it would look like this:\n                                    //     for ( KeyValues *pKey = pRoot->GetFirstTrueSubKey(); pKey; pKey = pKey->GetNextTrueSubKey() )\n                                    //     {\n                                    //\t\t   Msg( \"Key name: %s\\n\", pKey->GetName() );\n                                    //     }\n                                    //     for ( KeyValues *pValue = pRoot->GetFirstValue(); pKey; pKey = pKey->GetNextValue() )\n                                    //     {\n                                    //         Msg( \"Int value: %d\\n\", pValue->GetInt() );  // Assuming pValue->GetDataType() == TYPE_INT...\n                                    //     }\n    KeyValues* GetFirstTrueSubKey();\n    KeyValues* GetNextTrueSubKey();\n\n    KeyValues* GetFirstValue();\t// When you get a value back, you can use GetX and pass in NULL to get the value.\n    KeyValues* GetNextValue();\n\n\n    // Data access\n    int   GetInt(const char *keyName = NULL, int defaultValue = 0);\n    uint64_t GetUint64(const char *keyName = NULL, uint64_t defaultValue = 0);\n    float GetFloat(const char *keyName = NULL, float defaultValue = 0.0f);\n    const char *GetString(const char *keyName = NULL, const char *defaultValue = \"\");\n    const wchar_t *GetWString(const char *keyName = NULL, const wchar_t *defaultValue = L\"\");\n    void *GetPtr(const char *keyName = NULL, void *defaultValue = (void*)0);\n    bool GetBool(const char *keyName = NULL, bool defaultValue = false);\n    Color GetColor(const char *keyName = NULL /* default value is all black */);\n    bool  IsEmpty(const char *keyName = NULL);\n\n    // Data access\n    int   GetInt(int keySymbol, int defaultValue = 0);\n    float GetFloat(int keySymbol, float defaultValue = 0.0f);\n    const char *GetString(int keySymbol, const char *defaultValue = \"\");\n    const wchar_t *GetWString(int keySymbol, const wchar_t *defaultValue = L\"\");\n    void *GetPtr(int keySymbol, void *defaultValue = (void*)0);\n    Color GetColor(int keySymbol /* default value is all black */);\n    bool  IsEmpty(int keySymbol);\n\n    // Key writing\n    void SetWString(const char *keyName, const wchar_t *value);\n    void SetString(const char *keyName, const char *value);\n    void SetInt(const char *keyName, int value);\n    void SetUint64(const char *keyName, uint64_t value);\n    void SetFloat(const char *keyName, float value);\n    void SetPtr(const char *keyName, void *value);\n    void SetColor(const char *keyName, Color value);\n    void SetBool(const char *keyName, bool value) { SetInt(keyName, value ? 1 : 0); }\n\n    // Adds a chain... if we don't find stuff in this keyvalue, we'll look\n    // in the one we're chained to.\n    void ChainKeyValue(KeyValues* pChain);\n\n    void RecursiveSaveToFile(void* buf, int indentLevel, bool sortKeys = false, bool bAllowEmptyString = false);\n\n    bool WriteAsBinary(void*buffer);\n    bool ReadAsBinary(void*buffer, int nStackDepth = 0);\n\n    // Allocate & create a new copy of the keys\n    KeyValues *MakeCopy(void) const;\n\n    // Make a new copy of all subkeys, add them all to the passed-in keyvalues\n    void CopySubkeys(KeyValues *pParent) const;\n\n    // Clear out all subkeys, and the current value\n    void Clear(void);\n\n    // Data type\n    enum types_t\n    {\n        TYPE_NONE = 0,\n        TYPE_STRING,\n        TYPE_INT,\n        TYPE_FLOAT,\n        TYPE_PTR,\n        TYPE_WSTRING,\n        TYPE_COLOR,\n        TYPE_UINT64,\n        TYPE_NUMTYPES,\n    };\n    types_t GetDataType(const char *keyName = NULL);\n\n    // Virtual deletion function - ensures that KeyValues object is deleted from correct heap\n    void deleteThis();\n\n    void SetStringValue(char const *strValue);\n\n    // unpack a key values list into a structure\n    void UnpackIntoStructure(struct KeyValuesUnpackStructure const *pUnpackTable, void *pDest, size_t DestSizeInBytes);\n\n    // Process conditional keys for widescreen support.\n    bool ProcessResolutionKeys(const char *pResString);\n\n    // Dump keyvalues recursively into a dump context\n    bool Dump(class IKeyValuesDumpContext *pDump, int nIndentLevel = 0);\n\n    // Merge in another KeyValues, keeping \"our\" settings\n    void RecursiveMergeKeyValues(KeyValues *baseKV);\n\nprivate:\n    KeyValues(KeyValues&);\t// prevent copy constructor being used\n\n                            // prevent delete being called except through deleteThis()\n    ~KeyValues();\n\n    KeyValues* CreateKey(const char *keyName);\n\n    /// Create a child key, given that we know which child is currently the last child.\n    /// This avoids the O(N^2) behaviour when adding children in sequence to KV,\n    /// when CreateKey() wil have to re-locate the end of the list each time.  This happens,\n    /// for example, every time we load any KV file whatsoever.\n    KeyValues* CreateKeyUsingKnownLastChild(const char *keyName, KeyValues *pLastChild);\n    void AddSubkeyUsingKnownLastChild(KeyValues *pSubKey, KeyValues *pLastChild);\n\n    void RecursiveCopyKeyValues(KeyValues& src);\n    void RemoveEverything();\n    //\tvoid RecursiveSaveToFile( IBaseFileSystem *filesystem, void*buffer, int indentLevel );\n    //\tvoid WriteConvertedString( void*buffer, const char *pszString );\n\n    // NOTE: If both filesystem and pBuf are non-null, it'll save to both of them.\n    // If filesystem is null, it'll ignore f.\n    void RecursiveSaveToFile(void *filesystem, FileHandle_t f, void *pBuf, int indentLevel, bool sortKeys, bool bAllowEmptyString);\n    void SaveKeyToFile(KeyValues *dat, void *filesystem, FileHandle_t f, void *pBuf, int indentLevel, bool sortKeys, bool bAllowEmptyString);\n    void WriteConvertedString(void *filesystem, FileHandle_t f, void *pBuf, const char *pszString);\n\n    void RecursiveLoadFromBuffer(char const *resourceName, void*buf);\n\n    // For handling #include \"filename\"\n    void AppendIncludedKeys(void* includedKeys);\n    void ParseIncludedKeys(char const *resourceName, const char *filetoinclude,\n        void* pFileSystem, const char *pPathID, void* includedKeys);\n\n    // For handling #base \"filename\"\n    void MergeBaseKeys(void* baseKeys);\n\n    // NOTE: If both filesystem and pBuf are non-null, it'll save to both of them.\n    // If filesystem is null, it'll ignore f.\n    void InternalWrite(void *filesystem, FileHandle_t f, void *pBuf, const void *pData, int len);\n\n    void Init();\n    const char * ReadToken(void*buf, bool &wasQuoted, bool &wasConditional);\n    void WriteIndents(void *filesystem, FileHandle_t f, void *pBuf, int indentLevel);\n\n    void FreeAllocatedValue();\n    void AllocateValueBlock(int size);\n\n    int m_iKeyName;\t// keyname is a symbol defined in KeyValuesSystem\n\n                    // These are needed out of the union because the API returns string pointers\n    char *m_sValue;\n    wchar_t *m_wsValue;\n\n    // we don't delete these\n    union\n    {\n        int m_iValue;\n        float m_flValue;\n        void *m_pValue;\n        unsigned char m_Color[4];\n    };\n\n    char\t   m_iDataType;\n    char\t   m_bHasEscapeSequences; // true, if while parsing this KeyValue, Escape Sequences are used (default false)\n    char\t   m_bEvaluateConditionals; // true, if while parsing this KeyValue, conditionals blocks are evaluated (default true)\n    char\t   unused[1];\n\n    KeyValues *m_pPeer;\t// pointer to next key in list\n    KeyValues *m_pSub;\t// pointer to Start of a new sub key list\n    KeyValues *m_pChain;// Search here if it's not in our list\n\nprivate:\n    // Statics to implement the optional growable string table\n    // Function pointers that will determine which mode we are in\n    static int(*s_pfGetSymbolForString)(const char *name, bool bCreate);\n    static const char *(*s_pfGetStringForSymbol)(int symbol);\n    static void *s_pGrowableStringTable;\n\npublic:\n    // Functions that invoke the default behavior\n    static int GetSymbolForStringClassic(const char *name, bool bCreate = true);\n    static const char *GetStringForSymbolClassic(int symbol);\n\n    // Functions that use the growable string table\n    static int GetSymbolForStringGrowable(const char *name, bool bCreate = true);\n    static const char *GetStringForSymbolGrowable(int symbol);\n\n    // Functions to get external access to whichever of the above functions we're going to call.\n    static int CallGetSymbolForString(const char *name, bool bCreate = true) { return s_pfGetSymbolForString(name, bCreate); }\n    static const char *CallGetStringForSymbol(int symbol) { return s_pfGetStringForSymbol(symbol); }\n};"
  },
  {
    "path": "Antario/SDK/PlayerInfo.h",
    "content": "#pragma once\n\ntypedef struct PlayerInfo_s\n{\n    __int64         unknown;            //0x0000 \n    union\n    {\n        __int64       steamID64;          //0x0008 - SteamID64\n        struct\n        {\n            __int32     xuidLow;\n            __int32     xuidHigh;\n        };\n    };\n    char            szName[128];        //0x0010 - Player Name\n    int             userId;             //0x0090 - Unique Server Identifier\n    char            szSteamID[20];      //0x0094 - STEAM_X:Y:Z\n    char            pad_0x00A8[0x10];   //0x00A8\n    unsigned long   iSteamID;           //0x00B8 - SteamID \n    char            szFriendsName[128];\n    bool            fakeplayer;\n    bool            ishltv;\n    unsigned int    customFiles[4];\n    unsigned char   filesDownloaded;\n} PlayerInfo_t;"
  },
  {
    "path": "Antario/SDK/Recv.h",
    "content": "#pragma once\n\ntypedef enum\n{\n    DPT_Int = 0,\n    DPT_Float,\n    DPT_Vector,\n    DPT_VectorXY,\n    DPT_String,\n    DPT_Array,    // An array of the base types (can't be of datatables).\n    DPT_DataTable,\n#if 0 // We can't ship this since it changes the size of DTVariant to be 20 bytes instead of 16 and that breaks MODs!!!\n    DPT_Quaternion,\n#endif\n    DPT_NUMSendPropTypes\n} SendPropType;\n\nclass RecvProp;\nclass RecvTable;\nclass DVariant;\n\n// This is passed into RecvProxy functions.\nclass CRecvProxyData;\n\n//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------\n// pStruct = the base structure of the datatable this variable is in (like C_BaseEntity)\n// pOut    = the variable that this this proxy represents (like C_BaseEntity::SomeValue).\n//\n// Convert the network-standard-type value in Value into your own format in pStruct/pOut.\n//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------\ntypedef void(*RecvVarProxyFn)(const CRecvProxyData *pData, void *pStruct, void *pOut);\n\n// ------------------------------------------------------------------------ //\n// ArrayLengthRecvProxies are optionally used to get the length of the \n// incoming array when it changes.\n// ------------------------------------------------------------------------ //\ntypedef void(*ArrayLengthRecvProxyFn)(void *pStruct, int objectID, int currentArrayLength);\n\n\n// NOTE: DataTable receive proxies work differently than the other proxies.\n// pData points at the object + the recv table's offset.\n// pOut should be set to the location of the object to unpack the data table into.\n// If the parent object just contains the child object, the default proxy just does *pOut = pData.\n// If the parent object points at the child object, you need to dereference the pointer here.\n// NOTE: don't ever return null from a DataTable receive proxy function. Bad things will happen.\ntypedef void(*DataTableRecvVarProxyFn)(const RecvProp *pProp, void **pOut, void *pData, int objectID);\n\nclass RecvProp\n{\n    // This info comes from the receive data table.\npublic:\n    RecvProp();\n\n    void                        InitArray(int nElements, int elementStride);\n\n    int                         GetNumElements() const;\n    void                        SetNumElements(int nElements);\n\n    int                         GetElementStride() const;\n    void                        SetElementStride(int stride);\n\n    int                         GetFlags() const;\n\n    const char*                 GetName() const;\n    SendPropType                GetType() const;\n\n    RecvTable*                  GetDataTable() const;\n    void                        SetDataTable(RecvTable *pTable);\n\n    RecvVarProxyFn              GetProxyFn() const;\n    void                        SetProxyFn(RecvVarProxyFn fn);\n\n    DataTableRecvVarProxyFn     GetDataTableProxyFn() const;\n    void                        SetDataTableProxyFn(DataTableRecvVarProxyFn fn);\n\n    int                         GetOffset() const;\n    void                        SetOffset(int o);\n\n    // Arrays only.\n    RecvProp*                   GetArrayProp() const;\n    void                        SetArrayProp(RecvProp *pProp);\n\n    // Arrays only.\n    void                        SetArrayLengthProxy(ArrayLengthRecvProxyFn proxy);\n    ArrayLengthRecvProxyFn      GetArrayLengthProxy() const;\n\n    bool                        IsInsideArray() const;\n    void                        SetInsideArray();\n\n    // Some property types bind more data to the prop in here.\n    const void*                 GetExtraData() const;\n    void                        SetExtraData(const void *pData);\n\n    // If it's one of the numbered \"000\", \"001\", etc properties in an array, then\n    // these can be used to get its array property name for debugging.\n    const char*                 GetParentArrayPropName();\n    void                        SetParentArrayPropName(const char *pArrayPropName);\n\npublic:\n\n    const char                  *pVarName;\n    SendPropType                RecvType;\n    int                         Flags;\n    int                         StringBufferSize;\n\n\npublic:\n\n    bool                        bInsideArray;        // Set to true by the engine if this property sits inside an array.\n\n                                                   // Extra data that certain special property types bind to the property here.\n    const void *pExtraData;\n\n    // If this is an array (DPT_Array).\n    RecvProp                    *pArrayProp;\n    ArrayLengthRecvProxyFn      ArrayLengthProxy;\n\n    RecvVarProxyFn              ProxyFn;\n    DataTableRecvVarProxyFn     DataTableProxyFn;    // For RDT_DataTable.\n\n    RecvTable                   *pDataTable;        // For RDT_DataTable.\n    int                         Offset;\n\n    int                         ElementStride;\n    int                         nElements;\n\n    // If it's one of the numbered \"000\", \"001\", etc properties in an array, then\n    // these can be used to get its array property name for debugging.\n    const char                  *pParentArrayPropName;\n};\n\nclass CRecvDecoder;\nclass RecvTable\n{\npublic:\n \n    typedef RecvProp    PropType;\n \n    RecvTable();\n    RecvTable(RecvProp *pProps, int nProps, const char *pNetTableName);\n    ~RecvTable();\n \n    void                Construct(RecvProp *pProps, int nProps, const char *pNetTableName);\n \n    int                 GetNumProps();\n    RecvProp*           GetProp(int i);\n \n    const char*         GetName();\n \n    // Used by the engine while initializing array props.\n    void                SetInitialized(bool bInitialized);\n    bool                IsInitialized() const;\n \n    // Used by the engine.\n    void                SetInMainList(bool bInList);\n    bool                IsInMainList() const;\n \n \npublic:\n \n    // Properties described in a table.\n    RecvProp           *pProps;\n    int                 nProps;\n \n    // The decoder. NOTE: this covers each RecvTable AND all its children (ie: its children\n    // will have their own decoders that include props for all their children).\n    CRecvDecoder       *pDecoder;\n \n    const char         *pNetTableName;    // The name matched between client and server.\n \n \nprivate:\n \n    bool                bInitialized;\n    bool                bInMainList;\n};\n\n\n\ninline int RecvTable::GetNumProps()\n{\n    return this->nProps;\n}\n\ninline RecvProp* RecvTable::GetProp(int i)\n{\n    return &this->pProps[i];\n}\n\ninline const char* RecvTable::GetName()\n{\n    return this->pNetTableName;\n}\n\ninline void RecvTable::SetInitialized(bool bInitialized)\n{\n    this->bInitialized = bInitialized;\n}\n\ninline bool RecvTable::IsInitialized() const\n{\n    return this->bInitialized;\n}\n\ninline void RecvTable::SetInMainList(bool bInList)\n{\n    this->bInMainList = bInList;\n}\n\ninline bool RecvTable::IsInMainList() const\n{\n    return this->bInMainList;\n}\n\n\ninline void RecvProp::InitArray(int nElements, int elementStride)\n{\n    this->RecvType = DPT_Array;\n    this->nElements = nElements;\n    this->ElementStride = elementStride;\n}\n\ninline int RecvProp::GetNumElements() const\n{\n    return this->nElements;\n}\n\ninline void RecvProp::SetNumElements(int nElements)\n{\n    this->nElements = nElements;\n}\n\ninline int RecvProp::GetElementStride() const\n{\n    return this->ElementStride;\n}\n\ninline void RecvProp::SetElementStride(int stride)\n{\n    this->ElementStride = stride;\n}\n\ninline int RecvProp::GetFlags() const\n{\n    return this->Flags;\n}\n\ninline const char* RecvProp::GetName() const\n{\n    return this->pVarName;\n}\n\ninline SendPropType RecvProp::GetType() const\n{\n    return this->RecvType;\n}\n\ninline RecvTable* RecvProp::GetDataTable() const\n{\n    return this->pDataTable;\n}\n\ninline void RecvProp::SetDataTable(RecvTable *pTable)\n{\n    this->pDataTable = pTable;\n}\n\ninline RecvVarProxyFn RecvProp::GetProxyFn() const\n{\n    return this->ProxyFn;\n}\n\ninline void RecvProp::SetProxyFn(RecvVarProxyFn fn)\n{\n    this->ProxyFn = fn;\n}\n\ninline DataTableRecvVarProxyFn RecvProp::GetDataTableProxyFn() const\n{\n    return this->DataTableProxyFn;\n}\n\ninline void RecvProp::SetDataTableProxyFn(DataTableRecvVarProxyFn fn)\n{\n    this->DataTableProxyFn = fn;\n}\n\ninline int RecvProp::GetOffset() const\n{\n    return this->Offset;\n}\n\ninline void RecvProp::SetOffset(int o)\n{\n    this->Offset = o;\n}\n\ninline RecvProp* RecvProp::GetArrayProp() const\n{\n    return this->pArrayProp;\n}\n\ninline void RecvProp::SetArrayProp(RecvProp *pProp)\n{\n    this->pArrayProp = pProp;\n}\n\ninline void RecvProp::SetArrayLengthProxy(ArrayLengthRecvProxyFn proxy)\n{\n    this->ArrayLengthProxy = proxy;\n}\n\ninline ArrayLengthRecvProxyFn RecvProp::GetArrayLengthProxy() const\n{\n    return this->ArrayLengthProxy;\n}\n\ninline bool RecvProp::IsInsideArray() const\n{\n    return this->bInsideArray;\n}\n\ninline void RecvProp::SetInsideArray()\n{\n    this->bInsideArray = true;\n}\n\ninline const void* RecvProp::GetExtraData() const\n{\n    return this->pExtraData;\n}\n\ninline void RecvProp::SetExtraData(const void *pData)\n{\n    this->pExtraData = pData;\n}\n\ninline const char* RecvProp::GetParentArrayPropName()\n{\n    return this->pParentArrayPropName;\n}\n\ninline void    RecvProp::SetParentArrayPropName(const char *pArrayPropName)\n{\n    this->pParentArrayPropName = pArrayPropName;\n}"
  },
  {
    "path": "Antario/SDK/VMatrix.h",
    "content": "#pragma once\n#include \"Vector.h\"\n\nstruct cplane_t\n{\n    Vector\tnormal;\n    float\tdist;\n    byte\ttype;\t\t\t// for fast side tests\n    byte\tsignbits;\t\t// signx + (signy<<1) + (signz<<1)\n    byte\tpad[2];\n\n};\n\nclass matrix3x4_t\n{\npublic:\n    matrix3x4_t() {}\n    matrix3x4_t(\n        float m00, float m01, float m02, float m03,\n        float m10, float m11, float m12, float m13,\n        float m20, float m21, float m22, float m23)\n    {\n        flMatVal[0][0] = m00;\tflMatVal[0][1] = m01; flMatVal[0][2] = m02; flMatVal[0][3] = m03;\n        flMatVal[1][0] = m10;\tflMatVal[1][1] = m11; flMatVal[1][2] = m12; flMatVal[1][3] = m13;\n        flMatVal[2][0] = m20;\tflMatVal[2][1] = m21; flMatVal[2][2] = m22; flMatVal[2][3] = m23;\n    }\n    //-----------------------------------------------------------------------------\n    // Creates a matrix where the X axis = forward\n    // the Y axis = left, and the Z axis = up\n    //-----------------------------------------------------------------------------\n    void Init(const Vector& xAxis, const Vector& yAxis, const Vector& zAxis, const Vector &vecOrigin)\n    {\n        flMatVal[0][0] = xAxis.x; flMatVal[0][1] = yAxis.x; flMatVal[0][2] = zAxis.x; flMatVal[0][3] = vecOrigin.x;\n        flMatVal[1][0] = xAxis.y; flMatVal[1][1] = yAxis.y; flMatVal[1][2] = zAxis.y; flMatVal[1][3] = vecOrigin.y;\n        flMatVal[2][0] = xAxis.z; flMatVal[2][1] = yAxis.z; flMatVal[2][2] = zAxis.z; flMatVal[2][3] = vecOrigin.z;\n    }\n\n    //-----------------------------------------------------------------------------\n    // Creates a matrix where the X axis = forward\n    // the Y axis = left, and the Z axis = up\n    //-----------------------------------------------------------------------------\n    matrix3x4_t(const Vector& xAxis, const Vector& yAxis, const Vector& zAxis, const Vector &vecOrigin)\n    {\n        Init(xAxis, yAxis, zAxis, vecOrigin);\n    }\n\n    inline void SetOrigin(Vector const & p)\n    {\n        flMatVal[0][3] = p.x;\n        flMatVal[1][3] = p.y;\n        flMatVal[2][3] = p.z;\n    }\n\n    inline void Invalidate(void)\n    {\n        for (int i = 0; i < 3; i++) {\n            for (int j = 0; j < 4; j++) {\n                flMatVal[i][j] = std::numeric_limits<float>::infinity();;\n            }\n        }\n    }\n\n    float *operator[](int i) { return flMatVal[i]; }\n    const float *operator[](int i) const { return flMatVal[i]; }\n    float *Base() { return &flMatVal[0][0]; }\n    const float *Base() const { return &flMatVal[0][0]; }\n\n    float flMatVal[3][4];\n};\nclass VMatrix\n{\npublic:\n\n    VMatrix();\n    VMatrix(\n        vec_t m00, vec_t m01, vec_t m02, vec_t m03,\n        vec_t m10, vec_t m11, vec_t m12, vec_t m13,\n        vec_t m20, vec_t m21, vec_t m22, vec_t m23,\n        vec_t m30, vec_t m31, vec_t m32, vec_t m33\n    );\n\n    // Creates a matrix where the X axis = forward\n    // the Y axis = left, and the Z axis = up\n    VMatrix(const Vector& forward, const Vector& left, const Vector& up);\n\n    // Construct from a 3x4 matrix\n    VMatrix(const matrix3x4_t& matrix3x4);\n\n    // Set the values in the matrix.\n    void\t\tInit(\n        vec_t m00, vec_t m01, vec_t m02, vec_t m03,\n        vec_t m10, vec_t m11, vec_t m12, vec_t m13,\n        vec_t m20, vec_t m21, vec_t m22, vec_t m23,\n        vec_t m30, vec_t m31, vec_t m32, vec_t m33\n    );\n\n\n    // Initialize from a 3x4\n    void\t\tInit(const matrix3x4_t& matrix3x4);\n\n    // array access\n    inline float* operator[](int i)\n    {\n        return m[i];\n    }\n\n    inline const float* operator[](int i) const\n    {\n        return m[i];\n    }\n\n    // Get a pointer to m[0][0]\n    inline float *Base()\n    {\n        return &m[0][0];\n    }\n\n    inline const float *Base() const\n    {\n        return &m[0][0];\n    }\n\n    void\t\tSetLeft(const Vector &vLeft);\n    void\t\tSetUp(const Vector &vUp);\n    void\t\tSetForward(const Vector &vForward);\n\n    void\t\tGetBasisVectors(Vector &vForward, Vector &vLeft, Vector &vUp) const;\n    void\t\tSetBasisVectors(const Vector &vForward, const Vector &vLeft, const Vector &vUp);\n\n    // Get/set the translation.\n    Vector &\tGetTranslation(Vector &vTrans) const;\n    void\t\tSetTranslation(const Vector &vTrans);\n\n    void\t\tPreTranslate(const Vector &vTrans);\n    void\t\tPostTranslate(const Vector &vTrans);\n\n    matrix3x4_t& As3x4();\n    const matrix3x4_t& As3x4() const;\n    void\t\tCopyFrom3x4(const matrix3x4_t &m3x4);\n    void\t\tSet3x4(matrix3x4_t& matrix3x4) const;\n\n    bool\t\toperator==(const VMatrix& src) const;\n    bool\t\toperator!=(const VMatrix& src) const { return !(*this == src); }\n\n    // Access the basis vectors.\n    Vector\t\tGetLeft() const;\n    Vector\t\tGetUp() const;\n    Vector\t\tGetForward() const;\n    Vector\t\tGetTranslation() const;\n\n\n    // Matrix->vector operations.\npublic:\n    // Multiply by a 3D vector (same as operator*).\n    void\t\tV3Mul(const Vector &vIn, Vector &vOut) const;\n\n    // Multiply by a 4D vector.\n    //void\t\tV4Mul( const Vector4D &vIn, Vector4D &vOut ) const;\n\n    // Applies the rotation (ignores translation in the matrix). (This just calls VMul3x3).\n    Vector\t\tApplyRotation(const Vector &vVec) const;\n\n    // Multiply by a vector (divides by w, assumes input w is 1).\n    Vector\t\toperator*(const Vector &vVec) const;\n\n    // Multiply by the upper 3x3 part of the matrix (ie: only apply rotation).\n    Vector\t\tVMul3x3(const Vector &vVec) const;\n\n    // Apply the inverse (transposed) rotation (only works on pure rotation matrix)\n    Vector\t\tVMul3x3Transpose(const Vector &vVec) const;\n\n    // Multiply by the upper 3 rows.\n    Vector\t\tVMul4x3(const Vector &vVec) const;\n\n    // Apply the inverse (transposed) transformation (only works on pure rotation/translation)\n    Vector\t\tVMul4x3Transpose(const Vector &vVec) const;\n\n\n    // Matrix->plane operations.\n    //public:\n    // Transform the plane. The matrix can only contain translation and rotation.\n    //void\t\tTransformPlane( const VPlane &inPlane, VPlane &outPlane ) const;\n\n    // Just calls TransformPlane and returns the result.\n    //VPlane\t\toperator*(const VPlane &thePlane) const;\n\n    // Matrix->matrix operations.\npublic:\n\n    VMatrix&\toperator=(const VMatrix &mOther);\n\n    // Multiply two matrices (out = this * vm).\n    void\t\tMatrixMul(const VMatrix &vm, VMatrix &out) const;\n\n    // Add two matrices.\n    const VMatrix& operator+=(const VMatrix &other);\n\n    // Just calls MatrixMul and returns the result.\t\n    VMatrix\t\toperator*(const VMatrix &mOther) const;\n\n    // Add/Subtract two matrices.\n    VMatrix\t\toperator+(const VMatrix &other) const;\n    VMatrix\t\toperator-(const VMatrix &other) const;\n\n    // Negation.\n    VMatrix\t\toperator-() const;\n\n    // Return inverse matrix. Be careful because the results are undefined \n    // if the matrix doesn't have an inverse (ie: InverseGeneral returns false).\n    VMatrix\t\toperator~() const;\n\n    // Matrix operations.\npublic:\n    // Set to identity.\n    void\t\tIdentity();\n\n    bool\t\tIsIdentity() const;\n\n    // Setup a matrix for origin and angles.\n    void\t\tSetupMatrixOrgAngles(const Vector &origin, const QAngle &vAngles);\n\n    // General inverse. This may fail so check the return!\n    bool\t\tInverseGeneral(VMatrix &vInverse) const;\n\n    // Does a fast inverse, assuming the matrix only contains translation and rotation.\n    void\t\tInverseTR(VMatrix &mRet) const;\n\n    // Usually used for debug checks. Returns true if the upper 3x3 contains\n    // unit vectors and they are all orthogonal.\n    bool\t\tIsRotationMatrix() const;\n\n    // This calls the other InverseTR and returns the result.\n    VMatrix\t\tInverseTR() const;\n\n    // Get the scale of the matrix's basis vectors.\n    Vector\t\tGetScale() const;\n\n    // (Fast) multiply by a scaling matrix setup from vScale.\n    VMatrix\t\tScale(const Vector &vScale);\n\n    // Normalize the basis vectors.\n    VMatrix\t\tNormalizeBasisVectors() const;\n\n    // Transpose.\n    VMatrix\t\tTranspose() const;\n\n    // Transpose upper-left 3x3.\n    VMatrix\t\tTranspose3x3() const;\n\npublic:\n    // The matrix.\n    vec_t\t\tm[4][4];\n};"
  },
  {
    "path": "Antario/SDK/Vector.h",
    "content": "#pragma once\n\n#ifdef NDEBUG\n#define Assert( _exp ) ((void)0)\n#else\n#define Assert(x)\n#endif\n\n#include \"Definitions.h\"\n#include <sstream>\n\n#define CHECK_VALID( _v ) 0\n\n#define FastSqrt(x)\t(sqrt)(x)\n\n#define M_PI\t\t3.14159265358979323846\t// matches value in gcc v2 math.h\n\n#define M_PI_2      (M_PI * 2.f)\n\n#define M_PI_F\t\t((float)(M_PI))\t// Shouldn't collide with anything.\n\n#define M_PHI\t\t1.61803398874989484820 // golden ratio\n\n// NJS: Inlined to prevent floats from being autopromoted to doubles, as with the old system.\n#ifndef RAD2DEG\n#define RAD2DEG(x)  ((float)(x) * (float)(180.f / M_PI_F))\n#endif\n\n#ifndef DEG2RAD\n#define DEG2RAD(x)  ((float)(x) * (float)(M_PI_F / 180.f))\n#endif\n\n// MOVEMENT INFO\nenum\n{\n    PITCH = 0,\t// up / down\n    YAW,\t\t// left / right\n    ROLL\t\t// fall over\n};\n\n// decls for aligning data\n\n\n#define ALIGN16 __declspec(align(16))\n#define VALVE_RAND_MAX 0x7fff\n#define VectorExpand(v) (v).x, (v).y, (v).z\n\ntypedef float vec_t;\n\nclass Vector\n{\npublic:\n    float x, y, z;\n    Vector(void);\n    Vector(float X, float Y, float Z);\n    void Init(float ix = 0.0f, float iy = 0.0f, float iz = 0.0f);\n    bool IsValid() const;\n    float operator[](int i) const;\n    float& operator[](int i);\n    inline void Zero();\n    bool operator==(const Vector& v) const;\n    bool operator!=(const Vector& v) const;\n    inline Vector&\toperator+=(const Vector &v);\n    inline Vector&\toperator-=(const Vector &v);\n    inline Vector&\toperator*=(const Vector &v);\n    inline Vector&\toperator*=(float s);\n    inline Vector&\toperator/=(const Vector &v);\n    inline Vector&\toperator/=(float s);\n    inline Vector&\toperator+=(float fl);\n    inline Vector&\toperator-=(float fl);\n    inline float\tLength() const;\n    inline float LengthSqr(void) const\n    {\n        CHECK_VALID(*this);\n        return (x*x + y*y + z*z);\n    }\n    bool IsZero(float tolerance = 0.01f) const\n    {\n        return (x > -tolerance && x < tolerance &&\n            y > -tolerance && y < tolerance &&\n            z > -tolerance && z < tolerance);\n    }\n    Vector\tNormalize();\n    float\tNormalizeInPlace();\n    inline float\tDistTo(const Vector &vOther) const;\n    inline float\tDistToSqr(const Vector &vOther) const;\n    float\tDot(const Vector& vOther) const;\n    float\tLength2D(void) const;\n    float\tLength2DSqr(void) const;\n    void\tMulAdd(const Vector& a, const Vector& b, float scalar);\n    Vector& operator=(const Vector &vOther);\n    Vector\toperator-(void) const;\n    Vector\toperator+(const Vector& v) const;\n    Vector\toperator-(const Vector& v) const;\n    Vector\toperator*(const Vector& v) const;\n    Vector\toperator/(const Vector& v) const;\n    Vector\toperator*(float fl) const;\n    Vector\toperator/(float fl) const;\n    // Base address...\n    float* Base();\n    float const* Base() const;\n};\n\n//===============================================\ninline void Vector::Init(float ix, float iy, float iz)\n{\n    x = ix; y = iy; z = iz;\n    CHECK_VALID(*this);\n}\n//===============================================\ninline Vector::Vector(float X, float Y, float Z)\n{\n    x = X; y = Y; z = Z;\n    CHECK_VALID(*this);\n}\n//===============================================\ninline Vector::Vector(void) { x = 0; y = 0; z = 0; }\n//===============================================\ninline void Vector::Zero()\n{\n    x = y = z = 0.0f;\n}\n//===============================================\ninline void VectorClear(Vector& a)\n{\n    a.x = a.y = a.z = 0.0f;\n}\n//===============================================\ninline Vector& Vector::operator=(const Vector &vOther)\n{\n    CHECK_VALID(vOther);\n    x = vOther.x; y = vOther.y; z = vOther.z;\n    return *this;\n}\n//===============================================\ninline float& Vector::operator[](int i)\n{\n    Assert((i >= 0) && (i < 3));\n    return ((float*)this)[i];\n}\n//===============================================\ninline float Vector::operator[](int i) const\n{\n    Assert((i >= 0) && (i < 3));\n    return ((float*)this)[i];\n}\n//===============================================\ninline bool Vector::operator==(const Vector& src) const\n{\n    CHECK_VALID(src);\n    CHECK_VALID(*this);\n    return (src.x == x) && (src.y == y) && (src.z == z);\n}\n//===============================================\ninline bool Vector::operator!=(const Vector& src) const\n{\n    CHECK_VALID(src);\n    CHECK_VALID(*this);\n    return (src.x != x) || (src.y != y) || (src.z != z);\n}\n//===============================================\ninline void VectorCopy(const Vector& src, Vector& dst)\n{\n    CHECK_VALID(src);\n    dst.x = src.x;\n    dst.y = src.y;\n    dst.z = src.z;\n}\n//===============================================\ninline  Vector& Vector::operator+=(const Vector& v)\n{\n    CHECK_VALID(*this);\n    CHECK_VALID(v);\n    x += v.x; y += v.y; z += v.z;\n    return *this;\n}\n//===============================================\ninline  Vector& Vector::operator-=(const Vector& v)\n{\n    CHECK_VALID(*this);\n    CHECK_VALID(v);\n    x -= v.x; y -= v.y; z -= v.z;\n    return *this;\n}\n//===============================================\ninline  Vector& Vector::operator*=(float fl)\n{\n    x *= fl;\n    y *= fl;\n    z *= fl;\n    CHECK_VALID(*this);\n    return *this;\n}\n//===============================================\ninline  Vector& Vector::operator*=(const Vector& v)\n{\n    CHECK_VALID(v);\n    x *= v.x;\n    y *= v.y;\n    z *= v.z;\n    CHECK_VALID(*this);\n    return *this;\n}\n//===============================================\ninline Vector&\tVector::operator+=(float fl)\n{\n    x += fl;\n    y += fl;\n    z += fl;\n    CHECK_VALID(*this);\n    return *this;\n}\n//===============================================\ninline Vector&\tVector::operator-=(float fl)\n{\n    x -= fl;\n    y -= fl;\n    z -= fl;\n    CHECK_VALID(*this);\n    return *this;\n}\n//===============================================\ninline  Vector& Vector::operator/=(float fl)\n{\n    Assert(fl != 0.0f);\n    float oofl = 1.0f / fl;\n    x *= oofl;\n    y *= oofl;\n    z *= oofl;\n    CHECK_VALID(*this);\n    return *this;\n}\n//===============================================\ninline  Vector& Vector::operator/=(const Vector& v)\n{\n    CHECK_VALID(v);\n    Assert(v.x != 0.0f && v.y != 0.0f && v.z != 0.0f);\n    x /= v.x;\n    y /= v.y;\n    z /= v.z;\n    CHECK_VALID(*this);\n    return *this;\n}\n//===============================================\ninline float Vector::Length(void) const\n{\n    CHECK_VALID(*this);\n\n    float root = 0.0f;\n\n    float sqsr = x*x + y*y + z*z;\n\n    root = sqrt(sqsr);\n\n    return root;\n}\n//===============================================\ninline float Vector::Length2D(void) const\n{\n    CHECK_VALID(*this);\n\n    float root = 0.0f;\n\n    float sqst = x*x + y*y;\n\n    root = sqrt(sqst);\n\n    return root;\n}\n//===============================================\ninline float Vector::Length2DSqr(void) const\n{\n    return (x*x + y*y);\n}\n//===============================================\ninline Vector CrossProduct(const Vector& a, const Vector& b)\n{\n    return Vector(a.y*b.z - a.z*b.y, a.z*b.x - a.x*b.z, a.x*b.y - a.y*b.x);\n}\n//===============================================\nfloat Vector::DistTo(const Vector &vOther) const\n{\n    Vector delta;\n\n    delta.x = x - vOther.x;\n    delta.y = y - vOther.y;\n    delta.z = z - vOther.z;\n\n    return delta.Length();\n}\nfloat Vector::DistToSqr(const Vector &vOther) const\n{\n    Vector delta;\n\n    delta.x = x - vOther.x;\n    delta.y = y - vOther.y;\n    delta.z = z - vOther.z;\n\n    return delta.LengthSqr();\n}\n//===============================================\ninline Vector Vector::Normalize()\n{\n    Vector vector;\n    float length = this->Length();\n\n    if (length != 0)\n    {\n        vector.x = x / length;\n        vector.y = y / length;\n        vector.z = z / length;\n    }\n    else\n    {\n        vector.x = vector.y = 0.0f; vector.z = 1.0f;\n    }\n\n    return vector;\n}\n//===============================================\n// changed that to fit awall, paste from xaE\ninline float Vector::NormalizeInPlace()\n{\n    float radius = FastSqrt(x * x + y * y + z * z);\n\n    // FLT_EPSILON is added to the radius to eliminate the possibility of divide by zero.\n    float iradius = 1.f / (radius + FLT_EPSILON);\n\n    x *= iradius;\n    y *= iradius;\n    z *= iradius;\n\n    return radius;\n}\n//===============================================\ninline void Vector::MulAdd(const Vector& a, const Vector& b, float scalar)\n{\n    x = a.x + b.x * scalar;\n    y = a.y + b.y * scalar;\n    z = a.z + b.z * scalar;\n}\n//===============================================\ninline float VectorNormalize(Vector& v)\n{\n    Assert(v.IsValid());\n    float l = v.Length();\n    if (l != 0.0f)\n    {\n        v /= l;\n    }\n    else\n    {\n        // FIXME:\n        // Just copying the existing implemenation; shouldn't res.z == 0?\n        v.x = v.y = 0.0f; v.z = 1.0f;\n    }\n    return l;\n}\n//===============================================\ninline float VectorNormalize(float * v)\n{\n    return VectorNormalize(*(reinterpret_cast<Vector *>(v)));\n}\n//===============================================\ninline Vector Vector::operator+(const Vector& v) const\n{\n    Vector res;\n    res.x = x + v.x;\n    res.y = y + v.y;\n    res.z = z + v.z;\n    return res;\n}\n\n//===============================================\ninline Vector Vector::operator-(const Vector& v) const\n{\n    Vector res;\n    res.x = x - v.x;\n    res.y = y - v.y;\n    res.z = z - v.z;\n    return res;\n}\n//===============================================\ninline Vector Vector::operator*(float fl) const\n{\n    Vector res;\n    res.x = x * fl;\n    res.y = y * fl;\n    res.z = z * fl;\n    return res;\n}\n//===============================================\ninline Vector Vector::operator*(const Vector& v) const\n{\n    Vector res;\n    res.x = x * v.x;\n    res.y = y * v.y;\n    res.z = z * v.z;\n    return res;\n}\n//===============================================\ninline Vector Vector::operator/(float fl) const\n{\n    Vector res;\n    res.x = x / fl;\n    res.y = y / fl;\n    res.z = z / fl;\n    return res;\n}\n//===============================================\ninline Vector Vector::operator/(const Vector& v) const\n{\n    Vector res;\n    res.x = x / v.x;\n    res.y = y / v.y;\n    res.z = z / v.z;\n    return res;\n}\ninline float Vector::Dot(const Vector& vOther) const\n{\n    const Vector& a = *this;\n\n    return(a.x*vOther.x + a.y*vOther.y + a.z*vOther.z);\n}\n\n//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------\n// length\n//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------\n\ninline float VectorLength(const Vector& v)\n{\n    CHECK_VALID(v);\n    return (float)FastSqrt(v.x*v.x + v.y*v.y + v.z*v.z);\n}\n\n//VECTOR SUBTRAC\ninline void VectorSubtract(const Vector& a, const Vector& b, Vector& c)\n{\n    CHECK_VALID(a);\n    CHECK_VALID(b);\n    c.x = a.x - b.x;\n    c.y = a.y - b.y;\n    c.z = a.z - b.z;\n}\n\n//VECTORADD\ninline void VectorAdd(const Vector& a, const Vector& b, Vector& c)\n{\n    CHECK_VALID(a);\n    CHECK_VALID(b);\n    c.x = a.x + b.x;\n    c.y = a.y + b.y;\n    c.z = a.z + b.z;\n}\n\n//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------\n// Base address...\n//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------\ninline float* Vector::Base()\n{\n    return (float*)this;\n}\n\ninline float const* Vector::Base() const\n{\n    return (float const*)this;\n}\n\ninline void VectorMAInline(const float* start, float scale, const float* direction, float* dest)\n{\n    dest[0] = start[0] + direction[0] * scale;\n    dest[1] = start[1] + direction[1] * scale;\n    dest[2] = start[2] + direction[2] * scale;\n}\n\ninline void VectorMAInline(const Vector& start, float scale, const Vector& direction, Vector& dest)\n{\n    dest.x = start.x + direction.x*scale;\n    dest.y = start.y + direction.y*scale;\n    dest.z = start.z + direction.z*scale;\n}\n\ninline void VectorMA(const Vector& start, float scale, const Vector& direction, Vector& dest)\n{\n    VectorMAInline(start, scale, direction, dest);\n}\n\ninline void VectorMA(const float * start, float scale, const float *direction, float *dest)\n{\n    VectorMAInline(start, scale, direction, dest);\n}\n\n\nclass ALIGN16 VectorAligned : public Vector\n{\npublic:\n    inline VectorAligned(void) { x = 0, y = 0; z = 0; };\n    inline VectorAligned(float X, float Y, float Z)\n    {\n        Init(X, Y, Z);\n    }\n\n#ifdef VECTOR_NO_SLOW_OPERATIONS\n\nprivate:\n    // No copy constructors allowed if we're in optimal mode\n    VectorAligned(const VectorAligned& vOther);\n    VectorAligned(const Vector &vOther);\n\n#else\npublic:\n    explicit VectorAligned(const Vector &vOther)\n    {\n        Init(vOther.x, vOther.y, vOther.z);\n    }\n\n    VectorAligned& operator=(const Vector &vOther)\n    {\n        Init(vOther.x, vOther.y, vOther.z);\n        return *this;\n    }\n\n#endif\n    float w;\t// this space is used anyway\n};\n\n\ninline unsigned long& FloatBits(float& f)\n{\n    return *reinterpret_cast<unsigned long*>(&f);\n}\n\ninline bool IsFinite(float f)\n{\n    return ((FloatBits(f) & 0x7F800000) != 0x7F800000);\n}\n\n//=========================================================\n// 2D Vector2D\n//=========================================================\n\nclass Vector2D\n{\npublic:\n    // Members\n    float x, y;\n\n    // Construction/destruction\n    Vector2D(void);\n    Vector2D(float X, float Y);\n    Vector2D(const float *pFloat);\n\n    // Initialization\n    void Init(float ix = 0.0f, float iy = 0.0f);\n\n    // Got any nasty NAN's?\n    bool IsValid() const;\n\n    // array access...\n    float  operator[](int i) const;\n    float& operator[](int i);\n\n    // Base address...\n    float*       Base();\n    float const* Base() const;\n\n    // Initialization methods\n    void Random(float minVal, float maxVal);\n\n    // equality\n    bool operator==(const Vector2D& v) const;\n    bool operator!=(const Vector2D& v) const;\n\n    // arithmetic operations\n    Vector2D& operator+=(const Vector2D& v);\n    Vector2D& operator-=(const Vector2D& v);\n    Vector2D& operator*=(const Vector2D& v);\n    Vector2D& operator*=(float           s);\n    Vector2D& operator/=(const Vector2D& v);\n    Vector2D& operator/=(float           s);\n\n    // negate the Vector2D components\n    void Negate();\n\n    // Get the Vector2D's magnitude.\n    float Length() const;\n\n    // Get the Vector2D's magnitude squared.\n    float LengthSqr(void) const;\n\n    // return true if this vector is (0,0) within tolerance\n    bool IsZero(float tolerance = 0.01f) const\n    {\n        return (x > -tolerance && x < tolerance &&\n            y > -tolerance && y < tolerance);\n    }\n\n    float Normalize();\n\n    // Normalize in place and return the old length.\n    float NormalizeInPlace();\n\n    // Compare length.\n    bool IsLengthGreaterThan(float val) const;\n    bool IsLengthLessThan(float    val) const;\n\n    // Get the distance from this Vector2D to the other one.\n    float DistTo(const Vector2D& vOther) const;\n\n    // Get the distance from this Vector2D to the other one squared.\n    float DistToSqr(const Vector2D& vOther) const;\n\n    // Copy\n    void CopyToArray(float* rgfl) const;\n\n    // Multiply, add, and assign to this (ie: *this = a + b * scalar). This\n    // is about 12% faster than the actual Vector2D equation (because it's done per-component\n    // rather than per-Vector2D).\n    void MulAdd(const Vector2D& a, const Vector2D& b, float scalar);\n\n    // Dot product.\n    float Dot(const Vector2D& vOther) const;\n\n    // assignment\n    Vector2D& operator=(const Vector2D& vOther);\n\n#ifndef VECTOR_NO_SLOW_OPERATIONS\n    // copy constructors\n    Vector2D(const Vector2D &vOther);\n\n    // arithmetic operations\n    Vector2D operator-(void) const;\n\n    Vector2D operator+(const Vector2D& v) const;\n    Vector2D operator-(const Vector2D& v) const;\n    Vector2D operator*(const Vector2D& v) const;\n    Vector2D operator/(const Vector2D& v) const;\n    Vector2D operator+(const int       i1) const;\n    Vector2D operator+(const float     fl) const;\n    Vector2D operator*(const float     fl) const;\n    Vector2D operator/(const float     fl) const;\n\n    // Cross product between two vectors.\n    Vector2D Cross(const Vector2D& vOther) const;\n\n    // Returns a Vector2D with the min or max in X, Y, and Z.\n    Vector2D Min(const Vector2D& vOther) const;\n    Vector2D Max(const Vector2D& vOther) const;\n\n#else\n\nprivate:\n    // No copy constructors allowed if we're in optimal mode\n    Vector2D(const Vector2D& vOther);\n#endif\n};\n\n//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------\n\nconst Vector2D vec2_origin(0, 0);\n//const Vector2D vec2_invalid(3.40282347E+38F, 3.40282347E+38F);\n\n//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------\n// Vector2D related operations\n//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------\n\n// Vector2D clear\nvoid Vector2DClear(Vector2D& a);\n\n// Copy\nvoid Vector2DCopy(const Vector2D& src, Vector2D& dst);\n\n// Vector2D arithmetic\nvoid Vector2DAdd(const Vector2D&      a, const Vector2D& b, Vector2D&       result);\nvoid Vector2DSubtract(const Vector2D& a, const Vector2D& b, Vector2D&       result);\nvoid Vector2DMultiply(const Vector2D& a, float           b, Vector2D&       result);\nvoid Vector2DMultiply(const Vector2D& a, const Vector2D& b, Vector2D&       result);\nvoid Vector2DDivide(const Vector2D&   a, float           b, Vector2D&       result);\nvoid Vector2DDivide(const Vector2D&   a, const Vector2D& b, Vector2D&       result);\nvoid Vector2DMA(const Vector2D&       start, float       s, const Vector2D& dir, Vector2D& result);\n\n// Store the min or max of each of x, y, and z into the result.\nvoid Vector2DMin(const Vector2D& a, const Vector2D& b, Vector2D& result);\nvoid Vector2DMax(const Vector2D& a, const Vector2D& b, Vector2D& result);\n\n#define Vector2DExpand( v ) (v).x, (v).y\n\n// Normalization\nfloat Vector2DNormalize(Vector2D& v);\n\n// Length\nfloat Vector2DLength(const Vector2D& v);\n\n// Dot Product\nfloat DotProduct2D(const Vector2D& a, const Vector2D& b);\n\n// Linearly interpolate between two vectors\nvoid Vector2DLerp(const Vector2D& src1, const Vector2D& src2, float t, Vector2D& dest);\n\n\n//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------\n//\n// Inlined Vector2D methods\n//\n//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------\n\n\n//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------\n// constructors\n//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------\n\ninline Vector2D::Vector2D(void)\n{\n#ifdef _DEBUG\n    // Initialize to NAN to catch errors\n    //x = y = float_NAN;\n#endif\n    x = 0; y = 0;\n}\n\ninline Vector2D::Vector2D(float X, float Y)\n{\n    x = X; y = Y;\n    Assert(IsValid());\n}\n\ninline Vector2D::Vector2D(const float *pFloat)\n{\n    Assert(pFloat);\n    x = pFloat[0]; y = pFloat[1];\n    Assert(IsValid());\n}\n\n\n//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------\n// copy constructor\n//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------\n\ninline Vector2D::Vector2D(const Vector2D &vOther)\n{\n    Assert(vOther.IsValid());\n    x = vOther.x; y = vOther.y;\n}\n\n//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------\n// initialization\n//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------\n\ninline void Vector2D::Init(float ix, float iy)\n{\n    x = ix; y = iy;\n    Assert(IsValid());\n}\n\ninline void Vector2D::Random(float minVal, float maxVal)\n{\n    x = minVal + ((float)rand() / VALVE_RAND_MAX) * (maxVal - minVal);\n    y = minVal + ((float)rand() / VALVE_RAND_MAX) * (maxVal - minVal);\n}\n\ninline void Vector2DClear(Vector2D& a)\n{\n    a.x = a.y = 0.0f;\n}\n\n//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------\n// assignment\n//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------\n\ninline Vector2D& Vector2D::operator=(const Vector2D &vOther)\n{\n    Assert(vOther.IsValid());\n    x = vOther.x; y = vOther.y;\n    return *this;\n}\n\n//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------\n// Array access\n//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------\n\ninline float& Vector2D::operator[](int i)\n{\n    Assert((i >= 0) && (i < 2));\n    return ((float*)this)[i];\n}\n\ninline float Vector2D::operator[](int i) const\n{\n    Assert((i >= 0) && (i < 2));\n    return ((float*)this)[i];\n}\n\n//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------\n// Base address...\n//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------\n\ninline float* Vector2D::Base()\n{\n    return (float*)this;\n}\n\ninline float const* Vector2D::Base() const\n{\n    return (float const*)this;\n}\n\n//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------\n// IsValid?\n//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------\n\ninline bool Vector2D::IsValid() const\n{\n    return IsFinite(x) && IsFinite(y);\n}\n\n//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------\n// comparison\n//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------\n\ninline bool Vector2D::operator==(const Vector2D& src) const\n{\n    Assert(src.IsValid() && IsValid());\n    return (src.x == x) && (src.y == y);\n}\n\ninline bool Vector2D::operator!=(const Vector2D& src) const\n{\n    Assert(src.IsValid() && IsValid());\n    return (src.x != x) || (src.y != y);\n}\n\n\n//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------\n// Copy\n//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------\n\ninline void Vector2DCopy(const Vector2D& src, Vector2D& dst)\n{\n    Assert(src.IsValid());\n    dst.x = src.x;\n    dst.y = src.y;\n}\n\ninline void\tVector2D::CopyToArray(float* rgfl) const\n{\n    Assert(IsValid());\n    Assert(rgfl);\n    rgfl[0] = x; rgfl[1] = y;\n}\n\n//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------\n// standard math operations\n//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------\n\ninline void Vector2D::Negate()\n{\n    Assert(IsValid());\n    x = -x; y = -y;\n}\n\ninline Vector2D& Vector2D::operator+=(const Vector2D& v)\n{\n    Assert(IsValid() && v.IsValid());\n    x += v.x; y += v.y;\n    return *this;\n}\n\ninline Vector2D& Vector2D::operator-=(const Vector2D& v)\n{\n    Assert(IsValid() && v.IsValid());\n    x -= v.x; y -= v.y;\n    return *this;\n}\n\ninline Vector2D& Vector2D::operator*=(float fl)\n{\n    x *= fl;\n    y *= fl;\n    Assert(IsValid());\n    return *this;\n}\n\ninline Vector2D& Vector2D::operator*=(const Vector2D& v)\n{\n    x *= v.x;\n    y *= v.y;\n    Assert(IsValid());\n    return *this;\n}\n\ninline Vector2D& Vector2D::operator/=(float fl)\n{\n    Assert(fl != 0.0f);\n    float oofl = 1.0f / fl;\n    x *= oofl;\n    y *= oofl;\n    Assert(IsValid());\n    return *this;\n}\n\ninline Vector2D& Vector2D::operator/=(const Vector2D& v)\n{\n    Assert(v.x != 0.0f && v.y != 0.0f);\n    x /= v.x;\n    y /= v.y;\n    Assert(IsValid());\n    return *this;\n}\n\ninline void Vector2DAdd(const Vector2D& a, const Vector2D& b, Vector2D& c)\n{\n    Assert(a.IsValid() && b.IsValid());\n    c.x = a.x + b.x;\n    c.y = a.y + b.y;\n}\n\ninline void Vector2DAdd(const Vector2D& a, const int b, Vector2D& c)\n{\n    Assert(a.IsValid());\n    c.x = a.x + b;\n    c.y = a.y + b;\n}\n\ninline void Vector2DAdd(const Vector2D& a, const float b, Vector2D& c)\n{\n    Assert(a.IsValid());\n    c.x = a.x + b;\n    c.y = a.y + b;\n}\n\ninline void Vector2DSubtract(const Vector2D& a, const Vector2D& b, Vector2D& c)\n{\n    Assert(a.IsValid() && b.IsValid());\n    c.x = a.x - b.x;\n    c.y = a.y - b.y;\n}\n\ninline void Vector2DMultiply(const Vector2D& a, const float b, Vector2D& c)\n{\n    Assert(a.IsValid() && IsFinite(b));\n    c.x = a.x * b;\n    c.y = a.y * b;\n}\n\ninline void Vector2DMultiply(const Vector2D& a, const Vector2D& b, Vector2D& c)\n{\n    Assert(a.IsValid() && b.IsValid());\n    c.x = a.x * b.x;\n    c.y = a.y * b.y;\n}\n\n\ninline void Vector2DDivide(const Vector2D& a, const float b, Vector2D& c)\n{\n    Assert(a.IsValid());\n    Assert(b != 0.0f);\n    float oob = 1.0f / b;\n    c.x = a.x * oob;\n    c.y = a.y * oob;\n}\n\ninline void Vector2DDivide(const Vector2D& a, const Vector2D& b, Vector2D& c)\n{\n    Assert(a.IsValid());\n    Assert((b.x != 0.0f) && (b.y != 0.0f));\n    c.x = a.x / b.x;\n    c.y = a.y / b.y;\n}\n\ninline void Vector2DMA(const Vector2D& start, float s, const Vector2D& dir, Vector2D& result)\n{\n    Assert(start.IsValid() && IsFinite(s) && dir.IsValid());\n    result.x = start.x + s*dir.x;\n    result.y = start.y + s*dir.y;\n}\n\n// FIXME: Remove\n// For backwards compatability\ninline void\tVector2D::MulAdd(const Vector2D& a, const Vector2D& b, float scalar)\n{\n    x = a.x + b.x * scalar;\n    y = a.y + b.y * scalar;\n}\n\ninline void Vector2DLerp(const Vector2D& src1, const Vector2D& src2, float t, Vector2D& dest)\n{\n    dest[0] = src1[0] + (src2[0] - src1[0]) * t;\n    dest[1] = src1[1] + (src2[1] - src1[1]) * t;\n}\n\n//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------\n// dot, cross\n//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------\ninline float DotProduct2D(const Vector2D& a, const Vector2D& b)\n{\n    Assert(a.IsValid() && b.IsValid());\n    return(a.x*b.x + a.y*b.y);\n}\n\n// for backwards compatability\ninline float Vector2D::Dot(const Vector2D& vOther) const\n{\n    return DotProduct2D(*this, vOther);\n}\n\n\n//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------\n// length\n//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------\ninline float Vector2DLength(const Vector2D& v)\n{\n    Assert(v.IsValid());\n    return (float)FastSqrt(v.x*v.x + v.y*v.y);\n}\n\ninline float Vector2D::LengthSqr(void) const\n{\n    Assert(IsValid());\n    return (x*x + y*y);\n}\n\ninline float Vector2D::NormalizeInPlace()\n{\n    return Vector2DNormalize(*this);\n}\n\ninline bool Vector2D::IsLengthGreaterThan(float val) const\n{\n    return LengthSqr() > val*val;\n}\n\ninline bool Vector2D::IsLengthLessThan(float val) const\n{\n    return LengthSqr() < val*val;\n}\n\ninline float Vector2D::Length(void) const\n{\n    return Vector2DLength(*this);\n}\n\n\ninline void Vector2DMin(const Vector2D &a, const Vector2D &b, Vector2D &result)\n{\n    result.x = (a.x < b.x) ? a.x : b.x;\n    result.y = (a.y < b.y) ? a.y : b.y;\n}\n\n\ninline void Vector2DMax(const Vector2D &a, const Vector2D &b, Vector2D &result)\n{\n    result.x = (a.x > b.x) ? a.x : b.x;\n    result.y = (a.y > b.y) ? a.y : b.y;\n}\n\n\n//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------\n// Normalization\n//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------\ninline float Vector2DNormalize(Vector2D& v)\n{\n    Assert(v.IsValid());\n    float l = v.Length();\n    if (l != 0.0f)\n    {\n        v /= l;\n    }\n    else\n    {\n        v.x = v.y = 0.0f;\n    }\n    return l;\n}\n\n\n//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------\n// Get the distance from this Vector2D to the other one\n//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------\ninline float Vector2D::DistTo(const Vector2D &vOther) const\n{\n    Vector2D delta;\n    Vector2DSubtract(*this, vOther, delta);\n    return delta.Length();\n}\n\ninline float Vector2D::DistToSqr(const Vector2D &vOther) const\n{\n    Vector2D delta;\n    Vector2DSubtract(*this, vOther, delta);\n    return delta.LengthSqr();\n}\n\n\n//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------\n// Computes the closest point to vecTarget no farther than flMaxDist from vecStart\n//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------\ninline void ComputeClosestPoint2D(const Vector2D& vecStart, float flMaxDist, const Vector2D& vecTarget, Vector2D *pResult)\n{\n    Vector2D vecDelta;\n    Vector2DSubtract(vecTarget, vecStart, vecDelta);\n    float flDistSqr = vecDelta.LengthSqr();\n    if (flDistSqr <= flMaxDist * flMaxDist)\n    {\n        *pResult = vecTarget;\n    }\n    else\n    {\n        vecDelta /= FastSqrt(flDistSqr);\n        Vector2DMA(vecStart, flMaxDist, vecDelta, *pResult);\n    }\n}\n\n\n\n//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------\n//\n// Slow methods\n//\n//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------\n\n#ifndef VECTOR_NO_SLOW_OPERATIONS\n#endif\n//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------\n// Returns a Vector2D with the min or max in X, Y, and Z.\n//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------\n\ninline Vector2D Vector2D::Min(const Vector2D &vOther) const\n{\n    return Vector2D(x < vOther.x ? x : vOther.x,\n        y < vOther.y ? y : vOther.y);\n}\n\ninline Vector2D Vector2D::Max(const Vector2D &vOther) const\n{\n    return Vector2D(x > vOther.x ? x : vOther.x,\n        y > vOther.y ? y : vOther.y);\n}\n\n\n//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------\n// arithmetic operations\n//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------\n\ninline Vector2D Vector2D::operator-(void) const\n{\n    return Vector2D(-x, -y);\n}\n\ninline Vector2D Vector2D::operator+(const Vector2D& v) const\n{\n    Vector2D res;\n    Vector2DAdd(*this, v, res);\n    return res;\n}\n\ninline Vector2D Vector2D::operator-(const Vector2D& v) const\n{\n    Vector2D res;\n    Vector2DSubtract(*this, v, res);\n    return res;\n}\n\ninline Vector2D Vector2D::operator+(const int i1) const\n{\n    Vector2D res;\n    Vector2DAdd(*this, i1, res);\n    return res;\n}\n\ninline Vector2D Vector2D::operator+(const float fl) const\n{\n    Vector2D res;\n    Vector2DAdd(*this, fl, res);\n    return res;\n}\n\ninline Vector2D Vector2D::operator*(const float fl) const\n{\n    Vector2D res;\n    Vector2DMultiply(*this, fl, res);\n    return res;\n}\n\ninline Vector2D Vector2D::operator*(const Vector2D& v) const\n{\n    Vector2D res;\n    Vector2DMultiply(*this, v, res);\n    return res;\n}\n\ninline Vector2D Vector2D::operator/(const float fl) const\n{\n    Vector2D res;\n    Vector2DDivide(*this, fl, res);\n    return res;\n}\n\ninline Vector2D Vector2D::operator/(const Vector2D& v) const\n{\n    Vector2D res;\n    Vector2DDivide(*this, v, res);\n    return res;\n}\n\ninline Vector2D operator*(const float fl, const Vector2D& v)\n{\n    return v * fl;\n}\n\nclass QAngleByValue;\nclass QAngle\n{\npublic:\n    // Members\n    float x, y, z;\n\n    // Construction/destruction\n    QAngle(void);\n    QAngle(float X, float Y, float Z);\n    //      QAngle(RadianEuler const &angles);      // evil auto type promotion!!!\n\n    // Allow pass-by-value\n    operator QAngleByValue &() { return *((QAngleByValue *)(this)); }\n    operator const QAngleByValue &() const { return *((const QAngleByValue *)(this)); }\n\n    // Initialization\n    void Init(float ix = 0.0f, float iy = 0.0f, float iz = 0.0f);\n    void Random(float minVal, float maxVal);\n\n    // Got any nasty NAN's?\n    bool IsValid() const;\n    void Invalidate();\n\n    // array access...\n    float operator[](int i) const;\n    float& operator[](int i);\n\n    // Base address...\n    float* Base();\n    float const* Base() const;\n\n    // equality\n    bool operator==(const QAngle& v) const;\n    bool operator!=(const QAngle& v) const;\n\n    // arithmetic operations\n    QAngle& operator+=(const QAngle &v);\n    QAngle& operator-=(const QAngle &v);\n    QAngle& operator*=(float s);\n    QAngle& operator/=(float s);\n\n    // Get the vector's magnitude.\n    float   Length() const;\n    float   LengthSqr() const;\n\n    // negate the QAngle components\n    //void  Negate();\n\n    // No assignment operators either...\n    QAngle& operator=(const QAngle& src);\n\n#ifndef VECTOR_NO_SLOW_OPERATIONS\n    // copy constructors\n\n    // arithmetic operations\n    QAngle  operator-(void) const;\n\n    QAngle  operator+(const QAngle& v) const;\n    QAngle  operator-(const QAngle& v) const;\n    QAngle  operator*(float fl) const;\n    QAngle  operator*(const QAngle& v) const;\n    QAngle  operator/(float fl) const;\n#else\n\nprivate:\n    // No copy constructors allowed if we're in optimal mode\n    QAngle(const QAngle& vOther);\n\n#endif\n};\n\n//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------\n// constructors\n//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------\ninline QAngle::QAngle(void)\n{\n    x = 0; y = 0; z = 0;\n#ifdef _DEBUG\n#ifdef VECTOR_PARANOIA\n    // Initialize to NAN to catch errors\n    x = y = z = VEC_T_NAN;\n#endif\n#endif\n}\n\ninline QAngle::QAngle(float X, float Y, float Z)\n{\n    x = X; y = Y; z = Z;\n    CHECK_VALID(*this);\n}\n\n//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------\n// initialization\n//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------\ninline void QAngle::Init(float ix, float iy, float iz)\n{\n    x = ix; y = iy; z = iz;\n    CHECK_VALID(*this);\n}\n\ninline void QAngle::Random(float minVal, float maxVal)\n{\n    x = minVal + ((float)rand() / RAND_MAX) * (maxVal - minVal);\n    y = minVal + ((float)rand() / RAND_MAX) * (maxVal - minVal);\n    z = minVal + ((float)rand() / RAND_MAX) * (maxVal - minVal);\n    CHECK_VALID(*this);\n}\n\n//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------\n// assignment\n//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------\ninline QAngle& QAngle::operator=(const QAngle &vOther)\n{\n    CHECK_VALID(vOther);\n    x = vOther.x; y = vOther.y; z = vOther.z;\n    return *this;\n}\n\n//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------\n// comparison\n//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------\ninline bool QAngle::operator==(const QAngle& src) const\n{\n    CHECK_VALID(src);\n    CHECK_VALID(*this);\n    return (src.x == x) && (src.y == y) && (src.z == z);\n}\n\ninline bool QAngle::operator!=(const QAngle& src) const\n{\n    CHECK_VALID(src);\n    CHECK_VALID(*this);\n    return (src.x != x) || (src.y != y) || (src.z != z);\n}\n\n//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------\n// standard math operations\n//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------\ninline QAngle& QAngle::operator+=(const QAngle& v)\n{\n    CHECK_VALID(*this);\n    CHECK_VALID(v);\n    x += v.x; y += v.y; z += v.z;\n    return *this;\n}\n\ninline QAngle& QAngle::operator-=(const QAngle& v)\n{\n    CHECK_VALID(*this);\n    CHECK_VALID(v);\n    x -= v.x; y -= v.y; z -= v.z;\n    return *this;\n}\n\ninline QAngle& QAngle::operator*=(float fl)\n{\n    x *= fl;\n    y *= fl;\n    z *= fl;\n    CHECK_VALID(*this);\n    return *this;\n}\n\ninline QAngle& QAngle::operator/=(float fl)\n{\n    Assert(fl != 0.0f);\n    float oofl = 1.0f / fl;\n    x *= oofl;\n    y *= oofl;\n    z *= oofl;\n    CHECK_VALID(*this);\n    return *this;\n}\n\n//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------\n// Base address...\n//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------\ninline float* QAngle::Base()\n{\n    return (float*)this;\n}\n\ninline float const* QAngle::Base() const\n{\n    return (float const*)this;\n}\n\n//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------\n// Array access\n//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------\ninline float& QAngle::operator[](int i)\n{\n    Assert((i >= 0) && (i < 3));\n    return ((float*)this)[i];\n}\n\ninline float QAngle::operator[](int i) const\n{\n    Assert((i >= 0) && (i < 3));\n    return ((float*)this)[i];\n}\n\n//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------\n// length\n//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------\ninline float QAngle::Length() const\n{\n    CHECK_VALID(*this);\n    return (float)FastSqrt(LengthSqr());\n}\n\n\ninline float QAngle::LengthSqr() const\n{\n    CHECK_VALID(*this);\n    return x * x + y * y + z * z;\n}\n\n\n//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------\n// arithmetic operations (SLOW!!)\n//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------\n#ifndef VECTOR_NO_SLOW_OPERATIONS\n\ninline QAngle QAngle::operator-(void) const\n{\n    return QAngle(-x, -y, -z);\n}\n\ninline QAngle QAngle::operator+(const QAngle& v) const\n{\n    QAngle res;\n    res.x = x + v.x;\n    res.y = y + v.y;\n    res.z = z + v.z;\n    return res;\n}\n\ninline QAngle QAngle::operator-(const QAngle& v) const\n{\n    QAngle res;\n    res.x = x - v.x;\n    res.y = y - v.y;\n    res.z = z - v.z;\n    return res;\n}\n\ninline QAngle QAngle::operator*(float fl) const\n{\n    QAngle res;\n    res.x = x * fl;\n    res.y = y * fl;\n    res.z = z * fl;\n    return res;\n}\n\ninline QAngle QAngle::operator*(const QAngle& v) const\n{\n    QAngle res;\n    res.x = x * v.x;\n    res.y = y * v.y;\n    res.z = z * v.z;\n    return res;\n}\n\ninline QAngle QAngle::operator/(float fl) const\n{\n    QAngle res;\n    res.x = x / fl;\n    res.y = y / fl;\n    res.z = z / fl;\n    return res;\n}\n\ninline QAngle operator*(float fl, const QAngle& v)\n{\n    return v * fl;\n}\n\n#endif // VECTOR_NO_SLOW_OPERATIONS\n\n\n//QANGLE SUBTRAC\ninline void QAngleSubtract(const QAngle& a, const QAngle& b, QAngle& c)\n{\n    CHECK_VALID(a);\n    CHECK_VALID(b);\n    c.x = a.x - b.x;\n    c.y = a.y - b.y;\n    c.z = a.z - b.z;\n}\n\n//QANGLEADD\ninline void QAngleAdd(const QAngle& a, const QAngle& b, QAngle& c)\n{\n    CHECK_VALID(a);\n    CHECK_VALID(b);\n    c.x = a.x + b.x;\n    c.y = a.y + b.y;\n    c.z = a.z + b.z;\n}"
  },
  {
    "path": "Antario/Settings.cpp",
    "content": "#include <functional>\n#include <ShlObj.h>\n\n#include \"Settings.h\"\n#include \"Hooks.h\"\n\n\n/**\n * \\brief Used to initialize settings parser. Call inside Hooks::init AFTER you initialized menu.\n * \\param pMenuObj Pointer to your created menu object. In our case, its g_Hooks.nMenu\n */\nvoid Settings::Initialize(MenuMain* pMenuObj)\n{\n    this->fsPath = this->GetFolderPath();\n    /* Create directory in AppData/Roaming if it doesnt exist             */\n    create_directories(this->fsPath);       \n\n    /* Setup a proper path to default file.                               */\n    auto fsDefaultPath = this->fsPath;\n    fsDefaultPath.append(\"default.xml\");\n\n    /* Check if the default config file exists, if it doesnt - create it. */\n    if (!exists(fsDefaultPath))\n        this->SaveSettings(fsDefaultPath.string(), pMenuObj);\n\n    /* Load default settings. These can be changed by user.                */\n    this->LoadSettings(fsDefaultPath.string(), pMenuObj);\n\n    this->UpdateDirectoryContent(this->fsPath);\n}\n\n\n/**\n * \\brief Saves settings using menu child system.\n * \\param strFileName Name of the file you want your setting to be saved as\n * \\param pMenuObj Pointer to your created menu object. In this case, its g_Hooks.nMenu\n */\nvoid Settings::SaveSettings(const std::string& strFileName, MenuMain* pMenuObj)\n{\n    /* Loop through menu content and get its values */\n    std::function<void(MenuMain* /*, Parent pointer for sections in cfgFile*/)> loopChildSettings;\n    loopChildSettings = [&loopChildSettings](MenuMain* pMenuObj/*, Parent/section pointer for sections in cfgFile*/) -> void\n    {\n        /* Replaces spaces with underscores, useful with xml parsing, can be deleted otherwise. */\n        auto fixedSpaces = [](std::string str) -> std::string\n        {\n            auto tmpString = str;\n            std::replace(tmpString.begin(), tmpString.end(), ' ', '_');\n            return tmpString;\n        };\n\n        for (auto& it : pMenuObj->vecChildren)\n        {\n            switch (it->type)\n            {\n                    /*\n                    * Ready for future sub-sections or tab settings.\n                    * Just create a new `MenuSelectableType` for it\n                    * and loop like in TYPE_SECTION to create sub-settings.\n                    */\n            case MST::TYPE_INCORR:\n            case MST::TYPE_WINDOW:\n                {\n                    /* Recurrent call so we save settings for all of the child objects. */\n                    loopChildSettings(it.get()/*, parentElement*/);\n                    break;\n                }\n            case MST::TYPE_SECTION:\n                {\n                    /*\n                    * Create section inside your file to which you will assign child objects (child elements, w/e)\n                    * Then loop through child objects and save them. You can use it->strLabel to get section name.\n                    */\n                    loopChildSettings(it.get()/*, SectionElement*/);\n                    break;\n                }\n            case MST::TYPE_CHECKBOX:\n                {\n                    auto tmpChkbx = dynamic_cast<Checkbox*>(it.get());\n                    /*\n                    * Save checkbox value into your settings. Setting parent should be transfered in lambda call\n                    * You can use tmpChkbx->strLabel to get the name and tmpChkbx->bCheckboxValue to get true/false.\n                    */\n                    break;\n                }\n            case MST::TYPE_COMBO:\n                {\n                    //auto tmpCombo = dynamic_cast<ComboBox*>(it.get());\n                    /*\n                    * Save combo index into your settings. Setting parent should be transfered in lambda call\n                    * You can use tmpCombo->strLabel to get the name and tmpCombo->iCurrentValue to get the index.\n                    */\n                    break;\n                }\n            default: break;\n            }\n        }\n    };\n    loopChildSettings(pMenuObj/*, rootElement*/); /* Cant inline, drops an error */\n}\n\nvoid Settings::LoadSettings(const std::string& strFileName, MenuMain* pMenuObj)\n{\n    /*\n     * Use the code from \"SaveSettings\" but instead of saving, load them\n     * Not hard huh?\n     */\n}\n\n\n/**\n * \\brief Updates vector with file names so you can use custom configs made by users (unlimited)\n * \\param fsPath Path to the folder containing user configs\n */\nvoid Settings::UpdateDirectoryContent(const fs::path& fsPath)\n{\n    this->vecFileNames.clear();\n\n    /* Loop through directory content and save config files to your vector */\n    for (const auto& it : fs::directory_iterator(fsPath))\n    {\n        if (!is_empty(it) && fsPath.extension() == \".yourextension\")\n            this->vecFileNames.push_back(it.path().filename().string());\n    }\n}\n\n\n/**\n * \\brief Gets the path to the userconfig folder. In this case - %APPDATA%\\Antario\\configs\n * \\return std::experimental::filesystem::path containing folder path.\n */\nfs::path Settings::GetFolderPath()\n{\n    /* Get %APPDATA% path in Windows system. */\n    TCHAR szPath[MAX_PATH];\n    SHGetFolderPath(nullptr, CSIDL_APPDATA, nullptr, 0, szPath);\n\n    /* Save as filesystem::path and extend it so we use our own folder.*/\n    auto fsPath = fs::path(szPath);\n    fsPath.append(R\"(\\Antario\\configs\\)\");\n    return fsPath;\n}\n"
  },
  {
    "path": "Antario/Settings.h",
    "content": "#pragma once\n#include \"GUI\\GUI.h\"\n#include <filesystem>\n\nusing namespace ui;\nnamespace fs = std::experimental::filesystem;\n\nclass Settings\n{\npublic:\n    void Initialize(MenuMain* pMenuObj);\n\n    void SaveSettings(const std::string& strFileName, MenuMain* pMenuObj);\n    void LoadSettings(const std::string& strFileName, MenuMain* pMenuObj);\n\nprivate:\n    void UpdateDirectoryContent(const fs::path& fsPath);\n    inline fs::path GetFolderPath();\n\n    fs::path                 fsPath{};\n    std::vector<std::string> vecFileNames{};\n\npublic:\n    /* All our settings variables will be here  *\n    * The best would be if they'd get          *\n    * initialized in the class itself.         */\n\n    bool  bCheatActive = true;\n    bool  bMenuOpened  = false;\n    bool  bBhopEnabled = true;\n    bool  bShowBoxes   = true;\n    bool  bShowNames   = true;\n    bool  bShowWeapons = true;\n};\n\nextern Settings g_Settings;\n\n"
  },
  {
    "path": "Antario/Utils/Color.h",
    "content": "#pragma once\n\nstruct Color\n{\n    int red, green, blue, alpha;\n\n    constexpr Color() : red(0), green(0), blue(0), alpha(255) { }\n\n    constexpr Color(int r, int g, int b, int a = 255)\n        : red{ r }, green{ g }, blue{ b }, alpha{ a } { }\n\n    constexpr Color& operator *=(const float coeff)\n    {\n        this->red   = static_cast<int>(this->red * coeff);\n        this->green = static_cast<int>(this->green * coeff);\n        this->blue  = static_cast<int>(this->blue * coeff);\n        return *this;\n    }\n\n    constexpr Color operator ()(const int a) const\n    {\n        return Color(red, green, blue, a);\n    }\n\n    constexpr Color& operator /=(const float div)\n    {\n        const auto flDiv = 1.f / div;\n        *this *= flDiv;\n        return *this;\n    }\n\n    constexpr Color& operator *(const float coeff) const\n    {\n        auto color    = *this;\n        return color *= coeff;\n    }\n\n    constexpr DWORD GetARGB() const\n    {\n        return 0;\n    }\n\n    constexpr Color& FromHSV(float h, float s, float v)\n    {\n        float colOut[3]{ };\n        if (s == 0.0f)\n        {\n            red = green = blue = static_cast<int>(v * 255);\n            return *this;\n        }\n\n        h = fmodf(h, 1.0f) / (60.0f / 360.0f);\n        int   i = static_cast<int>(h);\n        float f = h - static_cast<float>(i);\n        float p = v * (1.0f - s);\n        float q = v * (1.0f - s * f);\n        float t = v * (1.0f - s * (1.0f - f));\n\n        switch (i)\n        {\n        case 0:\n            colOut[0] = v;\n            colOut[1] = t;\n            colOut[2] = p;\n            break;\n        case 1:\n            colOut[0] = q;\n            colOut[1] = v;\n            colOut[2] = p;\n            break;\n        case 2:\n            colOut[0] = p;\n            colOut[1] = v;\n            colOut[2] = t;\n            break;\n        case 3:\n            colOut[0] = p;\n            colOut[1] = q;\n            colOut[2] = v;\n            break;\n        case 4:\n            colOut[0] = t;\n            colOut[1] = p;\n            colOut[2] = v;\n            break;\n        case 5: default:\n            colOut[0] = v;\n            colOut[1] = p;\n            colOut[2] = q;\n            break;\n        }\n\n        red   = static_cast<int>(colOut[0] * 255);\n        green = static_cast<int>(colOut[1] * 255);\n        blue  = static_cast<int>(colOut[2] * 255);\n        return *this;\n    }\n\n    constexpr auto ToHSV(float& h, float& s, float& v)\n    {\n        float col[3]    = { red / 255.f, green / 255.f, blue / 255.f };\n\n        float K = 0.f;\n        if (col[1] < col[2])\n        {\n            swap(col[1], col[2]);\n            K = -1.f;\n        }\n        if (col[0] < col[1])\n        {\n            swap(col[0], col[1]);\n            K = -2.f / 6.f - K;\n        }\n\n        const float chroma = col[0] - (col[1] < col[2] ? col[1] : col[2]);\n        h = colfabs(K + (col[1] - col[2]) / (6.f * chroma + 1e-20f));\n        s = chroma / (col[0] + 1e-20f);\n        v = col[0];\n    }\n\n\n    static constexpr Color Black(int a = 255) { return { 0, 0, 0, a }; }\n    static constexpr Color Grey(int  a = 255) { return { 127, 127, 127, a }; }\n    static constexpr Color White(int a = 255) { return { 255, 255, 255, a }; }\n    static constexpr Color Red(int   a = 255) { return { 255, 0, 0, a }; }\n    static constexpr Color Green(int a = 255) { return { 0, 255, 0, a }; }\n    static constexpr Color Blue(int  a = 255) { return { 0, 0, 255, a }; }\n\nprivate:\n    constexpr void  swap(float& a, float& b) { float tmp = a; a = b; b = tmp; }\n    constexpr float colfabs(const float& x)  { return x < 0 ? x * -1 : x; }\n\n};"
  },
  {
    "path": "Antario/Utils/DrawManager.cpp",
    "content": "#include \"DrawManager.h\"\n\n// Init out global vars\nFonts       g_Fonts;\nDrawManager g_Render;\n\nstruct Vertex\n{\n    float x, y, z, rhw;\n    DWORD color;\n};\n\n\nDrawManager::DrawManager()\n{\n    this->pDevice = nullptr;\n\n    for (auto& ft : g_Fonts.vecFonts)\n        ft = nullptr;\n\n    this->pViewPort = { 0 };\n}\n\n\nvoid DrawManager::InitDeviceObjects(LPDIRECT3DDEVICE9 pDevice)\n{\n    // Save the device internally\n    this->pDevice = pDevice;\n\n    // Get render viewport\n    this->pDevice->GetViewport(&pViewPort);\n\n    /* Get screen size */\n    IDirect3DSurface9* pSurface;\n    pDevice->GetBackBuffer(0, 0, D3DBACKBUFFER_TYPE_MONO, &pSurface);\n\n    D3DSURFACE_DESC SurfaceDesc;\n    pSurface->GetDesc(&SurfaceDesc);\n\n    this->szScreenSize.x = SurfaceDesc.Width;\n    this->szScreenSize.y = SurfaceDesc.Height;\n\n    SAFE_RELEASE(pSurface);\n    /* ---------------- */\n\n    // Create new fonts\n    g_Fonts.vecFonts.push_back(std::make_unique<Font>(\"Tahoma\", 8, false, pDevice));\n    g_Fonts.vecFonts.push_back(std::make_unique<Font>(\"Tahoma\", 10, false, pDevice));\n}\n\n\nvoid DrawManager::OnLostDevice()\n{\n    // Remove a pointer to game device\n    this->pDevice = nullptr;\n\n    g_Fonts.OnLostDevice();\n}\n\n\nvoid DrawManager::OnResetDevice(LPDIRECT3DDEVICE9 pDevice)\n{\n    this->pDevice = pDevice;\n    this->pDevice->GetViewport(&pViewPort);\n\n    g_Fonts.OnResetDevice(pDevice);\n}\n\nvoid DrawManager::Release()\n{\n    SAFE_RELEASE(this->pDevice);\n    this->pDevice = nullptr;\n\n    g_Fonts.Release();\n}\n\n\nvoid DrawManager::Line(SPoint vecPos1, SPoint vecPos2, Color color) const\n{\n    this->Line(vecPos1.x, vecPos1.y, vecPos2.x, vecPos2.y, color);\n}\n\n\nvoid DrawManager::Line(int posx1, int posy1, int posx2, int posy2, Color color) const\n{\n    D3DCOLOR dwColor = COL2DWORD(color);\n    Vertex vert[2] =\n    {\n        { float(posx1), float(posy1), 0.0f, 1.0f, dwColor },\n        { float(posx2), float(posy2), 0.0f, 1.0f, dwColor }\n    };\n\n    this->pDevice->SetTexture(0, nullptr);\n    this->pDevice->DrawPrimitiveUP(D3DPT_LINELIST, 1, &vert, sizeof(Vertex));\n}\n\n\nvoid DrawManager::Rect(SRect rcBouds, Color color) const\n{\n    this->Rect(rcBouds.left, rcBouds.top, rcBouds.right, rcBouds.bottom, color);\n}\n\n\nvoid DrawManager::Rect(SPoint vecPos1, SPoint vecPos2, Color color) const\n{\n    this->Rect(vecPos1.x, vecPos1.y, vecPos2.x, vecPos2.y, color);\n}\n\n\nvoid DrawManager::Rect(int posx1, int posy1, int posx2, int posy2, Color color) const\n{\n    D3DCOLOR dwColor = COL2DWORD(color);\n\n    /* DIFFERENT WITH/WITHOUT MULTISAMPLING */\n    posx2 -= 1; posy2 -= 1;\n\n    Vertex vert[5] =\n    {   // Draw lines between declared points, needs primitive count as number of lines (4 here)\n        { float(posx1), float(posy1), 1.0f, 1.0f, dwColor }, // Top left corner\n        { float(posx2), float(posy1), 1.0f, 1.0f, dwColor }, // Top right corner\n        { float(posx2), float(posy2), 1.0f, 1.0f, dwColor }, // Bottom right corner\n        { float(posx1), float(posy2), 1.0f, 1.0f, dwColor }, // Bottom left corner\n        { float(posx1), float(posy1), 1.0f, 1.0f, dwColor }  // Back to top left to finish drawing\n    };\n\n    this->pDevice->SetTexture(0, nullptr);\n    this->pDevice->SetRenderState(D3DRS_ANTIALIASEDLINEENABLE, FALSE);  /* Disabled, cause corners of the rectangle get antialiased */\n    this->pDevice->DrawPrimitiveUP(D3DPT_LINESTRIP, 4, &vert, sizeof(Vertex));\n    this->pDevice->SetRenderState(D3DRS_ANTIALIASEDLINEENABLE, TRUE);   /* And enable again for the rest of the drawing */\n}\n\nvoid DrawManager::RectBordered(SRect rcBounds, Color color) const\n{\n    this->RectBordered(rcBounds.left, rcBounds.top, rcBounds.right, rcBounds.bottom, color);\n}\n\n\nvoid DrawManager::RectBordered(SPoint vecPos1, SPoint vecPos2, Color color) const\n{\n    this->RectBordered(vecPos1.x, vecPos1.y, vecPos2.x, vecPos2.y, color);\n}\n\n\nvoid DrawManager::RectBordered(int posx1, int posy1, int posx2, int posy2, Color color) const\n{\n    auto col  = Color::Black();\n    col.alpha = color.alpha;\n    this->Rect(posx1, posy1, posx2, posy2, color);\n    this->Rect(posx1 - 1, posy1 - 1, posx2 + 1, posy2 + 1, col);\n    this->Rect(posx1 + 1, posy1 + 1, posx2 - 1, posy2 - 1, col);\n}\n\nvoid DrawManager::RectFilled(SRect rcPosition, Color color) const\n{\n    this->RectFilled(rcPosition.left, rcPosition.top, rcPosition.right, rcPosition.bottom, color);\n}\n\n\nvoid DrawManager::RectFilled(SPoint vecPos1, SPoint vecPos2, Color color) const\n{\n    this->RectFilled(vecPos1.x, vecPos1.y, vecPos2.x, vecPos2.y, color);\n}\n\nvoid DrawManager::RectFilled(int posx1, int posy1, int posx2, int posy2, Color color) const\n{\n    D3DCOLOR dwColor = COL2DWORD(color);\n\n    Vertex vert[4] =\n    {\n        { float(posx1), float(posy1), 0.0f, 1.0f, dwColor },\n        { float(posx2), float(posy1), 0.0f, 1.0f, dwColor },\n        { float(posx1), float(posy2), 0.0f, 1.0f, dwColor },\n        { float(posx2), float(posy2), 0.0f, 1.0f, dwColor }\n    };\n        \n    this->pDevice->SetTexture(0, nullptr);\n    this->pDevice->DrawPrimitiveUP(D3DPT_TRIANGLESTRIP, 2, &vert, sizeof(Vertex));\n}\n\nvoid DrawManager::Triangle(SPoint pos1, SPoint pos2, SPoint pos3, Color color) const\n{\n    D3DCOLOR dwColor = COL2DWORD(color);\n    Vertex vert[4] =\n    {\n        { float(pos1.x), float(pos1.y), 0.0f, 1.0f, dwColor },\n        { float(pos2.x), float(pos2.y), 0.0f, 1.0f, dwColor },\n        { float(pos3.x), float(pos3.y), 0.0f, 1.0f, dwColor },\n        { float(pos1.x), float(pos1.y), 0.0f, 1.0f, dwColor }\n    };\n\n    this->pDevice->SetTexture(0, nullptr);\n    this->pDevice->DrawPrimitiveUP(D3DPT_LINESTRIP, 3, &vert, sizeof(Vertex));\n}\n\n\nvoid DrawManager::TriangleFilled(SPoint pos1, SPoint pos2, SPoint pos3, Color color) const\n{\n    D3DCOLOR dwColor = COL2DWORD(color);\n    Vertex vert[3] =\n    {\n        { float(pos1.x), float(pos1.y), 0.0f, 1.0f, dwColor },\n        { float(pos2.x), float(pos2.y), 0.0f, 1.0f, dwColor },\n        { float(pos3.x), float(pos3.y), 0.0f, 1.0f, dwColor }\n    };\n\n    this->pDevice->SetTexture(0, nullptr);\n    this->pDevice->DrawPrimitiveUP(D3DPT_TRIANGLESTRIP, 1, &vert, sizeof(Vertex));\n}\n\n\nvoid DrawManager::RectFilledGradient(SRect rcBoudingRect, Color col1, Color col2, GradientType type) const\n{\n    this->RectFilledGradient(rcBoudingRect.left, rcBoudingRect.top, rcBoudingRect.right, rcBoudingRect.bottom, col1, col2, type);\n}\n\nvoid DrawManager::RectFilledGradient(SPoint vecPos1, SPoint vecPos2, Color col1, Color col2, GradientType vertical) const\n{\n    this->RectFilledGradient(vecPos1.x, vecPos1.y, vecPos2.x, vecPos2.y, col1, col2, vertical);\n}\n\nvoid DrawManager::RectFilledGradient(int posx1, int posy1, int posx2, int posy2, Color col1, Color col2, GradientType vertical) const\n{\n    const auto dwColor  = COL2DWORD(col1);\n    const auto dwColor2 = COL2DWORD(col2);\n    D3DCOLOR dwcol1, dwcol2, dwcol3, dwcol4;\n\n    switch (vertical)\n    {\n    case GradientType::GRADIENT_VERTICAL:\n        dwcol1 = dwColor;\n        dwcol2 = dwColor;\n        dwcol3 = dwColor2;\n        dwcol4 = dwColor2;\n        break;\n    case GradientType::GRADIENT_HORIZONTAL:\n        dwcol1 = dwColor;\n        dwcol2 = dwColor2;\n        dwcol3 = dwColor;\n        dwcol4 = dwColor2;\n        break;\n    default:\n        dwcol1 = D3DCOLOR_RGBA(255, 255, 255, 255);\n        dwcol4 = dwcol3 = dwcol2 = dwcol1;\n    }\n\n    Vertex vert[4] =\n    {\n        { float(posx1), float(posy1), 0.0f, 1.0f, dwcol1 },\n        { float(posx2), float(posy1), 0.0f, 1.0f, dwcol2 },\n        { float(posx1), float(posy2), 0.0f, 1.0f, dwcol3 },\n        { float(posx2), float(posy2), 0.0f, 1.0f, dwcol4 }\n    };\n    \n    this->pDevice->SetTexture(0, nullptr);\n    this->pDevice->DrawPrimitiveUP(D3DPT_TRIANGLESTRIP, 2, &vert, sizeof(Vertex));\n}\n\nvoid DrawManager::RectFilledGradientMultiColor(SRect rcBoudingRect, Color colTopLeft, Color colTopRight, Color colBottomLeft, Color colBottomRight) const\n{\n    this->RectFilledGradientMultiColor(rcBoudingRect.left, rcBoudingRect.top, rcBoudingRect.right, rcBoudingRect.bottom, colTopLeft, colTopRight,\n        colBottomLeft, colBottomRight);\n}\n\n\nvoid DrawManager::RectFilledGradientMultiColor(SPoint vecPos1, SPoint vecPos2, Color colTopLeft, Color colTopRight, Color colBottomLeft, Color colBottomRight) const\n{\n    this->RectFilledGradientMultiColor(vecPos1.x, vecPos1.y, vecPos2.x, vecPos2.y, colTopLeft, colTopRight, colBottomLeft, colBottomRight);\n}\n\n\nvoid DrawManager::RectFilledGradientMultiColor(int posx1, int posy1, int posx2, int posy2, Color colTopLeft, Color colTopRight, Color colBottomLeft, Color colBottomRight) const\n{\n    Vertex vert[4] =\n    {\n        { float(posx1), float(posy1), 0.0f, 1.0f, COL2DWORD(colTopLeft) },\n        { float(posx2), float(posy1), 0.0f, 1.0f, COL2DWORD(colTopRight) },\n        { float(posx1), float(posy2), 0.0f, 1.0f, COL2DWORD(colBottomLeft) },\n        { float(posx2), float(posy2), 0.0f, 1.0f, COL2DWORD(colBottomRight) }\n    };\n        \n    this->pDevice->SetTexture(0, nullptr);\n    this->pDevice->DrawPrimitiveUP(D3DPT_TRIANGLESTRIP, 2, &vert, sizeof(Vertex));\n}\n\n\n\n/*\n*   SetupRenderStates - Sets RenderStates for our custom StateBlock\n*   It's required to draw everything independent on game settings.\n*/\nvoid DrawManager::SetupRenderStates() const\n{\n    this->pDevice->SetVertexShader(nullptr);\n    this->pDevice->SetPixelShader(nullptr);\n    this->pDevice->SetFVF(D3DFVF_XYZRHW | D3DFVF_DIFFUSE);\n    this->pDevice->SetRenderState(D3DRS_LIGHTING, FALSE);\n    this->pDevice->SetRenderState(D3DRS_FOGENABLE, FALSE);\n    this->pDevice->SetRenderState(D3DRS_CULLMODE, D3DCULL_NONE);\n    this->pDevice->SetRenderState(D3DRS_FILLMODE, D3DFILL_SOLID);\n\n    this->pDevice->SetRenderState(D3DRS_ZENABLE, D3DZB_FALSE);\n    this->pDevice->SetRenderState(D3DRS_SCISSORTESTENABLE, TRUE);\n    this->pDevice->SetRenderState(D3DRS_ZWRITEENABLE, FALSE);\n    this->pDevice->SetRenderState(D3DRS_STENCILENABLE, FALSE);\n\n    this->pDevice->SetRenderState(D3DRS_MULTISAMPLEANTIALIAS, TRUE);\n    this->pDevice->SetRenderState(D3DRS_ANTIALIASEDLINEENABLE, TRUE);\n\n    this->pDevice->SetRenderState(D3DRS_ALPHABLENDENABLE, TRUE);\n    this->pDevice->SetRenderState(D3DRS_ALPHATESTENABLE, FALSE);\n    this->pDevice->SetRenderState(D3DRS_SEPARATEALPHABLENDENABLE, TRUE);\n    this->pDevice->SetRenderState(D3DRS_SRCBLEND, D3DBLEND_SRCALPHA);\n    this->pDevice->SetRenderState(D3DRS_SRCBLENDALPHA, D3DBLEND_INVDESTALPHA);\n    this->pDevice->SetRenderState(D3DRS_DESTBLEND, D3DBLEND_INVSRCALPHA);\n    this->pDevice->SetRenderState(D3DRS_DESTBLENDALPHA, D3DBLEND_ONE);\n\n    this->pDevice->SetRenderState(D3DRS_SRGBWRITEENABLE, FALSE);\n    this->pDevice->SetRenderState(D3DRS_COLORWRITEENABLE, D3DCOLORWRITEENABLE_RED  | D3DCOLORWRITEENABLE_GREEN |\n                                                          D3DCOLORWRITEENABLE_BLUE | D3DCOLORWRITEENABLE_ALPHA);\n}\n\n\nSPoint DrawManager::GetScreenCenter() const\n{\n    return SPoint(static_cast<int>(static_cast<int>(this->szScreenSize.x) * 0.5f), static_cast<int>(static_cast<int>(this->szScreenSize.y) * 0.5f));\n}\n\n\nvoid DrawManager::SetCustomViewport(const D3DVIEWPORT9& pNewViewport)\n{\n    this->pDevice->SetViewport(&pNewViewport);\n}\n\nvoid DrawManager::SetCustomViewport(const SRect& vpRect)\n{\n    auto newVP = D3DVIEWPORT9{ DWORD(vpRect.left), DWORD(vpRect.top), DWORD(vpRect.Width()), DWORD(vpRect.Height()), 0, 0 };\n    this->SetCustomViewport(newVP);\n}\n\nvoid DrawManager::RestoreOriginalViewport()\n{\n    this->pDevice->SetViewport(&this->pViewPort);\n}\n\nvoid DrawManager::SetCustomScissorRect(const SRect& rcRect)\n{\n    RECT rc{};\n    pScissorRect.push_back(rc);\n    this->pDevice->GetScissorRect(&pScissorRect.back());\n    this->pDevice->SetScissorRect(reinterpret_cast<const RECT*>(&rcRect));\n}\n\nvoid DrawManager::RestoreOriginalScissorRect()\n{\n    this->pDevice->SetScissorRect(&pScissorRect.back());\n    pScissorRect.pop_back();\n}"
  },
  {
    "path": "Antario/Utils/DrawManager.h",
    "content": "#pragma once\n\n#include \"Font.h\"\n#include \"SRect.h\"      // Includes both SPoint and SRect\n#include \"..\\Utils\\Color.h\"\n#include \"..\\Utils\\Utils.h\"\n\n#include <memory>\n#include <queue>\n\n#define GET_D3DCOLOR_ALPHA(x) (( x >> 24) & 255)\n#define COL2DWORD(x) (D3DCOLOR_ARGB(x.alpha, x.red, x.green, x.blue))\n\nenum GradientType;\n\nclass DrawManager\n{\npublic: // Function members\n    // Basic non-drawing functions\n\n    DrawManager();\n\n    void InitDeviceObjects(LPDIRECT3DDEVICE9 pDevice);\n    void OnLostDevice();\n    void OnResetDevice(LPDIRECT3DDEVICE9 pDevice);\n    void Release();\n    void SetupRenderStates() const;\n\n\n    // Drawing functions\n\n    void Line(SPoint vecPos1, SPoint vecPos2, Color color) const;\n    void Line(int posx1, int posy1, int posx2, int posy2, Color color) const;\n\n    void Rect(SRect rcBouds, Color color) const;\n    void Rect(SPoint vecPos1, SPoint vecPos2, Color color) const;\n    void Rect(int posx1, int posy1, int posx2, int posy2, Color color) const;\n\n    void RectBordered(SRect rcBouds, Color color) const;\n    void RectBordered(SPoint vecPos1, SPoint vecPos2, Color color) const;\n    void RectBordered(int posx1, int posy1, int posx2, int posy2, Color color) const;\n\n    void RectFilled(SRect rcPosition, Color color) const;\n    void RectFilled(SPoint vecPos1, SPoint vecPos2, Color color) const;\n    void RectFilled(int posx1, int posy1, int posx2, int posy2, Color color) const;\n\n    void Triangle(SPoint pos1, SPoint pos2, SPoint pos3, Color color) const;\n    void TriangleFilled(SPoint pos1, SPoint pos2, SPoint pos3, Color color) const;\n\n    void RectFilledGradient(SRect rcBoudingRect, Color col1, Color col2, GradientType type) const;\n    void RectFilledGradient(SPoint vecPos1, SPoint vecPos2, Color col1, Color col2, GradientType type) const;\n    void RectFilledGradient(int posx1, int posy1, int posx2, int posy2, Color col1, Color col2, GradientType vertical) const;\n\n    void RectFilledGradientMultiColor(SRect rcBoudingRect, Color colTopLeft, Color colTopRight, Color colBottomLeft, Color colBottomRight) const;\n    void RectFilledGradientMultiColor(SPoint vecPos1, SPoint vecPos2, Color colTopLeft, Color colTopRight, Color colBottomLeft, Color colBottomRight) const;\n    void RectFilledGradientMultiColor(int posx1, int posy1, int posx2, int posy2, Color colTopLeft, Color colTopRight, Color colBottomLeft, Color colBottomRight) const;\n\n    template <typename... Targs>\n    void String(SPoint ptPos, DWORD dwFlags, Color color, std::shared_ptr<Font> pFont, const char * szText, Targs... args) const;\n    template <typename... Targs>\n    void String(int posx, int posy, DWORD dwFlags, Color color, std::shared_ptr<Font> pFont, const char* szText, Targs... args) const;\n    template <typename... Targs>\n    void String(SPoint ptPos, DWORD dwFlags, Color color, float scale, std::shared_ptr<Font> pFont, const char * szText, Targs... args) const;\n    template <typename... Targs>\n    void String(int posx, int posy, DWORD dwFlags, Color color, float scale, std::shared_ptr<Font> pFont, const char* szText, Targs... args) const;\n\n\n    // Helpers\n    SPoint            GetScreenCenter() const;\n    D3DVIEWPORT9      GetViewport()     const { D3DVIEWPORT9 tmpVp; pDevice->GetViewport(&tmpVp); return tmpVp; }\n    LPDIRECT3DDEVICE9 GetRenderDevice() const { return pDevice; }\n    void SetCustomViewport(const D3DVIEWPORT9& pNewViewport);\n    void SetCustomViewport(const SRect& vpRect);\n\n    void SetCustomScissorRect(const SRect& rcRect);\n    void RestoreOriginalScissorRect();\n    void RestoreOriginalViewport();\n\nprivate: // Variable members\n    LPDIRECT3DDEVICE9 pDevice;\n    D3DVIEWPORT9      pViewPort;\n    SPoint            szScreenSize;\n    std::deque<RECT>  pScissorRect{};\n};\nextern DrawManager g_Render;\n\n\n/* fonts */\n\nenum FontNames : int\n{\n    FONT_TAHOMA_8 = 0,\n    FONT_TAHOMA_10 = 1\n};\n\n///TODO: Change these logs\nstruct Fonts\n{\npublic:\n    void Release()\n    {\n        Utils::Log(\"Font: Release\");\n        try\n        {\n            for (auto& ft : vecFonts)\n                ft->Release();\n        }\n        catch (const HRESULT& hr)\n        {\n            Utils::Log(\"Font: Release failed.\");\n            Utils::Log(hr);\n        }\n    };\n    void OnLostDevice()\n    {\n        Utils::Log(\"Font: OnLostDevice\");\n        try\n        {\n            for (auto& ft : vecFonts)\n                ft->OnLostDevice();\n        }\n        catch (const HRESULT& hr)\n        {\n            Utils::Log(\"Font: OnLostDevice failed.\");\n            Utils::Log(hr);\n        }\n    };\n    void OnResetDevice(LPDIRECT3DDEVICE9 pDevice)\n    {\n        Utils::Log(\"Font: OnResetDevice\");\n        try\n        {\n            for (auto& ft : vecFonts)\n                ft->OnResetDevice(pDevice);\n        }\n        catch (const HRESULT& hr)\n        {\n            Utils::Log(\"Font: OnResetDevice failed.\");\n            Utils::Log(hr);\n        }\n    };\n\n    // Fonts\n    std::vector<std::shared_ptr<Font>> vecFonts;\n};\nextern Fonts g_Fonts;\n\n\nenum GradientType\n{\n    GRADIENT_VERTICAL,\n    GRADIENT_HORIZONTAL\n};\n\n\ntemplate <typename... Targs>\nvoid DrawManager::String(SPoint ptPos, DWORD dwFlags, Color color, std::shared_ptr<Font> pFont, const char* szText, Targs... args) const\n{\n    const std::string retString = Utils::SetupStringParams(szText, args...);\n    pFont->Render(retString, ptPos, dwFlags, color);\n}\n\ntemplate <typename... Targs>\nvoid DrawManager::String(int posx, int posy, DWORD dwFlags, Color color, std::shared_ptr<Font> pFont, const char* szText, Targs... args) const\n{\n    const std::string retString = Utils::SetupStringParams(szText, args...);\n    pFont->Render(retString, { posx , posy }, dwFlags, color);\n}\n\ntemplate <typename... Targs>\nvoid DrawManager::String(SPoint ptPos, DWORD dwFlags, Color color, float scale, std::shared_ptr<Font> pFont, const char * szText, Targs... args) const\n{\n    const std::string retString = Utils::SetupStringParams(szText, args...);\n    pFont->Render(retString, ptPos, dwFlags, color);\n}\n\ntemplate <typename... Targs>\nvoid DrawManager::String(int posx, int posy, DWORD dwFlags, Color color, float scale, std::shared_ptr<Font> pFont, const char* szText, Targs... args) const\n{\n    const std::string retString = Utils::SetupStringParams(szText, args...);\n    pFont->Render(retString, { posx , posy }, dwFlags, color, scale);\n}"
  },
  {
    "path": "Antario/Utils/Font.cpp",
    "content": "#include \"Font.h\"\n#include <exception>\n\n/* SHGetFolderPathA */\n#include <shlobj_core.h>\n\n/* disable data loss warning */\n#pragma warning(disable : 4244) \n\n/* FVF for the vertex */\nconstexpr DWORD D3DFVF_TLVERTEX = D3DFVF_XYZRHW | D3DFVF_DIFFUSE | D3DFVF_TEX1;\n\n/* for bitmap conversion */\n#include FT_BITMAP_H    \n\nstruct Vertex\n{\n    float x, y, z, rhw; /* D3DFVF_XYZRHW  */\n    DWORD color;        /* D3DFVF_DIFFUSE */\n    float tx, ty;       /* D3DFVF_TEX1    */\n};\n\n\nFont::Font(const char* strFontName, int height, bool bAntialias, LPDIRECT3DDEVICE9 pDevice, int outlineThickness)\n{\n    this->pDevice =           pDevice;\n    this->bIsAntialiased =    bAntialias;\n    this->iOutlineThickness = outlineThickness;\n\n    /* Init freetype library  */\n    if (FT_Init_FreeType(&ftLibrary))\n        throw std::exception(\"An error occured during library initialization.\");\n    \n    /* Load font face */\n    if (FT_New_Face(ftLibrary, GetFontPath(strFontName).c_str(), 0, &ftFace))\n        throw std::exception(\"An error occured while creating the font.\");\n\n    ///* Generate stroked outlines of the font */\n    //if (FT_Stroker_New(ftLibrary, &ftStroker))\n    //    ftStroker = nullptr;\n\n    ///* Set stroker attributes */\n    //if (ftStroker)\n    //    FT_Stroker_Set(ftStroker, 2 * 64, FT_STROKER_LINECAP_ROUND, FT_STROKER_LINEJOIN_ROUND, 0);\n\n    /* Set size of the char in pixels. Have to do some magic calc. Off by 1px after 35size.\n     * More accurate than FT_Set_Char_Size(ftFace, height * 64, 0, 96, 0) */\n    if (FT_Set_Pixel_Sizes(ftFace, height + int(height / 2.5), height + int(height / 2.5)))\n        throw std::exception(\"An error occured while setting the char height\");\n\n    /* Prerender ASCII printable char textures so it wont have to do it later on. Leave special chars for runtime. */\n    GenerateAsciiChars();\n\n    /* Create vertex buffer for rendering purposes */\n    this->pDevice->CreateVertexBuffer(sizeof(Vertex) * 12, NULL, D3DFVF_TLVERTEX,\n                                      D3DPOOL_MANAGED, &pVertexBuffer, nullptr);\n\n    SetupRenderStates();\n\n    /* Get height of the string  */\n    this->iHeight = GetTextDimensions(L\"M\", true).y;\n}\n\n\\\nvoid Font::Release()\n{\n    if (!ftLibrary)\n        return;\n\n    FT_Done_FreeType(ftLibrary);\n    ftLibrary = nullptr;\n\n    SAFE_RELEASE(pDevice);\n    SAFE_RELEASE(pVertexBuffer);\n    SAFE_RELEASE(pStateBlockOld);\n    SAFE_RELEASE(pStateBlockRender);\n\n    /* Clear all glyphs data */\n    for (auto x : mapGlyphs)\n        SAFE_RELEASE(x.second.texture);\n\n    mapGlyphs.clear();\n}\n\n\nvoid Font::OnLostDevice()\n{\n    pDevice = nullptr;\n    SAFE_RELEASE(pVertexBuffer);\n    SAFE_RELEASE(pStateBlockOld);\n    SAFE_RELEASE(pStateBlockRender);\n}\n\n\nvoid Font::OnResetDevice(LPDIRECT3DDEVICE9 pDevice)\n{\n    this->pDevice = pDevice;\n    this->pDevice->CreateVertexBuffer(sizeof(Vertex) * 12, NULL, D3DFVF_TLVERTEX,\n                                      D3DPOOL_MANAGED, &pVertexBuffer, nullptr);\n    SetupRenderStates();\n}\n\ntemplate <typename T>\nvoid Font::Render(const T* strToRender, SPoint ptPos, DWORD flags, Color color, float scale)\n{\n    /* If we're using C-style string - convert it to iterable stl-style one */\n    using string_type = std::basic_string<T, std::char_traits<T>, std::allocator<T>>;\n    this->Render(string_type(strToRender), ptPos, flags, color, scale);\n}\n\ntemplate<typename T> \nvoid Font::Render(const T& strToRender, SPoint ptPos, DWORD flags, Color color, float scale)\n{\n    D3DCOLOR col =       D3DCOLOR_ARGB(color.alpha, color.red, color.green, color.blue);\n    D3DCOLOR shadowCol = D3DCOLOR_ARGB(color.alpha, 15, 15, 15);\n\n    /* Capture current state block */\n    pStateBlockOld->Capture();\n    /* Apply custom state block */\n    pStateBlockRender->Apply();\n\n    SPoint offset{0, 0};\n    SPoint textDimensions{0, 0};\n\n    /* Get text timensions if we use any flags (for text positioning etc.) */\n    if (flags) textDimensions = GetTextDimensions(strToRender, flags & FONT_DROPSHADOW);\n\n    /* Get proper offsets for center flags */\n    if (flags & FONT_CENTERED_X)\n        offset.x -= textDimensions.x * 0.5;\n    if (flags & FONT_CENTERED_Y)\n        offset.y -= textDimensions.y * 0.5;\n\n    /* Height of \"M\" letter - the highest one. */\n    const auto bearingM = mapGlyphs['M'].bearing.y;\n\n    for (auto it : strToRender)\n    {\n        const GlyphInfo glyph = mapGlyphs[it];\n\n        /* no texture so default generated - non-ascii char or never used before */\n        if (!glyph.texture)\n            CreateCharTexture(it);\n\n        /* No need to render space duhh */\n        if (it != ' ')\n        {\n            /* Adjust pos. by the size and account for half-pixel-offsets             */\n            float flPosX = ptPos.x + glyph.bearing.x * scale - 0.5;\n            /* Compare with bearingM so its lined up on the bottom instead of the top */\n            float flPosY = ptPos.y + bearingM - glyph.bearing.y * scale - 0.5;\n\n            /* Apply offsets from center flags */\n            flPosX += offset.x * scale;\n            flPosY += offset.y * scale;\n\n            float w = glyph.size.x * scale + 0.5;\n            float h = glyph.size.y * scale + 0.5;\n\n            pDevice->SetFVF(D3DFVF_TLVERTEX);\n            pDevice->SetStreamSource(0, pVertexBuffer, 0, sizeof(Vertex));\n            pDevice->SetTextureStageState(0, D3DTSS_COLOROP, glyph.colored ? D3DTOP_SELECTARG2 : D3DTOP_SELECTARG1);\n\n            /* Every glyph has its own texture so it has to be set on every loop */\n            pDevice->SetTexture(0, glyph.texture);\n\n            Vertex* vertices;\n\n            /* Create lambda function so we wont write the same code twice... */\n            const auto addVertices = [&](float xpos, float ypos, D3DCOLOR dwcol)\n            {\n                /* Lock the vertex buffer */\n                pVertexBuffer->Lock(0, 0, (void**)&vertices, NULL);\n                *vertices++ = {xpos,     ypos + h, 1.0, 1.0, dwcol, 0.0, 1.0};\n                *vertices++ = {xpos + w, ypos + h, 1.0, 1.0, dwcol, 1.0, 1.0};\n                *vertices++ = {xpos,     ypos,     1.0, 1.0, dwcol, 0.0, 0.0};\n\n                *vertices++ = {xpos + w, ypos + h, 1.0, 1.0, dwcol, 1.0, 1.0};\n                *vertices++ = {xpos + w, ypos,     1.0, 1.0, dwcol, 1.0, 0.0};\n                *vertices++ = {xpos,     ypos,     1.0, 1.0, dwcol, 0.0, 0.0};\n\n                /* Unlock the vertex buffer */\n                pVertexBuffer->Unlock();\n                pDevice->DrawPrimitive(D3DPT_TRIANGLELIST, 0, 2);\n            };\n\n            /* Render dark shadow below the text we draw and offset it by a fraction of the height */\n            if (flags & FONT_DROPSHADOW)\n            {\n                auto shadowOffset = textDimensions.y * 0.035;\n                shadowOffset = shadowOffset < 1.1f ? 1.f : shadowOffset;\n                addVertices(flPosX + shadowOffset, flPosY + shadowOffset, shadowCol);\n            }\n\n            /* And render the original string */\n            addVertices(flPosX, flPosY, col);\n        }\n\n        /* Offset position by the width of the glyph */\n        ptPos.x += (glyph.advance >> 6) * scale;\n        ///TODO: \\n and tab support\n    }\n\n    /* Apply captured state block */\n    pStateBlockOld->Apply();\n}\n\ntemplate<typename T>\nSPoint Font::GetTextDimensions(const T& str, bool bDropShadow)\n{\n    SPoint size = {0, 0};\n\n    for (auto it : str)\n    {\n        GlyphInfo glyph = mapGlyphs[it];\n\n        /* no texture so default generated - non-ascii char or never used before */\n        if (!glyph.texture)\n            CreateCharTexture(it);\n\n        /* Horizontal size grows with every letter */\n        size.x += int(glyph.advance >> 6);\n\n        /* While vertical size is equal to max height of the letter. */\n        if (size.y < glyph.size.y)\n            size.y = glyph.size.y;\n\n        ///TODO: Support for \\n\n    }\n    if (bDropShadow)\n        size += {int(size.y * 0.035), int(size.y * 0.035) };\n\n    return size;\n}\n\n\ntemplate<typename T>\nvoid Font::CreateCharTexture(T ch)\n{\n    FT_Bitmap bmp;\n    GlyphInfo glyph;\n    D3DLOCKED_RECT lockRect;\n\n    uint32_t flags = FT_LOAD_RENDER;\n    flags |= bIsAntialiased       ? FT_LOAD_TARGET_NORMAL : FT_LOAD_TARGET_MONO;    \n    flags |= FT_HAS_COLOR(ftFace) ? FT_LOAD_COLOR : 0;         /* Some fonts (emoji lol) contain colors. */\n\n    /* Load character from font and render it to bitmap */\n    FT_Load_Char(ftFace, ch, flags);    \n\n    /* Create new bitmap for the conversion */\n    FT_Bitmap_New(&bmp);\n\n    /* Convert bitmap to use 4 bytes per pixel */\n    auto err = FT_Bitmap_Convert(ftLibrary, &ftFace->glyph->bitmap, &bmp, 4);\n    ///TODO: Catch the errors\n\n    /* save glyph info to use with rendering & text length calculations */\n    glyph.size =    {int(bmp.width), int(bmp.rows)};\n    glyph.bearing = {int(ftFace->glyph->bitmap_left), int(ftFace->glyph->bitmap_top)};\n    glyph.advance = ftFace->glyph->advance.x;\n\n    /* Monochrome mode contains only 1 and 0 (lit / not lit). Change it to 0 - 255 for A8 format. */\n    if (!bIsAntialiased)        \n        for (auto it = bmp.buffer; it != &bmp.buffer[bmp.rows * bmp.pitch]; it++)\n            *it *= 255;\n\n    glyph.colored = ftFace->glyph->bitmap.pixel_mode == FT_PIXEL_MODE_BGRA;\n\n    /* create new texture for our glyph */\n    IDirect3DTexture9* tx = nullptr;\n    HRESULT error = D3DXCreateTexture(pDevice, bmp.width, bmp.rows, 1, 0, glyph.colored ? D3DFMT_A8R8G8B8 : D3DFMT_A8, D3DPOOL_MANAGED, &tx);\n    ///TODO: Catch the errors\n\n    /* Render to texture by copying bitmap data to locked rect */\n    tx->LockRect(0, &lockRect, nullptr, D3DLOCK_DISCARD);\n\n    /* If the glyph is colored - use original non-converted bitmap(since its using argb/brga format) */\n    if (glyph.colored)\n        memcpy(lockRect.pBits, ftFace->glyph->bitmap.buffer, ftFace->glyph->bitmap.rows * ftFace->glyph->bitmap.pitch);\n    else\n        memcpy(lockRect.pBits, bmp.buffer, glyph.size.y * bmp.pitch);\n\n    tx->UnlockRect(0);\n\n    /* Save texture pointer within stored glyph info */\n    glyph.texture = tx;\n\n    /* save glyph with the texture inside glyph map. */\n    mapGlyphs[ch] = glyph;\n\n    FT_Bitmap_Done(ftLibrary, &bmp);\n}\n\n\nvoid Font::GenerateAsciiChars()\n{\n    for (int c = 32; c < 127; c++)\n        CreateCharTexture(c);\n}\n\n\nvoid Font::SetupRenderStates()\n{\n    /* Create stateblocks. Need to create old by hand and capture later on */\n    for (int i = 0; i < 2; i++)\n    {\n        pDevice->BeginStateBlock();\n\n\n        ///* Alphablending to remove black background from texture */\n        pDevice->SetRenderState(D3DRS_ALPHABLENDENABLE, TRUE);\n        pDevice->SetRenderState(D3DRS_SRCBLEND, D3DBLEND_SRCALPHA);\n        pDevice->SetRenderState(D3DRS_DESTBLEND, D3DBLEND_INVSRCALPHA);\n        pDevice->SetRenderState(D3DRS_ALPHATESTENABLE, TRUE);\n        pDevice->SetRenderState(D3DRS_ALPHAREF, 0x08);\n        pDevice->SetRenderState(D3DRS_ALPHAFUNC, D3DCMP_GREATEREQUAL);\n        pDevice->SetRenderState(D3DRS_FILLMODE, D3DFILL_SOLID);\n        pDevice->SetRenderState(D3DRS_CULLMODE, D3DCULL_CW);\n\n\n        pDevice->SetRenderState(D3DRS_STENCILENABLE, FALSE);\n        pDevice->SetRenderState(D3DRS_CLIPPING, TRUE);\n        pDevice->SetRenderState(D3DRS_CLIPPLANEENABLE, FALSE);\n        pDevice->SetRenderState(D3DRS_VERTEXBLEND, D3DVBF_DISABLE);\n        pDevice->SetRenderState(D3DRS_INDEXEDVERTEXBLENDENABLE, FALSE);\n        pDevice->SetRenderState(D3DRS_FOGENABLE, FALSE);\n        pDevice->SetRenderState(D3DRS_COLORWRITEENABLE,\n            D3DCOLORWRITEENABLE_RED | D3DCOLORWRITEENABLE_GREEN |\n            D3DCOLORWRITEENABLE_BLUE | D3DCOLORWRITEENABLE_ALPHA);\n\n        pDevice->SetTextureStageState(0, D3DTSS_COLOROP, D3DTOP_SELECTARG1);\n        pDevice->SetTextureStageState(0, D3DTSS_COLORARG1, D3DTA_CURRENT);\n        pDevice->SetTextureStageState(0, D3DTSS_COLORARG2, D3DTA_TEXTURE);\n        pDevice->SetTextureStageState(0, D3DTSS_ALPHAOP, D3DTOP_SELECTARG1);\n        pDevice->SetTextureStageState(0, D3DTSS_ALPHAARG1, D3DTA_TEXTURE);\n        pDevice->SetTextureStageState(1, D3DTSS_COLOROP, D3DTOP_SELECTARG2);\n        pDevice->SetTextureStageState(1, D3DTSS_COLORARG1, D3DTA_CURRENT);\n        pDevice->SetTextureStageState(1, D3DTSS_COLORARG2, D3DTA_TEXTURE);\n        pDevice->SetTextureStageState(0, D3DTSS_TEXCOORDINDEX, 0);\n        pDevice->SetTextureStageState(0, D3DTSS_TEXTURETRANSFORMFLAGS, D3DTTFF_DISABLE);\n\n        pDevice->SetRenderState(D3DRS_COLORVERTEX, TRUE);\n        pDevice->SetRenderState(D3DRS_DIFFUSEMATERIALSOURCE, D3DMCS_COLOR1);\n\n        pDevice->EndStateBlock(i == 0 ? &pStateBlockRender : &pStateBlockOld);\n    }\n}\n\n/* Windows only, will be totally different on linux */\nstd::string Font::GetFontPath(const char* strFontName)\n{\n    HKEY hkey;\n    RegOpenKeyEx(HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE, L\"Software\\\\Microsoft\\\\Windows NT\\\\CurrentVersion\\\\Fonts\", 0, KEY_READ, &hkey);\n\n    std::string strPath;\n\n    char strBuffer[MAX_PATH];\n    int iterator = 0;\n    /* Interate through all values of that key (to get font names etc) */\n    while (true)\n    {\n        /* Set buffer values to null */\n        memset(strBuffer, 0, MAX_PATH);\n\n        DWORD retBufSize = MAX_PATH;\n        /* Export font name as a name of the value  */\n        auto retCode = RegEnumValueA(hkey, iterator, strBuffer, &retBufSize, 0, 0, 0, 0);\n\n        if (retCode != ERROR_SUCCESS)\n            return nullptr;\n\n        /* Check if that font name is the one we are looking for */\n        if (std::string(strBuffer).find(strFontName) != std::string::npos)\n        {\n            retBufSize = MAX_PATH;\n            RegQueryValueExA(hkey, strBuffer, 0, 0, (LPBYTE)strBuffer, &retBufSize);\n            strPath = strBuffer;\n            break;\n        }\n        iterator++;\n    }\n\n    memset(strBuffer, 0, MAX_PATH);\n    /* Get default font folder */\n    SHGetFolderPathA(0, CSIDL_FONTS, 0, 0, strBuffer);\n\n    return std::string(strBuffer) + '\\\\' + strPath;\n}\n\n\n/* Declare proper template arguments so it uses only these (+ can stay in cpp file :)) */\n\ntemplate void Font::Render<std::string>(const std::string& strToRender, SPoint ptPos, DWORD flags, Color color, float scale);\ntemplate void Font::Render<std::wstring>(const std::wstring& strToRender, SPoint ptPos, DWORD flags, Color color, float scale);\ntemplate void Font::Render<std::u16string>(const std::u16string& strToRender, SPoint ptPos, DWORD flags, Color color, float scale);\ntemplate void Font::Render<std::u32string>(const std::u32string& strToRender, SPoint ptPos, DWORD flags, Color color, float scale);\n\ntemplate void Font::Render<char>(const char* strToRender, SPoint ptPos, DWORD flags, Color color, float scale);\ntemplate void Font::Render<wchar_t>(const wchar_t* strToRender, SPoint ptPos, DWORD flags, Color color, float scale);\ntemplate void Font::Render<char16_t>(const char16_t* strToRender, SPoint ptPos, DWORD flags, Color color, float scale);\ntemplate void Font::Render<char32_t>(const char32_t* strToRender, SPoint ptPos, DWORD flags, Color color, float scale);\n\ntemplate SPoint Font::GetTextDimensions<std::string>(const std::string& str, bool bDropShadow);\ntemplate SPoint Font::GetTextDimensions<std::wstring>(const std::wstring& str, bool bDropShadow);\ntemplate SPoint Font::GetTextDimensions<std::u16string>(const std::u16string& str, bool bDropShadow);\ntemplate SPoint Font::GetTextDimensions<std::u32string>(const std::u32string& str, bool bDropShadow);\n\ntemplate void Font::CreateCharTexture<int>(int ch);\ntemplate void Font::CreateCharTexture<char>(char ch);\ntemplate void Font::CreateCharTexture<wchar_t>(wchar_t ch);\ntemplate void Font::CreateCharTexture<char16_t>(char16_t ch);\ntemplate void Font::CreateCharTexture<char32_t>(char32_t ch);"
  },
  {
    "path": "Antario/Utils/Font.h",
    "content": "#pragma once\n#include <d3d9.h>\n#include <d3dx9.h>\n\n#include <string>\n#include <map>\n\n#include \"SPoint.h\"\n#include \"Color.h\"\n\n#include <ft2build.h>\n\n#include FT_FREETYPE_H\n#include FT_STROKER_H\n\n#pragma comment (lib, \"d3dx9\")      // link D3DX DLL\n#pragma comment (lib, \"freetype\")   // link freetype DLL\n\n// Releasing makro making sure we dont try to release a null pointer\n#define SAFE_RELEASE(p) { if(p) { (p)->Release(); (p) = NULL; } }\n\nenum FontFlags : int\n{ \n    FONT_NONE = 0,\n    FONT_CENTERED_X = (1 << 0),\n    FONT_CENTERED_Y = (1 << 1),\n    FONT_DROPSHADOW = (1 << 2)\n};\n\nstruct GlyphInfo\n{\n    SPoint size;       /* width/height of the glyph */\n    SPoint bearing;    /* x and y - offsets from baseline to left / top of glyph*/\n    uintptr_t advance; /* width + bearing */\n    LPDIRECT3DTEXTURE9 texture; /* pointer to the glyph texture */\n    bool colored;   /* if the glyph has its own color */\n};\n\nclass Font\n{\npublic:\n    Font() = delete;\n    Font(const char* strFontName, int height, bool bAntialias, LPDIRECT3DDEVICE9 pDevice, int outlineThickness = 0);\n\n    void Release();\n    void OnLostDevice();\n    void OnResetDevice(LPDIRECT3DDEVICE9  pDevice);\n    template <typename T>\n    void Render(const T* strToRender, SPoint ptPos, DWORD flags, Color color = Color::White(), float scale = 1.f);\n    template <typename T>\n    void Render(const T& strToRender, SPoint ptPos, DWORD flags, Color color = Color::White(), float scale = 1.f);\n    template <typename T>\n    SPoint GetTextDimensions(const T& str, bool bDropShadow = false);\n\n    int iHeight;\nprivate:\n    template <typename T>\n    void CreateCharTexture(T ch);\n    void GenerateAsciiChars();\n    void SetupRenderStates();\n    std::string GetFontPath(const char* strFontName);\n\n    int iOutlineThickness;\n    LPDIRECT3DDEVICE9  pDevice;\n    LPDIRECT3DVERTEXBUFFER9 pVertexBuffer;\n\n    LPDIRECT3DSTATEBLOCK9 pStateBlockRender;\n    LPDIRECT3DSTATEBLOCK9 pStateBlockOld;\n\n    FT_Library  ftLibrary;\n    FT_Face     ftFace;\n    FT_Stroker  ftStroker;\n\n    bool bIsAntialiased;\n    std::map<int, GlyphInfo> mapGlyphs;\n};\n\n"
  },
  {
    "path": "Antario/Utils/GlobalVars.cpp",
    "content": "#include \"GlobalVars.h\"\n\nnamespace g\n{\n    CUserCmd*      pCmd         = nullptr;\n    C_BaseEntity*  pLocalEntity = nullptr;\n    std::uintptr_t uRandomSeed  = NULL;\n}\n"
  },
  {
    "path": "Antario/Utils/GlobalVars.h",
    "content": "#pragma once\n#include \"..\\SDK\\CInput.h\"\n#include \"..\\SDK\\CEntity.h\"\n\nnamespace g\n{\n    extern CUserCmd*      pCmd;\n    extern C_BaseEntity*  pLocalEntity;\n    extern std::uintptr_t uRandomSeed;\n}\n"
  },
  {
    "path": "Antario/Utils/Interfaces.cpp",
    "content": "#include \"Interfaces.h\"\n#include \"Utils.h\"\n\n#include \"..\\SDK\\IClientMode.h\"\n#include \"..\\SDK\\IBaseClientDll.h\"\n#include \"..\\SDK\\IClientEntityList.h\"\n#include \"..\\SDK\\IVEngineClient.h\"\n#include \"..\\SDK\\CPrediction.h\"\n#include \"..\\SDK\\IGameEvent.h\"\n#include \"..\\SDK\\ISurface.h\"\n\n// Initializing global interfaces\n\nIBaseClientDLL*     g_pClientDll    = nullptr;\nIClientMode*        g_pClientMode   = nullptr;\nIClientEntityList*  g_pEntityList   = nullptr;\nIVEngineClient*     g_pEngine       = nullptr;\nCPrediction*        g_pPrediction   = nullptr;\nIGameMovement*      g_pMovement     = nullptr;\nIMoveHelper*        g_pMoveHelper   = nullptr;\nCGlobalVarsBase*    g_pGlobalVars   = nullptr;\nIGameEventManager2* g_pEventManager = nullptr;\nISurface*           g_pSurface      = nullptr;\n\n\nnamespace interfaces\n{\n    template<typename T>\n    T* CaptureInterface(const char* szModuleName, const char* szInterfaceVersion)\n    {\n        HMODULE moduleHandle = GetModuleHandleA(szModuleName);\n        if (moduleHandle)   /* In case of not finding module handle, throw an error. */\n        {\n            CreateInterfaceFn pfnFactory = reinterpret_cast<CreateInterfaceFn>(GetProcAddress(moduleHandle, \"CreateInterface\"));\n            return reinterpret_cast<T*>(pfnFactory(szInterfaceVersion, nullptr));\n        }\n        Utils::Log(\"Error getting interface %\", szInterfaceVersion);\n        return nullptr;\n    }\n\n\n    void Init()\n    {\n        g_pClientDll    = CaptureInterface<IBaseClientDLL>(\"client_panorama.dll\", \"VClient018\");                 // Get IBaseClientDLL\n        g_pClientMode   = **reinterpret_cast<IClientMode***>    ((*reinterpret_cast<uintptr_t**>(g_pClientDll))[10] + 0x5u);                // Get IClientMode\n        g_pGlobalVars   = **reinterpret_cast<CGlobalVarsBase***>((*reinterpret_cast<uintptr_t**>(g_pClientDll))[0]  + 0x1Bu);               // Get CGlobalVarsBase\n        g_pEntityList   = CaptureInterface<IClientEntityList>(\"client_panorama.dll\", \"VClientEntityList003\");    // Get IClientEntityList\n        g_pEngine       = CaptureInterface<IVEngineClient>(\"engine.dll\", \"VEngineClient014\");\t\t\t            // Get IVEngineClient\n        g_pPrediction   = CaptureInterface<CPrediction>(\"client_panorama.dll\", \"VClientPrediction001\");          // Get CPrediction\n        g_pMovement     = CaptureInterface<IGameMovement>(\"client_panorama.dll\", \"GameMovement001\");             // Get IGameMovement\n        g_pMoveHelper   = **reinterpret_cast<IMoveHelper***>((Utils::FindSignature(\"client_panorama.dll\", \"8B 0D ? ? ? ? 8B 46 08 68\") + 0x2));  // Get IMoveHelper\n        g_pEventManager = CaptureInterface<IGameEventManager2>(\"engine.dll\", \"GAMEEVENTSMANAGER002\");            // Get IGameEventManager2\n        g_pSurface      = CaptureInterface<ISurface>(\"vguimatsurface.dll\", \"VGUI_Surface031\");\t\t            // Get ISurface\n    }\n}\n"
  },
  {
    "path": "Antario/Utils/Interfaces.h",
    "content": "#pragma once\n#include <Windows.h>\n\n\nnamespace interfaces\n{\n    // Used to initialize all the interfaces at one time\n    void Init();\n};"
  },
  {
    "path": "Antario/Utils/NetvarManager.cpp",
    "content": "#include \"NetvarManager.h\"\n#include \"..\\SDK\\IBaseClientDll.h\"\n\n#undef GetProp  // fucnik recvtable and windoze usin the same namings :angery:\n\nstd::unique_ptr<NetvarTree> g_pNetvars;\n\n/**\n* NetvarTree - Constructor\nNetvarTree\n* Call populate_nodes on every RecvTable under client->GetAllClasses()\n*/\nNetvarTree::NetvarTree()\n{\n    const ClientClass* clientClass = g_pClientDll->GetAllClasses();\n\n    while (clientClass != nullptr) \n    {\n        const auto classInfo = std::make_shared<Node>(0);\n        RecvTable* recvTable = clientClass->pRecvTable;\n\n        this->PopulateNodes(recvTable, &classInfo->nodes);\n        nodes.emplace(recvTable->GetName(), classInfo);\n\n        clientClass = clientClass->pNext;\n    }\n}\n\n/**\n* PopulateNodes - Populate a node map with brances\n* @recvTable:\tTable the map corresponds to\n* @mapType:\tMap pointer\n*\n* Add info for every prop in the recv table to the node map. If a prop is a\n* datatable itself, initiate a recursive call to create more branches.\n*/\nvoid NetvarTree::PopulateNodes(RecvTable* recvTable, MapType* mapType)\n{\n    for (auto i = 0; i < recvTable->GetNumProps(); i++) \n    {\n        const RecvProp* prop = recvTable->GetProp(i);\n        const auto  propInfo = std::make_shared<Node>(prop->GetOffset());\n\n        if (prop->GetType() == SendPropType::DPT_DataTable)\n            this->PopulateNodes(prop->GetDataTable(), &propInfo->nodes);\n\n        mapType->emplace(prop->GetName(), propInfo);\n    }\n}"
  },
  {
    "path": "Antario/Utils/NetvarManager.h",
    "content": "#pragma once\n#include <string>\n#include <vector>\n#include <unordered_map>\n#include <memory>\n\n#include \"..\\SDK\\Recv.h\"\n\nclass NetvarTree \n{\n    struct Node;\n    using MapType = std::unordered_map<std::string, std::shared_ptr<Node>>;\n\n    struct Node \n    {\n        Node(int offset) : offset(offset) {}\n        MapType nodes;\n        int offset;\n    };\n\n    MapType nodes;\n\npublic:\n    NetvarTree();\n\nprivate:\n    void PopulateNodes(class RecvTable *recv_table, MapType *map);\n\n    /**\n    * GetOffsetRecursive - Return the offset of the final node\n    * @map:\tNode map to scan\n    * @acc:\tOffset accumulator\n    * @name:\tNetvar name to search for\n    *\n    * Get the offset of the last netvar from map and return the sum of it and accum\n    */\n    static int GetOffsetRecursive(MapType &map, int acc, const char *name)\n    {\n        return acc + map[name]->offset;\n    }\n\n    /**\n    * GetOffsetRecursive - Recursively grab an offset from the tree\n    * @map:\tNode map to scan\n    * @acc:\tOffset accumulator\n    * @name:\tNetvar name to search for\n    * @args:\tRemaining netvar names\n    *\n    * Perform tail recursion with the nodes of the specified branch of the tree passed for map\n    * and the offset of that branch added to acc\n    */\n    template<typename ...args_t>\n    int GetOffsetRecursive(MapType &map, int acc, const char *name, args_t ...args)\n    {\n        const auto &node = map[name];\n        return this->GetOffsetRecursive(node->nodes, acc + node->offset, args...);\n    }\n\npublic:\n    /**\n    * GetOffset - Get the offset of a netvar given a list of branch names\n    * @name:\tTop level datatable name\n    * @args:\tRemaining netvar names\n    *\n    * Initiate a recursive search down the branch corresponding to the specified datable name\n    */\n    template<typename ...args_t>\n    int GetOffset(const char *name, args_t ...args)\n    {\n        const auto &node = nodes[name];\n        return this->GetOffsetRecursive(node->nodes, node->offset, args...);\n    }\n};\nextern std::unique_ptr<NetvarTree> g_pNetvars;"
  },
  {
    "path": "Antario/Utils/SPoint.h",
    "content": "#pragma once\n\n\n\n\nclass SPoint\n{\npublic:\n    int x, y;\n    constexpr SPoint() : x(0), y(0) {}\n    constexpr SPoint(int posX, int posY) : x(posX), y(posY) {}\n    constexpr SPoint(const SPoint &pt) = default;\n\n\n    constexpr bool operator==(const SPoint& rhs) const\n    {\n        if (this->x != rhs.x) return false;\n        if (this->y != rhs.y) return false;\n        return true;\n    }\n\n    constexpr bool operator!=(const SPoint& rhs) const\n    {\n        return !(rhs == *this);\n    }\n\n    constexpr SPoint& operator +=(const SPoint& p2)\n    {\n        this->x += p2.x;\n        this->y += p2.y;\n        return *this;\n    }\n\n    constexpr SPoint& operator -=(const SPoint& p2)\n    {\n        this->x -= p2.x;\n        this->y -= p2.y;\n        return *this;\n    }\n\n    constexpr SPoint operator +(const SPoint& point) const\n    {\n        auto tmp = *this;\n        return tmp += point;\n    }\n\n    constexpr SPoint operator -(const SPoint& point) const\n    {\n        auto tmp = *this;\n        return tmp -= point;\n    }\n\n    constexpr SPoint operator +(const int& val) const\n    {\n        SPoint tmp = *this;\n        tmp.x += val;\n        tmp.y += val;\n        return tmp;\n    }\n\n    constexpr SPoint operator -(const int& val) const\n    {\n        SPoint tmp = *this;\n        tmp.x -= val;\n        tmp.y -= val;\n        return tmp;\n    }\n\n    constexpr SPoint operator *(const int& val) const\n    {\n        SPoint tmp = *this;\n        tmp.x *= val;\n        tmp.y *= val;\n        return tmp;\n    }\n\n    constexpr SPoint operator *(const float& val) const\n    {\n        SPoint tmp = *this;\n        auto x = float(tmp.x),\n             y = float(tmp.y);\n        x *= val;\n        y *= val;\n        tmp.x = roundFloat(x);\n        tmp.y = roundFloat(y);\n        return tmp;\n    }\nprivate:\n\n    /* No constexpr in cmath yet */\n    constexpr int roundFloat(const float sx) const { return int(sx >= 0 ? x + 0.5f : x - 0.5f); }\n};"
  },
  {
    "path": "Antario/Utils/SRect.h",
    "content": "#pragma once\n#include \"SPoint.h\"\n\nclass SRect\n{\npublic:\n    int left, top, right, bottom;\n\n    constexpr SRect() : left(0), top(0), right(0), bottom(0) { }\n    constexpr SRect(int lft, int tp, int rght, int bttm)  : left(lft),   top(tp),    right(rght),  bottom(bttm)  { }\n    constexpr SRect(const SPoint& pt1, const SPoint& pt2) : left(pt1.x), top(pt1.y), right(pt2.x), bottom(pt2.y) { }\n\n    constexpr SRect& operator +=(const SPoint& pt)\n    {\n        this->top    += pt.y;\n        this->bottom += pt.y;\n        this->left   += pt.x;\n        this->right  += pt.x;\n        return *this;\n    }\n    constexpr SRect& operator -=(const SPoint& pt)\n    {\n        this->top    -= pt.y;\n        this->bottom -= pt.y;\n        this->left   -= pt.x;\n        this->right  -= pt.x;\n        return *this;\n    }\n\n    constexpr int    Height() const { return this->bottom - this->top; }\n    constexpr int    Width()  const { return this->right - this->left; }\n    constexpr SPoint Pos()    const { return SPoint(left, top);        }   \n    constexpr SPoint Mid()    const { return SPoint((left + right) / 2, (top + bottom) / 2); }\n\n    constexpr bool ContainsPoint(const SPoint& pt) const\n    {\n        const auto tmp = *this; /* Fixes some weird bux I had */\n        if (tmp.top    > pt.y) return false;\n        if (tmp.bottom < pt.y) return false;\n        if (tmp.left   > pt.x) return false;\n        if (tmp.right  < pt.x) return false;\n        return true;\n    }\n\n    constexpr void Scissor(const SRect& rc) \n    {\n        const auto tmp = this; /* same with the fix */\n        if (tmp->top    < rc.top)    tmp->top    = rc.top;\n        if (tmp->bottom > rc.bottom) tmp->bottom = rc.bottom;\n        if (tmp->left   < rc.left)   tmp->left   = rc.left;\n        if (tmp->right  > rc.right)  tmp->right  = rc.right;\n    }\n};"
  },
  {
    "path": "Antario/Utils/Utils.h",
    "content": "#pragma once\n#include <Psapi.h>\n#include <iostream>\n#include <iomanip>\n#include <ctime>\n#include <chrono>\n#include \"..\\SDK\\IVEngineClient.h\"\n\n#define INRANGE(x,a,b)   (x >= a && x <= b)\n#define GET_BYTE( x )    (GET_BITS(x[0]) << 4 | GET_BITS(x[1]))\n#define GET_BITS( x )    (INRANGE((x&(~0x20)),'A','F') ? ((x&(~0x20)) - 'A' + 0xa) : (INRANGE(x,'0','9') ? x - '0' : 0))\n\nclass Utils\n{\npublic:\n    template<unsigned int IIdx, typename TRet, typename ... TArgs>\n    static auto CallVFunc(void* thisptr, TArgs ... argList) -> TRet\n    {\n        using Fn = TRet(__thiscall*)(void*, decltype(argList)...);\n        return (*static_cast<Fn**>(thisptr))[IIdx](thisptr, argList...);\n    }\n\n\n    static uintptr_t FindSignature(const char* szModule, const char* szSignature)\n    {\n        const char* pat = szSignature;\n        DWORD firstMatch = 0;\n        DWORD rangeStart = (DWORD)GetModuleHandleA(szModule);\n        MODULEINFO miModInfo;\n        GetModuleInformation(GetCurrentProcess(), (HMODULE)rangeStart, &miModInfo, sizeof(MODULEINFO));\n        DWORD rangeEnd = rangeStart + miModInfo.SizeOfImage;\n        for (DWORD pCur = rangeStart; pCur < rangeEnd; pCur++)\n        {\n            if (!*pat)\n                return firstMatch;\n\n            if (*(PBYTE)pat == '\\?' || *(BYTE*)pCur == GET_BYTE(pat))\n            {\n                if (!firstMatch)\n                    firstMatch = pCur;\n\n                if (!pat[2])\n                    return firstMatch;\n\n                if (*(PWORD)pat == '\\?\\?' || *(PBYTE)pat != '\\?')\n                    pat += 3;\n\n                else\n                    pat += 2;\n            }\n            else\n            {\n                pat = szSignature;\n                firstMatch = 0;\n            }\n        }\n        return 0u;\n    }\n\n    // basefunct\n    static std::string SetupStringParams(std::string szBasicString)\n    {\n        return szBasicString;\n    }\n\n    // Replace % with a desired string / value represented after semicolons. Works kinda like printf.\n    template <typename T, typename... Targs>\n    static std::string SetupStringParams(std::string szBasicString, T arg, Targs&& ...args)\n    {\n        const auto found = szBasicString.find_first_of('%');\n        if (found != std::string::npos)\n        {\n            std::stringstream tmp;\n            tmp << arg;\n            szBasicString.replace(found, 1, tmp.str());\n            szBasicString = SetupStringParams(szBasicString, std::forward<Targs>(args)...);\n        }\n        return szBasicString;\n    }\n\n\n    template <typename ... Args>\n    static void Log(const std::string& str, Args ...arguments)\n    {\n        Utils::Log(Utils::SetupStringParams(str, arguments...));\n    }\n\n\n    /**\n    *   GetCurrentSystemTime - Gets actual system time\n    *   @timeInfo: Reference to your own tm variable, gets modified.\n    */\n    static void GetCurrentSystemTime(tm& timeInfo)\n    {\n        const std::chrono::system_clock::time_point systemNow = std::chrono::system_clock::now();\n        std::time_t now_c = std::chrono::system_clock::to_time_t(systemNow);\n        localtime_s(&timeInfo, &now_c); // using localtime_s as std::localtime is not thread-safe.\n    };\n\n\n    /**\n    *   Log - Logs specified message to debug console if in debug mode.\n    *   Format: [HH:MM:SS] str\n    *   @str: Debug message to be shown.\n    */\n    static void Log(const std::string& str)\n    {\n#ifdef _DEBUG\n        tm timeInfo { };\n        Utils::GetCurrentSystemTime(timeInfo);\n\n        std::stringstream ssTime; // Temp stringstream to keep things clean\n        ssTime << \"[\" << std::put_time(&timeInfo, \"%T\") << \"] \" << str << std::endl;\n\n        std::cout << ssTime.str();\n#endif // _DEBUG\n    };\n\n\n\n    /**\n    *   Log(HRESULT) - Sets up an error message when you pass HRESULT\n    *   Message contains error code only, no specific information\n    */\n    static void Log(const HRESULT hr)\n    {\n#ifdef _DEBUG\n        std::stringstream strFormatted;\n        strFormatted << \"Error code: 0x\" << std::hex << hr;\n\n        Utils::Log(strFormatted.str());\n#endif // _DEBUG\n    };\n\n\n\n    /**\n    *   WorldToScreen - Converts game coordinates to screen\n    *   @origin: 3D coordinates to be converted\n    *   @screen: Viewport coordinates to which we will convert\n    */\n    static bool WorldToScreen(const Vector &origin, Vector &screen)\n    {\n        const auto screenTransform = [&origin, &screen]() -> bool\n        {\n            static std::uintptr_t pViewMatrix;\n            if (!pViewMatrix)\n            {\n                pViewMatrix = static_cast<std::uintptr_t>(Utils::FindSignature(\"client_panorama.dll\", \"0F 10 05 ? ? ? ? 8D 85 ? ? ? ? B9\"));\n                pViewMatrix += 3;\n                pViewMatrix = *reinterpret_cast<std::uintptr_t*>(pViewMatrix);\n                pViewMatrix += 176;\n            }\n\n            const VMatrix& w2sMatrix = *reinterpret_cast<VMatrix*>(pViewMatrix);\n            screen.x = w2sMatrix.m[0][0] * origin.x + w2sMatrix.m[0][1] * origin.y + w2sMatrix.m[0][2] * origin.z + w2sMatrix.m[0][3];\n            screen.y = w2sMatrix.m[1][0] * origin.x + w2sMatrix.m[1][1] * origin.y + w2sMatrix.m[1][2] * origin.z + w2sMatrix.m[1][3];\n            screen.z = 0.0f;\n\n            float w = w2sMatrix.m[3][0] * origin.x + w2sMatrix.m[3][1] * origin.y + w2sMatrix.m[3][2] * origin.z + w2sMatrix.m[3][3];\n\n            if (w < 0.001f)\n            {\n                screen.x *= 100000;\n                screen.y *= 100000;\n                return true;\n            }\n\n            float invw = 1.f / w;\n            screen.x *= invw;\n            screen.y *= invw;\n\n            return false;\n        };\n\n        if (!screenTransform())\n        {\n            int iScreenWidth, iScreenHeight;\n            g_pEngine->GetScreenSize(iScreenWidth, iScreenHeight);\n\n            screen.x = (iScreenWidth * 0.5f) + (screen.x * iScreenWidth) * 0.5f;\n            screen.y = (iScreenHeight * 0.5f) - (screen.y * iScreenHeight) * 0.5f;\n\n            return true;\n        }\n        return false;\n    }\n};\n"
  },
  {
    "path": "Antario/dllmain.cpp",
    "content": "#include <thread>\n#include \"Hooks.h\"\n#include \"Utils\\Utils.h\"\n#include \"Settings.h\"\n#include \"Utils\\DrawManager.h\"\n\nDWORD WINAPI OnDllAttach(PVOID base)\n{\n#ifdef _DEBUG       // Create console only in debug mode\n    AllocConsole();                                 // Alloc memory and create console    \n    freopen_s((FILE**)stdin,  \"CONIN$\", \"r\",  stdin);   // ----------------------------------------------\n    freopen_s((FILE**)stdout, \"CONOUT$\", \"w\", stdout);  //  Make iostream library use our console handle\n                                                        // ----------------------------------------------\n    SetConsoleTitleA(\" Antario - Debug console\");   // Set console name to a custom one\n#endif\n    \n    Utils::Log(\"Console Allocated!\");\n    Hooks::Init();\n\n    while (g_Settings.bCheatActive)\n    {\n        using namespace std::literals::chrono_literals;\n        std::this_thread::sleep_for(1s);\n    }\n    FreeLibraryAndExitThread(static_cast<HMODULE>(base), 1);\n}\n\nVOID WINAPI OnDllDetach()\n{\n#ifdef _DEBUG\n    fclose((FILE*)stdin);\n    fclose((FILE*)stdout);\n\n    HWND hw_ConsoleHwnd = GetConsoleWindow();     //Get the HWND of the console.\n    FreeConsole();                                //Detach the console.\n    PostMessageW(hw_ConsoleHwnd, WM_CLOSE, 0, 0); //Destroys the window.\n#endif\n}\n\nBOOL WINAPI DllMain(HMODULE hModule, DWORD dwReason, LPVOID lpReserved)\n{\n    if (dwReason == DLL_PROCESS_ATTACH) \n    {\n        DisableThreadLibraryCalls(hModule);\n        auto h = CreateThread(nullptr, NULL, OnDllAttach, hModule, NULL, nullptr);\n        if (!h)\n            throw std::exception(\"Error while creating thread.\");\n\n        CloseHandle(h);\n    }\n    else if (dwReason == DLL_PROCESS_DETACH) \n    {\n        if (!lpReserved)\n        {\n            Hooks::Restore();\n            using namespace std::literals::chrono_literals;\n            std::this_thread::sleep_for(1s);\n        }\n\n        OnDllDetach();\n    }\n    return TRUE;\n}\n\n"
  },
  {
    "path": "Antario.sln",
    "content": "\nMicrosoft Visual Studio Solution File, Format Version 12.00\n# Visual Studio 15\nVisualStudioVersion = 15.0.27004.2005\nMinimumVisualStudioVersion = 10.0.40219.1\nProject(\"{8BC9CEB8-8B4A-11D0-8D11-00A0C91BC942}\") = \"Antario\", \"Antario.vcxproj\", \"{1B8103F7-F793-47B0-9FBE-44EC66BC319D}\"\nEndProject\nGlobal\n\tGlobalSection(SolutionConfigurationPlatforms) = preSolution\n\t\tDebug|x86 = Debug|x86\n\t\tRelease|x86 = Release|x86\n\tEndGlobalSection\n\tGlobalSection(ProjectConfigurationPlatforms) = postSolution\n\t\t{1B8103F7-F793-47B0-9FBE-44EC66BC319D}.Debug|x86.ActiveCfg = Debug|Win32\n\t\t{1B8103F7-F793-47B0-9FBE-44EC66BC319D}.Debug|x86.Build.0 = Debug|Win32\n\t\t{1B8103F7-F793-47B0-9FBE-44EC66BC319D}.Release|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|Win32\n\t\t{1B8103F7-F793-47B0-9FBE-44EC66BC319D}.Release|x86.Build.0 = Release|Win32\n\tEndGlobalSection\n\tGlobalSection(SolutionProperties) = preSolution\n\t\tHideSolutionNode = FALSE\n\tEndGlobalSection\n\tGlobalSection(ExtensibilityGlobals) = postSolution\n\t\tSolutionGuid = {D61CB3C0-4778-4D21-B797-C1EF2D4DCD59}\n\tEndGlobalSection\nEndGlobal\n"
  },
  {
    "path": "Antario.sln.DotSettings.user",
    "content": "<wpf:ResourceDictionary xml:space=\"preserve\" xmlns:x=\"http://schemas.microsoft.com/winfx/2006/xaml\" xmlns:s=\"clr-namespace:System;assembly=mscorlib\" xmlns:ss=\"urn:shemas-jetbrains-com:settings-storage-xaml\" xmlns:wpf=\"http://schemas.microsoft.com/winfx/2006/xaml/presentation\">\n\t<s:Int64 x:Key=\"/Default/CodeStyle/Naming/CSharpAutoNaming/AutoNamingCompletedVersion/@EntryValue\">2</s:Int64>\n\t<s:Boolean x:Key=\"/Default/CodeStyle/Naming/CSharpAutoNaming/IsNamingAutoDetectionCompleted/@EntryValue\">True</s:Boolean>\n\t<s:Boolean x:Key=\"/Default/CodeStyle/Naming/CSharpAutoNaming/IsNotificationDisabled/@EntryValue\">True</s:Boolean></wpf:ResourceDictionary>"
  },
  {
    "path": "Antario.vcxproj",
    "content": "<?xml version=\"1.0\" encoding=\"utf-8\"?>\n<Project DefaultTargets=\"Build\" ToolsVersion=\"15.0\" xmlns=\"http://schemas.microsoft.com/developer/msbuild/2003\">\n  <ItemGroup Label=\"ProjectConfigurations\">\n    <ProjectConfiguration Include=\"Debug|Win32\">\n      <Configuration>Debug</Configuration>\n      <Platform>Win32</Platform>\n    </ProjectConfiguration>\n    <ProjectConfiguration Include=\"Release|Win32\">\n      <Configuration>Release</Configuration>\n      <Platform>Win32</Platform>\n    </ProjectConfiguration>\n  </ItemGroup>\n  <PropertyGroup Label=\"Globals\">\n    <VCProjectVersion>15.0</VCProjectVersion>\n    <ProjectGuid>{1B8103F7-F793-47B0-9FBE-44EC66BC319D}</ProjectGuid>\n    <Keyword>Win32Proj</Keyword>\n    <RootNamespace>Antario</RootNamespace>\n    <WindowsTargetPlatformVersion>10.0.17763.0</WindowsTargetPlatformVersion>\n  </PropertyGroup>\n  <Import Project=\"$(VCTargetsPath)\\Microsoft.Cpp.Default.props\" />\n  <PropertyGroup Condition=\"'$(Configuration)|$(Platform)'=='Debug|Win32'\" Label=\"Configuration\">\n    <ConfigurationType>DynamicLibrary</ConfigurationType>\n    <UseDebugLibraries>true</UseDebugLibraries>\n    <PlatformToolset>v141</PlatformToolset>\n    <CharacterSet>Unicode</CharacterSet>\n  </PropertyGroup>\n  <PropertyGroup Condition=\"'$(Configuration)|$(Platform)'=='Release|Win32'\" Label=\"Configuration\">\n    <ConfigurationType>DynamicLibrary</ConfigurationType>\n    <UseDebugLibraries>false</UseDebugLibraries>\n    <PlatformToolset>v141</PlatformToolset>\n    <WholeProgramOptimization>true</WholeProgramOptimization>\n    <CharacterSet>Unicode</CharacterSet>\n  </PropertyGroup>\n  <Import Project=\"$(VCTargetsPath)\\Microsoft.Cpp.props\" />\n  <ImportGroup Label=\"ExtensionSettings\">\n  </ImportGroup>\n  <ImportGroup Label=\"Shared\">\n  </ImportGroup>\n  <ImportGroup Label=\"PropertySheets\" Condition=\"'$(Configuration)|$(Platform)'=='Debug|Win32'\">\n    <Import Project=\"$(UserRootDir)\\Microsoft.Cpp.$(Platform).user.props\" Condition=\"exists('$(UserRootDir)\\Microsoft.Cpp.$(Platform).user.props')\" Label=\"LocalAppDataPlatform\" />\n  </ImportGroup>\n  <ImportGroup Label=\"PropertySheets\" Condition=\"'$(Configuration)|$(Platform)'=='Release|Win32'\">\n    <Import Project=\"$(UserRootDir)\\Microsoft.Cpp.$(Platform).user.props\" Condition=\"exists('$(UserRootDir)\\Microsoft.Cpp.$(Platform).user.props')\" Label=\"LocalAppDataPlatform\" />\n  </ImportGroup>\n  <PropertyGroup Label=\"UserMacros\" />\n  <PropertyGroup Condition=\"'$(Configuration)|$(Platform)'=='Debug|Win32'\">\n    <LinkIncremental>true</LinkIncremental>\n    <OutDir>$(SolutionDir)build\\$(Platform)\\$(Configuration)\\</OutDir>\n    <IntDir>$(SolutionDir)bin\\$(Platform)\\$(Configuration)\\</IntDir>\n    <ExecutablePath>$(VC_ExecutablePath_x86);$(WindowsSDK_ExecutablePath);$(VS_ExecutablePath);$(MSBuild_ExecutablePath);$(SystemRoot)\\SysWow64;$(FxCopDir);$(PATH);$(ExecutablePath);$(DXSDK_DIR)Utilities\\bin\\x86</ExecutablePath>\n    <IncludePath>$(SolutionDir)Antario\\LIB\\freetype;$(VC_IncludePath);$(WindowsSDK_IncludePath);$(IncludePath);$(DXSDK_DIR)Include</IncludePath>\n    <LibraryPath>$(SolutionDir)Antario\\LIB\\freetype;$(VC_LibraryPath_x86);$(WindowsSDK_LibraryPath_x86);$(NETFXKitsDir)Lib\\um\\x86;$(LibraryPath);$(DXSDK_DIR)Lib\\x86</LibraryPath>\n  </PropertyGroup>\n  <PropertyGroup Condition=\"'$(Configuration)|$(Platform)'=='Release|Win32'\">\n    <LinkIncremental>false</LinkIncremental>\n    <OutDir>$(SolutionDir)build\\$(Platform)\\$(Configuration)\\</OutDir>\n    <IntDir>$(SolutionDir)bin\\$(Platform)\\$(Configuration)\\</IntDir>\n    <ExecutablePath>$(VC_ExecutablePath_x86);$(WindowsSDK_ExecutablePath);$(VS_ExecutablePath);$(MSBuild_ExecutablePath);$(SystemRoot)\\SysWow64;$(FxCopDir);$(PATH);$(ExecutablePath);$(DXSDK_DIR)Utilities\\bin\\x86</ExecutablePath>\n    <IncludePath>$(SolutionDir)Antario\\LIB\\freetype;$(VC_IncludePath);$(WindowsSDK_IncludePath);$(IncludePath);$(DXSDK_DIR)Include</IncludePath>\n    <LibraryPath>$(SolutionDir)Antario\\LIB\\freetype;$(VC_LibraryPath_x86);$(WindowsSDK_LibraryPath_x86);$(NETFXKitsDir)Lib\\um\\x86;$(LibraryPath);$(DXSDK_DIR)Lib\\x86</LibraryPath>\n  </PropertyGroup>\n  <ItemDefinitionGroup Condition=\"'$(Configuration)|$(Platform)'=='Debug|Win32'\">\n    <ClCompile>\n      <PrecompiledHeader>NotUsing</PrecompiledHeader>\n      <WarningLevel>Level3</WarningLevel>\n      <Optimization>Disabled</Optimization>\n      <SDLCheck>true</SDLCheck>\n      <PreprocessorDefinitions>WIN32;_DEBUG;ANTARIO_EXPORTS;_WINDOWS;_USRDLL;%(PreprocessorDefinitions)</PreprocessorDefinitions>\n      <LanguageStandard>stdcpplatest</LanguageStandard>\n      <AdditionalIncludeDirectories>\n      </AdditionalIncludeDirectories>\n    </ClCompile>\n    <Link>\n      <SubSystem>Windows</SubSystem>\n      <GenerateDebugInformation>true</GenerateDebugInformation>\n      <IgnoreSpecificDefaultLibraries>libcmt.lib</IgnoreSpecificDefaultLibraries>\n      <AdditionalOptions>/ignore:4099 %(AdditionalOptions)</AdditionalOptions>\n    </Link>\n  </ItemDefinitionGroup>\n  <ItemDefinitionGroup Condition=\"'$(Configuration)|$(Platform)'=='Release|Win32'\">\n    <ClCompile>\n      <PrecompiledHeader>NotUsing</PrecompiledHeader>\n      <WarningLevel>Level3</WarningLevel>\n      <Optimization>MaxSpeed</Optimization>\n      <FunctionLevelLinking>true</FunctionLevelLinking>\n      <IntrinsicFunctions>true</IntrinsicFunctions>\n      <SDLCheck>true</SDLCheck>\n      <PreprocessorDefinitions>WIN32;NDEBUG;ANTARIO_EXPORTS;_WINDOWS;_USRDLL;%(PreprocessorDefinitions)</PreprocessorDefinitions>\n      <LanguageStandard>stdcpplatest</LanguageStandard>\n      <AdditionalIncludeDirectories>\n      </AdditionalIncludeDirectories>\n    </ClCompile>\n    <Link>\n      <SubSystem>Windows</SubSystem>\n      <EnableCOMDATFolding>true</EnableCOMDATFolding>\n      <OptimizeReferences>true</OptimizeReferences>\n      <GenerateDebugInformation>true</GenerateDebugInformation>\n      <IgnoreSpecificDefaultLibraries>libcmt.lib</IgnoreSpecificDefaultLibraries>\n    </Link>\n  </ItemDefinitionGroup>\n  <ItemGroup>\n    <ClCompile Include=\"Antario\\Features\\EnginePrediction.cpp\" />\n    <ClCompile Include=\"Antario\\GUI\\GUI.cpp\" />\n    <ClCompile Include=\"Antario\\Hooks.cpp\" />\n    <ClCompile Include=\"Antario\\DLLMain.cpp\" />\n    <ClCompile Include=\"Antario\\Menu.cpp\" />\n    <ClCompile Include=\"Antario\\Settings.cpp\" />\n    <ClCompile Include=\"Antario\\Utils\\DrawManager.cpp\" />\n    <ClCompile Include=\"Antario\\Utils\\Font.cpp\" />\n    <ClCompile Include=\"Antario\\Utils\\GlobalVars.cpp\" />\n    <ClCompile Include=\"Antario\\Utils\\Interfaces.cpp\" />\n    <ClCompile Include=\"Antario\\Utils\\NetvarManager.cpp\" />\n    <ClCompile Include=\"Antario\\Features\\ESP.cpp\" />\n  </ItemGroup>\n  <ItemGroup>\n    <ClInclude Include=\"Antario\\Features\\EnginePrediction.h\" />\n    <ClInclude Include=\"Antario\\Features\\Features.h\" />\n    <ClInclude Include=\"Antario\\Features\\Misc.h\" />\n    <ClInclude Include=\"Antario\\GUI\\GUI.h\" />\n    <ClInclude Include=\"Antario\\Hooks.h\" />\n    <ClInclude Include=\"Antario\\Menu.h\" />\n    <ClInclude Include=\"Antario\\SDK\\CGlobalVarsBase.h\" />\n    <ClInclude Include=\"Antario\\SDK\\CHandle.h\" />\n    <ClInclude Include=\"Antario\\SDK\\CEntity.h\" />\n    <ClInclude Include=\"Antario\\SDK\\CInput.h\" />\n    <ClInclude Include=\"Antario\\SDK\\ClientClass.h\" />\n    <ClInclude Include=\"Antario\\Utils\\Color.h\" />\n    <ClInclude Include=\"Antario\\SDK\\CPrediction.h\" />\n    <ClInclude Include=\"Antario\\SDK\\Definitions.h\" />\n    <ClInclude Include=\"Antario\\SDK\\IBaseClientDll.h\" />\n    <ClInclude Include=\"Antario\\SDK\\IClientEntity.h\" />\n    <ClInclude Include=\"Antario\\SDK\\IClientEntityList.h\" />\n    <ClInclude Include=\"Antario\\SDK\\IClientMode.h\" />\n    <ClInclude Include=\"Antario\\SDK\\IClientNetworkable.h\" />\n    <ClInclude Include=\"Antario\\SDK\\IClientRenderable.h\" />\n    <ClInclude Include=\"Antario\\SDK\\IClientThinkable.h\" />\n    <ClInclude Include=\"Antario\\SDK\\IClientUnknown.h\" />\n    <ClInclude Include=\"Antario\\SDK\\IGameEvent.h\" />\n    <ClInclude Include=\"Antario\\SDK\\IVEngineClient.h\" />\n    <ClInclude Include=\"Antario\\SDK\\KeyValues.h\" />\n    <ClInclude Include=\"Antario\\SDK\\PlayerInfo.h\" />\n    <ClInclude Include=\"Antario\\Settings.h\" />\n    <ClInclude Include=\"Antario\\Utils\\DrawManager.h\" />\n    <ClInclude Include=\"Antario\\EventListener.h\" />\n    <ClInclude Include=\"Antario\\Utils\\Font.h\" />\n    <ClInclude Include=\"Antario\\Utils\\GlobalVars.h\" />\n    <ClInclude Include=\"Antario\\Utils\\Interfaces.h\" />\n    <ClInclude Include=\"Antario\\SDK\\Recv.h\" />\n    <ClInclude Include=\"Antario\\SDK\\Vector.h\" />\n    <ClInclude Include=\"Antario\\SDK\\VMatrix.h\" />\n    <ClInclude Include=\"Antario\\Utils\\NetvarManager.h\" />\n    <ClInclude Include=\"Antario\\Utils\\SPoint.h\" />\n    <ClInclude Include=\"Antario\\Utils\\SRect.h\" />\n    <ClInclude Include=\"Antario\\Utils\\Utils.h\" />\n    <ClInclude Include=\"Antario\\Features\\ESP.h\" />\n  </ItemGroup>\n  <Import Project=\"$(VCTargetsPath)\\Microsoft.Cpp.targets\" />\n  <ImportGroup Label=\"ExtensionTargets\">\n  </ImportGroup>\n</Project>"
  },
  {
    "path": "Antario.vcxproj.filters",
    "content": "<?xml version=\"1.0\" encoding=\"utf-8\"?>\n<Project ToolsVersion=\"4.0\" xmlns=\"http://schemas.microsoft.com/developer/msbuild/2003\">\n  <ItemGroup>\n    <Filter Include=\"Source Files\">\n      <UniqueIdentifier>{4FC737F1-C7A5-4376-A066-2A32D752A2FF}</UniqueIdentifier>\n      <Extensions>cpp;c;cc;cxx;def;odl;idl;hpj;bat;asm;asmx</Extensions>\n    </Filter>\n    <Filter Include=\"Header Files\">\n      <UniqueIdentifier>{93995380-89BD-4b04-88EB-625FBE52EBFB}</UniqueIdentifier>\n      <Extensions>h;hh;hpp;hxx;hm;inl;inc;xsd</Extensions>\n    </Filter>\n    <Filter Include=\"Resource Files\">\n      <UniqueIdentifier>{67DA6AB6-F800-4c08-8B7A-83BB121AAD01}</UniqueIdentifier>\n      <Extensions>rc;ico;cur;bmp;dlg;rc2;rct;bin;rgs;gif;jpg;jpeg;jpe;resx;tiff;tif;png;wav;mfcribbon-ms</Extensions>\n    </Filter>\n  </ItemGroup>\n  <ItemGroup>\n    <ClCompile Include=\"Antario\\Hooks.cpp\">\n      <Filter>Source Files</Filter>\n    </ClCompile>\n    <ClCompile Include=\"Antario\\DLLMain.cpp\">\n      <Filter>Source Files</Filter>\n    </ClCompile>\n    <ClCompile Include=\"Antario\\Utils\\NetvarManager.cpp\">\n      <Filter>Source Files</Filter>\n    </ClCompile>\n    <ClCompile Include=\"Antario\\Utils\\Interfaces.cpp\">\n      <Filter>Source Files</Filter>\n    </ClCompile>\n    <ClCompile Include=\"Antario\\Utils\\DrawManager.cpp\">\n      <Filter>Source Files</Filter>\n    </ClCompile>\n    <ClCompile Include=\"Antario\\Features\\EnginePrediction.cpp\">\n      <Filter>Source Files</Filter>\n    </ClCompile>\n    <ClCompile Include=\"Antario\\Menu.cpp\">\n      <Filter>Source Files</Filter>\n    </ClCompile>\n    <ClCompile Include=\"Antario\\Features\\ESP.cpp\">\n      <Filter>Source Files</Filter>\n    </ClCompile>\n    <ClCompile Include=\"Antario\\Utils\\GlobalVars.cpp\">\n      <Filter>Source Files</Filter>\n    </ClCompile>\n    <ClCompile Include=\"Antario\\Settings.cpp\">\n      <Filter>Source Files</Filter>\n    </ClCompile>\n    <ClCompile Include=\"Antario\\GUI\\GUI.cpp\">\n      <Filter>Source Files</Filter>\n    </ClCompile>\n    <ClCompile Include=\"Antario\\Utils\\Font.cpp\">\n      <Filter>Source Files</Filter>\n    </ClCompile>\n  </ItemGroup>\n  <ItemGroup>\n    <ClInclude Include=\"Antario\\Hooks.h\">\n      <Filter>Header Files</Filter>\n    </ClInclude>\n    <ClInclude Include=\"Antario\\SDK\\IClientMode.h\">\n      <Filter>Header Files</Filter>\n    </ClInclude>\n    <ClInclude Include=\"Antario\\SDK\\Vector.h\">\n      <Filter>Header Files</Filter>\n    </ClInclude>\n    <ClInclude Include=\"Antario\\SDK\\CHandle.h\">\n      <Filter>Header Files</Filter>\n    </ClInclude>\n    <ClInclude Include=\"Antario\\SDK\\CEntity.h\">\n      <Filter>Header Files</Filter>\n    </ClInclude>\n    <ClInclude Include=\"Antario\\SDK\\IClientRenderable.h\">\n      <Filter>Header Files</Filter>\n    </ClInclude>\n    <ClInclude Include=\"Antario\\SDK\\IClientNetworkable.h\">\n      <Filter>Header Files</Filter>\n    </ClInclude>\n    <ClInclude Include=\"Antario\\SDK\\IClientUnknown.h\">\n      <Filter>Header Files</Filter>\n    </ClInclude>\n    <ClInclude Include=\"Antario\\SDK\\IClientEntity.h\">\n      <Filter>Header Files</Filter>\n    </ClInclude>\n    <ClInclude Include=\"Antario\\SDK\\IClientThinkable.h\">\n      <Filter>Header Files</Filter>\n    </ClInclude>\n    <ClInclude Include=\"Antario\\SDK\\VMatrix.h\">\n      <Filter>Header Files</Filter>\n    </ClInclude>\n    <ClInclude Include=\"Antario\\SDK\\Recv.h\">\n      <Filter>Header Files</Filter>\n    </ClInclude>\n    <ClInclude Include=\"Antario\\Utils\\NetvarManager.h\">\n      <Filter>Header Files</Filter>\n    </ClInclude>\n    <ClInclude Include=\"Antario\\SDK\\IBaseClientDll.h\">\n      <Filter>Header Files</Filter>\n    </ClInclude>\n    <ClInclude Include=\"Antario\\SDK\\ClientClass.h\">\n      <Filter>Header Files</Filter>\n    </ClInclude>\n    <ClInclude Include=\"Antario\\SDK\\Definitions.h\">\n      <Filter>Header Files</Filter>\n    </ClInclude>\n    <ClInclude Include=\"Antario\\SDK\\CGlobalVarsBase.h\">\n      <Filter>Header Files</Filter>\n    </ClInclude>\n    <ClInclude Include=\"Antario\\Utils\\Utils.h\">\n      <Filter>Header Files</Filter>\n    </ClInclude>\n    <ClInclude Include=\"Antario\\SDK\\CInput.h\">\n      <Filter>Header Files</Filter>\n    </ClInclude>\n    <ClInclude Include=\"Antario\\Utils\\Interfaces.h\">\n      <Filter>Header Files</Filter>\n    </ClInclude>\n    <ClInclude Include=\"Antario\\SDK\\IClientEntityList.h\">\n      <Filter>Header Files</Filter>\n    </ClInclude>\n    <ClInclude Include=\"Antario\\SDK\\IVEngineClient.h\">\n      <Filter>Header Files</Filter>\n    </ClInclude>\n    <ClInclude Include=\"Antario\\SDK\\PlayerInfo.h\">\n      <Filter>Header Files</Filter>\n    </ClInclude>\n    <ClInclude Include=\"Antario\\SDK\\CPrediction.h\">\n      <Filter>Header Files</Filter>\n    </ClInclude>\n    <ClInclude Include=\"Antario\\Features\\Misc.h\">\n      <Filter>Header Files</Filter>\n    </ClInclude>\n    <ClInclude Include=\"Antario\\Settings.h\">\n      <Filter>Header Files</Filter>\n    </ClInclude>\n    <ClInclude Include=\"Antario\\Utils\\DrawManager.h\">\n      <Filter>Header Files</Filter>\n    </ClInclude>\n    <ClInclude Include=\"Antario\\Features\\EnginePrediction.h\">\n      <Filter>Header Files</Filter>\n    </ClInclude>\n    <ClInclude Include=\"Antario\\SDK\\IGameEvent.h\">\n      <Filter>Header Files</Filter>\n    </ClInclude>\n    <ClInclude Include=\"Antario\\EventListener.h\">\n      <Filter>Header Files</Filter>\n    </ClInclude>\n    <ClInclude Include=\"Antario\\SDK\\KeyValues.h\">\n      <Filter>Header Files</Filter>\n    </ClInclude>\n    <ClInclude Include=\"Antario\\Menu.h\">\n      <Filter>Header Files</Filter>\n    </ClInclude>\n    <ClInclude Include=\"Antario\\Features\\ESP.h\">\n      <Filter>Header Files</Filter>\n    </ClInclude>\n    <ClInclude Include=\"Antario\\Utils\\GlobalVars.h\">\n      <Filter>Header Files</Filter>\n    </ClInclude>\n    <ClInclude Include=\"Antario\\Features\\Features.h\">\n      <Filter>Header Files</Filter>\n    </ClInclude>\n    <ClInclude Include=\"Antario\\Utils\\SPoint.h\">\n      <Filter>Header Files</Filter>\n    </ClInclude>\n    <ClInclude Include=\"Antario\\Utils\\SRect.h\">\n      <Filter>Header Files</Filter>\n    </ClInclude>\n    <ClInclude Include=\"Antario\\Utils\\Color.h\">\n      <Filter>Header Files</Filter>\n    </ClInclude>\n    <ClInclude Include=\"Antario\\GUI\\GUI.h\">\n      <Filter>Header Files</Filter>\n    </ClInclude>\n    <ClInclude Include=\"Antario\\Utils\\Font.h\">\n      <Filter>Header Files</Filter>\n    </ClInclude>\n  </ItemGroup>\n</Project>"
  },
  {
    "path": "Antario.vcxproj.user",
    "content": "<?xml version=\"1.0\" encoding=\"utf-8\"?>\n<Project ToolsVersion=\"15.0\" xmlns=\"http://schemas.microsoft.com/developer/msbuild/2003\">\n  <PropertyGroup>\n    <ShowAllFiles>true</ShowAllFiles>\n  </PropertyGroup>\n</Project>"
  },
  {
    "path": "LICENSE",
    "content": "MIT License\n\nCopyright (c) 2017, wando.\n\nPermission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy\nof this software and associated documentation files (the \"Software\"), to deal\nin the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights\nto use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell\ncopies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is\nfurnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:\n\nThe above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all\ncopies or substantial portions of the Software.\n\nTHE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED \"AS IS\", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR\nIMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,\nFITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE\nAUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER\nLIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM,\nOUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE\nSOFTWARE.\n"
  },
  {
    "path": "README.md",
    "content": "## Antario - CSGO Base\n\n### Features:\n\n * D3D9 menu with automatically adjusted positions of tabs, sections and selectables\n * FreeType font renderer with string template specialization (u16, u32, string, wstring) and emoji support\n * Netvar manager\n * Easy to understand VMT hooking class\n * Basic Hooking/Unhooking concept for internal csgo functions\n * Debug console output\n * Basic bunnyhop and ESP included\n * Engine prediction with a simple tickbase fix and spread fix (for nospread servers)\n\n\nMenu is quite simple to replace (if you'd prefer imgui), just remove all calls to it from hooks.\n\n#### Screenshots:\n\n![img1](https://i.imgur.com/abfpoxN.png) ![img2](https://i.imgur.com/qTuoD85.png)\n\n![img3](https://i.imgur.com/oAdI1s7.png)\n"
  }
]